Introduction
There has been significant recent interest in the construction of Euclidean quantum field theories using Parisi and Wu’s stochastic quantisation procedure [PW81], which is also the main focus of this article. At a formal level, Euclidean quantum field theories (EQFTs) can be interpreted as probability measures of the form
d μ ( φ ) = Z − 1 exp ( − 2 E ( φ ) ) d φ . (1) \mathrm{d}\mu(\varphi) = \mathcal{Z}^{-1}\exp(-2\mathcal{E}(\varphi))\mathrm{d}\varphi. \tag*{(1)} d μ ( φ ) = Z − 1 exp ( − 2 E ( φ )) d φ . (1)
Here, φ \varphi φ is an element of an infinite-dimensional state space, typically a space of distributions, Z \mathcal{Z} Z is a normalisation constant, E \mathcal{E} E is an energy functional, and d φ \mathrm{d}\varphi d φ represents a Lebesgue (or volume) measure on the state space. At a rigorous level, however, one cannot make sense of the individual expressions on the right-hand side of (1) . Indeed, the Lebesgue measure d φ \mathrm{d}\varphi d φ only exists in finite dimensions, the energy E \mathcal{E} E is expected to be infinite on the support of the probability measure μ \mu μ , and the normalisation constant Z \mathcal{Z} Z is not defined. However, even though the constitutive components of such expressions cannot be given a rigorous definition individually, it may still be possible to give their combination, in the form of μ \mu μ , a rigorous meaning. In the literature, the rigorous definition of μ \mu μ is referred to as the construction of the EQFT. Often, but not always, this construction relies on proving the convergence of lattice approximations of μ \mu μ . In the classical constructive quantum field theory literature, several different EQFTs have been constructed. The Φ d 4 \Phi^4_d Φ d 4 -models, which are perhaps the simplest models, have been constructed in two and three dimensions in [Nel66, Nel73] and [Gli68, Gli73, Fo76, GJ87], respectively.
The aforementioned stochastic quantisation method of Parisi and Wu is a specific approach towards the construction of (1) which has seen growing interest in the singular SPDE community in recent years. Rather than starting directly from (1) , it relies on the Langevin dynamics
∂ t φ = − ∇ E ( φ ) + ξ , (2) \partial_t\varphi=-\nabla\mathcal{E}(\varphi)+\xi, \tag*{(2)} ∂ t φ = − ∇ E ( φ ) + ξ , (2)
where both the gradient ∇ \nabla ∇ and the law of the stochastic forcing term ξ \xi ξ are uniquely determined by a chosen inner product on the state space (typically the L 2 L^2 L 2 inner product, leading to local equations if the energy functional E \mathcal{E} E is local). The idea is to prove that (2) is globally well-posed and admits a unique invariant measure, which is then taken as the definition of the EQFT from (1) . The reason why this is sensible is that, at least in finite dimensions, it is easily seen that the right-hand side of (1) is an invariant measure of (2) . The stochastic quantisation method has now been implemented for many different models, including Φ d 4 \Phi^4_d Φ d 4 -models [MW17a, AK20, MW20, GH21, EW24], the sine-Gordon model [GHOZ25, CdLFW26, BC26b], and the Abelian Higgs model [BC24]. Closely related works on the global well-posedness of the stochastic Navier–Stokes equations [HR24, HL25] and the parabolic Anderson model [CdLFW26, SZZ26b] encounter similar difficulties, although these equations are not of the gradient form (2) . One point that we would like to emphasise is that the original motivation for Parisi and Wu to introduce stochastic quantisation was precisely the hope to study/construct gauge theories without having to fix a specific gauge, thanks to the fact that the dynamical perspective allows one to adjust the gauge “on the fly”. This aspect of the stochastic quantisation method will be crucially exploited here in order to obtain global estimates, so the present work can be viewed as vindicating their original vision.
In this article, our primary interest lies in the two-dimensional non-Abelian Yang–Mills–Higgs model (as well as the pure Yang–Mills model as a special case) originally introduced in [EB64, Hig64, GHK64] in order to explain the mechanism giving mass to elementary particles. In order to state (an informal version of) our main theorem, we first formulate our setting where we use the notation End ( W ) \operatorname{End}(W) End ( W ) for the space of linear maps W → W W \to W W → W .
Setting 1.1. Throughout this paper, we work in the following setting.
(i) We fix a connected compact Lie group G G G with Lie algebra g \mathfrak{g} g . We write Ad : G → GL ( g ) \operatorname{Ad}: G \to\operatorname{GL}(\mathfrak{g}) Ad : G → GL ( g ) for its adjoint representation defined by Ad g ( X ) : = g X g − 1 \operatorname{Ad}_{g}(X) := gXg^{-1} Ad g ( X ) := g X g − 1 for g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G and X ∈ g X \in\mathfrak{g} X ∈ g . Its derivative ad : g → End ( g ) \operatorname{ad}: \mathfrak{g} \to\operatorname{End}(\mathfrak{g}) ad : g → End ( g ) is given by ad X ( Y ) = [ X , Y ] \operatorname{ad}_{X}(Y) = [X,Y] ad X ( Y ) = [ X , Y ] , where [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] [\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}] [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] denotes the Lie bracket in g \mathfrak{g} g .
(ii) We equip the Lie algebra g \mathfrak{g} g with an Ad \operatorname{Ad} Ad -invariant inner product ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ g \langle\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}} ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ g , i.e., an inner product satisfying ⟨ Ad g X , Ad g Y ⟩ g = ⟨ X , Y ⟩ g \langle\operatorname{Ad}_{g}X,\operatorname{Ad}_{g}Y\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}} = \langle X,Y\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}} ⟨ Ad g X , Ad g Y ⟩ g = ⟨ X , Y ⟩ g for all g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G and X , Y ∈ g X,Y \in\mathfrak{g} X , Y ∈ g .
(iii) We let V V V be a finite-dimensional inner product space which is equipped with an orthogonal representation ϱ : G → O ( V ) \varrho: G \to O(V) ϱ : G → O ( V ) . Its derivative is denoted by ϱ ∗ : g → End ( V ) \varrho_{*}: \mathfrak{g} \to\operatorname{End}(V) ϱ ∗ : g → End ( V ) .
(iv) We fix a symmetric M ∈ End ( V ) M \in\operatorname{End}(V) M ∈ End ( V ) which is G G G -invariant in the sense that ⟨ ϱ ( g ) Φ , M ϱ ( g ) Φ ⟩ V = ⟨ Φ , M Φ ⟩ V \langle\varrho(g)\Phi,M\varrho(g)\Phi\rangle_{V} = \langle\Phi,M\Phi\rangle_{V} ⟨ ϱ ( g ) Φ , M ϱ ( g ) Φ ⟩ V = ⟨ Φ , M Φ ⟩ V for all g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G and Φ ∈ V \Phi\in V Φ ∈ V .
Remark 1.2. The Ad \operatorname{Ad} Ad -invariance of the inner product on g \mathfrak{g} g is equivalent to the fact that it extends to a bi-invariant (i.e. invariant under both left and right multiplication) Riemannian metric on G G G , which always exists on a compact Lie group. In the case when g \mathfrak{g} g is semisimple, its Killing form is non-degenerate and we obtain an Ad \operatorname{Ad} Ad -invariant inner product by ⟨ X , Y ⟩ g = − Kil ( X , Y ) = − Tr ( ad X ∘ ad Y ) \langle X,Y\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}} = -\operatorname{Kil}(X,Y) = -\operatorname{Tr}(\operatorname{ad}_{X} \circ\operatorname{ad}_{Y}) ⟨ X , Y ⟩ g = − Kil ( X , Y ) = − Tr ( ad X ∘ ad Y ) . When g \mathfrak{g} g is simple, this is the only possible choice up to scalar multiples.
In order to formulate Yang–Mills (YM) theory in the above setting, one furthermore needs to fix a principal G G G -bundle P P P . In our case, we will always consider the simplest choice with two-dimensional base manifold, namely P = G × T 2 P = G \times\mathbb{T}^{2} P = G × T 2 , where the base manifold is a torus T 2 : = ( R / 2 π Z ) 2 \mathbb{T}^{2} := (\mathbb{R}/2\pi\mathbb{Z})^{2} T 2 := ( R /2 π Z ) 2 . The main object of interest in YM theory is a G G G -equivariant connection on the principal bundle P P P —the so-called gauge field—which in our simplified setting can always be identified with a g \mathfrak{g} g -valued one-form A A A on T 2 \mathbb{T}^{2} T 2 . In coordinates, we write it as A ( x ) = A j ( x ) d x j A(x) = A_{j}(x)\,\mathrm{d}x^{j} A ( x ) = A j ( x ) d x j with j ∈ { 1 , 2 } j \in\{1,2\} j ∈ { 1 , 2 } and A j : T 2 → g A_{j}: \mathbb{T}^{2} \to\mathfrak{g} A j : T 2 → g . In Yang–Mills–Higgs theory, one furthermore considers a Higgs field Φ \Phi Φ , which in our simplified setting can be viewed as a V V V -valued map Φ : T 2 → V \Phi: \mathbb{T}^{2} \to V Φ : T 2 → V .
The Yang–Mills–Higgs (YMH) energy, which depends on the gauge and Higgs fields, is defined as
E Y M H ( A , Φ ) = ∫ T 2 ( 1 2 ∣ F A ∣ g 2 + 1 2 ∣ D A Φ ∣ V 2 + 1 4 ∣ Φ ∣ V 4 + 1 2 ⟨ Φ , M Φ ⟩ V ) d x . (3) \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YMH}}(A,\Phi) = \int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}} \left( \frac{1}{2}|F_{A}|_{\mathfrak{g}}^{2} + \frac{1}{2}|D_{A}\Phi|_{V}^{2} + \frac{1}{4}|\Phi|_{V}^{4} + \frac{1}{2}\langle\Phi,M\Phi\rangle_{V} \right)\,\mathrm{d}x . \tag*{(3)} E YMH ( A , Φ ) = ∫ T 2 ( 2 1 ∣ F A ∣ g 2 + 2 1 ∣ D A Φ ∣ V 2 + 4 1 ∣Φ ∣ V 4 + 2 1 ⟨ Φ , M Φ ⟩ V ) d x . (3)
Here, F A F_{A} F A and D A D_{A} D A are the curvature tensor and covariant derivative induced by A A A , respectively. We postpone their definitions in our setting, as well as a discussion of the gauge symmetries of E Y M H \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YMH}} E YMH , until after the theorem statement.
Remark 1.3. The special case V = { 0 } V = \{0\} V = { 0 } covers pure Yang–Mills theory.
Remark 1.4. One could in principle consider a torus of arbitrary size L L L and add coupling constants in (3) and the definition (5) of D A D_{A} D A . It turns out, however, that this can always be reduced to a scalar multiple of (3) by rescaling the fields as well as the norms ∣ ⋅ ∣ g |\mathord{\cdot}|_{\mathfrak{g}} ∣ ⋅ ∣ g and ∣ ⋅ ∣ V |\mathord{\cdot}|_{V} ∣ ⋅ ∣ V .
The Langevin equation associated to (3) is then formally given by the system of SPDEs
∂ t A = − ∇ A E Y M H ( A , Φ ) + ξ , ∂ t Φ = − ∇ Φ E Y M H ( A , Φ ) + ζ , (4) \partial_t A=-\nabla_A\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YMH}}(A,\Phi)+\xi,\qquad\partial_t\Phi=-\nabla_\Phi\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YMH}}(A,\Phi)+\zeta, \tag*{(4)} ∂ t A = − ∇ A E YMH ( A , Φ ) + ξ , ∂ t Φ = − ∇ Φ E YMH ( A , Φ ) + ζ , (4)
where ξ \xi ξ and ζ \zeta ζ are independent space-time white noises on the torus, taking values in g 2 \mathfrak{g}^2 g 2 and V \mathbf{V} V , respectively. We refer to the solutions to (4) as the stochastic YMH flow. Over both two- and three-dimensional tori, its1 local well-posedness modulo time-dependent gauge transformations was recently established in the seminal works [CCHS22, CCHS24]. However, these articles did not rule out the existence of finite-time blowup, which was left as an important open problem. The goal of this article is to rule out finite-time blowup, at least in two dimensions and, more ambitiously, to show the existence of a unique invariant measure.
Theorem 1.5 (Informal version). In Setting 1.1 with base manifold T 2 \mathbb{T}^2 T 2 , the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs flow is globally well-posed as a Markov process on the space of gauge orbits, obeys uniform-in-time estimates and admits a unique invariant probability measure.
Remark 1.6. The invariant measure from Theorem 1.5 is a natural candidate for the non-Abelian YMH measure, which had not been constructed previously. To the best of our knowledge, Theorem 1.5 yields the first example of a classical Euclidean quantum field theory that has only been constructed via stochastic quantisation, i.e. using stochastic PDE methods.
Remark 1.7. The space of gauge orbits D κ Y M H \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{YMH}}_\kappa D κ YMH underlying Theorem 1.5 is analogous to the space D 1 − κ \mathcal{D}_{1-\kappa} D 1 − κ appearing in [CCHS22, Def. 3.37], with the addition of the Higgs field in C − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa} C − κ . It is, however, not given by D 1 − κ × C − κ \mathcal{D}_{1-\kappa}\times\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa} D 1 − κ × C − κ since the gauge group acts on both fields. Instead, just like one has D α = Ω α 1 / G α \mathcal{D}_\alpha=\Omega^1_\alpha/\mathcal{G}_\alpha D α = Ω α 1 / G α with Ω α 1 \Omega^1_\alpha Ω α 1 a suitable space of distributional one-forms and G α \mathcal{G}_\alpha G α the space of little α \alpha α -Hölder gauge transformations, one has D κ Y M H = ( Ω 1 − κ 1 × C − κ ) / G 1 − κ \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{YMH}}_\kappa=(\Omega^1_{1-\kappa}\times\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa})/\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} D κ YMH = ( Ω 1 − κ 1 × C − κ ) / G 1 − κ , see Section 12.1 below.
In particular, it admits Wilson loop observables as jointly continuous functions C 2 ( S 1 , T 2 ) × D κ → G / Ad ( G ) \mathcal{C}^2(S^1,\mathbb{T}^2)\times\mathcal{D}_\kappa\to G/\operatorname{Ad}(G) C 2 ( S 1 , T 2 ) × D κ → G / Ad ( G ) given by ( A , γ ) ↦ [ hol ( A , γ ) ] (A,\gamma)\mapsto[\operatorname{hol}(A,\gamma)] ( A , γ ) ↦ [ hol ( A , γ )] . It also admits continuous Wilson line observables, but their endpoints need to be smoothed out; see Corollary 12.7 below. Regarding the possible values for κ \kappa κ , we will always assume that κ \kappa κ is sufficiently small for our arguments, which leads to a finite number of upper bounds.
In order to define covariant derivatives, we let W W W be a general finite-dimensional vector space endowed with an orthogonal representation π \pi π of G G G and let π ∗ \pi_* π ∗ be its derivative at the identity. For us, the most important cases are when the pair ( W , π ) (W,\pi) ( W , π ) is given by ( g , Ad ) (\mathfrak{g},\operatorname{Ad}) ( g , Ad ) or ( V , ϱ ) (V,\varrho) ( V , ϱ ) . Any connection one-form A A A then defines a covariant derivative D A D_A D A on W W W -valued functions by
D A , j : = ∂ j + π ∗ ( A j ) . (5) D_{A,j}:=\partial_j+\pi_*(A_j). \tag*{(5)} D A , j := ∂ j + π ∗ ( A j ) . (5)
The curvature tensor F A F_A F A captures the lack of commutativity of the covariant derivatives, being defined as the unique g \mathfrak{g} g -valued two-form satisfying, for all tuples ( W , π ) (W,\pi) ( W , π ) ,
[ D A , j , D A , k ] = π ∗ ( F A , j k ) . (6) [D_{A,j},D_{A,k}]=\pi_*(F_{A,jk}). \tag*{(6)} [ D A , j , D A , k ] = π ∗ ( F A , j k ) . (6)
A direct computation shows that it is explicitly given by
F A , j k = ∂ j A k − ∂ k A j + [ A j , A k ] . F_{A,jk}=\partial_jA_k-\partial_kA_j+[A_j,A_k]. F A , j k = ∂ j A k − ∂ k A j + [ A j , A k ] .
We write G \mathcal{G} G for the group of smooth automorphisms of our principal bundle P P P that preserve the fibres. Each element of G \mathcal{G} G can be identified with a smooth function g : T 2 → G g:\mathbb{T}^2\to G g : T 2 → G which acts on the fibres of $P by pointwise multiplication. For α ∈ ( 1 2 , 1 ] \alpha\in(\frac{1}{2},1] α ∈ ( 2 1 , 1 ] , we write G α \mathcal{G}_{\alpha} G α for the closure of G \mathcal{G} G in the space of α \alpha α -Hölder continuous functions. The group G α \mathcal{G}_{\alpha} G α then acts on gauge fields A A A and Higgs fields Φ \Phi Φ by
g ∙ A = Ad g A − d g g − 1 and g ∙ Φ = ϱ ( g ) Φ . (7) g \mathbin{\bullet} A = \operatorname{Ad}_{g} A - \mathrm{d}g\,g^{-1}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
g \mathbin{\bullet} \Phi= \varrho(g)\Phi. \tag*{(7)} g ∙ A = Ad g A − d g g − 1 and g ∙ Φ = ϱ ( g ) Φ. (7)
Here, the assumption α > 1 2 \alpha> \frac{1}{2} α > 2 1 is crucial to make sure that the product d g g − 1 \mathrm{d}g\,g^{-1} d g g − 1 is well-defined thanks to the fact that multiplication then extends to a map C x α × C x α − 1 → C x α − 1 C^{\alpha}_{x} \times C^{\alpha-1}_{x} \to C^{\alpha-1}_{x} C x α × C x α − 1 → C x α − 1 . As for the Higgs field, the gauge transformation of a W W W -valued map w w w is defined as g ∙ w = π ( g ) w g \mathbin{\bullet} w = \pi(g)w g ∙ w = π ( g ) w . We say that two connection one-forms A A A and B B B are gauge-equivalent if there exists an element g ∈ G 1 − κ g \in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g ∈ G 1 − κ such that B = g ∙ A B = g \mathbin{\bullet} A B = g ∙ A . A similar definition can also be made for two Higgs fields Φ \Phi Φ and Ψ \Psi Ψ , as well as for pairs ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) and ( B , Ψ ) (B,\Psi) ( B , Ψ ) .
Remark 1.8. Geometrically, these definitions make sense if we think of all functions as being defined on the whole principal bundle P P P , in such a way that they are covariant under the action of G \mathcal{G} G on each fibre. Then elements of G \mathcal{G} G represent simply coordinate changes on P P P that preserve the fibres.
Remark 1.9. While we refer to A A A as a connection one-form, it is important to keep in mind that gauge transformations act differently on A A A than on a genuine, g \mathfrak{g} g -valued one-form ω \omega ω , which transforms like g ∙ ω = Ad g ω g \mathbin{\bullet} \omega= \operatorname{Ad}_{g}\omega g ∙ ω = Ad g ω . Thus, only the difference between two connection one-forms should be treated like a genuine one-form.
The gauge covariance of the covariant derivatives D A D_A D A is encoded by the fact that, for any sufficiently regular W W W -valued map w w w on the torus, it holds that π ( g ) D A w = D g ∙ A ( π ( g ) w ) \pi(g)D_Aw = D_{g\mathbin{\bullet} A}(\pi(g)w) π ( g ) D A w = D g ∙ A ( π ( g ) w ) , which we also write as g ∙ D A w = D g ∙ A ( g ∙ w ) g \mathbin{\bullet} D_Aw = D_{g\mathbin{\bullet} A}(g \mathbin{\bullet} w) g ∙ D A w = D g ∙ A ( g ∙ w ) . The curvature tensor F A F_A F A transforms under gauge transformations as g ∙ F A : = Ad g F A = F g ∙ A g \mathbin{\bullet} F_A := \operatorname{Ad}_{g}F_A = F_{g\mathbin{\bullet} A} g ∙ F A := Ad g F A = F g ∙ A . Thus, unlike the connection one-form A A A itself, the curvature tensor F A F_A F A transforms like a genuine differential form. An important observation (in fact the whole raison d’être of gauge theories) is that, since both Ad \operatorname{Ad} Ad and ϱ \varrho ϱ are orthogonal representations, the above readily implies the gauge invariance of the YMH energy, namely E Y M H ( g ∙ A , g ∙ Φ ) = E Y M H ( A , Φ ) E_{\mathrm{YMH}}(g \mathbin{\bullet} A,g \mathbin{\bullet} \Phi) = E_{\mathrm{YMH}}(A,\Phi) E YMH ( g ∙ A , g ∙ Φ ) = E YMH ( A , Φ ) . Since E Y M H E_{\mathrm{YMH}} E YMH is constant along the (non-compact) infinite-dimensional gauge orbits, it is in particular non-coercive. The consequences of this will be felt throughout the article and will be discussed further below.
Since we discussed the covariant derivatives, curvature tensor, and gauge transformations, we can now turn our attention to the dynamic. While our main result concerns the Langevin dynamics of the YMH energy (3) , the Yang–Mills gradient flow also plays a crucial role in our proof. It is the gradient flow associated with the half squared L 2 L^{2} L 2 -norm of the curvature tensor, i.e., the first summand in (3) , and it is given by solutions of
∂ t B = − D B ∗ F B . (8) \partial_t B = -D_B^{*}F_B . \tag*{(8)} ∂ t B = − D B ∗ F B . (8)
The local and global well-posedness of (8) in dimension d = 2 d=2 d = 2 (as well as d = 3 d=3 d = 3 ) was first obtained in [Råd92]. A different proof of local well-posedness, which is closer to the arguments used in this article, was obtained in [Ohl14]. The Langevin equation of the Yang–Mills–Higgs energy from (3) is then (at least formally) given by2
∂ t A = − D A ∗ F A + B ( Φ ⊗ D A Φ ) + ξ , ∂ t Φ = Δ A Φ − M Φ − ∣ Φ ∣ 2 Φ + ζ . (9) \begin{aligned}
\partial_t A &= -D_A^{*}F_A + \mathbf{B}(\Phi\otimes D_A\Phi) + \xi,\\
\partial_t \Phi&= \Delta_A\Phi- M\Phi- \lvert\Phi\rvert^2\Phi+ \zeta. \tag*{(9)}
\end{aligned} ∂ t A ∂ t Φ = − D A ∗ F A + B ( Φ ⊗ D A Φ ) + ξ , = Δ A Φ − M Φ − ∣ Φ ∣ 2 Φ + ζ . (9)
Here, ξ \xi ξ and ζ \zeta ζ are independent space-time white noises taking values in g 2 \mathfrak{g}^{2} g 2 and V V V , respectively. Furthermore, Δ A = δ k ℓ D A , k D A , ℓ = D A ℓ D A , ℓ \Delta_A = \delta^{k\ell}D_{A,k}D_{A,\ell} = D_A^{\ell}D_{A,\ell} Δ A = δ k ℓ D A , k D A , ℓ = D A ℓ D A , ℓ is the covariant Laplacian and B : V ⊗ V → g \mathbf{B}: V \otimes V \to\mathfrak{g} B : V ⊗ V → g is the linear map uniquely determined by the relation
⟨ B ( u ⊗ v ) , h ⟩ g = ⟨ u , ϱ ∗ ( h ) v ⟩ V , (10) \langle\mathbf{B}(u \otimes v),h\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}} = \langle u,\varrho_{*}(h)v\rangle_{V} , \tag*{(10)} ⟨ B ( u ⊗ v ) , h ⟩ g = ⟨ u , ϱ ∗ ( h ) v ⟩ V , (10)
see [CCHS24, Eq. 1.5]. Since the representation ϱ \varrho ϱ of G \mathcal{G} G on V V V is orthogonal, it follows that ϱ ∗ ( h ) \varrho_{*}(h) ϱ ∗ ( h ) is skew-symmetric and therefore B ( u ⊗ v ) = − B ( v ⊗ u ) \mathbf{B}(u \otimes v) = -\mathbf{B}(v \otimes u) B ( u ⊗ v ) = − B ( v ⊗ u ) . For a formulation (of a smooth approximation) of (9) in coordinates, we also refer the reader to (353) below.
We recall from above that the Yang–Mills–Higgs energy E Y M H \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YMH}} E YMH is constant along gauge orbits. As a result, the L 2 L^2 L 2 -inner product between its gradient ∇ E Y M H ( A , Φ ) \nabla\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YMH}}(A,\Phi) ∇ E YMH ( A , Φ ) and directions in the tangent space of the gauge orbit vanishes, which implies that {(xref)}(1.9) cannot possibly be parabolic since elliptic operators on compact manifolds have compact resolvent and therefore a finite-dimensional kernel. Indeed, a direct calculation shows that the principal part of − ( D A ∗ F A ) k -(D_A^*F_A)_k − ( D A ∗ F A ) k is given by Δ A k − ∂ k ( ∂ ℓ A ℓ ) \Delta A_k-\partial_k(\partial^\ell A_\ell) Δ A k − ∂ k ( ∂ ℓ A ℓ ) . Due to the low regularity of the space-time white noises ξ \xi ξ and ζ \zeta ζ , this lack of parabolicity makes a direct analysis of {(xref)}(1.9) infeasible. However, one needs to keep in mind that we are not interested in the solution ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) of {(xref)}(1.9) itself, but only its equivalence class under gauge transformations, i.e., its gauge orbit. By using a time-dependent gauge transformation, we can3 then convert {(xref)}(1.9) into the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs equations
∂ t A = − D A ∗ F A − D A D A ∗ ( A − B ) + B ( Φ ⊗ D A Φ ) + ξ , ∂ t Φ = Δ A Φ + ( D A ∗ ( A − B ) ) Φ − M Φ − ∣ Φ ∣ 2 Φ + ζ . (11) \begin{aligned}
\partial_t A &= -D_A^*F_A-D_AD_A^*(A-B)+B(\Phi\otimes D_A\Phi)+\xi,\\
\partial_t\Phi&= \Delta_A\Phi+(D_A^*(A-B))\Phi-M\Phi-|\Phi|^2\Phi+\zeta. \tag*{(11)}
\end{aligned} ∂ t A ∂ t Φ = − D A ∗ F A − D A D A ∗ ( A − B ) + B ( Φ ⊗ D A Φ ) + ξ , = Δ A Φ + ( D A ∗ ( A − B )) Φ − M Φ − ∣Φ ∣ 2 Φ + ζ . (11)
(This is all still formal at this stage.) Here, B B B denotes the solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow {(xref)}(1.8) with the same initial data as A A A . This is a variant of the Donaldson–DeTurck trick [DeT82, Don85] which, following [OT22] where a similar gauge was used, we call the “infinitesimal DeTurck gauge”.
Remark 1.10. We will show that, when renormalising {(xref)}(1.11) in a natural way, the process one obtains is indeed gauge equivalent to the one considered in [CCHS22, CCHS24] (see Proposition 2.35 ). In particular, when quotienting by the action of the gauge group, we do obtain a representation for the Markov process constructed in [CCHS22] for any choice of smooth B B B , and the DeTurck gauge used in [CCHS22, BC26a] can be interpreted as the special choice B = 0 B=0 B = 0 (but see the discussion before Theorem 2.9 in [CCHS22]).
Remark 1.11. We do not prove the global well-posedness for {(xref)}(1.11) with B B B solving {(xref)}(1.8), nor do we expect it to hold. For this reason, we only work with {(xref)}(1.11) for short times and then restart the equation, updating the initial data A 0 A_0 A 0 and hence modifying the choice of B B B .
Related works
At the beginning of this introduction, we briefly mentioned works related to Theorem 1.5 , but we now discuss the literature in more detail. In the following, we focus our discussion on the quantum Yang–Mills–Higgs (or Yang–Mills) model. The literature concerning the classical YM(H) model, such as work on geometric elliptic equations [Uhl82a, TO4], geometric evolution equations [Råd92, Str94, KM95, KT99, Oh15, OT19, Wal91], and topology [AB83, Don83, Hit87], will not be discussed here. The reader interested only in the main ideas of this article, and not in its relationship to the earlier literature, is encouraged to skip ahead to Section 1.2.
Stochastic quantisation and global bounds on singular SPDEs: As already mentioned, this article makes progress on the rigorous implementation of Parisi and Wu’s stochastic quantisation method. This method is best understood in the context of the Φ 3 4 \Phi^4_3 Φ 3 4 -model in two or three dimensions [MW17a, MW17b, MW20, GH21] (see also [JLM85, AR91, DPDo3] for earlier attempts that do, however, exploit a priori knowledge of the Φ 2 4 \Phi^4_2 Φ 2 4 measure). For a real-valued unknown φ : [ 0 , ∞ ) × T d → R \varphi:[0,\infty)\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathbb{R} φ : [ 0 , ∞ ) × T d → R , the parabolic evolution associated to this model can formally be written as
( ∂ t − Δ ) φ = − φ 3 + ∞ ⋅ φ + ξ . (12) (\partial_t-\Delta)\varphi=-\varphi^3+\infty\cdot\varphi+\xi. \tag*{(12)} ( ∂ t − Δ ) φ = − φ 3 + ∞ ⋅ φ + ξ . (12)
(Here, given a regularisation procedure depending on a small parameter ε \varepsilon ε , ‘∞ \infty ∞ ’ should be interpreted as an ε \varepsilon ε -dependent constant that diverges as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 in such a way that the sequence of solutions admits a non-trivial limit.) The proof of global well-posedness and uniform-in-time estimates for (12) relies heavily on the strong damping term − φ d 3 -\varphi_d^3 − φ d 3 . To see the effect of this damping term, consider the deterministic model
( ∂ t − Δ ) ψ = − ψ 3 . (13) (\partial_t-\Delta)\psi=-\psi^3. \tag*{(13)} ( ∂ t − Δ ) ψ = − ψ 3 . (13)
By comparison with the ODE y ′ = − y 3 y'=-y^3 y ′ = − y 3 and the maximum principle, the solution to (13) satisfies ∥ ψ ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ≤ ( ∥ ψ ( 0 ) ∥ L ∞ − 2 + 2 t ) − 1 / 2 \|\psi(t)\|_{L^\infty}\leq(\|\psi(0)\|_{L^\infty}^{-2}+2t)^{-1/2} ∥ ψ ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ≤ ( ∥ ψ ( 0 ) ∥ L ∞ − 2 + 2 t ) − 1/2 so that, no matter the size of the initial data, the L ∞ L^\infty L ∞ -norm of ψ ( t ) \psi(t) ψ ( t ) is bounded by ( 2 t ) − 1 / 2 (2t)^{-1/2} ( 2 t ) − 1/2 . This property is known as “coming down from infinity” and has proven itself instrumental in the analysis of (12) . In fact, by treating the Φ d 4 \Phi_d^4 Φ d 4 -model as a perturbation of (13) , similar estimates (depending also on a suitable measure of the “size” of ξ \xi ξ ) can be established for solutions of (12) (see e.g. [MW20, Thm 2.1 and Lem. 2.7).
More recently, there has been growing interest in proving global well-posedness and uniform-in-time estimates for singular SPDEs without such strong damping terms. One model of particular interest is the stochastic Navier–Stokes equation in two dimensions, which was studied in [HR24, HZ25]. For a divergence-free vector-valued unknown u : [ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 → R 2 u\colon[0,\infty)\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbb{R}^2 u : [ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 → R 2 , it is given by
( ∂ t − Δ ) u + P div ( u ⊗ u ) = η . (14) (\partial_t-\Delta)u+\mathbf{P}\operatorname{div}(u\otimes u)=\eta. \tag*{(14)} ( ∂ t − Δ ) u + P div ( u ⊗ u ) = η . (14)
Here, P \mathbf{P} P is the Leray projection and η \eta η is a divergence-free stochastic forcing term. In [HR24, HZ25], η \eta η is more general than the Leray projection of space-time white noise, but has the same regularity. Unlike in the Φ d 4 \Phi_d^4 Φ d 4 -model, the nonlinearity in (14) does not have a strong damping effect since ⟨ u , P div ( u ⊗ u ) ⟩ L x 2 = 0 \langle u,\mathbf{P}\operatorname{div}(u\otimes u)\rangle_{L_x^2}=0 ⟨ u , P div ( u ⊗ u ) ⟩ L x 2 = 0 and hence, at least at the level of the L x 2 L_x^2 L x 2 -norm, it does not lead to any decrease in the size of the solution.
In [HR24, HZ25], the global well-posedness of (14) was shown. To be more precise, the solution of (14) is first decomposed into a large, low-frequency component and a small, high-frequency component. The low- and high-frequency components are then estimated using a monotonicity formula for the energy and the stochastic local theory, respectively. The most delicate parts of the argument concern interactions between the low- and high-frequency components, which witness both the large size of the low-frequency component and the roughness of the high-frequency component. In the later article [HZ25], the third and fourth authors not only proved the global well-posedness of (14) , but also uniform-in-time estimates for the solution. Compared to [HR24], the main ingredient was a new trick involving Itô’s formula, which led to more refined estimates of the low-frequency component.
In [BC24], the first two authors studied the massless two-dimensional stochastic Abelian Higgs model. In this model, one considers the Abelian group4 ^{4} 4 G = U ( 1 ) \mathbf{G}=U(1) G = U ( 1 ) , the vector space V = C \mathbf{V}=\mathbb{C} V = C , which is equipped with the canonical representation ϱ ( e i θ ) z = e i θ z \varrho(e^{i\theta})z=e^{i\theta}z ϱ ( e i θ ) z = e i θ z , and the mass M = 0 \mathbf{M}=0 M = 0 . After restricting to the Coulomb slice ∂ j A j = 0 \partial_j A^j=0 ∂ j A j = 0 , the Langevin equation associated to (3) can then be written as
∂ t A = Δ A − P Im ( Φ ‾ D A Φ ) + P ξ , ∂ t Φ = Δ A Φ − ∣ Φ ∣ 2 Φ + ζ , (15) \partial_t A=\Delta A-\mathbf{P}\operatorname{Im}(\overline{\Phi}D_A\Phi)+\mathbf{P}\xi,\qquad
\partial_t\Phi=\Delta_A\Phi-|\Phi|^2\Phi+\zeta, \tag*{(15)} ∂ t A = Δ A − P Im ( Φ D A Φ ) + P ξ , ∂ t Φ = Δ A Φ − ∣Φ ∣ 2 Φ + ζ , (15)
where P \mathbf{P} P denotes again the Leray projection. While the Φ \Phi Φ -equation in (15) contains the strong damping term − ∣ Φ ∣ 2 Φ -|\Phi|^2\Phi − ∣Φ ∣ 2 Φ , no such term is contained in the A A A -equation. In particular, since A A A enters into the Φ \Phi Φ -equation via the term Δ A Φ \Delta_A\Phi Δ A Φ , and then enters back into its own equation via the term Im ( Φ ‾ D A Φ ) \operatorname{Im}(\overline{\Phi}D_A\Phi) Im ( Φ D A Φ ) , it is quite difficult to control. The main novelty in [BC24] lies in the so-called covariant stochastic objects. For a suitable time T > 0 T>0 T > 0 and background connection one-form B : ( 0 , T ] × T 2 → R 2 B\colon(0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbb{R}^2 B : ( 0 , T ] × T 2 → R 2 , the corresponding covariant stochastic object T B \mathbf{T}_B T B is defined as the solution of
( ∂ t − Δ B ) T B = ζ . (16) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathbf{T}_B=\zeta. \tag*{(16)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) T B = ζ . (16)
The estimates of the covariant stochastic object itself, as well as the estimates of the derivative nonlinearity Im ( T ‾ B D B T B ) \operatorname{Im}(\overline{\mathbf{T}}_B D_B\mathbf{T}_B) Im ( T B D B T B ) , form one of the main parts of [BC24]. They are obtained using covariant heat kernel estimates which, in turn, were proven using covariant monotonicity formulas. As will be explained in § 3 and the body of this article, our argument will significantly expand on the ideas in [BC24] in many different ways.
Lastly, we mention that the rigorous construction of the EQFTs from (1.1) has also been tackled using the Boué–Dupuis formula [BD98]. This approach was pioneered by Barashkov and Gubinelli in [BG20] and, since then, has had several further applications [Bri22, GOTW22, OST22, OOT24, BG25, TW26]. While it is not based on the Langevin equation (1.2), its implementation often uses many of the same tools as the stochastic quantisation method. Very recently, the variational approach has also been used to construct the two-dimensional Abelian Higgs measure in the Coulomb gauge [BCC+26].
The pure Yang–Mills model using exact solvability: There is a rich literature on the pure YM model on two-dimensional Riemannian manifolds M \mathcal{M} M , much of which focuses on the YM holonomy process. To describe it, let A A A be a g \mathfrak{g} g -valued connection one-form on M \mathcal{M} M and γ : [ 0 , 1 ] → M \gamma\colon[0,1]\to\mathcal{M} γ : [ 0 , 1 ] → M be a path, both satisfying suitable regularity conditions (see e.g. Section 12.1). Then, one can define the holonomy hol ( A , γ ) : = h ( 1 ) ∈ G \operatorname{hol}(A,\gamma)\mathrel{\mathop:}=h(1)\in G hol ( A , γ ) : = h ( 1 ) ∈ G , where h : [ 0 , 1 ] → G h\colon[0,1]\to G h : [ 0 , 1 ] → G is the solution to the ODE
d h ( t ) h − 1 ( t ) = − A ( d γ ( t ) ) , h ( 0 ) = id G . (17) \mathrm{d}h(t)h^{-1}(t)=-A(\mathrm{d}\gamma(t)),\qquad h(0)=\operatorname{id}_{G}. \tag*{(17)} d h ( t ) h − 1 ( t ) = − A ( d γ ( t )) , h ( 0 ) = id G . (17)
The holonomy hol ( A , γ ) \operatorname{hol}(A,\gamma) hol ( A , γ ) is gauge covariant, i.e., it holds that
hol ( g ∙ A , γ ) = g ( γ ( 1 ) ) hol ( A , γ ) g ( γ ( 0 ) ) − 1 . (18) \operatorname{hol}(g\mathbin{\bullet} A,\gamma)=g(\gamma(1))\operatorname{hol}(A,\gamma)g(\gamma(0))^{-1}. \tag*{(18)} hol ( g ∙ A , γ ) = g ( γ ( 1 )) hol ( A , γ ) g ( γ ( 0 ) ) − 1 . (18)
To obtain (1.18), one only needs to verify that if h ( t ) h(t) h ( t ) is the solution of (1.17), then g ( γ ( t ) ) h ( t ) g ( γ ( 0 ) ) − 1 g(\gamma(t))h(t)g(\gamma(0))^{-1} g ( γ ( t )) h ( t ) g ( γ ( 0 ) ) − 1 is the solution of (1.17) with A A A replaced by g ∙ A g\mathbin{\bullet} A g ∙ A . From (1.18), it follows that if x 0 ∈ M x_0\in\mathcal{M} x 0 ∈ M is a given base point and γ \gamma γ is a loop starting from and ending at x 0 x_0 x 0 , then hol ( g ∙ A , γ ) = g ( x 0 ) hol ( A , γ ) g ( x 0 ) − 1 \operatorname{hol}(g\mathbin{\bullet} A,\gamma)=g(x_0)\operatorname{hol}(A,\gamma)g(x_0)^{-1} hol ( g ∙ A , γ ) = g ( x 0 ) hol ( A , γ ) g ( x 0 ) − 1 . From the perspective of this article, it is therefore natural to first construct the YM measure in two dimensions, and then consider the holonomy process
( hol ( A , γ ) ) loops γ . (19) \left(\operatorname{hol}(A,\gamma)\right)_{\text{loops }\gamma}. \tag*{(19)} ( hol ( A , γ ) ) loops γ . (19)
which is defined modulo simultaneous conjugation by elements of the Lie group G G G . However, the perspective taken in much of the literature on the YM holonomy process, such as [Lév03, Lév10, Lév20], is opposite. The YM holonomy process is constructed directly as a stochastic process, without explicit reference to a continuum YM measure. This is achieved using invariance under subdivision (see e.g. [Lév03, Section 1.6]). The invariance under subdivision, which is very specific to pure YM theory in two dimensions, implies that the behaviour of the discrete YM model at large scales does not change under further refinements of the discretisation. For properties of the YM holonomy process, as well as different perspectives on two-dimensional YM theory, we refer the reader to [DM79, Dri89, Sen92, Sen93, Sen97, Lév03, Lév10, Lév20, DL23, DL25, Lem25] and the references therein.
More recently, there has been interest in going beyond the construction of (1.19) as a stochastic process. The goal is then to construct a state space (consisting of gauge orbits of connection one-forms) on which the holonomies along smooth loops are well-defined (modulo the action of G G G ) as continuous observables, as well as a probability measure on that state space. If the joint law of all the holonomies under this probability measure agrees with that of the YM holonomy process constructed in [Lév03, Lév10], the probability measure can be rightfully called “the” YM measure. For M = T 2 \mathcal{M}=\mathbb{T}^2 M = T 2 , the YM measure was first constructed by Cheyreau in [Che19]. An important feature of the construction in [Che19] is that, using a suitable gauge, the state space can be embedded into C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x(\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) , where κ > 0 \kappa>0 κ > 0 . The regularity of the random connection one-forms therefore agrees with the regularity of the Gaussian free field, which is both needed for and expected from the analysis of the corresponding Langevin dynamics given in [CCHS22]. The argument in [Che19] goes through lattice approximations of the YM measure. To obtain uniform estimates in the lattice spacing, Chevyrev first works with an axial gauge on large scales [Che19, Prop. 4.15], and then with a Coulomb gauge on small scales [Che19, Thm 4.12]. The axial gauge is used here because, at the price of giving up smoothing in one spatial variable, it eliminates nonlinear interactions, which reflects the exact solvability of the two-dimensional, pure YM model. However, once the Higgs field is included (as in Theorem 1.5 ), the axial gauge loses much of its utility. The reason is that while the axial gauge eliminates nonlinear interactions involving only the connection one-form A A A , it does not eliminate nonlinear interactions involving the Higgs field Φ \Phi Φ . And without smoothing in all spatial variables, it is rather difficult to control the impact of the Higgs field Φ \Phi Φ on the connection one-form A A A . We also mention that the YM measure on T 2 \mathbb{T}^{2} T 2 has been constructed using a singular elliptic PDE in [CKM26], and that the construction of the YM measure has recently been extended from T 2 \mathbb{T}^{2} T 2 to general compact surfaces M \mathcal{M} M in [VN26].
In [CS23], Chevyrev and Shen study the Langevin equation of the pure YM model on the two-dimensional torus T 2 \mathbb{T}^{2} T 2 , the so-called stochastic YM equation. In their main theorem, Chevyrev and Shen prove that the stochastic YM equation is globally well-posed as a Markov process on the space of gauge orbits, and that the YM measure is its unique invariant measure. Similar to [Che19], the article [CS23] relies on lattice approximations of the stochastic YM equation which are shown in [CS23, Thm 2.12] to converge to the continuum dynamic previously constructed in [CCHS22]. In order to identify the continuum limit, the authors prove a strong form of uniqueness for the renormalisation constant leading to gauge covariant continuum dynamic [CS23, Thm 2.15], which is one of the main novelties in their article. The global well-posedness of the stochastic YM equations, as well as the invariance of the YM measure, is then proven using Bourgain’s globalisation argument [Bou94] which relies on new moment estimates for the YM measure [CS23, Thm 9.1], refining earlier estimates from [Che19]. This approach is of course not available to us since the construction of the Yang–Mills–Higgs measure on T 2 \mathbb{T}^{2} T 2 was an open problem before the present work, which is what motivated it in the first place.
Lattice gauge theories: A natural approach towards constructing continuum YM theories involves taking scaling limits of lattice discretisations. Such discretisations are known as lattice gauge theories (alternatively, lattice YM theories), and were first proposed by Wilson [Wil74]. For a more thorough introduction to these models, see the survey [Cha19a]. Brydges, Fröhlich and Seiler [BFS79, BFS80, BFS81] constructed the two-dimensional Abelian Higgs model via this approach. Soon after, Balaban [Bal82a, Bal82b, Bal83a, Bal83b] proved ultraviolet stability for the two- and three-dimensional Abelian Higgs models. (In the 2D case, this was recently strengthened in [CC24].) Later on, King [Kin86a, Kin86b] built on Balaban’s Abelian Higgs work by constructing the continuum theory in three dimensions. In all these cited works on the Abelian Higgs model, the main technique was a renormalisation group analysis to understand how the various theories behave under changes of length scales. Then, by inductively applying this analysis, the authors were able to control the unit length scale behaviour of theories which were originally defined on microscopic length scales.
In higher dimensions, Gross [Gro83] established convergence of the three-dimensional U ( 1 ) U(1) U ( 1 ) lattice gauge theory to a Gaussian continuum limit, and later Driver [Dri87] extended the analysis to four dimensions.
Next, we turn to the non-Abelian setting, i.e. the YM model. In the series of works [Bal84a, Bal84b, Bal85a, Bal85b, Bal85c, Bal85d, Bal85e], Balaban studied this model in three dimensions (again using renormalisation group methods). To discuss Balaban’s work, we let T ε 3 \mathbb{T}^{3}_{\varepsilon} T ε 3 be the lattice approximation of T 3 \mathbb{T}^{3} T 3 with lattice spacing ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 , and, for simplicity, assume that G ∈ { U ( N ) , S U ( N ) , O ( N ) } G \in\{U(N), SU(N), O(N)\} G ∈ { U ( N ) , S U ( N ) , O ( N )} . The state space then consists of maps U ε : E ε → G U_{\varepsilon}: E_{\varepsilon} \to G U ε : E ε → G , with E ε E_{\varepsilon} E ε the set of directed edges of T ε 3 \mathbb{T}^{3}_{\varepsilon} T ε 3 , which satisfy U ε ( x , y ) = U ε ( y , x ) − 1 U_{\varepsilon}(x,y)=U_{\varepsilon}(y,x)^{-1} U ε ( x , y ) = U ε ( y , x ) − 1 for all ( x , y ) ∈ E ε (x,y) \in E_{\varepsilon} ( x , y ) ∈ E ε . The Wilson approximation of the YM energy is given by
E ε ( U ε ) = E Y M , ε ( U ε ) ≔ 1 g 2 ε ∑ p ∈ P ε ( 1 − Re tr ( U ε ( ∂ p ) ) ) . \mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon}(U_{\varepsilon})=\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YM},\varepsilon}(U_{\varepsilon})\coloneqq\frac{1}{g^{2}\varepsilon}\sum_{p\in\mathcal{P}_{\varepsilon}}\left(1-\operatorname{Re}\operatorname{tr}(U_{\varepsilon}(\partial p))\right). E ε ( U ε ) = E YM , ε ( U ε ) : = g 2 ε 1 p ∈ P ε ∑ ( 1 − Re tr ( U ε ( ∂ p )) ) .
Here, g g g is a coupling constant, P ε P_{\varepsilon} P ε is the set of plaquettes of T ε 3 \mathbb{T}_{\varepsilon}^{3} T ε 3 , U ε ( ∂ p ) U_{\varepsilon}(\partial p) U ε ( ∂ p ) is the holonomy of U ε U_{\varepsilon} U ε along the boundary of the plaquette p p p , and tr \operatorname{tr} tr is the normalised trace. Balaban then iteratively constructs effective energies E ε ( k ) \mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon}^{(k)} E ε ( k ) on T L k ε 3 \mathbb{T}_{L^{k}\varepsilon}^{3} T L k ε 3 , where L ≥ 2 L \ge2 L ≥ 2 is an integer, through a local, gauge covariant averaging procedure (cf. [Bal85a]). This yields effective lattice gauge theories at coarse scales and, in the main theorem [Bal85d, Thm 1] of the series of papers [Bal84a]–[Bal85e], Balaban proves uniform estimates on these effective theories as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , a property known as ultraviolet stability. Note, though, that even in the case of 2D pure YM where a good continuum theory is known to exist, it is not clear how the observables of the effective coarse theory relate to those of the continuum theory. Due to this, one cannot directly compare the results in [Bal85d] with the results in [CS23] or in this article. In the later works [Bal87, Bal88a, Bal88b, Bal89a, Bal89b], Balaban also made progress5 towards proving ultraviolet stability in four dimensions. It is believable that a better understanding of [Bal84a]–[Bal85e] may lead to further progress, also in the stochastic quantisation approach to YM theory, but this remains to be seen.
In more recent years, there has been a renewed interest in the mathematical analysis of lattice gauge theory. In [Cha16], Chatterjee computed the leading term for the free energy of the three- and four-dimensional pure U ( N ) U(N) U ( N ) lattice gauge theories in an appropriate scaling limit, and in particular showed that this term is given by the free energy of a corresponding Gaussian theory, which itself was explicitly calculated by Brennecke [Bre25]. In another vein, Chatterjee [Cha26] showed that under a certain scaling (where the inverse coupling is taken to be much larger than the lattice mesh size), a simplified version of the S U ( 2 ) SU(2) S U ( 2 ) lattice YMH theory (where the Higgs field takes values in the unit sphere) converges to a continuum Gaussian theory for all d ≥ 2 d \ge2 d ≥ 2 . This was soon generalised to arbitrary compact connected matrix Lie groups by Rajasekaran, Yakir, and Zhou [RYZ26]. Chandra and Chevyrev [CC24] revisited the two-dimensional Abelian Higgs model and obtained estimates on the gauge field marginal which are uniform in the lattice spacing.
We also mention various works which primarily focus on the long-distance behaviour of lattice gauge theories. The primary questions here are whether there is “quark confinement” and a “mass gap”; see [Cha19a, Sections 4, 5] for an introduction to these properties. Generally speaking, a theory that possesses these properties looks very disordered at long distances, while a theory without these properties exhibits a form of long-range order. Osterwalder and Seiler [OS78] showed that lattice gauge theories with arbitrary gauge group G G G have a mass gap in the “strongly coupled” phase, and moreover S U ( N ) SU(N) S U ( N ) lattice gauge theories are confining in the same phase. Göpfert and Mack [GM82] showed confinement and a mass gap for the three-dimensional pure U ( 1 ) U(1) U ( 1 ) lattice gauge theory, while Guth [Gut80] and separately Fröhlich and Spencer [FS82] showed that the four-dimensional U ( 1 ) U(1) U ( 1 ) theory has a deconfining phase (which is also massless). It is a (long-standing) open problem to show that in four dimensions, non-Abelian lattice gauge theories are confining and have a mass gap at all values of the coupling constant. (Actually, one needs the gauge group to have no non-trivial centre in order for the corresponding theory to be confining, as discussed in [GJ79, Sei82, Cha21, Nis26].)
One approach towards this problem is to relate lattice gauge theories to certain “string theories”, i.e. surface models, via a “gauge / string duality”. See e.g. Polyakov’s retrospective [Pol08] on this subject from a physics point of view. In mathematics, Chatterjee [Cha19b] established a gauge / string duality for the large-N N N limit of S O ( N ) SO(N) S O ( N ) lattice gauge theories, which was further analysed by Basu and Ganguly [BG18] (primarily in the case of two dimensions). The gauge / string duality for S U ( N ) SU(N) S U ( N ) was later established by Jafarov [Jaf16], while Chatterjee and Jafarov [CJ16] gave a large-N N N expansion in terms of strings. Later, Cao, Park, and Sheffield [CPS25] derived a gauge / string duality at finite-N N N (i.e. without taking the large-N N N limit), with follow-up work by various authors [BCS24, BCS25, CNS25a]. See also Lemoine [Lem26a] for a recent generalisation of [CPS25]; we also mention the companion work [Lem26b] which considers the large-N N N limit of lattice gauge theories equipped with the Villain (i.e. heat kernel) action.
Finally, there has also been a recent line of work initiated by Shen, Smith, R. Zhu, and X. Zhu [SZZ23, SSZ24, SSZ25, SZZ26a], which uses the lattice Langevin dynamics to prove results such as the Makeenko–Migdal equations and a mass gap (in certain strong coupling regimes) for lattice gauge theories. See also [CNS25b], which proves confinement at strong coupling.
Brief discussion of main ideas and techniques
We conclude the introduction with a brief discussion of the main ideas behind the proof of Theorem 1.5 , but refer the reader to § 3 (as well as the body of this article) for more detailed discussions. For most of this brief discussion, we focus on the stochastic Yang–Mills (rather than Yang–Mills–Higgs) equations in the infinitesimal DeTurck gauge (see (11) ), which are (formally) given by
∂ t A = − D A ∗ F A − D A D A ∗ ( A − B ) + ξ . (20) \partial_t A=-\mathrm{D}_A^*F_A-\mathrm{D}_A\mathrm{D}_A^*(A-B)+\xi. \tag*{(20)} ∂ t A = − D A ∗ F A − D A D A ∗ ( A − B ) + ξ . (20)
Infinitesimal DeTurck gauge: The idea behind this gauge is to use the DeTurck trick (which would correspond to taking B = 0 B=0 B = 0 in (20) ) only at the level of the linearised dynamic, not at the level of the full Langevin dynamics. To make this more precise, take B B B a solution to the YM gradient flow and consider the difference C : = A − B C:=A-B C := A − B . Using Lemma 3.22 below, it can then be shown that C C C solves
( ∂ t − Δ B ) C k − 2 [ F B k j , C j ] = [ C j , 2 D B j C k − D B k C j ] + [ C j , [ C j , C k ] ] + ξ k . (21) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)C^k-2[F_B^{kj},C_j]=[C_j,2\mathrm{D}_B^jC^k-\mathrm{D}_B^kC^j]+[C_j,[C^j,C^k]]+\xi^k . \tag*{(21)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) C k − 2 [ F B k j , C j ] = [ C j , 2 D B j C k − D B k C j ] + [ C j , [ C j , C k ]] + ξ k . (21)
We emphasise that the connection one-form B B B only enters into (21) through D B \mathrm{D}_B D B and F B F_B F B , but never by itself, which will be important in our covariant local theory. We also remind the reader that our background B B B solves the Yang–Mills gradient flow without any DeTurck term (8) . This is important because the Yang–Mills heat flow (with DeTurck term) does not obey suitable long-time estimates. The reader may think of B B B as the smooth (or low-frequency) part of A A A and of C C C as the rough (or high-frequency) part of A A A . By using the infinitesimal DeTurck gauge, rather than the original DeTurck gauge, we therefore use the DeTurck trick only for the rough part of A A A .
Covariant heat kernel estimates: Motivated by (21) , we examine the covariant heat kernel q B ( s , y ; t , x ) q_B(s,y;t,x) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) corresponding to the covariant heat operator ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F B ) \partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F_B) ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F B ) appearing on the left-hand side of (21) . We emphasise that, while the curvature term 2 ad ( F B ) 2\operatorname{ad}(F_B) 2 ad ( F B ) is only a zeroth-order differential operator, it has a significant impact on the behaviour of q B ( s , y ; t , x ) q_B(s,y;t,x) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) . In particular, the curvature term can be responsible for exponential growth. Our main estimates of q B ( s , y ; t , x ) q_B(s,y;t,x) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) are pointwise and, for all 0 ≤ s < t ≤ T 0\le s<t\le T 0 ≤ s < t ≤ T and x , y ∈ T 2 x,y\in\mathbb{T}^2 x , y ∈ T 2 , show that
∣ D B j 1 ⋯ D B j k q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ exp ( C ∥ F B ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , T p e r t ) k ( t − s ) 1 + k 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) . (22) \left|\mathrm{D}_B^{j_1}\cdots\mathrm{D}_B^{j_k}q_B(s,y;t,x)\right|\lesssim\exp\left(C\|F_B\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^\infty([0,T])}\right)\frac{\left(1+\|F_B\|_{\mathcal{T},T}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^k}{(t-s)^{1+\frac{k}{2}}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t-s}\right). \tag*{(22)} D B j 1 ⋯ D B j k q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ exp ( C ∥ F B ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) ( t − s ) 1 + 2 k ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , T pert ) k exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) . (22)
Here, k ≥ 1 k\ge1 k ≥ 1 , 1 ≤ j 1 , … , j k ≤ 2 1\le j_1,\ldots,j_k\le2 1 ≤ j 1 , … , j k ≤ 2 , and ∥ F B ∥ T , T p e r t \|F_B\|_{\mathcal{T},T}^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ F B ∥ T , T pert is as in Definition 2.3. These pointwise estimates form the foundation of our analytical machinery and are used heavily in almost all later parts of our argument. The proof of (22) relies on covariant monotonicity formulas, as well as delicate estimates of curvature terms.
Gauge-covariant smooth approximations: In singular SPDEs, local and global well-posedness are studied using limits of smooth approximations. In the earlier works [CCHS22, CCHS24, BC26a], the smooth approximations broke the gauge invariance of the law of the solution, which could only be restored in the limit. In this work, we introduce a gauge covariant smooth approximation of (20) , which is defined as
∂ t A ε = − D A ε ∗ F A ε − D A ε D A ε ∗ ( A ε − B ) + C ρ A ( A ε − B ) + ξ B , ε . (23) \partial_t A_\varepsilon=-\mathrm{D}_{A_\varepsilon}^*F_{A_\varepsilon}-\mathrm{D}_{A_\varepsilon}\mathrm{D}_{A_\varepsilon}^*(A_\varepsilon-B)+C_\rho^{A}(A_\varepsilon-B)+\xi_{B,\varepsilon}. \tag*{(23)} ∂ t A ε = − D A ε ∗ F A ε − D A ε D A ε ∗ ( A ε − B ) + C ρ A ( A ε − B ) + ξ B , ε . (23)
Here, C ρ A ( A ε − B ) C_{\rho}^{A}(A_{\varepsilon}-B) C ρ A ( A ε − B ) is a renormalisation term and the smooth approximation of the space-time white noise is defined as
ξ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) , (24) \xi_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)=\int_{0}^{t} ds\int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}}dy\,\rho_{\varepsilon}'(t-s)q_{B}(s,y;t,x)\xi(s,y), \tag*{(24)} ξ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) , (24)
where ρ ε : [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , 1 ] \rho_{\varepsilon}:[0,\infty)\to[0,1] ρ ε : [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , 1 ] is a cutoff function as in (2.13)–(2.14) below. The gauge covariance of (23) , however, comes at a price. Unlike for the non-covariant smooth approximations from [CCHS22, CCHS24, BC26a], it is not clear that the resulting stochastic process (at the level of the gauge orbits) is Markov. To establish the Markov property, we will show the gauge equivalence of the limiting solutions from this article and [CCHS22], see Proposition 2.35 2.35 2.35 .
Covariant local theory: We develop a covariant local theory for (23) . The resulting local time of existence only depends on the size of the curvature F B F_B F B (rather than the connection one-form B B B itself), which is gauge invariant. Since monotonicity formulas for (8) only control the size of F B F_B F B , this will be crucial in our global arguments. As part of our covariant local theory, we examine the covariant stochastic objects
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F B ) ) Q ˚ B = ξ , Q ˚ B ( 0 ) = 0. (25) (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F_B))\mathring{Q}_B=\xi,\qquad\mathring{Q}_B(0)=0. \tag*{(25)} ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F B )) Q ˚ B = ξ , Q ˚ B ( 0 ) = 0. (25)
Similar covariant stochastic objects were previously used in [BC24] for the Abelian Higgs model, but our non-Abelian setting prevents us from using many of the estimates in [BC24]. In addition, we introduce a covariant paracontrolled calculus, which comes with covariant commutator estimates, Littlewood–Paley decompositions, paraproduct estimates, and Schauder estimates.
Global iteration argument: In order to prove the global well-posedness in Theorem 1.5 1.5 1.5 , we iterate over well-chosen times ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ (t_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ . The increments τ m + 1 ≔ t m + 1 − t m \tau_{m+1}\coloneqq t_{m+1}-t_m τ m + 1 : = t m + 1 − t m will ultimately be chosen such that our covariant local theory can be used for (20) on each interval [ t m , t m + 1 ] [t_m,t_{m+1}] [ t m , t m + 1 ] . For the global theory, the most important term in our solution A A A is a background B B B . On each time interval, this background B B B is a Yang–Mills gradient flow. To bound its curvature at the time t = t m + 1 t=t_{m+1} t = t m + 1 , we use a geometric monotonicity formula, which implies that6
∥ F B ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ F B ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 = − 2 ∥ D B ∗ F B ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ t m , t m + 1 ] ) 2 . (26) \|F_B(t_{m+1})\|_{L_x^2}^2-\|F_B(t_m)\|_{L_x^2}^2=-2\|D_B^*F_B\|_{L_{t,x}^2([t_m,t_{m+1}])}^2. \tag*{(26)} ∥ F B ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ F B ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 = − 2∥ D B ∗ F B ∥ L t , x 2 ([ t m , t m + 1 ]) 2 . (26)
Due to the space-time white noise ξ \xi ξ , our solution of (20) also contains several rough terms. On a single time interval, the rough terms can be controlled using our covariant local theory. However, due to the exponential growth in (22) , the rough terms have to enter into the background B B B after finitely many steps of our iteration. In the next step of the iteration, a covariant mollification of the covariant stochastic object Q ˚ B \mathring{Q}_B Q ˚ B is absorbed into the background B B B , which increases the squared L 2 L^2 L 2 -norm of its curvature by roughly τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 . Our global iteration argument, which is the most delicate part of this article, then carefully balances the increase by τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 with the decrease coming from (26) .
Decay mechanism near Yang–Mills connections: If the background B B B is close to a Yang–Mills connection, i.e., if D B ∗ F B D_B^*F_B D B ∗ F B is small, then (26) does not provide us with any appreciable decay. In order to obtain the uniform-in-time estimates of Theorem 1.5 1.5 1.5 , we therefore need to uncover a decay mechanism near Yang–Mills connections. It is important to realise that Yang–Mills connections with large curvature are rather unstable (see e.g. § 5.5 ). While the unstable directions lead to growth of the linearised dynamic, this growth should lead to a decrease in energy (see Figure 1 as well as the identity (88) below). To be more precise, if B B B is close to a Yang–Mills connection, we expect a decrease of the form
Figure 1. Illustration of Langevin dynamics on a surface equipped with a Morse function.
( ∇ 2 E Y M ( v , v ) ) , v = e ( t m + 1 − t m + 1 / 2 ) ( Δ B + 2 ad ( F B ) ) Q ˚ B ( t m + 1 / 2 ) . (27) (\nabla^2\mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YM}}(v,v)),\qquad v=e^{(t_{m+1}-t_{m+1/2})(\Delta_B+2\operatorname{ad}(F_B))}\mathring{Q}_B(t_{m+1/2}). \tag*{(27)} ( ∇ 2 E YM ( v , v )) , v = e ( t m + 1 − t m + 1/2 ) ( Δ B + 2 ad ( F B )) Q ˚ B ( t m + 1/2 ) . (27)
Here, E Y M \mathcal{E}_{\mathrm{YM}} E YM is the Yang–Mills energy, t m + 1 / 2 t_{m+1/2} t m + 1/2 is a suitable time in ( t m , t m + 1 ) (t_m,t_{m+1}) ( t m , t m + 1 ) , and the operator acting on B ˚ ( t m + 1 / 2 ) \mathring{B}(t_{m+1/2}) B ˚ ( t m + 1/2 ) in (27) is the covariant heat flow induced by the time-dependent connection one-form B B B . To make this precise, we construct a parametrix for the covariant heat kernel around Yang–Mills connections (see Proposition 2.8 ).
The mechanism here is strongly reminiscent of the situation arising when one considers the projective dynamic for a linear stochastic PDE, see [HR25, HPRY24]. There, each eigenvector of the linear operator yields a saddle point for the deterministic dynamic and one also relies on the presence of the noise to show that the dynamic get “unstuck”.
An even simpler model, illustrated in Figure 1 , is the stochastic gradient flow with respect to a Morse function on a surface. In the figure, the Morse function f f f attains its maximum on the right and its minimum on the left. Pairs of deterministic gradient flow trajectories form loops representing different homotopy classes. The deterministic trajectories can be stuck at the saddle points drawn in the figure, whose presence is due to the high genus of the surface. Adding noise allows the trajectories to escape these saddle points and eventually reach a neighbourhood of the minimum on the left. The 2D stochastic Yang–Mills flow can be viewed as an infinite-dimensional analogue of this model, and the Yang–Mills energy can be viewed as a Morse function on the space of connections, with infinitely many saddle points.
Control of the Higgs field: While we have so far focused our discussion on the stochastic Yang–Mills equations (20) , including the Higgs field requires at least one new ingredient. The counterpart of the background connection one-form B B B is a field φ \varphi φ , which is defined using a deterministic evolution equation, see (5.32)–(5.33). In our global iteration argument, it is then tempting to replace the Yang–Mills energy of B B B with the Yang–Mills–Higgs energy of ( B , φ ) (B,\varphi) ( B , φ ) , but it is better to only use norms of the Higgs field at regularity zero. For this reason, we work with the quantity
∥ F B ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ φ ∥ L x γ 1 γ 1 + ∥ φ ∥ L x r γ 2 . (28) \lVert F_B\rVert_{L_x^2}^2+\lVert\varphi\rVert_{L_x^{\gamma_1}}^{\gamma_1}+\lVert\varphi\rVert_{L_x^r}^{\gamma_2}. \tag*{(28)} ∥ F B ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ φ ∥ L x γ 1 γ 1 + ∥ φ ∥ L x r γ 2 . (28)
Here, γ 1 \gamma_1 γ 1 is slightly larger than 4 4 4 , γ 2 \gamma_2 γ 2 is equal to 3 3 3 , and r r r is chosen very large. Due to geometric monotonicity formulas, the L x r L_x^r L x r -term in (28) is useful in our estimates of the B ( φ ⊗ D B φ ) B(\varphi\otimes D_B\varphi) B ( φ ⊗ D B φ ) -term appearing in the A A A equation (recall (1.9). In contrast, the L x r L_x^r L x r -term in (28) is useful in closing our estimates for the Higgs field itself.
Remnants of exact solvability: We previously emphasised that, unlike the two-dimensional pure Yang–Mills model, the Yang–Mills–Higgs model is not exactly solvable. Nevertheless, since we take as our reference connection in (11) the solution to the (pure) Yang–Mills gradient flow, some remnants of the exact solvability of the pure Yang–Mills model can be seen in parts of our argument. In two dimensions, the four components of the curvature tensor F A F_A F A satisfy F A 11 = F A 22 = 0 F_A^{11}=F_A^{22}=0 F A 11 = F A 22 = 0 and F A 21 = − F A 12 F_A^{21}=-F_A^{12} F A 21 = − F A 12 , so that [ F A i j , F A k l ] = 0 [F_A^{ij},F_A^{kl}]=0 [ F A ij , F A k l ] = 0 . Furthermore, the components of the divergence − D A ∗ F A -D_A^*F_A − D A ∗ F A are given by ( − D A ∗ F A ) 1 = − D A , 2 F A 12 (-D_A^*F_A)^1=-D_{A,2}F_A^{12} ( − D A ∗ F A ) 1 = − D A , 2 F A 12 and ( − D A ∗ F A ) 2 = D A , 1 F A 12 (-D_A^*F_A)^2=D_{A,1}F_A^{12} ( − D A ∗ F A ) 2 = D A , 1 F A 12 . Thus, unlike in higher dimensions, the divergence − D A ∗ F A -D_A^*F_A − D A ∗ F A controls the full covariant derivative of the curvature tensor.
For any solution B B B of the Yang–Mills gradient flow (8) , it can then be shown that the component F B 12 F_B^{12} F B 12 satisfies the covariant heat equation ( ∂ t − Δ B ) F B 12 = 0 (\partial_t-\Delta_B)F_B^{12}=0 ( ∂ t − Δ B ) F B 12 = 0 . Strictly speaking, it is still a nonlinear evolution equation, since B B B and F B 12 F_B^{12} F B 12 are related. However, it still shares many features of the linear covariant heat equation. In particular, F B 12 ( t ) F_B^{12}(t) F B 12 ( t ) can be written as an integral of a covariant heat kernel against the initial data F B 12 ( 0 ) F_B^{12}(0) F B 12 ( 0 ) . In addition, for any Yang–Mills connection B B B , it can be shown that the curvature tensor F B F_B F B is covariantly constant. These two facts will be used heavily in our covariant heat kernel estimates and decay mechanism.
Going for the kill: Once we have global-in-time curvature bounds thanks to our control of (28) , the remainder of the argument is by now quite standard. There are, however, a few subtleties that need verifying. First, we need to make sure that the process constructed as the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 of (23) coincides with the process constructed in [CCHS22], modulo gauge transformation (and with the Higgs field added on both sides). Since the approximation used there is quite different, this is actually far from obvious! However, the problems are virtually identical to those arising when trying to show gauge covariance in [CCHS22]. (This is not too surprising since the process (23) is already gauge covariant for fixed ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 , so this would be another way of proving gauge covariance.) The main difference is that the presence of the Higgs field as well as the somewhat non-standard regularisation of the noise in (23) create quite a few more counterterms, so that the computation of the counterterms is more involved.
Once we know that we are looking at the correct process, it remains to show that it admits a unique invariant probability measure. Existence is immediate from the usual tightness argument, while uniqueness follows if we can show that the process is strong Feller and topologically irreducible. The strong Feller property follows as in [CS23]. Regarding irreducibility, it unfortunately appears quite difficult to apply the results of [CF18, HS22]. Instead, we develop a new (and simpler) argument which is more widely applicable and should therefore be of independent interest.
AI disclosure statement
The main mathematical ideas contained in this article as well as the vast majority of its write-up were generated without the assistance of AI. The authors started working on this project in April 2025 and arrived at the main ideas by February 2026, which predates the most recent AI-powered breakthroughs. These ideas and results were presented by the authors at various conferences and seminar talks in early 2026, including at MPI Leipzig (March 10), Stanford University (April 6), and a Simons Collaboration Meeting (April 30).
While AI assistance was not used to generate new ideas, AI tools were used for other research tasks. Different versions of ChatGPT Pro and Claude were used to tweak the exposition, search the literature, and proofread parts of the article. During the final stages of this project, GPT-6 Astra and GPT-5.6 Sol were also used to prove a small number of technical lemmas and propositions, namely, Proposition 3.55, Lemma 3.58, Proposition 3.59, Lemma 5.26, Lemma 11.45, Lemma 11.46 and Lemma 11.55. GPT-6 Astra was also used by WZ to assist with typing some of the formulas in Section 11.3. They were generated one at a time and carefully reviewed before being incorporated into the manuscript.
In addition, during the development of the main ideas in 2025, conversations (for lack of a better word) with ChatGPT about existing tools in differential geometry and geometric analysis were extremely helpful.
Acknowledgements
BB’s research was partially supported by the National Science Foundation under Grant No. DMS-2453126; and he thanks Princeton University for providing a stimulating environment during most stages of this work. SC’s research was partially supported by the National Science Foundation under Grant No. DMS-2303165; he would also like to thank MIT for providing excellent working conditions under which much of this work was completed. MH’s research was partially funded by the Simons Collaboration “Probabilistic Paths to Quantum Field Theory”, as well as by the Swiss National Science Foundation, grant number 10006872. We thank the Courant Institute of Mathematical Sciences, EPFL, the Institute for Mathematical Sciences at NUS, the Hausdorff Research Institute for Mathematics, Peking University, Princeton University, the Simons Foundation, and SLMath for hosting various subsets of the authors during the completion of this work.
Main results
In the previous section, we stated our main theorem (Theorem 1.5 ) and briefly discussed our main ideas, but this was all done at an informal level. In this section, we will be detailed and rigorous. In particular, we introduce rigorous definitions and state several precise theorems capturing the main results from different parts of this article. In Section 2.1, we discuss our covariant heat kernels and their estimates. In Section 2.2, we state our covariant local well-posedness theorem. In Section 2.3, we discuss our global iteration scheme and uniform-in-time estimates. Finally, in Section 2.4, we discuss the Markov process on the space of gauge orbits and its unique invariant measure, namely, the Yang–Mills–Higgs measure.
Covariant heat kernel estimates
Throughout most of this article (except when comparing the process constructed here to the one constructed in [CCHS22, CCHS24], which is required to show that it has the Markov property), we adopt the following central principle: we always work covariantly with respect to a (large) background connection, because we want to treat the background non-perturbatively. This requires us to develop an entire covariant Schauder theory which constitutes the analytic backbone of this article and is the subject of Section 4. In particular, we obtain estimates on covariant heat kernels, which we heavily use in the ensuing covariant local theory (see Section 2.2 for more discussion). We now begin to describe these estimates. Unless otherwise specified, the following discussion applies to a general dimension d ≥ 2 d \ge2 d ≥ 2 .
Throughout, we fix a time T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T \in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and a smooth solution B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d B : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d to the Yang–Mills gradient flow. Given this, we may consider the following covariant heat equations:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , (29) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=G, \tag*{(29)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , (29)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ i = 2 ( F B ) ℓ i ψ ℓ + H i , i ∈ [ d ] . (30) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi_i=2(F_B)^i_{\ell}\psi_\ell+H_i,\qquad i\in[d]. \tag*{(30)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ i = 2 ( F B ) ℓ i ψ ℓ + H i , i ∈ [ d ] . (30)
In the first equation, ϕ , G \phi,G ϕ , G are W \mathbf{W} W -valued, while in the second equation, ψ , H \psi,H ψ , H are W d \mathbf{W}^{d} W d -valued.7 We will often write the second equation in the component-free form
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = 2 F B ψ + H , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi=2F_B\psi+H, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = 2 F B ψ + H ,
which is in line with the interpretation of F F F as an operator on W d \mathbf{W}^{d} W d , which acts by ( F X ) i = F i j X j (FX)_i=F_i^{\,j}X_j ( F X ) i = F i j X j for given X = ( X i , i ∈ [ d ] ) ∈ W d X=(X_i,i\in[d])\in\mathbf{W}^{d} X = ( X i , i ∈ [ d ]) ∈ W d .
Definition 2.1 (Covariant heat kernels). Let p B ( s , y ; t , x ; W ) p_B(s,y;t,x;\mathbf{W}) p B ( s , y ; t , x ; W ) be the fundamental solution to (29) and q B ( s , y ; t , x ; W d ) q_B(s,y;t,x;\mathbf{W}^{d}) q B ( s , y ; t , x ; W d ) be the fundamental solution to (30) , i.e., for ϕ s ∈ C ∞ ( T d , W ) \phi_s\in C^\infty(\mathbb{T}^{d},\mathbf{W}) ϕ s ∈ C ∞ ( T d , W ) we have that
ϕ ( t , x ) : = ∫ d y p B ( s , y ; t , x ; W ) ϕ s ( y ) (31) \phi(t,x):=\int\mathrm{d}y\,p_B(s,y;t,x;\mathbf{W})\phi_s(y) \tag*{(31)} ϕ ( t , x ) := ∫ d y p B ( s , y ; t , x ; W ) ϕ s ( y ) (31) is the solution to (29) on [ s , T ] [s,T] [ s , T ] with G = 0 G=0 G = 0 and initial data ϕ s \phi_s ϕ s , and for ψ s ∈ C ∞ ( T d , W d ) \psi_s\in C^\infty(\mathbb{T}^{d},\mathbf{W}^{d}) ψ s ∈ C ∞ ( T d , W d ) ,
ψ ( t , x ) : = ∫ d y q B ( s , y ; t , x ; W d ) ψ s ( y ) (32) \psi(t,x):=\int\mathrm{d}y\,q_B(s,y;t,x;\mathbf{W}^{d})\psi_s(y) \tag*{(32)} ψ ( t , x ) := ∫ d y q B ( s , y ; t , x ; W d ) ψ s ( y ) (32)
is the solution to (30) with H = 0 H=0 H = 0 and initial data ψ s \psi_s ψ s . Note that, for any points ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d (s,y),(t,x)\in[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d satisfying s < t s<t s < t , p B ( s , y ; t , x ; W ) ∈ End ( W ) p_B(s,y;t,x;W)\in\operatorname{End}(W) p B ( s , y ; t , x ; W ) ∈ End ( W ) , while q B ( s , y ; t , x ; W d ) ∈ End ( W d ) q_B(s,y;t,x;W^d)\in\operatorname{End}(W^d) q B ( s , y ; t , x ; W d ) ∈ End ( W d ) . We will also often view p B ∈ End ( W d ) p_B\in\operatorname{End}(W^d) p B ∈ End ( W d ) as acting componentwise (i.e. in the natural block-diagonal fashion). We refer to p B , q B p_B,q_B p B , q B as covariant heat kernels. For notational simplicity, we will typically drop the dependence on W , W d W,W^d W , W d and simply write p B ( s , y ; t , x ) , q B ( s , y ; t , x ) p_B(s,y;t,x),q_B(s,y;t,x) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) , q B ( s , y ; t , x ) . For notational convenience, we also write p B ( t , x ) = p B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) , q B ( t , x ) = q B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) p_B(t,x)=p_B(0,0;t,x),q_B(t,x)=q_B(0,0;t,x) p B ( t , x ) = p B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) , q B ( t , x ) = q B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) .
Remark 2.2. The correct geometric setting consists of a vector bundle E → M E\to M E → M (where M = T d M=\mathbb{T}^d M = T d ) whose fibres are modelled on W W W , from which we also obtain the tensor bundle T ∗ M ⊗ E T^*M\otimes E T ∗ M ⊗ E . Then one should really view p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∈ L ( E y , E x ) p_B(s,y;t,x)\in L(E_y,E_x) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∈ L ( E y , E x ) and q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∈ L ( ( T y ∗ M ) ⊗ E y , ( T x ∗ M ) ⊗ E x ) q_B(s,y;t,x)\in L((T_y^*M)\otimes E_y,(T_x^*M)\otimes E_x) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∈ L (( T y ∗ M ) ⊗ E y , ( T x ∗ M ) ⊗ E x ) , where L ( X , Y ) L(X,Y) L ( X , Y ) denotes the space of linear maps from a vector space X X X to a vector space Y Y Y . This is consistent with the characterisations of p B p_B p B and q B q_B q B given by (31) and (32) , where we view ϕ ∈ Γ ( E ) \phi\in\Gamma(E) ϕ ∈ Γ ( E ) and ψ ∈ Γ ( T ∗ M ⊗ E ) \psi\in\Gamma(T^*M\otimes E) ψ ∈ Γ ( T ∗ M ⊗ E ) as sections of the appropriate bundles, so that ϕ ( t , x ) ∈ E x \phi(t,x)\in E_x ϕ ( t , x ) ∈ E x and ψ ( t , x ) ∈ T x ∗ M ⊗ E x \psi(t,x)\in T_x^*M\otimes E_x ψ ( t , x ) ∈ T x ∗ M ⊗ E x .
The more explicit viewpoints of p B ∈ End ( W ) p_B\in\operatorname{End}(W) p B ∈ End ( W ) and q B ∈ End ( W d ) q_B\in\operatorname{End}(W^d) q B ∈ End ( W d ) follow if E E E is trivial (noting that the tangent bundle T M = T d TM=\mathbb{T}^d T M = T d admits a global trivialisation), so that there is a global identification of the fibres E x ≅ W E_x\cong W E x ≅ W , T x ∗ M ⊗ E x ≅ W d T_x^*M\otimes E_x\cong W^d T x ∗ M ⊗ E x ≅ W d .
In order to obtain covariant Schauder estimates, we need to estimate the solutions ϕ , ψ \phi,\psi ϕ , ψ to (29) and (30) . This will require us to assume control on certain quantities involving the curvature F B F_B F B , which we next define.
Definition 2.3 (Curvature norm). Let I = [ s 0 , t 0 ] ⊆ [ 0 , T ] I=[s_0,t_0]\subseteq[0,T] I = [ s 0 , t 0 ] ⊆ [ 0 , T ] be an interval and let k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 . Define the following norm:
∥ F B ∥ I , k p e r t : = ∑ j = 0 k ( ∥ ( t − s 0 ) ( j + 1 ) / 2 D B ( j ) F B ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ ( t − s 0 ) j / 2 D B ( j ) F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ) . \|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{I,k}:=\sum_{j=0}^{k}\left(\|(t-s_0)^{(j+1)/2}D_B^{(j)}F_B\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty(I)}+\|(t-s_0)^{j/2}D_B^{(j)}F_B\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty(I)}\right). ∥ F B ∥ I , k pert := j = 0 ∑ k ( ∥ ( t − s 0 ) ( j + 1 ) /2 D B ( j ) F B ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ ( t − s 0 ) j /2 D B ( j ) F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ) .
In particular, when k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , we have that
∥ F B ∥ I , 0 p e r t = ∥ ( t − s 0 ) 1 / 2 F B ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) . \|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{I,0}=\|(t-s_0)^{1/2}F_B\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty(I)}+\|F_B\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty(I)}. ∥ F B ∥ I , 0 pert = ∥ ( t − s 0 ) 1/2 F B ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) .
If I = [ 0 , t ] I=[0,t] I = [ 0 , t ] is an interval starting at 0 0 0 , we will often write ∥ F B ∥ t , k p e r t \|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t,k} ∥ F B ∥ t , k pert as a shorthand for ∥ F B ∥ [ 0 , t ] , k p e r t \|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[0,t],k} ∥ F B ∥ [ 0 , t ] , k pert .
We now present one of the main results of § 5 (more precisely, this is a combination of two results, Propositions 4.17 and 4.18 ). This result says that the covariant heat kernels p B , q B p_B,q_B p B , q B (and their higher derivatives) satisfy bounds similar to those of the usual heat kernel, as long as ∥ F B ∥ p e r t \|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ F B ∥ pert is controlled. In the following, recall our convention that p B ( t , x ) = p B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) p_B(t,x)=p_B(0,0;t,x) p B ( t , x ) = p B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) and similarly for q B ( t , x ) q_B(t,x) q B ( t , x ) .
Theorem 2.4 (Pointwise estimates of covariant heat kernels). There is a constant c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that the following holds. For any ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , T ] × T d (t_0,x_0)\in(0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , T ] × T d and k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have the pointwise bounds:
∣ D B ( k ) p B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ k ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 p e r t ) k ) t 0 − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) . |D_B^{(k)}p_B(t_0,x_0)|\lesssim_k\left(1+\left(\|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,(k-1)\vee0}\right)^k\right)t_0^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c|x_0|^2/t_0\right). ∣ D B ( k ) p B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ k ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 pert ) k ) t 0 − 2 k + d exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) . Additionally, there is a constant C 0 > 0 C_0>0 C 0 > 0 such that the following holds. For any ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , T ] × T d (t_0,x_0)\in(0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , T ] × T d and k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have the pointwise estimates on the difference between q B q_B q B and p B p_B p B :
∣ D B ( k ) ( q B − p B ) ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ k exp ( C 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 ) t 0 − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) . |D_B^{(k)}(q_B-p_B)(t_0,x_0)|\lesssim_k\exp\left(C_0\|F_B\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,t_0])}\right)\|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,k}\left(1+\left(\|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,k}\right)^{(k-1)\vee0}\right)t_0^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c|x_0|^2/t_0\right). ∣ D B ( k ) ( q B − p B ) ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ k exp ( C 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , k pert ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , k pert ) ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 ) t 0 − 2 k + d exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) .
Remark 2.5. We make the following remarks regarding Theorem 2.4 .
(a) For simplicity, we state the theorem with the specific base point ( 0 , 0 ) (0,0) ( 0 , 0 ) , but the result directly extends to provide estimates on p B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) p_B(s_0,y_0;t_0,x_0) p B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) , q B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) q_B(s_0,y_0;t_0,x_0) q B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) by translation.
(b) In [BC24, Section 3], various covariant heat kernel estimates (in the case G = U ( 1 ) \mathrm{G}=U(1) G = U ( 1 ) ) were also proven. Therein, the estimates were mostly stated in terms of operator norms, whereas here we obtain more explicit pointwise estimates. These pointwise estimates make the ensuing analysis of the covariant stochastic objects much simpler than in [BC24].
Next, we discuss some ideas behind the proof of Theorem 2.4 . In particular, we discuss how to estimate a solution ϕ \phi ϕ to (29) . In one sentence, the main technique is to use monotonicity formulas. We begin by computing the evolution of ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 \lvert\phi\rvert^2 ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 .
1 2 ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) + ∣ D B ϕ ∣ 2 = ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W . \frac{1}{2}(\partial_t-\Delta)(\lvert\phi\rvert^2)+\lvert D_B\phi\rvert^2=\langle\phi,G\rangle_W. 2 1 ( ∂ t − Δ ) (∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) + ∣ D B ϕ ∣ 2 = ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W .
Now let K ( t , x ) K(t,x) K ( t , x ) be the backward heat kernel centred at the point ( t 0 , x 0 ) (t_0,x_0) ( t 0 , x 0 ) (i.e. so that ( ∂ t + Δ ) K = 0 (\partial_t+\Delta)K=0 ( ∂ t + Δ ) K = 0 for t < t 0 t<t_0 t < t 0 and K ( t 0 , ⋅ ) = δ x 0 K(t_0,\cdot)=\delta_{x_0} K ( t 0 , ⋅ ) = δ x 0 ). Upon multiplying the above equation by K K K , we may obtain
1 2 ∂ t ( K ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) + K ∣ D B ϕ ∣ 2 = 1 2 K Δ ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) − 1 2 ( Δ K ) ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 + K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W . \frac{1}{2}\partial_t(K\lvert\phi\rvert^2)+K\lvert D_B\phi\rvert^2=\frac{1}{2}K\Delta(\lvert\phi\rvert^2)-\frac{1}{2}(\Delta K)\lvert\phi\rvert^2+K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W. 2 1 ∂ t ( K ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) + K ∣ D B ϕ ∣ 2 = 2 1 K Δ (∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) − 2 1 ( Δ K ) ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 + K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W .
Thus upon integrating in space-time (and applying integration by parts in space to cancel the first two terms on the right-hand side above) we obtain
∥ ( K 1 / 2 ϕ ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ∥ K 1 / 2 D B ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) 2 = ∥ ( K 1 / 2 ϕ ) ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ∫ 0 t 0 d t ∫ T d d x ( K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ) ( t , x ) . (33) \begin{aligned}
\lVert(K^{1/2}\phi)(t_0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2+2\lVert K^{1/2}D_B\phi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}([0,t_0])}^2
={}&\lVert(K^{1/2}\phi)(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2\\
&+2\int_0^{t_0}\mathrm{d}t\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}\mathrm{d}x\,(K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W)(t,x). \tag*{(33)}
\end{aligned} ∥( K 1/2 ϕ ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ∥ K 1/2 D B ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) 2 = ∥( K 1/2 ϕ ) ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ∫ 0 t 0 d t ∫ T d d x ( K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ) ( t , x ) . (33)
In particular, if G = 0 G=0 G = 0 (so that ϕ \phi ϕ exactly solves a covariant heat equation), then we obtain
∥ ( K 1 / 2 ϕ ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 0 2 ≤ ∥ ( K 1 / 2 ϕ ) ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . \lVert(K^{1/2}\phi)(t_0)\rVert_{L_{x_0}^2}\leq\lVert(K^{1/2}\phi)(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}. ∥( K 1/2 ϕ ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 0 2 ≤ ∥( K 1/2 ϕ ) ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 .
The heat kernel localisation K K K allows us to upgrade the above L x 2 L_x^2 L x 2 estimate into an L x ∞ L_x^\infty L x ∞ estimate for ϕ \phi ϕ . In particular, recalling that K ( t 0 , ⋅ ) = δ x 0 K(t_0,\cdot)=\delta_{x_0} K ( t 0 , ⋅ ) = δ x 0 , we have the identity ∥ ( K 1 / 2 ϕ ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 0 2 = ∣ ϕ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ \lVert(K^{1/2}\phi)(t_0)\rVert_{L_{x_0}^2}=\lvert\phi(t_0,x_0)\rvert ∥( K 1/2 ϕ ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 0 2 = ∣ ϕ ( t 0 , x 0 )∣ (of course, this is slightly formal since K ( t 0 , ⋅ ) K(t_0,\cdot) K ( t 0 , ⋅ ) is only a distribution, but we ignore this for the purposes of the discussion). Thus, we may for instance estimate
∣ ϕ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≤ ∥ ( K 1 / 2 ϕ ) ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ≤ ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ≲ t 0 − d 4 ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . \lvert\phi(t_0,x_0)\rvert\leq\lVert(K^{1/2}\phi)(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}\leq\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}\lVert\phi(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}\lesssim t_0^{-\frac{d}{4}}\lVert\phi(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}. ∣ ϕ ( t 0 , x 0 )∣ ≤ ∥( K 1/2 ϕ ) ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ≤ ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ≲ t 0 − 4 d ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 .
By varying x 0 x_0 x 0 , we may thus obtain the L x ∞ L_x^\infty L x ∞ estimate
∥ ϕ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 0 − d 4 ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . \lVert\phi(t_0)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}\lesssim t_0^{-\frac{d}{4}}\lVert\phi(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}. ∥ ϕ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 0 − 4 d ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 .
Note that this is the same estimate one would obtain if ϕ ( t ) = e t Δ ϕ ( 0 ) \phi(t)=e^{t\Delta}\phi(0) ϕ ( t ) = e t Δ ϕ ( 0 ) were a solution to the usual heat equation.
Remark 2.6. The heat kernel localisation K K K was also used in [BC24] to obtain operator bounds on covariant heat kernels.
For general G G G , we can estimate the additional term in (33) by
∣ ∫ 0 t 0 d t ∫ T d d x ( K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ) ( t , x ) ∣ ≤ ∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≤ δ ∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) 2 + C δ ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) 2 , \begin{aligned}
\left\lvert\int_0^{t_0}\mathrm{d}t\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}\mathrm{d}x\,(K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W)(t,x)\right\rvert\leq\lVert K^{1/2}\phi\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^2([0,t_0])}\lVert K^{1/2}G\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,t_0])} \\
&\le\delta\lVert K^{1/2}\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,t_0])}^2+C_\delta\lVert K^{1/2}G\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,t_0])}^2,
\end{aligned} ∫ 0 t 0 d t ∫ T d d x ( K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ) ( t , x ) ≤ ∥ K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≤ δ ∥ K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) 2 + C δ ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) 2 ,
for any δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 (and C δ C_\delta C δ a constant depending on δ \delta δ ). Combining this with (33) , we may obtain the further estimate
∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ K 1 / 2 D B ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ∥ ( K 1 / 2 ϕ ) ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . (34) \lVert K^{1/2}\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,t_0])}+\lVert K^{1/2}D_B\phi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}([0,t_0])}\lesssim\lVert(K^{1/2}\phi)(0)\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert K^{1/2}G\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,t_0])}. \tag*{(34)} ∥ K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ K 1/2 D B ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ∥( K 1/2 ϕ ) ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) . (34)
A suitably time-weighted version of this estimate will allow us to control higher derivatives of ϕ \phi ϕ , because we may compute
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( D B , i ϕ ) = 2 ( F B ) i ℓ D B , ℓ ϕ + D B , i G , i ∈ [ d ] . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)(D_{B,i}\phi)=2(F_B)_{i}^{\ \ell}D_{B,\ell}\phi+D_{B,i}G,\qquad i\in[d]. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( D B , i ϕ ) = 2 ( F B ) i ℓ D B , ℓ ϕ + D B , i G , i ∈ [ d ] .
In particular, D B ϕ D_B\phi D B ϕ itself satisfies a forced heat equation (in fact, the equation is precisely of the form (30) ). Applying the estimate (34) with ϕ \phi ϕ replaced by D B ϕ D_B\phi D B ϕ (and G G G taken to be 2 F B D B ϕ + D B G 2F_BD_B\phi+D_BG 2 F B D B ϕ + D B G ), we see that we will be able to obtain an L t ∞ L x 2 L^\infty_tL^2_x L t ∞ L x 2 estimate of K 1 / 2 D B ϕ K^{1/2}D_B\phi K 1/2 D B ϕ , provided that we can estimate the L t 1 L x 2 L^1_tL^2_x L t 1 L x 2 norm of K 1 / 2 F B D B ϕ K^{1/2}F_BD_B\phi K 1/2 F B D B ϕ (and we assume suitable control on the forcing term D B G D_BG D B G ). This is possible because (34) also gives an L t , x 2 L^2_{t,x} L t , x 2 estimate of K 1 / 2 D B ϕ K^{1/2}D_B\phi K 1/2 D B ϕ , and thus we may simply apply Hölder.
Even higher derivatives of ϕ \phi ϕ may be estimated in a similar inductive manner: we start by computing the equation for D B ( k ) ϕ D_B^{(k)}\phi D B ( k ) ϕ , which schematically looks like
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( D B ( k ) ϕ ) = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k j 2 ≥ 1 O ( ( D B ( j 1 ) F B ) D B ( j 2 ) ϕ ) + D B ( k ) G . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)(D_B^{(k)}\phi)=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k\\j_2\ge1}}O\bigl((D_B^{(j_1)}F_B)D_B^{(j_2)}\phi\bigr)+D_B^{(k)}G. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( D B ( k ) ϕ ) = j 1 + j 2 = k j 2 ≥ 1 ∑ O ( ( D B ( j 1 ) F B ) D B ( j 2 ) ϕ ) + D B ( k ) G .
All terms involving ϕ \phi ϕ on the right-hand side will have already been estimated in previous steps of the induction, and therefore we may close the inductive step.
Besides the pointwise estimates of Theorem 2.4, § 5 collects various other Schauder estimates that are needed later on. Additionally, the same section contains two different short-time expansions for the covariant heat kernels, which we next discuss. The first is a heat kernel parametrix, which approximates p B p_B p B by p τ B p\tau_B p τ B , where p p p is the usual heat kernel and τ B ∈ End ( W ) \tau_B\in\operatorname{End}(W) τ B ∈ End ( W ) is the parallel transport associated with B B B (which we discuss in more detail in § 4.3 ). We state this result as follows.
Proposition 2.7 (Covariant heat kernel parametrix). There is a constant c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that the following holds. Let t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] . Let
N ( B ) ≔ ( t 0 1 / 2 ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ F B ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) ) 2 + t 0 1 / 2 ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) . \mathcal{N}(B)\coloneqq\left(t_0^{1/2}\left(\lVert\partial_tB\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t_0])}+\lVert F_B\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,t_0])}\right)\right)^2+t_0^{1/2}\lVert\partial_tB\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t_0])}\left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,t_0])}\right). N ( B ) : = ( t 0 1/2 ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ F B ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) ) 2 + t 0 1/2 ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) . For any point x 0 x_0 x 0 within distance 1 / 10 1/10 1/10 (say) of 0 0 0 , we have the pointwise bounds
∣ p B − p τ B ∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ N ( B ) t 0 − d / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) , \lvert p_B-p\tau_B\rvert(t_0,x_0)\lesssim\mathcal{N}(B)t_0^{-d/2}\exp(-c\lvert x_0\rvert^2/t_0), ∣ p B − p τ B ∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ N ( B ) t 0 − d /2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) , ∣ D B ( p B − p τ B ) ∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ N ( B ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 0 p e r t ) t 0 − ( d + 1 ) / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) . \lvert D_B(p_B-p\tau_B)\rvert(t_0,x_0)\lesssim\mathcal{N}(B)(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{t_0,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})t_0^{-(d+1)/2}\exp(-c\lvert x_0\rvert^2/t_0). ∣ D B ( p B − p τ B )∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ N ( B ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 0 pert ) t 0 − ( d + 1 ) /2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) .
We prove this proposition in § 5.4 . In this paper, we will generally work on time scales such that the quantity N ( B ) \mathcal{N}(B) N ( B ) appearing in Proposition 2.7 is small, so that p τ B p\tau_B p τ B is indeed a good approximation of p B p_B p B . This parametrix plays a critical role in computing resonances of covariant stochastic objects, which is needed to arrive at the correct renormalisation counterterms in our covariant local theory (to be discussed in § 3.2 ). To prove Proposition 2.7, we begin by deriving the evolution equation of the difference p B − p τ B p_B-p\tau_B p B − p τ B :
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( p B − p τ B ) = perturbative terms , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)(p_B-p\tau_B)=\text{perturbative terms}, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( p B − p τ B ) = perturbative terms ,
and then we proceed to estimate all perturbative terms appearing on the right-hand side. These terms involve covariant derivatives of parallel transport, which we estimate (in § 5.3 ) using the quantity N ( B ) \mathcal{N}(B) N ( B ) appearing in the proposition.
By combining Theorem 2.4 and Proposition 2.7 , we also obtain a parametrix for q B q_B q B . However, it is apparent from these estimates that once the curvature F B F_B F B becomes too large or the time scale t 0 t_0 t 0 too long, the parametrix τ B \tau_B τ B ceases to be an accurate approximation of q B q_B q B . Our second short-time expansion enters precisely at this point—it becomes particularly effective when B B B is near a Yang–Mills connection with large curvature, and in this case it moreover (crucially) works on slightly larger time scales. This alternative expansion provides an approximation of q B q_B q B by an explicit kernel which exhibits exponential growth . This exponential growth arises due to instabilities caused by the additional curvature term in the equation (30) and is one of the main inputs needed for our decay mechanism (which ultimately leads to uniform-in-time estimates), to be discussed in more detail in § 3.3 . We now state an informal version of the second short-time expansion. We avoid stating the precise version here, as it takes a fair amount of notational buildup. See the discussion at the beginning of § 5.5 as well as Proposition 4.51 .
Proposition 2.8 (Informal. Covariant heat kernel near Yang–Mills connection). Let d = 2 d=2 d = 2 . Suppose that B B B is sufficiently close to a Yang–Mills connection, in the sense that D B F B D_BF_B D B F B and higher derivatives of F B F_B F B are suitably controlled. Then q B q_B q B is suitably close to τ B s \tau_B\mathfrak{s} τ B s , where the kernel s ( t , x ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) \mathfrak{s}(t,x)\in\operatorname{End}(W^2) s ( t , x ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) satisfies
( ∂ t − Δ − 2 F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) − 1 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) 2 ) s = 0 , s ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W 2 . \left(\partial_t-\Delta-2F_B^{12}(0,0)-\frac{1}{4}|x|^2F_B^{12}(0,0)^2\right)\mathfrak{s}=0,\qquad\mathfrak{s}(0)=\delta_0\operatorname{id}_{W^2}. ( ∂ t − Δ − 2 F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) − 4 1 ∣ x ∣ 2 F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) 2 ) s = 0 , s ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W 2 . Here F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∈ g F_B^{12}(0,0)\in\mathfrak{g} F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∈ g and, as usual, we implicitly apply the representation π ∗ \pi_* π ∗ to view F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∈ End ( W ) F_B^{12}(0,0)\in\operatorname{End}(W) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∈ End ( W ) . We then extend F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) F_B^{12}(0,0) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) to an operator on W 2 W^2 W 2 in the componentwise fashion (this is equivalent to just directly applying π ∗ ⊕ π ∗ \pi_*\oplus\pi_* π ∗ ⊕ π ∗ ). This provides the interpretation of the term F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) 2 s F_B^{12}(0,0)^2\mathfrak{s} F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) 2 s on the left-hand side. The term F B ( 0 , 0 ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) F_B(0,0)\in\operatorname{End}(W^2) F B ( 0 , 0 ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) acts by ( F B ( 0 , 0 ) X ) i = ( F B ( 0 , 0 ) ) i j X j (F_B(0,0)X)_i=(F_B(0,0))_i{}^jX_j ( F B ( 0 , 0 ) X ) i = ( F B ( 0 , 0 ) ) i j X j for X ∈ W 2 X\in W^2 X ∈ W 2 , i ∈ [ 2 ] i\in[2] i ∈ [ 2 ] .
Additionally, s ( t , x ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) \mathfrak{s}(t,x)\in\operatorname{End}(W^2) s ( t , x ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) has eigenvalues as follows. Note that F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∈ End ( W ) F_B^{12}(0,0)\in\operatorname{End}(W) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∈ End ( W ) is skew-symmetric, and thus has purely imaginary eigenvalues. For each such eigenvalue i λ i\lambda iλ , λ ∈ R \lambda\in\mathbb{R} λ ∈ R , there is an eigenvalue of s ( t , x ) \mathfrak{s}(t,x) s ( t , x ) given by:
e 2 λ t 4 π sinh ( λ t ) exp ( − λ ∣ x ∣ 2 4 tanh ( λ t ) ) . \frac{e^{2\lambda t}}{4\pi\sinh(\lambda t)}\exp\left(-\frac{\lambda|x|^2}{4\tanh(\lambda t)}\right). 4 π sinh ( λ t ) e 2 λ t exp ( − 4 tanh ( λ t ) λ ∣ x ∣ 2 ) . (When λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , the above expression should be interpreted as the limit as λ → 0 \lambda\to0 λ → 0 , which is readily seen to be the usual heat kernel.) In particular, when λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 and x x x is sufficiently close to 0 0 0 , the above exhibits exponential growth with rate e λ t e^{\lambda t} e λ t . (By the skew-symmetry of F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) F_B^{12}(0,0) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) , the nonzero eigenvalues of F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) F_B^{12}(0,0) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) come in pairs ± i λ \pm i\lambda ± iλ , so as long as F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) F_B^{12}(0,0) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) is nonzero, there is an eigenvalue i λ i\lambda iλ with λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 .)
Remark 2.9. Unlike the other results of this section, we must take d = 2 d=2 d = 2 in Proposition 2.8 . This reflects the fact that two-dimensional Yang–Mills connections exhibit special structure not seen in higher dimensions, as briefly discussed at the end of § 1.2 . As one particular consequence, when working on the whole-plane R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 , if B B B is Yang–Mills, the kernel τ B − 1 q B \tau_B^{-1}q_B τ B − 1 q B may be exactly computed—it is precisely the (whole-plane analogue of the) kernel s \mathfrak{s} s in Proposition 2.8 whose eigenvalues we completely understand. Thus Proposition 2.8 (and our decay mechanism which rests on this proposition) is one of the places in this article where we most heavily use the assumption that d = 2 d=2 d = 2 .
We also remark that Avramidi [Avr93, Avr95a, Avr95b] previously studied similar questions. He showed that in general dimensions, if one assumes that the curvature is covariantly constant (when d ≥ 3 d\geq3 d ≥ 3 this seems to be strictly stronger than assuming that the connection is Yang–Mills), then one can obtain a similar approximation of the heat kernel as in the case d = 2 d=2 d = 2 . Put another way, it appears that if one wants a result that works in general dimensions, then one must assume more than just that the underlying connection is Yang–Mills.
We prove Proposition 2.8 (or more precisely, Proposition 4.51) in Section 4.5. To briefly discuss the proof, a natural approach would be to proceed as in the parametrix construction, by deriving the following form for the evolution equation of q B − τ B s q_B-\tau B s q B − τ B s :
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) ( q B − τ B s ) = perturbative terms . (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F_B)(q_B-\tau B s)=\text{perturbative terms}. ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) ( q B − τ B s ) = perturbative terms .
However, the above is not exactly true, as there is still a single term on the right-hand side which is non-perturbative, because it involves the curvature F B F_B F B , rather than covariant derivatives of F B F_B F B . Indeed, by “perturbative term” in this case, we mean a term which is small when B B B is close to Yang–Mills, because that is the assumption of Proposition 2.8. Therefore, perturbative terms should only involve covariant derivatives of F B F_B F B and not F B F_B F B itself. To handle the extra term, our only choice is to group it with the operator on the left-hand side, to obtain a new operator ( ∂ t − L B ) (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}_B) ( ∂ t − L B ) for some suitable L B \mathcal{L}_B L B . Fortunately, this new operator satisfies the same Schauder estimates as the original operator ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F_B) ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) , which is ultimately due to the fact that the single additional non-perturbative term only contributes a phase (essentially, the new operator behaves as a magnetic Laplacian). This argument is carried out in Section 4.5. To be precise, in that section we find it more convenient to compare τ B − 1 q B − s \tau_B^{-1}q_B-s τ B − 1 q B − s instead of q B − τ B s q_B-\tau_Bs q B − τ B s , which results in the evolution equation looking slightly different than in the present proof sketch.
Covariant local well-posedness
One of the major goals of this article is to establish a covariant local theory of (1.11). This covariant local theory will heavily rely on the covariant heat kernel estimates discussed in Section 2.1 and will be an important ingredient in our global theory (see Section 2.3 below). As a first step towards our covariant local theory, we discuss the Yang–Mills gradient flow (1.8) with rough initial data. This is not only needed to formulate the infinitesimal DeTurck gauge appearing in (1.11), but will later serve as a warm-up for our full covariant local theory (cf. Section 5 and Sections 6–9).
Proposition 2.10 (Yang–Mills gradient flow with rough initial data). Let κ > 0 \kappa>0 κ > 0 be as in (3.2). Let C 0 > 1 C_0>1 C 0 > 1 and 0 < c 0 ≤ 1 0<c_0\le1 0 < c 0 ≤ 1 be sufficiently large and small constants, respectively. Let B 0 + , B 0 − : T 2 → g 2 B_0^+,B_0^-:\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B 0 + , B 0 − : T 2 → g 2 be connection one-forms and let B 0 − : T 2 → g 2 B_0^-:\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B 0 − : T 2 → g 2 be a one-form such that B 0 + B_0^+ B 0 + is smooth, B 0 − ∈ C − κ B_0^-\in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa} B 0 − ∈ C − κ , and B 0 # = B 0 + + B 0 − B_0^\#=B_0^++B_0^- B 0 # = B 0 + + B 0 − . Let B + B^+ B + be the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data B + ( 0 ) = B 0 + B^{+(0)}=B_0^+ B + ( 0 ) = B 0 + . Finally, let 0 < T ≤ 1 0<T\le1 0 < T ≤ 1 and K ≥ 1 K\ge1 K ≥ 1 be such that
exp ( C 0 ∥ F B + ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ( 1 + ∥ F B + p e r t , 2 ∥ T , 1 2 2 ) T 1 − κ 2 K ) ≤ c 0 , (35) \exp\left(C_0\|F_{B^+}\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}(1+\|F_{B^+}^{\mathrm{pert},2}\|_{T,\frac{1}{2}}^2)T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\right)\le c_0, \tag*{(35)} exp ( C 0 ∥ F B + ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ( 1 + ∥ F B + pert , 2 ∥ T , 2 1 2 ) T 2 1 − κ K ) ≤ c 0 , (35) ∥ B 0 − ∥ C B 0 + , F , T , 2 − κ ≤ K , (36) \|B_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B_0^+,F,T,2}}\le K, \tag*{(36)} ∥ B 0 − ∥ C B 0 + , F , T , 2 − κ ≤ K , (36) where the last condition involves the covariant Hölder norm at regularity − κ -\kappa − κ from Definition 5.4 below. Then, there exist a solution B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) B\in C_t^0\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) of (1.8) and a gauge transformation g ∈ C t 0 G 1 − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) g\in C_t^0\mathcal{G}_1^{-\kappa}([0,T]) g ∈ C t 0 G 1 − κ ([ 0 , T ]) (recall the definition of G 1 − κ \mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} G 1 − κ just above (1.7)), both of which are smooth on ( 0 , T ] × T 2 (0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( 0 , T ] × T 2 , such that B ( 0 ) = g ( 0 ) ⋅ B 0 # B(0)=g(0)\cdot B_0^\# B ( 0 ) = g ( 0 ) ⋅ B 0 # . Furthermore, for all t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we have the curvature estimates
∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ + C t − 1 + κ 2 K , \|F_{B}(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim\|F_{B^+}(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}+Ct^{-\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}K, ∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ + C t − 2 1 + κ K , ∥ D B ∗ F B ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ D B + ∗ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ + C t − κ 2 ( t − 1 + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ) K . (37) \|D_B^*F_B(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim\|D_{B^+}^*F_{B^+}(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}+Ct^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\left(t^{-1}+\|F_{B^+}(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}\right)K. \tag*{(37)} ∥ D B ∗ F B ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ D B + ∗ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ + C t − 2 κ ( t − 1 + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ) K . (37) where C C C is a constant depending on the parameters in (3.2).
For more detailed statements concerning the Yang–Mills gradient flow with low-regularity initial data, we refer the reader to Proposition 5.7 and Lemma 5.9 below. The former result contains additional estimates of the solution, and the latter yields the uniqueness of B B B (for given initial data B ( 0 ) B(0) B ( 0 ) ). We emphasise that Proposition 2.10 does not construct a Yang–Mills gradient flow for the initial data B 0 ♯ B_0^\sharp B 0 ♯ itself, but only for the gauge-transformed initial data g ( 0 ) ∙ B 0 ♯ g(0) \mathbin{\bullet} B_0^\sharp g ( 0 ) ∙ B 0 ♯ . The reason we are allowed to gauge-transform the initial data is that we are ultimately only interested in the Markov process on the space of gauge orbits (see Theorem 1.5 ) and not in the solution of (1.11) itself. In any case, the aspect of Proposition 2.10 we use the most is the curvature estimate (2.9), which is gauge invariant. In applications of Proposition 2.10 , K K K will not be much larger than one, and hence (2.9) implies that the size of F B ( t ) F_B(t) F B ( t ) is dictated by the size of F B + ( t ) F_{B_+}(t) F B + ( t ) . In particular, the L t 1 L x ∞ L_t^1L_x^\infty L t 1 L x ∞ -norm of F B F_B F B , which plays a crucial role in our covariant heat kernel estimates, is often comparable to the L t 1 L x ∞ L_t^1L_x^\infty L t 1 L x ∞ -norm of F B + F_{B_+} F B + .
The proof of Proposition 2.10 , which is the subject of § 6.1 , is rather simple. The main idea is to first show the existence of a unique solution B ♯ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 B^\sharp\colon[0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to\mathfrak{g}^2 B ♯ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 of
∂ t B ♯ = − D B ♯ ∗ F B ♯ − D B ♯ D B ♯ ∗ ( B ♯ − B + ) , B ♯ ( 0 ) = B 0 ♯ . (38) \partial_t B^\sharp=-D_{B^\sharp}^{*}F_{B^\sharp}-D_{B^\sharp}D_{B^\sharp}^{*}(B^\sharp-B^+),\qquad B^\sharp(0)=B_0^\sharp. \tag*{(38)} ∂ t B ♯ = − D B ♯ ∗ F B ♯ − D B ♯ D B ♯ ∗ ( B ♯ − B + ) , B ♯ ( 0 ) = B 0 ♯ . (38)
That is, we first solve the Yang–Mills gradient flow from (1.8) in the infinitesimal DeTurck gauge. Since the − D B ♯ D B ♯ ∗ ( B ♯ − B + ) -D_{B^\sharp}D_{B^\sharp}^{*}(B^\sharp-B^+) − D B ♯ D B ♯ ∗ ( B ♯ − B + ) -term makes (2.10) parabolic, this can be done using our covariant heat kernel estimates from § 3.1 and a standard contraction-mapping argument. Once (2.10) has been solved, we then construct a gauge transformation g : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → G g \colon[0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to G g : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → G by solving the ODE
( ∂ t g ) g − 1 = − Ad g ( D B ♯ ∗ ( B ♯ − B + ) ) , g ( T ) = id G . (39) (\partial_tg)g^{-1}=-\operatorname{Ad}_g(D_{B^\sharp}^{*}(B^\sharp-B^+)),\qquad g(T)=\operatorname{id}_G. \tag*{(39)} ( ∂ t g ) g − 1 = − Ad g ( D B ♯ ∗ ( B ♯ − B + )) , g ( T ) = id G . (39)
The reason for imposing a condition on g g g at the terminal time t = T t=T t = T , rather than at the initial time t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , is that B ♯ B^\sharp B ♯ is only smooth away from the initial time. Once (2.11) has been solved, the Yang–Mills gradient flow B B B can then be defined as g ∙ B ♯ g\mathbin{\bullet}B^\sharp g ∙ B ♯ . Since the assumptions in Proposition 2.10 are rather long and our covariant local theory only relies on bounds of the curvature tensor F B F_B F B , it is convenient to introduce a simpler class of initial data. To treat (1.11), this class also includes initial data for the Higgs field. It is defined as
J T : = { ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 × V ) : ∃ YM gradient flow \mathcal{J}_T:=\{(A_0,\Phi_0)\in C^{-\kappa}_{x}(\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2\times V):\ \exists\ \text{YM gradient flow} J T := {( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 × V ) : ∃ YM gradient flow
B ∈ C t , x 0 , − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) with initial data A 0 B\in C^{0,-\kappa}_{t,x}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2)\cap C^\infty_{t,x}((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2)\text{ with initial data }A_0 B ∈ C t , x 0 , − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) with initial data A 0
satisfying ∥ t 1 2 + κ 2 F B ∥ L t , x ∞ , ∥ t 1 2 + κ 2 D B ∗ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ < ∞ , ∥ Φ 0 ∥ C A 0 , T − κ < ∞ } . (40) \text{satisfying }\|t^{\frac12+\frac{\kappa}{2}}F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}},\ \|t^{\frac12+\frac{\kappa}{2}}D_{B}^{*}F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}<\infty,\ \|\Phi_0\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{A_0,T}}<\infty\}. \tag*{(40)} satisfying ∥ t 2 1 + 2 κ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ , ∥ t 2 1 + 2 κ D B ∗ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ < ∞ , ∥ Φ 0 ∥ C A 0 , T − κ < ∞ } . (40)
Here, ∥ ⋅ ∥ C A 0 , T − κ \|\cdot\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{A_0,T}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ C A 0 , T − κ is the gauge invariant Hölder norm from Definition 5.4.
Remark 2.11. The initial-data class J T \mathcal{J}_T J T defined in (2.12) is independent of T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . Indeed, it holds that J T = J 1 \mathcal{J}_T=\mathcal{J}_1 J T = J 1 for all T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . This follows from the global well-posedness result of [Råd02], which implies that the Yang–Mills gradient flow B B B appearing in (2.12) extends from [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] to [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and the extension is smooth on ( 0 , 1 ] (0,1] ( 0 , 1 ] . Moreover, global well-posedness of the linear covariant heat equation implies that ∥ Φ 0 ∥ C A 0 , T − κ < ∞ \|\Phi_0\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{A_0,T}}<\infty ∥ Φ 0 ∥ C A 0 , T − κ < ∞ if and only if ∥ Φ 0 ∥ C A 0 , 1 − κ < ∞ \|\Phi_0\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{A_0,1}}<\infty ∥ Φ 0 ∥ C A 0 , 1 − κ < ∞ .
We nevertheless retain T T T in the notation to emphasize that, in Theorem 2.19 below, we only work with the Yang–Mills gradient flow on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] .
After the above discussion of the Yang–Mills gradient flow, we now turn to our gauge covariant smooth approximation of (1.11). To this end, we first let C P C_{\mathcal{P}} C P be a sufficiently large constant (say $C_{\mathcal{P}}=1000!), which will be fixed throughout the rest of the article. Then, we introduce the set of cutoff functions
P : = { ρ ∈ C ∞ ( [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , 1 ] ) ∣ ρ ∣ [ 0 , 1 ] = 0 , ρ ′ ∣ [ 1 , 2 ] ≥ 0 , ρ ∣ [ 2 , ∞ ) = 1 , \mathcal{P}:=\{\rho\in C^\infty([0,\infty)\to[0,1])\mid\rho|_{[0,1]}=0,\ \rho'|_{[1,2]}\geq0,\ \rho|_{[2,\infty)}=1, P := { ρ ∈ C ∞ ([ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , 1 ]) ∣ ρ ∣ [ 0 , 1 ] = 0 , ρ ′ ∣ [ 1 , 2 ] ≥ 0 , ρ ∣ [ 2 , ∞ ) = 1 ,
and ∥ ρ ( k ) ∥ L ∞ ≤ C P for all 0 ≤ k ≤ 20 } . (41) \text{and }\|\rho^{(k)}\|_{L^\infty}\leq C_{\mathcal{P}}\text{ for all }0\leq k\leq20\}. \tag*{(41)} and ∥ ρ ( k ) ∥ L ∞ ≤ C P for all 0 ≤ k ≤ 20 } . (41)
For all ρ ∈ P \rho\in\mathcal{P} ρ ∈ P and ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 , we further set
ρ ε ( t ) ≔ ρ ( ε − 2 t ) . (42) \rho_\varepsilon(t) \coloneqq\rho(\varepsilon^{-2}t). \tag*{(42)} ρ ε ( t ) : = ρ ( ε − 2 t ) . (42)
From (41) and (42) , it follows that ρ ε \rho_\varepsilon ρ ε is a smooth cutoff function to times t ≳ ε 2 t \gtrsim\varepsilon^2 t ≳ ε 2 . Furthermore, it follows that its derivative ρ ε ′ \rho_\varepsilon' ρ ε ′ is an L 1 L^1 L 1 -normalised smooth cutoff function to times t ∼ ε 2 t \sim\varepsilon^2 t ∼ ε 2 and hence converges to the Dirac delta at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 . Using our smooth cutoff functions, we can now define our gauge covariant, smooth approximations of the space-time white noises.
Definition 2.12 (Gauge-covariant approximations of ξ \xi ξ and ζ \zeta ζ ). Let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , let B B B be a Yang–Mills gradient flow as in (40) , let ρ ∈ P \rho\in\mathcal{P} ρ ∈ P , and let ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 . On the time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , we then define
ξ B , ε ( t , x ) ≔ ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) , \xi_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x) \coloneqq\int_0^t \mathrm{d}s \int_{\mathbb{T}^2} \mathrm{d}y\,\rho_\varepsilon'(t-s)q_B(s,y;t,x)\xi(s,y), ξ B , ε ( t , x ) : = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) , ζ B , ε ( t , x ) ≔ ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ζ ( s , y ) , (43) \zeta_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x) \coloneqq\int_0^t \mathrm{d}s \int_{\mathbb{T}^2} \mathrm{d}y\,\rho_\varepsilon'(t-s)p_B(s,y;t,x)\zeta(s,y), \tag*{(43)} ζ B , ε ( t , x ) : = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ζ ( s , y ) , (43) where p B p_B p B and q B q_B q B are the covariant heat kernels from Definition 2.1.
In the earlier works [CCHS22, CCHS24, BC26a], the smooth approximations of space-time white noises were defined using standard mollifiers. In Definition 2.12, however, we use covariant heat kernels, which makes both ξ B , ε \xi_{B,\varepsilon} ξ B , ε and ζ B , ε \zeta_{B,\varepsilon} ζ B , ε gauge covariant. To be more precise, let g ∈ G g \in\mathcal{G} g ∈ G be a smooth, spatial gauge transformation. The smoothness of g g g is assumed for simplicity. We believe that, as long as g g g is probabilistically independent of ξ \xi ξ and ζ \zeta ζ , similar results should hold under the weaker assumption g ∈ G 1 − κ g \in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g ∈ G 1 − κ . For any ξ ∈ C t , x − 2 − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) \xi\in\mathcal{C}^{-2-\kappa}_{t,x}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) ξ ∈ C t , x − 2 − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) and ζ ∈ C t , x − 2 − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 , V ) \zeta\in\mathcal{C}^{-2-\kappa}_{t,x}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2,V) ζ ∈ C t , x − 2 − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 , V ) , one can show that g ∙ ξ B , ε = ( g ∙ ξ ) g ∙ B , ε g\mathbin{\bullet}\xi_{B,\varepsilon}=(g\mathbin{\bullet}\xi)_{g\mathbin{\bullet}B,\varepsilon} g ∙ ξ B , ε = ( g ∙ ξ ) g ∙ B , ε and g ∙ ζ B , ε = ( g ∙ ζ ) g ∙ B , ε g\mathbin{\bullet}\zeta_{B,\varepsilon}=(g\mathbin{\bullet}\zeta)_{g\mathbin{\bullet}B,\varepsilon} g ∙ ζ B , ε = ( g ∙ ζ ) g ∙ B , ε . Here, the action of g g g on ξ \xi ξ or ζ \zeta ζ is defined using the adjoint representation or the representation ϱ \varrho ϱ , respectively.
In our gauge covariant, smooth approximation of (11) , we also need renormalisation constants C ρ A ∈ End G ( g ) C_\rho^A \in\operatorname{End}_{G}(\mathfrak{g}) C ρ A ∈ End G ( g ) and C ρ , ε Φ ∈ End G ( V ) C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} \in\operatorname{End}_{G}(V) C ρ , ε Φ ∈ End G ( V ) , where End G \operatorname{End}_{G} End G denotes the space of G G G -covariant endomorphisms. Since g \mathfrak{g} g is equipped with the adjoint representation and V V V is equipped with the representation ϱ \varrho ϱ , this means that C ρ A Ad g = Ad g C ρ A C_\rho^A\operatorname{Ad}_g=\operatorname{Ad}_gC_\rho^A C ρ A Ad g = Ad g C ρ A and C ρ , ε Φ ϱ ( g ) = ϱ ( g ) C ρ , ε Φ C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}\varrho(g)=\varrho(g)C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} C ρ , ε Φ ϱ ( g ) = ϱ ( g ) C ρ , ε Φ for all g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G . For now, both C ρ A C_\rho^A C ρ A and C ρ , ε Φ C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} C ρ , ε Φ are entirely arbitrary, but for our covariant local and global well-posedness results, C ρ A C_\rho^A C ρ A and C ρ , ε Φ C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} C ρ , ε Φ will need to be chosen as in Definition 2.15 below. Equipped with the renormalisation constants, we then consider
∂ t A ε = − D A ε ∗ F A ε − D A ε D A ε ∗ ( A ε − B ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D A ε Φ ε ) + C ρ A ( A ε − B ) + ξ B , ε , ∂ t Φ ε = Δ A ε Φ ε + ( D A ε ∗ ( A ε − B ) ) Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε , A ε ( 0 ) = A 0 , Φ ε ( 0 ) = Φ 0 . (44) \begin{aligned}
\partial_t A_\varepsilon&= -D_{A_\varepsilon}^{*}F_{A_\varepsilon}-D_{A_\varepsilon}D_{A_\varepsilon}^{*}(A_\varepsilon-B)+\mathbf{B}(\Phi_\varepsilon\otimes D_{A_\varepsilon}\Phi_\varepsilon)+C_\rho^A(A_\varepsilon-B)+\xi_{B,\varepsilon},\\
\partial_t\Phi_\varepsilon&= \Delta_{A_\varepsilon}\Phi_\varepsilon+(D_{A_\varepsilon}^{*}(A_\varepsilon-B))\Phi_\varepsilon-\lvert\Phi_\varepsilon\rvert^2\Phi_\varepsilon+C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}(\Phi_\varepsilon)+\zeta_{B,\varepsilon},\\
A_\varepsilon(0)&=A_0,\qquad\Phi_\varepsilon(0)=\Phi_0. \tag*{(44)}
\end{aligned} ∂ t A ε ∂ t Φ ε A ε ( 0 ) = − D A ε ∗ F A ε − D A ε D A ε ∗ ( A ε − B ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D A ε Φ ε ) + C ρ A ( A ε − B ) + ξ B , ε , = Δ A ε Φ ε + ( D A ε ∗ ( A ε − B )) Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε , = A 0 , Φ ε ( 0 ) = Φ 0 . (44)
(We have absorbed the mass term M Φ ε M\Phi_\varepsilon M Φ ε into the term C ρ , ε Φ Φ ε . ) F o r n o t a t i o n a l r e a s o n s , i t i s c o n v e n i e n t t o d e n o t e t h e u n i q u e s o l u t i o n C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}\Phi_\varepsilon.) For notational reasons, it is convenient to denote the unique solution C ρ , ε Φ Φ ε . ) F or n o t a t i o na l r e a so n s , i t i sco n v e ni e n tt o d e n o t e t h e u ni q u eso l u t i o n (A_\varepsilon,\Phi_\varepsilon)$ of (44) on the time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , provided that it exists, by
S T , ρ , ε ( A 0 , Φ 0 , ξ , ζ ; C ρ A , C ρ , ε Φ ) . (45) \mathfrak{S}_{T,\rho,\varepsilon}(A_0,\Phi_0,\xi,\zeta;C_\rho^A,C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}). \tag*{(45)} S T , ρ , ε ( A 0 , Φ 0 , ξ , ζ ; C ρ A , C ρ , ε Φ ) . (45)
In the following, we refer to (45) as the data-to-solution map.
Lemma 2.13 (Gauge-covariant approximations). Let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , let ρ ∈ P \rho\in\mathcal{P} ρ ∈ P , and let ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 . In addition, let C ρ A ∈ End G ( g ) C_\rho^A \in\operatorname{End}_{G}(\mathfrak{g}) C ρ A ∈ End G ( g ) and C ρ , ε Φ ∈ End G ( V ) C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} \in\operatorname{End}_{G}(V) C ρ , ε Φ ∈ End G ( V ) , i.e., let C ρ A C_\rho^A C ρ A and C ρ , ε Φ C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} C ρ , ε Φ be G G G -covariant. Furthermore, let ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ T T (A_0,\Phi_0)\in\mathcal{T}_T ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ T T , let ξ ∈ C t , x θ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) \xi\in\mathcal{C}^{\theta}_{t,x}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) ξ ∈ C t , x θ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 ) , and let ζ ∈ C t , x θ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 , V ) \zeta\in\mathcal{C}^{\theta}_{t,x}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2,V) ζ ∈ C t , x θ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 , V ) . Finally, assume that the unique solution of (44) exists on the time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] . Then, for all smooth spatial gauge transformations g ∈ G g\in\mathcal{G} g ∈ G , it holds that
g ∙ S T , ρ , ε ( A 0 , Φ 0 , ξ , ζ ; C ρ A , C ρ , ε Φ ) = S T , ρ , ε ( g ∙ A 0 , g ∙ Φ 0 , g ∙ ξ , g ∙ ζ ; C ρ A , C ρ , ε Φ ) . (46) g\mathbin{\bullet}\mathfrak{S}_{T,\rho,\varepsilon}(A_0,\Phi_0,\xi,\zeta;C_\rho^A,C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi})=\mathfrak{S}_{T,\rho,\varepsilon}(g\mathbin{\bullet}A_0,g\mathbin{\bullet}\Phi_0,g\mathbin{\bullet}\xi,g\mathbin{\bullet}\zeta;C_\rho^A,C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}). \tag*{(46)} g ∙ S T , ρ , ε ( A 0 , Φ 0 , ξ , ζ ; C ρ A , C ρ , ε Φ ) = S T , ρ , ε ( g ∙ A 0 , g ∙ Φ 0 , g ∙ ξ , g ∙ ζ ; C ρ A , C ρ , ε Φ ) . (46)
In other words, the data-to-solution map is gauge covariant.
Remark 2.14. The gauge covariance statement in Lemma 2.13 is very different from the gauge covariance statements proven in [CCHS22, CCHS24, BC26a]. In [CCHS22, CCHS24, BC26a], the gauge covariance is only shown after taking the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 and only for suitable renormalisation constants C ρ A C^{A}_{\rho} C ρ A and C ρ , ε Φ C^{\Phi}_{\rho,\varepsilon} C ρ , ε Φ (see also [CS26]). In contrast, Lemma 2.13 holds for all values of ε \varepsilon ε and all G-covariant renormalisation constants. We believe that the gauge covariant smooth approximation (44) may be useful in situations other than just the proof of Theorem 1.5 . In particular, it is possible that the gauge covariant smooth approximation (44) can be compared more easily with lattice dynamics (such as in [She21, CS23]) than the non-covariant smooth approximations from [CCHS22, CCHS24, BC26a].
Since the proof of Lemma 2.13 is rather short, we present it here.
Proof. Let ( A ε , Φ ε ) (A_{\varepsilon}, \Phi_{\varepsilon}) ( A ε , Φ ε ) be the solution of (44) and, to simplify the notation, let ( A ~ ε , Φ ~ ε ) ≔ g ∙ ( A ε , Φ ε ) (\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}, \widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon}) \coloneqq g \mathbin{\bullet} (A_{\varepsilon}, \Phi_{\varepsilon}) ( A ε , Φ ε ) : = g ∙ ( A ε , Φ ε ) be the gauge-transformed solution. Furthermore, let ( A ~ 0 , Φ ~ 0 ) ≔ g ∙ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) (\widetilde{A}_{0}, \widetilde{\Phi}_{0}) \coloneqq g \mathbin{\bullet} (A_{0}, \Phi_{0}) ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) : = g ∙ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) be the gauge-transformed initial data. Due to the gauge covariance of the Yang–Mills gradient flow, it is clear that ( A ~ 0 , Φ ~ 0 ) (\widetilde{A}_{0}, \widetilde{\Phi}_{0}) ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) is still contained in I T \mathcal{I}_{T} I T and that B ~ = g ∙ B \widetilde{B} = g \mathbin{\bullet} B B = g ∙ B is the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data A ~ 0 \widetilde{A}_{0} A 0 . Since both D A ε D_{A_{\varepsilon}} D A ε and B B B are gauge covariant and since the difference A ε − B A_{\varepsilon} - B A ε − B transforms like a genuine one-form (see Remark 1.9), it then follows that
∂ t A ~ ε = − D A ~ ε ∗ F A ~ ε − D A ~ ε ∗ D A ~ ε ∗ ( A ~ ε − B ~ ) + B ( Φ ~ ε ⊗ D A ~ ε Φ ~ ε ) + g ∙ C ρ A ( A ε − B ) + g ∙ ξ B , ε , \partial_t \widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon} = -D_{\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}}^{*} F_{\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}} - D_{\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}}^{*}D_{\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}}^{*}(\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon} - \widetilde{B}) + B(\widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon} \otimes D_{\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}}\widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon}) + g \mathbin{\bullet} C_{\rho}^{A}(A_{\varepsilon} - B) + g \mathbin{\bullet} \xi_{B,\varepsilon}, ∂ t A ε = − D A ε ∗ F A ε − D A ε ∗ D A ε ∗ ( A ε − B ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D A ε Φ ε ) + g ∙ C ρ A ( A ε − B ) + g ∙ ξ B , ε ,
∂ t Φ ~ ε = Δ A ~ ε Φ ~ ε + ( D A ~ ε ∗ ( A ~ ε − B ~ ) ) Φ ~ ε − ∣ Φ ~ ε ∣ 2 Φ ~ ε + g ∙ C ρ , ε Φ Φ ε + g ∙ ζ B , ε , \partial_t \widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon} = \Delta_{\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}}\widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon} + (D_{\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}}^{*}(\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon} - \widetilde{B}))\widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon} - |\widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon}|^{2}\widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon} + g \mathbin{\bullet} C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}\Phi_{\varepsilon} + g \mathbin{\bullet} \zeta_{B,\varepsilon}, ∂ t Φ ε = Δ A ε Φ ε + ( D A ε ∗ ( A ε − B )) Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + g ∙ C ρ , ε Φ Φ ε + g ∙ ζ B , ε ,
A ~ ε ( 0 ) = A ~ 0 , Φ ~ ε ( 0 ) = Φ ~ 0 . \widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon}(0) = \widetilde{A}_{0}, \qquad\widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon}(0) = \widetilde{\Phi}_{0}. A ε ( 0 ) = A 0 , Φ ε ( 0 ) = Φ 0 .
Since both C ρ A C_{\rho}^{A} C ρ A and C ρ , ε Φ C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} C ρ , ε Φ commute with the action of G, we have that
g ∙ C ρ A ( A ε − B ) = C ρ A ( A ~ ε − B ~ ) and g ∙ C ρ , ε Φ Φ ε = C ρ , ε Φ Φ ~ ε . g \mathbin{\bullet} C_{\rho}^{A}(A_{\varepsilon} - B) = C_{\rho}^{A}(\widetilde{A}_{\varepsilon} - \widetilde{B}) \quad\text{and} \quad g \mathbin{\bullet} C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}\Phi_{\varepsilon} = C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}\widetilde{\Phi}_{\varepsilon}. g ∙ C ρ A ( A ε − B ) = C ρ A ( A ε − B ) and g ∙ C ρ , ε Φ Φ ε = C ρ , ε Φ Φ ε .
Furthermore, since the heat kernels p B p_{B} p B and q B q_{B} q B from Definition 2.1 are gauge covariant, it holds that
g ∙ ξ B , ε = ( g ∙ ξ ) B ~ , ε and g ∙ ζ B , ε = ( g ∙ ζ ) B ~ , ε . g \mathbin{\bullet} \xi_{B,\varepsilon} = (g \mathbin{\bullet} \xi)_{\widetilde{B},\varepsilon} \quad\text{and} \quad g \mathbin{\bullet} \zeta_{B,\varepsilon} = (g \mathbin{\bullet} \zeta)_{\widetilde{B},\varepsilon}. g ∙ ξ B , ε = ( g ∙ ξ ) B , ε and g ∙ ζ B , ε = ( g ∙ ζ ) B , ε .
From this, we obtain (46) .
As previously mentioned in the introduction, the gauge covariance of (44) comes at a price. Unlike for the non-covariant smooth approximations from [CCHS22, CCHS24, BC26a], the process on the space of gauge orbits induced by (44) is not necessarily Markov, and establishing the Markov property will require us to choose suitable renormalisation constants (see § 3.4 ). Of course, aside from the Markov property, we will also need to choose suitable renormalisation constants to obtain the local convergence of ( A ε , Φ ε ) (A_{\varepsilon}, \Phi_{\varepsilon}) ( A ε , Φ ε ) as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 . Our next definition makes a choice of renormalisation constants that will ensure both properties.
Definition 2.15 (Renormalisation constants). Let ρ ∈ P \rho\in\mathcal{P} ρ ∈ P (recall (41) ) and let ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_{0}} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 . First, we define the real-valued constants
σ ρ , ε 2 ≔ ∫ 0 1 d t ρ ε 2 ( t ) 8 π t and C ρ ≔ ∫ 0 ∞ d t ( ∫ 0 t d s ρ ε ( s ) ) ρ ε ′ ( t ) 8 π t . (47) \sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2} \coloneqq\int_{0}^{1} \mathrm{d}t \frac{\rho_{\varepsilon}^{2}(t)}{8\pi t}
\qquad\text{and} \qquad
C_{\rho} \coloneqq\int_{0}^{\infty} \mathrm{d}t \left(\int_{0}^{t} \mathrm{d}s\,\rho_{\varepsilon}(s)\right)\frac{\rho_{\varepsilon}'(t)}{8\pi t}. \tag*{(47)} σ ρ , ε 2 : = ∫ 0 1 d t 8 π t ρ ε 2 ( t ) and C ρ : = ∫ 0 ∞ d t ( ∫ 0 t d s ρ ε ( s ) ) 8 π t ρ ε ′ ( t ) . (47) Second, we define C ρ A ∈ End ( g ) C_{\rho}^{A} \in\operatorname{End}(\mathfrak{g}) C ρ A ∈ End ( g ) and C ρ , ε Φ ∈ End ( V ) C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} \in\operatorname{End}(V) C ρ , ε Φ ∈ End ( V ) as
C ρ A ≔ C ρ ( Cov g g + Cov V g ) − 1 8 π Cov V g , (48) C_{\rho}^{A} \coloneqq C_{\rho}(\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{\mathfrak{g}} + \operatorname{Cov}_{V}^{\mathfrak{g}}) - \frac{1}{8\pi}\operatorname{Cov}_{V}^{\mathfrak{g}}, \tag*{(48)} C ρ A : = C ρ ( Cov g g + Cov V g ) − 8 π 1 Cov V g , (48) C ρ , ε Φ ≔ ( − σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g V + ( dim ( V ) + 2 ) σ ρ , ε 2 Id V − M , C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} \coloneqq(-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2} + C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V} + (\dim(V) + 2)\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}\operatorname{Id}_{V} - M, C ρ , ε Φ : = ( − σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g V + ( dim ( V ) + 2 ) σ ρ , ε 2 Id V − M , where Cov g g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{\mathfrak{g}} Cov g g , Cov V g \operatorname{Cov}_{V}^{\mathfrak{g}} Cov V g , and Cov g V \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V} Cov g V are as in Definition 3.41 below.
In Lemma 3.42 below, it will be shown that C ρ A ∈ End G ( g ) C_\rho^{A} \in\operatorname{End}_{G}(\mathfrak{g}) C ρ A ∈ End G ( g ) and C ρ , ε Φ ∈ End G ( V ) C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} \in\operatorname{End}_{G}(V) C ρ , ε Φ ∈ End G ( V ) , i.e., that both C ρ A C_\rho^{A} C ρ A and C ρ , ε Φ C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi} C ρ , ε Φ are G G G -covariant.
Remark 2.16. While σ ρ , ε 2 \sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2} σ ρ , ε 2 diverges logarithmically as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , C ρ C_\rho C ρ does not depend on ε \varepsilon ε . Indeed, a simple change of variables shows that the two instances of ρ ε \rho_\varepsilon ρ ε in its definition can be replaced by ρ \rho ρ . At this point in the article, it is not possible to motivate the precise definitions in (47) –(48) . For the explicit calculations that led us to (47) –(48) , we refer the reader to Sections 6, 9, and 13 below. In particular, this specific choice for C ρ A C_\rho^{A} C ρ A is the only one guaranteeing that (44) yields a Markov process in the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 . We will also see that in the notation of Section 13, C ρ C_\rho C ρ is equivalent to ∞ \infty ∞ in the sense that the latter depends on ε \varepsilon ε but converges to C ρ C_\rho C ρ as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 .
Remark 2.17. We emphasise that, while most of our estimates will be performed with respect to the background connection one-form B B B , the renormalisation constants in Definition 2.15 do not depend on B B B . To make this work, we need to prove several estimates of resonant parts of covariant stochastic objects, and these estimates heavily rely on our heat kernel parametrix p τ B p_{\tau}^{B} p τ B from Proposition 2.7. For more details, we refer the reader to Section 9.2.
Remark 2.18. The choice of upper limit 1 in the definition of σ ρ , ε 2 \sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2} σ ρ , ε 2 is of course completely arbitrary, but changing it is equivalent to a change of the mass M M M , so one can fix it without any loss of generality.
In the following, the renormalisation constants in (44) will always be chosen as in Definition 2.15. Since the renormalisation constants were the last ingredient we needed, we can now state the main result of this subsection, namely, the covariant local well-posedness of the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs equations.
Theorem 2.19 (Covariant local well-posedness). Let C 0 > 1 C_0 > 1 C 0 > 1 and c 0 > 0 c_0 > 0 c 0 > 0 be sufficiently large and small constants, respectively. Let 0 < T ≤ c 0 0 < T \le c_0 0 < T ≤ c 0 , let ρ ∈ P \rho\in\mathcal{P} ρ ∈ P , and let ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ I T (A_0,\Phi_0) \in\mathcal{I}_T ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ I T be initial data satisfying
T δ exp ( C 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 100 p e r t + T ( 1 − 2 κ ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − 2 κ ) / 2 F B ∥ T , 100 p e r t ) 100 ≤ 1 , (49) T^\delta\exp\left(C_0\lVert F_B\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,T])}\right)\left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{T,100}^{\mathrm{pert}}+T^{(1-2\kappa)/2}\lVert t^{-(1-2\kappa)/2}F_B\rVert_{T,100}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{100} \le1, \tag*{(49)} T δ exp ( C 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 100 pert + T ( 1 − 2 κ ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − 2 κ ) /2 F B ∥ T , 100 pert ) 100 ≤ 1 , (49) T ∥ Φ 0 ∥ C A 0 , T γ 0 ≤ 1. (50) T\lVert\Phi_0\rVert_{\mathcal{C}_{A_0,T}^{\gamma_0}} \le1. \tag*{(50)} T ∥ Φ 0 ∥ C A 0 , T γ 0 ≤ 1. (50) Here, B B B is as in (40) , δ \delta δ and κ \kappa κ are as in (96) , and γ 0 \gamma_0 γ 0 is as in (99) . Then, there exists an event E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) E(T,A_0,\Phi_0) E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) , depending on both the time T T T and the initial data, such that the following properties hold:
(i) (High probability) It holds that
P ( E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) ) ≥ 1 − c − 1 exp ( − c T − c ) , \mathbb{P}\left(E(T,A_0,\Phi_0)\right) \ge1-c^{-1}\exp\left(-cT^{-c}\right), P ( E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) ) ≥ 1 − c − 1 exp ( − c T − c ) , where c c c is a constant depending on the parameters in (96) .
(ii) (Local convergence) For each ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 , let ( A ε , Φ ε ) (A_\varepsilon,\Phi_\varepsilon) ( A ε , Φ ε ) be the unique solution of (44) with the renormalisation constants from Definition 2.15. Then, on the event E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) E(T,A_0,\Phi_0) E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) , the limit
( A , Φ ) = lim ε → 0 ( A ε , Φ ε ) (A,\Phi)=\lim_{\varepsilon\to0}(A_\varepsilon,\Phi_\varepsilon) ( A , Φ ) = ε → 0 lim ( A ε , Φ ε ) exists in C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 × V ) C_t^{0}C_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2},\mathfrak{g}^{2}\times V) C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 , g 2 × V ) .
Remark 2.20. Since the C t 0 C x − κ C_t^{0}C_x^{-\kappa} C t 0 C x − κ -norm of ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) is gauge dependent, the reader may be surprised to see it used in the convergence result of Theorem 2.19 . Our reasons for this are twofold: First, the convergence of the smooth approximations is a qualitative statement. And while we need all of our quantitative estimates, like the conditions in (49) –(50) , to only involve gauge invariant norms, we do not require this in qualitative statements. Second, we could use our solution norms (from Definition 7.2) to state a gauge covariant convergence result. However, this would require notation that has not yet been introduced.
Remark 2.21. The conditions (49) –(50) will later be included in Assumptions 8.1 and 8.2, which will be used throughout all of our local arguments. Since the condition (49) is important for our global iteration scheme, we discuss its main aspects. The polynomial factor in ∥ F B ∥ T , 100 p e r t \lVert F_B\rVert_{T,100}^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ F B ∥ T , 100 pert and T ( 1 − 2 κ ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − 2 κ ) / 2 F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t T^{(1-2\kappa)/2}\lVert t^{-(1-2\kappa)/2}F_B\rVert_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}} T ( 1 − 2 κ ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − 2 κ ) /2 F B ∥ T , 1 pert in (49) is less important than the factors T δ T^\delta T δ and exp ( C 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) \exp(C_0\lVert F_B\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,T])}) exp ( C 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) and should be ignored for now. Since δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 is small, we can then think of (49) as
∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≪ ∣ log ( T ) ∣ . \lVert F_B\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,T])}\ll\lvert\log(T)\rvert. ∥ F B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≪ ∣ log ( T )∣ .
If the L x ∞ L_x^\infty L x ∞ -norm8 of F B F_B F B is roughly constant on the time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , one can further think of (49) as
T ∥ F B ( 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≪ ∣ log ( T ) ∣ . T\lVert F_B(0)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}\ll\lvert\log(T)\rvert. T ∥ F B ( 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≪ ∣ log ( T )∣ .
Hence, T T T only has to be as small as a single inverse power of the size of F B F_B F B . In fact, there is even a logarithmic amount of room, and this will later be crucial for our decay mechanism near Yang–Mills connections (recall § 1.2 ). The quantitative condition on the size of the local time of existence from (49) is one of the main benefits of our covariant approach over the non-covariant approach from [CCHS22, CCHS24, BC26a]. If we only used the existing non-covariant local theory, we would still be able to work only with gauge invariant norms of the initial data A 0 A_0 A 0 , since we allow gauge transformations of the initial data (see Proposition 2.10 ). However, the cubic term in [CCHS22, (1.7)] means that the resulting local time of existence T T T can at best be of the order of the inverse square of the size of A 0 A_0 A 0 , which is insufficient for our global iteration scheme.
We emphasise that the precise formulation of Theorem 2.19 was chosen for its relative simplicity. While Theorem 2.19 itself contains little information on the structure of the solution, its proof (as well as Proposition 8.3 ) shows that the solution can be decomposed into covariant stochastic objects, paracontrolled terms, and smooth, nonlinear remainders. The structure of the solution will not only be needed in the proof, but will also be used in our global iteration argument.
In the following, we describe the main ideas behind the proof of Theorem 2.19 . Our discussion will be more detailed than in § 1.2 , but less detailed than in the body of the article (§ 7 –§ 10 ). In our covariant local theory for (44) , we expand around the background connection one-form B B B . That is, we set C ε : = A ε − B C_\varepsilon:=A_\varepsilon-B C ε := A ε − B and consider the system
( ∂ t − Δ B ) C ε k − 2 [ F B k j , C ε , j ] = [ C ε , j , 2 D B j C ε k − D B k C ε j ] + [ C ε , j , [ C ε j , C ε k ] ] + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D B k Φ ε ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ C ε k Φ ε ) + C A ρ ( C ε k ) + ξ B , ε k , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ε = 2 C ε , j D B j Φ ε + C ε j C ε , j Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε . (51) \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)C_\varepsilon^k-2[F_B^{kj},C_{\varepsilon,j}]&=[C_{\varepsilon,j},2D_B^jC_\varepsilon^k-D_B^kC_\varepsilon^j]+[C_{\varepsilon,j},[C_\varepsilon^j,C_\varepsilon^k]]\\
&\quad+\mathbf{B}(\Phi_\varepsilon\otimes D_B^k\Phi_\varepsilon)+\mathbf{B}(\Phi_\varepsilon\otimes C_\varepsilon^k\Phi_\varepsilon)+C_A^\rho(C_\varepsilon^k)+\xi_{B,\varepsilon}^k,\\
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\Phi_\varepsilon&=2C_{\varepsilon,j}D_B^j\Phi_\varepsilon+C_\varepsilon^jC_{\varepsilon,j}\Phi_\varepsilon-\lvert\Phi_\varepsilon\rvert^2\Phi_\varepsilon+C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^\Phi(\Phi_\varepsilon)+\zeta_{B,\varepsilon}. \tag*{(51)}
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) C ε k − 2 [ F B k j , C ε , j ] ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ε = [ C ε , j , 2 D B j C ε k − D B k C ε j ] + [ C ε , j , [ C ε j , C ε k ]] + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D B k Φ ε ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ C ε k Φ ε ) + C A ρ ( C ε k ) + ξ B , ε k , = 2 C ε , j D B j Φ ε + C ε j C ε , j Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε . (51)
For the derivation of (51) , we refer the reader to Lemma 3.22 and § 7 . The first step in our covariant ansatz for ( C ε , Φ ε ) (C_\varepsilon,\Phi_\varepsilon) ( C ε , Φ ε ) is to introduce the deterministic terms S S S and φ \varphi φ , which do not depend on the stochastic forcing terms ξ B , ε \xi_{B,\varepsilon} ξ B , ε and ζ B , ε \zeta_{B,\varepsilon} ζ B , ε . They are defined as solutions of
( ∂ t − Δ B ) S k − 2 [ F B k j , S j ] = [ S j , 2 D B j S k − D B k S j ] + [ S j , [ S j , S k ] ] + B ( φ ⊗ D B k φ ) + B ( φ ⊗ S k φ ) , (52) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)S^k-2[F_B^{kj},S_j]=[S_j,2D_B^jS^k-D_B^kS^j]+[S_j,[S^j,S^k]]
+\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_B^k\varphi)+\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes S^k\varphi), \tag*{(52)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) S k − 2 [ F B k j , S j ] = [ S j , 2 D B j S k − D B k S j ] + [ S j , [ S j , S k ]] + B ( φ ⊗ D B k φ ) + B ( φ ⊗ S k φ ) , (52)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ = 2 S j D B j φ + S j S j φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , S ( 0 ) = 0 , φ ( 0 ) = Φ 0 . (53) \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\varphi&=2S_jD_B^j\varphi+S^jS_j\varphi-\lvert\varphi\rvert^2\varphi,\\
S(0)&=0,\qquad\varphi(0)=\Phi_0. \tag*{(53)}
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ S ( 0 ) = 2 S j D B j φ + S j S j φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , = 0 , φ ( 0 ) = Φ 0 . (53)
The equations (52) –(53) are chosen so that ( B + S , φ ) (B+S,\varphi) ( B + S , φ ) solves the deterministic Yang–Mills–Higgs equations (with zero mass) in the infinitesimal DeTurck gauge with background B B B . Since both S S S and φ \varphi φ will be rather smooth (see e.g. Proposition 5.15 ), S S S and φ \varphi φ will not be too important in our covariant local theory. Their real significance will only become clear in our global iteration argument, where we will use that S S S and φ \varphi φ capture the largest parts of our solution in terms of the size of Φ 0 \Phi_0 Φ 0 . Instead of S S S and φ \varphi φ , the covariant local theory is mostly dictated by the covariant stochastic objects φ ˚ B , ε \mathring{\varphi}_{B,\varepsilon} φ ˚ B , ε and ψ ˚ B , ε \mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon} ψ ˚ B , ε . As briefly mentioned in § 1.2 , they are defined as solutions of
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ ˚ B , ε k − 2 [ F B k j , φ ˚ B , ε , j ] = ξ B , ε k , φ ˚ B , ε k ( 0 ) = 0 , (54) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathring{\varphi}^{k}_{B,\varepsilon}-2[F_B^{kj},\mathring{\varphi}_{B,\varepsilon,j}]=\xi^{k}_{B,\varepsilon},\qquad\mathring{\varphi}^{k}_{B,\varepsilon}(0)=0, \tag*{(54)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ ˚ B , ε k − 2 [ F B k j , φ ˚ B , ε , j ] = ξ B , ε k , φ ˚ B , ε k ( 0 ) = 0 , (54)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ˚ B , ε = ζ B , ε , ψ ˚ B , ε ( 0 ) = 0. (55) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon}=\zeta_{B,\varepsilon},\qquad\mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon}(0)=0. \tag*{(55)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ˚ B , ε = ζ B , ε , ψ ˚ B , ε ( 0 ) = 0. (55)
We also denote the limits of φ ˚ B , ε \mathring{\varphi}_{B,\varepsilon} φ ˚ B , ε and ψ ˚ B , ε \mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon} ψ ˚ B , ε as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 by φ ˚ B \mathring{\varphi}_{B} φ ˚ B and ψ ˚ \mathring{\psi} ψ ˚ . In addition to the linear stochastic objects in (2.26)–(2.27), we will also need quadratic stochastic objects, which are defined as the solutions with zero initial data of
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ ˚ B , ε ∘ k − 2 [ F B k j , φ ˚ B , ε , j ∘ ] = [ φ ˚ B , ε , j , 2 D B j φ ˚ B , ε k − D B k φ ˚ B , ε , j ] , (56) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathring{\varphi}^{\circ k}_{B,\varepsilon}-2[F_B^{kj},\mathring{\varphi}^{\circ}_{B,\varepsilon,j}]=[\mathring{\varphi}_{B,\varepsilon,j},2D_B^j\mathring{\varphi}^{k}_{B,\varepsilon}-D_B^k\mathring{\varphi}_{B,\varepsilon,j}], \tag*{(56)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ ˚ B , ε ∘ k − 2 [ F B k j , φ ˚ B , ε , j ∘ ] = [ φ ˚ B , ε , j , 2 D B j φ ˚ B , ε k − D B k φ ˚ B , ε , j ] , (56)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ˚ B , ε ∙ − 2 [ F B k j , ψ ˚ B , ε , j ∙ ] = B ( ψ ˚ B , ε ⊗ D B k ψ ˚ B , ε ) , (57) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathring{\psi}^{\bullet}_{B,\varepsilon}-2[F_B^{kj},\mathring{\psi}^{\bullet}_{B,\varepsilon,j}]=B(\mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon}\otimes D_B^k\mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon}), \tag*{(57)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ˚ B , ε ∙ − 2 [ F B k j , ψ ˚ B , ε , j ∙ ] = B ( ψ ˚ B , ε ⊗ D B k ψ ˚ B , ε ) , (57)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ˚ B , ε ∘ = 2 ψ ˚ B , ε , j D B j ψ ˚ B , ε . (58) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathring{\psi}^{\circ}_{B,\varepsilon}=2\mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon,j}D_B^j\mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon}. \tag*{(58)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ˚ B , ε ∘ = 2 ψ ˚ B , ε , j D B j ψ ˚ B , ε . (58)
We emphasise that the covariant objects from (2.26)–(2.30) can also be represented using the covariant heat kernels p B p_B p B and q B q_B q B . For instance, we can write
ψ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) . (59) \mathring{\psi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)=\int_0^t ds\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}dy\,\rho_\varepsilon(t-s)q_B(s,y;t,x)\xi(s,y). \tag*{(59)} ψ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) . (59)
In our analysis of the covariant stochastic objects, we then heavily rely on covariant heat kernel estimates. While a similar approach was previously used in work of the first and second authors on the Abelian Higgs model [BC24], our implementation of this approach differs significantly from [BC24]. As already mentioned in Remark 2.5, [BC24] relies on operator estimates of the covariant heat kernel and its covariant derivatives, whereas we rely on the pointwise estimates from § 3.1 . This drastically simplifies one of the hardest parts of the proof in [BC24], namely, the estimates of the resonant part of the quadratic stochastic object (cf. [BC24, Proposition 5.29] and Lemmas 9.15 and 9.18 below).
Another important difference between [BC24] and the present article is that the covariant methods in our local theory are not only used for the covariant stochastic objects. Instead, we build an entire covariant functional framework, which encompasses covariant Littlewood–Paley decompositions, function spaces, Schauder estimates, and paraproducts. To motivate this framework, we first briefly recall the standard Littlewood–Paley decompositions. Throughout this discussion only, we let ς : R 2 → [ 0 , ∞ ) \varsigma:\mathbb{R}^2\to[0,\infty) ς : R 2 → [ 0 , ∞ ) be a smooth function satisfying ς ∣ B ( 0 , 1 ) ≡ 1 \varsigma|_{B(0,1)}\equiv1 ς ∣ B ( 0 , 1 ) ≡ 1 and ς ∣ R 2 ∖ B ( 0 , 2 ) ≡ 0 \varsigma|_{\mathbb{R}^2\setminus B(0,2)}\equiv0 ς ∣ R 2 ∖ B ( 0 , 2 ) ≡ 0 , where B ( 0 , r ) ⊆ R 2 B(0,r)\subseteq\mathbb{R}^2 B ( 0 , r ) ⊆ R 2 is the open Euclidean ball centred at the origin with radius r r r . For any ϕ : T 2 → C \phi:\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbb{C} ϕ : T 2 → C , one can then define the standard Littlewood–Paley operators ( P ≤ N ϕ ) N ∈ 2 N 0 (P_{\leq N}\phi)_{N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0}} ( P ≤ N ϕ ) N ∈ 2 N 0 and ( P N ϕ ) N ∈ 2 N 0 (P_N\phi)_{N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0}} ( P N ϕ ) N ∈ 2 N 0 using the Fourier transform as
P ≤ N ϕ ^ ( n ) = d e f ς ( n / N ) ϕ ^ ( n ) and P N ϕ = d e f ( P ≤ N − P ≤ N / 2 ) ϕ , (60) \widehat{P_{\leq N}\phi}(n)\overset{\mathrm{def}}{=}\varsigma(n/N)\widehat{\phi}(n)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
P_N\phi\overset{\mathrm{def}}{=}(P_{\leq N}-P_{\leq N/2})\phi, \tag*{(60)} P ≤ N ϕ ( n ) = def ς ( n / N ) ϕ ( n ) and P N ϕ = def ( P ≤ N − P ≤ N /2 ) ϕ , (60)
where we use the convention P ≤ 1 / 2 = d e f 0 P_{\leq1/2}\overset{\mathrm{def}}{=}0 P ≤ 1/2 = def 0 . Starting from the Littlewood–Paley projections in (2.32), one can then build up Hölder spaces, Schauder estimates, and paraproducts (cf. [GIP15]).
Unfortunately, since they do not interact nicely with gauge transformations, the standard Littlewood–Paley projections from (2.32) will not be too useful in this article. In order to introduce our covariant version, recall from (2.31) that the covariant stochastic object φ ˚ B , ε \mathring{\varphi}_{B,\varepsilon} φ ˚ B , ε can be written as an integral of the kernel ρ ε q B \rho_\varepsilon q_B ρ ε q B against the space-time white noise ξ \xi ξ . For any N ∈ 2 N 0 N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} N ∈ 2 N 0 , we can then define
φ ˚ B , ε , N = d e f ∬ d s d y ρ ε ( t − s ) χ N ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) . (61) \mathring{\varphi}_{B,\varepsilon,N}\overset{\mathrm{def}}{=}\iint ds\,dy\,\rho_\varepsilon(t-s)\chi_N(t-s)q_B(s,y;t,x)\xi(s,y). \tag*{(61)} φ ˚ B , ε , N = def ∬ d s d y ρ ε ( t − s ) χ N ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) . (61)
where χ N ( t − s ) \chi_N(t-s) χ N ( t − s ) is the smooth cutoff to times ( t − s ) ∼ N − 2 (t-s)\sim N^{-2} ( t − s ) ∼ N − 2 from (95) . Due to parabolic scaling and the uncertainty principle, the restriction to times N 2 ( t − s ) ∼ 1 N^2(t-s)\sim1 N 2 ( t − s ) ∼ 1 in (61) is morally similar to a projection to frequencies of size ∼ N \sim N ∼ N . For a more detailed discussion of (61) , as well as potential alternatives, we refer the reader to Section 6.2 below. More generally, we introduce localised versions of the Duhamel integral operators of (51) . For example, for any H : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 H:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 H : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 , we introduce
Duh B , N F ( H ) ( t , x ) ≔ ∬ d s d y χ N ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) H ( s , y ) . (62) \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(H)(t,x)\coloneqq\iint\mathrm{d}s\mathrm{d}y\,\chi_N(t-s)q_B(s,y;t,x)H(s,y). \tag*{(62)} Duh B , N F ( H ) ( t , x ) : = ∬ d s d y χ N ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) H ( s , y ) . (62)
Definitions similar to those in (61) and (62) can also be made for the Higgs component of our solution by replacing the kernel q B q_B q B with p B p_B p B . Starting from (61) and (62) , we then build an entire covariant functional framework. Compared to the non-covariant paracontrolled calculus of [GIP15], the main difficulty is that our covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition does not obey the Littlewood–Paley trichotomy; see Section 6.2. Since the full definitions and estimates included in the functional framework are well beyond the scope of this section, we do not include them here, and instead only provide the following brief descriptions and examples:
(i) (Solution spaces) Our solution spaces will be defined in terms of the covariant Littlewood–Paley blocks. The covariant linear stochastic object will be controlled in our solution space at regularity − κ -\kappa − κ , which requires estimates of
sup N ∈ 2 N 0 N − m − κ ∥ D B , j 1 ⋯ D B , j m B B , ε , N ∥ L t , x ∞ . \sup_{N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0}}N^{-m-\kappa}\lVert D_{B,j_1}\cdots D_{B,j_m}B_{\mathcal{B},\varepsilon,N}\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. N ∈ 2 N 0 sup N − m − κ ∥ D B , j 1 ⋯ D B , j m B B , ε , N ∥ L t , x ∞ .
Here, 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 0\leq m\leq10 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 and 1 ≤ j 1 , … , j m ≤ 2 1\leq j_1,\ldots,j_m\leq2 1 ≤ j 1 , … , j m ≤ 2 .
(ii) (Schauder estimates) Our Schauder estimates will be phrased in terms of the localised Duhamel integrals from (62) . For example, we will prove that
∥ D B , j 1 ⋯ D B , j m Duh B , N F ( H ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L T ( F B ) N m − 2 ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ . \lVert D_{B,j_1}\cdots D_{B,j_m}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(H)\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lesssim L_{T}(F_B)N^{m-2}\lVert H\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. ∥ D B , j 1 ⋯ D B , j m Duh B , N F ( H ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L T ( F B ) N m − 2 ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ .
Here, as before, 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 0\leq m\leq10 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 and 1 ≤ j 1 , … , j m ≤ 2 1\leq j_1,\ldots,j_m\leq2 1 ≤ j 1 , … , j m ≤ 2 . Furthermore, the loss-factor L T ( F B ) L_{T}(F_B) L T ( F B ) from (422) captures the F B F_B F B -terms in our covariant heat kernel estimates (Theorem 2.4 ).
(iii) (Paraproducts) We will define several covariant paraproducts. For example, if ( W M ) M (W_M)_M ( W M ) M is a sequence of g 2 \mathfrak{g}^2 g 2 -valued Littlewood–Paley blocks and ( Υ B , ε , N ) N (\Upsilon_{B,\varepsilon,N})_N ( Υ B , ε , N ) N is as in (61) , we define the low× \times × high-product
[ W i ⋆ D B k Υ B , ε , ⋆ j ] = ∑ M , N ∈ 2 N 0 : M ≤ N 1 − θ [ W M i , D B k Υ B , ε , N j ] . \left[W^i\star D_B^k\Upsilon^j_{B,\varepsilon,\star}\right]=\sum_{\substack{M,N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0}:\\M\leq N^{1-\theta}}}\left[W^i_M,D_B^k\Upsilon^j_{B,\varepsilon,N}\right]. [ W i ⋆ D B k Υ B , ε , ⋆ j ] = M , N ∈ 2 N 0 : M ≤ N 1 − θ ∑ [ W M i , D B k Υ B , ε , N j ] .
Here, 1 ≤ i , j , k ≤ 2 1\leq i,j,k\leq2 1 ≤ i , j , k ≤ 2 and the symbol ⋆ \star ⋆ is used to denote sequences of Littlewood–Paley blocks. Furthermore, the parameter θ \theta θ is as in (96) , and it is needed due to the absence of the Littlewood–Paley trichotomy.
(iv) (Commutator estimates) We prove several commutator estimates that are needed to understand the structure of the paracontrolled term. For example, in the same setting as above, we will estimate9
Duh B , κ ( [ W M i , D B k Υ B , ε , N j ] − [ W M i , D B k Duh B , κ ( Υ B , ε , N j ) ] ) . \operatorname{Duh}_{B,\kappa}\left([W^i_M,D_B^k\Upsilon^j_{B,\varepsilon,N}]-[W^i_M,D_B^k\operatorname{Duh}_{B,\kappa}(\Upsilon^j_{B,\varepsilon,N})]\right). Duh B , κ ( [ W M i , D B k Υ B , ε , N j ] − [ W M i , D B k Duh B , κ ( Υ B , ε , N j )] ) .
Remark 2.22. As described above, this article relies on a covariant version of the paracontrolled calculus of [GIP15]. In order to make progress towards the global well-posedness of the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs model in dimension d = 3 d=3 d = 3 (rather than d = 2 d=2 d = 2 ), it may be useful to also develop a covariant version of the theory of regularity structures [Hai14]. The theory of regularity structures has already been studied in variable-coefficient settings [HS23, Sin25, BSS25], which include (51) . However, the focus of [HS23, Sin25, BSS25] and this article is quite different. In [HS23, Sin25, BSS25], the geometry is fixed once and for all, and the main task is to show that the counterterms only depend on local aspects of the geometry. In this article, the geometry is determined by the background connection one-form B B B , which changes throughout the global iteration scheme (see § 3.3 ). In particular, one of the main tasks in the proof of Theorem 2.19 is to determine how the size of the covariant stochastic objects depends on the size of F B F_B F B . In addition to [HS23, Sin25, BSS25], we also highlight the works [Hos25, HT25]. The main similarity between [Hos25, HT25] and this article is that both start from a heat kernel estimate (compare Definition 2.6.(iii) in [Hos25] and Theorem 2.4 ).
Global well-posedness and uniform-in-time estimates
In this section, we state both soft and hard global well-posedness theorems (Theorems 2.24 and 2.30 ). The statement of the soft result (Theorem 2.24) will be relatively simple and, after combining it with the Krylov–Bogoliubov theorem, it will be sufficient to conclude the existence of the invariant measure from Theorem 1.5 . However, the soft result contains little information on the structure or the decay of the solution to the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs equations. The ∥ ⋅ ∥ i n v , − κ \|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{inv},-\kappa} ∥ ⋅ ∥ inv , − κ -norm used in its statement does not separate the smooth and rough terms in the solution and, as a result, the ∥ ⋅ ∥ i n v , − κ \|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{inv},-\kappa} ∥ ⋅ ∥ inv , − κ -norm will not be used directly in our global iteration scheme. Our hard result (Theorem 2.30 ) has a more complicated statement, but it makes up for it by providing more information on the structure of the solution. In particular, the statement of our hard result will be closer to the estimates used in our proof.
In order to state our soft global well-posedness result, we first make the following definition.
Definition 2.23. Let A 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) A_0 \in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x(\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) A 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) and Φ 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , V ) \Phi_0 \in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x(\mathbb{T}^2,V) Φ 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , V ) . We define a gauge invariant Hölder norm as follows. First, let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 and g ∈ G 1 − κ g \in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g ∈ G 1 − κ be a gauge transformation such that g ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ J T g\cdot(A_0,\Phi_0)\in\mathcal{J}_T g ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ J T , where J T \mathcal{J}_T J T is as defined in (40) . Recall from Remark 2.11 that we then also have g ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ J 1 g\cdot(A_0,\Phi_0)\in\mathcal{J}_1 g ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ J 1 . Thus by definition, there exists B ∈ C 0 ∞ C x − κ ( [ 0 , 1 ] × T 2 , g 2 ) ∩ C 0 , x ∞ ( [ 0 , 1 ] × T 2 , g 2 ) B\in C^\infty_0\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x([0,1]\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2)\cap C^\infty_{0,x}([0,1]\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) B ∈ C 0 ∞ C x − κ ([ 0 , 1 ] × T 2 , g 2 ) ∩ C 0 , x ∞ ([ 0 , 1 ] × T 2 , g 2 ) which is a smooth classical solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow at positive times, and such that B ( 0 ) = g ⋅ A 0 B(0)=g\cdot A_0 B ( 0 ) = g ⋅ A 0 . Let Ψ ( s ) \Psi(s) Ψ ( s ) be the solution to the covariant heat equation ( ∂ s − Δ B ( s ) ) Ψ ( s ) = 0 (\partial_s-\Delta_{B(s)})\Psi(s)=0 ( ∂ s − Δ B ( s ) ) Ψ ( s ) = 0 with initial datum g ⋅ Φ 0 g\cdot\Phi_0 g ⋅ Φ 0 . We then let
∥ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∥ i n v , − κ ≔ sup s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] s κ 2 ( 1 s 1 2 ∥ F B ( s ) ∥ L x ∞ + s ∥ D B F B ∥ L x ∞ + ∥ Ψ ( s ) ∥ L x ∞ ) . (63) \|(A_0,\Phi_0)\|_{\mathrm{inv},-\kappa}\coloneqq\sup_{s\in(0,1]}s^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\left(\frac{1}{s^{\frac{1}{2}}}\|F_{B(s)}\|_{L^\infty_x}+s\|D_BF_B\|_{L^\infty_x}+\|\Psi(s)\|_{L^\infty_x}\right). \tag*{(63)} ∥ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∥ inv , − κ : = s ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] sup s 2 κ ( s 2 1 1 ∥ F B ( s ) ∥ L x ∞ + s ∥ D B F B ∥ L x ∞ + ∥Ψ ( s ) ∥ L x ∞ ) . (63) The fact that this gauge invariant Hölder norm is well-defined follows by Lemma 5.14. We define the norm in this way, because it is not necessarily possible to start a Yang–Mills gradient flow from arbitrary C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x(\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) initial data. On the other hand, it is in fact always possible to find a G 1 − κ \mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} G 1 − κ gauge transformation such that after applying this transformation, we can start a (unique) Yang–Mills gradient flow. Lemma 5.14 shows that the resulting quantity in (63) does not depend on this choice of gauge transformation (and moreover that such a gauge transformation exists).
We emphasise that the gauge invariant Hölder norm in (63) does not require the choice of a background connection one-form, which is not the case for the norms used in our covariant local theory (or the global iteration scheme described below). This allows us to measure the size of the solution to the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs equations without any reference to its random structure.
Theorem 2.24 (Soft global well-posedness and uniform-in-time estimates). Let A 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) A_0\in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x(\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) A 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) and Φ 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , V ) \Phi_0\in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x(\mathbb{T}^2,V) Φ 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , V ) . Then, there exist a connection one-form A ∈ L t , l o c ∞ C x − κ ( [ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 , g 2 ) A\in L^\infty_{t,\mathrm{loc}}\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x([0,\infty)\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) A ∈ L t , loc ∞ C x − κ ([ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 , g 2 ) , a
Higgs field Φ ∈ L t , l o c ∞ C x − κ ( [ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 , V ) \Phi\in L^\infty_{t,\mathrm{loc}}\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x([0,\infty)\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathbf{V}) Φ ∈ L t , loc ∞ C x − κ ([ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 , V ) , and stopping times ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ (t_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ starting at t 0 = 0 t_0=0 t 0 = 0 and a.s. converging to infinity, which satisfy the following properties:
(i) (Stochastic YMH equations ) On each time interval ( t m , t m + 1 ] (t_m,t_{m+1}] ( t m , t m + 1 ] , where m ≥ 0 m\geq0 m ≥ 0 , ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) solves (11) . To be more precise, it is the limit of the smooth, gauge covariant approximations from (44) in C t 0 C x − κ ( ( t m , t m + 1 ] × T 2 , g 2 × V ) \mathcal{C}^{0}_{t}\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{x}((t_m,t_{m+1}]\times\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2\times\mathbf{V}) C t 0 C x − κ (( t m , t m + 1 ] × T 2 , g 2 × V ) .
(ii) (Initial conditions and right-limits ) The initial value ( A ( 0 ) , Φ ( 0 ) ) (A(0),\Phi(0)) ( A ( 0 ) , Φ ( 0 )) is equal to ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) (A_0,\Phi_0) ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) . Furthermore, for each m ≥ 0 m\geq0 m ≥ 0 , the right-limit ( A ( t m + ) , Φ ( t m + ) ) (A(t_m+),\Phi(t_m+)) ( A ( t m + ) , Φ ( t m + )) exists in C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 × V ) \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{x}(\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2\times\mathbf{V}) C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 × V ) . This right-limit belongs to the initial class J t m + 1 − t m \mathcal{J}_{t_{m+1}-t_m} J t m + 1 − t m defined in (40) and is gauge-equivalent to ( A ( t m ) , Φ ( t m ) ) (A(t_m),\Phi(t_m)) ( A ( t m ) , Φ ( t m )) , i.e., there exists a g m + 1 ∈ G 1 − κ g_{m+1}\in\mathcal{G}^{1-\kappa} g m + 1 ∈ G 1 − κ such that ( A ( t m + ) , Φ ( t m + ) ) = g m + 1 ∙ ( A ( t m ) , Φ ( t m ) ) (A(t_m+),\Phi(t_m+))=g_{m+1}\bullet(A(t_m),\Phi(t_m)) ( A ( t m + ) , Φ ( t m + )) = g m + 1 ∙ ( A ( t m ) , Φ ( t m )) .
(iii) (Uniform-in-time estimate ) For all p ≥ 1 p\geq1 p ≥ 1 , we have the gauge invariant uniform-in-time estimate
sup t ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) E [ ∥ ( A ( t ) , Φ ( t ) ) ∥ i n v , − κ p ] ≤ C ( A 0 , Φ 0 , κ , p ) . \sup_{t\in[0,\infty)}\mathbb{E}\left[\|(A(t),\Phi(t))\|_{\mathrm{inv},-\kappa}^{p}\right]\leq C(A_0,\Phi_0,\kappa,p). t ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) sup E [ ∥ ( A ( t ) , Φ ( t )) ∥ inv , − κ p ] ≤ C ( A 0 , Φ 0 , κ , p ) . Moreover, as t → ∞ t\to\infty t → ∞ , the bound on ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) no longer depends on the initial data ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) (A_0,\Phi_0) ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) , i.e.,
lim sup t → ∞ E [ ∥ ( A ( t ) , Φ ( t ) ) ∥ i n v , − κ p ] ≤ C ( κ , p ) . \limsup_{t\to\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\|(A(t),\Phi(t))\|_{\mathrm{inv},-\kappa}^{p}\right]\leq C(\kappa,p). t → ∞ lim sup E [ ∥ ( A ( t ) , Φ ( t )) ∥ inv , − κ p ] ≤ C ( κ , p ) .
We emphasise that, as in Theorem 2.19 , we only use the C t 0 C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{0}_{t}\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{x} C t 0 C x − κ - and C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{x} C x − κ -norms for qualitative statements (see Remark 2.20). Note also that the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs equations (11) themselves are not solved globally in time. Instead, we only solve (11) on a short time interval, then apply a gauge transformation, and then solve (11) again on the next short time interval. The reason is that, as previously discussed below (21) , the Yang–Mills–Higgs gradient flow with a DeTurck term does not obey suitable long-time estimates. Since we are ultimately interested in the global dynamics of the Markov process on the space of gauge orbits, this use of gauge transformations is allowed.
Remark 2.25. By (i) and (ii), the process ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) in Theorem 2.24 is left-continuous with right limits. This is purely a matter of convention: by redefining the values of ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) at the stopping times ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ (t_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ and replacing the interval ( t m , t m + 1 ] (t_m,t_{m+1}] ( t m , t m + 1 ] in (i) with [ t m , t m + 1 ) [t_m,t_{m+1}) [ t m , t m + 1 ) , one obtains an analogous result for a right-continuous process with left limits. This distinction is not important for our purposes since, as noted above, we are ultimately interested only in the projection of ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) onto the space of gauge orbits, and this projection will be continuous.
As stated at the beginning of this subsection, the soft result from Theorem 2.24 will be the main ingredient needed for the existence of the invariant measure from Theorem 1.5 . For this reason, Theorem 2.24 can perhaps be regarded as the most important statement in the article. However, our soft result will not be proven on its own, but together with our hard result Theorem 2.30 . In the following, we first discuss the main definitions and ideas behind the global iteration scheme that leads to our hard estimates. The statement of our hard global well-posedness result will be included after this discussion.
To start off, we assume that our solution ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) has already been constructed up to a stopping time t m t_m t m , where m ≥ 0 m\geq0 m ≥ 0 . We further assume that ( A , Φ ) ( t m ) (A,\Phi)(t_m) ( A , Φ ) ( t m ) has been decomposed into a smooth part ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m ) (A^+,\Phi^+)(t_m) ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m ) and a rough part ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) (A^-,\Phi^-)(t_m) ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) . The size of the smooth part will be measured using
E ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m ) ) ≔ ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x 1 4 + ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 10 , (64) E(A^+(t_m),\Phi^+(t_m))\coloneqq\|F_{A^+}(t_m)\|_{L^2_x}^2+\|\Phi^+(t_m)\|_{L^1_x}^4+\|\Phi^+(t_m)\|_{L^2_x}^2+10, \tag*{(64)} E ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m )) : = ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x 1 4 + ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 10 , (64)
where r ≫ 1 r\gg1 r ≫ 1 is as in (96) and γ 1 > 4 > γ 2 = 3 \gamma_1>4>\gamma_2=3 γ 1 > 4 > γ 2 = 3 are as in (99) . We emphasise that, since γ 1 > γ 2 \gamma_1>\gamma_2 γ 1 > γ 2 and 4 < r 4<r 4 < r , neither the L 4 L^4 L 4 -term nor the L r L^r L r -term is stronger than the other. Later on, we will see that the L 4 L^4 L 4 -term is needed to control the B ( Φ ⊗ D A Φ ) \mathbf{B}(\Phi\otimes\mathbf{D}_A\Phi) B ( Φ ⊗ D A Φ ) -term in (11) , and that the L r L^r L r -term is needed to control all other interactions stemming from the smooth part of the Higgs field. We refer to (64) as the monotone quantity. The reason is that it decreases under the deterministic dynamics10 and, under suitable conditions on the time scale τ m + 1 \tau_{m+1} τ m + 1 , the deterministic decrease on the time interval ( t m , t m + 1 ] (t_m,t_{m+1}] ( t m , t m + 1 ] can be bounded below by
Dec m + 1 ≔ 2 ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t , x 2 ( ( t m , t m + 1 ] ) 2 + C γ 2 , r 1 ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x r ≥ 1 ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x r γ 2 + 2 τ m + 1 + 1 ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 ≥ 1 ( γ 1 ∥ φ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ ∣ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 φ m + 1 + ∣ ∥ L t , x 2 ( ( t m , t m + 1 ] ) 2 ) ∨ C γ 1 , 4 ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 + 2 τ m + 1 . (65) \operatorname{Dec}_{m+1} \coloneqq2\lVert D_{B_{m+1}^{+}}^{*}F_{B_{m+1}^{+}}\rVert_{L_{t,x}^{2}((t_m,t_{m+1}])}^{2}
+ C_{\gamma_{2},r}\mathbf{1}_{\lVert\Phi^{+}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^r}\ge1}\lVert\Phi^{+}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^r}^{\gamma_{2}+2}\tau_{m+1}
+ \mathbf{1}_{\lVert\Phi^{+}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^4}\ge1}\left(\gamma_{1}\lVert\varphi_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_{1}-4}\lVert\lvert D_{B_{m+1}+S_{m+1}}\varphi_{m+1}^{+}\rvert\lVert_{L_{t,x}^{2}((t_m,t_{m+1}])}^{2}\right)
\vee C_{\gamma_{1},4}\lVert\Phi^{+}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_{1}+2}\tau_{m+1}. \tag*{(65)} Dec m + 1 : = 2 ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t , x 2 (( t m , t m + 1 ]) 2 + C γ 2 , r 1 ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x r ≥ 1 ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x r γ 2 + 2 τ m + 1 + 1 ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 ≥ 1 ( γ 1 ∥ φ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥∣ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 φ m + 1 + ∣ ∥ L t , x 2 (( t m , t m + 1 ]) 2 ) ∨ C γ 1 , 4 ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 + 2 τ m + 1 . (65)
Here, B m + 1 + B_{m+1}^{+} B m + 1 + is the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data A + ( t m ) A^{+}(t_m) A + ( t m ) . Furthermore, after replacing the time interval with [ t m , t m + 1 ] [t_m,t_{m+1}] [ t m , t m + 1 ] , S m + 1 S_{m+1} S m + 1 is as in (52) and φ m + 1 + \varphi_{m+1}^{+} φ m + 1 + is the smooth part of the solution of (53) . Finally, C γ 1 , 4 , C γ 2 , r > 0 C_{\gamma_{1},4}, C_{\gamma_{2},r}>0 C γ 1 , 4 , C γ 2 , r > 0 are suitable constants. For more details, see the discussion below (70) and § 6 . The size of the rough part ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) (A^{-},\Phi^{-})(t_m) ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) will be measured using the covariant Hölder norms from Definition 11.5, which use the Yang–Mills gradient flow B m + 1 + B_{m+1}^{+} B m + 1 + starting from A + ( t m ) A^{+}(t_m) A + ( t m ) as a background connection one-form. For the purposes of the current discussion, we encourage the reader to think of the rough part as being of unit size, i.e., that
∥ A − ( t m ) ∥ C A + + ( t m ) , F − ≲ 1 and ∥ Φ − ( t m ) ∥ C A + + ( t m ) − ≲ 1. (66) \lVert A^{-}(t_m)\rVert_{C_{A_{+}^{+}(t_m),F}^{-}} \lesssim1
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\lVert\Phi^{-}(t_m)\rVert_{C_{A_{+}^{+}(t_m)}^{-}} \lesssim1. \tag*{(66)} ∥ A − ( t m ) ∥ C A + + ( t m ) , F − ≲ 1 and ∥ Φ − ( t m ) ∥ C A + + ( t m ) − ≲ 1. (66)
For a more rigorous treatment of the rough part, we refer the reader to Definition 11.6 (as well as the rest of Section 11). After the above discussion of the sizes of the smooth and rough parts, we now turn to the choice of the time scale τ m + 1 \tau_{m+1} τ m + 1 , which will determine the next stopping time t m + 1 ≔ t m + τ m + 1 t_{m+1}\coloneqq t_m+\tau_{m+1} t m + 1 : = t m + τ m + 1 . The most important (but not only) question is how the time scale τ m + 1 \tau_{m+1} τ m + 1 depends on the smooth part ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m ) (A^{+},\Phi^{+})(t_m) ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m ) . To capture this, we make the following definition.
Definition 2.26 (Time scales). Let A + : T 2 → g 2 A^{+}\colon\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathfrak{g}^{2} A + : T 2 → g 2 be a smooth connection one-form and Φ + : T 2 → V \Phi^{+}\colon\mathbb{T}^{2}\to V Φ + : T 2 → V be a smooth Higgs field. Furthermore, let T 0 T_0 T 0 be as in (98) below and let 0 < ε 0 ≤ 10 − 10 0<\varepsilon_0\le10^{-10} 0 < ε 0 ≤ 1 0 − 10 and 0 < δ s t e p ≤ T 0 0<\delta_{\mathrm{step}}\le T_0 0 < δ step ≤ T 0 be small constants that remain to be chosen. Then, we define
T ( 1 ) ( A + , Φ + ) ≔ min { ε 0 ∥ F A + ∥ L x 2 − 1 log ( ∥ F A + ∥ L x 2 ∨ 2 ) , ∥ Φ + ∥ L x γ 0 − γ 0 , δ s t e p , ε 0 } . (67) T^{(1)}(A^{+},\Phi^{+})\coloneqq\min\left\{\varepsilon_0\lVert F_{A^{+}}\rVert_{L_x^2}^{-1}\log\left(\lVert F_{A^{+}}\rVert_{L_x^2}\vee2\right),\lVert\Phi^{+}\rVert_{L_x^{\gamma_0}}^{-\gamma_0},\delta_{\mathrm{step}},\varepsilon_0\right\}. \tag*{(67)} T ( 1 ) ( A + , Φ + ) : = min { ε 0 ∥ F A + ∥ L x 2 − 1 log ( ∥ F A + ∥ L x 2 ∨ 2 ) , ∥ Φ + ∥ L x γ 0 − γ 0 , δ step , ε 0 } . (67) and
T ( 2 ) ( A + , Φ + ) = T ( 2 ) ( A + ) ≔ inf { t > 0 : 2 ∥ D B + ∗ F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ≥ ε 0 t − 1 log ( t − 1 ) } . (68) T^{(2)}(A^{+},\Phi^{+})=T^{(2)}(A^{+})\coloneqq\inf\left\{t>0:2\lVert D_{B^{+}}^{*}F_{B^{+}}\rVert_{L_{t,x}^{2}([0,t])}^{2}\ge\varepsilon_0t^{-1}\log(t^{-1})\right\}. \tag*{(68)} T ( 2 ) ( A + , Φ + ) = T ( 2 ) ( A + ) : = inf { t > 0 : 2 ∥ D B + ∗ F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ≥ ε 0 t − 1 log ( t − 1 ) } . (68) Here, γ 0 > 2 \gamma_0>2 γ 0 > 2 is as in (99) and B + B^{+} B + is the Yang–Mills gradient flow starting from A + A^{+} A + .
For the rest of this discussion, the reader may assume that the time scale τ m + 1 \tau_{m+1} τ m + 1 is given by
τ m + 1 = ( T ( 1 ) ∧ T ( 2 ) ) ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m ) ) . \tau_{m+1}=\left(T^{(1)}\wedge T^{(2)}\right)(A^{+}(t_m),\Phi^{+}(t_m)). τ m + 1 = ( T ( 1 ) ∧ T ( 2 ) ) ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m )) .
In the full definition of our time scale τ m + 1 \tau_{m+1} τ m + 1 (see Definition 11.9), this will be true except in the rare cases in which either the rough part or one of the covariant stochastic objects is much larger than its expected size. With Definition 2.26 at hand, it is now important to ask whether our covariant local theory (from § 3.2 can be used on the time interval ( t m , t m + 1 ] (t_m,t_{m+1}] ( t m , t m + 1 ] . Due to Proposition 2.10 and Theorem 2.19 , the most important question for this is whether we can control ∥ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( ( t m , t m + 1 ] ) \|F_{B_{m+1}^{+}}\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty((t_m,t_{m+1}])} ∥ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ (( t m , t m + 1 ]) , where B m + 1 + B_{m+1}^{+} B m + 1 + is the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data B m + 1 + ( t m ) = A + ( t m ) B_{m+1}^{+}(t_m)=A^{+}(t_m) B m + 1 + ( t m ) = A + ( t m ) . And indeed, by using Lemmas 3.28 , 3.33 , and 3.48 from the body of this article, one has that
∥ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( ( t m , t m + 1 ] ) ≲ τ m + 1 1 / 2 ∥ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( ( t m , t m + 1 ] ) ≲ τ m + 1 ∥ F B m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 + τ m + 1 1 / 2 ∣ log ( τ m + 1 ) ∣ 1 / 2 ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( ( t m , t m + 1 ] ) ≲ ε 0 ∣ log ( τ m + 1 ) ∣ . (69) \begin{aligned}
\|F_{B_{m+1}^{+}}\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty((t_m,t_{m+1}])}
&\lesssim\tau_{m+1}^{1/2}\|F_{B_{m+1}^{+}}\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty((t_m,t_{m+1}])}\\
&\lesssim\tau_{m+1}\|F_{B_{m+1}^{+}}(t_m)\|_{L_x^2}+\tau_{m+1}^{1/2}|\log(\tau_{m+1})|^{1/2}\|D_{B_{m+1}^{+}}^{*}F_{B_{m+1}^{+}}\|_{L_t^2L_x^2((t_m,t_{m+1}])}\\
&\lesssim\sqrt{\varepsilon_0}|\log(\tau_{m+1})|. \tag*{(69)}
\end{aligned} ∥ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ (( t m , t m + 1 ]) ≲ τ m + 1 1/2 ∥ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ (( t m , t m + 1 ]) ≲ τ m + 1 ∥ F B m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 + τ m + 1 1/2 ∣ log ( τ m + 1 ) ∣ 1/2 ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 2 L x 2 (( t m , t m + 1 ]) ≲ ε 0 ∣ log ( τ m + 1 ) ∣. (69)
Remark 2.27. The log-factors in (67) and (68) will be needed in our global iteration scheme. The reason is that the decay mechanism near Yang–Mills connections (see § 1.2 ) relies on their instability, and only the log-factors allow us to venture slightly into the unstable regime.
Remark 2.28. Since the L t 1 L x ∞ L_t^1L_x^\infty L t 1 L x ∞ -norm of the curvature plays a central role in our approach, it is natural to ask why it does not directly appear in the definition of the time scales (Definition 2.26 ). The reason for this is that it appears neither in the monotone quantity (64) nor in its decrease (65) , and including it in the time scales would therefore not fit nicely into our global iteration scheme. In particular, the fact that T ( 2 ) T^{(2)} T ( 2 ) controls D B + ∗ F B + D_{B^{+}}^{*}F_{B^{+}} D B + ∗ F B + will be needed to control several cross-terms in our global iteration scheme; see, e.g. the estimates of (74) and (75) .
Assuming now that Proposition 2.10 and Theorem 2.19 (as well as their more detailed versions from Propositions 5.7 and 8.3 ) can be applied11 on the time interval [ t m , t m + 1 ] [t_m,t_{m+1}] [ t m , t m + 1 ] with the initial data ( A + , A − , Φ + , Φ − ) ( t m ) (A^{+},A^{-},\Phi^{+},\Phi^{-})(t_m) ( A + , A − , Φ + , Φ − ) ( t m ) , we then obtain the maps
g m + 1 , A m + 1 , Φ m + 1 , B m + 1 , S m + 1 , φ m + 1 , B ∘ m + 1 , B ∙ m + 1 , R m + 1 , and r m + 1 , (70) g_{m+1},\ A_{m+1},\ \Phi_{m+1},\ B_{m+1},\ S_{m+1},\ \varphi_{m+1},\ \overset{\circ}{B}_{m+1},\ \overset{\bullet}{B}_{m+1},\ R_{m+1},\ \text{and}\ r_{m+1}, \tag*{(70)} g m + 1 , A m + 1 , Φ m + 1 , B m + 1 , S m + 1 , φ m + 1 , B ∘ m + 1 , B ∙ m + 1 , R m + 1 , and r m + 1 , (70)
which are all defined on [ t m , t m + 1 ] × T 2 [t_m,t_{m+1}]\times\mathbb{T}^2 [ t m , t m + 1 ] × T 2 as follows:
(b) ( A m + 1 , Φ m + 1 ) (A_{m+1},\Phi_{m+1}) ( A m + 1 , Φ m + 1 ) is the solution of the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs equations (11) with initial data g m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ ( A , Φ ) ( t m ) g_{m+1}(t_m)\mathbin{\bullet}(A,\Phi)(t_m) g m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ ( A , Φ ) ( t m ) from Theorem 2.19 . It can be decomposed into A m + 1 = B m + 1 + S m + 1 + B ∘ m + 1 + R m + 1 A_{m+1}=B_{m+1}+S_{m+1}+\overset{\circ}{B}_{m+1}+R_{m+1} A m + 1 = B m + 1 + S m + 1 + B ∘ m + 1 + R m + 1 and Φ m + 1 = φ m + 1 + B ∙ m + 1 + r m + 1 \Phi_{m+1}=\varphi_{m+1}+\overset{\bullet}{B}_{m+1}+r_{m+1} Φ m + 1 = φ m + 1 + B ∙ m + 1 + r m + 1 .
(c) B m + 1 B_{m+1} B m + 1 is the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data g m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ A ( t m ) g_{m+1}(t_m)\mathbin{\bullet}A(t_m) g m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ A ( t m ) from Proposition 2.10 . Furthermore, it can be written as B m + 1 = g m + 1 ∙ ( B m + 1 + + B m + 1 − ) B_{m+1}=g_{m+1}\mathbin{\bullet}(B_{m+1}^{+}+B_{m+1}^{-}) B m + 1 = g m + 1 ∙ ( B m + 1 + + B m + 1 − ) , where the smooth part B m + 1 + B_{m+1}^{+} B m + 1 + is the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data A + ( t m ) A^{+}(t_m) A + ( t m ) and the rough part B m + 1 − B_{m+1}^{-} B m + 1 − is not too large.
(d) ( S m + 1 , φ m + 1 ) (S_{m+1},\varphi_{m+1}) ( S m + 1 , φ m + 1 ) is the solution of (52) –(53) with initial data ( 0 , g m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ Φ ( t m ) ) (0,g_{m+1}(t_m)\mathbin{\bullet}\Phi(t_m)) ( 0 , g m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ Φ ( t m )) . The Higgs component can be further decomposed into φ m + 1 = φ m + 1 + + φ m + 1 − \varphi_{m+1}=\varphi_{m+1}^{+}+\varphi_{m+1}^{-} φ m + 1 = φ m + 1 + + φ m + 1 − , where φ m + 1 + \varphi_{m+1}^{+} φ m + 1 + solves (53) with initial data g m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ Φ + ( t m ) g_{m+1}(t_m)\mathbin{\bullet}\Phi^{+}(t_m) g m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ Φ + ( t m ) (and S S S replaced by S m + 1 S_{m+1} S m + 1 ) and φ m + 1 − \varphi_{m+1}^{-} φ m + 1 − is a rough term.
The properties in (a)–(f) provide us with detailed information on the structure of our solution. Equipped with this information, we can now decide on the definition of the smooth and rough parts ( A + , Φ + ) (A^+,\Phi^+) ( A + , Φ + ) and ( A − , Φ − ) (A^-,\Phi^-) ( A − , Φ − ) . Our initial attempt, which will be revised once in (89) below, is to define
A + ( t ) ≔ ( B m + 1 + S m + 1 ) ( t ) , A − ( t ) ≔ ( B ˚ m + 1 + R m + 1 ) ( t ) , Φ + ( t ) ≔ φ m + 1 ( t ) , Φ − ( t ) ≔ ( B ˚ m + 1 + r m + 1 ) ( t ) (71) \begin{aligned}
A^+(t)&\coloneqq(B_{m+1}+S_{m+1})(t), & A^-(t)&\coloneqq(\mathring{B}_{m+1}+R_{m+1})(t),\\
\Phi^+(t)&\coloneqq\varphi_{m+1}(t), & \Phi^-(t)&\coloneqq(\mathring{B}_{m+1}+r_{m+1})(t) \tag*{(71)}
\end{aligned} A + ( t ) Φ + ( t ) : = ( B m + 1 + S m + 1 ) ( t ) , : = φ m + 1 ( t ) , A − ( t ) Φ − ( t ) : = ( B ˚ m + 1 + R m + 1 ) ( t ) , : = ( B ˚ m + 1 + r m + 1 ) ( t ) (71)
for all t ∈ ( t m , t m + 1 ] t\in(t_m,t_{m+1}] t ∈ ( t m , t m + 1 ] . One important aspect of (70) and (71) is that many of the terms are essentially conditionally independent. To illustrate this in one example, note that the initial data A ( t m ) A(t_m) A ( t m ) is measurable with respect to F t m \mathcal{F}_{t_m} F t m , i.e., the σ \sigma σ -algebra generated by the noises ξ \xi ξ and ζ \zeta ζ up to the stopping time t m t_m t m . Since B m + 1 B_{m+1} B m + 1 is a deterministic Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data g m + 1 ( t m ) ⋅ A ( t m ) g_{m+1}(t_m)\mathbin{\cdot} A(t_m) g m + 1 ( t m ) ⋅ A ( t m ) , this implies that B m + 1 B_{m+1} B m + 1 is essentially12 ^{12} 12 F t m \mathcal{F}_{t_m} F t m -measurable. By the strong Markov property, the noise ζ ( ⋅ + t m ) ∣ [ 0 , ∞ ) \zeta(\mathord{\cdot}+t_m)|_{[0,\infty)} ζ ( ⋅ + t m ) ∣ [ 0 , ∞ ) is independent of F t m \mathcal{F}_{t_m} F t m , and this implies that B m + 1 B_{m+1} B m + 1 is essentially conditionally independent of B ˚ m + 1 \mathring{B}_{m+1} B ˚ m + 1 .
Using the estimates from our covariant local theory, it is relatively easy to control the rough part ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m + 1 ) (A^-,\Phi^-)(t_{m+1}) ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m + 1 ) in our covariant Hölder norms. The main task is then to estimate the monotone quantity
E ( A + ( t m + 1 ) , Φ + ( t m + 1 ) ) = E ( ( B m + 1 + S m + 1 ) ( t m + 1 ) , φ m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) ) , (72) \mathsf{E}(A^+(t_{m+1}),\Phi^+(t_{m+1}))=\mathsf{E}((B_{m+1}+S_{m+1})(t_{m+1}),\varphi_{m+1}(t_{m+1})), \tag*{(72)} E ( A + ( t m + 1 ) , Φ + ( t m + 1 )) = E (( B m + 1 + S m + 1 ) ( t m + 1 ) , φ m + 1 ( t m + 1 )) , (72)
and to hopefully see it decrease from its earlier value E ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m ) ) \mathsf{E}(A^+(t_m),\Phi^+(t_m)) E ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m )) . This task is difficult primarily because the initial datum of ( B m + 1 , φ m + 1 ) (B_{m+1},\varphi_{m+1}) ( B m + 1 , φ m + 1 ) not only contains the gauge transformation of the smooth part ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m ) (A^+,\Phi^+)(t_m) ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m ) , but also the gauge transformation of the rough part ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) (A^-,\Phi^-)(t_m) ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) . That is, the later smooth part ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m + 1 ) (A^+,\Phi^+)(t_{m+1}) ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m + 1 ) contains contributions from the earlier rough part ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) (A^-,\Phi^-)(t_m) ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) . Of course, it is natural to ask whether this is necessary, but there is a good reason for it: Due to the exponential growth in Theorem 2.4 , each term in our solution can only be treated perturbatively for one step of our iteration (or perhaps a bounded number of steps). But all of our non-perturbative arguments can only be used for the smooth part, and hence the rough part has to enter into the smooth part after one step. In order to estimate (72) , it is insufficient to rely only on the covariant Hölder norm of ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) (A^-,\Phi^-)(t_m) ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) , and we instead need to use information on its structure. After noting that (71) also holds at the earlier step in our iteration, this structure is given by ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) = ( B ˚ m , B ˚ m ) ( t m ) + ( R m , r m ) ( t m ) (A^-,\Phi^-)(t_m)=(\mathring{B}_m,\mathring{B}_m)(t_m)+(R_m,r_m)(t_m) ( A − , Φ − ) ( t m ) = ( B ˚ m , B ˚ m ) ( t m ) + ( R m , r m ) ( t m ) . After several approximations, which will be detailed in Sections 5 and 11, we then obtain the following expansions of the terms in (72) . The curvature term can be expanded13 ^{13} 13 as
∥ F B m + 1 + S m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≈ ∥ F B m + 1 − ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 (73) \left\|F_{B_{m+1}+S_{m+1}}(t_{m+1})\right\|_{L_x^2}^2
\approx\left\|F_{B_{m+1}^-}(t_{m+1})\right\|_{L_x^2}^2 \tag*{(73)} ∥ F B m + 1 + S m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≈ F B m + 1 − ( t m + 1 ) L x 2 2 (73)
+ 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B m + 1 + 12 ( t m + 1 ) , curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ( Ad g m + 1 − 1 S m + 1 ) ( t m + 1 ) ⟩ g d x (74) +2\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\left\langle F_{B_{m+1}^+}^{12}(t_{m+1}),\operatorname{curl}B_{m+1}^+(t_{m+1})(\operatorname{Ad}_{g_{m+1}^{-1}}S_{m+1})(t_{m+1})\right\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}\,\mathrm{d}x \tag*{(74)} + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B m + 1 + 12 ( t m + 1 ) , curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ( Ad g m + 1 − 1 S m + 1 ) ( t m + 1 ) ⟩ g d x (74)
+ 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B m + 1 + 12 ( t m + 1 ) , curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F ( t m ) B ˚ m ( t m ) ⟩ g d x (75) +2\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\left\langle F_{B_{m+1}^+}^{12}(t_{m+1}),\operatorname{curl}B_{m+1}^+(t_{m+1})e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^+}^{F}(t_m)}\mathring{B}_m(t_m)\right\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}\,\mathrm{d}x \tag*{(75)} + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B m + 1 + 12 ( t m + 1 ) , curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F ( t m ) B ˚ m ( t m ) ⟩ g d x (75)
+ ∥ curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F ( t m ) B ˚ m ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 (76) +\left\|\operatorname{curl}B_{m+1}^+(t_{m+1})e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^+}^{F}(t_m)}\mathring{B}_m(t_m)\right\|_{L_x^2}^2 \tag*{(76)} + curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F ( t m ) B ˚ m ( t m ) L x 2 2 (76)
+ 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B m + 1 + 12 ( t m + 1 ) , [ ( e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F ( t m ) B ˚ m ( t m ) ) 1 , ( e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F ( t m ) B ˚ m ( t m ) ) 2 ] ⟩ g d x . (77) +2\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\left\langle F_{B_{m+1}^+}^{12}(t_{m+1}),\left[\left(e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^+}^{F}(t_m)}\mathring{B}_m(t_m)\right)^1,\left(e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^+}^{F}(t_m)}\mathring{B}_m(t_m)\right)^2\right]\right\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}\,\mathrm{d}x. \tag*{(77)} + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B m + 1 + 12 ( t m + 1 ) , [ ( e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F ( t m ) B ˚ m ( t m ) ) 1 , ( e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F ( t m ) B ˚ m ( t m ) ) 2 ] ⟩ g d x . (77)
Here, ≈ \approx ≈ is used to indicate that only the leading terms are kept, the covariant curl is as in Notation 3.10, and the covariant heat propagator e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F m + 1 ( t m ) e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^{+}}^{F_{m+1}}(t_m)} e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F m + 1 ( t m ) is as in Notation 5.2. Furthermore, the L x 4 L_x^4 L x 4 -term involving the Higgs field can be expanded as
∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 ≈ ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 (78) \left\lVert\phi_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})\right\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1}
\approx\left\lVert\phi_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})\right\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1} \tag*{(78)} ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) L x 4 γ 1 ≈ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) L x 4 γ 1 (78)
+ γ 1 ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ( ∫ T 2 ∣ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∣ 2 ⟨ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) , ϕ l i n , m + 1 − ( t m + 1 ) ⟩ V d x ) . (79) +\gamma_1\left\lVert\phi_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})\right\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\left(\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\left|\phi_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})\right|^2\left\langle\phi_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1}),\phi_{\mathrm{lin},m+1}^{-}(t_{m+1})\right\rangle_V\,\mathrm{d}x\right). \tag*{(79)} + γ 1 ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ( ∫ T 2 ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) 2 ⟨ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) , ϕ lin , m + 1 − ( t m + 1 ) ⟩ V d x ) . (79)
Here, ϕ l i n , m + 1 − ( t m + 1 ) \phi_{\mathrm{lin},m+1}^{-}(t_{m+1}) ϕ lin , m + 1 − ( t m + 1 ) is defined as g m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) ∙ ( e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ B m ( t m ) ) g_{m+1}(t_{m+1})\mathbin{\bullet}\left(e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^{+}}^{F_{m+1}}(t_m)}\mathbin{\bullet}B_m(t_m)\right) g m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) ∙ ( e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ B m ( t m ) ) , where e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F m + 1 ( t m ) e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^{+}}^{F_{m+1}}(t_m)} e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F m + 1 ( t m ) is as in Notation 5.2. That is, it is the gauge transformation of a covariant linear evolution of B m ( t m ) B_m(t_m) B m ( t m ) . Finally, while the L x r L_x^r L x r -term involving the Higgs field can be expanded similarly, we omit this expansion here. The reason is that, unlike the parameter γ 1 \gamma_1 γ 1 , the parameter γ 2 \gamma_2 γ 2 is smaller than four, and this turns out to make it easier to control the L x r L_x^r L x r -term.
In the following, we discuss the main ideas behind the estimates of (73) –(79) . We first focus on estimates that are sufficient for global well-posedness, but not for the uniform-in-time estimates. The necessary ingredients for the latter will only be discussed at the end of this subsection. We start with the curl-term from (76) , since it will serve as a benchmark for all remaining terms. To determine the expected size of (76) , let us briefly turn back to the non-covariant setting. For the non-covariant linear stochastic object, a direct calculation (in either frequency space or physical space) yields that E [ ∥ ∇ e τ Δ O ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 ] ≲ τ − 1 \mathbb{E}\left[\left\lVert\nabla e^{\tau\Delta}\mathcal{O}(t)\right\rVert_{L^2}^2\right]\lesssim\tau^{-1} E [ ∇ e τ Δ O ( t ) L 2 2 ] ≲ τ − 1 for all t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] t\in[0,1] t ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] and τ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \tau\in(0,1] τ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . We emphasise that there is no log-loss, which only occurs in L ∞ L^\infty L ∞ -based spaces or at the borderline regularity zero. The probabilistic independencies discussed just below (71) suggest that this second-moment estimate may not only hold in the non-covariant setting, but also in the covariant setting. The best estimate one can hope for is therefore
E [ ∥ curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ B m ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 ] ≲ E [ τ m + 1 − 1 ] . (80) \mathbb{E}\left[\left\lVert\operatorname{curl}B_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^{+}}^{F_{m+1}}(t_m)}\mathbin{\bullet}B_m(t_m)\right\rVert_{L_x^2}^2\right]\lesssim\mathbb{E}\left[\tau_{m+1}^{-1}\right]. \tag*{(80)} E [ curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + F m + 1 ( t m ) ∙ B m ( t m ) L x 2 2 ] ≲ E [ τ m + 1 − 1 ] . (80)
The estimate (80) turns out to be true, and it is a consequence of Lemma 10.5 below. However, its proof is more difficult than one may expect. The reason is that we cannot directly use our covariant heat kernel estimates of q B m q_{B_m} q B m and q B m + 1 + q_{B_{m+1}^{+}} q B m + 1 + from Theorem 2.4. Indeed, due to the log-factor on the right-hand side of (69) and the exp-factor in Theorem 2.4, this would only yield an upper bound of the form E [ τ m + 1 − ( 1 + C ε 0 ) ] \mathbb{E}[\tau_{m+1}^{-(1+C\sqrt{\varepsilon_0})}] E [ τ m + 1 − ( 1 + C ε 0 ) ] . And, as can be seen from the discussion in the next paragraph, this upper bound cannot prevent finite-time blowup. In order to prove (80) , we need to rely on the fact that (80) only involves the covariant curl, and not a general covariant derivative. As will be shown in Lemma 3.32 below, the geometric evolution equation for the covariant curl primarily involves the covariant Laplacian and the covariant derivatives of the curvature, but not the curvature term itself as in (54) . Together with the control provided by the decrease (65) , this allows us to treat the covariant derivatives of the curvature perturbatively and replace the pointwise estimates for q B m q_{B_m} q B m and q B m + 1 + q_{B_{m+1}^{+}} q B m + 1 + with the diamagnetic inequalities for p B m p_{B_m} p B m and p B m + 1 + p_{B_{m+1}^{+}} p B m + 1 + , which ultimately leads to the desired estimate (80) .
We now discuss why the exponent − 1 -1 − 1 in the factor τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 appearing in (80) is significant for our global iteration scheme. The discussion of this exponent will be entirely heuristic, and making this discussion more precise will occupy much of Section 11. First, we assume14 that the time increment τ m + 1 \tau_{m+1} τ m + 1 is always determined by the first argument in (67) , i.e., that
τ m + 1 = ε 0 ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 − 1 log ( ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 ∨ 2 ) \tau_{m+1}=\varepsilon_0\left\lVert F_{A_+}(t_m)\right\rVert_{L_x^2}^{-1}\log\left(\left\lVert F_{A_+}(t_m)\right\rVert_{L_x^2}\vee2\right) τ m + 1 = ε 0 ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 − 1 log ( ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 ∨ 2 )
for all m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 . In that case, after bounding (73) by the squared L x 2 L_x^2 L x 2 -norm of F B m + 1 + ( t m ) F_{B_{m+1}^{+}}(t_m) F B m + 1 + ( t m ) , omitting the contributions of (74) , (75) , and (77) , and omitting all expectations, one obtains an estimate of the form
∥ F A + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≤ ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 + C τ m + 1 − 1 ≤ ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 + C ε 0 − 1 ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 log ( ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 ∨ 2 ) − 1 . (81) \begin{aligned}
\lVert F_{A_+}(t_{m+1})\rVert_{L_x^2}^2 &\leq\lVert F_{A_+}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2+C\tau_{m+1}^{-1}\\
&\leq\lVert F_{A_+}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2+C\varepsilon_0^{-1}\lVert F_{A_+}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2\log\bigl(\lVert F_{A_+}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^2}\vee2\bigr)^{-1}. \tag*{(81)}
\end{aligned} ∥ F A + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≤ ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 + C τ m + 1 − 1 ≤ ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 + C ε 0 − 1 ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 log ( ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 ∨ 2 ) − 1 . (81)
By iterating (81) until the time t = 1 t=1 t = 1 is reached15 , we then obtain
∥ F A + ( 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≤ ∥ F A + ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + C ( ε 0 − 1 ∥ F A + ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 log ( ∥ F A + ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ∨ 2 ) − 1 ) 2 . (82) \lVert F_{A_+}(1)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2\leq\lVert F_{A_+}(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2+C\left(\varepsilon_0^{-1}\lVert F_{A_+}(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}\log\bigl(\lVert F_{A_+}(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}\vee2\bigr)^{-1}\right)^2. \tag*{(82)} ∥ F A + ( 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≤ ∥ F A + ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + C ( ε 0 − 1 ∥ F A + ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 log ( ∥ F A + ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ∨ 2 ) − 1 ) 2 . (82)
The estimate (82) is sufficient for global well-posedness and, upon further iteration, even yields a growth rate of the form exp ( C t 1 / 3 ) \exp(Ct^{1/3}) exp ( C t 1/3 ) . We emphasise, however, that a worse exponent of ∥ F A + ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 \lVert F_{A_+}(0)\rVert_{L_x^2} ∥ F A + ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 in (82) would not allow us to rule out finite-time blowup. As a result, we cannot allow for a worse exponent on the right-hand side of (80) , and thus τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 is a natural benchmark in our analysis. After this extensive discussion of (76) , we now turn to a brief discussion of the remaining terms in (73) –(79) . In this discussion, we only try to convey the main ideas, but will often neglect various technical difficulties.
Estimate of (73) : In order to control the L 2 L^2 L 2 -norm of F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) F_{B^+_{m+1}}(t_{m+1}) F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) , we use the monotonicity formula for the Yang–Mills gradient flow. It implies that
∥ F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 = ∥ F B m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 − 2 ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( [ t m , t m + 1 ] ) 2 . (83) \lVert F_{B^+_{m+1}}(t_{m+1})\rVert_{L_x^2}^2=\lVert F_{B^+_{m+1}}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2-2\lVert D^*_{B^+_{m+1}}F_{B^+_{m+1}}\rVert_{L_t^2L_x^2([t_m,t_{m+1}])}^2. \tag*{(83)} ∥ F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 2 = ∥ F B m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 2 2 − 2 ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ([ t m , t m + 1 ]) 2 . (83)
The first summand in (83) appears in our monotone quantity (64) at the time t = t m t=t_m t = t m . The second summand in (83) appears in our decrease (65) , and it will be used to absorb several different contributions.
Estimate of (74) : By using integration by parts and the Ad-invariance of the inner product on g \mathfrak{g} g , one obtains that
∣ ( 2.46 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ S m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 . \lvert(2.46)\rvert\lesssim\lVert D^*_{B^+_{m+1}}F_{B^+_{m+1}}(t_{m+1})\rVert_{L_x^2}\lVert S_{m+1}(t_{m+1})\rVert_{L_x^2}. ∣( 2.46 )∣ ≲ ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ S m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 .
The first factor can essentially be estimated by τ m + 1 − 1 / 2 ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( [ t m , t m + 1 ] ) \tau_{m+1}^{-1/2}\lVert D^*_{B^+_{m+1}}F_{B^+_{m+1}}\rVert_{L_t^2L_x^2([t_m,t_{m+1}])} τ m + 1 − 1/2 ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ([ t m , t m + 1 ]) (see Lemma 4.13 below), which involves the curvature term in the decrease (65) . In the equation for S m + 1 S_{m+1} S m + 1 (see (52) ), the largest term is B ( φ m + 1 + ⊗ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 φ m + 1 + ) \mathbf{B}(\varphi^+_{m+1}\otimes D_{B_{m+1}+S_{m+1}}\varphi^+_{m+1}) B ( φ m + 1 + ⊗ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 φ m + 1 + ) . Using our covariant Schauder estimates, the resulting contribution to the L 2 L^2 L 2 -norm of S m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) S_{m+1}(t_{m+1}) S m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) can then essentially be bounded by
τ m + 1 1 / 2 ∥ B ( φ m + 1 + ⊗ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 φ m + 1 + ) ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( [ t m , t m + 1 ] ) , \tau_{m+1}^{1/2}\lVert\mathbf{B}(\varphi^+_{m+1}\otimes D_{B_{m+1}+S_{m+1}}\varphi^+_{m+1})\rVert_{L_t^2L_x^2([t_m,t_{m+1}])}, τ m + 1 1/2 ∥ B ( φ m + 1 + ⊗ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 φ m + 1 + ) ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ([ t m , t m + 1 ]) ,
which involves the decrease of the L 4 L^4 L 4 -term appearing in (65) . Provided16 that γ 1 > 4 \gamma_1>4 γ 1 > 4 , we can then use Young’s inequality to absorb the contribution of (74) in the decrease.
Estimate of (75) : As in our estimate of (74) , we first use integration by parts. Then, we use that B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) B^+_{m+1}(t_{m+1}) B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) and ∘ B m ( t m ) {}^{\circ}B_m(t_m) ∘ B m ( t m ) are essentially17 probabilistically independent, which allows us to control (75) using moment and covariant heat kernel estimates, as well as our previous estimates of D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) D^*_{B^+_{m+1}}F_{B^+_{m+1}}(t_{m+1}) D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) .
Estimate of (77) : We now turn to the interaction involving F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) F_{B^+_{m+1}}(t_{m+1}) F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) and two factors of ∘ B m ( t m ) {}^{\circ}B_m(t_m) ∘ B m ( t m ) , which is perhaps the most important term among (73) –(79) . A naïve estimate yields
∣ ( 2.49 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∘ B m ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 2 . \lvert(2.49)\rvert\lesssim\lVert F_{B^+_{m+1}}(t_{m+1})\rVert_{L_x^2}\lVert e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B^+_{m+1}(t_{m+1})}}{}^{\circ}B_m(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^4}^2. ∣( 2.49 )∣ ≲ ∥ F B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∘ B m ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 2 .
By using the definition of T ( 1 ) T^{(1)} T ( 1 ) from (67) , the first factor can be estimated by τ m + 1 − 1 ∣ log ( τ m + 1 ) ∣ \tau_{m+1}^{-1}|\log(\tau_{m+1})| τ m + 1 − 1 ∣ log ( τ m + 1 ) ∣ . Thus, even if any logarithmic losses from B ˚ m ( t m ) \mathring{B}_m(t_m) B ˚ m ( t m ) are ignored, the naïve estimate falls short of our τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 -benchmark. Rather than estimating (77) directly, we rely on the geometric identity
2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B m + 1 12 ( t m + 1 ) , [ X 1 , X 2 ] ⟩ g d x = ∥ curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) X ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ div B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) X ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ D B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) X ∥ L x 2 2 (84) 2\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\langle F_{B_{m+1}^{12}}(t_{m+1}),[X_1,X_2]\rangle_g\,\mathrm{d}x
= \lVert\operatorname{curl}_{B_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})}X\rVert_{L_x^2}^2+\lVert\operatorname{div}_{B_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})}X\rVert_{L_x^2}^2-\lVert D_{B_{m+1}^{+}(t_{m+1})}X\rVert_{L_x^2}^2 \tag*{(84)} 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B m + 1 12 ( t m + 1 ) , [ X 1 , X 2 ] ⟩ g d x = ∥ curl B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) X ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ div B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) X ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ D B m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) X ∥ L x 2 2 (84)
with X = e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + ( t m ) ϕ B m ( t m ) X=e^{\tau_{m+1}\Delta_{B_{m+1}^{+}(t_m)}}\boldsymbol{\phi}_{B_m}(t_m) X = e τ m + 1 Δ B m + 1 + ( t m ) ϕ B m ( t m ) , which is proven in Lemma 3.24 below. The curl-term has already been estimated in (80) . In two dimensions, the curl and divergence of the covariant stochastic object have the same law (see Lemma 9.17), and hence the div-term satisfies the same estimate as the curl-term. Finally, due to the negative sign, the last summand in (84) can be bounded from above by zero. All in all, we obtain an upper bound of the expectation of (77) by τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 .
Since this will be important in our proof of uniform-in-time estimates, which will be discussed momentarily, we emphasise that the expectation of (77) cannot be bounded from below by − τ m + 1 − 1 -\tau_{m+1}^{-1} − τ m + 1 − 1 . That is, (77) can be rather negative.
Estimate of (78) : For any p ≥ 2 p\ge2 p ≥ 2 , the L p L^p L p -norm of ϕ m + 1 + \phi^+_{m+1} ϕ m + 1 + can be estimated using a covariant monotonicity formula (see Proposition 4.4 ). The covariant Laplacian in (53) leads to smoothing, and the cubic nonlinearity in (53) leads to decay. Altogether, we obtain
∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 ≤ ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − c ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 + 2 τ m + 1 − c ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ ∣ ϕ m + 1 + ∣ ∥ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 ϕ m + 1 + ∥ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ t m , t m + 1 ] ) 2 . \begin{aligned}
\lVert\phi^+_{m+1}(t_{m+1})\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1}
&\le\lVert\phi^+_{m+1}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1}
-c\lVert\phi^+_{m+1}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1+2}\tau_{m+1}\\
&\quad-c\lVert\phi^+_{m+1}(t_{m+1})\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1-4}
\big\lVert\lvert\phi^+_{m+1}\rvert\lVert D_{B_{m+1}+S_{m+1}}\phi^+_{m+1}\rVert\big\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}([t_m,t_{m+1}])}^{2}.
\end{aligned} ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 ≤ ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − c ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 + 2 τ m + 1 − c ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ∣ ϕ m + 1 + ∣ ∥ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 ϕ m + 1 + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ t m , t m + 1 ]) 2 .
We emphasise that the ∣ ϕ m + 1 + ∣ ∥ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 ϕ m + 1 + ∥ \lvert\phi^+_{m+1}\rvert\lVert D_{B_{m+1}+S_{m+1}}\phi^+_{m+1}\rVert ∣ ϕ m + 1 + ∣ ∥ D B m + 1 + S m + 1 ϕ m + 1 + ∥ -term is the reason for including the ∥ ⋅ ∥ L 4 γ 1 \lVert\cdot\rVert_{L^4}^{\gamma_1} ∥ ⋅ ∥ L 4 γ 1 -term in the monotone quantity (64) , and this term was already used in our estimate of (74) .
Estimate of (79) : Recall from below (79) that ϕ l i n , m + 1 − \phi^-_{\mathrm{lin},m+1} ϕ lin , m + 1 − is defined using ϕ B m ( t m ) \boldsymbol{\phi}_{B_m}(t_m) ϕ B m ( t m ) . Since ϕ B m ( t m ) \boldsymbol{\phi}_{B_m}(t_m) ϕ B m ( t m ) is essentially18 probabilistically independent of ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) \phi^+_{m+1}(t_{m+1}) ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) , we can then control the integral in (79) using moment and covariant heat kernel estimates. The first moment of this contribution is then bounded, up to the preceding approximations, by
∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 × τ m 1 / 2 ∥ ( ∣ ϕ m + 1 + ∣ 2 ϕ m + 1 + ) ( t m + 1 ) ∥ L x 2 ≲ τ m 1 / 2 ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 6 3 . (85) \lVert\phi^+_{m+1}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\times\tau_m^{1/2}\big\lVert(\lvert\phi^+_{m+1}\rvert^2\phi^+_{m+1})(t_{m+1})\big\rVert_{L_x^2}\lesssim\tau_m^{1/2}\lVert\phi^+_{m+1}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\lVert\phi^+_{m+1}(t_m)\rVert_{L_x^6}^{3}. \tag*{(85)} ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 × τ m 1/2 (∣ ϕ m + 1 + ∣ 2 ϕ m + 1 + ) ( t m + 1 ) L x 2 ≲ τ m 1/2 ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) ∥ L x 6 3 . (85)
In passing from ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) \phi^+_{m+1}(t_{m+1}) ϕ m + 1 + ( t m + 1 ) to ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) \phi^+_{m+1}(t_m) ϕ m + 1 + ( t m ) , we also used the covariant monotonicity formula. The reason behind the τ m 1 / 2 \tau_m^{1/2} τ m 1/2 -factor is that ϕ B m ( t m ) \boldsymbol{\phi}_{B_m}(t_m) ϕ B m ( t m ) should behave like a covariant Gaussian free field, and we therefore should see a covariant H − 1 H^{-1} H − 1 -norm of the cubic nonlinearity. But, due to parabolic scaling, we can gain a factor of τ m 1 / 2 \tau_m^{1/2} τ m 1/2 by using the L 2 L^2 L 2 -norm. The fact that the gain in (85) involves the previous time increment τ m \tau_m τ m , and not the current time increment τ m + 1 \tau_{m+1} τ m + 1 , makes the final estimate of (85) rather technical (see Lemma 11.19). However, the desired upper bound by τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 can eventually be deduced using the upper bound on T ( 1 ) T^{(1)} T ( 1 ) from (67) involving the Higgs field.
Altogether, one obtains an estimate of the schematic form19
E ( A + ( t m + 1 ) , Φ + ( t m + 1 ) ) ≤ E ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m ) ) − 1 4 Dec m + 1 + C τ m + 1 − 1 + C . (86) \mathbb{E}\bigl(A^+(t_{m+1}),\Phi^+(t_{m+1})\bigr)\le\mathbb{E}\bigl(A^+(t_m),\Phi^+(t_m)\bigr)-\frac{1}{4}\operatorname{Dec}_{m+1}+C\tau_{m+1}^{-1}+C. \tag*{(86)} E ( A + ( t m + 1 ) , Φ + ( t m + 1 ) ) ≤ E ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m ) ) − 4 1 Dec m + 1 + C τ m + 1 − 1 + C . (86)
For the precise formulation of our estimate of E ( A + ( t m + 1 ) , Φ + ( t m + 1 ) ) \mathbb{E}(A^{+}(t_{m+1}),\Phi^{+}(t_{m+1})) E ( A + ( t m + 1 ) , Φ + ( t m + 1 )) , we refer the reader to Section 11; see Propositions 11.21, 11.25, and 11.32. To see whether the τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 -term can be absorbed into the Dec m + 1 \operatorname{Dec}_{m+1} Dec m + 1 -term, we first recall the time scales from Definition 2.26 . The δ s t e p \delta_{\mathrm{step}} δ step - and ε 0 \varepsilon_{0} ε 0 -terms in (67) can be ignored, since they can only be the minimum in (67) when the solution is bounded. When our stopping criterion is triggered by the ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L r γ \lVert\Phi^{+}(t_m)\rVert_{L^\gamma_r} ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L r γ -term from (67) , the ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L r γ 2 + 2 τ m + 1 − 1 \lVert\Phi^{+}(t_m)\rVert_{L^r}^{\gamma_2+2}\tau_{m+1}^{-1} ∥ Φ + ( t m ) ∥ L r γ 2 + 2 τ m + 1 − 1 -term in the decrease will allow us to beat τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 ; see Lemma 11.27. Furthermore, when our stopping criterion is triggered by the ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L 2 \lVert D^*_{B_{m+1}^{+}}F_{B_{m+1}^{+}}\rVert_{L^2} ∥ D B m + 1 + ∗ F B m + 1 + ∥ L 2 -term from (68) , the curvature term in the decrease will allow us to beat τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 ; see also Lemma 11.27. The only case in which the decrease is unable to beat τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 is when our stopping criterion is triggered by the ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L 2 \lVert F_{A^{+}(t_m)}\rVert_{L^2} ∥ F A + ( t m ) ∥ L 2 -term from (67) , and this is for a good reason: If the initial connection one-form A + ( t m ) A^{+}(t_m) A + ( t m ) is close to a Yang–Mills connection and Φ + ( t m ) \Phi^{+}(t_m) Φ + ( t m ) is close to zero, then ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m ) (A^{+},\Phi^{+})(t_m) ( A + , Φ + ) ( t m ) is close to a stationary point of the Yang–Mills–Higgs gradient flow. In that case, the decrease from the deterministic dynamics may be too small to absorb the τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 -term.
We emphasize that the failure to absorb the τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 -term into the Dec m + 1 \operatorname{Dec}_{m+1} Dec m + 1 -term does not rule out a proof of global well-posedness based on (86) . Indeed, this obstruction only arises when the time step is determined by the curvature term in (67) , placing us in the regime discussed around (2.53)–(2.54). However, the obstruction shows that (86) , by itself, is insufficient for uniform-in-time estimates.
To obtain uniform-in-time estimates, we need to exploit our decay mechanism near Yang–Mills connections, which was briefly discussed in § 1.2 . To motivate this decay mechanism further, we briefly examine a finite-dimensional toy model. In this toy model, M ∈ R n × n M \in\mathbb{R}^{n \times n} M ∈ R n × n is a symmetric matrix with eigenvalues ( λ j ) j = 1 n (\lambda_j)_{j=1}^{n} ( λ j ) j = 1 n , W W W is an R n \mathbb{R}^{n} R n -valued standard Brownian motion, and X X X is a solution to the SDE
d X = − M X d t + d W , X ( 0 ) = 0. (87) \mathrm{d}X=-MX\,\mathrm{d}t+\mathrm{d}W,\qquad X(0)=0. \tag*{(87)} d X = − M X d t + d W , X ( 0 ) = 0. (87)
We note that (87) is the Langevin equation corresponding to the quadratic energy 1 2 ⟨ M X , X ⟩ \frac{1}{2}\langle MX,X\rangle 2 1 ⟨ M X , X ⟩ . Using Itô’s isometry, one then easily obtains that
E ⟨ M X ( t ) , X ( t ) ⟩ = 1 2 ∑ j = 1 n ( 1 − e − 2 λ j t ) . (88) \mathbb{E}\langle MX(t),X(t)\rangle=\frac{1}{2}\sum_{j=1}^{n}(1-\mathrm{e}^{-2\lambda_jt}). \tag*{(88)} E ⟨ M X ( t ) , X ( t )⟩ = 2 1 j = 1 ∑ n ( 1 − e − 2 λ j t ) . (88)
For any negative eigenvalue λ j < 0 \lambda_j<0 λ j < 0 , the summand 1 − e − 2 λ j t 1-\mathrm{e}^{-2\lambda_jt} 1 − e − 2 λ j t is negative and tends to − ∞ -\infty − ∞ . In particular, provided that M M M is indefinite, (88) eventually becomes negative.
To connect the toy problem back to the Yang–Mills–Higgs model, we note that Yang–Mills connections with large curvature are unstable (see § 5.5 ). Based on our analysis of (88) , we then hope that the combined contribution of (2.48)–(2.49), which comes from the Hessian of the Yang–Mills energy, is negative. Unfortunately, it is difficult to exhibit our decay mechanism directly in (2.48)–(2.49). To see why, recall that we are currently only thinking of B m + 1 + B^{+}_{m+1} B m + 1 + as being close to a Yang–Mills connection, which does not imply the same for B m + 1 − B^{-}_{m+1} B m + 1 − . Since B ˚ m + 1 \mathring{B}_{m+1} B ˚ m + 1 is defined using B m B_m B m , and not B m + 1 B_{m+1} B m + 1 , it is then hard to exhibit decay in (2.48)–(2.49). For this reason, we exhibit our decay mechanism by using a part of the stochastic object Θ ˚ B m + 1 \mathring{\Theta}_{B_{m+1}} Θ ˚ B m + 1 , i.e., a part of the stochastic object on our current time interval. To be more precise, we introduce a modified version of the global iteration scheme discussed above. In the case when the decrease cannot absorb the τ m + 1 − 1 \tau_{m+1}^{-1} τ m + 1 − 1 -term, and only in this case, the iterates A + ( t m + 1 ) A^{+}(t_{m+1}) A + ( t m + 1 ) and A − ( t m + 1 ) A^{-}(t_{m+1}) A − ( t m + 1 ) are replaced by
A ~ + ( t m + 1 ) ≔ A + ( t m + 1 ) + e ( t m + 1 − t m + 1 / 2 ) Δ B m + 1 ( t m + 1 / 2 ) F Θ ˚ B m + 1 ( t m + 1 / 2 ) , \widetilde{A}^{+}(t_{m+1})\coloneqq A^{+}(t_{m+1})+\mathrm{e}^{(t_{m+1}-t_{m+1/2})\Delta^{F}_{B_{m+1}(t_{m+1/2})}}\mathring{\Theta}_{B_{m+1}}(t_{m+1/2}), A + ( t m + 1 ) : = A + ( t m + 1 ) + e ( t m + 1 − t m + 1/2 ) Δ B m + 1 ( t m + 1/2 ) F Θ ˚ B m + 1 ( t m + 1/2 ) ,
A ~ − ( t m + 1 ) ≔ A − ( t m + 1 ) − e ( t m + 1 − t m + 1 / 2 ) Δ B m + 1 ( t m + 1 / 2 ) F Θ ˚ B m + 1 ( t m + 1 / 2 ) . (89) \widetilde{A}^{-}(t_{m+1})\coloneqq A^{-}(t_{m+1})-\mathrm{e}^{(t_{m+1}-t_{m+1/2})\Delta^{F}_{B_{m+1}(t_{m+1/2})}}\mathring{\Theta}_{B_{m+1}}(t_{m+1/2}). \tag*{(89)} A − ( t m + 1 ) : = A − ( t m + 1 ) − e ( t m + 1 − t m + 1/2 ) Δ B m + 1 ( t m + 1/2 ) F Θ ˚ B m + 1 ( t m + 1/2 ) . (89)
Here, the intermediate time t m + 1 / 2 t_{m+1/2} t m + 1/2 is defined as the midpoint between t m t_m t m and t m + 1 t_{m+1} t m + 1 . The reason for using e ( t m + 1 − t m + 1 / 2 ) Δ B m + 1 ( t m + 1 / 2 ) F Θ ˚ B m + 1 ( t m + 1 / 2 ) \mathrm{e}^{(t_{m+1}-t_{m+1/2})\Delta^{F}_{B_{m+1}(t_{m+1/2})}}\mathring{\Theta}_{B_{m+1}}(t_{m+1/2}) e ( t m + 1 − t m + 1/2 ) Δ B m + 1 ( t m + 1/2 ) F Θ ˚ B m + 1 ( t m + 1/2 ) , and not just Θ ˚ B m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) \mathring{\Theta}_{B_{m+1}}(t_{m+1}) Θ ˚ B m + 1 ( t m + 1 ) , is that the latter object is20 not smooth. For a complete and rigorous definition of our modified global iteration scheme, we refer the reader to Section 11.3. Once the modification (89) has been included, the desired decay can be obtained using the following proposition.
Proposition 2.29 (Decay mechanism near Yang–Mills connections). Let C 1 , C 2 > 0 C_1,C_2>0 C 1 , C 2 > 0 be any positive constants. Furthermore, let the time T > 0 T>0 T > 0 and the constants C , c > 0 C,c>0 C , c > 0 be sufficiently small depending on C 1 C_1 C 1 , C 2 C_2 C 2 , and the parameters in (96) . Finally, let B : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 B:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 be a smooth Yang–Mills gradient flow satisfying the same assumption as in our covariant local theory, i.e., (49) , as well as the bounds
∥ D B ∗ F B ∥ L t , x 2 ( ( 0 , T ] ) ≤ C 1 T . (90) \lVert D_B^*F_B\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}((0,T])}\leq\frac{C_1}{\sqrt{T}} . \tag*{(90)} ∥ D B ∗ F B ∥ L t , x 2 (( 0 , T ]) ≤ T C 1 . (90) and
inf t ∈ ( 0 , T ] ∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L 2 = ∥ F B ( T ) ∥ L 2 ≥ C 2 ∣ log T ∣ T . (91) \inf_{t\in(0,T]}\lVert F_B(t)\rVert_{L^2}=\lVert F_B(T)\rVert_{L^2}\geq C_2\frac{\lvert\log T\rvert}{T}. \tag*{(91)} t ∈ ( 0 , T ] inf ∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L 2 = ∥ F B ( T ) ∥ L 2 ≥ C 2 T ∣ log T ∣ . (91) Then, we have that
E ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B 12 ( T ) , [ ( e ( T / 2 ) Δ B ( T / 2 ) F ρ B ( T / 2 ) ) 1 , ( e ( T / 2 ) Δ B ( T / 2 ) F ρ B ( T / 2 ) ) 2 ] g ⟩ d x ≤ − C ∣ log T ∣ 1 + c T . (92) \mathbb{E}\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\left\langle F_B^{12}(T),\left[\left(e^{(T/2)\Delta_{B(T/2)}^F}\rho_B(T/2)\right)^1,\left(e^{(T/2)\Delta_{B(T/2)}^F}\rho_B(T/2)\right)^2\right]_{\mathfrak{g}}\right\rangle\,\mathrm{d}x
\leq-C\frac{\lvert\log T\rvert^{1+c}}{T}. \tag*{(92)} E ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B 12 ( T ) , [ ( e ( T /2 ) Δ B ( T /2 ) F ρ B ( T /2 ) ) 1 , ( e ( T /2 ) Δ B ( T /2 ) F ρ B ( T /2 ) ) 2 ] g ⟩ d x ≤ − C T ∣ log T ∣ 1 + c . (92)
Our assumptions in (90) and (91) imply that the average size of D B ∗ F B D_B^*F_B D B ∗ F B on the time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] is much smaller than the minimal size of F B F_B F B . Since Yang–Mills connections are solutions of D B ∗ F B = 0 D_B^*F_B=0 D B ∗ F B = 0 , one may then interpret (90) and (91) as saying that B B B is almost a Yang–Mills connection. The idea behind the proof of Proposition 2.29 is to first use Proposition 2.8 or, more precisely, Proposition 4.51. Using this, we can approximate the covariant heat kernel ρ B \rho_B ρ B using the explicit kernel s \mathfrak{s} s and parallel transport. After this approximation, the estimate (92) can be obtained using a rather explicit calculation; see Section 10.2.
As we will see in Section 11, a combination of our earlier estimates of (73) –(79) and the decay mechanism from Proposition 2.29 can be used to prove a hard global well-posedness result, which is the subject of the following theorem. In its statement, all explicit and implicit constants may depend on the parameters from (96) and (99) .
Theorem 2.30 (Hard global well-posedness and uniform-in-time estimates). Let A 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) A_0\in C_x^{-\kappa}(\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2) A 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 ) and Φ 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , V ) \Phi_0\in C_x^{-\kappa}(\mathbb{T}^2,V) Φ 0 ∈ C x − κ ( T 2 , V ) . Then, there exist connection one-forms A A A and A ~ + \widetilde{A}^+ A + , a genuine one-form A ~ − \widetilde{A}^- A − , and Higgs fields Φ \Phi Φ , Φ ~ + \widetilde{\Phi}^+ Φ + , and Φ ~ − \widetilde{\Phi}^- Φ − , all of which belong to L t , l o c ∞ C x − κ ( [ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 , W ) L^\infty_{t,\mathrm{loc}}C_x^{-\kappa}([0,\infty)\times\mathbb{T}^2,W) L t , loc ∞ C x − κ ([ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 , W ) with W = g 2 W=\mathfrak{g}^2 W = g 2 or W = V W=V W = V , and stopping times ( t ~ m ) m = 0 ∞ (\widetilde{t}_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ starting at t ~ 0 = 0 \widetilde{t}_0=0 t 0 = 0 and a.s. converging to infinity, which satisfy the following properties:
(i) (Stochastic YMH equations) On each time interval ( t ~ m , t ~ m + 1 ] (\widetilde{t}_m,\widetilde{t}_{m+1}] ( t m , t m + 1 ] , where m ≥ 0 m\geq0 m ≥ 0 , ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) solves (11) . To be more precise, it is the limit of the smooth, gauge covariant approximations from (44) in C t 0 C x − κ ( ( t ~ m , t ~ m + 1 ] × T 2 × g 2 × V ) C_t^0C_x^{-\kappa}((\widetilde{t}_m,\widetilde{t}_{m+1}]\times\mathbb{T}^2\times\mathfrak{g}^2\times V) C t 0 C x − κ (( t m , t m + 1 ] × T 2 × g 2 × V ) .
(ii) (Initial conditions and right-limits) The initial value ( A ( 0 ) , Φ ( 0 ) ) (A(0),\Phi(0)) ( A ( 0 ) , Φ ( 0 )) is equal to ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) (A_0,\Phi_0) ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) . Furthermore, for each m ≥ 0 m\geq0 m ≥ 0 , the right-limit ( A ( t ~ m + ) , Φ ( t ~ m + ) ) (A(\widetilde{t}_m+),\Phi(\widetilde{t}_m+)) ( A ( t m + ) , Φ ( t m + )) exists in C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 × V ) C_x^{-\kappa}(\mathbb{T}^2,\mathfrak{g}^2\times V) C x − κ ( T 2 , g 2 × V ) . This right-limit belongs to the initial data class J ~ t ~ m + 1 − t ~ m \widetilde{\mathcal{J}}_{\widetilde{t}_{m+1}-\widetilde{t}_m} J t m + 1 − t m defined in (40) and is gauge-equivalent to ( A ( t ~ m ) , Φ ( t ~ m ) ) (A(\widetilde{t}_m),\Phi(\widetilde{t}_m)) ( A ( t m ) , Φ ( t m )) , i.e., there exists a g m + 1 ∈ G − 1 g_{m+1}\in\mathcal{G}_{-1} g m + 1 ∈ G − 1 such that ( A ( t ~ m + ) , Φ ( t ~ m + ) ) = g m + 1 ⋅ ( A ( t ~ m ) , Φ ( t ~ m ) ) (A(\widetilde{t}_m+),\Phi(\widetilde{t}_m+))=g_{m+1}\cdot(A(\widetilde{t}_m),\Phi(\widetilde{t}_m)) ( A ( t m + ) , Φ ( t m + )) = g m + 1 ⋅ ( A ( t m ) , Φ ( t m )) .
(iii) (Decomposition) For all m ≥ 1 m\geq1 m ≥ 1 , we have the decompositions A ( t ~ m ) = A ~ + ( t ~ m ) + A ~ − ( t ~ m ) A(\widetilde{t}_m)=\widetilde{A}^+(\widetilde{t}_m)+\widetilde{A}^-(\widetilde{t}_m) A ( t m ) = A + ( t m ) + A − ( t m ) and Φ ( t ~ m ) = Φ ~ + ( t ~ m ) + Φ ~ − ( t ~ m ) \Phi(\widetilde{t}_m)=\widetilde{\Phi}^+(\widetilde{t}_m)+\widetilde{\Phi}^-(\widetilde{t}_m) Φ ( t m ) = Φ + ( t m ) + Φ − ( t m ) into smooth and rough parts.
(iv) (Uniform-in-time estimates for the smooth part ) For all p ≥ 1 p \ge1 p ≥ 1 , it holds that
sup m ≥ 1 E [ E ( A ~ + ( t ~ m ) , Φ ~ + ( t ~ m ) ) p ] ≤ C ( A 0 , Φ 0 , κ , p ) , \sup_{m \ge1} \mathbb{E}\left[\mathcal{E}(\widetilde{A}^{+}(\widetilde{t}_m),\widetilde{\Phi}^{+}(\widetilde{t}_m))^{p}\right] \le C(A_0,\Phi_0,\kappa,p), m ≥ 1 sup E [ E ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m ) ) p ] ≤ C ( A 0 , Φ 0 , κ , p ) ,
lim sup m → ∞ E [ E ( A ~ + ( t ~ m ) , Φ ~ + ( t ~ m ) ) p ] ≤ C ( κ , p ) . \limsup_{m \to\infty} \mathbb{E}\left[\mathcal{E}(\widetilde{A}^{+}(\widetilde{t}_m),\widetilde{\Phi}^{+}(\widetilde{t}_m))^{p}\right] \le C(\kappa,p). m → ∞ lim sup E [ E ( A + ( t m ) , Φ + ( t m ) ) p ] ≤ C ( κ , p ) .
We emphasise that, in contrast to the bound on the supremum, the bound on the limit superior does not depend on the initial data ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) (A_0,\Phi_0) ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) .
(v) (Uniform-in-time estimates for the rough part ) For all p ≥ 1 p \ge1 p ≥ 1 , it holds that
sup m ≥ 1 E [ ∥ A ~ − ( t ~ m ) ∥ C A ~ + ( t ~ m ) , F − κ p ] + sup m ≥ 1 E [ ∥ Φ ~ − ( t ~ m ) ∥ C A ~ + ( t ~ m ) − κ p ] ≤ C ( κ , p ) , \sup_{m \ge1} \mathbb{E}\left[\left\|\widetilde{A}^{-}(\widetilde{t}_m)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{\widetilde{A}^{+}(\widetilde{t}_m),F}}^{p}\right] + \sup_{m \ge1} \mathbb{E}\left[\left\|\widetilde{\Phi}^{-}(\widetilde{t}_m)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{\widetilde{A}^{+}(\widetilde{t}_m)}}^{p}\right] \le C(\kappa,p), m ≥ 1 sup E [ A − ( t m ) C A + ( t m ) , F − κ p ] + m ≥ 1 sup E [ Φ − ( t m ) C A + ( t m ) − κ p ] ≤ C ( κ , p ) ,
where ∥ ⋅ ∥ C A ~ + ( t ~ m ) , F − κ \|\cdot\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{\widetilde{A}^{+}(\widetilde{t}_m),F}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ C A + ( t m ) , F − κ and ∥ ⋅ ∥ C A ~ + ( t ~ m ) − κ \|\cdot\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{\widetilde{A}^{+}(\widetilde{t}_m)}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ C A + ( t m ) − κ are as in Definition 11.5.
The properties in (i) and (ii) are exactly as in our soft result and the decompositions in (iii) follow directly from our definitions. The main aspects of Theorem 2.30 are therefore contained in (iv) and (v), which imply that the smooth and rough parts are uniformly bounded.
Markov process and Yang–Mills–Higgs measure
Recall that one of the main results of [CCHS22, CS23] was to construct a natural state space D α = Ω α 1 / G α \mathcal{D}_{\alpha} = \Omega^{1}_{\alpha}/\mathcal{G}_{\alpha} D α = Ω α 1 / G α of “gauge orbits of distributional connections” as well as a canonical Markov process on D \mathcal{D} D which had a natural interpretation as the “Langevin dynamics” for the Yang–Mills measure. Here, G α \mathcal{G}_{\alpha} G α denotes the group of little α \alpha α -Hölder continuous gauge transformations and Ω α 1 \Omega^{1}_{\alpha} Ω α 1 is the space of distributional connections introduced in [CCHS22, Sec. 3]. The exponent α \alpha α should be thought of as imposing bounds of the form ∣ ∫ ℓ A ∣ ≲ ∣ ℓ ∣ α \left|\int_{\ell} A\right| \lesssim|\ell|^{\alpha} ∫ ℓ A ≲ ∣ ℓ ∣ α on one-forms A ∈ Ω α 1 A \in\Omega^{1}_{\alpha} A ∈ Ω α 1 for short segments ℓ \ell ℓ (but it also controls how this quantity varies when the line segment varies) and can be chosen arbitrarily close to 1.
In view of the results of [CCHS24] which considers the 3-dimensional case, it is unsurprising that an analogous Markov process can also be constructed locally in time in the case of 2D Yang–Mills–Higgs on the space D κ Y M H = Ω κ Y M H / G 1 − κ \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} = \Omega^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa}/\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} D κ YMH = Ω κ YMH / G 1 − κ for κ > 0 \kappa> 0 κ > 0 small enough. Here, Ω κ Y M H = Ω 1 − κ 1 × C − κ \Omega^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} = \Omega^{1}_{1-\kappa} \times\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa} Ω κ YMH = Ω 1 − κ 1 × C − κ , with Ω 1 − κ 1 \Omega^{1}_{1-\kappa} Ω 1 − κ 1 as in [CCHS22]. The main content of Section 13 is to show that this process coincides with the process constructed in Theorem 2.24 (provided of course that one quotients out the action of the gauge group). In order to formulate this more precisely, we note that (1.11) has the schematic form
∂ t Y = ( Δ − 1 ) Y + L ^ Y + B ^ ( Y , D Y ) + T ^ ( Y , Y , Y ) + ξ , (93) \partial_t Y = (\Delta- 1)Y + \widehat{L}Y + \widehat{B}(Y,DY) + \widehat{T}(Y,Y,Y) + \xi, \tag*{(93)} ∂ t Y = ( Δ − 1 ) Y + L Y + B ( Y , D Y ) + T ( Y , Y , Y ) + ξ , (93)
for Y = ( A , Φ ) Y = (A,\Phi) Y = ( A , Φ ) and ξ = ( ξ , ζ ) \xi= (\xi,\zeta) ξ = ( ξ , ζ ) some distributional g 2 ⊕ V \mathfrak{g}^{2} \oplus V g 2 ⊕ V -valued space-time processes and the remaining boldfaced symbols denoting suitable multilinear maps. One then constructs Y Y Y as the limit of solutions to regularised and renormalised equations of the form
∂ t Y ε = ( Δ − 1 ) Y ε + ( L ^ + C ρ , ε Y ) Y ε + B ^ ( Y ε , D Y ε ) + T ^ ( Y ε , Y ε , Y ε ) + ξ ε , (94) \partial_t Y_{\varepsilon} = (\Delta- 1)Y_{\varepsilon} + (\widehat{L} + C^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon})Y_{\varepsilon} + \widehat{B}(Y_{\varepsilon},DY_{\varepsilon}) + \widehat{T}(Y_{\varepsilon},Y_{\varepsilon},Y_{\varepsilon}) + \xi_{\varepsilon}, \tag*{(94)} ∂ t Y ε = ( Δ − 1 ) Y ε + ( L + C ρ , ε Y ) Y ε + B ( Y ε , D Y ε ) + T ( Y ε , Y ε , Y ε ) + ξ ε , (94)
for a suitable choice of C ρ , ε Y ∈ End ( Y ) C^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} \in\operatorname{End}(Y) C ρ , ε Y ∈ End ( Y ) and ξ ε = ρ ^ ε ⋆ ξ \xi_{\varepsilon} = \widehat{\rho}_{\varepsilon} \star\xi ξ ε = ρ ε ⋆ ξ with ρ ^ ε \widehat{\rho}_{\varepsilon} ρ ε a space-time mollifier which we choose of the form given in (13.2) below. We henceforth say that two renormalisations C ρ , ε Y C^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} C ρ , ε Y and C ~ ρ , ε Y \widetilde{C}^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} C ρ , ε Y are equivalent if lim ε → 0 ∣ C ρ , ε Y − C ~ ρ , ε Y ∣ = 0 \lim_{\varepsilon\to0} |C^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} - \widetilde{C}^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon}| = 0 lim ε → 0 ∣ C ρ , ε Y − C ρ , ε Y ∣ = 0 . Given Y ∈ Ω κ Y M H Y \in\Omega^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} Y ∈ Ω κ YMH , we write [ Y ] ∈ D κ Y M H [Y] \in\mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} [ Y ] ∈ D κ YMH for the corresponding gauge orbit. We also write D ‾ κ Y M H = D κ Y M H ∪ { ∞ } \overline{\mathcal{D}}^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} = \mathcal{D}^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} \cup\{\infty\} D κ YMH = D κ YMH ∪ { ∞ } for the space where we add a “point at infinity” (see [CCHS22] for a natural metric on this space in which ∞ \infty ∞ is close to gauge orbits that are “large”; this can be extended to our setting incorporating the Higgs field, see Theorem 12.2 below). Combining the results of [CCHS22, CCHS24] (see also [CS26]), it is by now relatively straightforward to show the following convergence result where ∥ ⋅ ∥ κ \|\cdot\|_{\kappa} ∥ ⋅ ∥ κ is the norm appearing just after (12.1) below.
Proposition 2.31. There exists a choice of renormalisation C ρ , ε Y C^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} C ρ , ε Y with the following properties.
(i) For every Y 0 ∈ Ω κ Y M H Y_0 \in\Omega^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} Y 0 ∈ Ω κ YMH there exists a stopping time τ > 0 \tau> 0 τ > 0 and an Ω κ Y M H \Omega^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} Ω κ YMH -valued process Y Y Y such that, writing Y ε Y_{\varepsilon} Y ε for the solution to (94) with initial condition Y 0 Y_0 Y 0 , one has
lim ε → 0 sup t ∈ [ 0 , τ ] ∥ Y ε ( t ) − Y ( t ) ∥ κ = 0 , \lim_{\varepsilon\to0}\sup_{t\in[0,\tau]}\left\|Y_{\varepsilon}(t)-Y(t)\right\|_{\kappa}=0, ε → 0 lim t ∈ [ 0 , τ ] sup ∥ Y ε ( t ) − Y ( t ) ∥ κ = 0 , in probability.
(ii) There exists a Markov process Y ‾ \overline{Y} Y with values in O ‾ κ Y M H \overline{\mathcal{O}}^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} O κ YMH such that, for every Y 0 Y_0 Y 0 as above, one has Y ‾ ( t ) = [ Y ( t ) ] \overline{Y}(t)=[Y(t)] Y ( t ) = [ Y ( t )] for all t ∈ [ 0 , τ ] t\in[0,\tau] t ∈ [ 0 , τ ] , provided that Y ‾ ( 0 ) = [ Y 0 ] \overline{Y}(0)=[Y_0] Y ( 0 ) = [ Y 0 ] .
Remark 2.32. Note that all of these stochastic processes are defined on the same probability space and they are adapted to the natural filtration generated by the noise ξ \xi ξ appearing in (93) . (In the case of (94) this statement requires the regularisation ξ ε \xi_{\varepsilon} ξ ε to be non-anticipative, but this is not actually required for Proposition 2.31 to hold.)
Remark 2.33. While the gauge orbit process Y ‾ \overline{Y} Y may blow up in finite time (in which case it remains at ∞ \infty ∞ ), this statement is also compatible with a situation where Y ‾ \overline{Y} Y never blows up but Y Y Y blows up in finite time. This is a consequence of the fact that gauge orbits are unbounded.
Remark 2.34. The fact that the process Y Y Y obtained in this way is Markovian is by now standard and remains true for any other renormalisation C ‾ ρ , ε Y \overline{C}^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} C ρ , ε Y such that lim ε → 0 ( C ρ , ε Y − C ‾ ρ , ε Y ) \lim_{\varepsilon\to0}(C^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon}-\overline{C}^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon}) lim ε → 0 ( C ρ , ε Y − C ρ , ε Y ) exists and is finite. The fact that the quotient process Y ‾ \overline{Y} Y is also Markovian however is highly non-trivial and this highly constrains C ρ , ε Y C^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} C ρ , ε Y .
In fact, within the class of renormalisation constants that naturally arise in this context, for any other choice of renormalisation C ‾ ρ , ε Y \overline{C}^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} C ρ , ε Y satisfying the properties above, there exists a G G G -invariant symmetric element M ∈ End ( V ) M\in\operatorname{End}(V) M ∈ End ( V ) such that C ρ , ε Y − C ‾ ρ , ε Y C^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon}-\overline{C}^{Y}_{\rho,\varepsilon} C ρ , ε Y − C ρ , ε Y is equivalent to 0 ⊕ M 0\oplus M 0 ⊕ M , under the splitting Y = g 2 ⊕ V Y=\mathfrak{g}^{2}\oplus V Y = g 2 ⊕ V . In other words, the choice of renormalisation can be absorbed into the choice of M M M in Setting 1.1, see for example [CCHS24, CS23].
Consider now the process Z = ( A , Φ ) Z=(A,\Phi) Z = ( A , Φ ) constructed in Theorem 2.24. We then have the following result.
Proposition 2.35. The process Z Z Z almost surely takes values in Ω κ Y M H \Omega^{\mathrm{YMH}}_{\kappa} Ω κ YMH , so that Z ‾ ( t ) = [ Z ( t ) ] \overline{Z}(t)=[Z(t)] Z ( t ) = [ Z ( t )] is well defined. Furthermore, it is possible to realise both Y Y Y and Z Z Z on the same probability space (but driven by different white noises) in such a way that, for every t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , Y ‾ ( t ) = Z ‾ ( t ) \overline{Y}(t)=\overline{Z}(t) Y ( t ) = Z ( t ) almost surely. In particular, we have the following two consequences
(i) The process Y ‾ \overline{Y} Y satisfies Y ‾ ( t ) ≠ ∞ \overline{Y}(t)\ne\infty Y ( t ) = ∞ almost surely.
(ii) The process Z ‾ \overline{Z} Z is Markovian.
Remark 2.36. In view of Lemma 2.13 , we know that the process Z Z Z is gauge covariant in the sense that the solutions starting from gauge equivalent starting points are gauge equivalent (modulo a change of space-time white noise). However, it is certainly not Markovian. In particular, it is not obvious at all that there is any choice of renormalisation that makes the process Z ‾ \overline{Z} Z Markovian, and this is where we need the comparison to the construction of [CCHS22, CCHS24] provided by this proposition.
Results of this type (symmetry properties of solutions to singular SPDEs) have recently been obtained in a number of different contexts and their proofs fall into two categories. The first consists of “hard” estimates where one obtains explicit expressions for the BPHZ renormalisation constants (see [BHZ19, Hai18] for this terminology) and exploits the fact that the BPHZ renormalisations of different approximations to the same equation converge to the same limit. See for example [CCHS22, GH19]. The second consists of “soft” arguments which are more conceptual in nature and were first introduced in [BGHZ22], but then also used in the context of Yang–Mills–Higgs in [CCHS24] where explicit calculations would have been prohibitive.
In our case, Proposition 2.31 could in principle be obtained by the same “soft” argument used in [CCHS24], but it is less clear how to set up such a soft argument to prove Proposition 2.35. Therefore, we decided to go down the “hard” route and we obtain in Section 13.4 precise (up to equivalence) expressions for all the renormalisation constants appearing in the equation.
This then allows us to compare three different processes, as described in Section 13.1. The first one is simply the process Y ϵ ( 1 ) Y_\epsilon^{(1)} Y ϵ ( 1 ) obtained by solving (94) with some initial data Y 0 Y_0 Y 0 . However, the driving noise ξ ϵ = ρ ^ ϵ ⋆ ξ \xi_\epsilon= \widehat{\rho}_\epsilon\star\xi ξ ϵ = ρ ϵ ⋆ ξ is replaced by the noise ρ ^ ϵ ⋆ ( g ∙ ξ ) \widehat{\rho}_\epsilon\star(g \mathbin{\bullet} \xi) ρ ϵ ⋆ ( g ∙ ξ ) , for some adapted G \mathbf{G} G -valued space-time process g t g_t g t to be described a bit later.
Remark 2.37. The crucial observation here is that the law of the process Y ϵ ( 1 ) Y_\epsilon^{(1)} Y ϵ ( 1 ) does not depend on the choice of g g g as a consequence of Ito’s isometry.
Regarding the second process, we start from the solution Y ϵ B Y_\epsilon^B Y ϵ B to (44) which includes the term coming from the “infinitesimal DeTurck gauge” with background connection B B B as opposed to the regular DeTurck gauge used for the process Y ϵ ( 1 ) Y_\epsilon^{(1)} Y ϵ ( 1 ) . We then define a gauge-transformation-valued process g t ( 2 ) g_t^{(2)} g t ( 2 ) by solving the PDE which, in the absence of noise and renormalisation, would generate the gauge transformation that switches between the regular and infinitesimal DeTurck gauges, and we set Y ϵ ( 2 ) ( t ) = g t ( 2 ) ∙ Y ϵ B ( t ) Y_\epsilon^{(2)}(t) = g_t^{(2)} \mathbin{\bullet} Y_\epsilon^B(t) Y ϵ ( 2 ) ( t ) = g t ( 2 ) ∙ Y ϵ B ( t ) . If it weren’t for the presence of renormalisation and the fact that, in the definition of Y ϵ ( 1 ) Y_\epsilon^{(1)} Y ϵ ( 1 ) , we act on the noise ξ \xi ξ with g g g before hitting it with the mollifier, the equations solved by Y ϵ ( 1 ) Y_\epsilon^{(1)} Y ϵ ( 1 ) and Y ϵ ( 2 ) Y_\epsilon^{(2)} Y ϵ ( 2 ) would be identical (provided that the process g g g appearing in Y ϵ ( 1 ) Y_\epsilon^{(1)} Y ϵ ( 1 ) is chosen in the right way).
To construct the third process, we consider the process Y ϵ g 0 Y_\epsilon^{g_0} Y ϵ g 0 obtained by starting (94) (this time driven by the original noise ξ ϵ \xi_\epsilon ξ ϵ ) with gauge-transformed initial data g 0 ∙ Y 0 g_0 \mathbin{\bullet} Y_0 g 0 ∙ Y 0 . We then define a time-dependent gauge transformation g t ( 3 ) g_t^{(3)} g t ( 3 ) by solving a suitable parabolic PDE (with right-hand side determined by the term added to the YM gradient flow by the DeTurck trick) which constructs the gauge transform turning the DeTurck term for the original solution starting at Y 0 Y_0 Y 0 into that for the solution starting at g 0 ∙ Y 0 g_0 \mathbin{\bullet} Y_0 g 0 ∙ Y 0 (again, this would be the case if it weren’t for the presence of renormalisation). The process Y ϵ ( 3 ) Y_\epsilon^{(3)} Y ϵ ( 3 ) is then defined by setting Y ϵ ( 3 ) ( t ) = g t ( 3 ) ∙ Y ϵ g 0 ( t ) Y_\epsilon^{(3)}(t) = g_t^{(3)} \mathbin{\bullet} Y_\epsilon^{g_0}(t) Y ϵ ( 3 ) ( t ) = g t ( 3 ) ∙ Y ϵ g 0 ( t ) .
At fixed ϵ > 0 \epsilon> 0 ϵ > 0 , all three processes Y ϵ ( i ) Y_\epsilon^{(i)} Y ϵ ( i ) solve very similar equations, the difference being that they are driven by slightly different noises and with slightly different renormalisation terms. However, their limits in probability Y ( i ) = lim ϵ → 0 Y ϵ ( i ) Y^{(i)} = \lim_{\epsilon\to0} Y_\epsilon^{(i)} Y ( i ) = lim ϵ → 0 Y ϵ ( i ) (ignoring for the moment technicalities due to the fact that these may in principle blow up in finite time) turn out to be such that Y ( 1 ) = Y ( 2 ) Y^{(1)} = Y^{(2)} Y ( 1 ) = Y ( 2 ) for some choice of the process g g g and a suitable choice of renormalisation constants. Since Y = l a w Y ( 1 ) Y \overset{\mathrm{law}}{=} Y^{(1)} Y = law Y ( 1 ) and Z = ( g t ( 2 ) ) − 1 ∙ Y ( 2 ) Z = (g_t^{(2)})^{-1} \mathbin{\bullet} Y^{(2)} Z = ( g t ( 2 ) ) − 1 ∙ Y ( 2 ) , this does indeed provide the claimed coupling between Y ‾ \overline{Y} Y and Z ‾ \overline{Z} Z .
As a reality check, we verify that the same choice of renormalisation constants is such that one also has Y ( 1 ) = Y ( 3 ) Y^{(1)} = Y^{(3)} Y ( 1 ) = Y ( 3 ) for some (different in general) choice of g g g . Since the law of Y ( 1 ) Y^{(1)} Y ( 1 ) is independent of that choice of g g g , one concludes as in [CCHS22] that there is a coupling between the process Y = Y ( 1 ) Y = Y^{(1)} Y = Y ( 1 ) with initial condition Y 0 Y_0 Y 0 and a gauge-transformed version of the same process with initial condition g 0 ∙ Y 0 g_0 \mathbin{\bullet} Y_0 g 0 ∙ Y 0 , thus showing that the gauge orbit process [ Y ] [Y] [ Y ] is also Markovian. Since we know from Theorem 2.24 that the process Y ( 2 ) Y^{(2)} Y ( 2 ) is global in time (modulo regauging it at a suitable sequence of stopping times which has no effect on its projection onto the space of gauge orbits), the claim follows. This leads us to our main result, where we write again ∥ ⋅ ∥ κ \| \cdot\|_{\kappa} ∥ ⋅ ∥ κ for the natural norm on D 1 − κ 1 × C κ − 1 \mathcal{D}_{1-\kappa}^{1} \times\mathcal{C}_{\kappa}^{-1} D 1 − κ 1 × C κ − 1 .
Theorem 2.38 (Yang–Mills–Higgs measure). The Markov process [ Y ] [Y] [ Y ] admits a unique invariant measure μ Y M H \mu_{\mathrm{YMH}} μ YMH on D κ Y M H \mathcal{D}_{\kappa}^{\mathrm{YMH}} D κ YMH . Furthermore, under μ Y M H \mu_{\mathrm{YMH}} μ YMH , inf Y ‾ ∈ [ Y ] ∥ Y ‾ ∥ κ \inf_{\overline{Y} \in[Y]} \| \overline{Y} \|_{\kappa} inf Y ∈ [ Y ] ∥ Y ∥ κ admits finite moments of all orders.
Existence of μ Y M H \mu_{\mathrm{YMH}} μ YMH follows from the standard Krylov–Bogoliubov argument, combined with the uniform bounds of Theorem 2.24. This also gives the moments of all orders, so it remains to show uniqueness. Since D κ Y M H \mathcal{D}_{\kappa}^{\mathrm{YMH}} D κ YMH is Polish, this follows from the standard theory of Markov chains once we show that the process has the strong Feller property and is topologically irreducible [DPZ96, Prop. 4.1.1 & Thm 4.2.1]. The strong Feller property follows in a way that is virtually identical to [CS23, Prop. 10.1]. Regarding topological irreducibility, it would be tempting to try to apply the general result of [HS22]. Unfortunately, logarithmic divergences play a special role in that work and require us to check a highly non-trivial condition “by hand”. Instead, we develop in Section 12.3 a much simpler proof technique based on the Cameron–Martin theorem that we hope might be useful in the analysis of a much broader class of singular SPDEs. More precise details will be given in Corollary 13.26 below.
Preliminaries
We first let χ : [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , 1 ] \chi\colon[0,\infty) \to[0,1] χ : [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , 1 ] be a smooth function such that supp χ ⊆ [ 1 / 16 , 16 ] \operatorname{supp}\chi\subseteq[1/16,16] supp χ ⊆ [ 1/16 , 16 ] and such that
∑ N ∈ 2 N 0 χ ( N 2 t ) = 1 \sum_{N\in2\mathbb{N}_0} \chi(N^2t)=1 N ∈ 2 N 0 ∑ χ ( N 2 t ) = 1
for all t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t\in(0,1] t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . For all N ∈ 2 N 0 N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} N ∈ 2 N 0 , we then define
χ N ( t ) ≔ χ ( N 2 t ) . (95) \chi_N(t) \coloneqq\chi(N^2t). \tag*{(95)} χ N ( t ) : = χ ( N 2 t ) . (95)
We emphasise that the function χ \chi χ here and the function ρ \rho ρ from (41) can be chosen completely separately.
We now define parameters δ \delta δ , δ 1 \delta_1 δ 1 , δ 2 \delta_2 δ 2 , θ \theta θ , θ ′ \theta' θ ′ , κ \kappa κ , λ \lambda λ , λ 1 \lambda_1 λ 1 , λ 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \lambda_2 \in(0,1) λ 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and r ∈ [ 1 , ∞ ) r\in[1,\infty) r ∈ [ 1 , ∞ ) . These parameters primarily, but not exclusively, appear in our covariant local theory. At an informal level, they are chosen such that
0 < δ ≪ 1 r ≪ κ ≪ δ 1 = δ 2 ≪ θ ≪ θ ′ ≪ λ ≪ λ 1 ≪ λ 2 ≪ 1. (96) 0<\delta\ll\frac{1}{r}\ll\kappa\ll\delta_1=\delta_2\ll\theta\ll\theta'\ll\lambda\ll\lambda_1\ll\lambda_2\ll1. \tag*{(96)} 0 < δ ≪ r 1 ≪ κ ≪ δ 1 = δ 2 ≪ θ ≪ θ ′ ≪ λ ≪ λ 1 ≪ λ 2 ≪ 1. (96)
The reason for introducing the two parameters δ 1 \delta_1 δ 1 and δ 2 \delta_2 δ 2 , despite their values being equal, is that they play different roles in § 9 . The parameter δ 1 \delta_1 δ 1 will appear in the regularity of the paracontrolled term, and the parameter δ 2 \delta_2 δ 2 will appear in the regularity of the smooth remainder. To be more precise, we first choose a sufficiently small constant ϰ > 0 \varkappa>0 ϰ > 0 . Then, we define
λ 2 ≔ ϰ , λ 1 ≔ ϰ 2 , λ ≔ ϰ 4 , θ ′ ≔ ϰ 8 , \lambda_2\coloneqq\varkappa,\qquad\lambda_1\coloneqq\varkappa^2,\qquad\lambda\coloneqq\varkappa^4,\qquad\theta'\coloneqq\varkappa^8, λ 2 : = ϰ , λ 1 : = ϰ 2 , λ : = ϰ 4 , θ ′ : = ϰ 8 ,
θ ≔ ϰ 16 , δ 1 ≔ ϰ 32 , δ 2 ≔ ϰ 32 , κ ≔ ϰ 64 , r ≔ ϰ − 128 , and δ ≔ ϰ 256 . (97) \theta\coloneqq\varkappa^{16},\qquad\delta_1\coloneqq\varkappa^{32},\qquad\delta_2\coloneqq\varkappa^{32},\qquad\kappa\coloneqq\varkappa^{64},\qquad r\coloneqq\varkappa^{-128},\qquad\text{and}\qquad\delta\coloneqq\varkappa^{256}. \tag*{(97)} θ : = ϰ 16 , δ 1 : = ϰ 32 , δ 2 : = ϰ 32 , κ : = ϰ 64 , r : = ϰ − 128 , and δ : = ϰ 256 . (97)
Note that, as a consequence of our choices, we also have that
δ 1 θ = δ 2 θ ≪ λ and λ θ ′ ≫ θ . \frac{\delta_1}{\theta}=\frac{\delta_2}{\theta}\ll\lambda\qquad\text{and}\qquad\lambda\theta'\gg\theta. θ δ 1 = θ δ 2 ≪ λ and λ θ ′ ≫ θ .
For future use, we also choose
T 0 = T 0 ( ϰ ) (98) T_0=T_0(\varkappa) \tag*{(98)} T 0 = T 0 ( ϰ ) (98)
as sufficiently small depending on the parameters appearing in (97) or, equivalently, depending on ϰ \varkappa ϰ . Finally, we define the parameters α \alpha α , γ 0 \gamma_0 γ 0 , γ 1 \gamma_1 γ 1 , γ 2 \gamma_2 γ 2 , and ε 0 \varepsilon_0 ε 0 . These parameters appear primarily, but not exclusively, in our covariant global theory. They are chosen such that
ε 0 ≪ δ , λ 2 ≪ α ≪ γ 1 − 4 ≪ γ 0 − 2 ≪ 1 , and γ 2 = 3. (99) \varepsilon_0\ll\delta,\qquad\lambda_2\ll\alpha\ll\gamma_1-4\ll\gamma_0-2\ll1,\qquad\text{and}\qquad\gamma_2=3. \tag*{(99)} ε 0 ≪ δ , λ 2 ≪ α ≪ γ 1 − 4 ≪ γ 0 − 2 ≪ 1 , and γ 2 = 3. (99)
Once all these constants are chosen, choose some δ s t e p \delta_{\mathrm{step}} δ step small enough so that it satisfies the requirements of all the lemmas and propositions in this paper.
Notations
In this section, we set notation and conventions that will be used throughout this paper. We use W \mathsf{W} W to denote a finite-dimensional vector space endowed with an orthogonal representation of G \mathbf{G} G . When specifying multiple such spaces, we may write W 1 , W 2 \mathsf{W}_1,\mathsf{W}_2 W 1 , W 2 , etc.
Notation 3.1 (Dyadic integers). We will often use the capital letters K K K , L L L , M M M , and N N N to denote dyadic integers, i.e., elements of 2 N 0 2\mathbb{N}_0 2 N 0 . Whenever it is clear from context that N N N is a dyadic integer, we will omit the restriction to dyadic integers from our notation. For example, instead of ∑ N ∈ 2 N 0 \sum_{N\in2\mathbb{N}_0} ∑ N ∈ 2 N 0 , we will often simply write ∑ N \sum_N ∑ N .
Notation 3.2 (Space-time indices). We use Greek letters such as α \alpha α , β \beta β , γ \gamma γ , μ \mu μ , ν \nu ν to denote space-time indices, i.e. indices with values in { 0 } ∪ [ d ] = { 0 , 1 , … , d } \{0\}\cup[d]=\{0,1,\ldots,d\} { 0 } ∪ [ d ] = { 0 , 1 , … , d } , and we use Latin letters such as i i i , j j j , k k k , ℓ ∈ [ d ] \ell\in[d] ℓ ∈ [ d ] to denote spatial indices. In accordance with Einstein’s summation convention, whenever Greek letters are contracted, the sum is over { 0 } ∪ [ d ] \{0\}\cup[d] { 0 } ∪ [ d ] , while whenever Latin letters are contracted, the sum is just over [ d ] [d] [ d ] .
Notation 3.3 (Higher derivatives). For k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we write D A ( k ) Φ D_A^{(k)}\Phi D A ( k ) Φ to denote the collection of all covariant derivatives of the form D A i 1 ⋯ D A i k Φ D_A^{i_1}\cdots D_A^{i_k}\Phi D A i 1 ⋯ D A i k Φ , where i 1 , … , i k ∈ [ d ] i_1,\ldots,i_k\in[d] i 1 , … , i k ∈ [ d ] . Given a norm ∥ ⋅ ∥ \|\mathbin{\cdot}\| ∥ ⋅ ∥ , we write
∥ D A ( k ) Φ ∥ = ∑ i 1 , … , i k = 1 d ∥ D A i 1 ⋯ D A i k Φ ∥ . \|D_A^{(k)}\Phi\|=\sum_{i_1,\ldots,i_k=1}^{d}\|D_A^{i_1}\cdots D_A^{i_k}\Phi\|. ∥ D A ( k ) Φ∥ = i 1 , … , i k = 1 ∑ d ∥ D A i 1 ⋯ D A i k Φ∥. i.e. ∥ D A ( k ) Φ ∥ \|D_A^{(k)}\Phi\| ∥ D A ( k ) Φ∥ is the sum of the norms of all possible k k k th order derivatives.
Notation 3.4 (Space-time derivatives). Given a multi-index m ∈ N 0 { 0 } ∪ [ d ] \mathbf{m}\in\mathbb{N}_0^{\{0\}\cup[d]} m ∈ N 0 { 0 } ∪ [ d ] , we define the usual parabolic scaling
∣ m ∣ s ≔ 2 m 0 + ∑ i = 1 d m i . |\mathbf{m}|_{\mathsf{s}}\mathrel{\mathop{\coloneqq}}2m_0+\sum_{i=1}^{d}m_i. ∣ m ∣ s : = 2 m 0 + i = 1 ∑ d m i . For m ≥ 0 \mathbf{m}\geq0 m ≥ 0 , we let D A , t , x ( m ) D_{A,t,x}^{(\mathbf{m})} D A , t , x ( m ) denote the collection of all covariant derivatives of the form D A α 1 ⋯ D A α k D_A^{\alpha_1}\cdots D_A^{\alpha_k} D A α 1 ⋯ D A α k for some k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , α 1 , … , α k ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ d ] \alpha_1,\ldots,\alpha_k\in\{0\}\cup[d] α 1 , … , α k ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ d ] such that the parabolic scaling is m \mathbf{m} m . That is, letting m α ∈ N 0 { 0 } ∪ [ d ] \mathbf{m}_\alpha\in\mathbb{N}_0^{\{0\}\cup[d]} m α ∈ N 0 { 0 } ∪ [ d ] denote the multi-index obtained by counting the total number of appearances of the indices 0 , 1 , … , d 0,1,\ldots,d 0 , 1 , … , d among the α 1 , … , α k \alpha_1,\ldots,\alpha_k α 1 , … , α k , we restrict to the collection of α 1 , … , α k ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ d ] \alpha_1,\ldots,\alpha_k\in\{0\}\cup[d] α 1 , … , α k ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ d ] such that ∣ m α ∣ s = m |\mathbf{m}_\alpha|_{\mathsf{s}}=m ∣ m α ∣ s = m . Here, we specify that D A 0 = ∂ t D_A^0=\partial_t D A 0 = ∂ t denotes differentiation in time. Similar to Notation 3.3, given a norm ∥ ⋅ ∥ \|\mathbin{\cdot}\| ∥ ⋅ ∥ , we let
∥ D A , t , x ( m ) Φ ∥ = ∑ α 1 , … , α k ∣ m α ∣ s = m ∥ D A α 1 ⋯ D A α k Φ ∥ . \|D_{A,t,x}^{(\mathbf{m})}\Phi\|=\sum_{\substack{\alpha_1,\ldots,\alpha_k\\|\mathbf{m}_\alpha|_{\mathsf{s}}=m}}\|D_A^{\alpha_1}\cdots D_A^{\alpha_k}\Phi\|. ∥ D A , t , x ( m ) Φ∥ = α 1 , … , α k ∣ m α ∣ s = m ∑ ∥ D A α 1 ⋯ D A α k Φ∥.
Notation 3.5 (Wick products). If X X X is a k k k -linear expression of the Gaussian driving noises ξ \xi ξ , ζ \zeta ζ , we write : X : :X: : X : for its component in the k k k th Wiener chaos.
Notation 3.6 (Standard and schematic Landau symbols). We write O ( ⋅ ) O(\mathbin{\cdot}) O ( ⋅ ) for the standard Landau symbol. To be precise, we write X = O ( Y ) X=O(Y) X = O ( Y ) if there exists an absolute constant C > 0 C>0 C > 0 such that ∣ X ∣ ≤ C ∣ Y ∣ |X|\leq C|Y| ∣ X ∣ ≤ C ∣ Y ∣ . We also write O ( ⋅ ) O(\mathbin{\cdot}) O ( ⋅ ) for a schematic Landau symbol, which is used here for purposes similar to those in [Oh14]. For elements X 1 , … , X n X_1,\ldots,X_n X 1 , … , X n of g \mathfrak{g} g or V V V from Setting 1.1, or a more general inner product space W W W equipped with an orthogonal representation of G G G , we write O ( X 1 … X n ) O(X_1\ldots X_n) O ( X 1 … X n ) for any multilinear expression built out of our representations of G G G . For instance, the three product terms in (21) can be written as
[ K B i j , C j ] = O ( F B C ) , [ C j , 2 D B j C k − D B k C j ] = O ( C D B C ) , [ C j , [ C j , C k ] ] = O ( C C C ) . [K_B^{ij},C_j]=O(F_{BC}),\qquad[C_j,2D_B^jC^k-D_B^kC^j]=O(CD_BC),\qquad[C_j,[C^j,C^k]]=O(CCC). [ K B ij , C j ] = O ( F B C ) , [ C j , 2 D B j C k − D B k C j ] = O ( C D B C ) , [ C j , [ C j , C k ]] = O ( C C C ) . The two most important aspects of the O ( ⋅ ) O(\mathbin{\cdot}) O ( ⋅ ) -notation are the pointwise estimate ∣ O ( X 1 … X n ) ∣ = O ( ∣ X 1 ∣ … ∣ X n ∣ ) |O(X_1\ldots X_n)|=O(|X_1|\ldots|X_n|) ∣ O ( X 1 … X n ) ∣ = O ( ∣ X 1 ∣ … ∣ X n ∣ ) and the covariant product rule
D B , j O ( X 1 … X n ) = ∑ m = 1 n O ( X 1 … D B , j X m … X n ) , D_{B,j}O(X_1\ldots X_n)=\sum_{m=1}^{n}O(X_1\ldots D_{B,j}X_m\ldots X_n), D B , j O ( X 1 … X n ) = m = 1 ∑ n O ( X 1 … D B , j X m … X n ) , which will be further discussed in Lemma 3.17 below.
Notation 3.7 (Euclidean heat kernels). We let p E u c p^{\mathrm{Euc}} p Euc , p p p denote the standard heat kernels on R d \mathbb{R}^{d} R d , T d \mathbb{T}^{d} T d . Explicitly, we have that
p E u c ( s , y ; t , x ) = p t − s E u c ( x − y ) = 1 ( 4 π ( t − s ) ) d / 2 exp ( − ∣ x − y ∣ 2 4 ( t − s ) ) p^{\mathrm{Euc}}(s,y;t,x)=p^{\mathrm{Euc}}_{t-s}(x-y)=\frac{1}{\left(4\pi(t-s)\right)^{d/2}}\exp\left(-\frac{\lvert x-y\rvert^{2}}{4(t-s)}\right) p Euc ( s , y ; t , x ) = p t − s Euc ( x − y ) = ( 4 π ( t − s ) ) d /2 1 exp ( − 4 ( t − s ) ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) p ( s , y ; t , x ) = p t − s ( x − y ) = ∑ n ∈ Z d p t − s E u c ( x − y + 2 π n ) . p(s,y;t,x)=p_{t-s}(x-y)=\sum_{n\in\mathbb{Z}^{d}}p^{\mathrm{Euc}}_{t-s}(x-y+2\pi n). p ( s , y ; t , x ) = p t − s ( x − y ) = n ∈ Z d ∑ p t − s Euc ( x − y + 2 π n ) . We refer to both p E u c p^{\mathrm{Euc}} p Euc and p p p as Euclidean heat kernels.
Notation 3.8 (Limits of integration). In order to simplify the notation, we will omit the limits of integration whenever they are clear from context. For example, we will often write
∬ d s d y ρ ε ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) \iint\mathrm{d}s\mathrm{d}y\rho_{\varepsilon}(t-s)q_{B}(s,y;t,x)\xi(s,y) ∬ d s d y ρ ε ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) instead of
∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) . \int_{0}^{t}\mathrm{d}s\int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}}\mathrm{d}y\rho_{\varepsilon}(t-s)q_{B}(s,y;t,x)\xi(s,y). ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) . More generally, all time variables will be nonnegative, and the second time variable in any heat kernel will always be greater than or equal to the first time variable.
Notation 3.9 (Norms and inner products of differential forms). For W \mathrm{W} W -valued one-forms C , D : T d → W d C,D:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathrm{W}^{d} C , D : T d → W d , let
⟨ C , D ⟩ W : = δ i j ⟨ C i , D j ⟩ W = ⟨ C i , D i ⟩ W , \langle C,D\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\delta^{ij}\langle C_{i},D_{j}\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}=\langle C_{i},D^{i}\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}, ⟨ C , D ⟩ W : = δ ij ⟨ C i , D j ⟩ W = ⟨ C i , D i ⟩ W , ∣ C ∣ W : = ⟨ C , C ⟩ W 1 / 2 . \lvert C\rvert_{\mathrm{W}}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\langle C,C\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}^{1/2}. ∣ C ∣ W : = ⟨ C , C ⟩ W 1/2 . Similarly, given W \mathrm{W} W -valued two-forms Q , R : T d → W d × d Q,R:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathrm{W}^{d\times d} Q , R : T d → W d × d , let
⟨ Q , R ⟩ W : = 1 2 δ i k δ j ℓ ⟨ Q i j , R k ℓ ⟩ W = 1 2 ⟨ Q i j , R i j ⟩ W , \langle Q,R\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\frac{1}{2}\delta^{ik}\delta^{j\ell}\langle Q_{ij},R_{k\ell}\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}=\frac{1}{2}\langle Q_{ij},R^{ij}\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}, ⟨ Q , R ⟩ W : = 2 1 δ ik δ j ℓ ⟨ Q ij , R k ℓ ⟩ W = 2 1 ⟨ Q ij , R ij ⟩ W , ∣ Q ∣ W : = ⟨ Q , Q ⟩ W 1 / 2 . \lvert Q\rvert_{\mathrm{W}}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\langle Q,Q\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}^{1/2}. ∣ Q ∣ W : = ⟨ Q , Q ⟩ W 1/2 . We will often omit the subscript W \mathrm{W} W from the norms and write ∣ C ∣ , ∣ Q ∣ \lvert C\rvert,\lvert Q\rvert ∣ C ∣ , ∣ Q ∣ . On the other hand, we will not do this for the inner product, because we now define the L x 2 L^{2}_{x} L x 2 inner products
⟨ C , D ⟩ : = ∫ T d ⟨ C ( x ) , D ( x ) ⟩ W d x , \langle C,D\rangle\mathrel{\mathop:}=\int_{\mathbb{T}^{d}}\langle C(x),D(x)\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}\,\mathrm{d}x, ⟨ C , D ⟩ : = ∫ T d ⟨ C ( x ) , D ( x ) ⟩ W d x , ⟨ Q , R ⟩ : = ∫ T d ⟨ Q ( x ) , R ( x ) ⟩ W d x . \langle Q,R\rangle\mathrel{\mathop:}=\int_{\mathbb{T}^{d}}\langle Q(x),R(x)\rangle_{\mathrm{W}}\,\mathrm{d}x. ⟨ Q , R ⟩ : = ∫ T d ⟨ Q ( x ) , R ( x ) ⟩ W d x . For W \mathrm{W} W -valued functions Φ , Ψ : T d → W \Phi,\Psi:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathrm{W} Φ , Ψ : T d → W , we also write ⟨ Φ , Ψ ⟩ \langle\Phi,\Psi\rangle ⟨ Φ , Ψ ⟩ to denote their L x 2 L^{2}_{x} L x 2 inner product. To emphasise that this is the L 2 L^{2} L 2 inner product, we may also write ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ L 2 \langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_{L^{2}} ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ L 2 or ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ L x 2 \langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle_{L^{2}_{x}} ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ L x 2 .
Notation 3.10 (Covariant curl and divergence of a one-form). Let A : T 2 → g 2 A:\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathfrak{g}^{2} A : T 2 → g 2 be a connection one-form and C : T 2 → W 2 C:\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathrm{W}^{2} C : T 2 → W 2 be a W \mathrm{W} W -valued one-form. Define the covariant curl curl A C : T 2 → W \operatorname{curl}_{A}C:\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathrm{W} curl A C : T 2 → W as the function:
curl A C : = D A , 1 C 2 − D A , 2 C 1 . \operatorname{curl}_{A}C\mathrel{\mathop:}=D_{A,1}C_{2}-D_{A,2}C_{1}. curl A C : = D A , 1 C 2 − D A , 2 C 1 . We remark that this is (up to a possible sign) the Hodge-⋆ \star ⋆ of the covariant exterior differential of C C C . We also define the covariant divergence div A C : T 2 → W \operatorname{div}_{A}C:\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathrm{W} div A C : T 2 → W as the function:
div A C : = D A ℓ C ℓ . \operatorname{div}_{A}C\mathrel{\mathop:}=D_{A}^{\ell}C_{\ell}. div A C : = D A ℓ C ℓ .
Notation 3.11 (Covariant divergence of a two-form). Let A : T d → g d A:\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : T d → g d be a connection one-form and F : T d → W d × d F:\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathbb{W}^{d \times d} F : T d → W d × d be a W W W -valued two-form. We define the covariant divergence D A ∗ F : T d → W d D_A^*F:\mathbb{T}^{d} \to W^{d} D A ∗ F : T d → W d as the one-form
( D A ∗ F ) i ≔ − D A j F j i , i ∈ [ d ] . (D_A^*F)_i \coloneqq-D_A^jF_{ji}, \quad i \in[d]. ( D A ∗ F ) i : = − D A j F j i , i ∈ [ d ] .
Notation 3.12 (Covariant Hessian). Let A : T d → g d A:\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : T d → g d be a connection one-form and Φ : T d → W \Phi:\mathbb{T}^{d} \to W Φ : T d → W be a W W W -valued function. Given vector fields X , Y X,Y X , Y on T d \mathbb{T}^{d} T d , we let the covariant derivative of Φ \Phi Φ in the direction X X X be
D A , X Φ ≔ X i D A , i Φ , D_{A,X}\Phi\coloneqq X^iD_{A,i}\Phi, D A , X Φ : = X i D A , i Φ ,
and using this, we define the covariant Hessian
( Hess A Φ ) ( X , Y ) ≔ D A , X D A , Y Φ − D A , ∂ X Y Φ . (\operatorname{Hess}_{A}\Phi)(X,Y) \coloneqq D_{A,X}D_{A,Y}\Phi-D_{A,\partial_XY}\Phi. ( Hess A Φ ) ( X , Y ) : = D A , X D A , Y Φ − D A , ∂ X Y Φ.
Here, ∂ X Y \partial_XY ∂ X Y refers to the usual directional derivative of a vector field.
Geometric identities
In this section, we state various geometric identities which will be used throughout the paper. These identities are all quite classical and perhaps do not require proofs. However, we still prefer to give some of the slightly more involved proofs, since we do not expect the reader to be intimately familiar with the various standard manipulations of geometric analysis. Throughout this section, suppose that all functions which appear are smooth, or more generally, have enough derivatives so that all expressions which appear are classically well-defined.
Covariant derivatives, product formulas, and commutator identities
The following definitions and results will be used to, at least in parts of our argument, treat the connection one-form and Higgs field on equal footing.
Definition 3.13 (G-equivariant maps). Let π 1 \pi_1 π 1 and π 2 \pi_2 π 2 be two representations of G G G on vector spaces W W W and Z Z Z , respectively. Furthermore, let U ⊆ W U \subseteq W U ⊆ W be an open set that is invariant under π 1 \pi_1 π 1 , i.e., that satisfies π 1 ( g ) u ∈ U \pi_1(g)u \in U π 1 ( g ) u ∈ U for all g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G and u ∈ U u \in U u ∈ U . Then, a map Q : U → Z Q:U \to Z Q : U → Z is called G-equivariant if, for all g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G and u ∈ U u \in U u ∈ U ,
Q ( π 1 ( g ) u ) = π 2 ( g ) Q ( u ) . Q(\pi_1(g)u)=\pi_2(g)Q(u). Q ( π 1 ( g ) u ) = π 2 ( g ) Q ( u ) .
Remark 3.14. The reason for allowing Q Q Q to be defined only on an open set U ⊆ W U \subseteq W U ⊆ W , rather than all of W W W , is that we will later need G-equivariant maps Q Q Q defined on the general linear group of a vector space, which is an open subset of the space of endomorphisms.
Lemma 3.15. The Lie bracket [ ∙ , ∙ ] : g × g → g [\bullet,\bullet]:\mathfrak{g}\times\mathfrak{g}\to\mathfrak{g} [ ∙ , ∙ ] : g × g → g , the linearised representation ϱ ∗ : g × V → V \varrho_*:\mathfrak{g}\times V\to V ϱ ∗ : g × V → V , and the linear map B : V ⊗ V → g B:V\otimes V\to\mathfrak{g} B : V ⊗ V → g are G-equivariant.
Proof. Since the action of G G G on g \mathfrak{g} g is the adjoint action, the G-equivariance of the Lie bracket follows21 from the fact that each Ad g \operatorname{Ad}_g Ad g is a Lie algebra automorphism. Regarding G-equivariance of ( X , v ) ↦ ϱ ∗ ( X ) v (X,v)\mapsto\varrho_*(X)v ( X , v ) ↦ ϱ ∗ ( X ) v , we see that for all g ∈ G g\in G g ∈ G , X ∈ g X\in\mathfrak{g} X ∈ g , and v ∈ V v\in V v ∈ V , it holds that
ϱ ( g ) ϱ ∗ ( X ) v = ϱ ( g ) d d t ( ϱ ( e t X ) v ) ∣ t = 0 = d d t ( ϱ ( g e t X ) v ) ∣ t = 0 \varrho(g)\varrho_*(X)v=\varrho(g)\left.\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\left(\varrho(e^{tX})v\right)\right|_{t=0}
=\left.\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\left(\varrho(ge^{tX})v\right)\right|_{t=0} ϱ ( g ) ϱ ∗ ( X ) v = ϱ ( g ) d t d ( ϱ ( e tX ) v ) t = 0 = d t d ( ϱ ( g e tX ) v ) t = 0 = d d t ( ϱ ( g e t X g − 1 ) ϱ ( g ) v ) ∣ t = 0 = ϱ ∗ ( Ad g X ) ϱ ( g ) v . (100) =\left.\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}\left(\varrho(ge^{tX}g^{-1})\varrho(g)v\right)\right|_{t=0}
=\varrho_*(\operatorname{Ad}_gX)\varrho(g)v. \tag*{(100)} = d t d ( ϱ ( g e tX g − 1 ) ϱ ( g ) v ) t = 0 = ϱ ∗ ( Ad g X ) ϱ ( g ) v . (100)
as claimed. To show the G \mathbf{G} G -equivariance of B \mathbf{B} B , let g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G , X ∈ g X \in\mathfrak{g} X ∈ g , and u , v ∈ V u,v \in V u , v ∈ V . Using the Ad \operatorname{Ad} Ad -invariance of the inner product on g \mathfrak{g} g , the definition of B \mathbf{B} B , and the orthogonality of ϱ \varrho ϱ , we have
⟨ Ad g B ( u ⊗ v ) , X ⟩ g = ⟨ B ( u ⊗ v ) , Ad g − 1 X ⟩ g = ⟨ u , ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 X ) v ⟩ V = ⟨ ϱ ( g ) u , ϱ ( g ) ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 X ) v ⟩ V = ⟨ ϱ ( g ) u , ϱ ∗ ( X ) ϱ ( g ) v ⟩ V = ⟨ B ( ϱ ( g ) u ⊗ ϱ ( g ) v ) , X ⟩ g . \begin{aligned}
\langle\operatorname{Ad}_{g}\mathbf{B}(u\otimes v),X\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}=\langle\mathbf{B}(u\otimes v),\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}X\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}=\langle u,\varrho_{*}(\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}X)v\rangle_{V} \\
&=\langle\varrho(g)u,\varrho(g)\varrho_{*}(\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}X)v\rangle_{V}=\langle\varrho(g)u,\varrho_{*}(X)\varrho(g)v\rangle_{V} \\
&=\langle\mathbf{B}(\varrho(g)u\otimes\varrho(g)v),X\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}.
\end{aligned} ⟨ Ad g B ( u ⊗ v ) , X ⟩ g = ⟨ B ( u ⊗ v ) , Ad g − 1 X ⟩ g = ⟨ u , ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 X ) v ⟩ V = ⟨ ϱ ( g ) u , ϱ ( g ) ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 X ) v ⟩ V = ⟨ ϱ ( g ) u , ϱ ∗ ( X ) ϱ ( g ) v ⟩ V = ⟨ B ( ϱ ( g ) u ⊗ ϱ ( g ) v ) , X ⟩ g .
Since X X X was arbitrary, it follows that Ad g B ( u ⊗ v ) = B ( ϱ ( g ) u ⊗ ϱ ( g ) v ) \operatorname{Ad}_{g}\mathbf{B}(u\otimes v)=\mathbf{B}(\varrho(g)u\otimes\varrho(g)v) Ad g B ( u ⊗ v ) = B ( ϱ ( g ) u ⊗ ϱ ( g ) v ) as required.
Remark 3.16. Because we always assume that the vector space W \mathbf{W} W is equipped with an inner product ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ W \langle\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}\rangle_{\mathbf{W}} ⟨ ⋅ , ⋅ ⟩ W and an orthogonal action π \pi π of G \mathbf{G} G on W \mathbf{W} W , we may also view the inner product itself as a G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant map W × W → R \mathbf{W}\times\mathbf{W}\to\mathbb{R} W × W → R . Here, the action of G \mathbf{G} G on R \mathbb{R} R is taken to be the trivial action.
In the following lemma, we show that G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant maps satisfy chain and product rules.
Lemma 3.17. Let A : T d → g d A:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : T d → g d be a connection one-form. Let k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 and, for each 1 ≤ j ≤ k 1\leq j\leq k 1 ≤ j ≤ k , let π j \pi_j π j be a representation of G \mathbf{G} G on a vector space W j \mathbf{W}_j W j , let U j ⊆ W j \mathbf{U}_j\subseteq\mathbf{W}_j U j ⊆ W j be an open set that is invariant under π j \pi_j π j , and let u j : T d → U j u_j:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathbf{U}_j u j : T d → U j be a map. Furthermore, let π \pi π be a representation of G \mathbf{G} G on a vector space Z \mathbf{Z} Z . Finally, let Q : U 1 × ⋯ × U k → Z Q:\mathbf{U}_1\times\cdots\times\mathbf{U}_k\to\mathbf{Z} Q : U 1 × ⋯ × U k → Z be a differentiable G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant map. Then, it holds that
D A ( Q ( u 1 , … , u k ) ) = ∑ j = 1 k ∂ Q ∂ u j ( u 1 , … , u k ) D A u j . (101) D_A(Q(u_1,\ldots,u_k))=\sum_{j=1}^{k}\frac{\partial Q}{\partial u_j}(u_1,\ldots,u_k)D_Au_j. \tag*{(101)} D A ( Q ( u 1 , … , u k )) = j = 1 ∑ k ∂ u j ∂ Q ( u 1 , … , u k ) D A u j . (101) In particular, if Q : W 1 × ⋯ × W k → Z Q:\mathbf{W}_1\times\cdots\times\mathbf{W}_k\to\mathbf{Z} Q : W 1 × ⋯ × W k → Z is a multilinear, G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant map and w j : T d → W j w_j:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathbf{W}_j w j : T d → W j , where 1 ≤ j ≤ k 1\leq j\leq k 1 ≤ j ≤ k , then
D A ( Q ( w 1 , … , w k ) ) = ∑ j = 1 k Q ( w 1 , … , D A w j , … , w k ) . (102) D_A(Q(w_1,\ldots,w_k))=\sum_{j=1}^{k}Q(w_1,\ldots,D_Aw_j,\ldots,w_k). \tag*{(102)} D A ( Q ( w 1 , … , w k )) = j = 1 ∑ k Q ( w 1 , … , D A w j , … , w k ) . (102) We note that, with a slight abuse of notation, we denote the different covariant derivatives corresponding to the different representations of G \mathbf{G} G all by D A D_A D A .
Proof. Since (102) is a special case of (101) , it suffices to prove (101) . Using Definition 3.13 , we obtain for all X ∈ g X\in\mathfrak{g} X ∈ g and t ∈ R t\in\mathbb{R} t ∈ R that
π ( e t X ) Q ( u 1 , … , u k ) = Q ( π 1 ( e t X ) u 1 , … , π k ( e t X ) u k ) . \pi(\mathrm{e}^{tX})Q(u_1,\ldots,u_k)=Q(\pi_1(\mathrm{e}^{tX})u_1,\ldots,\pi_k(\mathrm{e}^{tX})u_k). π ( e tX ) Q ( u 1 , … , u k ) = Q ( π 1 ( e tX ) u 1 , … , π k ( e tX ) u k ) .
By taking the derivative at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , it then follows that
π ∗ ( X ) Q ( u 1 , … , u k ) = ∑ j = 1 k ∂ Q ∂ u j ( u 1 , … , u k ) ( π j ) ∗ ( X ) u j . \pi_{*}(X)Q(u_1,\ldots,u_k)=\sum_{j=1}^{k}\frac{\partial Q}{\partial u_j}(u_1,\ldots,u_k)(\pi_j)_{*}(X)u_j. π ∗ ( X ) Q ( u 1 , … , u k ) = j = 1 ∑ k ∂ u j ∂ Q ( u 1 , … , u k ) ( π j ) ∗ ( X ) u j .
Together with the definition of the covariant derivatives D A D_A D A and the chain rule for Euclidean derivatives, this implies (101) .
Remark 3.18. In particular, for smooth Φ , Ψ : T d → g \Phi,\Psi:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g} Φ , Ψ : T d → g , one has the Leibniz rule
D A j [ Φ , Ψ ] = [ D A j Φ , Ψ ] + [ Φ , D A j Ψ ] . (103) D_A^j[\Phi,\Psi]=[D_A^j\Phi,\Psi]+[\Phi,D_A^j\Psi]. \tag*{(103)} D A j [ Φ , Ψ ] = [ D A j Φ , Ψ ] + [ Φ , D A j Ψ ] . (103)
Lemma 3.19 (Commutator between covariant heat operator and covariant derivatives). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a smooth time-varying connection one-form, let Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \Psi: [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to W Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W be a time-varying W W W -valued map, and let j ∈ [ d ] j \in[d] j ∈ [ d ] . Then, with [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] [\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}] [ ⋅ , ⋅ ] denoting the commutator of two operators, it holds that
[ Δ A , D A , j ] Ψ : = ( Δ A D A , j − D A , j Δ A ) Ψ = − 2 ( F A ) j ℓ D A ℓ Ψ + ( D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j ) Ψ . (104) [\Delta_{A},D_{A,j}]\Psi:= (\Delta_{A}D_{A,j}-D_{A,j}\Delta_{A})\Psi=-2(F_{A})_{j\ell}D_{A}^{\ell}\Psi+(D_{A}^{\ell}(F_{A})_{\ell j})\Psi. \tag*{(104)} [ Δ A , D A , j ] Ψ := ( Δ A D A , j − D A , j Δ A ) Ψ = − 2 ( F A ) j ℓ D A ℓ Ψ + ( D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j ) Ψ. (104) [ ∂ t − Δ A , D A , j ] Ψ : = ( ( ∂ t − Δ A ) D A , j − D A , j ( ∂ t − Δ A ) ) Ψ = 2 ( F A ) j ℓ D A ℓ Ψ + ( ∂ t A j − D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j ) Ψ . (105) [\partial_{t}-\Delta_{A},D_{A,j}]\Psi:= ((\partial_{t}-\Delta_{A})D_{A,j}-D_{A,j}(\partial_{t}-\Delta_{A}))\Psi
=2(F_{A})_{j\ell}D_{A}^{\ell}\Psi+(\partial_{t}A_{j}-D_{A}^{\ell}(F_{A})_{\ell j})\Psi. \tag*{(105)} [ ∂ t − Δ A , D A , j ] Ψ := (( ∂ t − Δ A ) D A , j − D A , j ( ∂ t − Δ A )) Ψ = 2 ( F A ) j ℓ D A ℓ Ψ + ( ∂ t A j − D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j ) Ψ. (105)
Remark 3.20. In particular, if A A A is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow, i.e., if ∂ t A j = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j \partial_{t}A_{j}=D_{A}^{\ell}(F_{A})_{\ell j} ∂ t A j = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j , the second term on the right-hand side of (105) drops out. In the Abelian case, this was used in [BC24], see e.g. § 4.4 of that paper. We will also use this extensively (in the non-Abelian case) in § 5 .
Proof of Lemma 3.19. For the first commutation identity (104) , we apply (6) twice and (102) once to obtain
D A ℓ D A , ℓ D A , j Ψ = D A ℓ D A , j D A , ℓ Ψ + D A ℓ ( ( F A ) ℓ j Ψ ) = D A , j D A ℓ D A , ℓ Ψ + ( F A ) j ℓ D A , ℓ Ψ + D A ℓ ( ( F A ) ℓ j Ψ ) = D A , j D A ℓ D A , ℓ Ψ − 2 ( F A ) j ℓ D A ℓ Ψ + ( D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j ) Ψ . \begin{aligned}
D_{A}^{\ell}D_{A,\ell}D_{A,j}\Psi=D_{A}^{\ell}D_{A,j}D_{A,\ell}\Psi+D_{A}^{\ell}((F_{A})_{\ell j}\Psi) \\
&=D_{A,j}D_{A}^{\ell}D_{A,\ell}\Psi+(F_{A})_{j}^{\ \ell}D_{A,\ell}\Psi+D_{A}^{\ell}((F_{A})_{\ell j}\Psi) \\
&=D_{A,j}D_{A}^{\ell}D_{A,\ell}\Psi-2(F_{A})_{j\ell}D_{A}^{\ell}\Psi+(D_{A}^{\ell}(F_{A})_{\ell j})\Psi.
\end{aligned} D A ℓ D A , ℓ D A , j Ψ = D A ℓ D A , j D A , ℓ Ψ + D A ℓ (( F A ) ℓ j Ψ ) = D A , j D A ℓ D A , ℓ Ψ + ( F A ) j ℓ D A , ℓ Ψ + D A ℓ (( F A ) ℓ j Ψ ) = D A , j D A ℓ D A , ℓ Ψ − 2 ( F A ) j ℓ D A ℓ Ψ + ( D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j ) Ψ.
The second identity (105) follows by combining the first identity (104) along with the fact that [ ∂ t , D A , j ] Ψ = π ∗ ( ∂ t A j ) Ψ [\partial_{t},D_{A,j}]\Psi=\pi_{*}(\partial_{t}A_{j})\Psi [ ∂ t , D A , j ] Ψ = π ∗ ( ∂ t A j ) Ψ .
Lemma 3.21 (Bochner formulas). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a time-varying connection one-form and let Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \Psi: [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to W Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W be a W W W -valued map. Then we have the following Bochner formulas, where Δ \Delta Δ denotes the regular Laplacian acting on real-valued functions:
1 2 Δ ( ∣ Ψ ∣ W 2 ) = ⟨ Ψ , Δ A Ψ ⟩ W + ∣ D A Ψ ∣ W 2 , (106) \frac{1}{2}\Delta(|\Psi|_{W}^{2})=\langle\Psi,\Delta_{A}\Psi\rangle_{W}+|D_{A}\Psi|_{W}^{2}, \tag*{(106)} 2 1 Δ ( ∣Ψ ∣ W 2 ) = ⟨ Ψ , Δ A Ψ ⟩ W + ∣ D A Ψ ∣ W 2 , (106) 1 2 ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( ∣ Ψ ∣ W 2 ) = ⟨ Ψ , ( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ ⟩ W − ∣ D A Ψ ∣ W 2 . (107) \frac{1}{2}(\partial_{t}-\Delta)(|\Psi|_{W}^{2})=\langle\Psi,(\partial_{t}-\Delta_{A})\Psi\rangle_{W}-|D_{A}\Psi|_{W}^{2}. \tag*{(107)} 2 1 ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( ∣Ψ ∣ W 2 ) = ⟨ Ψ , ( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ ⟩ W − ∣ D A Ψ ∣ W 2 . (107)
Proof. We prove (106) ; the proof for (107) is similar. We compute (recall Remark 3.16 and the product formula (102) )
Δ ⟨ Ψ , Ψ ⟩ W = ∂ ℓ ∂ ℓ ⟨ Ψ , Ψ ⟩ W = 2 ∂ ℓ ⟨ Ψ , D A ℓ Ψ ⟩ W = 2 ⟨ Ψ , D A , ℓ D A ℓ Ψ ⟩ W + 2 ⟨ D A , ℓ Ψ , D A ℓ Ψ ⟩ W . \Delta\langle\Psi,\Psi\rangle_{W}=\partial_{\ell}\partial^{\ell}\langle\Psi,\Psi\rangle_{W}=2\partial_{\ell}\langle\Psi,D_{A}^{\ell}\Psi\rangle_{W}=2\langle\Psi,D_{A,\ell}D_{A}^{\ell}\Psi\rangle_{W}+2\langle D_{A,\ell}\Psi,D_{A}^{\ell}\Psi\rangle_{W}. Δ ⟨ Ψ , Ψ ⟩ W = ∂ ℓ ∂ ℓ ⟨ Ψ , Ψ ⟩ W = 2 ∂ ℓ ⟨ Ψ , D A ℓ Ψ ⟩ W = 2 ⟨ Ψ , D A , ℓ D A ℓ Ψ ⟩ W + 2 ⟨ D A , ℓ Ψ , D A ℓ Ψ ⟩ W .
The desired result now follows.
Lemma 3.22 (Linearisation). Let A , B : T d → g d A,B:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A , B : T d → g d be two connection one-forms, let C : T d → g d C:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} C : T d → g d be the one-form such that A = B + C A=B+C A = B + C , let Ψ : T d → W \Psi:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W Ψ : T d → W , and let j , k ∈ [ d ] j,k\in[d] j , k ∈ [ d ] . Then, it holds that
D A j Ψ = D B j Ψ + C j Ψ , (108) D_{A}^{j}\Psi=D_{B}^{j}\Psi+C^{j}\Psi, \tag*{(108)} D A j Ψ = D B j Ψ + C j Ψ , (108) F A j k = F B j k + D B j C k − D B k C j + [ C j , C k ] , (109) F_{A}^{jk}=F_{B}^{jk}+D_{B}^{j}C^{k}-D_{B}^{k}C^{j}+[C^{j},C^{k}], \tag*{(109)} F A j k = F B j k + D B j C k − D B k C j + [ C j , C k ] , (109) D A , j F A j k = D B , j F B j k + Δ B C k + 2 [ F B k j , C j ] − D B k D B j C j D_{A,j}F_{A}^{jk}=D_{B,j}F_{B}^{jk}+\Delta_{B}C^{k}+2[F_{B}^{kj},C_{j}]-D_{B}^{k}D_{B}^{j}C_{j} D A , j F A j k = D B , j F B j k + Δ B C k + 2 [ F B k j , C j ] − D B k D B j C j + [ D B j C j , C k ] + [ C j , 2 D B j C k − D B k C j ] + [ C j , [ C j , C k ] ] , (110) \qquad+[D_{B}^{j}C_{j},C^{k}]+[C_{j},2D_{B}^{j}C^{k}-D_{B}^{k}C^{j}]+[C_{j},[C^{j},C^{k}]], \tag*{(110)} + [ D B j C j , C k ] + [ C j , 2 D B j C k − D B k C j ] + [ C j , [ C j , C k ]] , (110) D A k D A j C j = D B k D B j C j − [ D B j C j , C k ] , (111) D_{A}^{k}D_{A}^{j}C_{j}=D_{B}^{k}D_{B}^{j}C_{j}-[D_{B}^{j}C_{j},C^{k}], \tag*{(111)} D A k D A j C j = D B k D B j C j − [ D B j C j , C k ] , (111) Δ A Ψ − ( D A j C j ) Ψ = Δ B Ψ + 2 C j D B j Ψ + C j C j Ψ . (112) \Delta_{A}\Psi-(D_{A}^{j}C_{j})\Psi=\Delta_{B}\Psi+2C_{j}D_{B}^{j}\Psi+C^{j}C_{j}\Psi. \tag*{(112)} Δ A Ψ − ( D A j C j ) Ψ = Δ B Ψ + 2 C j D B j Ψ + C j C j Ψ. (112)
Proof. The first identity (108) follows directly from the definition of our covariant derivatives. To obtain the second identity (109) , we write
F B + C j k = ∂ j ( B + C ) k − ∂ k ( B + C ) j + [ ( B + C ) j , ( B + C ) k ] = ( ∂ j B k − ∂ k B j + [ B j , B k ] ) + ( ∂ j C k + [ B j , C k ] − ∂ k C j − [ B k , C j ] ) + [ C j , C k ] = F B j k + ( D B C ) j k + [ C j , C k ] . F_{B+C}^{jk} = \partial^j(B+C)^k-\partial^k(B+C)^j+[(B+C)^j,(B+C)^k]
= (\partial^jB^k-\partial^kB^j+[B^j,B^k])+(\partial^jC^k+[B^j,C^k]-\partial^kC^j-[B^k,C^j])+[C^j,C^k]
= F_B^{jk}+(D_BC)^{jk}+[C^j,C^k]. F B + C j k = ∂ j ( B + C ) k − ∂ k ( B + C ) j + [( B + C ) j , ( B + C ) k ] = ( ∂ j B k − ∂ k B j + [ B j , B k ]) + ( ∂ j C k + [ B j , C k ] − ∂ k C j − [ B k , C j ]) + [ C j , C k ] = F B j k + ( D B C ) j k + [ C j , C k ] .
To obtain the third identity (110) , we first use (108) and (109) , which yield that
D A , j F A j k = ( D B , j + ad ( C j ) ) ( F B j k + ( D B C ) j k + [ C j , C k ] ) = D B , j F B j k + D B , j ( D B C ) j k + [ C j , F B j k ] D_{A,j}F_A^{jk}=(D_{B,j}+\operatorname{ad}(C_j))(F_B^{jk}+(D_BC)^{jk}+[C^j,C^k])
= D_{B,j}F_B^{jk}+D_{B,j}(D_BC)^{jk}+[C_j,F_B^{jk}] D A , j F A j k = ( D B , j + ad ( C j )) ( F B j k + ( D B C ) j k + [ C j , C k ]) = D B , j F B j k + D B , j ( D B C ) j k + [ C j , F B j k ]
+ D B j [ C j , C k ] + [ C j , ( D B C ) j k ] + [ C j , [ C j , C k ] ] . (113) \qquad+D_B^j[C_j,C^k]+[C_j,(D_BC)^{jk}]+[C_j,[C^j,C^k]]. \tag*{(113)} + D B j [ C j , C k ] + [ C j , ( D B C ) j k ] + [ C j , [ C j , C k ]] . (113)
Using the commutator identity (6) , we see that the second and third summands in (113) can be written as
D B , j ( D B j C k − D B k C j ) + [ C j , F B j k ] = Δ B C k − D B k D B j C j + 2 [ F B j k , C j ] . D_{B,j}(D_B^jC^k-D_B^kC^j)+[C_j,F_B^{jk}]=\Delta_BC^k-D_B^kD_B^jC_j+2[F_B^{jk},C_j]. D B , j ( D B j C k − D B k C j ) + [ C j , F B j k ] = Δ B C k − D B k D B j C j + 2 [ F B j k , C j ] .
Furthermore, using the covariant Leibniz rule (103) , we see that the first and second summands in (3.20) can be written as
D B j [ C j , C k ] + [ C j , ( D B C ) j k ] = [ D B j C j , C k ] + [ C j , D B j C k ] + [ C j , D B j C k ] − [ C j , D B k C j ] = [ D B j C j , C k ] + [ C j , 2 D B j C k − D B k C j ] . \begin{aligned}
D_B^j[C_j,C^k]+[C_j,(D_BC)^{jk}]
=[D_B^jC_j,C^k]+[C_j,D_B^jC^k]+[C_j,D_B^jC^k]-[C_j,D_B^kC^j] \\
&=[D_B^jC_j,C^k]+[C_j,2D_B^jC^k-D_B^kC^j].
\end{aligned} D B j [ C j , C k ] + [ C j , ( D B C ) j k ] = [ D B j C j , C k ] + [ C j , D B j C k ] + [ C j , D B j C k ] − [ C j , D B k C j ] = [ D B j C j , C k ] + [ C j , 2 D B j C k − D B k C j ] .
Altogether, we therefore obtain (110) . In order to obtain the fourth identity (111) , we first apply (108) to D A j D_A^j D A j and then use the skew-symmetry of the Lie bracket. From this, it follows that
D A k D A j C j = D A k ( D B j C j + [ C j , C j ] ) = D A k D B j C j . D_A^kD_A^jC_j=D_A^k(D_B^jC_j+[C^j,C_j])=D_A^kD_B^jC_j. D A k D A j C j = D A k ( D B j C j + [ C j , C j ]) = D A k D B j C j .
After applying (108) to D A k D_A^k D A k and again using the skew-symmetry of the Lie bracket, we obtain (111) . Finally, in order to obtain the last identity (112) , we use Lemma 3.15 and Lemma 3.17 , which yield that
Δ A Ψ − ( D A j C j ) Ψ = ( D B j + C j ) ( D B , j + C j ) Ψ − ( D B j C j + [ C j , C j ] ) Ψ = D B j D B , j Ψ + C j D B , j Ψ + D B j ( C j Ψ ) + C j C j Ψ − ( D B j C j ) Ψ = Δ B Ψ + 2 C j D B j Ψ + C j C j Ψ . \begin{aligned}
\Delta_A\Psi-(D_A^jC_j)\Psi=(D_B^j+C^j)(D_{B,j}+C_j)\Psi-(D_B^jC_j+[C^j,C_j])\Psi\\
&=D_B^jD_{B,j}\Psi+C^jD_{B,j}\Psi+D_B^j(C_j\Psi)+C^jC_j\Psi-(D_B^jC_j)\Psi\\
&=\Delta_B\Psi+2C_jD_B^j\Psi+C^jC_j\Psi.
\end{aligned} Δ A Ψ − ( D A j C j ) Ψ = ( D B j + C j ) ( D B , j + C j ) Ψ − ( D B j C j + [ C j , C j ]) Ψ = D B j D B , j Ψ + C j D B , j Ψ + D B j ( C j Ψ ) + C j C j Ψ − ( D B j C j ) Ψ = Δ B Ψ + 2 C j D B j Ψ + C j C j Ψ.
In the following, recall our definitions of inner products of differential forms (Notation 3.9 ), the covariant curl (Notation 3.10 ), and the covariant divergence of a two-form (Notation 3.11).
Lemma 3.23. Let A : T 2 → g 2 A:\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 A : T 2 → g 2 be a connection one-form, C : T 2 → W 2 C:\mathbb{T}^2\to W^2 C : T 2 → W 2 be a W-valued one-form, and F : T 2 → W 2 × 2 F:\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbf{W}^{2\times2} F : T 2 → W 2 × 2 be a W-valued two-form. Then we have the integration by parts identity
⟨ curl A C , F 12 ⟩ = ⟨ C , D A ∗ F ⟩ . \langle\operatorname{curl}_A C,F_{12}\rangle=\langle C,D_A^*F\rangle. ⟨ curl A C , F 12 ⟩ = ⟨ C , D A ∗ F ⟩ . Proof. We have that
⟨ curl A C , F 12 ⟩ = ∫ T 2 ⟨ curl A C ( x ) , F 12 ( x ) ⟩ W d x = ∫ T 2 ⟨ D A 1 C 2 ( x ) − D A 2 C 1 ( x ) , F 12 ( x ) ⟩ W d x . \langle\operatorname{curl}_A C,F_{12}\rangle=\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\langle\operatorname{curl}_A C(x),F_{12}(x)\rangle_W\,\mathrm{d}x=\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\langle D_A^1C^2(x)-D_A^2C^1(x),F_{12}(x)\rangle_W\,\mathrm{d}x. ⟨ curl A C , F 12 ⟩ = ∫ T 2 ⟨ curl A C ( x ) , F 12 ( x ) ⟩ W d x = ∫ T 2 ⟨ D A 1 C 2 ( x ) − D A 2 C 1 ( x ) , F 12 ( x ) ⟩ W d x . To finish, apply integration by parts and use the antisymmetry of the two-form F F F .
Lemma 3.24. Let A : T d → g d A:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : T d → g d be a connection one-form and let C : T d → g d C:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} C : T d → g d be a g \mathfrak{g} g -valued one-form. Then
2 ∑ 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ⟨ F A i j , [ C i , C j ] ⟩ = ∑ 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∥ D A , i C j − D A , j C i ∥ L 2 2 + ∥ D A j C j ∥ L 2 2 − ∑ i , j = 1 d ∥ D A , i C j ∥ L 2 2 . (114) 2\sum_{1\le i<j\le d}\langle F_{A}^{ij},[C_i,C_j]\rangle
=
\sum_{1\le i<j\le d}\lVert D_{A,i}C_j-D_{A,j}C_i\rVert_{L^2}^{2}
+\lVert D_{A}^{j}C_j\rVert_{L^2}^{2}
-\sum_{i,j=1}^{d}\lVert D_{A,i}C_j\rVert_{L^2}^{2}. \tag*{(114)} 2 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∑ ⟨ F A ij , [ C i , C j ]⟩ = 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∑ ∥ D A , i C j − D A , j C i ∥ L 2 2 + ∥ D A j C j ∥ L 2 2 − i , j = 1 ∑ d ∥ D A , i C j ∥ L 2 2 . (114) Also, we have that
2 ∑ 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ⟨ F A i j , [ C i , C j ] ⟩ = − ∑ 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∥ D A , i C j − D A , j C i ∥ L 2 2 − ∥ D A j C j ∥ L 2 2 − ∑ i = 1 d ⟨ C i , Δ A C i + 2 [ ( F A ) i j , C j ] ⟩ . (115) 2\sum_{1\le i<j\le d}\langle F_{A}^{ij},[C_i,C_j]\rangle
=
-\sum_{1\le i<j\le d}\lVert D_{A,i}C_j-D_{A,j}C_i\rVert_{L^2}^{2}
-\lVert D_{A}^{j}C_j\rVert_{L^2}^{2}
-\sum_{i=1}^{d}\langle C_i,\Delta_A C_i+2[(F_A)_{ij},C^j]\rangle. \tag*{(115)} 2 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∑ ⟨ F A ij , [ C i , C j ]⟩ = − 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∑ ∥ D A , i C j − D A , j C i ∥ L 2 2 − ∥ D A j C j ∥ L 2 2 − i = 1 ∑ d ⟨ C i , Δ A C i + 2 [( F A ) ij , C j ]⟩ . (115) Proof. By expanding the squares, the right-hand side of (114) is equal to
2 ∑ 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∫ T d ( ⟨ D A , i C i , D A , j C j ⟩ g − ⟨ D A , i C j , D A , j C i ⟩ g ) d x . 2\sum_{1\le i<j\le d}\int_{\mathbb{T}^{d}}\left(\langle D_{A,i}C_i,D_{A,j}C_j\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}-\langle D_{A,i}C_j,D_{A,j}C_i\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}\right)\,dx. 2 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∑ ∫ T d ( ⟨ D A , i C i , D A , j C j ⟩ g − ⟨ D A , i C j , D A , j C i ⟩ g ) d x . For each i < j i<j i < j , integration by parts and (6) give
∫ T d ( ⟨ D A , i C i , D A , j C j ⟩ g − ⟨ D A , i C j , D A , j C i ⟩ g ) d x = ∫ T d ⟨ ( D A , j D A , i − D A , i D A , j ) C j , C i ⟩ g d x = ∫ T d ⟨ F A i j [ C i , C j ] ⟩ g d x . \begin{aligned}
\int_{\mathbb{T}^{d}}\left(\langle D_{A,i}C_i,D_{A,j}C_j\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}-\langle D_{A,i}C_j,D_{A,j}C_i\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}\right)\,dx
&=\int_{\mathbb{T}^{d}}\langle(D_{A,j}D_{A,i}-D_{A,i}D_{A,j})C_j,C_i\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}\,dx\\
&=\int_{\mathbb{T}^{d}}\langle F_{A}^{ij}[C_i,C_j]\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}\,dx.
\end{aligned} ∫ T d ( ⟨ D A , i C i , D A , j C j ⟩ g − ⟨ D A , i C j , D A , j C i ⟩ g ) d x = ∫ T d ⟨( D A , j D A , i − D A , i D A , j ) C j , C i ⟩ g d x = ∫ T d ⟨ F A ij [ C i , C j ] ⟩ g d x . The equality (114) follows. For (115) , note that
− ∑ i = 1 d ⟨ C i , 2 [ ( F A ) i j , C j ] ⟩ g = 2 ∑ i , j = 1 d ⟨ [ C i , C j ] , ( F A ) i j ⟩ g = 4 ∑ 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ⟨ [ C i , C j ] , ( F A ) i j ⟩ g -\sum_{i=1}^{d}\langle C_i,2[(F_A)_{ij},C^j]\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}
=2\sum_{i,j=1}^{d}\langle[C_i,C_j],(F_A)_{ij}\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}
=4\sum_{1\le i<j\le d}\langle[C_i,C_j],(F_A)_{ij}\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}} − i = 1 ∑ d ⟨ C i , 2 [( F A ) ij , C j ] ⟩ g = 2 i , j = 1 ∑ d ⟨[ C i , C j ] , ( F A ) ij ⟩ g = 4 1 ≤ i < j ≤ d ∑ ⟨[ C i , C j ] , ( F A ) ij ⟩ g and
− ∑ i = 1 d ⟨ C i , Δ A C i ⟩ = ∑ i , j = 1 d ∥ D A , j C i ∥ L 2 2 . -\sum_{i=1}^{d}\langle C_i,\Delta_A C_i\rangle
=\sum_{i,j=1}^{d}\lVert D_{A,j}C_i\rVert_{L^2}^{2}. − i = 1 ∑ d ⟨ C i , Δ A C i ⟩ = i , j = 1 ∑ d ∥ D A , j C i ∥ L 2 2 . Combining this with (114) proves (115) . □
Identities for the Yang–Mills gradient flow Next, we discuss a fully covariant formulation of the Yang–Mills gradient flow, which is described in [Oh14, Oh15]. We find this formulation to be quite elegant, and moreover extremely useful for computations. To this end, we first recall the Yang–Mills gradient flow:
∂ t A i = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] . (116) \partial_t A_i=D_A^\ell(F_A)_{\ell i},\quad i\in[d]. \tag*{(116)} ∂ t A i = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] . (116)
Here, A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d is a time-varying connection one-form on T d \mathbb{T}^{d} T d . The fully covariant formulation proceeds by appending a temporal component A 0 : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g A_0 : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g} A 0 : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g , and viewing ( A α , α ∈ { 0 , … , d } ) (A_\alpha, \alpha\in\{0,\ldots,d\}) ( A α , α ∈ { 0 , … , d }) as a connection one-form on [ 0 , T ] × T d [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} [ 0 , T ] × T d . Then the above equation may be written as
( F A ) 0 i = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] , (117) (F_A)_{0i} = D_A^\ell(F_A)_{\ell i}, \quad i \in[d], \tag*{(117)} ( F A ) 0 i = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] , (117)
A 0 = 0. (118) A_0 = 0. \tag*{(118)} A 0 = 0. (118)
Here, the index 0 denotes the time direction, so that ∂ 0 \partial_0 ∂ 0 denotes differentiation in time. Note that
( F A ) 0 i = ∂ 0 A i − ∂ i A 0 + [ A 0 , A i ] = ∂ 0 A i − D A , i A 0 , (F_A)_{0i} = \partial_0 A_i - \partial_i A_0 + [A_0,A_i] = \partial_0 A_i - D_{A,i}A_0, ( F A ) 0 i = ∂ 0 A i − ∂ i A 0 + [ A 0 , A i ] = ∂ 0 A i − D A , i A 0 ,
and thus since A 0 = 0 A_0 = 0 A 0 = 0 , we see that the above equation is equivalent to the Yang–Mills gradient flow. The point now is that the choice of A 0 A_0 A 0 precisely corresponds to the choice of gauge, since by the above computation, we may rewrite
∂ 0 A i = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i + D A , i A 0 , i ∈ [ d ] , \partial_0 A_i = D_A^\ell(F_A)_{\ell i} + D_{A,i}A_0, \quad i \in[d], ∂ 0 A i = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i + D A , i A 0 , i ∈ [ d ] ,
and we recall (see e.g. the discussion around [CCHS22, Equation (1.6)]) that the extra pure gradient term D A , i A 0 D_{A,i}A_0 D A , i A 0 is always tangent to the gauge orbit of A A A . For instance, the DeTurck Yang–Mills flow is given by taking A 0 = ∂ ℓ A ℓ A_0 = \partial^\ell A_\ell A 0 = ∂ ℓ A ℓ .
The name “fully covariant formulation” arises from the fact that the equation (117) is covariant even under space-time gauge transformations. Under such transformations, the only thing that may change is the gauge condition (118) . In particular, given a space-time gauge transformation g : [ 0 , T ] × T d → G g : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to G g : [ 0 , T ] × T d → G , we may hit both sides of the equation (117) by Ad g \operatorname{Ad}_g Ad g , from which we obtain (here A ~ = g ∙ A \widetilde{A} = g \mathbin{\bullet} A A = g ∙ A )
( F A ~ ) 0 i = Ad g ( F A ) 0 i = Ad g ( D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i ) = D A ~ ℓ ( F A ~ ) ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] , (F_{\widetilde{A}})_{0i} = \operatorname{Ad}_g(F_A)_{0i} = \operatorname{Ad}_g(D_A^\ell(F_A)_{\ell i}) = D_{\widetilde{A}}^\ell(F_{\widetilde{A}})_{\ell i}, \quad i \in[d], ( F A ) 0 i = Ad g ( F A ) 0 i = Ad g ( D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i ) = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] ,
A ~ 0 = ( g ∙ A ) 0 = Ad g A 0 − ( ∂ 0 g ) g − 1 . \widetilde{A}_0 = (g \mathbin{\bullet} A)_0 = \operatorname{Ad}_g A_0 - (\partial_0 g)g^{-1}. A 0 = ( g ∙ A ) 0 = Ad g A 0 − ( ∂ 0 g ) g − 1 .
As a sample computation, suppose that A ~ \widetilde{A} A is a solution to the DeTurck Yang–Mills flow:
( F A ~ ) 0 i = D A ~ ℓ ( F A ~ ) ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] (F_{\widetilde{A}})_{0i} = D_{\widetilde{A}}^\ell(F_{\widetilde{A}})_{\ell i}, \quad i \in[d] ( F A ) 0 i = D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ]
A ~ 0 = ∂ ℓ A ~ ℓ . \widetilde{A}_0 = \partial^\ell\widetilde{A}_\ell. A 0 = ∂ ℓ A ℓ .
Now suppose that we want to solve for a space-time gauge transformation g g g such that g ∙ A ~ g \mathbin{\bullet} \widetilde{A} g ∙ A is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow. This corresponds to solving for g g g such that ( g ∙ A ~ ) 0 = 0 (g \mathbin{\bullet} \widetilde{A})_0 = 0 ( g ∙ A ) 0 = 0 , which may be written as the equation
( ∂ 0 g ) g − 1 = Ad g A ~ 0 = Ad g ( ∂ ℓ A ~ ℓ ) . (\partial_0 g)g^{-1} = \operatorname{Ad}_g\widetilde{A}_0 = \operatorname{Ad}_g(\partial^\ell\widetilde{A}_\ell). ( ∂ 0 g ) g − 1 = Ad g A 0 = Ad g ( ∂ ℓ A ℓ ) .
We also remark that the fully covariant formulation is helpful when dealing with equations of the form
( ∂ t − Δ A ) ϕ = G , (\partial_t - \Delta_A)\phi= G, ( ∂ t − Δ A ) ϕ = G ,
where ϕ \phi ϕ , G G G are W \mathbf{W} W -valued, and A A A is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow. In particular, it is then natural to write
( D A , 0 − Δ A ) ϕ = G , (D_{A,0} - \Delta_A)\phi= G, ( D A , 0 − Δ A ) ϕ = G ,
and given a space-time gauge transformation g g g , upon hitting both sides above by g g g (here the representation of G G G on W \mathbf{W} W is kept implicit) and then commuting the g g g in on the left-hand side, we may obtain
( D g ∙ A , 0 − Δ g ∙ A ) ( g ∙ ϕ ) = g ∙ G . (D_{g \mathbin{\bullet} A,0} - \Delta_{g \mathbin{\bullet} A})(g \mathbin{\bullet} \phi) = g \mathbin{\bullet} G. ( D g ∙ A , 0 − Δ g ∙ A ) ( g ∙ ϕ ) = g ∙ G .
This may be converted back into the equation
( ∂ t − Δ g ∙ A ) ( g ∙ ϕ ) = ( ( ∂ t g ) g − 1 ) ( g ∙ ϕ ) + g ∙ G . (119) (\partial_t - \Delta_{g \mathbin{\bullet} A})(g \mathbin{\bullet} \phi) = ((\partial_t g)g^{-1})(g \mathbin{\bullet} \phi) + g \mathbin{\bullet} G. \tag*{(119)} ( ∂ t − Δ g ∙ A ) ( g ∙ ϕ ) = (( ∂ t g ) g − 1 ) ( g ∙ ϕ ) + g ∙ G . (119)
Next, we discuss Yang–Mills connections, which are the stationary solutions to the Yang–Mills gradient flow.
Definition 3.25. Let A : T d → g d A:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : T d → g d be a connection one-form. We say that A A A is Yang–Mills (alternatively, is a Yang–Mills connection) if it solves the equations
D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i = 0 , i ∈ [ d ] . D_{A}^{\ell}(F_{A})_{\ell i}=0,\qquad i\in[d]. D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ i = 0 , i ∈ [ d ] . We refer to the above equations as the Yang–Mills equations.
Having introduced the fully covariant formulation of the Yang–Mills gradient flow, we next turn to deriving various identities associated to this flow. First, we record the Bianchi identity:
D A , α ( F A ) β γ + D A , β ( F A ) γ α + D A , γ ( F A ) α β = 0. (120) D_{A,\alpha}(F_{A})_{\beta\gamma}+D_{A,\beta}(F_{A})_{\gamma\alpha}+D_{A,\gamma}(F_{A})_{\alpha\beta}=0. \tag*{(120)} D A , α ( F A ) β γ + D A , β ( F A ) γ α + D A , γ ( F A ) α β = 0. (120)
valid for any values α , β , γ \alpha,\beta,\gamma α , β , γ (recall from Notation 3.2 that Greek letters are assumed to be in { 0 } ∪ [ d ] \{0\}\cup[d] { 0 } ∪ [ d ] ).
Lemma 3.27. Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (116) . Then ∂ t A \partial_tA ∂ t A is covariant divergence free, i.e. D A j ∂ t A j = 0 D_{A}^{j}\partial_tA_j=0 D A j ∂ t A j = 0 .
Proof. We have that D A j ∂ t A j = D A j D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j D_{A}^{j}\partial_tA_j=D_{A}^{j}D_{A}^{\ell}(F_A)_{\ell j} D A j ∂ t A j = D A j D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j . By swapping the indices j ↔ ℓ j\leftrightarrow\ell j ↔ ℓ and using (6) , we obtain
D A j D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j = D A ℓ D A j ( F A ) j ℓ = − D A ℓ D A j ( F A ) ℓ j = − D A j D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j − [ F A ℓ j , ( F A ) ℓ j ] = − D A j D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j , \begin{aligned}
D_{A}^{j}D_{A}^{\ell}(F_A)_{\ell j}=D_{A}^{\ell}D_{A}^{j}(F_A)_{j\ell}=-D_{A}^{\ell}D_{A}^{j}(F_A)_{\ell j} \\
&=-D_{A}^{j}D_{A}^{\ell}(F_A)_{\ell j}-[F_A^{\ell j},(F_A)_{\ell j}]=-D_{A}^{j}D_{A}^{\ell}(F_A)_{\ell j},
\end{aligned} D A j D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j = D A ℓ D A j ( F A ) j ℓ = − D A ℓ D A j ( F A ) ℓ j = − D A j D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j − [ F A ℓ j , ( F A ) ℓ j ] = − D A j D A ℓ ( F A ) ℓ j ,
from which the desired result follows.
Lemma 3.28 (Equation for the curvature). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (116) . Then the curvature F A F_A F A satisfies the equation:
( ∂ t − Δ A ) ( F A ) i j = 2 [ ( F A ) i ℓ , ( F A ) ℓ j ] . (\partial_t-\Delta_A)(F_A)_{ij}=2[(F_A)_{i}^{\ \ell},(F_A)_{\ell j}]. ( ∂ t − Δ A ) ( F A ) ij = 2 [( F A ) i ℓ , ( F A ) ℓ j ] . In the special case d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , we further have that ( ∂ t − Δ A ) F A = 0 (\partial_t-\Delta_A)F_A=0 ( ∂ t − Δ A ) F A = 0 .
Proof. For simplicity, write F = F A F=F_A F = F A and D = D A D=D_A D = D A . Recall the fully covariant formulation of the Yang–Mills gradient flow (117) –(118) . By several applications of the Bianchi identity (120) and curvature commutation (6) , we obtain
D 0 F i j = − D i F j 0 − D j F 0 i = D i F 0 j − D j F 0 i = D i D ℓ F ℓ j − D j D ℓ F ℓ i = D ℓ D i F ℓ j − D j D ℓ F ℓ i + [ F i ℓ , F ℓ j ] = − D ℓ D ℓ F j i − D ℓ D j F i ℓ − D j D ℓ F ℓ i − [ F j ℓ , F i ℓ ] + [ F i ℓ , F ℓ j ] = Δ A F i j − D j D ℓ F i ℓ − D j D ℓ F ℓ i − [ F j ℓ , F i ℓ ] + [ F i ℓ , F ℓ j ] = Δ A F i j + 2 [ F i ℓ , F ℓ j ] , \begin{aligned}
D_0F_{ij}=-D_iF_{j0}-D_jF_{0i}=D_iF_{0j}-D_jF_{0i} \\
&=D_iD^{\ell}F_{\ell j}-D_jD^{\ell}F_{\ell i}=D^{\ell}D_iF_{\ell j}-D_jD^{\ell}F_{\ell i}+[F_i^{\ \ell},F_{\ell j}] \\
&=-D^{\ell}D_{\ell}F_{ji}-D^{\ell}D_jF_{i\ell}-D_jD^{\ell}F_{\ell i}-[F_j^{\ \ell},F_{i\ell}]+[F_i^{\ \ell},F_{\ell j}] \\
&=\Delta_AF_{ij}-D_jD^{\ell}F_{i\ell}-D_jD^{\ell}F_{\ell i}-[F_j^{\ \ell},F_{i\ell}]+[F_i^{\ \ell},F_{\ell j}] \\
&=\Delta_AF_{ij}+2[F_i^{\ \ell},F_{\ell j}],
\end{aligned} D 0 F ij = − D i F j 0 − D j F 0 i = D i F 0 j − D j F 0 i = D i D ℓ F ℓ j − D j D ℓ F ℓ i = D ℓ D i F ℓ j − D j D ℓ F ℓ i + [ F i ℓ , F ℓ j ] = − D ℓ D ℓ F j i − D ℓ D j F i ℓ − D j D ℓ F ℓ i − [ F j ℓ , F i ℓ ] + [ F i ℓ , F ℓ j ] = Δ A F ij − D j D ℓ F i ℓ − D j D ℓ F ℓ i − [ F j ℓ , F i ℓ ] + [ F i ℓ , F ℓ j ] = Δ A F ij + 2 [ F i ℓ , F ℓ j ] ,
as desired (note that D 0 = ∂ 0 D_0=\partial_0 D 0 = ∂ 0 , since A 0 = 0 A_0=0 A 0 = 0 ). In the special case d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , there are only two spatial indices, and thus when i ≠ j i\ne j i = j , at least one of the terms F i ℓ , F ℓ j F_i^{\ \ell},F_{\ell j} F i ℓ , F ℓ j must be of the form F 11 F_{11} F 11 or F 22 F_{22} F 22 , and these are both zero.
:::
Lemma 3.29 (Commutators for higher derivatives). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathfrak{g}^d A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (116) . Let Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \Psi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W be a W W W -valued map. Then for any k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , we have the following expression for the commutator:
[ ( ∂ t − Δ A ) , D A ( k ) ] Ψ = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 ≥ 0 , j 2 ≥ 1 O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) . [(\partial_t-\Delta_A),D_A^{(k)}]\Psi=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k\\j_1\geq0,j_2\geq1}}\mathcal{O}\bigl((D_A^{(j_1)}F_A)(D_A^{(j_2)}\Psi)\bigr). [( ∂ t − Δ A ) , D A ( k ) ] Ψ = j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 ≥ 0 , j 2 ≥ 1 ∑ O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) . Here, as in Notation 3.3, D A ( k ) D_A^{(k)} D A ( k ) denotes any term of the form D A ℓ 1 ⋯ D A ℓ k D_A^{\ell_1}\cdots D_A^{\ell_k} D A ℓ 1 ⋯ D A ℓ k , where ℓ 1 , … , ℓ k ∈ [ d ] \ell_1,\ldots,\ell_k\in[d] ℓ 1 , … , ℓ k ∈ [ d ] . Similarly, if A ~ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d \widetilde{A}:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathfrak{g}^d A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d is a solution to the backward Yang–Mills gradient flow:
∂ t A ~ j = − D A ~ ℓ j ( F A ~ ) ℓ j , j ∈ [ d ] , \partial_t\widetilde{A}_j=-D_{\widetilde{A}}^{\ell_j}(F_{\widetilde{A}})_{\ell_j},\qquad j\in[d], ∂ t A j = − D A ℓ j ( F A ) ℓ j , j ∈ [ d ] , then for any k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , we have that
[ ( ∂ t − Δ A ~ ) , D A ~ ( k ) ] Ψ = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 O ( ( D A ~ ( j 1 ) F A ~ ) ( D A ~ ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) . [(\partial_t-\Delta_{\widetilde{A}}),D_{\widetilde{A}}^{(k)}]\Psi=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k\\j_1,j_2\geq0}}\mathcal{O}\bigl((D_{\widetilde{A}}^{(j_1)}F_{\widetilde{A}})(D_{\widetilde{A}}^{(j_2)}\Psi)\bigr). [( ∂ t − Δ A ) , D A ( k ) ] Ψ = j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) .
Remark 3.30. In particular, if Ψ \Psi Ψ solves the equation:
( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ = G , (\partial_t-\Delta_A)\Psi=G, ( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ = G ,
then Lemma 3.29 implies
( ∂ t − Δ A ) D A ( k ) Ψ = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 ≥ 0 j 2 ≥ 1 O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) + D A ( k ) G . (\partial_t-\Delta_A)D_A^{(k)}\Psi=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k\\j_1\geq0\\j_2\geq1}}\mathcal{O}\bigl((D_A^{(j_1)}F_A)(D_A^{(j_2)}\Psi)\bigr)+D_A^{(k)}G. ( ∂ t − Δ A ) D A ( k ) Ψ = j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 ≥ 0 j 2 ≥ 1 ∑ O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) + D A ( k ) G .
If moreover G G G has the form G = O ( F A Ψ ) G=\mathcal{O}(F_A\Psi) G = O ( F A Ψ ) , then we further have that
( ∂ t − Δ A ) D A ( k ) Ψ = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) . (\partial_t-\Delta_A)D_A^{(k)}\Psi=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k\\j_1,j_2\geq0}}\mathcal{O}\bigl((D_A^{(j_1)}F_A)(D_A^{(j_2)}\Psi)\bigr). ( ∂ t − Δ A ) D A ( k ) Ψ = j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) .
This follows by inductively applying the product formula (102) to show that D A ( k ) O ( F A Ψ ) D_A^{(k)}\mathcal{O}(F_A\Psi) D A ( k ) O ( F A Ψ ) is of the form given by the right-hand side above. In particular, the restrictions on the indices are now given by j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 j_1,j_2\geq0 j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 , rather than j 1 ≥ 0 , j 2 ≥ 1 j_1\geq0,j_2\geq1 j 1 ≥ 0 , j 2 ≥ 1 . Similarly, if
( ∂ t − Δ A ~ ) Ψ ~ = O ( F A ~ Ψ ~ ) , (\partial_t-\Delta_{\widetilde{A}})\widetilde{\Psi}=\mathcal{O}(F_{\widetilde{A}}\widetilde{\Psi}), ( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ = O ( F A Ψ ) ,
then we have that
( ∂ t − Δ A ~ ) D A ~ ( k ) Ψ ~ = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 O ( ( D A ~ ( j 1 ) F A ~ ) ( D A ~ ( j 2 ) Ψ ~ ) ) . (\partial_t-\Delta_{\widetilde{A}})D_{\widetilde{A}}^{(k)}\widetilde{\Psi}=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k\\j_1,j_2\geq0}}\mathcal{O}\bigl((D_{\widetilde{A}}^{(j_1)}F_{\widetilde{A}})(D_{\widetilde{A}}^{(j_2)}\widetilde{\Psi})\bigr). ( ∂ t − Δ A ) D A ( k ) Ψ = j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) .
Proof of Lemma 3.29. To show the first claim, we argue by induction. The base case k = 1 k=1 k = 1 follows by the heat operator commutation identity (105) , along with the fact that A A A solves the Yang–Mills gradient flow (recall Remark 3.20). Next, suppose that the claim is true for some k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 . By writing the commutator as a sum of two terms, and then applying (105) as well as the product formula (102) , we obtain
[ ∂ t − Δ A , D A ( k + 1 ) ] Ψ = [ ∂ t − Δ A , D A ] D A ( k ) Ψ + D A ( [ ∂ t − Δ A , D A ( k ) ] Ψ ) = O ( F A D A ( k + 1 ) Ψ ) + D A ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 ≥ 0 , j 2 ≥ 1 O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k + 1 j 1 ≥ 0 , j 2 ≥ 1 O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) , (121) \begin{aligned}
[\partial_t-\Delta_A,D_A^{(k+1)}]\Psi=[\partial_t-\Delta_A,D_A]D_A^{(k)}\Psi+D_A\bigl([\partial_t-\Delta_A,D_A^{(k)}]\Psi\bigr) \\
&= \mathcal{O}(F_A D_A^{(k+1)}\Psi)+D_A\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k\\j_1\geq0,\ j_2\geq1}}\mathcal{O}\left((D_A^{(j_1)}F_A)(D_A^{(j_2)}\Psi)\right) \\
&=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k+1\\j_1\geq0,\ j_2\geq1}}\mathcal{O}\left((D_A^{(j_1)}F_A)(D_A^{(j_2)}\Psi)\right), \tag*{(121)}
\end{aligned} [ ∂ t − Δ A , D A ( k + 1 ) ] Ψ = [ ∂ t − Δ A , D A ] D A ( k ) Ψ + D A ( [ ∂ t − Δ A , D A ( k ) ] Ψ ) = O ( F A D A ( k + 1 ) Ψ ) + D A j 1 + j 2 = k j 1 ≥ 0 , j 2 ≥ 1 ∑ O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) = j 1 + j 2 = k + 1 j 1 ≥ 0 , j 2 ≥ 1 ∑ O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ( D A ( j 2 ) Ψ ) ) , (121)
as desired. The second claim follows by a similar argument.
In order to control space-time derivatives, it will sometimes be useful to combine Lemma 3.29 and Remark 3.30 with the following result.
Lemma 3.31. Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (116) . Let Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \Psi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W be a W W W -valued map satisfying
( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ = O ( F A Ψ ) . (122) (\partial_t-\Delta_A)\Psi=\mathcal{O}(F_A\Psi). \tag*{(122)} ( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ = O ( F A Ψ ) . (122) Then, it holds for all k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 that
D A , t , x ( k ) Ψ = ∑ ℓ ≥ 0 j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ⋯ ( D A ( j ℓ ) F A ) ( D A ( j ℓ + 1 ) Ψ ) ) . (123) D_{A,t,x}^{(k)}\Psi=\sum_{\substack{\ell\geq0\\j_1+\cdots+j_{\ell+1}=k-2\ell\\j_1,\ldots,j_{\ell+1}\geq0}}\mathcal{O}\left((D_A^{(j_1)}F_A)\cdots(D_A^{(j_\ell)}F_A)(D_A^{(j_{\ell+1})}\Psi)\right). \tag*{(123)} D A , t , x ( k ) Ψ = ℓ ≥ 0 j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D A ( j 1 ) F A ) ⋯ ( D A ( j ℓ ) F A ) ( D A ( j ℓ + 1 ) Ψ ) ) . (123) Here, as in Notation 3.4, D A , t , x ( k ) Ψ D_{A,t,x}^{(k)}\Psi D A , t , x ( k ) Ψ is any expression of the form D A α 1 ⋯ D A α m Ψ D_A^{\alpha_1}\cdots D_A^{\alpha_m}\Psi D A α 1 ⋯ D A α m Ψ , where m ≥ 0 m\geq0 m ≥ 0 , α 1 , … , α m ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ d ] \alpha_1,\ldots,\alpha_m\in\{0\}\cup[d] α 1 , … , α m ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ d ] , and the total number of derivatives (with time derivatives counted twice) equals k k k .
We emphasise that, unlike the left-hand side, the right-hand side of (3.29) only contains spatial covariant derivatives.
Proof. Similar to the proof of (105) , we may compute (in an intermediate step we apply Lemma 3.27 to conclude that D ℓ F 0 ℓ = 0 D^\ell F_{0\ell}=0 D ℓ F 0 ℓ = 0 )
[ ( ∂ t − Δ A ) , D A , 0 ] Ψ = − [ Δ A , D A , 0 ] Ψ = 2 ( F A ) 0 ℓ D A ℓ Ψ = O ( ( D A F A ) ( D A Ψ ) ) . (124) [(\partial_t-\Delta_A),D_{A,0}]\Psi=-[\Delta_A,D_{A,0}]\Psi=2(F_A)_{0\ell}D_A^\ell\Psi=\mathcal{O}((D_AF_A)(D_A\Psi)). \tag*{(124)} [( ∂ t − Δ A ) , D A , 0 ] Ψ = − [ Δ A , D A , 0 ] Ψ = 2 ( F A ) 0 ℓ D A ℓ Ψ = O (( D A F A ) ( D A Ψ )) . (124)
From Lemma 3.28 , it follows that ∂ t F A = Δ A F A + O ( F A F A ) \partial_tF_A=\Delta_AF_A+\mathcal{O}(F_AF_A) ∂ t F A = Δ A F A + O ( F A F A ) . Together with (122) and (124) , this allows us to eliminate time derivatives acting on Ψ \Psi Ψ or F A F_A F A by either adding two spatial derivatives or adding a factor of F A F_A F A . The desired identity (3.29) now follows by induction on the number of time derivatives, and we omit the details.
Lemma 3.32 (Equation for the covariant exterior derivative). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (116) . Let Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d \Psi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W^{d} Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d satisfy
( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ i = 2 F A i ℓ Ψ ℓ , i ∈ [ d ] . (\partial_t-\Delta_A)\Psi^i=2F_A^{i\ell}\Psi_\ell,\quad i\in[d]. ( ∂ t − Δ A ) Ψ i = 2 F A i ℓ Ψ ℓ , i ∈ [ d ] . Define the covariant exterior derivative d A Ψ d_A\Psi d A Ψ as the two-form given by ( d A Ψ ) i j ≔ D A , i Ψ j − D A , j Ψ i (d_A\Psi)_{ij}\coloneqq D_{A,i}\Psi_j-D_{A,j}\Psi_i ( d A Ψ ) ij : = D A , i Ψ j − D A , j Ψ i for i , j ∈ [ d ] i,j\in[d] i , j ∈ [ d ] . Then d A Ψ d_A\Psi d A Ψ satisfies the following equation:
( ∂ t − Δ A ) ( d A Ψ ) i j = 2 ( ( F A ) i ℓ D A ℓ Ψ j − ( F A ) j ℓ D A ℓ Ψ i ) + 2 ( D A , i ( ( F A ) j ℓ Ψ ℓ ) − D A , j ( ( F A ) i ℓ Ψ ℓ ) ) = 2 ( F A ) i ℓ ( d A Ψ ) ℓ j − 2 ( F A ) j ℓ ( d A Ψ ) ℓ i − 2 ( D A ℓ ( F A ) i j ) Ψ ℓ . (\partial_t-\Delta_A)(d_A\Psi)_{ij}=2\left((F_A)_{i\ell}D_A^\ell\Psi_j-(F_A)_{j\ell}D_A^\ell\Psi_i\right)
+2\left(D_{A,i}((F_A)_{j\ell}\Psi^\ell)-D_{A,j}((F_A)_{i\ell}\Psi^\ell)\right)
=2(F_A)_i{}^\ell(d_A\Psi)_{\ell j}-2(F_A)_j{}^\ell(d_A\Psi)_{\ell i}-2(D_A^\ell(F_A)_{ij})\Psi_\ell. ( ∂ t − Δ A ) ( d A Ψ ) ij = 2 ( ( F A ) i ℓ D A ℓ Ψ j − ( F A ) j ℓ D A ℓ Ψ i ) + 2 ( D A , i (( F A ) j ℓ Ψ ℓ ) − D A , j (( F A ) i ℓ Ψ ℓ ) ) = 2 ( F A ) i ℓ ( d A Ψ ) ℓ j − 2 ( F A ) j ℓ ( d A Ψ ) ℓ i − 2 ( D A ℓ ( F A ) ij ) Ψ ℓ . In the special case d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , we further have that (recall from Notation 3.10 that curl A Ψ = D A , 1 Ψ 2 − D A , 2 Ψ 1 = ( d A Ψ ) 12 \operatorname{curl}_A\Psi=D_{A,1}\Psi_2-D_{A,2}\Psi_1=(d_A\Psi)_{12} curl A Ψ = D A , 1 Ψ 2 − D A , 2 Ψ 1 = ( d A Ψ ) 12 )
( ∂ t − Δ A ) curl A Ψ = 2 ( ∂ t A 1 ) Ψ 2 − 2 ( ∂ t A 2 ) Ψ 1 . (\partial_t-\Delta_A)\operatorname{curl}_A\Psi=2(\partial_tA_1)\Psi_2-2(\partial_tA_2)\Psi_1. ( ∂ t − Δ A ) curl A Ψ = 2 ( ∂ t A 1 ) Ψ 2 − 2 ( ∂ t A 2 ) Ψ 1 .
Proof. For simplicity, write D = D A D=D_A D = D A and F = F A F=F_A F = F A . First, by using (105) , we have that
( ∂ t − Δ A ) D i Ψ j = 2 F i ℓ D ℓ Ψ j + 2 D i ( F j ℓ Ψ ℓ ) . (\partial_t-\Delta_A)D_i\Psi_j=2F_{i\ell}D^\ell\Psi_j+2D_i(F_{j\ell}\Psi^\ell). ( ∂ t − Δ A ) D i Ψ j = 2 F i ℓ D ℓ Ψ j + 2 D i ( F j ℓ Ψ ℓ ) .
The first desired equation for ( d A Ψ ) i j (d_A\Psi)_{ij} ( d A Ψ ) ij now follows upon taking the difference of the equations for D i Ψ j D_i\Psi_j D i Ψ j and D j Ψ i D_j\Psi_i D j Ψ i . For the second desired equation, we first distribute
D i ( F j ℓ Ψ ℓ ) − D j ( F i ℓ Ψ ℓ ) = ( D i F j ℓ − D j F i ℓ ) Ψ ℓ + F j ℓ D i Ψ ℓ − F i ℓ D j Ψ ℓ . D_i(F_{j\ell}\Psi^\ell)-D_j(F_{i\ell}\Psi^\ell)=(D_iF_{j\ell}-D_jF_{i\ell})\Psi^\ell+F_{j\ell}D_i\Psi^\ell-F_{i\ell}D_j\Psi^\ell. D i ( F j ℓ Ψ ℓ ) − D j ( F i ℓ Ψ ℓ ) = ( D i F j ℓ − D j F i ℓ ) Ψ ℓ + F j ℓ D i Ψ ℓ − F i ℓ D j Ψ ℓ .
By the antisymmetry of F F F and the Bianchi identity (120) , we have that
D i F j ℓ − D j F i ℓ = D i F j ℓ + D j F ℓ i = − D ℓ F i j . D_iF_{j\ell}-D_jF_{i\ell}=D_iF_{j\ell}+D_jF_{\ell i}=-D_\ell F_{ij}. D i F j ℓ − D j F i ℓ = D i F j ℓ + D j F ℓ i = − D ℓ F ij .
Combining the previous few identities, it follows that
F i ℓ D ℓ Ψ j − F j ℓ D ℓ Ψ i + D i ( F j ℓ Ψ ℓ ) − D j ( F i ℓ Ψ ℓ ) = F i ℓ ( D ℓ Ψ j − D j Ψ ℓ ) − F j ℓ ( D ℓ Ψ i − D i Ψ ℓ ) − ( D ℓ F i j ) Ψ ℓ , \begin{aligned}
F_{i\ell}D^\ell\Psi_j-F_{j\ell}D^\ell\Psi_i+D_i(F_{j\ell}\Psi^\ell)-D_j(F_{i\ell}\Psi^\ell)
&=F_{i\ell}(D^\ell\Psi_j-D_j\Psi^\ell)-F_{j\ell}(D^\ell\Psi_i-D_i\Psi^\ell)-(D_\ell F_{ij})\Psi^\ell,
\end{aligned} F i ℓ D ℓ Ψ j − F j ℓ D ℓ Ψ i + D i ( F j ℓ Ψ ℓ ) − D j ( F i ℓ Ψ ℓ ) = F i ℓ ( D ℓ Ψ j − D j Ψ ℓ ) − F j ℓ ( D ℓ Ψ i − D i Ψ ℓ ) − ( D ℓ F ij ) Ψ ℓ ,
which is the second desired equation.
In the case d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , taking i = 1 i=1 i = 1 , j = 2 j=2 j = 2 , note that ( d A Ψ ) 11 = ( d A Ψ ) 22 = F 11 = F 22 = 0 (d_A\Psi)_{11}=(d_A\Psi)_{22}=F_{11}=F_{22}=0 ( d A Ψ ) 11 = ( d A Ψ ) 22 = F 11 = F 22 = 0 . Thus starting from the second equation, we further obtain
( ∂ t − Δ A ) curl A Ψ = − 2 ( D ℓ F 12 ) Ψ ℓ = − 2 ( D 1 F 12 ) Ψ 1 − 2 ( D 2 F 12 ) Ψ 2 . (\partial_t-\Delta_A)\operatorname{curl}_A\Psi=-2(D_\ell F_{12})\Psi^\ell=-2(D_1F_{12})\Psi^1-2(D_2F_{12})\Psi^2. ( ∂ t − Δ A ) curl A Ψ = − 2 ( D ℓ F 12 ) Ψ ℓ = − 2 ( D 1 F 12 ) Ψ 1 − 2 ( D 2 F 12 ) Ψ 2 .
The desired equation now follows upon using that D 1 F 12 = ∂ t A 2 D_1F_{12}=\partial_tA_2 D 1 F 12 = ∂ t A 2 and D 2 F 12 = − ∂ t A 1 D_2F_{12}=-\partial_tA_1 D 2 F 12 = − ∂ t A 1 .
Next, we state the following diamagnetic inequalities (which are also variously referred to as Kato’s inequality and the Bochner–Weitzenböck inequality). For proofs, see e.g. [Oh15, Lemmas 4.2 and 4.6].
Lemma 3.33 (Diamagnetic inequalities). Let A : T d → g d A:\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathfrak{g}^d A : T d → g d be a connection one-form and Ψ : T d → W \Psi:\mathbb{T}^d\to W Ψ : T d → W be a smooth W W W -valued map. Then the following inequality holds in a distributional sense:
∣ ∇ ∣ Ψ ∣ W ∣ ≤ ∣ D A Ψ ∣ W . (125) |\nabla|\Psi|_W|\leq|D_A\Psi|_W. \tag*{(125)} ∣∇∣Ψ ∣ W ∣ ≤ ∣ D A Ψ ∣ W . (125) Let B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d B:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathfrak{g}^d B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a time-varying connection one-form, and let Ψ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \Psi,G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W Ψ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W be smooth and such that ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Ψ = G (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\Psi=G ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Ψ = G . Then the following inequality holds in a distributional sense:
( ∂ t − Δ ) ∣ Ψ ∣ W ≤ ∣ G ∣ W . (126) (\partial_t-\Delta)|\Psi|_W\leq|G|_W. \tag*{(126)} ( ∂ t − Δ ) ∣Ψ ∣ W ≤ ∣ G ∣ W . (126)
Remark 3.34. Combining Lemma 3.28 with the parabolic diamagnetic inequality (126) , we see that in dimension d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , given a solution A A A to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (116) , the norm of its curvature ∣ F A 12 ∣ |F_A^{12}| ∣ F A 12 ∣ is a subsolution to the heat equation, i.e. ( ∂ t − Δ ) ∣ F A 12 ∣ ≤ 0 (\partial_t-\Delta)|F_A^{12}|\leq0 ( ∂ t − Δ ) ∣ F A 12 ∣ ≤ 0 .
Parallel transport
In this section, we recall and discuss the parallel transport associated to a connection one-form A A A . (This is of course a classical topic in Riemannian geometry, see e.g. [BGV04, Section 1] for a textbook introduction.) Parallel transport will allow us to obtain refined short-time expansions for various covariant heat kernels that later appear. Such expansions will play important roles in several places, for instance in understanding the high× \times × high interactions in our covariant local theory (see Section 9.4), as well as in establishing one of the main inputs (see § 5.5 ) behind the decay mechanism that we uncover.
Throughout this section, fix a vector space W W W and a representation π \pi π of G G G on W W W (as usual, one should think of W = g W=\mathfrak{g} W = g and π = Ad \pi=\operatorname{Ad} π = Ad or W = V W=V W = V and π = ϱ \pi=\varrho π = ϱ ).
Definition 3.35 (Parallel transport). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a time-varying connection one-form. By appending a temporal component A 0 ≔ 0 A_{0} \coloneqq0 A 0 : = 0 , we may view A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d + 1 A : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d+1} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d + 1 as a space-time connection. Fix a base point ( 0 , y 0 ) (0,y_{0}) ( 0 , y 0 ) . Let B 1 / 10 ( y 0 ) B_{1/10}(y_{0}) B 1/10 ( y 0 ) be the ball of radius 1 / 10 1/10 1/10 around y 0 y_{0} y 0 in T d \mathbb{T}^{d} T d . The parallel transport τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) : [ 0 , T ] × B 1 / 10 ( y 0 ) → π ( G ) \tau_{W,A}(0,y_{0};\mathord\cdot,\mathord\cdot) : [0,T] \times B_{1/10}(y_{0}) \to\pi(G) τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) : [ 0 , T ] × B 1/10 ( y 0 ) → π ( G ) is a π ( G ) \pi(G) π ( G ) -valued map defined by the following equations. First, τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; 0 , y 0 ) = id W \tau_{W,A}(0,y_{0};0,y_{0}) = \operatorname{id}_{W} τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; 0 , y 0 ) = id W . Next, for any ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × B 1 / 10 ( y 0 ) (t,x) \in[0,T] \times B_{1/10}(y_{0}) ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × B 1/10 ( y 0 ) , ( t , x ) ≠ ( 0 , y 0 ) (t,x) \ne(0,y_{0}) ( t , x ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) , we have that:
D A , ( t , x − y 0 ) τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; t , x ) = 0. D_{A,(t,x-y_{0})}\tau_{W,A}(0,y_{0};t,x)=0. D A , ( t , x − y 0 ) τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; t , x ) = 0. These equations may be equivalently viewed as transport equations along rays emanating from the base point ( 0 , y 0 ) (0,y_{0}) ( 0 , y 0 ) . In particular, for v ∈ R 1 + d v \in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} v ∈ R 1 + d , let γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t v \gamma(t)=(0,y_{0})+tv γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t v be the corresponding space-time line. Then along this line (more precisely, for t t t such that γ ( t ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × B 1 / 10 ( y 0 ) \gamma(t) \in[0,T] \times B_{1/10}(y_{0}) γ ( t ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × B 1/10 ( y 0 ) ), τ W , A \tau_{W,A} τ W , A satisfies the equations:
D A , γ ˙ ( t ) τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) = 0 , τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( 0 ) ) = id W . (127) D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(t)}\tau_{W,A}(0,y_{0};\gamma(t))=0,\qquad\tau_{W,A}(0,y_{0};\gamma(0))=\operatorname{id}_{W}. \tag*{(127)} D A , γ ˙ ( t ) τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) = 0 , τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( 0 )) = id W . (127) More explicitly, the first equation may be written:
D A α τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) γ ˙ α ( t ) = D A 0 τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) γ ˙ 0 ( t ) + D A ℓ τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) γ ˙ ℓ ( t ) = 0. D_{A}^{\alpha}\tau_{W,A}(0,y_{0};\gamma(t))\dot{\gamma}_{\alpha}(t)=D_{A}^{0}\tau_{W,A}(0,y_{0};\gamma(t))\dot{\gamma}_{0}(t)+D_{A}^{\ell}\tau_{W,A}(0,y_{0};\gamma(t))\dot{\gamma}_{\ell}(t)=0. D A α τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) γ ˙ α ( t ) = D A 0 τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) γ ˙ 0 ( t ) + D A ℓ τ W , A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) γ ˙ ℓ ( t ) = 0. Here, to define the covariant differentiation, we think of τ W , A \tau_{W,A} τ W , A as taking values in the vector space of endomorphisms End ( W ) \operatorname{End}(W) End ( W ) , on which the Lie group G G G acts by composition of endomorphisms, i.e. given g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G the action of g g g sends M ∈ End ( W ) M \in\operatorname{End}(W) M ∈ End ( W ) to π ( g ) M \pi(g)M π ( g ) M .
Notation 3.36. For notational brevity, we will often omit the subscript W W W and write τ A \tau_{A} τ A in place of τ W , A \tau_{W,A} τ W , A .
(e) By (d), we have that τ A − 1 = τ A ∗ \tau_A^{-1}=\tau_A^* τ A − 1 = τ A ∗ . In the setup of (a), we may view τ A ∗ \tau_A^* τ A ∗ itself as a section of the bundle E ( 0 , y 0 ) s t ⊗ ( E s t ) ∗ E^{\mathrm{st}}_{(0,y_0)}\otimes(E^{\mathrm{st}})^* E ( 0 , y 0 ) st ⊗ ( E st ) ∗ . More concretely, we still have that τ A ∗ ∈ End ( W ) \tau_A^*\in\operatorname{End}(\mathbf{W}) τ A ∗ ∈ End ( W ) , except that due to the adjoint, the action of G \mathbf{G} G is slightly different: given g ∈ G g\in\mathbf{G} g ∈ G , the action sends M ∈ End ( W ) M\in\operatorname{End}(\mathbf{W}) M ∈ End ( W ) to M π ( g ) ∗ M\pi(g)^* M π ( g ) ∗ . This results in covariant differentiation being slightly different as well:
D A ( τ A − 1 ) = ∂ ( τ A − 1 ) + τ A − 1 π ∗ ( A ) ∗ = ∂ ( τ A − 1 ) − τ A − 1 π ∗ ( A ) . (128) D_A(\tau_A^{-1})=\partial(\tau_A^{-1})+\tau_A^{-1}\pi_*(A)^*=\partial(\tau_A^{-1})-\tau_A^{-1}\pi_*(A). \tag*{(128)} D A ( τ A − 1 ) = ∂ ( τ A − 1 ) + τ A − 1 π ∗ ( A ) ∗ = ∂ ( τ A − 1 ) − τ A − 1 π ∗ ( A ) . (128)
Now by differentiating the equation id W = τ A τ A − 1 \operatorname{id}_{\mathbf{W}}=\tau_A\tau_A^{-1} id W = τ A τ A − 1 and applying the product formula (102) (where the Z \mathbf{Z} Z therein is taken to be End ( W ) \operatorname{End}(\mathbf{W}) End ( W ) , the action of G \mathbf{G} G on the vector space Z = End ( W ) \mathbf{Z}=\operatorname{End}(\mathbf{W}) Z = End ( W ) therein is taken as action by conjugation), we thus obtain
0 = ( D A τ A ) τ A − 1 + τ A D A ( τ A − 1 ) , 0=(D_A\tau_A)\tau_A^{-1}+\tau_A D_A(\tau_A^{-1}), 0 = ( D A τ A ) τ A − 1 + τ A D A ( τ A − 1 ) ,
which implies that
D A ( τ A − 1 ) = − τ A − 1 ( D A τ A ) τ A − 1 . (129) D_A(\tau_A^{-1})=-\tau_A^{-1}(D_A\tau_A)\tau_A^{-1}. \tag*{(129)} D A ( τ A − 1 ) = − τ A − 1 ( D A τ A ) τ A − 1 . (129)
In particular, τ A − 1 \tau_A^{-1} τ A − 1 itself is parallel along any line segment γ \gamma γ as taken in Definition 3.35, i.e.
D A , γ ˙ ( t ) ( τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) − 1 ) = 0. (130) D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(t)}\bigl(\tau_A(0,y_0;\gamma(t))^{-1}\bigr)=0. \tag*{(130)} D A , γ ˙ ( t ) ( τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) − 1 ) = 0. (130)
The existence of parallel transport follows from standard ODE arguments. In particular, for a time t 0 t_0 t 0 such that the spatial point of γ ( t 0 ) \gamma(t_0) γ ( t 0 ) is still in the ball B 1 / 10 ( y 0 ) B_{1/10}(y_0) B 1/10 ( y 0 ) , we may solve the following ODE for h : [ 0 , t 0 ] → π ( G ) h:[0,t_0]\to\pi(\mathbf{G}) h : [ 0 , t 0 ] → π ( G ) :
h ˙ ( t ) = − π ∗ ( A ( γ ( t ) ) ) ⋅ γ ˙ ( t ) h ( t ) = − π ∗ ( A α ( γ ( t ) ) ) γ ˙ α ( t ) h ( t ) , h ( 0 ) = id W . (131) \dot{h}(t)=-\pi_*(A(\gamma(t)))\cdot\dot{\gamma}(t)h(t)=-\pi_*(A_\alpha(\gamma(t)))\dot{\gamma}^{\alpha}(t)h(t),\qquad h(0)=\operatorname{id}_{\mathbf{W}}. \tag*{(131)} h ˙ ( t ) = − π ∗ ( A ( γ ( t ))) ⋅ γ ˙ ( t ) h ( t ) = − π ∗ ( A α ( γ ( t ))) γ ˙ α ( t ) h ( t ) , h ( 0 ) = id W . (131)
Setting τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) = h ( t ) \tau_A(0,y_0;\gamma(t))=h(t) τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) = h ( t ) , we claim that this satisfies the defining equation (127) . Towards this end, let t > 0 t>0 t > 0 . We have that
( ∂ γ ˙ ( t ) τ A ) ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) = d d s τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t + s ) ) ∣ s = 0 = d d s h ( t + s ) ∣ s = 0 = h ˙ ( t ) = − π ∗ ( A ( γ ( t ) ) ) ⋅ γ ˙ ( t ) h ( t ) , (\partial_{\dot{\gamma}(t)}\tau_A)(0,y_0;\gamma(t))=\left.\frac{d}{ds}\tau_A(0,y_0;\gamma(t+s))\right|_{s=0}=\left.\frac{d}{ds}h(t+s)\right|_{s=0}=\dot{h}(t)=-\pi_*(A(\gamma(t)))\cdot\dot{\gamma}(t)h(t), ( ∂ γ ˙ ( t ) τ A ) ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) = d s d τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t + s )) s = 0 = d s d h ( t + s ) s = 0 = h ˙ ( t ) = − π ∗ ( A ( γ ( t ))) ⋅ γ ˙ ( t ) h ( t ) ,
from which (127) follows upon moving the right-hand side to the left-hand side, and recalling the definition of D A D_A D A .
We remark that τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) \tau_A(0,y_0;\gamma(t)) τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) is well-defined. Indeed, if we take a reparametrisation γ ~ ( t ) = γ ( c t ) \widetilde{\gamma}(t)=\gamma(ct) γ ( t ) = γ ( c t ) for some c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , and then we solve for h ~ \widetilde{h} h as before (except now with γ \gamma γ replaced by γ ~ \widetilde{\gamma} γ ), we will have that h ~ ( t / c ) = h ( t ) \widetilde{h}(t/c)=h(t) h ( t / c ) = h ( t ) .
In the following, given a space-time line segment γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t v \gamma(t)=(0,y_0)+tv γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t v , and t ≥ 0 t\geq0 t ≥ 0 such that t ∣ v x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 t|v_x|\leq1/10 t ∣ v x ∣ ≤ 1/10 (where v x v_x v x denotes the spatial components of v ∈ R 1 + d v\in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} v ∈ R 1 + d ), we write τ A ( γ ( t ) ) = τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) \tau_A(\gamma(t))=\tau_A(0,y_0;\gamma(t)) τ A ( γ ( t )) = τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) for brevity. Additionally, given 0 ≤ s ≤ t 0\leq s\leq t 0 ≤ s ≤ t , we let
τ A ( γ ( s ) ; γ ( t ) ) ≔ τ A ( γ ( t ) ) τ A ( γ ( s ) ) − 1 . \tau_A(\gamma(s);\gamma(t))\coloneqq\tau_A(\gamma(t))\tau_A(\gamma(s))^{-1}. τ A ( γ ( s ) ; γ ( t )) : = τ A ( γ ( t )) τ A ( γ ( s ) ) − 1 .
Note in particular that τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) = τ A ( γ ( 0 ) ; γ ( t ) ) \tau_A(0,y_0;\gamma(t))=\tau_A(\gamma(0);\gamma(t)) τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) = τ A ( γ ( 0 ) ; γ ( t )) .
Lemma 3.39 (Transport lemma). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A: [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a time-varying connection one-form, and let Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \Psi: [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to W Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W be a W W W -valued map. Let y 0 ∈ T d y_{0} \in\mathbb{T}^{d} y 0 ∈ T d , v = ( v 0 , v x ) ∈ R 1 + d v=(v_{0},v_{x}) \in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} v = ( v 0 , v x ) ∈ R 1 + d such that v 0 ≥ 0 v_{0} \ge0 v 0 ≥ 0 , and let γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t v \gamma(t)=(0,y_{0})+tv γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t v . Then for any t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 with t v 0 ≤ T tv_{0} \le T t v 0 ≤ T and t ∣ v x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 t|v_{x}| \le1/10 t ∣ v x ∣ ≤ 1/10 , we have that
Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) = τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) Ψ ( 0 , y 0 ) + ∫ 0 t d s τ A ( γ ( s ) ; γ ( t ) ) D A , γ ˙ ( s ) Ψ ( γ ( s ) ) . \Psi(\gamma(t))=\tau_{A}(0,y_{0};\gamma(t))\Psi(0,y_{0})+\int_{0}^{t} ds\,\tau_{A}(\gamma(s);\gamma(t))D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(s)}\Psi(\gamma(s)). Ψ ( γ ( t )) = τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) Ψ ( 0 , y 0 ) + ∫ 0 t d s τ A ( γ ( s ) ; γ ( t )) D A , γ ˙ ( s ) Ψ ( γ ( s )) .
Remark 3.40. One may view this as a geometric fundamental theorem of calculus, since it expresses the difference between the values of Ψ \Psi Ψ at the two endpoints of the path γ \gamma γ in terms of an integral involving the covariant derivative of Ψ \Psi Ψ along the path. When making this comparison, it is imperative to parallel transport Ψ ( 0 , y 0 ) \Psi(0,y_{0}) Ψ ( 0 , y 0 ) , i.e. to take τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) Ψ ( 0 , y 0 ) \tau_{A}(0,y_{0};\gamma(t))\Psi(0,y_{0}) τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) Ψ ( 0 , y 0 ) , because the expression
Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) − Ψ ( 0 , y 0 ) \Psi(\gamma(t))-\Psi(0,y_{0}) Ψ ( γ ( t )) − Ψ ( 0 , y 0 )
does not make geometric sense. Geometrically, Ψ \Psi Ψ is a section of a vector bundle, and there is no way to directly compare the values of the section lying in different fibres of the bundle (indeed, this is the whole point of the connection and its associated parallel transport).
Proof. Recall our notation τ A ( γ ( t ) ) = τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) \tau_{A}(\gamma(t))=\tau_{A}(0,y_{0};\gamma(t)) τ A ( γ ( t )) = τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) . First, we derive the ODE satisfied by τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) \tau_{A}(\gamma(t))^{-1}\Psi(\gamma(t)) τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 Ψ ( γ ( t )) . By the product rule (102) (with the Z Z Z therein taken to be W W W , and the action of G G G on Z = W Z=W Z = W therein taken to be the trivial action) and (130) (recalling that covariant differentiation of τ A − 1 \tau_{A}^{-1} τ A − 1 is given by (128) ), we have that
d d t ( τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) ) = D A , γ ˙ ( t ) ( τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 ) Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) + τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 D A , γ ˙ ( t ) Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) = τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 D A , γ ˙ ( t ) Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) . \begin{aligned}
\frac{d}{dt}\left(\tau_{A}(\gamma(t))^{-1}\Psi(\gamma(t))\right)=D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(t)}(\tau_{A}(\gamma(t))^{-1})\Psi(\gamma(t))+\tau_{A}(\gamma(t))^{-1}D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(t)}\Psi(\gamma(t)) \\
&=\tau_{A}(\gamma(t))^{-1}D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(t)}\Psi(\gamma(t)).
\end{aligned} d t d ( τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 Ψ ( γ ( t )) ) = D A , γ ˙ ( t ) ( τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 ) Ψ ( γ ( t )) + τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 D A , γ ˙ ( t ) Ψ ( γ ( t )) = τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 D A , γ ˙ ( t ) Ψ ( γ ( t )) .
Upon integrating, we obtain
τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) − Ψ ( γ ( 0 ) ) = ∫ 0 t d s τ A ( γ ( s ) ) − 1 D A , γ ˙ ( s ) Ψ ( γ ( s ) ) . \tau_{A}(\gamma(t))^{-1}\Psi(\gamma(t))-\Psi(\gamma(0))=\int_{0}^{t} ds\,\tau_{A}(\gamma(s))^{-1}D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(s)}\Psi(\gamma(s)). τ A ( γ ( t ) ) − 1 Ψ ( γ ( t )) − Ψ ( γ ( 0 )) = ∫ 0 t d s τ A ( γ ( s ) ) − 1 D A , γ ˙ ( s ) Ψ ( γ ( s )) .
Rearranging and using that τ A ( γ ( t ) ) τ A ( γ ( s ) ) − 1 = τ A ( γ ( s ) ; γ ( t ) ) \tau_{A}(\gamma(t))\tau_{A}(\gamma(s))^{-1}=\tau_{A}(\gamma(s);\gamma(t)) τ A ( γ ( t )) τ A ( γ ( s ) ) − 1 = τ A ( γ ( s ) ; γ ( t )) , we obtain the desired result.
We will derive more results about parallel transport in § 5.3 . We do not prove those results here, as this section is intended to be short and introductory.
Covariance and induced linear maps
We recall that the real vector space V V V carries an orthogonal representation ϱ : G → End ( V ) \varrho:G \to\operatorname{End}(V) ϱ : G → End ( V ) . As already mentioned in the introduction, we use ϱ ∗ \varrho_{*} ϱ ∗ to denote the induced derivative representation
ϱ ∗ : g → End ( V ) , \varrho_{*}:\mathfrak{g}\to\operatorname{End}(V), ϱ ∗ : g → End ( V ) ,
which is defined as ϱ ∗ ( A ) = d d ε ϱ ( e ε A ) ∣ ε = 0 \varrho_{*}(A)=\left.\frac{d}{d\varepsilon}\varrho(e^{\varepsilon A})\right|_{\varepsilon=0} ϱ ∗ ( A ) = d ε d ϱ ( e ε A ) ε = 0 . In the following, we sometimes omit the representations ϱ \varrho ϱ and ϱ ∗ \varrho_{*} ϱ ∗ from our notation. That is, for g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G , A ∈ g A \in\mathfrak{g} A ∈ g , and Φ ∈ V \Phi\in V Φ ∈ V , we sometimes write
g Φ = ϱ ( g ) Φ and A Φ = ϱ ∗ ( A ) Φ . g\Phi=\varrho(g)\Phi\qquad\text{and}\qquad A\Phi=\varrho_{*}(A)\Phi. g Φ = ϱ ( g ) Φ and A Φ = ϱ ∗ ( A ) Φ.
Definition 3.41. We let ( u a ) a (u_{a})_{a} ( u a ) a and ( v m ) m (v_{m})_{m} ( v m ) m be orthonormal bases of g \mathfrak{g} g and V V V , respectively. Then, we define the elements Cov g ∈ g ⊗ g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}} \in\mathfrak{g}\otimes\mathfrak{g} Cov g ∈ g ⊗ g and Cov V ∈ V ⊗ V \operatorname{Cov}_{V} \in V\otimes V Cov V ∈ V ⊗ V by
Cov g ≔ u a ⊗ u a and Cov V ≔ v m ⊗ v m . (132) \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}\coloneqq u_{a}\otimes u^{a}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\operatorname{Cov}_{V}\coloneqq v_{m}\otimes v^{m}. \tag*{(132)} Cov g : = u a ⊗ u a and Cov V : = v m ⊗ v m . (132)
(Summation over repeated indices is implicit.) For all A ∈ g A \in\mathfrak{g} A ∈ g and Φ ∈ V \Phi\in V Φ ∈ V , we define the linear maps
Cov g g ( A ) ≔ [ u a , [ u a , A ] ] , Cov V g ( A ) ≔ B ( v m ⊗ ϱ ∗ ( A ) v m ) , (133) \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{\mathfrak{g}}(A) \coloneqq[u^{a},[u_{a},A]], \qquad\operatorname{Cov}_{V}^{\mathfrak{g}}(A) \coloneqq\mathbf{B}(v_{m}\otimes\varrho_{*}(A)v^{m}), \tag*{(133)} Cov g g ( A ) : = [ u a , [ u a , A ]] , Cov V g ( A ) : = B ( v m ⊗ ϱ ∗ ( A ) v m ) , (133)
Cov g V ( Φ ) ≔ ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ϱ ∗ ( u a ) Φ , Cov V V ( Φ ) ≔ ⟨ v m , Φ ⟩ V v m = Φ . (134) \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V}(\Phi) \coloneqq\varrho_{*}(u_{a})\varrho_{*}(u^{a})\Phi, \qquad\operatorname{Cov}_{V}^{V}(\Phi) \coloneqq\langle v_{m},\Phi\rangle_{V}v^{m}=\Phi. \tag*{(134)} Cov g V ( Φ ) : = ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ϱ ∗ ( u a ) Φ , Cov V V ( Φ ) : = ⟨ v m , Φ ⟩ V v m = Φ. (134)
In (133) –(134) , the subscript is the space one takes a basis of and the superscript is the space the map acts on. We note that Cov g g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{\mathfrak{g}} Cov g g corresponds to the Killing map used in [BC26a, Definition 2.23]. The reason for not keeping to the notation from [BC26a] is that we want to use similar notation for the different terms in (133) –(134) .
In order to apply our gauge covariance result (Lemma 2.13 ) with our choice of the renormalisation constants from Definition 2.15 , we need the following lemma.
Lemma 3.42. The four maps Cov g g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{\mathfrak{g}} Cov g g , Cov V g \operatorname{Cov}_{V}^{\mathfrak{g}} Cov V g , Cov g V \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V} Cov g V , and Cov V V \operatorname{Cov}_{V}^{V} Cov V V are G G G -covariant.
Proof. Since the proofs for the four different maps are quite similar, we only present the details for Cov g V \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V} Cov g V . To this end, let g ∈ G g \in G g ∈ G and let Φ ∈ V \Phi\in V Φ ∈ V . Using our earlier identity (100) , we have that
Cov g V ( ϱ ( g ) Φ ) = ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ϱ ( g ) Φ = ϱ ( g ) ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 u a ) ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 u a ) Φ . \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V}(\varrho(g)\Phi)=\varrho_{*}(u_{a})\varrho_{*}(u^{a})\varrho(g)\Phi=\varrho(g)\varrho_{*}(\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}u_{a})\varrho_{*}(\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}u^{a})\Phi. Cov g V ( ϱ ( g ) Φ ) = ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ϱ ( g ) Φ = ϱ ( g ) ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 u a ) ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 u a ) Φ.
Since the adjoint representation is orthogonal, ( Ad g − 1 u a ) a (\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}u_{a})_{a} ( Ad g − 1 u a ) a is also an orthonormal basis of g \mathfrak{g} g . By expressing ( Ad g − 1 u a ) a (\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}u_{a})_{a} ( Ad g − 1 u a ) a in terms of the orthonormal basis ( u a ) (u_{a}) ( u a ) , it is easy to see that
ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 u a ) ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 u a ) = ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ϱ ∗ ( u a ) , \varrho_{*}(\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}u_{a})\varrho_{*}(\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}u^{a})=\varrho_{*}(u_{a})\varrho_{*}(u^{a}), ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 u a ) ϱ ∗ ( Ad g − 1 u a ) = ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ϱ ∗ ( u a ) ,
which then implies the desired result. □ \square □
Example 3.43. Let us consider the case G = SU ( N ) G=\operatorname{SU}(N) G = SU ( N ) , g = s u ( N ) \mathfrak{g}=\mathfrak{su}(N) g = su ( N ) , and V = C N V=\mathbb{C}^{N} V = C N , where the representation ϱ \varrho ϱ is given by the standard matrix-vector product. We emphasise that we treat s u ( N ) ⊆ C N × N \mathfrak{su}(N)\subseteq\mathbb{C}^{N\times N} su ( N ) ⊆ C N × N as a real Lie algebra and C N \mathbb{C}^{N} C N as a real vector space. In particular, dim R ( s u ( N ) ) = N 2 − 1 \dim_{\mathbb{R}}(\mathfrak{su}(N))=N^{2}-1 dim R ( su ( N )) = N 2 − 1 and dim R ( C N ) = 2 N \dim_{\mathbb{R}}(\mathbb{C}^{N})=2N dim R ( C N ) = 2 N .
The standard inner products on s u ( N ) \mathfrak{su}(N) su ( N ) and C N \mathbb{C}^{N} C N are given by
⟨ A , B ⟩ s u ( N ) = Tr ( A † B ) and ⟨ u , v ⟩ C N = Re ( u † v ) , \langle A,B\rangle_{\mathfrak{su}(N)}=\operatorname{Tr}(A^{\dagger}B) \qquad\text{and}\qquad\langle u,v\rangle_{\mathbb{C}^{N}}=\operatorname{Re}(u^{\dagger}v), ⟨ A , B ⟩ su ( N ) = Tr ( A † B ) and ⟨ u , v ⟩ C N = Re ( u † v ) , where Tr \operatorname{Tr} Tr is the standard, unnormalised trace and † \dagger † denotes the Hermitian conjugate C N × M → C M × N \mathbb{C}^{N\times M}\to\mathbb{C}^{M\times N} C N × M → C M × N . When equipped with the above inner product, C N \mathbb{C}^{N} C N has the orthonormal basis ( v m ) = { e j } j ≤ N ∪ { i e j } j ≤ N (v_{m})=\{e_{j}\}_{j\leq N}\cup\{ie_{j}\}_{j\leq N} ( v m ) = { e j } j ≤ N ∪ { i e j } j ≤ N , where the j j j th entry of e j ∈ C N e_{j}\in\mathbb{C}^{N} e j ∈ C N is equal to one, and all other entries are zero. For any A ∈ s u ( N ) A\in\mathfrak{su}(N) A ∈ su ( N ) and v , w ∈ C N v,w\in\mathbb{C}^{N} v , w ∈ C N , it holds that
⟨ B ( v ⊗ w ) , A ⟩ s u ( N ) = ⟨ v , A w ⟩ C N = Re ( v † A w ) = 1 2 ( v † A w − w † A v ) = − Tr ( 1 2 ( v w † − w v † ) A ) . \langle\mathbf{B}(v\otimes w),A\rangle_{\mathfrak{su}(N)}=\langle v,Aw\rangle_{\mathbb{C}^{N}}=\operatorname{Re}(v^{\dagger}Aw)=\frac{1}{2}(v^{\dagger}Aw-w^{\dagger}Av)=-\operatorname{Tr}\left(\frac{1}{2}(vw^{\dagger}-wv^{\dagger})A\right). ⟨ B ( v ⊗ w ) , A ⟩ su ( N ) = ⟨ v , A w ⟩ C N = Re ( v † A w ) = 2 1 ( v † A w − w † A v ) = − Tr ( 2 1 ( v w † − w v † ) A ) . We now note that v w † − w v † vw^{\dagger}-wv^{\dagger} v w † − w v † is skew-Hermitian and that, although its trace is purely imaginary, it is not necessarily trace-free. After projecting to the space of trace-free matrices, we then obtain that
B ( v ⊗ w ) = 1 2 ( v w † − w v † ) − 1 2 N Tr ( v w † − w v † ) id = P 0 ( 1 2 ( v w † − w v † ) ) , \mathbf{B}(v\otimes w)=\frac{1}{2}(vw^{\dagger}-wv^{\dagger})-\frac{1}{2N}\operatorname{Tr}(vw^{\dagger}-wv^{\dagger})\operatorname{id}=P_{0}\left(\frac{1}{2}(vw^{\dagger}-wv^{\dagger})\right), B ( v ⊗ w ) = 2 1 ( v w † − w v † ) − 2 N 1 Tr ( v w † − w v † ) id = P 0 ( 2 1 ( v w † − w v † ) ) , where P 0 A ≔ A − 1 N Tr ( A ) id P_{0}A\coloneqq A-\frac{1}{N}\operatorname{Tr}(A)\operatorname{id} P 0 A : = A − N 1 Tr ( A ) id is the orthogonal projection onto trace-free matrices. Using the definition of Cov g g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{\mathfrak{g}} Cov g g , one can show for all A , B ∈ s u ( N ) A,B\in\mathfrak{su}(N) A , B ∈ su ( N ) that ⟨ Cov g g A , B ⟩ s u ( N ) = Kil ( A , B ) \langle\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{\mathfrak{g}}A,B\rangle_{\mathfrak{su}(N)}=\operatorname{Kil}(A,B) ⟨ Cov g g A , B ⟩ su ( N ) = Kil ( A , B ) , where Kil \operatorname{Kil} Kil is the Killing form of s u ( N ) \mathfrak{su}(N) su ( N ) . Since the Killing form of s u ( N ) \mathfrak{su}(N) su ( N ) is Kil ( A , B ) = 2 N Tr ( A B ) = − 2 N ⟨ A , B ⟩ s u ( N ) \operatorname{Kil}(A,B)=2N\operatorname{Tr}(AB)=-2N\langle A,B\rangle_{\mathfrak{su}(N)} Kil ( A , B ) = 2 N Tr ( A B ) = − 2 N ⟨ A , B ⟩ su ( N ) , this implies that
Cov g g A = − 2 N A . \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{\mathfrak{g}}A=-2NA. Cov g g A = − 2 N A .
From a direct computation, one sees that
u a u a = − N 2 − 1 N ⋅ i d and v m v m † = 2 ⋅ i d . (135) u^{a}u_{a}=-\frac{N^{2}-1}{N}\cdot\mathrm{id}\qquad\text{and}\qquad v^{m}v_{m}^{\dagger}=2\cdot\mathrm{id}. \tag*{(135)} u a u a = − N N 2 − 1 ⋅ id and v m v m † = 2 ⋅ id . (135)
Indeed, to obtain the first identity, one first shows that u a u a u^{a}u_{a} u a u a commutes with every element U ∈ S U ( N ) U\in\mathrm{SU}(N) U ∈ SU ( N ) and then computes its trace. To obtain the second identity, one simply inserts ( v m ) = { e j } j ≤ N ∪ { i e j } j ≤ N (v_{m})=\{e_{j}\}_{j\leq N}\cup\{ie_{j}\}_{j\leq N} ( v m ) = { e j } j ≤ N ∪ { i e j } j ≤ N . We emphasise that the factor of 2 appears since e j e j † e_{j}e_{j}^{\dagger} e j e j † and ( i e j ) ( i e j ) † (ie_{j})(ie_{j})^{\dagger} ( i e j ) ( i e j ) † make the same contribution. From the first identity in (135) , we obtain for all v ∈ C N v\in\mathbb{C}^{N} v ∈ C N that
Cov g V v = u a u a v = − N 2 − 1 N v . \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V}v=u^{a}u_{a}v=-\frac{N^{2}-1}{N}v. Cov g V v = u a u a v = − N N 2 − 1 v .
Similarly, from the second identity in (135) , we obtain that
Cov V g A = B ( v m ⊗ A v m ) = 1 2 P 0 ( v m ( A v m ) † − A v m v m † ) = 1 2 P 0 ( v m ( v m ) † A † − A v m v m † ) = − 2 P 0 ( A ) = − 2 A . \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{Cov}_{V}^{\mathfrak{g}}A=\mathbf{B}(v_{m}\otimes Av^{m})=\frac{1}{2}P_{0}(v_{m}(Av^{m})^{\dagger}-Av^{m}v_{m}^{\dagger}) \\
&=\frac{1}{2}P_{0}(v_{m}(v^{m})^{\dagger}A^{\dagger}-Av^{m}v_{m}^{\dagger})=-2P_{0}(A)=-2A.
\end{aligned} Cov V g A = B ( v m ⊗ A v m ) = 2 1 P 0 ( v m ( A v m ) † − A v m v m † ) = 2 1 P 0 ( v m ( v m ) † A † − A v m v m † ) = − 2 P 0 ( A ) = − 2 A .
In the last identity, we used that since A ∈ s u ( N ) A\in\mathfrak{su}(N) A ∈ su ( N ) , it is trace-free. To avoid any confusion with articles in the literature, including [BC24], we emphasise again that V = C N V=\mathbb{C}^{N} V = C N is treated as a real vector space. If V = C N V=\mathbb{C}^{N} V = C N were treated as a complex vector space, then { e j } j ≤ N \{e_{j}\}_{j\leq N} { e j } j ≤ N would already be an orthonormal basis, which changes the above calculations. The easiest way to see this is to compare the standard Gaussian vectors on V = C N V=\mathbb{C}^{N} V = C N as a vector space over R \mathbb{R} R and C \mathbb{C} C . Given a sequence ( X j ) j = 1 2 N (X_{j})_{j=1}^{2N} ( X j ) j = 1 2 N of independent, standard, real-valued Gaussians, the standard Gaussian vectors are given by
∑ j = 1 N X j e j + ∑ j = 1 N X j + N ( i e j ) and ∑ j = 1 N X j + i X j + N 2 e j , \sum_{j=1}^{N}X_{j}e_{j}+\sum_{j=1}^{N}X_{j+N}(ie_{j})
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\sum_{j=1}^{N}\frac{X_{j}+iX_{j+N}}{\sqrt{2}}e_{j}, j = 1 ∑ N X j e j + j = 1 ∑ N X j + N ( i e j ) and j = 1 ∑ N 2 X j + i X j + N e j ,
respectively. Thus, the standard Gaussian vectors on V V V as a real or complex vector space differ by a factor of 2 \sqrt{2} 2 .
Lemma 3.44. For every orthonormal basis ( v m ) (v_{m}) ( v m ) of V V V and every Φ ∈ V \Phi\in V Φ ∈ V , one has
B ( v m ⊗ Φ ) v m = Cov g V ( Φ ) . \mathbf{B}(v_{m}\otimes\Phi)v^{m}=\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V}(\Phi). B ( v m ⊗ Φ ) v m = Cov g V ( Φ ) . Proof. Writing ( u a ) (u_{a}) ( u a ) for an orthonormal basis of g \mathfrak{g} g , one has
B ( v k ⊗ Φ ) v k = ⟨ B ( v k ⊗ Φ ) , u a ⟩ g u a v k = u a ⟨ v k , u a Φ ⟩ V v k = u a u a Φ = Cov g V Φ , \mathbf{B}(v^{k}\otimes\Phi)v_{k}=\langle\mathbf{B}(v^{k}\otimes\Phi),u^{a}\rangle_{\mathfrak{g}}u_{a}v_{k}
=u_{a}\langle v^{k},u^{a}\Phi\rangle_{V}v_{k}
=u_{a}u^{a}\Phi=\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{V}\Phi, B ( v k ⊗ Φ ) v k = ⟨ B ( v k ⊗ Φ ) , u a ⟩ g u a v k = u a ⟨ v k , u a Φ ⟩ V v k = u a u a Φ = Cov g V Φ , as claimed. (Here we do not explicitly write ϱ ∗ \varrho_{*} ϱ ∗ for the action of g \mathfrak{g} g on $V.)
Analytic preliminaries
In this section, we collect various analytic preliminaries. We begin by setting our convention for Hölder spaces.
Definition 3.45 (Hölder spaces). For α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R , we take ∥ ⋅ ∥ C x α \|\mathord{\cdot}\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{x}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ C x α to be the usual (Besov-)Hölder norm, and we define the space C x , 0 α \mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{x,0} C x , 0 α to be the closure of C x ∞ \mathcal{C}^{\infty}_{x} C x ∞ with respect to this norm.
The following gauge covariant Gagliardo–Nirenberg–Sobolev inequality is a direct consequence of the diamagnetic inequality (125) and the classical Gagliardo–Nirenberg–Sobolev inequality (see e.g. [Tao06, Proposition A.3] for the statement of the inequality on R d \mathbb{R}^{d} R d ).
Lemma 3.46 (Gauge-covariant Gagliardo–Nirenberg–Sobolev inequality). Let B : T 2 → g 2 B:\mathbb{T}^2 \to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : T 2 → g 2 be a connection one-form and let ϕ : T 2 → W \phi:\mathbb{T}^2 \to W ϕ : T 2 → W . Furthermore, let θ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \theta\in(0,1) θ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) and r ∈ [ 1 , ∞ ) r \in[1,\infty) r ∈ [ 1 , ∞ ) satisfy θ ≥ 2 r \theta\ge\frac{2}{r} θ ≥ r 2 . Then, it holds that
∥ ϕ ∥ L x ∞ ≲ θ , r ∥ ϕ ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ ∥ L x r 1 − θ ∥ D B ϕ ∥ L x r θ . \|\phi\|_{L^\infty_x} \lesssim_{\theta,r} \|\phi\|_{L^r_x} + \|\phi\|_{L^r_x}^{1-\theta}\|D_B\phi\|_{L^r_x}^{\theta}. ∥ ϕ ∥ L x ∞ ≲ θ , r ∥ ϕ ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ ∥ L x r 1 − θ ∥ D B ϕ ∥ L x r θ . where the implicit constant is uniform in B B B .
We next state the following endpoint parabolic Schauder estimate, whose proof is similar to the proof of [Tao08, Lemma 2.5] (which works on R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 ).
Lemma 3.47 (Endpoint Schauder estimate). Let T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T \in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and let u : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → R u:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 \to\mathbb{R} u : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → R be a solution to the heat equation:
( ∂ t − Δ ) u = 0. (\partial_t-\Delta)u=0. ( ∂ t − Δ ) u = 0. Then we have the following endpoint Schauder estimate:
∥ u ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ u ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . \|u\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,T])} \lesssim\|u(0)\|_{L^2_x}. ∥ u ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ u ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . Proof. We proceed by duality. It suffices to show that for F ∈ L t 2 L x 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) F \in L^2_tL^1_x([0,T]) F ∈ L t 2 L x 1 ([ 0 , T ]) , we have that
⟨ u , F ⟩ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ u ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \langle u,F\rangle_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])} \lesssim\|u(0)\|_{L^2_x}\|F\|_{L^2_tL^1_x([0,T])}. ⟨ u , F ⟩ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ u ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x 1 ([ 0 , T ]) . Towards this end, we may write
⟨ u , F ⟩ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) = ⟨ u ( 0 ) , ∫ 0 T d s e s Δ F ( s ) ⟩ L x 2 ≤ ∥ u ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ ∫ 0 T d s e s Δ F ( s ) ∥ L x 2 . \langle u,F\rangle_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}=\left\langle u(0),\int_0^T \mathrm{d}s\,e^{s\Delta}F(s)\right\rangle_{L^2_x}\leq\|u(0)\|_{L^2_x}\left\|\int_0^T \mathrm{d}s\,e^{s\Delta}F(s)\right\|_{L^2_x}. ⟨ u , F ⟩ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) = ⟨ u ( 0 ) , ∫ 0 T d s e s Δ F ( s ) ⟩ L x 2 ≤ ∥ u ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ∫ 0 T d s e s Δ F ( s ) L x 2 . Thus to finish, it suffices to show that
∥ ∫ 0 T d s e s Δ F ( s ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≲ ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 . \left\|\int_0^T \mathrm{d}s\,e^{s\Delta}F(s)\right\|_{L^2_x}^2\lesssim\|F\|_{L^2_tL^1_x([0,T])}^2. ∫ 0 T d s e s Δ F ( s ) L x 2 2 ≲ ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x 1 ([ 0 , T ]) 2 . Towards this end, observe that (noting a symmetry between s s s and s ′ s' s ′ to reduce to s > s ′ s>s' s > s ′ )
∥ ∫ 0 T d s e s Δ F ( s ) ∥ L x 2 2 = 2 ∫ 0 T d s ∫ 0 s d s ′ ⟨ F ( s ) , e ( s + s ′ ) Δ F ( s ′ ) ⟩ L x 2 ≲ ∫ 0 T d s ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x 1 s − 1 ∫ 0 s d s ′ ∥ F ( s ′ ) ∥ L x 1 = ∫ 0 T ∥ F ( s ′ ) ∥ L x 1 ( ∫ s ′ T ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x 1 s − 1 d s ) d s ′ ≤ ∫ 0 T ∥ F ( s ′ ) ∥ L x 1 ( ∫ s ′ T ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x 2 2 s − 1 / 2 d s ) 1 / 2 ( ∫ s ′ T s − 3 / 2 d s ) 1 / 2 d s ′ ≲ ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ( ∫ 0 T ( ∫ s ′ T ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x 2 2 s − 1 / 2 d s ) ( s ′ ) − 1 d s ′ ) 1 / 2 ≲ ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 , \begin{aligned}
\left\|\int_0^T \mathrm{d}s\,e^{s\Delta}F(s)\right\|_{L^2_x}^2
&=2\int_0^T\mathrm{d}s\int_0^s\mathrm{d}s'\,\langle F(s),e^{(s+s')\Delta}F(s')\rangle_{L^2_x}\\
&\lesssim\int_0^T\mathrm{d}s\,\|F(s)\|_{L^1_x}s^{-1}\int_0^s\mathrm{d}s'\,\|F(s')\|_{L^1_x}\\
&=\int_0^T\|F(s')\|_{L^1_x}\left(\int_{s'}^T\|F(s)\|_{L^1_x}s^{-1}\mathrm{d}s\right)\mathrm{d}s'\\
&\leq\int_0^T\|F(s')\|_{L^1_x}\left(\int_{s'}^T\|F(s)\|_{L^2_x}^2s^{-1/2}\mathrm{d}s\right)^{1/2}\left(\int_{s'}^T s^{-3/2}\mathrm{d}s\right)^{1/2}\mathrm{d}s'\\
&\lesssim\|F\|_{L^2_tL^1_x([0,T])}\left(\int_0^T\left(\int_{s'}^T\|F(s)\|_{L^2_x}^2s^{-1/2}\mathrm{d}s\right)(s')^{-1}\mathrm{d}s'\right)^{1/2}\\
&\lesssim\|F\|_{L^2_tL^1_x([0,T])}^2,
\end{aligned} ∫ 0 T d s e s Δ F ( s ) L x 2 2 = 2 ∫ 0 T d s ∫ 0 s d s ′ ⟨ F ( s ) , e ( s + s ′ ) Δ F ( s ′ ) ⟩ L x 2 ≲ ∫ 0 T d s ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x 1 s − 1 ∫ 0 s d s ′ ∥ F ( s ′ ) ∥ L x 1 = ∫ 0 T ∥ F ( s ′ ) ∥ L x 1 ( ∫ s ′ T ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x 1 s − 1 d s ) d s ′ ≤ ∫ 0 T ∥ F ( s ′ ) ∥ L x 1 ( ∫ s ′ T ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x 2 2 s − 1/2 d s ) 1/2 ( ∫ s ′ T s − 3/2 d s ) 1/2 d s ′ ≲ ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x 1 ([ 0 , T ]) ( ∫ 0 T ( ∫ s ′ T ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x 2 2 s − 1/2 d s ) ( s ′ ) − 1 d s ′ ) 1/2 ≲ ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x 1 ([ 0 , T ]) 2 , as desired.
The following lemma will allow us to control certain norms (see Definition 2.3) of the curvature of a given solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow. This will allow us to obtain covariant heat kernel and Schauder estimates which behave very similarly to the standard heat kernel and Schauder estimates, which in turn will be crucial in our covariant local theory (§ 7 –§ 9 ). In the following, for solutions u : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → R u:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbb{R} u : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → R to the heat equation ( ∂ t − Δ ) u = 0 (\partial_t-\Delta)u=0 ( ∂ t − Δ ) u = 0 , we recall the classical monotonicity formula:
∥ u ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ u ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 = 2 ∥ ∇ u ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 . (136) \|u(0)\|_{L^2_x}^2-\|u(T)\|_{L^2_x}^2=2\|\nabla u\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}^2. \tag*{(136)} ∥ u ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ u ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 = 2∥∇ u ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) 2 . (136)
Lemma 3.48. Let T ∈ ( 0 , 1 / 2 ] T \in(0,1/2] T ∈ ( 0 , 1/2 ] , and let f : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → [ 0 , ∞ ) f : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{2} \to[0,\infty) f : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → [ 0 , ∞ ) be a non-negative subsolution to the heat equation, i.e.,
( ∂ t − Δ ) f ≤ 0. (\partial_t-\Delta)f \le0. ( ∂ t − Δ ) f ≤ 0. Let D : [ 0 , T ] → [ 0 , ∞ ) D : [0,T] \to[0,\infty) D : [ 0 , T ] → [ 0 , ∞ ) be the decrease of the squared L x 2 L_x^2 L x 2 -norm of f f f :
D ( t ) ≔ ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ f ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 , t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . D(t) \coloneqq\lVert f(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2-\lVert f(t)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2,\qquad t\in[0,T]. D ( t ) : = ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ f ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 , t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . Then we have the following estimate:
∥ f ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ T 1 / 2 ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∣ log T ∣ 1 / 2 D ( T ) 1 / 2 . \lVert f\rVert_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,T])} \lesssim T^{1/2}\lVert f(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}+\lvert\log T\rvert^{1/2}D(T)^{1/2}. ∥ f ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ T 1/2 ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∣ log T ∣ 1/2 D ( T ) 1/2 . Proof. Let g g g be the solution to the heat equation with initial data f ( 0 ) f(0) f ( 0 ) . Then we have the pointwise bound 0 ≤ f ≤ g 0\le f\le g 0 ≤ f ≤ g , and thus it suffices to estimate g g g by the right-hand side of the claimed inequality. Towards this end, let N 0 ≔ 10 3 T − 100 N_0 \coloneqq10^3T^{-100} N 0 : = 1 0 3 T − 100 (say). We estimate P ≤ N 0 g P_{\le N_0}g P ≤ N 0 g and P > N 0 g P_{>N_0}g P > N 0 g separately. Note that both of these terms are solutions to the heat equation. For the low-frequency part, by Bernstein’s inequality (see e.g. [BCD11, Lemma 2.1]), we have that for any t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ,
∥ P ≤ N 0 g ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≤ ∑ N ≤ N 0 ∥ P N g ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 + ∑ 1 < N ≤ N 0 ∥ ∇ P N g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 \lVert P_{\le N_0}g(t)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}
\le\sum_{N\le N_0}\lVert P_Ng(t)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}
\lesssim\lVert g(t)\rVert_{L_x^2}+\sum_{1<N\le N_0}\lVert\nabla P_Ng(t)\rVert_{L_x^2} ∥ P ≤ N 0 g ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≤ N ≤ N 0 ∑ ∥ P N g ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 + 1 < N ≤ N 0 ∑ ∥ ∇ P N g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 ≲ ∥ g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 + ( log N 0 ) 1 / 2 ∥ ∇ P ≤ N 0 g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 , \lesssim\lVert g(t)\rVert_{L_x^2}+(\log N_0)^{1/2}\lVert\nabla P_{\le N_0}g(t)\rVert_{L_x^2}, ≲ ∥ g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 + ( log N 0 ) 1/2 ∥ ∇ P ≤ N 0 g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 , where we applied Cauchy–Schwarz in the final inequality (recalling that the sum over N N N only includes the dyadic numbers!). After taking the L t 2 L_t^2 L t 2 -norm, we obtain
∥ P ≤ N 0 g ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ T 1 / 2 ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∣ log T ∣ 1 / 2 ∥ ∇ P ≤ N 0 g ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) , \lVert P_{\le N_0}g\rVert_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,T])}
\lesssim T^{1/2}\lVert f(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}+\lvert\log T\rvert^{1/2}\lVert\nabla P_{\le N_0}g\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}, ∥ P ≤ N 0 g ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ T 1/2 ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∣ log T ∣ 1/2 ∥ ∇ P ≤ N 0 g ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) , where we used (136) to bound ∥ g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 ≤ ∥ g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 = ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 \lVert g(t)\rVert_{L_x^2}\le\lVert g(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}=\lVert f(0)\rVert_{L_x^2} ∥ g ( t ) ∥ L x 2 ≤ ∥ g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 = ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . Next, observe by (136) that
∥ ∇ P ≤ N 0 g ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 ≲ ∥ ∇ g ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 ∼ ∥ g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ g ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≤ ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ f ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 = D ( T ) , \lVert\nabla P_{\le N_0}g\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}^2
\lesssim\lVert\nabla g\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}^2
\sim\lVert g(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2-\lVert g(T)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2
\le\lVert f(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2-\lVert f(T)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2=D(T), ∥ ∇ P ≤ N 0 g ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) 2 ≲ ∥ ∇ g ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) 2 ∼ ∥ g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ g ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≤ ∥ f ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ f ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 = D ( T ) , where in the second-to-final step, we used the pointwise bound f ≤ g f\le g f ≤ g and the fact that f ( 0 ) = g ( 0 ) f(0)=g(0) f ( 0 ) = g ( 0 ) . Combining the previous few displays, it follows that the low-frequency part P ≤ N 0 g P_{\le N_0}g P ≤ N 0 g satisfies the required bound.
For the high-frequency part, by the endpoint Schauder estimate (Lemma 3.47) and the fact that P > N 0 g P_{>N_0}g P > N 0 g itself is a solution to the heat equation, we have that
∥ P > N 0 g ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . \lVert P_{>N_0}g\rVert_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,T])}
\lesssim\lVert P_{>N_0}g(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}. ∥ P > N 0 g ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . By classical heat smoothing estimates (see e.g. [BCD11, Lemma 2.4]), we also have that
∥ P > N 0 g ( T ) ∥ L x 2 ≲ e − c N 0 2 T ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ≪ ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 , \lVert P_{>N_0}g(T)\rVert_{L_x^2}
\lesssim e^{-cN_0^2T}\lVert P_{>N_0}g(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}
\ll\lVert P_{>N_0}g(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}, ∥ P > N 0 g ( T ) ∥ L x 2 ≲ e − c N 0 2 T ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ≪ ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 , where the final inequality follows by our choice of N 0 = 10 3 T − 100 N_0=10^3T^{-100} N 0 = 1 0 3 T − 100 . Combining this with (136) , we obtain
∥ ∇ P > N 0 g ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 ∼ ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ P > N 0 g ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 ∼ ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 , \lVert\nabla P_{>N_0}g\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}^2
\sim\lVert P_{>N_0}g(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2-\lVert P_{>N_0}g(T)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2
\sim\lVert P_{>N_0}g(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2, ∥ ∇ P > N 0 g ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) 2 ∼ ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ P > N 0 g ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 ∼ ∥ P > N 0 g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 , and from this we further obtain (again applying (136) in the penultimate estimate)
∥ P > N 0 g ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 ≲ ∥ ∇ P > N 0 g ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 ≲ ∥ ∇ g ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 2 \lVert P_{>N_0}g\rVert_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,T])}^2
\lesssim\lVert\nabla P_{>N_0}g\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}^2
\lesssim\lVert\nabla g\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}^2 ∥ P > N 0 g ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) 2 ≲ ∥ ∇ P > N 0 g ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) 2 ≲ ∥ ∇ g ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) 2 ∼ ∥ g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ g ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≲ D ( T ) , \sim\lVert g(0)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2-\lVert g(T)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2\lesssim D(T), ∼ ∥ g ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 − ∥ g ( T ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≲ D ( T ) , where in the final inequality, we again used the pointwise bound f ≤ g f\le g f ≤ g and the fact that g ( 0 ) = f ( 0 ) g(0)=f(0) g ( 0 ) = f ( 0 ) . The bound for the high-frequency part now follows (in fact it is more than acceptable).
Lemma 3.49. For t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t \in(0,1] t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and x , y ∈ T d x,y \in\mathbb{T}^d x , y ∈ T d such that ∣ x − y ∣ ≤ 10 − 1 |x-y| \le10^{-1} ∣ x − y ∣ ≤ 1 0 − 1 , we have that
∣ ∇ p ( 0 , y ; t , x ) p ( 0 , y ; t , x ) + x − y 2 t ∣ ≲ t 10 . \left|\frac{\nabla p(0,y;t,x)}{p(0,y;t,x)}+\frac{x-y}{2t}\right|\lesssim t^{10}. p ( 0 , y ; t , x ) ∇ p ( 0 , y ; t , x ) + 2 t x − y ≲ t 10 . Proof. We view p p p as a 2 π 2\pi 2 π -periodic function on R d \mathbb{R}^d R d , and we identify T d ≅ ( − π , π ] d \mathbb{T}^d \cong(-\pi,\pi]^d T d ≅ ( − π , π ] d . Letting p t E u c ( x ) p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x) p t Euc ( x ) be the heat kernel on R d \mathbb{R}^d R d , we have the formula
p ( 0 , y ; t , x ) = ∑ n ∈ Z d p t E u c ( x − y + 2 π n ) . p(0,y;t,x)=\sum_{n\in\mathbb{Z}^d}p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x-y+2\pi n). p ( 0 , y ; t , x ) = n ∈ Z d ∑ p t Euc ( x − y + 2 π n ) . By translation invariance, we may assume that y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , and so x x x is such that ∣ x ∣ ≤ 10 − 1 |x|\le10^{-1} ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 0 − 1 . We may then compute
∇ p ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = ∇ p t E u c ( x ) + ∑ n ≠ 0 ∇ p t E u c ( x + 2 π n ) \nabla p(0,0;t,x)=\nabla p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x)+\sum_{n\ne0}\nabla p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x+2\pi n) ∇ p ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = ∇ p t Euc ( x ) + n = 0 ∑ ∇ p t Euc ( x + 2 π n ) = − x 2 t p t E u c ( x ) − ∑ n ≠ 0 x + 2 π n 2 t p t E u c ( x + 2 π n ) =-\frac{x}{2t}p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x)-\sum_{n\ne0}\frac{x+2\pi n}{2t}p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x+2\pi n) = − 2 t x p t Euc ( x ) − n = 0 ∑ 2 t x + 2 π n p t Euc ( x + 2 π n ) = − x 2 t p ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) − ∑ n ≠ 0 π n t p t E u c ( x + 2 π n ) . =-\frac{x}{2t}p(0,0;t,x)-\sum_{n\ne0}\frac{\pi n}{t}p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x+2\pi n). = − 2 t x p ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) − n = 0 ∑ t π n p t Euc ( x + 2 π n ) . Since ∣ x ∣ ≤ 10 − 1 |x|\le10^{-1} ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 0 − 1 , we have that for n ≠ 0 n\ne0 n = 0 ,
∣ π n p t E u c ( x + 2 π n ) t p t E u c ( x ) ∣ ≲ t − 1 exp ( − c ∣ n ∣ 2 t ) \left|\frac{\pi n p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x+2\pi n)}{t p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x)}\right|\lesssim t^{-1}\exp\left(-c\frac{|n|^2}{t}\right) t p t Euc ( x ) π n p t Euc ( x + 2 π n ) ≲ t − 1 exp ( − c t ∣ n ∣ 2 ) ≤ t − 1 exp ( − c ∣ n ∣ 2 2 t ) exp ( − c ∣ n ∣ 2 2 ) ≲ t 10 exp ( − c ∣ n ∣ 2 2 ) . \le t^{-1}\exp\left(-\frac{c|n|^2}{2t}\right)\exp\left(-\frac{c|n|^2}{2}\right)\lesssim t^{10}\exp\left(-\frac{c|n|^2}{2}\right). ≤ t − 1 exp ( − 2 t c ∣ n ∣ 2 ) exp ( − 2 c ∣ n ∣ 2 ) ≲ t 10 exp ( − 2 c ∣ n ∣ 2 ) . It follows that
∑ n ≠ 0 ∣ π n p t E u c ( x + 2 π n ) t p t E u c ( x ) ∣ ≲ t 10 , \sum_{n\ne0}\left|\frac{\pi n p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x+2\pi n)}{t p_t^{\mathrm{Euc}}(x)}\right|\lesssim t^{10}, n = 0 ∑ t p t Euc ( x ) π n p t Euc ( x + 2 π n ) ≲ t 10 , from which the desired result follows.
Lemma 3.50 (Gronwall). Let f , a , b : [ 0 , T ] → [ 0 , ∞ ) f,a,b:[0,T]\to[0,\infty) f , a , b : [ 0 , T ] → [ 0 , ∞ ) be such that a ∈ L 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) a\in L^1([0,T]) a ∈ L 1 ([ 0 , T ]) , f , b ∈ L ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) f,b\in L^\infty([0,T]) f , b ∈ L ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) , and
∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ≤ ∥ a f ∥ L 1 ( [ 0 , t ] ) + ∥ b ∥ L ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) , \|f\|_{L^\infty([0,t])}\le\|af\|_{L^1([0,t])}+\|b\|_{L^\infty([0,t])}, ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ≤ ∥ a f ∥ L 1 ([ 0 , t ]) + ∥ b ∥ L ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) , uniformly over t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . Then we have that
∥ f ∥ L ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ≤ ∥ b ∥ L ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) exp ∥ a ∥ L 1 ( [ 0 , t ] ) , \|f\|_{L^\infty([0,t])}\le\|b\|_{L^\infty([0,t])}\exp\|a\|_{L^1([0,t])}, ∥ f ∥ L ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ≤ ∥ b ∥ L ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) exp ∥ a ∥ L 1 ([ 0 , t ]) , uniformly over t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] .
In the following, we define function spaces of negative temporal regularity. They will be used as part of our modified solution spaces, see Definition 7.4 below.
Definition 3.51 (Temporal regularity spaces). Let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 and ( B , ∥ ⋅ ∥ B ) (\mathcal{B},\|\cdot\|_{\mathcal{B}}) ( B , ∥ ⋅ ∥ B ) be a Banach space. For α ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] \alpha\in(0,1] α ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , define ∥ ⋅ ∥ C t α B \|\cdot\|_{C_t^\alpha\mathcal{B}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ C t α B as the usual α \alpha α -Hölder norm for B \mathcal{B} B -valued functions:
∥ ϕ ∥ C t α B ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≔ ∥ ϕ ∥ C t 0 B ( [ 0 , T ] ) + sup 0 ≤ s < t ≤ T ∥ ϕ ( t ) − ϕ ( s ) ∥ B ∣ t − s ∣ α . \|\phi\|_{C_t^\alpha\mathcal{B}([0,T])}\coloneqq\|\phi\|_{C_t^0\mathcal{B}([0,T])}+\sup_{0\le s<t\le T}\frac{\|\phi(t)-\phi(s)\|_{\mathcal{B}}}{|t-s|^\alpha}. ∥ ϕ ∥ C t α B ([ 0 , T ]) : = ∥ ϕ ∥ C t 0 B ([ 0 , T ]) + 0 ≤ s < t ≤ T sup ∣ t − s ∣ α ∥ ϕ ( t ) − ϕ ( s ) ∥ B .
For α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) \alpha\in(-1,0) α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) , we set
∥ ϕ ∥ C t α B ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≔ ∥ ∫ 0 t ϕ ( s ) d s ∥ C t 1 + α B ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \|\phi\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B}([0,T])} \coloneqq\left\|\int_{0}^{t}\phi(s)\,\mathrm{d}s\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{1+\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B}([0,T])}. ∥ ϕ ∥ C t α B ([ 0 , T ]) : = ∫ 0 t ϕ ( s ) d s C t 1 + α B ([ 0 , T ]) .
In other words, the C t α B \mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B} C t α B norm of ϕ \phi ϕ is defined to be the C t 1 + α B \mathcal{C}^{1+\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B} C t 1 + α B norm of the integral t ↦ ∫ 0 t ϕ ( s ) d s t\mapsto\int_{0}^{t}\phi(s)\,\mathrm{d}s t ↦ ∫ 0 t ϕ ( s ) d s .
Remark 3.52. It follows directly from the definition that for α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) \alpha\in(-1,0) α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) , time integration maps ϕ ∈ C t α B \phi\in\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B} ϕ ∈ C t α B to t ↦ ∫ 0 t ϕ ( s ) d s ∈ C t 1 + α B t\mapsto\int_{0}^{t}\phi(s)\mathrm{d}s\in\mathcal{C}^{1+\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B} t ↦ ∫ 0 t ϕ ( s ) d s ∈ C t 1 + α B . Conversely, time differentiation maps ϕ ∈ C t 1 + α B \phi\in\mathcal{C}^{1+\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B} ϕ ∈ C t 1 + α B to ∂ t ϕ ( t ) ∈ C t α B \partial_{t}\phi(t)\in\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B} ∂ t ϕ ( t ) ∈ C t α B .
The following version of Young’s integration bound [You36] is an immediate consequence of the sewing lemma [FH20, Lem. 4.2] (just set Ξ s , t = ( ∫ s t ϕ 1 ( r ) d r ) ϕ 2 ( s ) \Xi_{s,t}=\left(\int_{s}^{t}\phi_{1}(r)\,\mathrm{d}r\right)\phi_{2}(s) Ξ s , t = ( ∫ s t ϕ 1 ( r ) d r ) ϕ 2 ( s ) ).
Lemma 3.53 (Product estimate for temporal regularity spaces). Let T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] and let ( B , ∥ ⋅ ∥ B ) (\mathcal{B},\|\cdot\|_{\mathcal{B}}) ( B , ∥ ⋅ ∥ B ) and ( B i , ∥ ⋅ ∥ B i ) (\mathcal{B}_{i},\|\cdot\|_{\mathcal{B}_{i}}) ( B i , ∥ ⋅ ∥ B i ) , where i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , be Banach spaces such that there is a continuous multiplication map B 1 × B 2 → B \mathcal{B}_{1}\times\mathcal{B}_{2}\to\mathcal{B} B 1 × B 2 → B . Furthermore, let α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) \alpha\in(-1,0) α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) and β ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \beta\in(0,1) β ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) be such that α + β > 0 \alpha+\beta>0 α + β > 0 . Then, we have for all smooth functions ϕ i : [ 0 , T ] → B i \phi_{i}:[0,T]\to\mathcal{B}_{i} ϕ i : [ 0 , T ] → B i , where i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 , that
∥ ϕ 1 ϕ 2 ∥ C t α B ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ ϕ 1 ∥ C t α B 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ∥ ϕ 2 ∥ C t β B 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \|\phi_{1}\phi_{2}\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B}([0,T])}\lesssim\|\phi_{1}\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B}_{1}([0,T])}\|\phi_{2}\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\beta}_{t}\mathcal{B}_{2}([0,T])}. ∥ ϕ 1 ϕ 2 ∥ C t α B ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ ϕ 1 ∥ C t α B 1 ([ 0 , T ]) ∥ ϕ 2 ∥ C t β B 2 ([ 0 , T ]) .
The following lemma shows that our temporal regularity spaces are well-behaved under time localisations, which will be used in the proof of our weighted covariant Schauder estimates (see Proposition 7.16).
Lemma 3.54 (Time-localisation). Let 0 < T ≤ 1 0<T\leq1 0 < T ≤ 1 , let − 1 < α ≤ β ≤ 0 -1<\alpha\leq\beta\leq0 − 1 < α ≤ β ≤ 0 , and let χ ∈ C c ∞ ( ( 0 , ∞ ) ) \chi\in C^{\infty}_{c}((0,\infty)) χ ∈ C c ∞ (( 0 , ∞ )) be arbitrary (i.e. it is not necessarily the cutoff function fixed at the beginning of this section). Furthermore, let B \mathcal{B} B be a Banach space. For all ϕ : [ 0 , T ] → B \phi:[0,T]\to\mathcal{B} ϕ : [ 0 , T ] → B and N ∈ 2 N 0 N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_{0}} N ∈ 2 N 0 , it then holds that
∥ χ ( N 2 t ) ϕ ∥ C t α B ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ N 2 ( α − β ) ∥ ϕ ∥ C t β B ( [ 0 , T ] ) . (137) \|\chi(N^{2}t)\phi\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{t}\mathcal{B}([0,T])}\lesssim N^{2(\alpha-\beta)}\|\phi\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\beta}_{t}\mathcal{B}([0,T])}. \tag*{(137)} ∥ χ ( N 2 t ) ϕ ∥ C t α B ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ N 2 ( α − β ) ∥ ϕ ∥ C t β B ([ 0 , T ]) . (137) Proof. We let Φ \Phi Φ be the anti-derivative of ϕ \phi ϕ satisfying Φ ( 0 ) = 0 \Phi(0)=0 Φ ( 0 ) = 0 . By definition, it holds that ∥ Φ ∥ C t 1 + β B ≲ ∥ ϕ ∥ C t β B \|\Phi\|_{\mathcal{C}^{1+\beta}_{t}\mathcal{B}}\lesssim\|\phi\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\beta}_{t}\mathcal{B}} ∥Φ ∥ C t 1 + β B ≲ ∥ ϕ ∥ C t β B and, for all t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , it holds that
∥ Φ ( t ) ∥ B = ∥ Φ ( t ) − Φ ( 0 ) ∥ B ≲ t 1 + β ∥ Φ ∥ C t 1 + β B . (138) \|\Phi(t)\|_{\mathcal{B}}=\|\Phi(t)-\Phi(0)\|_{\mathcal{B}}\lesssim t^{1+\beta}\|\Phi\|_{\mathcal{C}^{1+\beta}_{t}\mathcal{B}}. \tag*{(138)} ∥Φ ( t ) ∥ B = ∥Φ ( t ) − Φ ( 0 ) ∥ B ≲ t 1 + β ∥Φ ∥ C t 1 + β B . (138) Since
∫ 0 t χ ( N 2 s ) ϕ ( s ) d s = χ ( N 2 t ) Φ ( t ) − ∫ 0 t N 2 χ ′ ( N 2 s ) Φ ( s ) d s , \int_{0}^{t}\chi(N^{2}s)\phi(s)\,\mathrm{d}s=\chi(N^{2}t)\Phi(t)-\int_{0}^{t}N^{2}\chi'(N^{2}s)\Phi(s)\,\mathrm{d}s, ∫ 0 t χ ( N 2 s ) ϕ ( s ) d s = χ ( N 2 t ) Φ ( t ) − ∫ 0 t N 2 χ ′ ( N 2 s ) Φ ( s ) d s , our desired estimate (137) can be reduced to the two estimates
∥ χ ( N 2 t ) Φ ( t ) ∥ C t α ′ B ≲ N 2 ( α ′ − β ′ ) ∥ Φ ( t ) ∥ C t β ′ B . (139) \|\chi(N^{2}t)\Phi(t)\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha'}_{t}\mathcal{B}}\lesssim N^{2(\alpha'-\beta')}\|\Phi(t)\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\beta'}_{t}\mathcal{B}}. \tag*{(139)} ∥ χ ( N 2 t ) Φ ( t ) ∥ C t α ′ B ≲ N 2 ( α ′ − β ′ ) ∥Φ ( t ) ∥ C t β ′ B . (139) ∥ N 2 ∫ 0 t χ ′ ( N 2 s ) Φ ( s ) d s ∥ C t α ′ B ≲ N 2 ( α ′ − β ′ ) ∥ Φ ( t ) ∥ C t β ′ B . (140) \left\|N^{2}\int_{0}^{t}\chi'(N^{2}s)\Phi(s)\,\mathrm{d}s\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha'}_{t}\mathcal{B}}\lesssim N^{2(\alpha'-\beta')}\|\Phi(t)\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\beta'}_{t}\mathcal{B}}. \tag*{(140)} N 2 ∫ 0 t χ ′ ( N 2 s ) Φ ( s ) d s C t α ′ B ≲ N 2 ( α ′ − β ′ ) ∥Φ ( t ) ∥ C t β ′ B . (140) where α ′ : = 1 + α \alpha':=1+\alpha α ′ := 1 + α and β ′ : = 1 + β \beta':=1+\beta β ′ := 1 + β . By interpolation, it suffices to prove (139) and (140) for ( α ′ , β ′ ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 1 , 1 ) (\alpha',\beta')=(0,0),(0,1),(1,1) ( α ′ , β ′ ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 1 , 1 ) . This follows easily from (138) and standard estimates, and we omit the remaining details.
Supermartingale estimates
In this subsection, we prove uniform-in-time moment bounds for a stochastic process satisfying supermartingale-type conditions. Near the end of the article (see Section 11), they will be used to prove the uniform-in-time bounds in our soft and hard global well-posedness results (Theorems 2.24 and 2.30 ). The reason for presenting our supermartingale-type bounds in a separate subsection, rather than including them in Section 11, is that the arguments are easier to understand without the heavy notation used in Section 11. As previously mentioned in the AI disclosure statement, the proofs in this subsection were suggested to the authors by AI (GPT-6 Astra). The closest arguments in the existing literature, which formed the basis of the AI’s response, are in [PR99, DFMS04].
Proposition 3.55. Let ( G m ) m = 0 ∞ (\mathcal{G}_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( G m ) m = 0 ∞ be a filtration. Let ( X m ) m = 0 ∞ (X_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( X m ) m = 0 ∞ , ( Y m ) m = 0 ∞ (Y_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( Y m ) m = 0 ∞ , and ( D m ) m = 0 ∞ (D_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( D m ) m = 0 ∞ be stochastic processes adapted to the filtration and assume that almost surely X m ≥ 10 X_m \ge10 X m ≥ 10 for all m ≥ 0 m \ge0 m ≥ 0 and that Y 0 ≥ 0 Y_0 \ge0 Y 0 ≥ 0 . Let r ≥ 1 r \ge1 r ≥ 1 , p > r + 1 2 p > r + \frac{1}{2} p > r + 2 1 , 0 ≤ ε < 1 0 \le\varepsilon< 1 0 ≤ ε < 1 , c > 0 c > 0 c > 0 , and K ≥ 1 K \ge1 K ≥ 1 be constants. Furthermore, assume the following three properties:
(i) (Recursive estimate) For all m ≥ 0 m \ge0 m ≥ 0 , it holds that
X m + 1 ≤ X m − D m + Y m + 1 + K . (141) X_{m+1} \le X_m - D_m + Y_{m+1} + K. \tag*{(141)} X m + 1 ≤ X m − D m + Y m + 1 + K . (141) (ii) (Decay) For all m ≥ 0 m \ge0 m ≥ 0 , it holds that
D m ≥ c X m log ( X m ) . (142) D_m \ge c\frac{\sqrt{X_m}}{\log(X_m)}. \tag*{(142)} D m ≥ c log ( X m ) X m . (142) (iii) (Fluctuation bounds) For all m ≥ 1 m \ge1 m ≥ 1 , it holds that
E [ ( Y m + 1 − ε D m ) + p ∣ G m − 1 ] ≤ K . (143) \mathbb{E}\left[(Y_{m+1} - \varepsilon D_m)_+^p \mid\mathcal{G}_{m-1}\right] \le K. \tag*{(143)} E [ ( Y m + 1 − ε D m ) + p ∣ G m − 1 ] ≤ K . (143) Furthermore, it holds that
E [ ( Y 1 − ε D 0 ) + p ∣ G 0 ] ≤ Y 0 p . (144) \mathbb{E}\left[(Y_1-\varepsilon D_0)_+^p\mid\mathcal{G}_0\right]\le Y_0^p. \tag*{(144)} E [ ( Y 1 − ε D 0 ) + p ∣ G 0 ] ≤ Y 0 p . (144) Then, there exists a constant C = C ( ε , c , p , r , K ) C=C(\varepsilon,c,p,r,K) C = C ( ε , c , p , r , K ) such that
sup m ≥ 0 E [ X m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ C ( X 0 r + Y 0 r + 1 ) and lim sup m → ∞ E [ X m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ C . (145) \sup_{m\ge0}\mathbb{E}[X_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le C(X_0^r+Y_0^r+1)
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\limsup_{m\to\infty}\mathbb{E}[X_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le C. \tag*{(145)} m ≥ 0 sup E [ X m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ C ( X 0 r + Y 0 r + 1 ) and m → ∞ lim sup E [ X m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ C . (145)
Remark 3.56. Since the conclusions are conditional on G 0 \mathcal{G}_0 G 0 , we may always make the qualitative assumption that X 0 X_0 X 0 and Y 0 Y_0 Y 0 (as well as Z 0 Z_0 Z 0 below) are bounded.
Remark 3.57. In our global iteration scheme (see Section 11), X m X_m X m will be the covariant energy of the smooth part of our solution, D m D_m D m will be its expected decay, and Y m + 1 Y_{m+1} Y m + 1 will capture different stochastic fluctuations. In this context, it will be crucial that the fluctuation bound only involves the conditional moment with respect to G m − 1 \mathcal{G}_{m-1} G m − 1 , and not G m \mathcal{G}_m G m . This allows us to average over the stochastic forcing on the preceding time interval in our iteration, as required by our estimates.
The reason for treating the initial fluctuation separately, i.e., for separating (143) and (144) , also lies in our global iteration scheme. To be more precise, since the initial data in our global well-posedness theorems (Theorems 2.24 and 2.30 ) is not required to have any random structure, the estimates in the first step of our global iteration scheme sometimes have to differ from the estimates in later steps.
Before we turn to the proof of Proposition 3.55 , we first state and prove the following simpler lemma.
Lemma 3.58. Let ( G m ) m = 0 ∞ (\mathcal{G}_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( G m ) m = 0 ∞ be a filtration and let ( Z m ) m = 0 ∞ (Z_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( Z m ) m = 0 ∞ be an adapted stochastic process which almost surely satisfies Z m ≥ 10 Z_m \ge10 Z m ≥ 10 for all m ≥ 0 m \ge0 m ≥ 0 . Furthermore, let c > 0 c > 0 c > 0 , K ≥ 1 K \ge1 K ≥ 1 , and p > 3 2 p > \frac{3}{2} p > 2 3 . Finally, assume that, for all m ≥ 0 m \ge0 m ≥ 0 ,
E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] 1 p ≤ Z m − c Z m log ( Z m ) + K . (146) \mathbb{E}\left[Z_{m+1}^{p}\mid\mathcal{G}_m\right]^{\frac{1}{p}} \le Z_m-c\frac{\sqrt{Z_m}}{\log(Z_m)}+K. \tag*{(146)} E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] p 1 ≤ Z m − c log ( Z m ) Z m + K . (146) Then, it holds for all 0 < r < p − 1 2 0 < r < p-\frac{1}{2} 0 < r < p − 2 1 , 1 2 < α < min ( p − r , 1 ) \frac{1}{2}<\alpha<\min(p-r,1) 2 1 < α < min ( p − r , 1 ) , and m ≥ 0 m \ge0 m ≥ 0 that
E [ Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , C Z 0 p ( m + 1 ) p − r α ) + C , (147) \mathbb{E}[Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le\min\left(Z_0^r,\frac{CZ_0^p}{(m+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right)+C, \tag*{(147)} E [ Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , ( m + 1 ) α p − r C Z 0 p ) + C , (147) where C = C ( α , c , p , r , K ) C=C(\alpha,c,p,r,K) C = C ( α , c , p , r , K ) is a constant.
Proof of Lemma 3.58. For expository purposes, we split the proof into five different steps.
Step 1: Initial simplification. After choosing R = R ( α , c , p , K ) R=R(\alpha,c,p,K) R = R ( α , c , p , K ) sufficiently large, and then choosing A = A ( α , c , p , K , R ) A=A(\alpha,c,p,K,R) A = A ( α , c , p , K , R ) sufficiently large, our assumption (146) implies that
E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] ≤ Z m p − Z m p − α on { Z m > R } , (148) \mathbb{E}[Z_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]\le Z_m^p-Z_m^{p-\alpha}\qquad\text{on }\{Z_m>R\}, \tag*{(148)} E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] ≤ Z m p − Z m p − α on { Z m > R } , (148)
E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] ≤ A p on { Z m ≤ R } . (149) \mathbb{E}[Z_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]\le A^p\qquad\text{on }\{Z_m\le R\}. \tag*{(149)} E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] ≤ A p on { Z m ≤ R } . (149)
Step 2: The supermartingales. To simplify the notation, set β : = α / p ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \beta\mathrel{\mathop:}=\alpha/p\in(0,1) β : = α / p ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) . For any m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 , we define H m : [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , ∞ ) H_m:[0,\infty)\to[0,\infty) H m : [ 0 , ∞ ) → [ 0 , ∞ ) as
H m ( x ) : = ( x β + β m ) 1 β . H_m(x)\mathrel{\mathop:}=(x^\beta+\beta m)^{\frac{1}{\beta}}. H m ( x ) : = ( x β + β m ) β 1 .
From a direct computation of the first and second derivatives of H m H_m H m , it follows that H m H_m H m is both strictly increasing and concave. We further define a stopping time22 ^{22} 22 ν \nu ν as
ν : = inf { n ≥ 0 : Z n ≤ R } , \nu\mathrel{\mathop:}=\inf\{n\ge0:Z_n\le R\}, ν : = inf { n ≥ 0 : Z n ≤ R } ,
i.e., as the first time at which the process is bounded by R R R . We now claim that
( H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) ) m = 0 ∞ (150) \left(H_{\nu\wedge m}(Z_{\nu\wedge m}^p)\right)_{m=0}^{\infty} \tag*{(150)} ( H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) ) m = 0 ∞ (150)
is a supermartingale. To see this, we first split
E [ H ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) ( Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) p ) ∣ G m ] = E [ 1 { ν ≤ m } H ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) ( Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) p ) ∣ G m ] (151) \mathbb{E}\left[H_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}(Z_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}^p)\mid\mathcal{G}_m\right]
=\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\{\nu\le m\}}H_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}(Z_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}^p)\mid\mathcal{G}_m\right] \tag*{(151)} E [ H ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) ( Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) p ) ∣ G m ] = E [ 1 { ν ≤ m } H ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) ( Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) p ) ∣ G m ] (151)
+ E [ 1 { ν > m } H ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) ( Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) p ) ∣ G m ] . (152) +\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\{\nu>m\}}H_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}(Z_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}^p)\mid\mathcal{G}_m\right]. \tag*{(152)} + E [ 1 { ν > m } H ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) ( Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) p ) ∣ G m ] . (152)
The first summand (151) is clearly equal to 1 { ν ≤ m } H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) \mathbf{1}_{\{\nu\le m\}}H_{\nu\wedge m}(Z_{\nu\wedge m}^p) 1 { ν ≤ m } H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) , which is as desired. Using Jensen’s inequality and (148) , the second summand can be estimated by
E [ 1 { ν > m } H ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) ( Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) p ) ∣ G m ] = 1 { ν > m } E [ H m + 1 ( Z m + 1 p ) ∣ G m ] ≤ 1 { ν > m } H m + 1 ( E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] ) ≤ 1 { ν > m } H m + 1 ( Z m p − Z m p − α ) . \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\{\nu>m\}}H_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}(Z_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}^p)\mid\mathcal{G}_m\right]
=\mathbf{1}_{\{\nu>m\}}\mathbb{E}[H_{m+1}(Z_{m+1}^p)\mid\mathcal{G}_m] \\
&\le\mathbf{1}_{\{\nu>m\}}H_{m+1}\left(\mathbb{E}[Z_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]\right)
\le\mathbf{1}_{\{\nu>m\}}H_{m+1}(Z_m^p-Z_m^{p-\alpha}).
\end{aligned} E [ 1 { ν > m } H ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) ( Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) p ) ∣ G m ] = 1 { ν > m } E [ H m + 1 ( Z m + 1 p ) ∣ G m ] ≤ 1 { ν > m } H m + 1 ( E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] ) ≤ 1 { ν > m } H m + 1 ( Z m p − Z m p − α ) .
Since x ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) ↦ x β x\in[0,\infty)\mapsto x^\beta x ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) ↦ x β is concave, it holds that
( Z m p − Z m p − α ) β ≤ ( Z m p ) β − β ( Z m p ) β − 1 Z m p − α = ( Z m p ) β − β , (Z_m^p-Z_m^{p-\alpha})^\beta\le(Z_m^p)^\beta-\beta(Z_m^p)^{\beta-1}Z_m^{p-\alpha}=(Z_m^p)^\beta-\beta, ( Z m p − Z m p − α ) β ≤ ( Z m p ) β − β ( Z m p ) β − 1 Z m p − α = ( Z m p ) β − β ,
where we used that β = α p \beta= \frac{\alpha}{p} β = p α . Together with the definitions of H m H_m H m and H m + 1 H_{m+1} H m + 1 , this implies that
H m + 1 ( Z m p − Z m p − α ) ≤ H m ( Z m p ) . H_{m+1}(Z_m^p-Z_m^{p-\alpha})\le H_m(Z_m^p). H m + 1 ( Z m p − Z m p − α ) ≤ H m ( Z m p ) .
Thus, the second summand (152) can be bounded by 1 { ν > m } H m ( Z m p ) = 1 { ν > m } H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) \mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}H_m(Z_m^p)=\mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}H_{\nu\wedge m}(Z_{\nu\wedge m}^p) 1 { ν > m } H m ( Z m p ) = 1 { ν > m } H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) , which is as desired. Using simpler arguments than for (150) , one can also show that
( Z ν ∧ m r ) m = 0 ∞ (153) \left(Z_{\nu\wedge m}^r\right)_{m=0}^{\infty} \tag*{(153)} ( Z ν ∧ m r ) m = 0 ∞ (153)
is a supermartingale. Indeed, as in (151) –(152) , one first decomposes
E [ Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) r ∣ G m ] = E [ 1 { ν ≤ m } Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) r ∣ G m ] + E [ 1 { ν > m } Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) r ∣ G m ] . (154) \mathbb{E}[Z_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_m]=\mathbb{E}[\mathbb{1}\{\nu\le m\}Z_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_m]+\mathbb{E}[\mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}Z_{\nu\wedge(m+1)}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_m]. \tag*{(154)} E [ Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) r ∣ G m ] = E [ 1 { ν ≤ m } Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) r ∣ G m ] + E [ 1 { ν > m } Z ν ∧ ( m + 1 ) r ∣ G m ] . (154)
The first summand in (154) is clearly equal to 1 { ν ≤ m } Z ν ∧ m r \mathbb{1}\{\nu\le m\}Z_{\nu\wedge m}^r 1 { ν ≤ m } Z ν ∧ m r , which is as desired. Using Hölder’s inequality and (148) , the second summand in (154) can be bounded by
1 { ν > m } E [ Z m + 1 r ∣ G m ] ≤ 1 { ν > m } ( Z m p − Z m p − α ) r p ≤ 1 { ν > m } Z m r = 1 { ν > m } Z ν ∧ m r , \mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}\mathbb{E}[Z_{m+1}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_m]\le\mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}(Z_m^p-Z_m^{p-\alpha})^{\frac{r}{p}}\le\mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}Z_m^r=\mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}Z_{\nu\wedge m}^r, 1 { ν > m } E [ Z m + 1 r ∣ G m ] ≤ 1 { ν > m } ( Z m p − Z m p − α ) p r ≤ 1 { ν > m } Z m r = 1 { ν > m } Z ν ∧ m r ,
which is also as desired.
Step 3: Estimate for an excursion above R R R . For all m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 , we show that
E [ 1 { ν > m } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , B Z 0 p ( m + 1 ) p − r α ) , (155) \mathbb{E}[\mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le\min\left(Z_0^r,\frac{BZ_0^p}{(m+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right), \tag*{(155)} E [ 1 { ν > m } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , ( m + 1 ) α p − r B Z 0 p ) , (155)
where B = B ( α , p , r , A ) B=B(\alpha,p,r,A) B = B ( α , p , r , A ) . The case m = 0 m=0 m = 0 is trivial, and we may assume that m ≥ 1 m\ge1 m ≥ 1 . To obtain the bound by Z 0 r Z_0^r Z 0 r in (155) , which is the simpler estimate, we only need to use the supermartingale property for (153) and that 1 { ν > m } Z m r ≤ Z ν ∧ m r \mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}Z_m^r\le Z_{\nu\wedge m}^r 1 { ν > m } Z m r ≤ Z ν ∧ m r . The bound by B Z 0 p / ( m + 1 ) p − r α BZ_0^p/(m+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}} B Z 0 p / ( m + 1 ) α p − r in (155) is more difficult to obtain and relies on our supermartingale from (150) . Indeed, using the supermartingale property, it holds that
E [ H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) ∣ G 0 ] ≤ H 0 ( Z 0 p ) . (156) \mathbb{E}[H_{\nu\wedge m}(Z_{\nu\wedge m}^p)\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le H_0(Z_0^p). \tag*{(156)} E [ H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) ∣ G 0 ] ≤ H 0 ( Z 0 p ) . (156)
By definition, the right-hand side of (156) is equal to Z 0 p Z_0^p Z 0 p . The left-hand side of (156) can be bounded below by
E [ H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) ∣ G 0 ] ≥ E [ 1 { ν > m } H m ( Z m p ) ∣ G 0 ] . \mathbb{E}[H_{\nu\wedge m}(Z_{\nu\wedge m}^p)\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\ge\mathbb{E}[\mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}H_m(Z_m^p)\mid\mathcal{G}_0]. E [ H ν ∧ m ( Z ν ∧ m p ) ∣ G 0 ] ≥ E [ 1 { ν > m } H m ( Z m p ) ∣ G 0 ] .
Since 0 < r < p 0<r<p 0 < r < p , it holds that
H m ( Z m p ) = ( ( Z m p ) α / p + α p m ) α = ( Z m α + α p m ) p α ( Z m α + α p m ) r α ≥ Z m r ( α p m ) p − r α . H_m(Z_m^p)=\left((Z_m^p)^{\alpha/p}+\frac{\alpha}{p}m\right)^{\alpha}=\left(Z_m^{\alpha}+\frac{\alpha}{p}m\right)^{\frac{p}{\alpha}}\left(Z_m^{\alpha}+\frac{\alpha}{p}m\right)^{\frac{r}{\alpha}}\ge Z_m^r\left(\frac{\alpha}{p}m\right)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}. H m ( Z m p ) = ( ( Z m p ) α / p + p α m ) α = ( Z m α + p α m ) α p ( Z m α + p α m ) α r ≥ Z m r ( p α m ) α p − r .
From this, it follows that
E [ 1 { ν > m } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ ( α p m ) − p − r α Z 0 p . \mathbb{E}[\mathbb{1}\{\nu>m\}Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le\left(\frac{\alpha}{p}m\right)^{-\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}Z_0^p. E [ 1 { ν > m } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ ( p α m ) − α p − r Z 0 p .
Provided that B B B is sufficiently large, which also allows us to replace m m m by m + 1 m+1 m + 1 , this implies the second bound in (155) .
Step 4: Estimate for an excursion starting from below R R R . In this step, we show for all 0 ≤ k < m 0\le k<m 0 ≤ k < m that
E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z k + 1 > R , Z k ≤ R } Z m r ∣ G k ] ≤ A p B ( m − k ) p − r α . (157) \mathbb{E}[\mathbb{1}\{Z_m>R,\ldots,Z_{k+1}>R,Z_k\le R\}Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_k]\le\frac{A^pB}{(m-k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}. \tag*{(157)} E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z k + 1 > R , Z k ≤ R } Z m r ∣ G k ] ≤ ( m − k ) α p − r A p B . (157)
To obtain (157) , we first use the time-shifted version of (155) , which implies that
E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z k + 1 > R } Z m r ∣ G k + 1 ] ≤ B Z k + 1 p ( m − k ) p − r α . \mathbb{E}[\mathbb{1}\{Z_m>R,\ldots,Z_{k+1}>R\}Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_{k+1}]\le\frac{BZ_{k+1}^p}{(m-k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}. E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z k + 1 > R } Z m r ∣ G k + 1 ] ≤ ( m − k ) α p − r B Z k + 1 p .
Using (149) , we then obtain that
E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z k + 1 > R , Z k ≤ R } Z m r ∣ G k ] ≤ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R } B Z k + 1 p ( m − k ) p − r α | G k ] ≤ A p B ( m − k ) p − r α , \mathbb{E}\left[1\{Z_m>R,\ldots,Z_{k+1}>R,Z_k\le R\}Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_k\right]
\le\mathbb{E}\left[1\{Z_k\le R\}\frac{BZ_{k+1}^p}{(m-k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_k\right]
\le\frac{A^pB}{(m-k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}, E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z k + 1 > R , Z k ≤ R } Z m r ∣ G k ] ≤ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R } ( m − k ) α p − r B Z k + 1 p G k ] ≤ ( m − k ) α p − r A p B ,
which yields the desired estimate (157) .
Step 5: Conclusion. Using (155) and (157) , we obtain that
E [ Z m r ∣ G 0 ] = E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z 0 > R } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] \mathbb{E}[Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]=\mathbb{E}[1\{Z_m>R,\ldots,Z_0>R\}Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0] E [ Z m r ∣ G 0 ] = E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z 0 > R } Z m r ∣ G 0 ]
+ ∑ k = 0 m − 1 E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z k + 1 > R , Z k ≤ R } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] + E [ 1 { Z m ≤ R } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , B Z 0 p ( m + 1 ) p − r α ) + A p B ∑ k = 0 m − 1 1 ( m − k ) p − r α + R r ≤ min ( Z 0 r , C Z 0 p ( m + 1 ) p − r α ) + C , \begin{aligned}
\quad+\sum_{k=0}^{m-1}\mathbb{E}[1\{Z_m>R,\ldots,Z_{k+1}>R,Z_k\le R\}Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]+\mathbb{E}[1\{Z_m\le R\}Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0] \\
&\le\min\left(Z_0^r,\frac{BZ_0^p}{(m+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right)+A^pB\sum_{k=0}^{m-1}\frac{1}{(m-k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}+R^r \\
&\le\min\left(Z_0^r,\frac{CZ_0^p}{(m+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right)+C,
\end{aligned} + k = 0 ∑ m − 1 E [ 1 { Z m > R , … , Z k + 1 > R , Z k ≤ R } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] + E [ 1 { Z m ≤ R } Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , ( m + 1 ) α p − r B Z 0 p ) + A p B k = 0 ∑ m − 1 ( m − k ) α p − r 1 + R r ≤ min ( Z 0 r , ( m + 1 ) α p − r C Z 0 p ) + C ,
where C = C ( α , p , r , A , B , R ) C=C(\alpha,p,r,A,B,R) C = C ( α , p , r , A , B , R ) is a constant. In the last line, we used that ( p − r ) / α > 1 (p-r)/\alpha>1 ( p − r ) / α > 1 . From this, we clearly obtain the desired conclusion (147) .
Proof of Proposition 3.55. To simplify the notation, we set U m + 1 ≔ ( Y m + 1 − ε D m ) + U_{m+1}\coloneqq(Y_{m+1}-\varepsilon D_m)_+ U m + 1 : = ( Y m + 1 − ε D m ) + . From the recursive estimate (141) and the definition of U m + 1 U_{m+1} U m + 1 , it then follows that
X m + 1 ≤ X m − ( 1 − ε ) D m + K + U m + 1 ≤ X m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + K + U m + 1 . (158) \begin{aligned}
X_{m+1}\le X_m-(1-\varepsilon)D_m+K+U_{m+1} \\
&\le X_m-(1-\varepsilon)(D_m\wedge X_m)+K+U_{m+1}. \tag*{(158)}
\end{aligned} X m + 1 ≤ X m − ( 1 − ε ) D m + K + U m + 1 ≤ X m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + K + U m + 1 . (158)
The reason for introducing the minimum of D m D_m D m and X m X_m X m in (158) is that X m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + K X_m-(1-\varepsilon)(D_m\wedge X_m)+K X m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + K is nonnegative, which will be needed below. We then define the corrected process
Z m ≔ X m + 2 W m , where W m ≔ E [ U m + 1 p ∣ G m ] 1 p . (159) Z_m\coloneqq X_m+2W_m,\qquad\text{where}\qquad W_m\coloneqq\mathbb{E}[U_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]^{\frac{1}{p}}. \tag*{(159)} Z m : = X m + 2 W m , where W m : = E [ U m + 1 p ∣ G m ] p 1 . (159)
The purpose of the correction 2 W m 2W_m 2 W m in (159) is to later absorb a contribution resulting from the U m + 1 U_{m+1} U m + 1 -term in (158) , while leaving the additional decay term − W m -W_m − W m . The stochastic processes ( W m ) m = 0 ∞ (W_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( W m ) m = 0 ∞ and ( Z m ) m = 0 ∞ (Z_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( Z m ) m = 0 ∞ are adapted to the filtration. From the definition, it follows directly that X m ≤ Z m X_m\le Z_m X m ≤ Z m for all m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 . In order to bound X m X_m X m , it therefore suffices to bound Z m Z_m Z m , for which we want to use Lemma 3.58. For this reason, we now show for all m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 that
E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] 1 p ≤ Z m − c ′ Z m log ( Z m ) + K ′ , (160) \mathbb{E}[Z_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]^{\frac{1}{p}}\le Z_m-c'\frac{\sqrt{Z_m}}{\log(Z_m)}+K', \tag*{(160)} E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] p 1 ≤ Z m − c ′ log ( Z m ) Z m + K ′ , (160)
where c ′ > 0 c'>0 c ′ > 0 and K ′ ≥ 1 K'\ge1 K ′ ≥ 1 are constants depending on c , ε , p , r c,\varepsilon,p,r c , ε , p , r , and K K K . From the tower property of conditional expectations and the fluctuation bound (143) , it follows that
E [ W m + 1 p ∣ G m ] = E [ E [ U m + 2 p ∣ G m + 1 ] ∣ G m ] = E [ U m + 2 p ∣ G m ] ≤ K . \mathbb{E}[W_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]=\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbb{E}[U_{m+2}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_{m+1}]\mid\mathcal{G}_m\right]=\mathbb{E}[U_{m+2}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]\le K. E [ W m + 1 p ∣ G m ] = E [ E [ U m + 2 p ∣ G m + 1 ] ∣ G m ] = E [ U m + 2 p ∣ G m ] ≤ K .
Together with our recursive estimate from (158) , it then follows that
E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] 1 p ≤ E [ X m + 1 p ∣ G m ] 1 p + 2 E [ W m + 1 p ∣ G m ] 1 p ≤ E [ ( X m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + K ) p ∣ G m ] 1 p + E [ U m + 1 p ∣ G m ] 1 p + 2 K 1 p = X m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + K + W m + 2 K 1 p = Z m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) − W m + K + 2 K 1 p . \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}[Z_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]^{\frac{1}{p}}
\le\mathbb{E}[X_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]^{\frac{1}{p}}+2\mathbb{E}[W_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]^{\frac{1}{p}} \\
&\le\mathbb{E}[(X_m-(1-\varepsilon)(D_m\wedge X_m)+K)^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]^{\frac{1}{p}}+\mathbb{E}[U_{m+1}^p\mid\mathcal{G}_m]^{\frac{1}{p}}+2K^{\frac{1}{p}} \\
&=X_m-(1-\varepsilon)(D_m\wedge X_m)+K+W_m+2K^{\frac{1}{p}} \\
&=Z_m-(1-\varepsilon)(D_m\wedge X_m)-W_m+K+2K^{\frac{1}{p}}.
\end{aligned} E [ Z m + 1 p ∣ G m ] p 1 ≤ E [ X m + 1 p ∣ G m ] p 1 + 2 E [ W m + 1 p ∣ G m ] p 1 ≤ E [( X m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + K ) p ∣ G m ] p 1 + E [ U m + 1 p ∣ G m ] p 1 + 2 K p 1 = X m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + K + W m + 2 K p 1 = Z m − ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) − W m + K + 2 K p 1 .
In the penultimate identity, we used that X m X_m X m and D m D_m D m are G m \mathcal{G}_m G m -measurable and the definition of W m W_m W m , and in the last identity, we used the definition of Z m Z_m Z m . By using our decay condition (142) , as well as the fact that X m ≥ 10 X_m \ge10 X m ≥ 10 for all m ≥ 0 m \ge0 m ≥ 0 , we easily obtain that
( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + W m ≥ ( 1 − ε ) min ( c X m log ( X m ) , X m ) + W m ≥ c ′ Z m log ( Z m ) . (1-\varepsilon)(D_m \wedge X_m)+W_m \ge(1-\varepsilon)\min\left(c\frac{\sqrt{X_m}}{\log(X_m)},X_m\right)+W_m \ge c'\frac{\sqrt{Z_m}}{\log(Z_m)}. ( 1 − ε ) ( D m ∧ X m ) + W m ≥ ( 1 − ε ) min ( c log ( X m ) X m , X m ) + W m ≥ c ′ log ( Z m ) Z m .
This completes the proof of (160) . By using Lemma 3.58 for some 1 2 < α < min ( 1 , p − r ) \frac{1}{2}<\alpha<\min(1,p-r) 2 1 < α < min ( 1 , p − r ) , we then obtain for all m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 that
E [ Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , C Z 0 p ( m + 1 ) p − r α ) + C . \mathbb{E}[Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le\min\left(Z_0^r,\frac{CZ_0^p}{(m+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right)+C. E [ Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , ( m + 1 ) α p − r C Z 0 p ) + C .
Since X m ≤ Z m X_m\le Z_m X m ≤ Z m for all m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 , and since our fluctuation bound (144) implies that W 0 ≤ Y 0 W_0\le Y_0 W 0 ≤ Y 0 , it then follows that
E [ X m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ E [ Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( ( X 0 + 2 Y 0 ) r , C ( X 0 + 2 Y 0 ) p ( m + 1 ) p − r α ) + C . \mathbb{E}[X_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le\mathbb{E}[Z_m^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le\min\left((X_0+2Y_0)^r,\frac{C(X_0+2Y_0)^p}{(m+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right)+C. E [ X m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ E [ Z m r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( ( X 0 + 2 Y 0 ) r , ( m + 1 ) α p − r C ( X 0 + 2 Y 0 ) p ) + C .
This readily leads to the desired estimates on the supremum and limit superior in (145) . □
In Section 11, Proposition 3.55 will be used to prove the estimate (iv) from our hard global well-posedness result (Theorem 2.30). While the estimate (iv) is uniform in our iteration index m ≥ 1 m\ge1 m ≥ 1 , our stopping time τ ~ m \widetilde{\tau}_m τ m is random, and thus (iv) does not directly yield any estimates for the solution at a given deterministic time. To obtain estimates at a deterministic time, like in our soft global well-posedness result (Theorem 2.24), we will also need the following proposition.
Proposition 3.59. Let the same assumptions as in Proposition 3.55 be satisfied. In addition, let q 1 > 0 q_1>0 q 1 > 0 , let 0 ≤ q 2 ≤ p 0\le q_2\le p 0 ≤ q 2 ≤ p , and let ( τ m ) m = 1 ∞ (\tau_m)_{m=1}^{\infty} ( τ m ) m = 1 ∞ be a stochastic process such that, for all m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 , τ m + 1 \tau_{m+1} τ m + 1 is G m + 1 \mathcal{G}_{m+1} G m + 1 -measurable and 0 < τ m + 1 ≤ 1 0<\tau_{m+1}\le1 0 < τ m + 1 ≤ 1 . Furthermore, we assume that, for all m ≥ 1 m\ge1 m ≥ 1 ,
E [ τ m + 1 − q 1 ∣ G m − 1 ] ≤ E [ X m q 2 ∣ G m − 1 ] + K . (161) \mathbb{E}[\tau_{m+1}^{-q_1}\mid\mathcal{G}_{m-1}]\le\mathbb{E}[X_m^{q_2}\mid\mathcal{G}_{m-1}]+K. \tag*{(161)} E [ τ m + 1 − q 1 ∣ G m − 1 ] ≤ E [ X m q 2 ∣ G m − 1 ] + K . (161) For each T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , let
M T = d e f inf { m ≥ 1 : ∑ k = 0 m − 1 τ k + 1 ≥ T } . M_T\overset{\mathrm{def}}{=}\inf\left\{m\ge1:\sum_{k=0}^{m-1}\tau_{k+1}\ge T\right\}. M T = def inf { m ≥ 1 : k = 0 ∑ m − 1 τ k + 1 ≥ T } . Then, M T M_T M T is almost surely finite. Furthermore, it holds that
sup T > 0 E [ X M T + 1 r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ C ′ ( X 0 r + Y 0 r + 1 ) and lim sup T → ∞ E [ X M T + 1 r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ C ′ , (162) \sup_{T>0}\mathbb{E}[X_{M_T+1}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le C'(X_0^r+Y_0^r+1)\quad\text{and}\quad\limsup_{T\to\infty}\mathbb{E}[X_{M_T+1}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le C', \tag*{(162)} T > 0 sup E [ X M T + 1 r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ C ′ ( X 0 r + Y 0 r + 1 ) and T → ∞ lim sup E [ X M T + 1 r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ C ′ , (162) where C ′ = C ′ ( ε , c , p , q 1 , q 2 , r , K ) C'=C'(\varepsilon,c,p,q_1,q_2,r,K) C ′ = C ′ ( ε , c , p , q 1 , q 2 , r , K ) is a constant.
We emphasise two technical aspects of Proposition 3.59, which will be convenient in the proof of Proposition 11.31 below. First, the conditional moment estimate (161) is only assumed for m ≥ 1 m\ge1 m ≥ 1 , but not for m = 0 m=0 m = 0 . Second, (162) controls the process X = ( X m ) m = 0 ∞ X=(X_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} X = ( X m ) m = 0 ∞ not at M T M_T M T itself, but one step after M T M_T M T .
Throughout the proof, we will refer to the sequence ( τ m ) m = 1 ∞ (\tau_m)_{m=1}^{\infty} ( τ m ) m = 1 ∞ as the physical time increments and to their partial sums ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ (t_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ as the physical times. The reason is that, in Section 11, m ∈ N 0 m\in\mathbb{N}_0 m ∈ N 0 will correspond to our iteration index, whereas t m ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) t_m\in[0,\infty) t m ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) will correspond to the actual time variable in the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs model.
Proof of Proposition 3.59 . We use the same notation as in the proofs of Proposition 3.55 and Lemma 3.58 . In particular, Z m = X m + 2 W m Z_m = X_m + 2W_m Z m = X m + 2 W m and R R R , A A A , and B B B are as in the preceding proofs. For expository purposes, we split the argument into five steps.
Step 1: Further applications of our supermartingale. In this step, we prove variants of the supermartingale bounds from the proof of Lemma 3.58 . To this end, we first recall that (150) and (153) are supermartingales. For any j ≥ 0 j \ge0 j ≥ 0 , we introduce the stopping time
ν j : = inf { m ≥ j : Z m ≤ R } , \nu_j \mathrel{\mathop:}= \inf\{m \ge j: Z_m \le R\}, ν j : = inf { m ≥ j : Z m ≤ R } ,
which is the first return to the region below R R R at or after time j j j . We emphasise that ν j − j \nu_j-j ν j − j is essentially the same as ν \nu ν from the proof of Lemma 3.58 , except that the process ( Z m ) m = 0 ∞ (Z_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( Z m ) m = 0 ∞ is replaced by the shifted process ( Z j + m ) m = 0 ∞ (Z_{j+m})_{m=0}^{\infty} ( Z j + m ) m = 0 ∞ . Using similar arguments as in the proof of Lemma 3.58 , one can then show that
( H ( ν j − j ) ∧ m ( Z j + ( ν j − j ) ∧ m p ) ) m = 0 ∞ and ( Z j + ( ν j − j ) ∧ m r ) m = 0 ∞ (163) \left(H_{(\nu_j-j)\wedge m}\left(Z_{j+(\nu_j-j)\wedge m}^{p}\right)\right)_{m=0}^{\infty}
\quad\text{and}\quad
\left(Z_{j+(\nu_j-j)\wedge m}^{r}\right)_{m=0}^{\infty} \tag*{(163)} ( H ( ν j − j ) ∧ m ( Z j + ( ν j − j ) ∧ m p ) ) m = 0 ∞ and ( Z j + ( ν j − j ) ∧ m r ) m = 0 ∞ (163)
are supermartingales with respect to the shifted filtration ( G j + m ) m = 0 ∞ (\mathcal{G}_{j+m})_{m=0}^{\infty} ( G j + m ) m = 0 ∞ . For any almost surely finite stopping time M M M for the original filtration ( G m ) m = 0 ∞ (\mathcal{G}_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( G m ) m = 0 ∞ satisfying M ≥ j M \ge j M ≥ j almost surely, the difference M − j M-j M − j is a stopping time for the shifted filtration ( G j + m ) m = 0 ∞ (\mathcal{G}_{j+m})_{m=0}^{\infty} ( G j + m ) m = 0 ∞ . From the optional stopping theorem for nonnegative supermartingales [Dur19, Thm 4.8.4], it then follows that
E [ H ( ν j ∧ M ) − j ( Z ν j ∧ M p ) ∣ G j ] = E [ H ( ν j − j ) ∧ ( M − j ) ( Z j + ( ν j − j ) ∧ ( M − j ) p ) ∣ G j ] ≤ H 0 ( Z j p ) (164) \mathbb{E}\left[H_{(\nu_j\wedge M)-j}\left(Z_{\nu_j\wedge M}^{p}\right)\mid\mathcal{G}_j\right]
=
\mathbb{E}\left[H_{(\nu_j-j)\wedge(M-j)}\left(Z_{j+(\nu_j-j)\wedge(M-j)}^{p}\right)\mid\mathcal{G}_j\right]
\le H_0\left(Z_j^{p}\right) \tag*{(164)} E [ H ( ν j ∧ M ) − j ( Z ν j ∧ M p ) ∣ G j ] = E [ H ( ν j − j ) ∧ ( M − j ) ( Z j + ( ν j − j ) ∧ ( M − j ) p ) ∣ G j ] ≤ H 0 ( Z j p ) (164)
and
E [ Z ν j ∧ M r ∣ G j ] = E [ Z j + ( ν j − j ) ∧ ( M − j ) r ∣ G j ] ≤ Z j r . (165) \mathbb{E}\left[Z_{\nu_j\wedge M}^{r}\mid\mathcal{G}_j\right]
=
\mathbb{E}\left[Z_{j+(\nu_j-j)\wedge(M-j)}^{r}\mid\mathcal{G}_j\right]
\le Z_j^{r}. \tag*{(165)} E [ Z ν j ∧ M r ∣ G j ] = E [ Z j + ( ν j − j ) ∧ ( M − j ) r ∣ G j ] ≤ Z j r . (165)
By using (164) –(165) and following the same argument as in the derivation of (155) , we further obtain that
E [ 1 { ν j > M } Z M r ∣ G j ] ≤ Z j r , (166) \mathbb{E}\left[\boldsymbol{1}_{\{\nu_j>M\}}Z_M^{r}\mid\mathcal{G}_j\right]\le Z_j^{r}, \tag*{(166)} E [ 1 { ν j > M } Z M r ∣ G j ] ≤ Z j r , (166)
E [ 1 { ν j > M } ( M − j + 1 ) p − r α Z M r ∣ G j ] ≤ B Z j p . (167) \mathbb{E}\left[\boldsymbol{1}_{\{\nu_j>M\}}(M-j+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}Z_M^{r}\mid\mathcal{G}_j\right]\le BZ_j^{p}. \tag*{(167)} E [ 1 { ν j > M } ( M − j + 1 ) α p − r Z M r ∣ G j ] ≤ B Z j p . (167)
We note that (167) with M = j + n M=j+n M = j + n , where n ≥ 0 n\ge0 n ≥ 0 , implies that
P ( ν j > j + n ∣ G j ) ≤ B Z j p ( n + 1 ) p − r α . \mathbb{P}(\nu_j>j+n\mid\mathcal{G}_j)\le\frac{BZ_j^{p}}{(n+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}. P ( ν j > j + n ∣ G j ) ≤ ( n + 1 ) α p − r B Z j p .
From this, it follows that ν j \nu_j ν j is almost surely finite for all j ≥ 0 j\ge0 j ≥ 0 . By taking the intersection of the events { ν j < ∞ } \{\nu_j<\infty\} { ν j < ∞ } over all j ≥ 0 j\ge0 j ≥ 0 , we then obtain that
P ( Z m ≤ R infinitely often ) = 1. (168) \mathbb{P}(Z_m\le R\text{ infinitely often})=1. \tag*{(168)} P ( Z m ≤ R infinitely often ) = 1. (168)
Step 2: Estimates of physical times. In this step, we examine the physical time increments ( τ m ) m = 1 ∞ (\tau_m)_{m=1}^{\infty} ( τ m ) m = 1 ∞ as well as the physical times ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ (t_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ , the latter of which are defined as
t 0 : = 0 and t m : = ∑ k = 0 m − 1 τ k + 1 for all m ≥ 1. (169) t_0\mathrel{\mathop:}=0
\quad\text{and}\quad
t_m\mathrel{\mathop:}=\sum_{k=0}^{m-1}\tau_{k+1}\quad\text{for all }m\ge1. \tag*{(169)} t 0 : = 0 and t m : = k = 0 ∑ m − 1 τ k + 1 for all m ≥ 1. (169)
We emphasise that, since τ k + 1 \tau_{k+1} τ k + 1 is G k + 1 \mathcal{G}_{k+1} G k + 1 -measurable for all k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 , t m t_m t m is G m \mathcal{G}_m G m -measurable. We first prove a conditional lower bound on τ k + 2 \tau_{k+2} τ k + 2 on the event { Z k ≤ R } \{Z_k\le R\} { Z k ≤ R } . On this event, our assumption (161) implies that E [ τ k + 2 − q 1 ∣ G k ] ≤ E [ X k + 1 q 2 ∣ G k ] + K \mathbb{E}[\tau_{k+2}^{-q_1}\mid\mathcal{G}_k]\leq\mathbb{E}[X_{k+1}^{q_2}\mid\mathcal{G}_k]+K E [ τ k + 2 − q 1 ∣ G k ] ≤ E [ X k + 1 q 2 ∣ G k ] + K . By using the parameter condition q 2 ≤ p q_2\leq p q 2 ≤ p and our earlier estimate (149) , the remaining conditional moment can be bounded by
E [ X k + 1 q 2 ∣ G k ] ≤ E [ Z k + 1 q 2 ∣ G k ] ≤ E [ Z k + 1 p ∣ G k ] q 2 p ≤ A q 2 . \mathbb{E}[X_{k+1}^{q_2}\mid\mathcal{G}_k]\leq\mathbb{E}[Z_{k+1}^{q_2}\mid\mathcal{G}_k]\leq\mathbb{E}[Z_{k+1}^{p}\mid\mathcal{G}_k]^{\frac{q_2}{p}}\leq A^{q_2}. E [ X k + 1 q 2 ∣ G k ] ≤ E [ Z k + 1 q 2 ∣ G k ] ≤ E [ Z k + 1 p ∣ G k ] p q 2 ≤ A q 2 .
For h : = 2 − 1 q 1 ( A q 2 + K ) − 1 q 1 h\mathrel{\mathop:}=2^{-\frac{1}{q_1}}(A^{q_2}+K)^{-\frac{1}{q_1}} h : = 2 − q 1 1 ( A q 2 + K ) − q 1 1 , it then follows from Markov’s inequality that, on the same event,
P ( τ k + 2 ≥ h ∣ G k ) = 1 − P ( τ k + 2 < h ∣ G k ) ≥ 1 − h q 1 ( A q 2 + K ) ≥ 1 2 . (170) \mathbb{P}(\tau_{k+2}\geq h\mid\mathcal{G}_k)=1-\mathbb{P}(\tau_{k+2}<h\mid\mathcal{G}_k)\geq1-h^{q_1}(A^{q_2}+K)\geq\frac{1}{2}. \tag*{(170)} P ( τ k + 2 ≥ h ∣ G k ) = 1 − P ( τ k + 2 < h ∣ G k ) ≥ 1 − h q 1 ( A q 2 + K ) ≥ 2 1 . (170)
Next, we show that the process ( Z m ) m = 0 ∞ (Z_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( Z m ) m = 0 ∞ cannot visit the region below R R R too often while the physical times ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ (t_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ stay in a fixed interval. To quantify this, we let I ⊆ [ 0 , ∞ ) I\subseteq[0,\infty) I ⊆ [ 0 , ∞ ) be a bounded time interval and set
N ( I ) : = ∑ k ≥ 0 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I } . (171) N(I)\mathrel{\mathop:}=\sum_{k\geq0}\mathbf{1}\{Z_k\leq R,\ t_k\in I\}. \tag*{(171)} N ( I ) : = k ≥ 0 ∑ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I } . (171)
We note that for each k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , the k k k th summand in (171) is G k \mathcal{G}_k G k -measurable. Using Tonelli’s theorem and (170) , it then holds that
E [ N ( I ) ∣ G 0 ] = ∑ k = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I } ∣ G 0 ] ≤ 2 ∑ k = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I } P ( τ k + 2 ≥ h ∣ G k ) ∣ G 0 ] = 2 ∑ k = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I , τ k + 2 ≥ h } ∣ G 0 ] = 2 E [ ∑ k = 0 ∞ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I , τ k + 2 ≥ h } ∣ G 0 ] . \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}[N(I)\mid\mathcal{G}_0]
&=\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}\{Z_k\leq R,\ t_k\in I\}\mid\mathcal{G}_0\right]\\
&\leq2\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}\{Z_k\leq R,\ t_k\in I\}\mathbb{P}(\tau_{k+2}\geq h\mid\mathcal{G}_k)\mid\mathcal{G}_0\right]\\
&=2\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}\{Z_k\leq R,\ t_k\in I,\ \tau_{k+2}\geq h\}\mid\mathcal{G}_0\right]\\
&=2\mathbb{E}\left[\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbf{1}\{Z_k\leq R,\ t_k\in I,\ \tau_{k+2}\geq h\}\mid\mathcal{G}_0\right].
\end{aligned} E [ N ( I ) ∣ G 0 ] = k = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I } ∣ G 0 ] ≤ 2 k = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I } P ( τ k + 2 ≥ h ∣ G k ) ∣ G 0 ] = 2 k = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I , τ k + 2 ≥ h } ∣ G 0 ] = 2 E [ k = 0 ∑ ∞ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I , τ k + 2 ≥ h } ∣ G 0 ] .
The intervals [ t k + 1 , t k + 2 ) [t_{k+1},t_{k+2}) [ t k + 1 , t k + 2 ) corresponding to indices for which t k ∈ I t_k\in I t k ∈ I and τ k + 2 ≥ h \tau_{k+2}\geq h τ k + 2 ≥ h are pairwise disjoint, have length at least h h h , and are contained in [ inf ( I ) , sup ( I ) + 2 ] [\inf(I),\sup(I)+2] [ inf ( I ) , sup ( I ) + 2 ] . Consequently, there are at most ( 2 + ∣ I ∣ ) / h (2+|I|)/h ( 2 + ∣ I ∣ ) / h such indices. As a result, we obtain that
E [ N ( I ) ∣ G 0 ] ≤ 2 ( 2 + ∣ I ∣ ) / h . (172) \mathbb{E}[N(I)\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\leq2(2+|I|)/h. \tag*{(172)} E [ N ( I ) ∣ G 0 ] ≤ 2 ( 2 + ∣ I ∣ ) / h . (172)
While our main motivation for proving (172) lies in (177) below, it also implies that t m → ∞ t_m\to\infty t m → ∞ almost surely as m → ∞ m\to\infty m → ∞ . Indeed, if there were any b ≥ 0 b\geq0 b ≥ 0 such that lim m → ∞ t m ≤ b \lim_{m\to\infty}t_m\leq b lim m → ∞ t m ≤ b with positive probability, then, together with (168) , this would imply that N ( [ 0 , b ] ) = ∞ N([0,b])=\infty N ([ 0 , b ]) = ∞ with positive probability, which would contradict (172) .
Step 3: Properties of M T M_T M T . Using our physical times ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ (t_m)_{m=0}^{\infty} ( t m ) m = 0 ∞ , we can write
M T = inf { m ≥ 1 : t m ≥ T } . M_T=\inf\{m\geq1:t_m\geq T\}. M T = inf { m ≥ 1 : t m ≥ T } .
Since t m t_m t m is G m \mathcal{G}_m G m -measurable, it follows that { M T ≤ m } = { t m ≥ T } ∈ G m \{M_T\leq m\}=\{t_m\geq T\}\in\mathcal{G}_m { M T ≤ m } = { t m ≥ T } ∈ G m , and hence M T M_T M T is a stopping time. Furthermore, since t m → ∞ t_m\to\infty t m → ∞ almost surely as m → ∞ m\to\infty m → ∞ , it follows that M T M_T M T is almost surely finite. From the upper bound τ k + 1 ≤ 1 \tau_{k+1}\leq1 τ k + 1 ≤ 1 , it follows that t m ≤ m t_m\leq m t m ≤ m . Together with our description of M T M_T M T , this immediately implies that M T ≥ T M_T\geq T M T ≥ T . More generally, on the event { M T > m } \{M_T>m\} { M T > m } , it holds that
T − t m ≤ t M T − t m = ∑ k = m M T − 1 τ k + 1 ≤ M T − m . T-t_m\leq t_{M_T}-t_m=\sum_{k=m}^{M_T-1}\tau_{k+1}\leq M_T-m. T − t m ≤ t M T − t m = k = m ∑ M T − 1 τ k + 1 ≤ M T − m .
Step 4: Bounds on excursions. We first show that
E [ 1 { M T < ν 0 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , B Z 0 p ( 1 + T ) p − r α ) . (173) \mathbb{E}[\mathbf{1}\{M_T<\nu_0\}Z_{M_T}^{r}\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\leq\min\left(Z_0^r,\frac{BZ_0^p}{(1+T)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right). \tag*{(173)} E [ 1 { M T < ν 0 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , ( 1 + T ) α p − r B Z 0 p ) . (173)
The bound by the first argument in (173) follows directly from (166) with M = M T M=M_T M = M T and j = 0 j=0 j = 0 . To obtain the bound by the second argument in (173) , we use (167) with M = M T M=M_T M = M T and j = 0 j=0 j = 0 . Together with M T + 1 ≥ 1 + T M_T+1\ge1+T M T + 1 ≥ 1 + T , this implies that
( 1 + T ) p − r α E [ 1 { M T < ν 0 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ E [ 1 { M T < ν 0 } ( M T + 1 ) p − r α Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ B Z 0 p . (1+T)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}\mathbb{E}[\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_0\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le\mathbb{E}[\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_0\}(M_T+1)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\le BZ_0^p. ( 1 + T ) α p − r E [ 1 { M T < ν 0 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ E [ 1 { M T < ν 0 } ( M T + 1 ) α p − r Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] ≤ B Z 0 p .
Next, we show for all k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 that
E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G k ] ≤ 2 p − r α A p B ( 1 + T − t k ) p − r α 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } . (174) \mathbb{E}\left[\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k<T\}\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_{k+1}\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_k\right]\le\frac{2^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}A^pB}{(1+T-t_k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k<T\}. \tag*{(174)} E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G k ] ≤ ( 1 + T − t k ) α p − r 2 α p − r A p B 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } . (174)
On the event { t k < T } \{t_k<T\} { t k < T } , it holds that M T − k ≥ ( k + 1 ) − k ≥ 1 M_T-k\ge(k+1)-k\ge1 M T − k ≥ ( k + 1 ) − k ≥ 1 and M T − k ≥ T − t k M_T-k\ge T-t_k M T − k ≥ T − t k , which implies that M T − k ≥ 2 − 1 ( 1 + T − t k ) M_T-k\ge2^{-1}(1+T-t_k) M T − k ≥ 2 − 1 ( 1 + T − t k ) . By combining this with (167) for M = M T ∨ ( k + 1 ) M=M_T\vee(k+1) M = M T ∨ ( k + 1 ) and j = k + 1 j=k+1 j = k + 1 , we then obtain that
2 − p − r α ( 1 + T − t k ) p − r α 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } E [ 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G k + 1 ] ≤ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } E [ 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } ( M T − k ) p − r α Z M T r ∣ G k + 1 ] ≤ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } B Z k + 1 p . \begin{aligned}
2^{-\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}(1+T-t_k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k<T\}\mathbb{E}\left[\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_{k+1}\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_{k+1}\right] \\
&\le\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k<T\}\mathbb{E}\left[\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_{k+1}\}(M_T-k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_{k+1}\right] \\
&\le\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k<T\}BZ_{k+1}^p.
\end{aligned} 2 − α p − r ( 1 + T − t k ) α p − r 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } E [ 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G k + 1 ] ≤ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } E [ 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } ( M T − k ) α p − r Z M T r ∣ G k + 1 ] ≤ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } B Z k + 1 p .
After conditioning on G k \mathcal{G}_k G k and using (149) , we then obtain (174) .
Step 5: Conclusion. We first estimate E [ Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] \mathbb{E}[Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0] E [ Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] , and then extend our estimate to E [ X M T + 1 r ∣ G 0 ] \mathbb{E}[X_{M_T+1}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0] E [ X M T + 1 r ∣ G 0 ] . We decompose the conditional expectation E [ Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] \mathbb{E}[Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0] E [ Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] according to whether the process stays above R R R through time M T M_T M T , is above R R R at time M T M_T M T but visited the region below R R R at some time 0 ≤ k < M T 0\le k<M_T 0 ≤ k < M T , or satisfies Z M T ≤ R Z_{M_T}\le R Z M T ≤ R . From this, it follows that
E [ Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] = E [ 1 { M T < ν 0 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] + ∑ k = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] + E [ 1 { Z M T ≤ R } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] . (175) \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}[Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]
={}&\mathbb{E}[\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_0\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\\
&+\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}[\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k<T\}\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_{k+1}\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]\\
&+\mathbb{E}[\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_{M_T}\le R\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0]. \tag*{(175)}
\end{aligned} E [ Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] = E [ 1 { M T < ν 0 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] + k = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] + E [ 1 { Z M T ≤ R } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] . (175)
The first summand in (175) can be bounded by using (173) , and the third summand in (175) is trivially bounded by R r R^r R r . In order to bound the second summand in (175) , we group the physical times ( t k ) k = 0 ∞ (t_k)_{k=0}^{\infty} ( t k ) k = 0 ∞ into unit-sized intervals preceding T T T . To be more precise, for each j ≥ 0 j\ge0 j ≥ 0 , we let
I j ( T ) : = [ T − j − 1 , T − j ) ∩ [ 0 , ∞ ) . I_j(T)\mathrel{\mathop:}=[T-j-1,T-j)\cap[0,\infty). I j ( T ) : = [ T − j − 1 , T − j ) ∩ [ 0 , ∞ ) .
Then, together with (174) , we obtain that
∑ k = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] = ∑ k = 0 ∞ E [ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G k ] ∣ G 0 ] = ∑ j = 0 ∞ ∑ k = 0 ∞ E [ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I j ( T ) } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G k ] ∣ G 0 ] \begin{aligned}
\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k<T\}\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_{k+1}\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_0\right]
={}&\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbb{E}\left[\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k<T\}\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_{k+1}\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_k\right]\mid\mathcal{G}_0\right]\\
={}&\sum_{j=0}^{\infty}\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbb{E}\left[\boldsymbol{1}\{Z_k\le R,t_k\in I_j(T)\}\boldsymbol{1}\{M_T<\nu_{k+1}\}Z_{M_T}^r\mid\mathcal{G}_k\right]\mid\mathcal{G}_0\right]
\end{aligned} k = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G 0 ] = = k = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k < T } 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G k ] ∣ G 0 ] j = 0 ∑ ∞ k = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I j ( T )} 1 { M T < ν k + 1 } Z M T r ∣ G k ] ∣ G 0 ]
≤ 2 p − r α A p B ∑ j = 0 ∞ ∑ k = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I j ( T ) } 1 ( 1 + T − t k ) p − r α | G 0 ] (176) \le2^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}} A^{p}B \sum_{j=0}^{\infty}\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\{Z_k\le R,t_k\in I_j(T)\}}\frac{1}{(1+T-t_k)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right] \tag*{(176)} ≤ 2 α p − r A p B j = 0 ∑ ∞ k = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I j ( T )} ( 1 + T − t k ) α p − r 1 G 0 ] (176)
On the event { t k ∈ I j ( T ) } \{t_k\in I_j(T)\} { t k ∈ I j ( T )} , it holds that T − t k > j T-t_k>j T − t k > j . By combining this with our definition of N N N from (171) and our estimate (172) , we then obtain that
x r e f ‘ ( 3.82 ) ‘ ≤ 2 p − r α A p B ∑ j = 0 ∞ ∑ k = 0 ∞ 1 ( 1 + j ) p − r α E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I j ( T ) } | G 0 ] {xref}`(3.82)` \le2^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}} A^{p}B \sum_{j=0}^{\infty}\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{(1+j)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\{Z_k\le R,t_k\in I_j(T)\}}\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right] x r e f ‘ ( 3.82 ) ‘ ≤ 2 α p − r A p B j = 0 ∑ ∞ k = 0 ∑ ∞ ( 1 + j ) α p − r 1 E [ 1 { Z k ≤ R , t k ∈ I j ( T )} G 0 ]
≤ 2 p − r α A p B ∑ j = 0 ∞ 1 ( 1 + j ) p − r α E [ N ( I j ( T ) ) | G 0 ] (177) \le2^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}} A^{p}B \sum_{j=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{(1+j)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\mathbb{E}\left[N(I_j(T))\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right] \tag*{(177)} ≤ 2 α p − r A p B j = 0 ∑ ∞ ( 1 + j ) α p − r 1 E [ N ( I j ( T )) ∣ G 0 ] (177)
≤ 2 1 + p − r α ( 3 h − 1 ) A p B ∑ j = 0 ∞ 1 ( 1 + j ) p − r α . \le2^{1+\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}(3h^{-1})A^{p}B\sum_{j=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{(1+j)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}. ≤ 2 1 + α p − r ( 3 h − 1 ) A p B j = 0 ∑ ∞ ( 1 + j ) α p − r 1 .
As in Lemma 3.58, we have that ( p − r ) / α > 1 (p-r)/\alpha>1 ( p − r ) / α > 1 , and hence the remaining sum converges. All in all, we therefore obtain that
E [ Z M T r | G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , B Z 0 p ( 1 + T ) p − r α ) + C ~ , \mathbb{E}\left[Z_{M_T}^{r}\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right]\le\min\left(Z_0^{r},\frac{BZ_0^{p}}{(1+T)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right)+\widetilde{C}, E [ Z M T r G 0 ] ≤ min ( Z 0 r , ( 1 + T ) α p − r B Z 0 p ) + C ,
where C ~ = C ~ ( ε , c , p , q 1 , q 2 , r , K ) \widetilde{C}=\widetilde{C}(\varepsilon,c,p,q_1,q_2,r,K) C = C ( ε , c , p , q 1 , q 2 , r , K ) is a suitable constant. This concludes our estimates of Z M T r Z_{M_T}^{r} Z M T r , and it now only remains to transfer our estimates to X M T + 1 r X_{M_T+1}^{r} X M T + 1 r . In order to replace M T M_T M T by M T + 1 M_T+1 M T + 1 , we first recall (148) and (149) . Together with Hölder’s inequality, we then obtain that E [ Z m + 1 r ∣ G m ] ≤ Z m r + A r \mathbb{E}[Z_{m+1}^{r}\mid\mathcal{G}_m]\le Z_m^{r}+A^{r} E [ Z m + 1 r ∣ G m ] ≤ Z m r + A r for all m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 . Since M T M_T M T is a stopping time, it follows that
E [ Z M T + 1 r | G 0 ] = ∑ m = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { M T = m } Z m + 1 r | G 0 ] = ∑ m = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { M T = m } E [ Z m + 1 r ∣ G m ] | G 0 ] ≤ ∑ m = 0 ∞ E [ 1 { M T = m } ( Z m r + A r ) | G 0 ] = E [ Z M T r | G 0 ] + A r . \begin{aligned}
\mathbb{E}\left[Z_{M_T+1}^{r}\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right]
=\sum_{m=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\{M_T=m\}}Z_{m+1}^{r}\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right]
=\sum_{m=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\{M_T=m\}}\mathbb{E}[Z_{m+1}^{r}\mid\mathcal{G}_m]\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right] \\
&\le\sum_{m=0}^{\infty}\mathbb{E}\left[\mathbf{1}_{\{M_T=m\}}(Z_m^{r}+A^{r})\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right]
=\mathbb{E}\left[Z_{M_T}^{r}\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right]+A^{r}.
\end{aligned} E [ Z M T + 1 r G 0 ] = m = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { M T = m } Z m + 1 r G 0 ] = m = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { M T = m } E [ Z m + 1 r ∣ G m ] G 0 ] ≤ m = 0 ∑ ∞ E [ 1 { M T = m } ( Z m r + A r ) G 0 ] = E [ Z M T r G 0 ] + A r .
By combining the above estimates with the fact that X M T + 1 ≤ Z M T + 1 X_{M_T+1}\le Z_{M_T+1} X M T + 1 ≤ Z M T + 1 and that, as in the proof of Proposition 3.55, Z 0 ≤ X 0 + 2 Y 0 Z_0\le X_0+2Y_0 Z 0 ≤ X 0 + 2 Y 0 , we obtain
E [ X M T + 1 r | G 0 ] ≤ min ( ( X 0 + 2 Y 0 ) r , B ( X 0 + 2 Y 0 ) p ( 1 + T ) p − r α ) + C ~ + A r . \mathbb{E}\left[X_{M_T+1}^{r}\,\middle|\,\mathcal{G}_0\right]\le\min\left((X_0+2Y_0)^{r},\frac{B(X_0+2Y_0)^{p}}{(1+T)^{\frac{p-r}{\alpha}}}\right)+\widetilde{C}+A^{r}. E [ X M T + 1 r G 0 ] ≤ min ( ( X 0 + 2 Y 0 ) r , ( 1 + T ) α p − r B ( X 0 + 2 Y 0 ) p ) + C + A r .
This readily implies the desired estimates of the supremum and limit superior in (162) . □
Covariant parabolic estimates
In this section, we state and prove various parabolic estimates that will be heavily used in the following sections. Because we will prove quite a few results, many of which are only tangentially connected, we will split this section into further subsections, such that the main results within each subsection will be closely related. If the reader wishes, they may choose to read only the statements of the main results of each subsection, before moving on to later sections. This way, the reader may more quickly get an idea of the analytic input that will be needed in the coming sections, and then later they can come back to fill in the details.
Before diving into the subsections, we first introduce the main players of the present section, and then prove some preliminary lemmas which will be frequently used in the coming subsections. Throughout this section, we work with a general dimension d ≥ 2 d\ge2 d ≥ 2 unless otherwise specified. We also fix a vector space W on which G and g \mathfrak{g} g act (via representations π \pi π , π ∗ \pi_* π ∗ ), with the action π ∗ \pi_* π ∗ of g \mathfrak{g} g being the linearisation of the action π \pi π of G. In keeping with our notational convention, we will typically not explicitly write π \pi π , π ∗ \pi_* π ∗ . As usual, we assume that W is equipped with an inner product such that the action of G is orthogonal (and therefore that of g \mathfrak{g} g is skew-symmetric). One should have in mind that later we will take W = g \mathfrak{g} g or V (or direct sums of these vector spaces). All implicit constants may depend on this choice of W.
In the following, let B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d B : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^d \to\mathfrak{g}^d B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a smooth time-varying connection one-form. We will later on take B B B to be a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow, but for the current discussion and the initial results, this assumption will not be needed. In contrast to the notation of § 4 , we typically no longer explicitly denote the dependence of the covariant derivatives D and the curvature F on the underlying connection B B B . We recall the setup discussed in § 3.1 . First, consider two natural linear parabolic equations associated to B B B :
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , (178) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=G, \tag*{(178)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , (178)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ i = 2 F i ℓ ψ ℓ + H i , i ∈ [ d ] . (179) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi_i=2F_i^{\ \ell}\psi_\ell+H_i,\qquad i\in[d]. \tag*{(179)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ i = 2 F i ℓ ψ ℓ + H i , i ∈ [ d ] . (179)
In the first equation, ϕ \phi ϕ , G G G are W-valued, while in the second equation, ψ \psi ψ , H H H are W d \mathrm{W}^d W d -valued. Recall also the component-free form of (4.2):
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = 2 F ψ + H , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi=2F\psi+H, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = 2 F ψ + H ,
and recall from Definition 2.1 the covariant heat kernels p B p_B p B , q B q_B q B associated to (4.1)–(4.2).
Notation 4.1. In the following, when we write ∣ p B ∣ |p_B| ∣ p B ∣ (resp. ∣ q B ∣ |q_B| ∣ q B ∣ ), these should be understood as the operator norm of p B p_B p B (resp. q B q_B q B ) as a linear operator on the space W (resp. W d \mathrm{W}^d W d ).
Next, recall from Definition 2.3 the following norm on the curvature F F F , which will appear in many (if not all) of the main results of the coming subsections. Given an interval I = [ s 0 , t 0 ] ⊆ [ 0 , ∞ ) I=[s_0,t_0]\subseteq[0,\infty) I = [ s 0 , t 0 ] ⊆ [ 0 , ∞ ) , and k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ F ∥ I , k p e r t = ∑ j = 0 k ( ∥ ( t − s 0 ) ( j + 1 ) / 2 D ( j ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ ( t − s 0 ) j / 2 D ( j ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ) . \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{I,k}=\sum_{j=0}^{k}\left(\|(t-s_0)^{(j+1)/2}D^{(j)}F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x(I)}+\|(t-s_0)^{j/2}D^{(j)}F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x(I)}\right). ∥ F ∥ I , k pert = j = 0 ∑ k ( ∥ ( t − s 0 ) ( j + 1 ) /2 D ( j ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ ( t − s 0 ) j /2 D ( j ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ) .
In particular, when k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , we have that
∥ F ∥ I , 0 p e r t = ∥ ( t − s 0 ) 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) . \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{I,0}=\|(t-s_0)^{1/2}F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x(I)}+\|F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x(I)}. ∥ F ∥ I , 0 pert = ∥ ( t − s 0 ) 1/2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) .
In the case I = [ 0 , t ] I=[0,t] I = [ 0 , t ] is an interval starting at 0, we will often write ∥ F ∥ t , k p e r t \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t,k} ∥ F ∥ t , k pert as a shorthand for ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , t ] , k p e r t \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[0,t],k} ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , t ] , k pert .
We will apply Gronwall (Lemma 3.50 ) in many places, which will incur an exponential loss. We next set notation for this loss.
Notation 4.3 (Gronwall loss). Given an interval I ⊆ R + I\subseteq\mathbb{R}^+ I ⊆ R + , let
Gr I ( F ) ≔ exp ( ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ) . \operatorname{Gr}_I(F)\coloneqq\exp\left(\|F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x(I)}\right). Gr I ( F ) : = exp ( ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ) .
When I = [ 0 , t ] I=[0,t] I = [ 0 , t ] , we may write Gr t ( F ) \operatorname{Gr}_t(F) Gr t ( F ) instead of Gr [ 0 , t ] ( F ) \operatorname{Gr}_{[0,t]}(F) Gr [ 0 , t ] ( F ) . Due to implicit constants associated with the “≲ \lesssim ≲ ” symbol, we will often use this notation for Gr I ( C F ) \operatorname{Gr}_I(CF) Gr I ( C F ) , where C C C is the appropriate implicit constant.
Next, we discuss several preliminary results which will form the backbone for the arguments of the coming subsections. For the reader who just wishes to get an idea of the main results of this section, the ensuing results may be safely skipped.
Proposition 4.4 (Covariant monotonicity formulas). Let G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W G\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W , and let ϕ \phi ϕ satisfy
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=G. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G . Furthermore, let K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → [ 0 , ∞ ) K\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to[0,\infty) K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → [ 0 , ∞ ) be a non-negative solution to the backward heat equation, i.e.
( ∂ t + Δ ) K = 0. (\partial_t+\Delta)K=0. ( ∂ t + Δ ) K = 0. Then, it holds that
∂ t ( K ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 2 ) = − ( Δ K ) ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 2 + K Δ ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 2 ) − K ∣ D ϕ ∣ 2 + K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W . (180) \partial_t\left(K\frac{|\phi|^2}{2}\right)=-(\Delta K)\frac{|\phi|^2}{2}+K\Delta\left(\frac{|\phi|^2}{2}\right)-K|D\phi|^2+K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W. \tag*{(180)} ∂ t ( K 2 ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) = − ( Δ K ) 2 ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 + K Δ ( 2 ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) − K ∣ D ϕ ∣ 2 + K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W . (180) More generally, for any p ≥ 2 p\ge2 p ≥ 2 ,
∂ t ( K ∣ ϕ ∣ p p ) = − ( Δ K ) ∣ ϕ ∣ p p + K Δ ( ∣ ϕ ∣ p p ) − K ( p − 2 4 ∣ ϕ ∣ p − 4 ∣ ∇ ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) ∣ 2 + ∣ ϕ ∣ p − 2 ∣ D ϕ ∣ 2 − ∣ ϕ ∣ p − 2 ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ) . \begin{aligned}
\partial_t\left(K\frac{|\phi|^p}{p}\right)
&=-(\Delta K)\frac{|\phi|^p}{p}+K\Delta\left(\frac{|\phi|^p}{p}\right)\\
&\quad-K\left(\frac{p-2}{4}|\phi|^{p-4}|\nabla(|\phi|^2)|^2+|\phi|^{p-2}|D\phi|^2-|\phi|^{p-2}\langle\phi,G\rangle_W\right).
\end{aligned} ∂ t ( K p ∣ ϕ ∣ p ) = − ( Δ K ) p ∣ ϕ ∣ p + K Δ ( p ∣ ϕ ∣ p ) − K ( 4 p − 2 ∣ ϕ ∣ p − 4 ∣∇ ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) ∣ 2 + ∣ ϕ ∣ p − 2 ∣ D ϕ ∣ 2 − ∣ ϕ ∣ p − 2 ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ) .
Proof. By the Bochner formula (106) , we have that
∂ t ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 2 ) = ⟨ ϕ , ∂ t ϕ ⟩ W = ⟨ ϕ , Δ B ϕ ⟩ W + ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W = Δ ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 2 ) − ∣ D ϕ ∣ 2 + ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W , \partial_t\left(\frac{|\phi|^2}{2}\right)=\langle\phi,\partial_t\phi\rangle_W=\langle\phi,\Delta_B\phi\rangle_W+\langle\phi,G\rangle_W=\Delta\left(\frac{|\phi|^2}{2}\right)-|D\phi|^2+\langle\phi,G\rangle_W, ∂ t ( 2 ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) = ⟨ ϕ , ∂ t ϕ ⟩ W = ⟨ ϕ , Δ B ϕ ⟩ W + ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W = Δ ( 2 ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ) − ∣ D ϕ ∣ 2 + ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ,
and the claim follows from the Leibniz rule (for the calculations for general p ≥ 2 p\ge2 p ≥ 2 , see e.g. the proof of [BC24, Proposition 3.1]). □
Remark 4.5. By integrating (180) in space-time and using integration by parts to cancel the two terms which involve the Laplacian, we have that for any t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] ,
∥ K ( t 0 ) 1 / 2 ϕ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ∥ K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) 2 = ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ∫ 0 t 0 d t ∫ T d d x K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W . (181) \|K(t_0)^{1/2}\phi(t_0)\|_{L_x^2}^2+2\|K^{1/2}D\phi\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t_0])}^2
=\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi(0)\|_{L_x^2}^2+2\int_0^{t_0}dt\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}dxK\langle\phi,G\rangle_W. \tag*{(181)} ∥ K ( t 0 ) 1/2 ϕ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2∥ K 1/2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) 2 = ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ∫ 0 t 0 d t ∫ T d d x K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W . (181)
Later on, we will need the following special case of the above, where K ≡ 1 K\equiv1 K ≡ 1 , G = D k H k G=D^kH_k G = D k H k for some H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d H\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d . In this case, integrating the last term in (181) by parts, and then applying Hölder and Young, we may obtain
∥ ϕ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) 2 ≤ ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ H ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) 2 . (182) \|\phi(t_0)\|_{L_x^2}^2+\|D\phi\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t_0])}^2\le\|\phi(0)\|_{L_x^2}^2+\|H\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t_0])}^2. \tag*{(182)} ∥ ϕ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) 2 ≤ ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ H ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) 2 . (182)
Here, we absorbed one of the terms arising from Young into the good term ∥ D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) 2 \|D\phi\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t_0])}^2 ∥ D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) 2 on the left-hand side, which is why this term only appears with a prefactor 1, instead of the prefactor 2 as in (181) .
The covariant monotonicity formula leads to the following estimates, which will be used shortly.
Lemma 4.6. Let G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W G\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W , ϕ 0 : T d → W \phi_0\colon\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W ϕ 0 : T d → W , and let ϕ \phi ϕ be the solution to
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=G,\qquad\phi(0)=\phi_0. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 .
Furthermore, let K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) K : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to(0,\infty) K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) be a positive solution to the backward heat equation. We have the bound
∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + sup t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ∣ 1 / 2 . (183) \|K^{1/2}\phi\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\|K^{1/2}D\phi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\|_{L^2_x}+\sup_{t_0\in[0,T]}\left|\int_0^{t_0}\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}\mathrm{d}t\mathrm{d}x\,K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W\right|^{1/2}. \tag*{(183)} ∥ K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ K 1/2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W 1/2 . (183)
Additionally, for α > 0 \alpha>0 α > 0 , we have the following time-weighted estimate:
∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) \|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}D\phi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])} ∥ t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t α /2 K 1/2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ])
≲ sup t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x t α K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ∣ 1 / 2 + α 1 / 2 ∥ t ( α − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) . (184) \lesssim\sup_{t_0\in[0,T]}\left|\int_0^{t_0}\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}\mathrm{d}t\mathrm{d}x\,t^\alpha K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W\right|^{1/2}+\alpha^{1/2}\|t^{(\alpha-1)/2}K^{1/2}\phi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}. \tag*{(184)} ≲ t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x t α K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W 1/2 + α 1/2 ∥ t ( α − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) . (184)
Remark 4.7. In most use cases of (4.6)–(4.7), we will directly estimate the integral by the L t , x 1 L^1_{t,x} L t , x 1 norm, e.g. in (4.6), we will estimate
sup t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ∣ 1 / 2 ≤ ∥ K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) 1 / 2 . \sup_{t_0\in[0,T]}\left|\int_0^{t_0}\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}\mathrm{d}t\mathrm{d}x\,K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W\right|^{1/2}\leq\|K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W\|_{L^1_{t,x}([0,T])}^{1/2}. t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W 1/2 ≤ ∥ K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 ([ 0 , T ]) 1/2 .
We will typically insert this estimate without further comment.
Proof. The first estimate follows directly from (4.4), upon taking a sup over t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] . The second estimate follows by integrating the evolution equation for t α K ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 t^\alpha K|\phi|^2 t α K ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 , which may be computed using the Leibniz rule and (4.3).
Next, we prove the following very general estimate, which will be repeatedly used in the coming subsections. On a first reading, the reader can choose to set H = 0 H=0 H = 0 , and to ignore the last estimate (4.10). While the statement of the result may be quite long, the main idea in the proof (especially when H = 0 H=0 H = 0 ) is to combine our previous estimates (Lemma 4.6) with Hölder and kickback.
Lemma 4.8. Let ϕ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d \phi,G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W^{d} ϕ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d , H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W H:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W , ϕ 0 : T d → W d \phi_0:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to W^{d} ϕ 0 : T d → W d satisfy
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = O ( F ϕ ) + G + D H , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 . (185) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=O(F\phi)+G+DH,\qquad\phi(0)=\phi_0. \tag*{(185)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = O ( F ϕ ) + G + D H , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 . (185) Let K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) K:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d}\to(0,\infty) K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) be a positive solution to the backward heat equation. For α > 0 \alpha>0 α > 0 , we have the time-weighted estimate:
∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) \|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}D\phi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])} ∥ t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t α /2 K 1/2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + α 1 / 2 ) ∥ t ( α − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + N α ( H ) , (186) \lesssim\left(\|t^{1/2}F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}+\alpha^{1/2}\right)\|t^{(\alpha-1)/2}K^{1/2}\phi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}
+\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}G\|_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}+N_\alpha(H), \tag*{(186)} ≲ ( ∥ t 1/2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + α 1/2 ) ∥ t ( α − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t α /2 K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + N α ( H ) , (186) where
N α ( H ) = ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 H ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t α / 2 ( T − t ) − 1 / 2 K 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t α / 2 ∣ Δ K ∣ 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) . N_\alpha(H)=\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}H\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}+\|t^{\alpha/2}(T-t)^{-1/2}K^{1/2}H\|_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\|t^{\alpha/2}|\Delta K|^{1/2}H\|_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}. N α ( H ) = ∥ t α /2 K 1/2 H ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t α /2 ( T − t ) − 1/2 K 1/2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t α /2 ∣Δ K ∣ 1/2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) . If K K K is constant, then one may further take N α ( H ) N_\alpha(H) N α ( H ) to just be the first term on the right-hand side above.
Assuming that H = 0 H=0 H = 0 , and letting T 1 > T T_1>T T 1 > T , we also have the double time-weighted estimate:
∥ t α / 2 ( T 1 − t ) α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t α / 2 ( T 1 − t ) α / 2 K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) (187) \|t^{\alpha/2}(T_1-t)^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\|t^{\alpha/2}(T_1-t)^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}D\phi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])} \tag*{(187)} ∥ t α /2 ( T 1 − t ) α /2 K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t α /2 ( T 1 − t ) α /2 K 1/2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) (187) + α 1 / 2 ∥ t α / 2 ( T 1 − t ) ( α − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) +\alpha^{1/2}\|t^{\alpha/2}(T_1-t)^{(\alpha-1)/2}K^{1/2}\phi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])} + α 1/2 ∥ t α /2 ( T 1 − t ) ( α − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ])
≲ α 1 / 2 ∥ t ( α − 1 ) / 2 ( T 1 − t ) α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ ( T 1 − t ) 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ∥ t α / 2 ( T 1 − t ) ( α − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t α / 2 ( T 1 − t ) α / 2 K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \begin{aligned}
&\lesssim\alpha^{1/2}\left\|t^{(\alpha-1)/2}(T_1-t)^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}\\
&\quad+\left\|(T_1-t)^{1/2}F\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\left\|t^{\alpha/2}(T_1-t)^{(\alpha-1)/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}\\
&\quad+\left\|t^{\alpha/2}(T_1-t)^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}.
\end{aligned} ≲ α 1/2 t ( α − 1 ) /2 ( T 1 − t ) α /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ( T 1 − t ) 1/2 F L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) t α /2 ( T 1 − t ) ( α − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + t α /2 ( T 1 − t ) α /2 K 1/2 G L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) .
Proof. In the following, all space-time norms are on [ 0 , T ] × T d [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d [ 0 , T ] × T d . By the monotonicity formula (184) (with the G G G therein taken to be the right-hand side of (185) ), we have that
∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ∥ t α K ∣ F ∣ ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ∥ L t , x 1 1 / 2 + ∥ t α K ⟨ G , ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1 / 2 + sup t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x t α K ⟨ D H , ϕ ⟩ W ∣ 1 / 2 + α 1 / 2 ∥ t ( α − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 . \begin{aligned}
\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}
+\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}D\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}
\lesssim{}&\left\|t^\alpha K|F||\phi|^2\right\|_{L^1_{t,x}}^{1/2}
+\left\|t^\alpha K\langle G,\phi\rangle_W\right\|_{L^1_{t,x}}^{1/2}\\
&+\sup_{t_0\in[0,T]}\left|\int_0^{t_0}\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}dt\,dx\,t^\alpha K\langle DH,\phi\rangle_W\right|^{1/2}\\
&+\alpha^{1/2}\left\|t^{(\alpha-1)/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}.
\end{aligned} t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 + t α /2 K 1/2 D ϕ L t , x 2 ≲ t α K ∣ F ∣∣ ϕ ∣ 2 L t , x 1 1/2 + ∥ t α K ⟨ G , ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1/2 + t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x t α K ⟨ D H , ϕ ⟩ W 1/2 + α 1/2 t ( α − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t , x 2 .
By Hölder and Young, we have that
∥ t α K ∣ F ∣ ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ∥ L t , x 1 1 / 2 ≤ ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ 1 / 2 ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 1 / 2 ∥ t ( α − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 1 / 2 ≤ δ ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + C δ ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∥ t ( α − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 , \begin{aligned}
\left\|t^\alpha K|F||\phi|^2\right\|_{L^1_{t,x}}^{1/2}
&\leq\left\|t^{1/2}F\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}^{1/2}
\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}^{1/2}
\left\|t^{(\alpha-1)/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}^{1/2}\\
&\leq\delta\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}
+C_\delta\left\|t^{1/2}F\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}
\left\|t^{(\alpha-1)/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}},
\end{aligned} t α K ∣ F ∣∣ ϕ ∣ 2 L t , x 1 1/2 ≤ t 1/2 F L t 2 L x ∞ 1/2 t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 1/2 t ( α − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t , x 2 1/2 ≤ δ t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 + C δ t 1/2 F L t 2 L x ∞ t ( α − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t , x 2 ,
where δ \delta δ is some small constant. Similarly, we have that
∥ t α K ⟨ G , ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1 / 2 ≤ δ ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + C δ ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 . \left\|t^\alpha K\langle G,\phi\rangle_W\right\|_{L^1_{t,x}}^{1/2}
\leq\delta\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}
+C_\delta\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}. ∥ t α K ⟨ G , ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1/2 ≤ δ t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 + C δ t α /2 K 1/2 G L t 1 L x 2 .
Combining, we thus obtain the intermediate estimate that for some constant C C C ,
∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≤ C ( ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + α 1 / 2 ) ∥ t ( α − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 + C ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + C sup t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x t α K ⟨ D H , ϕ ⟩ W ∣ 1 / 2 . (188) \begin{aligned}
\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}
+\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}D\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}
\leq{}&C\left(\left\|t^{1/2}F\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}+\alpha^{1/2}\right)
\left\|t^{(\alpha-1)/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}\\
&+C\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}
+C\sup_{t_0\in[0,T]}\left|\int_0^{t_0}\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}dt\,dx\,t^\alpha K\langle DH,\phi\rangle_W\right|^{1/2}. \tag*{(188)}
\end{aligned} t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 + t α /2 K 1/2 D ϕ L t , x 2 ≤ C ( t 1/2 F L t 2 L x ∞ + α 1/2 ) t ( α − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t , x 2 + C t α /2 K 1/2 G L t 1 L x 2 + C t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x t α K ⟨ D H , ϕ ⟩ W 1/2 . (188)
To handle the last term, for t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] , we first integrate by parts to estimate
C ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x t α K ⟨ D H , ϕ ⟩ W ∣ 1 / 2 ≤ C ∥ t α K ⟨ H , D ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1 / 2 + C ∥ t α ∇ K ⟨ H , ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1 / 2 . C\left|\int_0^{t_0}\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}dt\,dx\,t^\alpha K\langle DH,\phi\rangle_W\right|^{1/2}
\leq C\left\|t^\alpha K\langle H,D\phi\rangle_W\right\|_{L^1_{t,x}}^{1/2}
+C\left\|t^\alpha\nabla K\langle H,\phi\rangle_W\right\|_{L^1_{t,x}}^{1/2}. C ∫ 0 t 0 ∫ T d d t d x t α K ⟨ D H , ϕ ⟩ W 1/2 ≤ C ∥ t α K ⟨ H , D ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1/2 + C ∥ t α ∇ K ⟨ H , ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1/2 .
For the first term on the right-hand side, again by Hölder and Young, we may estimate
C ∥ t α K ⟨ H , D ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1 / 2 ≤ δ ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 + C δ ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 H ∥ L t , x 2 . C\left\|t^\alpha K\langle H,D\phi\rangle_W\right\|_{L^1_{t,x}}^{1/2}
\leq\delta\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}D\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}
+C_\delta\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}H\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}. C ∥ t α K ⟨ H , D ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1/2 ≤ δ t α /2 K 1/2 D ϕ L t , x 2 + C δ t α /2 K 1/2 H L t , x 2 .
Taking δ ≤ 1 / 10 \delta\leq1/10 δ ≤ 1/10 (say), the first term above may be absorbed back into the left-hand side of (188) , while the second term is already acceptable. For the other term (the one involving ∇ K \nabla K ∇ K ), first note that if K K K is constant, then ∇ K = 0 \nabla K=0 ∇ K = 0 , and thus the term drops out. Otherwise, in general, note that since T d \mathbb{T}^d T d has non-negative Ricci curvature (in fact it has zero Ricci curvature), the function K K K , which is a positive solution to the backward heat equation, satisfies the following Li–Yau Harnack inequality (see [Ni08, (2.3)]):
∣ ∇ K ∣ 2 K ≤ Δ K + d 2 ( T − t ) K . \frac{|\nabla K|^2}{K}\leq\Delta K+\frac{d}{2(T-t)}K. K ∣∇ K ∣ 2 ≤ Δ K + 2 ( T − t ) d K .
We may thus estimate
C ∥ t α ∇ K ⟨ H , ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1 / 2 ≤ C ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 1 / 2 ∥ t α / 2 ∣ ∇ K ∣ K 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 1 / 2 ≤ δ ∥ t α / 2 K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + C δ ∥ t α / 2 ∣ Δ K ∣ 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + C δ ∥ t α / 2 ( T − t ) − 1 / 2 K 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 . \begin{aligned}
C\left\|t^\alpha\nabla K\langle H,\phi\rangle_W\right\|_{L^1_{t,x}}^{1/2}
\leq C\left\|t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}^{1/2}
\left\|t^{\alpha/2}\frac{|\nabla K|}{K^{1/2}}H\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}^{1/2} \\
&\le\delta\lVert t^{\alpha/2}K^{1/2}\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL_x^2}+C_\delta\lVert t^{\alpha/2}\lvert\Delta K\rvert^{1/2}H\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2}+C_\delta\lVert t^{\alpha/2}(T-t)^{-1/2}K^{1/2}H\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2}.
\end{aligned} C ∥ t α ∇ K ⟨ H , ϕ ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 1/2 ≤ C t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 1/2 t α /2 K 1/2 ∣∇ K ∣ H L t 1 L x 2 1/2 ≤ δ ∥ t α /2 K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + C δ ∥ t α /2 ∣ Δ K ∣ 1/2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + C δ ∥ t α /2 ( T − t ) − 1/2 K 1/2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 .
Taking δ ≤ 1 / 10 \delta\le1/10 δ ≤ 1/10 (say), the first term above may be absorbed back into the left-hand side of (188) , while the last two terms are already acceptable. Combining, the first desired estimate (186) now follows. The second desired estimate (187) follows by a similar argument; we omit the proof.
A small modification of the proof of (186) in Lemma 4.8 also gives the following result. We avoid combining this with the statement of Lemma 4.8, because the statement of that lemma is already long enough as it is. In the following, recall our notation (Notation 4.3) for Gronwall loss.
Lemma 4.9. There is some constant C 0 C_0 C 0 such that the following holds. Let ϕ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d \phi,G\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d ϕ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d , H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W H\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W , ϕ 0 : T d → W d \phi_0\colon\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d ϕ 0 : T d → W d satisfy (185) . Let K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) K\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to(0,\infty) K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) be a positive solution to the backward heat equation. Then
∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + N ( H ) ) . (189) \lVert K^{1/2}\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL_x^2([0,T])}+\lVert K^{1/2}D\phi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left(\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\rVert_{L_x^2}+\lVert K^{1/2}G\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,T])}+N(H)\right). \tag*{(189)} ∥ K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ K 1/2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + N ( H ) ) . (189) where
N ( H ) = ∥ K 1 / 2 H ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ K 1 / 2 ( T − t ) − 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ ∣ Δ K ∣ 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) . N(H)=\lVert K^{1/2}H\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}+\lVert K^{1/2}(T-t)^{-1/2}H\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,T])}+\lVert\lvert\Delta K\rvert^{1/2}H\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,T])}. N ( H ) = ∥ K 1/2 H ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ K 1/2 ( T − t ) − 1/2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥∣ Δ K ∣ 1/2 H ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) .
Remark 4.10. The main difference between (189) and (186) is the lack of the ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ \lVert t^{1/2}F\rVert_{L_t^2L_x^\infty} ∥ t 1/2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ term on the right-hand side of the former. Instead, this term has been replaced by the Gronwall loss Gr T ( C 0 F ) \operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F) Gr T ( C 0 F ) . The difference arises as follows. After an application of the monotonicity formula (183) , we obtain
∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 2 ≲ ∥ K ∣ F ∣ ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ∥ L t , x 1 + other terms \lVert K^{1/2}\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL_x^2}^2+\lVert K^{1/2}D\phi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}}^2\lesssim\lVert K\lvert F\rvert\lvert\phi\rvert^2\rVert_{L^1_{t,x}}+\text{other terms} ∥ K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 2 + ∥ K 1/2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 2 ≲ ∥ K ∣ F ∣ ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ∥ L t , x 1 + other terms
≲ ∥ F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 ∣ L t 1 + other terms . \lesssim\left.\lVert F(t)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}\lVert K^{1/2}\phi(t)\rVert_{L_x^2}^2\right|_{L_t^1}+\text{other terms}. ≲ ∥ F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ∥ K 1/2 ϕ ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 L t 1 + other terms .
(We previously treated the first term on the right-hand side by a different application of Hölder.) At this stage, we may apply Gronwall (Lemma 3.50) and estimate “other terms” exactly the same as before, to arrive at (189) . (There is also the fact that (189) does not include a time-weight, which is not as essential, but does result in a slight modification of the proof.)
Recall that p p p denotes the Euclidean heat kernel on T d \mathbb{T}^d T d .
Lemma 4.11. For T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , let f : [ 0 , T ] × T d → R f\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathbb{R} f : [ 0 , T ] × T d → R be continuous. For any ( t , x ) ∈ ( 0 , T ] × T d (t,x)\in(0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d ( t , x ) ∈ ( 0 , T ] × T d and s 1 ∈ [ 0 , t ) s_1\in[0,t) s 1 ∈ [ 0 , t ) , we have
∣ f ( t , x ) ∣ ≤ ∥ p 1 / 2 ( s , y ; t , x ) f ( s ) ∥ L s ∞ L y 2 ( [ s 1 , t ] ) . \lvert f(t,x)\rvert\le\lVert p^{1/2}(s,y;t,x)f(s)\rVert_{L^\infty_sL_y^2([s_1,t])}. ∣ f ( t , x )∣ ≤ ∥ p 1/2 ( s , y ; t , x ) f ( s ) ∥ L s ∞ L y 2 ([ s 1 , t ]) .
Remark 4.12. In the following, we will often apply this lemma with f = ∣ ϕ ∣ f=\lvert\phi\rvert f = ∣ ϕ ∣ , or more generally, f = ∣ D ( k ) ϕ ∣ f=\lvert D^{(k)}\phi\rvert f = ∣ D ( k ) ϕ ∣ , for some ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \phi\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W or ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d \phi\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d .
Proof. It suffices to note that ∫ d y p ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ f ( s , y ) ∣ 2 → ∣ f ( t , x ) ∣ 2 \int dy\,p(s,y;t,x)\lvert f(s,y)\rvert^2\to\lvert f(t,x)\rvert^2 ∫ d y p ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ f ( s , y ) ∣ 2 → ∣ f ( t , x ) ∣ 2 as s ↑ t s\uparrow t s ↑ t .
In the remainder of the section, unless otherwise specified, we let B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d B\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathfrak{g}^d B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a smooth solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow, i.e.
∂ t B i = D ℓ F ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] . \partial_tB_i=D^\ell F_{\ell i},\qquad i\in[d]. ∂ t B i = D ℓ F ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] .
Next, we record several estimates involving B B B and its curvature that will be useful in several places.
Lemma 4.13. Let d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , T > 0 T>0 T > 0 . We have that
∥ t 1 / 2 D F ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ∥ D F ∥ L 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \|t^{1/2}DF\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}\lesssim(1+\|t^{1/2}F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,T])})\|DF\|_{L^2([0,T])}. ∥ t 1/2 D F ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ t 1/2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) ∥ D F ∥ L 2 ([ 0 , T ]) . Proof. By Lemma 3.28 , we have that in dimension d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , the curvature F F F is a solution to the covariant heat equation. By the identity (105) , we have that ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) D F = 0 (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F)DF=0 ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) D F = 0 . The desired estimate then follows by (186) (with the α \alpha α therein taken to be 1 1 1 , K ≡ 1 K\equiv1 K ≡ 1 , and G , H ≡ 0 G,H\equiv0 G , H ≡ 0 ).
Remark 4.14. Assume d = 2 d=2 d = 2 . In this case, recall by Remark 3.34 that ∣ F 12 ∣ \lvert F^{12}\rvert ∣ F 12 ∣ is a subsolution to the heat equation, i.e. ( ∂ t − Δ ) ∣ F 12 ∣ ≤ 0 (\partial_t-\Delta)\lvert F^{12}\rvert\leq0 ( ∂ t − Δ ) ∣ F 12 ∣ ≤ 0 . It follows that for all 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ 1\leq p\leq\infty 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ , the function t ↦ ∥ F ( t ) ∥ L x p t\mapsto\|F(t)\|_{L^p_x} t ↦ ∥ F ( t ) ∥ L x p is non-increasing in t t t . In particular, we have that for any t > 0 t>0 t > 0 ,
∥ F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≤ 1 t ∫ 0 t ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x ∞ d s ≤ t − 1 ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t . (190) \|F(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}\leq\frac{1}{t}\int_0^t\|F(s)\|_{L^\infty_x}\,ds\leq t^{-1}\|F\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}. \tag*{(190)} ∥ F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≤ t 1 ∫ 0 t ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x ∞ d s ≤ t − 1 ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert . (190)
Remark 4.15. While ∥ ⋅ ∥ p e r t \|\mathord\cdot\|^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ pert is sufficient to control the extent to which solutions of covariant heat equations behave like solutions to the usual heat equation (as discussed in Remark 4.2), we will in fact control a slightly stronger version of this norm with less singular time weights. This will be needed in various places later on, for instance in deriving the heat kernel parametrix (see in particular Corollary 4.41 ) in § 5.4 . With this in mind, we record here the following estimates which will be used in several places later. Let 0 < s 0 < t 0 ≤ T 0<s_0<t_0\leq T 0 < s 0 < t 0 ≤ T , and let α ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \alpha\in[0,1] α ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . We have that
∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ s 0 − α / 2 ∥ t α / 2 D F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ s 0 − α / 2 T − ( 1 − α ) / 2 ( T ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) , (191) \begin{aligned}
\|\partial_tB\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([s_0,t_0])}
&\lesssim s_0^{-\alpha/2}\|t^{\alpha/2}DF\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\\
&\leq s_0^{-\alpha/2}T^{-(1-\alpha)/2}\bigl(T^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\bigr), \tag*{(191)}
\end{aligned} ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ s 0 − α /2 ∥ t α /2 D F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ s 0 − α /2 T − ( 1 − α ) /2 ( T ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert ) , (191)
∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) ≤ s 0 − α / 2 ∥ t α / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ s 0 − α / 2 T − ( 1 − α ) / 2 ( T ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) , (192) \begin{aligned}
\|F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([s_0,t_0])}
&\leq s_0^{-\alpha/2}\|t^{\alpha/2}F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\\
&\leq s_0^{-\alpha/2}T^{-(1-\alpha)/2}\bigl(T^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\bigr), \tag*{(192)}
\end{aligned} ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) ≤ s 0 − α /2 ∥ t α /2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ s 0 − α /2 T − ( 1 − α ) /2 ( T ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert ) , (192)
∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , 1 p e r t ≲ ( t 0 − s 0 ) ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ≤ ( T − 1 ( t 0 − s 0 ) ) ( 1 − α ) / 2 ( T ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) . (193) \begin{aligned}
\|F\|_{[s_0,t_0],1}^{\mathrm{pert}}
&\lesssim(t_0-s_0)^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\\
&\leq\bigl(T^{-1}(t_0-s_0)\bigr)^{(1-\alpha)/2}\bigl(T^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\bigr). \tag*{(193)}
\end{aligned} ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , 1 pert ≲ ( t 0 − s 0 ) ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert ≤ ( T − 1 ( t 0 − s 0 ) ) ( 1 − α ) /2 ( T ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert ) . (193)
In the first two estimates, we use that ∥ t α / 2 D F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) \|t^{\alpha/2}DF\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,T])} ∥ t α /2 D F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) and ∥ t α / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) \|t^{\alpha/2}F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,T])} ∥ t α /2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) are terms appearing in ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t \|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert . We also remark that to estimate the ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) \|F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([s_0,t_0])} ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) norm appearing in the LHS of (193) , we split into cases s 0 ≤ t 0 / 2 s_0\leq t_0/2 s 0 ≤ t 0 /2 and s 0 > t 0 / 2 s_0>t_0/2 s 0 > t 0 /2 . In the former case, we use that
∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) ≤ t 0 ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ( t 0 − s 0 ) ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t , \|F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([s_0,t_0])}\leq t_0^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([s_0,t_0])}\lesssim(t_0-s_0)^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}, ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) ≤ t 0 ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ( t 0 − s 0 ) ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert ,
and in the latter case, we first apply Hölder and then the first inequality in (192) to estimate
∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) ≤ ( t 0 − s 0 ) 1 / 2 ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ( t 0 − s 0 ) ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t . \|F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([s_0,t_0])}\leq(t_0-s_0)^{1/2}\|F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([s_0,t_0])}\lesssim(t_0-s_0)^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}. ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) ≤ ( t 0 − s 0 ) 1/2 ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ( t 0 − s 0 ) ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert .
One should think of the quantity T ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t T^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}} T ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert as a stronger version of ∥ ⋅ ∥ p e r t \|\mathord\cdot\|^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ pert , and we will indeed have control on it in our later arguments.
Heat kernel estimates
In this subsection, we prove pointwise bounds on the covariant heat kernels p B , q B p_B,q_B p B , q B . The main point is that assuming control on ∥ ⋅ ∥ p e r t \|\mathord\cdot\|^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ pert (recall Definition 2.3), the covariant heat kernels behave as if they were the Euclidean heat kernel p p p . We proceed to state the main results, the first of which concerns p B p_B p B , and the second of which concerns q B q_B q B (as well as the difference q B − p B q_B-p_B q B − p B ). Recall also that B B B is assumed to be a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow.
Remark 4.16. Throughout this section, we will fix the base point ( s , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) (s,y)=(0,0) ( s , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) and obtain estimates on p B ( t , x ) = p B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) p_B(t,x)=p_B(0,0;t,x) p B ( t , x ) = p B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) and q B ( t , x ) = q B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) q_B(t,x)=q_B(0,0;t,x) q B ( t , x ) = q B ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) . The estimates can then be easily translated to the setting of a general base point ( s , y ) (s,y) ( s , y ) . For instance, in the estimates, all appearances of ∣ x ∣ |x| ∣ x ∣ should be replaced by ∣ x − y ∣ |x-y| ∣ x − y ∣ , all appearances of t t t should be replaced by ( t − s ) (t-s) ( t − s ) , all appearances of ∥ F ∥ t , k p e r t \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t,k} ∥ F ∥ t , k pert should be replaced by ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , k p e r t \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[s,t],k} ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , k pert , and all appearances of Gr t \operatorname{Gr}_t Gr t should be replaced by Gr [ s , t ] \operatorname{Gr}_{[s,t]} Gr [ s , t ] .
Proposition 4.17. There is a constant c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that, for any point ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] × T d (t_0,x_0)\in(0,1]\times\mathbb{T}^d ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] × T d , we have the pointwise bounds:
∣ p B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≤ p ( t 0 , x 0 ) . (194) |p_B(t_0,x_0)|\leq p(t_0,x_0). \tag*{(194)} ∣ p B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≤ p ( t 0 , x 0 ) . (194) ∣ D ( k ) p B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ k ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k − 1 p e r t ) k ) t 0 − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 t 0 ) . (195) |\mathrm{D}^{(k)}p_B(t_0,x_0)|\lesssim_k \left(1+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,k-1}\right)^k\right)t_0^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_0|^2}{t_0}\right). \tag*{(195)} ∣ D ( k ) p B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ k ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k − 1 pert ) k ) t 0 − 2 k + d exp ( − c t 0 ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 ) . (195) The second inequality holds for any k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 . In particular, the constant c c c does not depend on k k k .
Proposition 4.18. There are constants C 0 , c C_0,c C 0 , c such that the following holds. For any point ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] × T d (t_0,x_0)\in(0,1]\times\mathbb{T}^d ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] × T d and k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , the following estimate holds:
∣ D ( k ) q B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ k Gr t 0 ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) k ) t 0 − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 t 0 ) . (196) |\mathrm{D}^{(k)}q_B(t_0,x_0)|\lesssim_k \operatorname{Gr}_{t_0}(C_0F)\left(1+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,k}\right)^k\right)t_0^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_0|^2}{t_0}\right). \tag*{(196)} ∣ D ( k ) q B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ k Gr t 0 ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ) k ) t 0 − 2 k + d exp ( − c t 0 ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 ) . (196) We also have the pointwise estimates on the difference between q B q_B q B and p B p_B p B :
∣ D ( k ) ( q B ( t 0 , x 0 ) − p B ( t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∣ ≲ k Gr t 0 ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 ) t 0 − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 t 0 ) . (197) |\mathrm{D}^{(k)}(q_B(t_0,x_0)-p_B(t_0,x_0))|\lesssim_k \operatorname{Gr}_{t_0}(C_0F)\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,k}\left(1+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,k}\right)^{(k-1)\vee0}\right)t_0^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_0|^2}{t_0}\right). \tag*{(197)} ∣ D ( k ) ( q B ( t 0 , x 0 ) − p B ( t 0 , x 0 )) ∣ ≲ k Gr t 0 ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ) ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 ) t 0 − 2 k + d exp ( − c t 0 ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 ) . (197)
Having stated our main Propositions 4.17 and 4.18, we now proceed to their proofs. First, we prove the following intermediate proposition regarding higher regularity estimates for solutions to the covariant heat equation (178) . Our first main result (Proposition 4.17) will directly follow from this proposition.
Proposition 4.19 (Higher regularity for solutions to the covariant heat equation). Let ϕ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \phi,G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W ϕ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W be such that
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=G, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , and let K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) K:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to(0,\infty) K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) be a positive solution to the backward heat equation. Then for any k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ t k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ k ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k − 1 p e r t ) k ) ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∑ j = 0 k ∥ t j / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) . (198) \left\|t^{k/2}K^{1/2}\mathrm{D}^{(k)}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}
+\left\|t^{k/2}K^{1/2}\mathrm{D}^{(k+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim_k \left(1+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k-1}\right)^k\right)\left(\left\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi(0)\right\|_{L^2_x}+\sum_{j=0}^{k}\left\|t^{j/2}K^{1/2}\mathrm{D}^{(j)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}\right). \tag*{(198)} t k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + t k /2 K 1/2 D ( k + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ k ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k − 1 pert ) k ) ( K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ ( 0 ) L x 2 + j = 0 ∑ k t j /2 K 1/2 D ( j ) G L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ) . (198)
Proof. In the following, all space-time norms are implicitly taken on [ 0 , T ] × T d [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d [ 0 , T ] × T d . We proceed by induction. First, note that the base case k = 0 k=0 k = 0 follows by (183) , and estimating the term
∥ K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 ≤ δ ∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + C δ ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 , \|K\langle\phi,G\rangle_W\|_{L^1_{t,x}}\leq\delta\|K^{1/2}\phi\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}+C_\delta\|K^{1/2}G\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}, ∥ K ⟨ ϕ , G ⟩ W ∥ L t , x 1 ≤ δ ∥ K 1/2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + C δ ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ,
where δ \delta δ is a small enough constant so that the first term on the right-hand side may be absorbed by kickback. (Note that we do not need to define ∥ F ∥ T , − 1 p e r t \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,-1} ∥ F ∥ T , − 1 pert since it is being raised to the power 0 0 0 .) Next, suppose that for some k 0 ≥ 0 k_0\geq0 k 0 ≥ 0 , the estimate (198) holds for all 0 ≤ k ≤ k 0 0\leq k\leq k_0 0 ≤ k ≤ k 0 . We proceed to show that the estimate also holds for k = k 0 + 1 k=k_0+1 k = k 0 + 1 . Towards this end, recall from Lemma 3.29 (and Remark 3.30) that D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ \mathrm{D}^{(k_0+1)}\phi D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ satisfies the following schematic equation:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 ≥ 0 j 2 ≥ 1 O ( ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) + D ( k 0 + 1 ) G . = O ( F D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ) + R + D ( k 0 + 1 ) G , \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathrm{D}^{(k_0+1)}\phi
=
\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k_0+1\\ j_1\geq0\\ j_2\geq1}}
\mathcal{O}\bigl((\mathrm{D}^{(j_1)}F)(\mathrm{D}^{(j_2)}\phi)\bigr)
+\mathrm{D}^{(k_0+1)}G. \\
&= \mathcal{O}(F D^{(k_0+1)}\phi)+R+D^{(k_0+1)}G,
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ = j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 ≥ 0 j 2 ≥ 1 ∑ O ( ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) + D ( k 0 + 1 ) G . = O ( F D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ) + R + D ( k 0 + 1 ) G ,
where R R R consists of the summands corresponding to 1 ≤ j 1 , j 2 ≤ k 0 1\leq j_1,j_2\leq k_0 1 ≤ j 1 , j 2 ≤ k 0 . Next, by the time-weighted estimate (186) with α = k 0 + 1 \alpha=k_0+1 α = k 0 + 1 (applied with H = 0 H=0 H = 0 ), we have that
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 2 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + 1 ) ∥ t k 0 / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 R ∥ L t 1 L x 2 \left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}
+\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+2)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}
\lesssim
\left(\left\|t^{1/2}F\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}+1\right)
\left\|t^{k_0/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}
+\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}R\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x} t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 + t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 2 ) ϕ L t , x 2 ≲ ( t 1/2 F L t 2 L x ∞ + 1 ) t k 0 /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 + t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 R L t 1 L x 2
+ ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 . \qquad
+\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+1)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}. + t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) G L t 1 L x 2 .
The first term on the right-hand side above may be directly handled by our inductive assumption, and the last term is already acceptable. To estimate the second term, first note that for fixed 1 ≤ j 1 , j 2 ≤ k 0 1\leq j_1,j_2\leq k_0 1 ≤ j 1 , j 2 ≤ k 0 such that j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j_1+j_2=k_0+1 j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 , we have by the inductive assumption that
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ( D ( j 1 ) F ) D ( j 2 ) ϕ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≲ ∥ t ( j 1 + 1 ) / 2 D ( j 1 ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∥ t ( j 2 − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( j 2 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 \left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}(D^{(j_1)}F)D^{(j_2)}\phi\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}
\lesssim
\left\|t^{(j_1+1)/2}D^{(j_1)}F\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}
\left\|t^{(j_2-1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(j_2)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}} t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ( D ( j 1 ) F ) D ( j 2 ) ϕ L t 1 L x 2 ≲ t ( j 1 + 1 ) /2 D ( j 1 ) F L t 2 L x ∞ t ( j 2 − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( j 2 ) ϕ L t , x 2
≲ ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 p e r t + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 p e r t ) k 0 + 1 ) ( ∥ K ( 0 ) 1 / 2 ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∑ j = 0 k 0 ∥ t j / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) . \lesssim
\left(\|F\|_{T,k_0}^{\mathrm{pert}}+\left(\|F\|_{T,k_0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{k_0+1}\right)
\left(\left\|K^{1/2}_{(0)}\phi(0)\right\|_{L^2_x}
+\sum_{j=0}^{k_0}\left\|t^{j/2}K^{1/2}D^{(j)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}\right). ≲ ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 pert + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 pert ) k 0 + 1 ) ( K ( 0 ) 1/2 ϕ ( 0 ) L x 2 + j = 0 ∑ k 0 t j /2 K 1/2 D ( j ) G L t 1 L x 2 ) .
The estimate of the term involving R R R now follows, since R R R consists of a finite sum involving terms of the above form. Now by combining the previous few estimates, we obtain the inductive step, i.e. we have shown (198) for k = k 0 + 1 k=k_0+1 k = k 0 + 1 .
We now use Proposition 4.19 to prove our first main result (Proposition 4.17).
Proof of Proposition 4.17. The first estimate (194) is a consequence of the diamagnetic inequality (126) . Next, we show the higher order estimates (195) . Let k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 . Fix ( t 0 , x 0 ) (t_0,x_0) ( t 0 , x 0 ) and let K ( t , x ) : = p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) K(t,x):=p(t,x;t_0,x_0) K ( t , x ) := p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) . Let I : = [ t 0 2 , t 0 ] I:=\left[\frac{t_0}{2},t_0\right] I := [ 2 t 0 , t 0 ] and note that p B p_B p B is a solution to the covariant heat equation on I × T d I\times\mathbb{T}^d I × T d . Applying Proposition 4.19 (with the forcing term G = 0 G=0 G = 0 ), we obtain
∥ ( t − t 0 2 ) k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k ) p B ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( I ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , t 0 , k − 1 p e r t k ) ∥ ( K 1 / 2 p B ) ( t 0 2 ) ∥ L x 2 . (199) \left\|(t-\frac{t_0}{2})^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k)}p_B\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x(I)}
\lesssim
\left(1+\|F\|_{T,t_0,k-1}^{\mathrm{pert}\,k}\right)
\left\|(K^{1/2}p_B)(\frac{t_0}{2})\right\|_{L^2_x}. \tag*{(199)} ( t − 2 t 0 ) k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) p B L t ∞ L x 2 ( I ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , t 0 , k − 1 pert k ) ( K 1/2 p B ) ( 2 t 0 ) L x 2 . (199)
By Lemma 4.11, the left-hand side of (199) can be bounded below by
∥ ( t − t 0 2 ) k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k ) p B ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( I ) ≳ t 0 k / 2 ∣ D ( k ) p B ∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) . \left\|(t-\frac{t_0}{2})^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k)}p_B\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x(I)}
\gtrsim t_0^{k/2}\left|D^{(k)}p_B\right|(t_0,x_0). ( t − 2 t 0 ) k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) p B L t ∞ L x 2 ( I ) ≳ t 0 k /2 D ( k ) p B ( t 0 , x 0 ) .
By using the zeroth order estimate (194) , the estimate p ( t , x ) ≲ t − d / 2 p(t,x)\lesssim t^{-d/2} p ( t , x ) ≲ t − d /2 , and the semigroup property of the heat kernel, the K 1 / 2 p B K^{1/2}p_B K 1/2 p B -term on the right-hand side of (199) can be bounded above by
∥ ( K 1 / 2 p B ) ( t 0 2 ) ∥ L x 2 ≲ ∥ p ( t 0 2 , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) 1 / 2 p ( t 0 2 , x ) ∥ L x 2 \left\|(K^{1/2}p_B)(\frac{t_0}{2})\right\|_{L^2_x}
\lesssim
\left\|p(\frac{t_0}{2},x;t_0,x_0)^{1/2}p(\frac{t_0}{2},x)\right\|_{L^2_x} ( K 1/2 p B ) ( 2 t 0 ) L x 2 ≲ p ( 2 t 0 , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) 1/2 p ( 2 t 0 , x ) L x 2
≲ t 0 − d / 4 ∥ p ( t 0 2 , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) 1 / 2 p ( t 0 2 , x ) 1 / 2 ∥ L x 2 ≲ t 0 − d / 4 p ( t 0 , x 0 ) 1 / 2 . \lesssim
t_0^{-d/4}\left\|p(\frac{t_0}{2},x;t_0,x_0)^{1/2}p(\frac{t_0}{2},x)^{1/2}\right\|_{L^2_x}
\lesssim
t_0^{-d/4}p(t_0,x_0)^{1/2}. ≲ t 0 − d /4 p ( 2 t 0 , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) 1/2 p ( 2 t 0 , x ) 1/2 L x 2 ≲ t 0 − d /4 p ( t 0 , x 0 ) 1/2 .
Combining, we obtain the desired estimate (195) .
In dimension d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , since the curvature F F F itself is a solution to the covariant heat equation (178) (recall Lemma 3.28), we may also apply Proposition 4.19 to obtain higher regularity estimates of F F F . This gives the following corollary, which estimates higher regularity norms of F F F in terms of the zeroth order norm ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t \|F\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert .
Corollary 4.20. Let d = 2 d=2 d = 2 . Let T ≤ 1 T\leq1 T ≤ 1 . For all k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ≲ k ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t + ( ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) ( k + 1 ) ! . \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k}\lesssim_k \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,0}+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,0}\right)^{(k+1)!}. ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ≲ k ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert + ( ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) ( k + 1 )! .
Remark 4.21. Since we will only ever need this corollary for a bounded range of k k k (e.g., k ≤ 10 k\leq10 k ≤ 10 ), we are not worried about the factorial growth in k k k of the upper bound.
Proof. We proceed by induction. The base case k = 0 k=0 k = 0 is trivial. Suppose that for some k 0 ≥ 0 k_0\geq0 k 0 ≥ 0 , the result is true for all 0 ≤ k ≤ k 0 0\leq k\leq k_0 0 ≤ k ≤ k 0 and all T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . We proceed to show that the result is true for k = k 0 + 1 k=k_0+1 k = k 0 + 1 and all T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . Towards this end, fix T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . Let t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] . Since F F F itself is a solution to the covariant heat equation (Lemma 3.28 ), we have that
D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ( t 0 ) = ∫ T d d y D ( k 0 + 1 ) p B ( t 0 / 2 , y ; t 0 , ⋅ ) F ( t 0 / 2 , y ) . D^{(k_0+1)}F(t_0)=\int_{\mathbb{T}^d} \mathrm{d}y\,D^{(k_0+1)}p_B(t_0/2,y;t_0,\mathord\cdot)F(t_0/2,y). D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ( t 0 ) = ∫ T d d y D ( k 0 + 1 ) p B ( t 0 /2 , y ; t 0 , ⋅ ) F ( t 0 /2 , y ) .
Thus by (195) , we have that (using that ∥ F ∥ [ t 0 / 2 , t 0 ] , k p e r t ≤ ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t \|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[t_0/2,t_0],k}\leq\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k} ∥ F ∥ [ t 0 /2 , t 0 ] , k pert ≤ ∥ F ∥ T , k pert , which follows from the definition of ∥ ⋅ ∥ p e r t \|\mathord\cdot\|^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ pert )
∥ D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 p e r t ) k 0 + 1 ) t 0 − ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 ∥ F ( t 0 / 2 ) ∥ L x ∞ . \|D^{(k_0+1)}F(t_0)\|_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim\left(1+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k_0}\right)^{k_0+1}\right)t_0^{-(k_0+1)/2}\|F(t_0/2)\|_{L^\infty_x}. ∥ D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 pert ) k 0 + 1 ) t 0 − ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 ∥ F ( t 0 /2 ) ∥ L x ∞ .
Since this is true for arbitrary t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we may obtain (using our inductive assumption)
∥ t ( k 0 + 2 ) / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 p e r t ) k 0 + 1 ) ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t + ( ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) ( k 0 + 1 ) ! ( k 0 + 1 ) + 1 . \begin{aligned}
&\|t^{(k_0+2)/2}D^{(k_0+1)}F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}+\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}D^{(k_0+1)}F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\\
&\qquad\lesssim\left(1+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k_0}\right)^{k_0+1}\right)\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,0}\\
&\qquad\lesssim\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,0}+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,0}\right)^{(k_0+1)!(k_0+1)+1}.
\end{aligned} ∥ t ( k 0 + 2 ) /2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 pert ) k 0 + 1 ) ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert + ( ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) ( k 0 + 1 )! ( k 0 + 1 ) + 1 .
The inductive step now follows upon noting that ( k 0 + 1 ) ! × ( k 0 + 1 ) + 1 ≤ ( k 0 + 2 ) ! (k_0+1)!\times(k_0+1)+1\leq(k_0+2)! ( k 0 + 1 )! × ( k 0 + 1 ) + 1 ≤ ( k 0 + 2 )! .
Next, we proceed towards the proof of the second main result (Proposition 4.18 ), which gives estimates for q B q_B q B . We begin by observing that the difference q B − p B q_B-p_B q B − p B solves a certain covariant heat equation of the form (179) :
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( q B − p B ) = 2 F q B = 2 F ( q B − p B ) + 2 F p B . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)(q_B-p_B)=2Fq_B=2F(q_B-p_B)+2Fp_B. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( q B − p B ) = 2 F q B = 2 F ( q B − p B ) + 2 F p B .
Motivated by this, we first prove a higher regularity estimate for solutions to the above equation.
Proposition 4.22 (Higher regularity for covariant heat equation with curvature term). There exists a constant C 0 C_0 C 0 such that the following holds. Let functions ϕ , ψ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d \phi,\psi,G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathcal{W}^d ϕ , ψ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d be such that:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=G,\qquad\phi(0)=\phi_0, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = 2 F ( ψ + ϕ ) , ψ ( 0 ) = ψ 0 , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi=2F(\psi+\phi),\qquad\psi(0)=\psi_0, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = 2 F ( ψ + ϕ ) , ψ ( 0 ) = ψ 0 , and let K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) K:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to(0,\infty) K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) be a positive solution to the backward heat equation. Then
∥ K 1 / 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ K 1 / 2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ) . \|K^{1/2}\psi\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\|K^{1/2}D\psi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left(\|K^{1/2}(0)\psi_0\|_{L^2_x}+\|F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\left(\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\|_{L^2_x}+\|K^{1/2}G\|_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}\right)\right). ∥ K 1/2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ K 1/2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ) ) . Moreover, for k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , we have that
∥ t k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k ) ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k + 1 ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ k Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) k − 1 ) × ( ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + N k ( G ) ) ) , (200) \begin{aligned}
&\|t^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k)}\psi\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\|t^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k+1)}\psi\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}\\
&\qquad\lesssim_k \operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left(1+\left(\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k}\right)^{k-1}\right)\\
&\qquad\quad\times\left(\left(1+\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k}\right)\|K^{1/2}(0)\psi_0\|_{L^2_x}+\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k}\left(\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\|_{L^2_x}+N_k(G)\right)\right), \tag*{(200)}
\end{aligned} ∥ t k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t k /2 K 1/2 D ( k + 1 ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ k Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) k − 1 ) × ( ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + N k ( G ) ) ) , (200) where
N k ( G ) = ∑ j = 0 k − 1 ∥ t j / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) . N_k(G)=\sum_{j=0}^{k-1}\|t^{j/2}K^{1/2}D^{(j)}G\|_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}. N k ( G ) = j = 0 ∑ k − 1 ∥ t j /2 K 1/2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) .
Proof. In the following, all space-time norms are implicitly taken on [ 0 , T ] × T d [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{d} [ 0 , T ] × T d . The argument will be very similar to the proof of Proposition 4.19, except we incur a Gronwall loss in the first (i.e. k = 0 k=0 k = 0 ) step of the estimates. To show the zeroth order estimate, by the estimate (189) , Hölder, and Proposition 4.19, we have that
∥ K 1 / 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 F ϕ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) \lVert K^{1/2}\psi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}+\lVert K^{1/2}D\psi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left(\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\psi_0\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert K^{1/2}F\phi\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x}\right) ∥ K 1/2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 F ϕ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 )
≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) ) . (201) \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left(\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\psi_0\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert F\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}\left(\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert K^{1/2}G\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x}\right)\right). \tag*{(201)} ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) ) . (201)
which is acceptable. By possibly increasing the constant C 0 C_0 C 0 , the above also implies that
∥ K 1 / 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) . (202) \lVert K^{1/2}\psi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}+\lVert K^{1/2}D\psi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}}\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left(\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\psi_0\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert K^{1/2}G\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x}\right). \tag*{(202)} ∥ K 1/2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) . (202)
which we will use later.
To prove (200) , we proceed by induction. For the base case k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , by Lemma 3.29 and Remark 3.30, we have that D ψ D\psi D ψ satisfies the following schematic equation:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ψ = O ( F D ψ ) + O ( ( D F ) ψ ) + O ( F D ϕ + ( D F ) ϕ ) . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)D\psi=\mathcal{O}(FD\psi)+\mathcal{O}((DF)\psi)+\mathcal{O}(FD\phi+(DF)\phi). ( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ψ = O ( F D ψ ) + O (( D F ) ψ ) + O ( F D ϕ + ( D F ) ϕ ) .
By the time-weighted estimate (186) with α = 1 \alpha=1 α = 1 (and G G G as the right-hand side of the above equation), we have that
∥ t 1 / 2 K 1 / 2 D ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t 1 / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( 2 ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + 1 ) ∥ K 1 / 2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t 1 / 2 K 1 / 2 ∣ D F ∣ ∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ t 1 / 2 K 1 / 2 ( ∣ D F ∣ ∣ ϕ ∣ + ∣ F ∣ ∣ D ϕ ∣ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 . \lVert t^{1/2}K^{1/2}D\psi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}+\lVert t^{1/2}K^{1/2}D^{(2)}\psi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}}\lesssim\left(\lVert t^{1/2}F\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}+1\right)\lVert K^{1/2}D\psi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}}+\lVert t^{1/2}K^{1/2}|DF||\psi|\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x}+\lVert t^{1/2}K^{1/2}(|DF||\phi|+|F||D\phi|)\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x}. ∥ t 1/2 K 1/2 D ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t 1/2 K 1/2 D ( 2 ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( ∥ t 1/2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + 1 ) ∥ K 1/2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t 1/2 K 1/2 ∣ D F ∣∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ t 1/2 K 1/2 ( ∣ D F ∣∣ ϕ ∣ + ∣ F ∣∣ D ϕ ∣ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 .
For the first term on the right-hand side above, we combine (201) and (202) to estimate
( ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + 1 ) ∥ K 1 / 2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) ) , \left(\lVert t^{1/2}F\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}+1\right)\lVert K^{1/2}D\psi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}}\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left(\left(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1}\right)\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\psi_0\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1}\left(\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert K^{1/2}G\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x}\right)\right), ( ∥ t 1/2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + 1 ) ∥ K 1/2 D ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 pert ) ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ψ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 pert ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∥ K 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) ) ,
which is acceptable. For the second term, we apply Hölder to estimate
∥ t 1 / 2 K 1 / 2 ∣ D F ∣ ∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ t 1 / 2 ∣ D F ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ∥ K 1 / 2 ∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ≤ ∥ F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ∥ K 1 / 2 ∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 , \lVert t^{1/2}K^{1/2}|DF||\psi|\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x}\leq\lVert t^{1/2}|DF|\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}\lVert K^{1/2}|\psi|\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}\leq\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1}\lVert K^{1/2}|\psi|\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}, ∥ t 1/2 K 1/2 ∣ D F ∣∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ t 1/2 ∣ D F ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ∥ K 1/2 ∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ≤ ∥ F ∥ T , 1 pert ∥ K 1/2 ∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ,
and then apply (202) to obtain an acceptable contribution. The last term which involves ϕ \phi ϕ and D ϕ D\phi D ϕ may be similarly estimated by Hölder and the k = 0 k=0 k = 0 case of Proposition 4.19 to obtain an acceptable contribution. Combining, we thus obtain the base case k = 1 k=1 k = 1 of (200) .
Next, we suppose that for some k 0 ≥ 1 k_0\geq1 k 0 ≥ 1 , the desired estimate (200) is true for all 1 ≤ k ≤ k 0 1\leq k\leq k_0 1 ≤ k ≤ k 0 . We proceed to show that it is also true for k = k 0 + 1 k=k_0+1 k = k 0 + 1 . Towards this end, first note by Lemma 3.29 and Remark 3.30 that D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ D^{(k_0+1)}\psi D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ satisfies the following schematic equation:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ = ∑ ℓ + m = k 0 + 1 ℓ , m ≥ 0 O ( ( D ( ℓ ) F ) ( D ( m ) ψ + D ( m ) ϕ ) ) = O ( F D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ ) + O ( ( D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ) ψ ) + R 1 + R 2 , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)D^{(k_0+1)}\psi=
\sum_{\substack{\ell+m=k_0+1\\\ell,m\geq0}}\mathcal{O}\left((D^{(\ell)}F)(D^{(m)}\psi+D^{(m)}\phi)\right)
=\mathcal{O}(FD^{(k_0+1)}\psi)+\mathcal{O}((D^{(k_0+1)}F)\psi)+R_1+R_2, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ = ℓ + m = k 0 + 1 ℓ , m ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D ( ℓ ) F ) ( D ( m ) ψ + D ( m ) ϕ ) ) = O ( F D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ ) + O (( D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ) ψ ) + R 1 + R 2 ,
where
R 1 : = ∑ ℓ + m = k 0 + 1 ℓ , m ≥ 1 O ( ( D ( ℓ ) F ) ( D ( m ) ψ ) ) , R 2 : = ∑ ℓ + m = k 0 + 1 ℓ , m ≥ 0 O ( ( D ( ℓ ) F ) ( D ( m ) ϕ ) ) . R_1:=\sum_{\substack{\ell+m=k_0+1\\\ell,m\geq1}}\mathcal{O}\left((D^{(\ell)}F)(D^{(m)}\psi)\right),\qquad R_2:=\sum_{\substack{\ell+m=k_0+1\\\ell,m\geq0}}\mathcal{O}\left((D^{(\ell)}F)(D^{(m)}\phi)\right). R 1 := ℓ + m = k 0 + 1 ℓ , m ≥ 1 ∑ O ( ( D ( ℓ ) F ) ( D ( m ) ψ ) ) , R 2 := ℓ + m = k 0 + 1 ℓ , m ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D ( ℓ ) F ) ( D ( m ) ϕ ) ) .
By the time-weighted estimate (186) with α = k 0 + 1 \alpha=k_0+1 α = k 0 + 1 (and G = O ( ( D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ) ψ ) + R 1 + R 2 G=O((D^{(k_0+1)}F)\psi)+R_1+R_2 G = O (( D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ) ψ ) + R 1 + R 2 , H = 0 H=0 H = 0 ), we have that
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 2 ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( ∥ t 1 / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + 1 ) ∥ t k 0 / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ∣ D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∣ ∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ∣ R 1 ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ∣ R 2 ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 . \begin{aligned}
&\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+1)}\psi\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}+\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+2)}\psi\|_{L_{t,x}^2}\\
&\lesssim(\|t^{1/2}F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty}+1)\|t^{k_0/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+1)}\psi\|_{L_{t,x}^2}\\
&\quad+\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}|D^{(k_0+1)}F||\psi|\|_{L_t^1L_x^2}\\
&\quad+\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}|R_1|\|_{L_t^1L_x^2}+\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}|R_2|\|_{L_t^1L_x^2}.
\end{aligned} ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 2 ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( ∥ t 1/2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + 1 ) ∥ t k 0 /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ∣ D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∣∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ∣ R 1 ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ∣ R 2 ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 .
The first term above may be handled by the inductive assumption. To estimate the second term, we apply Hölder to obtain
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ∣ D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∣ ∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ∥ K 1 / 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 , \|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}|D^{(k_0+1)}F||\psi|\|_{L_t^1L_x^2}\leq\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}D^{(k_0+1)}F\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}\|K^{1/2}\psi\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}, ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ∣ D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∣∣ ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ∥ K 1/2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ,
and by (202) , this is acceptable. To estimate the term involving R 1 R_1 R 1 , for ℓ , m ≥ 1 \ell,m\geq1 ℓ , m ≥ 1 such that ℓ + m = k 0 + 1 \ell+m=k_0+1 ℓ + m = k 0 + 1 , we may apply Hölder to obtain
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ∣ D ( ℓ ) F ∣ ∣ D ( m ) ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ t ( ℓ + 1 ) / 2 D ( ℓ ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∥ t ( m − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( m ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 \|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}|D^{(\ell)}F||D^{(m)}\psi|\|_{L_t^1L_x^2}\leq\|t^{(\ell+1)/2}D^{(\ell)}F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty}\|t^{(m-1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(m)}\psi\|_{L_{t,x}^2} ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ∣ D ( ℓ ) F ∣∣ D ( m ) ψ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ t ( ℓ + 1 ) /2 D ( ℓ ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∥ t ( m − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( m ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2
≲ ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 + 1 p e r t ∥ t ( m − 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( m ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 . \lesssim\|F\|_{T,k_0+1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\|t^{(m-1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(m)}\psi\|_{L_{t,x}^2}. ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 + 1 pert ∥ t ( m − 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( m ) ψ ∥ L t , x 2 .
Inserting the inductive assumption as well as the zeroth order estimate (note 1 ≤ m ≤ k 0 1\leq m\leq k_0 1 ≤ m ≤ k 0 ), we obtain an acceptable contribution. Finally, by similar arguments, the term involving R 2 R_2 R 2 may be estimated by Proposition 4.19 and Hölder; we omit the details.
Using Proposition 4.22, we may now prove our second main result (Proposition 4.18).
Proof of Proposition 4.18. We first show the difference estimate (197) . Fix ( t 0 , x 0 ) (t_0,x_0) ( t 0 , x 0 ) and let ψ ( t , x ) = ( q B − p B ) ( t , x ) \psi(t,x)=(q_B-p_B)(t,x) ψ ( t , x ) = ( q B − p B ) ( t , x ) , so that
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = 2 F q B = 2 F ψ + 2 F p B . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi=2Fq_B=2F\psi+2Fp_B. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = 2 F q B = 2 F ψ + 2 F p B .
Thus, ψ \psi ψ satisfies the conditions of Proposition 4.22 (where we take ϕ = p B \phi=p_B ϕ = p B ). We begin by showing the zeroth order estimate
∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ G r t ( C F ) ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) p ( t , x ) , for all t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] , x ∈ T d . (203) |\psi(t,x)|\lesssim G_{\mathrm{rt}}(C_F)\|F\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,t])}p(t,x),\quad\text{for all }t\in(0,t_0],\ x\in\mathbb{T}^d. \tag*{(203)} ∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ G rt ( C F ) ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) p ( t , x ) , for all t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] , x ∈ T d . (203)
For t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] t\in(0,t_0] t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] , let
f ( t ) ≔ sup x ∈ T d ∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ p ( t , x ) . f(t)\coloneqq\sup_{x\in\mathbb{T}^d}\frac{|\psi(t,x)|}{p(t,x)}. f ( t ) : = x ∈ T d sup p ( t , x ) ∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ .
For x ∈ T d x\in\mathbb{T}^d x ∈ T d , by our heat kernel estimate (194) on p B p_B p B and the semigroup property of the heat kernel, we have that
∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ ∫ d s d y p ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ F ( s , y ) ∣ ∣ ψ ( s , y ) ∣ + ∫ d s d y p ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ F ( s , y ) ∣ p ( s , y ) ≲ ∫ d s d y p ( s , y ; t , x ) p ( s , y ) f ( s ) ∣ F ( s , y ) ∣ + p ( t , x ) ∥ F ∥ L s 1 L y ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ≲ p ( t , x ) ( ∫ 0 t d s f ( s ) ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L y ∞ + ∥ F ∥ L s 1 L y ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ) . \begin{aligned}
|\psi(t,x)|&\lesssim\int ds\,dy\,p(s,y;t,x)|F(s,y)||\psi(s,y)|+\int ds\,dy\,p(s,y;t,x)|F(s,y)|p(s,y)\\
&\lesssim\int ds\,dy\,p(s,y;t,x)p(s,y)f(s)|F(s,y)|+p(t,x)\|F\|_{L_s^1L_y^\infty([0,t])}\\
&\lesssim p(t,x)\left(\int_0^t ds\,f(s)\|F(s)\|_{L_y^\infty}+\|F\|_{L_s^1L_y^\infty([0,t])}\right).
\end{aligned} ∣ ψ ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ ∫ d s d y p ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ F ( s , y ) ∣∣ ψ ( s , y ) ∣ + ∫ d s d y p ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ F ( s , y ) ∣ p ( s , y ) ≲ ∫ d s d y p ( s , y ; t , x ) p ( s , y ) f ( s ) ∣ F ( s , y ) ∣ + p ( t , x ) ∥ F ∥ L s 1 L y ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ≲ p ( t , x ) ( ∫ 0 t d s f ( s ) ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L y ∞ + ∥ F ∥ L s 1 L y ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ) .
It follows that
f ( t ) ≲ ∫ 0 t d s f ( s ) ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x ∞ + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) f(t) \lesssim\int_0^t ds\,f(s)\lVert F(s)\rVert_{L^\infty_x}+\lVert F\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t])} f ( t ) ≲ ∫ 0 t d s f ( s ) ∥ F ( s ) ∥ L x ∞ + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t ])
and the zeroth order estimate (203) now follows by Gronwall (Lemma 3.50 ); we remark that f ∈ L t ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) f\in L^\infty_t([0,t_0]) f ∈ L t ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) because of classical short-time heat kernel estimates (recall the background B B B is assumed to be smooth). Combining (203) with our zeroth order estimate (194) on p B p_B p B , we directly obtain the zeroth order estimate on q B q_B q B (i.e. the k = 0 k=0 k = 0 case of (196) ).
To obtain the higher order estimates, let k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , I = [ t 0 2 , t 0 ] I=[\frac{t_0}{2},t_0] I = [ 2 t 0 , t 0 ] , x 0 ∈ T d x_0\in\mathbb{T}^d x 0 ∈ T d , K ( t , x ) = p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) K(t,x)=p(t,x;t_0,x_0) K ( t , x ) = p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) . By (200) from Proposition 4.22, we have that
∥ ( t − t 0 2 ) k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k ) ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( I ) ≲ Gr [ t 0 / 2 , t 0 ] ( C F ) ( ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) k ∥ ( K 1 / 2 ψ ) ( t 0 2 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) k − 1 ∥ ( K 1 / 2 p B ) ( t 0 2 ) ∥ L x 2 ) \left\lVert(t-\tfrac{t_0}{2})^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k)}\psi\right\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x(I)}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{[t_0/2,t_0]}(CF)\left((1+\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^k\lVert(K^{1/2}\psi)(\tfrac{t_0}{2})\rVert_{L^2_x}+\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}(1+\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{k-1}\lVert(K^{1/2}p_B)(\tfrac{t_0}{2})\rVert_{L^2_x}\right) ( t − 2 t 0 ) k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) ψ L t ∞ L x 2 ( I ) ≲ Gr [ t 0 /2 , t 0 ] ( C F ) ( ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ) k ∥( K 1/2 ψ ) ( 2 t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ) k − 1 ∥( K 1/2 p B ) ( 2 t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 )
≲ Gr t 0 ( C F ) ( ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) k ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) k − 1 ) ∥ K 1 / 2 p ( t 0 2 ) ∥ L x 2 , \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{t_0}(CF)\left((1+\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^k\lVert F\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t_0])}+\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}(1+\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{k-1}\right)\lVert K^{1/2}p(\tfrac{t_0}{2})\rVert_{L^2_x}, ≲ Gr t 0 ( C F ) ( ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ) k ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ) k − 1 ) ∥ K 1/2 p ( 2 t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ,
where we used the zeroth order estimate (203) as well as the pointwise estimate (194) . To obtain the desired inequality, we split into cases where ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t > 1 \lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}>1 ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert > 1 or ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ≤ 1 \lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\leq1 ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ≤ 1 . In the first case, we simply estimate ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≤ Gr t 0 ( F ) \lVert F\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t_0])}\leq\operatorname{Gr}_{t_0}(F) ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≤ Gr t 0 ( F ) (here we just used that x ≤ e x x\leq e^x x ≤ e x and the definition of Gr t 0 ( F ) \operatorname{Gr}_{t_0}(F) Gr t 0 ( F ) (recall Notation 4.3)) and then estimate the above by
Gr t 0 ( ( C + 1 ) F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) k − 1 ∥ K 1 / 2 p ( t 0 2 ) ∥ L x 2 , \operatorname{Gr}_{t_0}((C+1)F)\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}(1+\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{k-1}\lVert K^{1/2}p(\tfrac{t_0}{2})\rVert_{L^2_x}, Gr t 0 (( C + 1 ) F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ) k − 1 ∥ K 1/2 p ( 2 t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ,
while in the latter case, we may directly obtain the estimate
Gr t 0 ( C F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ) k − 1 ∥ K 1 / 2 p ( t 0 2 ) ∥ L x 2 . \operatorname{Gr}_{t_0}(CF)\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}(1+\lVert F\rVert_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{k-1}\lVert K^{1/2}p(\tfrac{t_0}{2})\rVert_{L^2_x}. Gr t 0 ( C F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ) k − 1 ∥ K 1/2 p ( 2 t 0 ) ∥ L x 2 .
Having reached this point, the remainder of the argument is similar to the proof of Proposition 4.17; we omit the details. We conclude by noting that the difference estimate (197) combined with our higher order estimates (195) on p B p_B p B directly imply the k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 case of the estimate (196) .
Remark 4.23. From the proof of Proposition 4.18, we see that the constant C 0 C_0 C 0 in the proposition is at least one more than the corresponding constant in Proposition 4.22. We take C 0 C_0 C 0 to be such a constant in the following.
The following result is a direct corollary of Propositions 4.19 and 4.22.
Corollary 4.24. Let C 0 C_0 C 0 be the constant from Proposition 4.18, which is at least one more than the corresponding constant in Proposition 4.22. Let ϕ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d \phi,G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d ϕ , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d be such that:
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) ϕ = G , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 . (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F)\phi=G,\qquad\phi(0)=\phi_0. ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) ϕ = G , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 . Let K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) K:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to(0,\infty) K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) be a positive solution to the backward heat equation. Then for any k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ t k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) k ( ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + ∑ j = 0 k ∥ t j / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) \lVert t^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k)}\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\lVert t^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k+1)}\phi\rVert_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left(1+\lVert F\rVert_{T,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^k\left(\lVert K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\rVert_{L^2_x}+\sum_{j=0}^k\lVert t^{j/2}K^{1/2}D^{(j)}G\rVert_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}\right) ∥ t k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t k /2 K 1/2 D ( k + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) k ( ∥ K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 + j = 0 ∑ k ∥ t j /2 K 1/2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) )
Proof. We split ϕ = ϕ ~ + ψ \phi= \widetilde{\phi} + \psi ϕ = ϕ + ψ , where ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ ~ = G (\partial_t - \Delta_B)\widetilde{\phi} = G ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = G with initial condition ϕ ~ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 \widetilde{\phi}(0) = \phi_0 ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 . We then estimate ϕ ~ \widetilde{\phi} ϕ by Proposition 4.19 , and ψ \psi ψ by Proposition 4.22 . We remark that in the case k = 0 k = 0 k = 0 , we obtain the estimate
∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ Gr T ( C F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ( ∥ K ( 0 ) 1 / 2 ϕ 0 ∥ L 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) . \left\|K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\left\|K^{1/2}D\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(CF)\left(1+\|F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\right)\left(\left\|K^{1/2}_{(0)}\phi_0\right\|_{L^2}+\left\|K^{1/2}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x([0,T])}\right). K 1/2 ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + K 1/2 D ϕ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ Gr T ( C F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) ( K ( 0 ) 1/2 ϕ 0 L 2 + K 1/2 G L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ) .
where C C C is the constant from Proposition 4.22 . In this case, we estimate ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ Gr T ( F ) \|F\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\leq\operatorname{Gr}_T(F) ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ Gr T ( F ) (which follows because x ≤ e x x\leq e^x x ≤ e x ), which results in the Gronwall factor Gr T ( ( C + 1 ) F ) \operatorname{Gr}_T((C+1)F) Gr T (( C + 1 ) F ) , as claimed. □ \square □
We also record the following corollary of Lemma 4.11 and Proposition 4.22 .
Corollary 4.25. Let C 0 C_0 C 0 be the constant from Proposition 4.22 . Let α ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) \alpha\in[0,1) α ∈ [ 0 , 1 ) . Let ϕ , ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d \phi,\psi\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathbb{W}^d ϕ , ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d be such that ϕ ( 0 ) = ψ ( 0 ) \phi(0)=\psi(0) ϕ ( 0 ) = ψ ( 0 ) , and such that:
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) ψ = 0 , (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F)\psi=0, ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) ψ = 0 , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = 0. (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=0. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = 0. Then for any k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ t ( k − ( 1 − α ) ) / 2 D ( k ) ( ψ − ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , k p e r t ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 ) ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ . (204) \left\|t^{(k-(1-\alpha))/2}D^{(k)}(\psi-\phi)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\left\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\right\|_{T,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\left(1+\left(\|F\|_{T,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{(k-1)\vee0}\right)\|\phi(0)\|_{L^\infty_x}. \tag*{(204)} t ( k − ( 1 − α )) /2 D ( k ) ( ψ − ϕ ) L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F T , k pert ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 ) ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ . (204)
Proof. Let t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] . By combining Lemma 4.11 with Proposition 4.22 (with the ψ \psi ψ therein taken to be ψ − ϕ \psi-\phi ψ − ϕ and the G G G therein taken to be 0 0 0 ), we obtain
∥ t 0 k / 2 D ( k ) ( ψ − ϕ ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 ) ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ . \left\|t_0^{k/2}D^{(k)}(\psi-\phi)(t_0)\right\|_{L^\infty_x}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\|F\|_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\left(1+\left(\|F\|_{T,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{(k-1)\vee0}\right)\|\phi(0)\|_{L^\infty_x}. t 0 k /2 D ( k ) ( ψ − ϕ ) ( t 0 ) L x ∞ ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 ) ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ .
Next, we insert the following estimate into the above:
∥ F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ≤ t 0 ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ t 0 , k p e r t ≤ t 0 ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , k p e r t , \|F\|_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\leq t_0^{(1-\alpha)/2}\left\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\right\|_{t_0,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\leq t_0^{(1-\alpha)/2}\left\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\right\|_{T,k}^{\mathrm{pert}}, ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k pert ≤ t 0 ( 1 − α ) /2 t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F t 0 , k pert ≤ t 0 ( 1 − α ) /2 t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F T , k pert ,
and then we finish by taking a sup over t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] . □ \square □
Heat kernel estimates with mixed derivatives
In this section, we extend the covariant heat kernel estimates of Propositions 4.17 and 4.18 to the case of mixed derivatives, i.e. the case where we differentiate in both spatial variables. Such an expression arises naturally when derivatives fall on the forcing term of a covariant heat equation (see (206) –(207) ). We first introduce the following convenient notation.
Notation 4.26. We introduce the covariant derivatives D y † D_y^\dagger D y † as follows. For any Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → End ( W ) \Psi\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\operatorname{End}(\mathbb{W}) Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → End ( W ) and j ∈ [ d ] j\in[d] j ∈ [ d ] , we define
D y † , j Ψ ( s , y ) ≔ − ∂ y j Ψ ( s , y ) + Ψ ( s , y ) B j ( s , y ) . (205) D_y^{\dagger,j}\Psi(s,y)\coloneqq-\partial_y^j\Psi(s,y)+\Psi(s,y)B^j(s,y). \tag*{(205)} D y † , j Ψ ( s , y ) : = − ∂ y j Ψ ( s , y ) + Ψ ( s , y ) B j ( s , y ) . (205)
Here, B j ( s , y ) B^j(s,y) B j ( s , y ) is interpreted as an element of End ( W ) \operatorname{End}(\mathbb{W}) End ( W ) using our representation π ∗ \pi_* π ∗ of g \mathfrak{g} g . We extend this to End ( W d ) \operatorname{End}(\mathbb{W}^d) End ( W d ) -valued maps Ψ \Psi Ψ in the usual componentwise fashion. Similar to Notation 3.3, we use D y † , ( k ) D_y^{\dagger,(k)} D y † , ( k ) to denote any k k k th-order derivative of the form D y † , j 1 ⋯ D y † , j k D_y^{\dagger,j_1}\cdots D_y^{\dagger,j_k} D y † , j 1 ⋯ D y † , j k , for indices j 1 , … , j k ∈ [ d ] j_1,\ldots,j_k\in[d] j 1 , … , j k ∈ [ d ] .
The reason for introducing the symbol † \dagger † , and for not explicitly referring to D y † D_y^\dagger D y † as an adjoint, is that we want to avoid any confusion with the Hermitian adjoint (or Hermitian conjugate) taken directly in End ( W ) \operatorname{End}(\mathbb{W}) End ( W ) .
We remark that D y † \mathrm{D}^{\dagger}_{y} D y † commutes with D x \mathrm{D}_{x} D x (as well as ∂ t \partial_t ∂ t ) when acting on End ( W ) \operatorname{End}(\mathbf{W}) End ( W ) or End ( W d ) \operatorname{End}(\mathbf{W}^{d}) End ( W d ) -valued maps. The reason is that, in their definitions, the Lie-algebra elements act on opposite sides of the endomorphism. Combining this with (205) , it directly follows for all m , k ≥ 0 m,k \ge0 m , k ≥ 0 , 0 ≤ s < t 0 \le s < t 0 ≤ s < t , G : T d → W d G:\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathbf{W}^{d} G : T d → W d , and H : T d → W H:\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathbf{W} H : T d → W that
∫ d y D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ( D y ( m ) G ) ( y ) = ∫ d y ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) q B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) G ( y ) , (206) \int\mathrm{d}y\,\mathrm{D}_{x}^{(k)}q_{B}(s,y;t,x)(\mathrm{D}_{y}^{(m)}G)(y)=\int\mathrm{d}y\,(\mathrm{D}_{y}^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_{x}^{(k)}q_{B})(s,y;t,x)G(y), \tag*{(206)} ∫ d y D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ( D y ( m ) G ) ( y ) = ∫ d y ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) q B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) G ( y ) , (206)
∫ d y D x ( k ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ( D y ( m ) H ) ( y ) = ∫ d y ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) p B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) H ( y ) . (207) \int\mathrm{d}y\,\mathrm{D}_{x}^{(k)}p_{B}(s,y;t,x)(\mathrm{D}_{y}^{(m)}H)(y)=\int\mathrm{d}y\,(\mathrm{D}_{y}^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_{x}^{(k)}p_{B})(s,y;t,x)H(y). \tag*{(207)} ∫ d y D x ( k ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ( D y ( m ) H ) ( y ) = ∫ d y ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) p B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) H ( y ) . (207)
The main result of this section provides estimates for the kernels appearing in the right-hand sides of (206) –(207) . We state it as follows.
Proposition 4.27. Let C 0 C_{0} C 0 be the maximum of the corresponding constants in Lemma 4.9 and Proposition 4.18. For any m , k ≥ 0 m,k \ge0 m , k ≥ 0 , 0 ≤ s 0 < t 0 0 \le s_{0}<t_{0} 0 ≤ s 0 < t 0 such that t 0 − s 0 ≤ 1 t_{0}-s_{0}\le1 t 0 − s 0 ≤ 1 , and points x 0 , y 0 ∈ T d x_{0},y_{0}\in\mathbb{T}^{d} x 0 , y 0 ∈ T d , the following estimates hold:
∣ D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) p B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , m p e r t ) m ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , k p e r t ) k ) × min ( s 0 , t 0 − s 0 ) − m 2 ( t 0 − s 0 ) − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 t 0 − s 0 ) . \left|\mathrm{D}_{y}^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_{x}^{(k)}p_{B}(s_{0},y_{0};t_{0},x_{0})\right|\lesssim\left(1+\left(\|F\|_{t_{0},m}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{m}\right)\left(1+\left(\|F\|_{[s_{0},t_{0}],k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{k}\right)\times\min(s_{0},t_{0}-s_{0})^{-\frac{m}{2}}(t_{0}-s_{0})^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_{0}-y_{0}|^{2}}{t_{0}-s_{0}}\right). D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) p B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , m pert ) m ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , k pert ) k ) × min ( s 0 , t 0 − s 0 ) − 2 m ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 2 k + d exp ( − c t 0 − s 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 ) . ∣ D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) q B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ Gr [ s 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , m p e r t ) m ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , k p e r t ) k ) × min ( s 0 , t 0 − s 0 ) − m 2 ( t 0 − s 0 ) − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 t 0 − s 0 ) . \left|\mathrm{D}_{y}^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_{x}^{(k)}q_{B}(s_{0},y_{0};t_{0},x_{0})\right|\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{[s_{0},t_{0}]}(C_{0}F)\left(1+\left(\|F\|_{t_{0},m}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{m}\right)\left(1+\left(\|F\|_{[s_{0},t_{0}],k}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{k}\right)\times\min(s_{0},t_{0}-s_{0})^{-\frac{m}{2}}(t_{0}-s_{0})^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_{0}-y_{0}|^{2}}{t_{0}-s_{0}}\right). D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) q B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ Gr [ s 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , m pert ) m ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , k pert ) k ) × min ( s 0 , t 0 − s 0 ) − 2 m ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 2 k + d exp ( − c t 0 − s 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 ) .
In order to prove this proposition, we will need several intermediate results, which we discuss next. The starting point is to derive an evolution equation for p B , q B p_{B},q_{B} p B , q B in s , y s,y s , y instead of t , x t,x t , x . Let p B ∗ , q B ∗ p_{B}^{*},q_{B}^{*} p B ∗ , q B ∗ denote the adjoints of p B , q B p_{B},q_{B} p B , q B as operators on W , W d \mathbf{W},\mathbf{W}^{d} W , W d . The following lemma shows that the adjoints p B ∗ , q B ∗ p_{B}^{*},q_{B}^{*} p B ∗ , q B ∗ are in fact the fundamental solutions to the associated backward covariant heat equations.
Lemma 4.28 (Adjoints and backward heat equations). For all s 0 < t 0 s_{0}<t_{0} s 0 < t 0 , x 0 , y 0 ∈ T d x_{0},y_{0}\in\mathbb{T}^{d} x 0 , y 0 ∈ T d , we have that
( ∂ s + Δ B , y ) p B ∗ ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) = 0 , (\partial_{s}+\Delta_{B,y})p_{B}^{*}(s_{0},y_{0};t_{0},x_{0})=0, ( ∂ s + Δ B , y ) p B ∗ ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) = 0 , ( ∂ s + Δ B , y + 2 F ) q B ∗ ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) = 0. (\partial_{s}+\Delta_{B,y}+2F)q_{B}^{*}(s_{0},y_{0};t_{0},x_{0})=0. ( ∂ s + Δ B , y + 2 F ) q B ∗ ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) = 0. Here, the subscript y y y in Δ B , y \Delta_{B,y} Δ B , y denotes that the differentiation is in the y y y -variable.
Proof. By standard considerations, given ψ t 0 : T d → W d \psi_{t_{0}}:\mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathbf{W}^{d} ψ t 0 : T d → W d , the function
ψ ( s , y ) : = ∫ d x q B ∗ ( s , y ; t 0 , x ) ψ t 0 ( x ) \psi(s,y)\mathrel{\mathop:}=\int\mathrm{d}x\,q_{B}^{*}(s,y;t_{0},x)\psi_{t_{0}}(x) ψ ( s , y ) : = ∫ d x q B ∗ ( s , y ; t 0 , x ) ψ t 0 ( x )
solves the adjoint equation
( ∂ s + L s ∗ ) ψ = 0 , (\partial_{s}+\mathcal{L}_{s}^{*})\psi=0, ( ∂ s + L s ∗ ) ψ = 0 ,
where L s = Δ B + 2 F \mathcal{L}_{s}=\Delta_{B}+2F L s = Δ B + 2 F . The covariant Laplacian Δ B \Delta_{B} Δ B is self-adjoint, and so is F F F as an operator on W d \mathbf{W}^{d} W d (and thus also as an operator on the space of L 2 L^{2} L 2 functions T d → W d \mathbb{T}^{d}\to\mathbf{W}^{d} T d → W d ), since for X , Y ∈ W d X,Y\in\mathbf{W}^{d} X , Y ∈ W d , we have that
⟨ X , F Y ⟩ W d = ⟨ X i , F i j Y j ⟩ W = − ⟨ F i j X i , Y j ⟩ W = ⟨ F j i X i , Y j ⟩ W = ⟨ F X , Y ⟩ W d . \langle X,FY\rangle_{\mathbf{W}^{d}}=\langle X^{i},F_{ij}Y^{j}\rangle_{\mathbf{W}}=-\langle F_{ij}X^{i},Y^{j}\rangle_{\mathbf{W}}=\langle F_{ji}X^{i},Y^{j}\rangle_{\mathbf{W}}=\langle FX,Y\rangle_{\mathbf{W}^{d}}. ⟨ X , F Y ⟩ W d = ⟨ X i , F ij Y j ⟩ W = − ⟨ F ij X i , Y j ⟩ W = ⟨ F j i X i , Y j ⟩ W = ⟨ F X , Y ⟩ W d .
Thus L s ∗ = L s \mathcal{L}_{s}^{*}=\mathcal{L}_{s} L s ∗ = L s , and the equation for q B ∗ q_{B}^{*} q B ∗ now follows. The equation for p B ∗ p_{B}^{*} p B ∗ follows similarly (in fact, it is simpler, since there is no F F F term).
Next, we relate the kernels estimated in Proposition 4.27 to the adjoints p B ∗ , q B ∗ p_B^*,q_B^* p B ∗ , q B ∗ .
Lemma 4.29. For any m , k ≥ 0 m,k\ge0 m , k ≥ 0 , 0 ≤ s < t 0\le s<t 0 ≤ s < t , and points x , y ∈ T d x,y\in\mathbb{T}^d x , y ∈ T d , we have that
( D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ = ( − 1 ) m D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ , \left(D_y^{\dagger,(m)}D_x^{(k)}p_B(s,y;t,x)\right)^*=(-1)^mD_y^{(m)}\left(D_x^{(k)}p_B(s,y;t,x)\right)^*, ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ = ( − 1 ) m D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ , ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ = ( − 1 ) m D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ . \left(D_y^{\dagger,(m)}D_x^{(k)}q_B(s,y;t,x)\right)^*=(-1)^mD_y^{(m)}\left(D_x^{(k)}q_B(s,y;t,x)\right)^*. ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ = ( − 1 ) m D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ .
Proof. We show the identity for q B q_B q B , as the argument for p B p_B p B is similar. Let G , H : T d → W d G,H:\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d G , H : T d → W d . Applying the definition of the adjoint as well as integration by parts, we have that
∫ d x ∫ d y ⟨ H ( x ) , D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) D y ( m ) G ( y ) ⟩ W d = ( − 1 ) m ∫ d x ∫ d y ⟨ D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ H ( x ) , G ( y ) ⟩ W d = ( − 1 ) m ∫ d x ∫ d y ⟨ H ( x ) , ( D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ ) ∗ G ( y ) ⟩ W d . \begin{aligned}
\int\mathrm{d}x\int\mathrm{d}y\,\langle H(x),D_x^{(k)}q_B(s,y;t,x)D_y^{(m)}G(y)\rangle_{W^d} \\
&=(-1)^m\int\mathrm{d}x\int\mathrm{d}y\,\langle D_y^{(m)}(D_x^{(k)}q_B(s,y;t,x))^*H(x),G(y)\rangle_{W^d} \\
&=(-1)^m\int\mathrm{d}x\int\mathrm{d}y\,\left\langle H(x),\left(D_y^{(m)}(D_x^{(k)}q_B(s,y;t,x))^*\right)^*G(y)\right\rangle_{W^d}.
\end{aligned} ∫ d x ∫ d y ⟨ H ( x ) , D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) D y ( m ) G ( y ) ⟩ W d = ( − 1 ) m ∫ d x ∫ d y ⟨ D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ H ( x ) , G ( y ) ⟩ W d = ( − 1 ) m ∫ d x ∫ d y ⟨ H ( x ) , ( D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∗ ) ∗ G ( y ) ⟩ W d .
Since this is true for arbitrary H H H , the result now follows upon combining this with (206) . □
In summary, so far we have expressed the kernels in Proposition 4.27 in terms of solutions to backward covariant heat equations. We proceed to estimate such solutions. Since the time reversal of a solution to the backward covariant heat equation is a solution to the forward covariant heat equation, a natural approach would be to reduce to the estimates of § 5.1 . However, one needs to be careful here, because the norm ∥ ⋅ ∥ p e r t \|\cdot\|^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ pert (recall Definition 2.3) is not invariant under time reversal. This reflects the important fact that for us, the curvature F F F may be singular at the initial time, but will become smoother at later times (after all, it solves a covariant heat equation—recall Lemma 3.28 ). However, after time reversal, the curvature will now possibly be singular at the final time, not the initial time. We therefore need to define a new norm which reflects this behaviour.
Definition 4.30 (Norms for time reversals). Let [ s 0 , t 0 ] [s_0,t_0] [ s 0 , t 0 ] be an interval, and let t 1 > t 0 t_1>t_0 t 1 > t 0 . For k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 , define the following norm
∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , t 1 , k t r e p ≔ ∑ j = 0 k ( ∥ ( t 1 − t ) ( j + 1 ) / 2 D ( j ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ ( t 1 − t ) j / 2 D ( j ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s 0 , t 0 ] ) ) . \|F\|^{\mathrm{trep}}_{[s_0,t_0],t_1,k}\coloneqq\sum_{j=0}^{k}\left(\|(t_1-t)^{(j+1)/2}D^{(j)}F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([s_0,t_0])}+\|(t_1-t)^{j/2}D^{(j)}F\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([s_0,t_0])}\right). ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , t 1 , k trep : = j = 0 ∑ k ( ∥ ( t 1 − t ) ( j + 1 ) /2 D ( j ) F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ ( t 1 − t ) j /2 D ( j ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s 0 , t 0 ]) ) .
This norm will be needed when dealing with time reversals, hence the superscript “trep”, which is the reversal of “pert”.
Next, we state the main intermediate result towards the proof of Proposition 4.27 , which should be considered the analogue of Propositions 4.19 and 4.22 , except now we use the norm ∥ ⋅ ∥ t r e p \|\cdot\|^{\mathrm{trep}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ trep in place of ∥ ⋅ ∥ p e r t \|\cdot\|^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ pert .
Lemma 4.31. Let C 0 C_0 C 0 be the constant from Lemma 4.9 . Let B ~ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d \widetilde{B}:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathfrak{g}^d B : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a solution to the backward Yang–Mills gradient flow, i.e.
∂ t B ~ i = − D ~ ℓ F ~ ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] , \partial_t\widetilde{B}_i=-\widetilde{D}^{\ell}\widetilde{F}_{\ell i},\qquad i\in[d], ∂ t B i = − D ℓ F ℓ i , i ∈ [ d ] , where D ~ = D B ~ \widetilde{D}=D_{\widetilde{B}} D = D B and F ~ = F B ~ \widetilde{F}=F_{\widetilde{B}} F = F B . Let ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d \phi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d and ϕ 0 : T d → W d \phi_0:\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d ϕ 0 : T d → W d be such that
( ∂ t − Δ B ~ − 2 F ~ ) ϕ = 0 , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 , (\partial_t-\Delta_{\widetilde{B}}-2\widetilde{F})\phi=0,\qquad\phi(0)=\phi_0, ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) ϕ = 0 , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 ,
and let K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) K : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^d \to(0,\infty) K : [ 0 , T ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) be a positive solution to the backward heat equation. Then for T 1 > T T_1 > T T 1 > T , k ≥ 0 k \ge0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ t k / 2 ( T 1 − t ) k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t k / 2 ( T 1 − t ) k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ G T ( C 0 F ~ ) T 1 k / 2 ( 1 + ( ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k t r e p ) k ) ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 . \left\|t^{k/2}(T_1-t)^{k/2}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k)}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\left\|t^{k/2}(T_1-t)^{k/2}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim G_{\mathsf{T}}(C_0\widetilde{F})T_1^{k/2}\left(1+\left(\|\widetilde{F}\|^{\mathrm{trep}}_{[0,T],T_1,k}\right)^k\right)\left\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\right\|_{L^2_x}. t k /2 ( T 1 − t ) k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + t k /2 ( T 1 − t ) k /2 K 1/2 D ( k + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) T 1 k /2 ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k trep ) k ) K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 L x 2 .
Similarly, if instead ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W \phi: [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^d \to W ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W , ϕ 0 : T d → W \phi_0 : \mathbb{T}^d \to W ϕ 0 : T d → W are such that
( ∂ t − Δ B ~ ) ϕ = 0 , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 , (\partial_t-\Delta_{\widetilde{B}})\phi=0,\qquad\phi(0)=\phi_0, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = 0 , ϕ ( 0 ) = ϕ 0 ,
then for any K , T 1 , k K,T_1,k K , T 1 , k as before, we have that
∥ t k / 2 ( T 1 − t ) k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t k / 2 ( T 1 − t ) k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ T 1 k / 2 ( 1 + ( ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k t r e p ) k ) ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 . \left\|t^{k/2}(T_1-t)^{k/2}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k)}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x([0,T])}+\left\|t^{k/2}(T_1-t)^{k/2}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim T_1^{k/2}\left(1+\left(\|\widetilde{F}\|^{\mathrm{trep}}_{[0,T],T_1,k}\right)^k\right)\left\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\right\|_{L^2_x}. t k /2 ( T 1 − t ) k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + t k /2 ( T 1 − t ) k /2 K 1/2 D ( k + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ T 1 k /2 ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k trep ) k ) K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 L x 2 .
Proof. We focus on the first estimate, as the proof of the second is quite similar. In the following, all space-time norms are implicitly on [ 0 , T ] × T d [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d [ 0 , T ] × T d . We proceed by induction. The base case k = 0 k=0 k = 0 follows by Lemma 4.9 (with the G , H G,H G , H therein taken to be zero). Next, suppose that for some k 0 ≥ 0 k_0\ge0 k 0 ≥ 0 , the result is true for all 0 ≤ k ≤ k 0 0\le k\le k_0 0 ≤ k ≤ k 0 . We proceed to show that it also holds for k 0 + 1 k_0+1 k 0 + 1 . Towards this end, by Lemma 3.29 (and Remark 3.30), we have that
( ∂ t − Δ B ~ ) D ~ ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ = O ( F ~ D ~ ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ) + ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 ≥ 1 j 2 ≥ 0 O ( ( D ~ ( j 1 ) F ~ ) ( D ~ ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) . (\partial_t-\Delta_{\widetilde{B}})\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k_0+1)}\phi
=\mathcal{O}\left(\widetilde{F}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right)
+\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k_0+1\\j_1\ge1\\j_2\ge0}}
\mathcal{O}\left((\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(j_1)}\widetilde{F})(\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(j_2)}\phi)\right). ( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ = O ( F D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ) + j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 ≥ 1 j 2 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) .
For notational convenience, let w k ( t ) = t k / 2 ( T 1 − t ) k / 2 w_k(t)=t^{k/2}(T_1-t)^{k/2} w k ( t ) = t k /2 ( T 1 − t ) k /2 . By the double time-weighted estimate (187) , we have that
∥ w k 0 + 1 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ w k 0 + 1 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k 0 + 2 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ∥ ( T 1 − t ) 1 / 2 w k 0 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ ( T 1 − t ) 1 / 2 F ~ ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∥ t 1 / 2 w k 0 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 + ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 ≥ 1 j 2 ≥ 0 ∥ w k 0 + 1 K 1 / 2 ∣ D ~ ( j 1 ) F ~ ∣ ∣ D ~ ( j 2 ) ϕ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 . \begin{aligned}
&\left\|w_{k_0+1}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}
+\left\|w_{k_0+1}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k_0+2)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim
\left\|(T_1-t)^{1/2}w_{k_0}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}
+\left\|(T_1-t)^{1/2}\widetilde{F}\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}
\left\|t^{1/2}w_{k_0}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}\\
&\qquad+
\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k_0+1\\j_1\ge1\\j_2\ge0}}
\left\|w_{k_0+1}K^{1/2}\left|\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(j_1)}\widetilde{F}\right|
\left|\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(j_2)}\phi\right|\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}.
\end{aligned} w k 0 + 1 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 + w k 0 + 1 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 2 ) ϕ L t , x 2 ≲ ( T 1 − t ) 1/2 w k 0 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 + ( T 1 − t ) 1/2 F L t 2 L x ∞ t 1/2 w k 0 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 + j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 ≥ 1 j 2 ≥ 0 ∑ w k 0 + 1 K 1/2 D ( j 1 ) F D ( j 2 ) ϕ L t 1 L x 2 .
By the inductive assumption, we may estimate the first term on the right-hand side above by
∥ ( T 1 − t ) 1 / 2 w k 0 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ~ ) T 1 1 / 2 T 1 k 0 / 2 ( 1 + ( ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k 0 t r e p ) k 0 ) ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 , \left\|(T_1-t)^{1/2}w_{k_0}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}
\lesssim G_{\mathsf{T}}(C_0\widetilde{F})T_1^{1/2}T_1^{k_0/2}\left(1+\left(\|\widetilde{F}\|^{\mathrm{trep}}_{[0,T],T_1,k_0}\right)^{k_0}\right)\left\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\right\|_{L^2_x}, ( T 1 − t ) 1/2 w k 0 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) T 1 1/2 T 1 k 0 /2 ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k 0 trep ) k 0 ) K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 L x 2 ,
which is acceptable. For the second term, again applying the inductive assumption, we have that
∥ ( T 1 − t ) 1 / 2 F ~ ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∥ t 1 / 2 w k 0 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ~ ) T 1 / 2 T 1 k 0 / 2 ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , 0 t r e p ( 1 + ( ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k 0 t r e p ) k 0 ) ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 , \begin{aligned}
&\left\|(T_1-t)^{1/2}\widetilde{F}\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}
\left\|t^{1/2}w_{k_0}K^{1/2}\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim G_{\mathsf{T}}(C_0\widetilde{F})T^{1/2}T_1^{k_0/2}
\|\widetilde{F}\|^{\mathrm{trep}}_{[0,T],T_1,0}
\left(1+\left(\|\widetilde{F}\|^{\mathrm{trep}}_{[0,T],T_1,k_0}\right)^{k_0}\right)
\left\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\right\|_{L^2_x},
\end{aligned} ( T 1 − t ) 1/2 F L t 2 L x ∞ t 1/2 w k 0 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) T 1/2 T 1 k 0 /2 ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , 0 trep ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k 0 trep ) k 0 ) K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 L x 2 ,
which is also acceptable. Finally, for the third term, for fixed j 1 ≥ 1 j_1\ge1 j 1 ≥ 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 j_2\ge0 j 2 ≥ 0 such that j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j_1+j_2=k_0+1 j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 , we may estimate by Hölder and the inductive assumption
∥ w k 0 + 1 K 1 / 2 ∣ D ~ ( j 1 ) F ~ ∣ ∣ D ~ ( j 2 ) ϕ ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ ( T 1 − t ) j 1 / 2 D ~ ( j 1 ) F ~ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ∥ t j 2 / 2 w j 2 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( j 2 ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 \begin{aligned}
\left\|w_{k_0+1}K^{1/2}\left|\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(j_1)}\widetilde{F}\right|
\left|\widetilde{\mathcal{D}}^{(j_2)}\phi\right|\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x} \\
&\le\left\|(T_1-t)^{j_1/2}\widetilde D^{(j_1)}\widetilde F\right\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}\left\|t^{j_2/2}w_{j_2}K^{1/2}\widetilde D^{(j_2)}\phi\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}
\end{aligned} w k 0 + 1 K 1/2 D ( j 1 ) F D ( j 2 ) ϕ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ( T 1 − t ) j 1 /2 D ( j 1 ) F L t 1 L x ∞ t j 2 /2 w j 2 K 1/2 D ( j 2 ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2
≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ~ ) T j 1 / 2 T 1 j 2 / 2 ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k 0 + 1 trep ( 1 + ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k 0 trep ) ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 ∥ L x 2 , \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{T}(C_0\widetilde F)T^{j_1/2}T_1^{j_2/2}\|\widetilde F\|_{[0,T],T_1,k_0+1}^{\operatorname{trep}}\left(1+\|\widetilde F\|_{[0,T],T_1,k_0}^{\operatorname{trep}}\right)\left\|K^{1/2}(0)\phi_0\right\|_{L_x^2}, ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) T j 1 /2 T 1 j 2 /2 ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k 0 + 1 trep ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , T ] , T 1 , k 0 trep ) K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ 0 L x 2 ,
which is also acceptable. Combining, we have thus proven the inductive step.
We now have everything in place to prove Proposition 4.27 .
Proof of Proposition 4.27 . It suffices to assume s 0 > 0 s_0>0 s 0 > 0 in the following (since if m > 0 m>0 m > 0 then the right-hand side of the claimed inequality is infinity, while if m = 0 m=0 m = 0 then the claim reduces to Propositions 4.17 and 4.18 ). We focus on the estimate involving q B q_B q B , as the one for p B p_B p B proceeds by a similar argument. By Lemma 4.29 , it suffices to estimate D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ) ∗ D_y^{(m)}(D_x^{(k)}q_B)^* D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ) ∗ . Let r 0 = ( t 0 + s 0 ) / 2 r_0=(t_0+s_0)/2 r 0 = ( t 0 + s 0 ) /2 be the midpoint between s 0 s_0 s 0 and t 0 t_0 t 0 . For s ∈ [ s 0 , r 0 ] s\in[s_0,r_0] s ∈ [ s 0 , r 0 ] , define
ϕ ( s , y ) = ( D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∗ . \phi(s,y)=\left(D_x^{(k)}q_B(s,y;t_0,x_0)\right)^*. ϕ ( s , y ) = ( D x ( k ) q B ( s , y ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∗ .
By the semigroup property of the covariant heat kernel, we have that
ϕ ( s , y ) ∗ = ∫ d z ( D x ( k ) q B ( r 0 , z ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) q B ( s , y ; r 0 , z ) . \phi(s,y)^*=\int dz\,\left(D_x^{(k)}q_B(r_0,z;t_0,x_0)\right)q_B(s,y;r_0,z). ϕ ( s , y ) ∗ = ∫ d z ( D x ( k ) q B ( r 0 , z ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) q B ( s , y ; r 0 , z ) .
Then by Lemma 4.28 , we have
( ∂ s + Δ B + 2 F ) ϕ = 0 , ϕ ( r 0 ) = ( D x ( k ) q B ( r 0 , ⋅ ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∗ . (\partial_s+\Delta_B+2F)\phi=0,\qquad\phi(r_0)=\left(D_x^{(k)}q_B(r_0,\mathord\cdot;t_0,x_0)\right)^*. ( ∂ s + Δ B + 2 F ) ϕ = 0 , ϕ ( r 0 ) = ( D x ( k ) q B ( r 0 , ⋅ ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∗ .
Define the (shifted) time-reversal ϕ ~ : [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] × T d → End ( W d ) \widetilde\phi:[0,r_0-s_0]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\operatorname{End}(W^d) ϕ : [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] × T d → End ( W d ) by ϕ ~ ( t ) = ϕ ( r 0 − t ) \widetilde\phi(t)=\phi(r_0-t) ϕ ( t ) = ϕ ( r 0 − t ) . Similarly, let B ~ ( t ) = B ( r 0 − t ) \widetilde B(t)=B(r_0-t) B ( t ) = B ( r 0 − t ) , so that F ~ ( t ) = F ( r 0 − t ) \widetilde F(t)=F(r_0-t) F ( t ) = F ( r 0 − t ) . Since B B B is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow, B ~ \widetilde B B is a solution to the backward Yang–Mills gradient flow. By the chain rule, we have that
( ∂ t − Δ B ~ − 2 F ~ ) ϕ ~ = 0 , ϕ ~ ( 0 ) = ( D x ( k ) q B ( r 0 , ⋅ ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∗ . (\partial_t-\Delta_{\widetilde B}-2\widetilde F)\widetilde\phi=0,\qquad\widetilde\phi(0)=\left(D_x^{(k)}q_B(r_0,\mathord\cdot;t_0,x_0)\right)^*. ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) ϕ = 0 , ϕ ( 0 ) = ( D x ( k ) q B ( r 0 , ⋅ ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∗ .
In the following, write D ~ = D B ~ \widetilde D=D_{\widetilde B} D = D B and observe that
D ~ y ( m ) ϕ ~ ( r 0 − s 0 , y 0 ) = D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∗ , \widetilde D_y^{(m)}\widetilde\phi(r_0-s_0,y_0)=D_y^{(m)}\left(D_x^{(k)}q_B(s_0,y_0;t_0,x_0)\right)^*, D y ( m ) ϕ ( r 0 − s 0 , y 0 ) = D y ( m ) ( D x ( k ) q B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) ) ∗ ,
which is precisely the quantity we want to estimate. By Lemma 4.31 applied with T = r 0 − s 0 T=r_0-s_0 T = r 0 − s 0 , T 1 = r 0 T_1=r_0 T 1 = r 0 (note T 1 > T T_1>T T 1 > T since we assumed s 0 > 0 s_0>0 s 0 > 0 at the beginning), we have that for any positive solution K : [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) K:[0,r_0-s_0]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to(0,\infty) K : [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] × T d → ( 0 , ∞ ) to the backward heat equation, and any m ≥ 0 m\ge0 m ≥ 0 ,
∥ t m / 2 ( r 0 − t ) m / 2 K 1 / 2 D ~ ( m ) ϕ ~ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] ) ≲ Gr r 0 − s 0 ( C 0 F ~ ) r 0 m / 2 ( 1 + ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] , r 0 , m trep ) m ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ ~ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 . \left\|t^{m/2}(r_0-t)^{m/2}K^{1/2}\widetilde D^{(m)}\widetilde\phi\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^2([0,r_0-s_0])}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{r_0-s_0}(C_0\widetilde F)r_0^{m/2}\left(1+\|\widetilde F\|_{[0,r_0-s_0],r_0,m}^{\operatorname{trep}}\right)^m\left\|K^{1/2}(0)\widetilde\phi(0)\right\|_{L_x^2}. t m /2 ( r 0 − t ) m /2 K 1/2 D ( m ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ]) ≲ Gr r 0 − s 0 ( C 0 F ) r 0 m /2 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] , r 0 , m trep ) m K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ ( 0 ) L x 2 .
Taking K ( t , x ) = p ( t , x ; r 0 − s 0 , y 0 ) K(t,x)=p(t,x;r_0-s_0,y_0) K ( t , x ) = p ( t , x ; r 0 − s 0 , y 0 ) , observe by Proposition 4.18 that
∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ϕ ~ ( 0 ) ∥ L x 2 ≤ ∥ K 1 / 2 ( 0 ) ∣ D x ( k ) q B ( r 0 , ⋅ ; t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ∥ L x 2 \left\|K^{1/2}(0)\widetilde\phi(0)\right\|_{L_x^2}\le\left\|K^{1/2}(0)\left|D_x^{(k)}q_B(r_0,\mathord\cdot;t_0,x_0)\right|\right\|_{L_x^2} K 1/2 ( 0 ) ϕ ( 0 ) L x 2 ≤ K 1/2 ( 0 ) D x ( k ) q B ( r 0 , ⋅ ; t 0 , x 0 ) L x 2
≲ Gr [ r 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ r 0 , t 0 ] , k pert ) ( t 0 − r 0 ) − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 t 0 − r 0 ) . \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{[r_0,t_0]}(C_0F)\left(1+\|F\|_{[r_0,t_0],k}^{\operatorname{pert}}\right)(t_0-r_0)^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_0-y_0|^2}{t_0-r_0}\right). ≲ Gr [ r 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ r 0 , t 0 ] , k pert ) ( t 0 − r 0 ) − 2 k + d exp ( − c t 0 − r 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 ) .
Combining this with Lemma 4.11 , we thus obtain (note that t 0 − r 0 ∼ t 0 − s 0 t_0-r_0\sim t_0-s_0 t 0 − r 0 ∼ t 0 − s 0 by the choice of r 0 r_0 r 0 as the midpoint between s 0 , t 0 s_0,t_0 s 0 , t 0 , and also that Gr r 0 − s 0 ( C 0 F ~ ) Gr [ r 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) \operatorname{Gr}_{r_0-s_0}(C_0\widetilde F)\operatorname{Gr}_{[r_0,t_0]}(C_0F) Gr r 0 − s 0 ( C 0 F ) Gr [ r 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) can be estimated by Gr [ s 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) \operatorname{Gr}_{[s_0,t_0]}(C_0F) Gr [ s 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) )
( r 0 − s 0 ) m / 2 s 0 m / 2 ∣ D ~ ( m ) ϕ ~ ( r 0 − s 0 , y 0 ) ∣ ≲ Gr [ s 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) r 0 m / 2 ( 1 + ∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] , r 0 , m trep ) m × ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , k p e r t ) k ) ( t 0 − s 0 ) − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 t 0 − s 0 ) . \begin{aligned}
(r_0-s_0)^{m/2}s_0^{m/2}\left|\widetilde D^{(m)}\widetilde\phi(r_0-s_0,y_0)\right|\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{[s_0,t_0]}(C_0F)r_0^{m/2}\left(1+\|\widetilde F\|_{[0,r_0-s_0],r_0,m}^{\operatorname{trep}}\right)^m \\
&\times\left(1+\left(\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[s_0,t_0],k}\right)^k\right)(t_0-s_0)^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{\lvert x_0-y_0\rvert^2}{t_0-s_0}\right).
\end{aligned} ( r 0 − s 0 ) m /2 s 0 m /2 D ( m ) ϕ ( r 0 − s 0 , y 0 ) ≲ Gr [ s 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) r 0 m /2 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] , r 0 , m trep ) m × ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , k pert ) k ) ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 2 k + d exp ( − c t 0 − s 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 ) .
Next, by the fact that B ~ ( t ) = B ( r 0 − t ) \widetilde{B}(t)=B(r_0-t) B ( t ) = B ( r 0 − t ) , F ~ ( t ) = F ( r 0 − t ) \widetilde{F}(t)=F(r_0-t) F ( t ) = F ( r 0 − t ) , and a change of variables, we may obtain that for any α , β ∈ R \alpha,\beta\in\mathbb{R} α , β ∈ R ,
∫ 0 r 0 − s 0 d t ( r 0 − t ) α ∥ D B ~ ( t ) ( m ) F ~ ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ β = ∫ s 0 r 0 d t t α ∥ D B ( t ) ( m ) F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ β , \int_0^{r_0-s_0}\mathrm{d}t(r_0-t)^\alpha\lVert D_{\widetilde{B}(t)}^{(m)}\widetilde{F}(t)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}^\beta=\int_{s_0}^{r_0}\mathrm{d}t\,t^\alpha\lVert D_{B(t)}^{(m)}F(t)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}^\beta, ∫ 0 r 0 − s 0 d t ( r 0 − t ) α ∥ D B ( t ) ( m ) F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ β = ∫ s 0 r 0 d t t α ∥ D B ( t ) ( m ) F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ β ,
from which we obtain
∥ F ~ ∥ [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] , r 0 , m t r e p ≤ ∥ F ∥ r 0 , m p e r t . \lVert\widetilde{F}\rVert^{\mathrm{trep}}_{[0,r_0-s_0],r_0,m}\leq\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{r_0,m}. ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , r 0 − s 0 ] , r 0 , m trep ≤ ∥ F ∥ r 0 , m pert .
We thus further obtain
∣ D ~ ( m ) ϕ ~ ( r 0 − s 0 , y 0 ) ∣ ≲ G [ s 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) ( r 0 − s 0 ) − m / 2 s 0 − m / 2 r 0 m / 2 ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , m p e r t ) m ) × ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , k p e r t ) k ) ( t 0 − s 0 ) − k + d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 t 0 − s 0 ) . \begin{aligned}
\left\lvert\widetilde{D}^{(m)}\widetilde{\phi}(r_0-s_0,y_0)\right\rvert\lesssim G_{[s_0,t_0]}(C_0F)(r_0-s_0)^{-m/2}s_0^{-m/2}r_0^{m/2}\left(1+\left(\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,m}\right)^m\right) \\
&\times\left(1+\left(\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[s_0,t_0],k}\right)^k\right)(t_0-s_0)^{-\frac{k+d}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{\lvert x_0-y_0\rvert^2}{t_0-s_0}\right).
\end{aligned} D ( m ) ϕ ( r 0 − s 0 , y 0 ) ≲ G [ s 0 , t 0 ] ( C 0 F ) ( r 0 − s 0 ) − m /2 s 0 − m /2 r 0 m /2 ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ t 0 , m pert ) m ) × ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ [ s 0 , t 0 ] , k pert ) k ) ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 2 k + d exp ( − c t 0 − s 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ 2 ) .
Finally, using that
( r 0 − s 0 ) − m / 2 s 0 − m / 2 r 0 m / 2 ≲ min ( s 0 , t 0 − s 0 ) − m / 2 , (r_0-s_0)^{-m/2}s_0^{-m/2}r_0^{m/2}\lesssim\min(s_0,t_0-s_0)^{-m/2}, ( r 0 − s 0 ) − m /2 s 0 − m /2 r 0 m /2 ≲ min ( s 0 , t 0 − s 0 ) − m /2 ,
the desired result now follows.
Parallel transport estimates
In this subsection, we derive identities and estimates involving parallel transport (introduced in § 4.3 , see Definition 3.35 ) and its covariant derivatives. With some exceptions, we will typically work with a general time-varying connection one-form A A A , in particular we do not assume that A A A is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (8) . These results will be needed in several places later—see e.g. § 5.4 , § 5.5 , and 9.4. Because their proofs are all quite direct, we will break from the convention of previous sections, and instead give the proofs directly after stating the results. We begin by setting some notation.
Notation 4.32. Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathfrak{g}^d A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a time-varying connection one-form with associated curvature F A F_A F A . As usual, by appending a temporal component A 0 = 0 A_0=0 A 0 = 0 , we may view A A A as a connection one-form on [ 0 , T ] × T d [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d [ 0 , T ] × T d . Given vectors v , w ∈ R 1 + d v,w\in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} v , w ∈ R 1 + d , we write
F A ( v , w ) = ( F A ) α β v α w β . F_A(v,w)=(F_A)_{\alpha\beta}v^\alpha w^\beta. F A ( v , w ) = ( F A ) α β v α w β . Note that this is a function of ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) , and so we may also explicitly write
F A ( v , w ) ( t , x ) = F A ( t , x ) ( v , w ) = ( F A ( t , x ) ) α β v α w β . F_A(v,w)(t,x)=F_A(t,x)(v,w)=(F_A(t,x))_{\alpha\beta}v^\alpha w^\beta. F A ( v , w ) ( t , x ) = F A ( t , x ) ( v , w ) = ( F A ( t , x ) ) α β v α w β . However, as this gets quite long, we will often refrain from writing out ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) . If v , w ∈ R d v,w\in\mathbb{R}^d v , w ∈ R d , we will also write F A ( v , w ) F_A(v,w) F A ( v , w ) and F A ( t , x ) ( v , w ) F_A(t,x)(v,w) F A ( t , x ) ( v , w ) , where we now sum only over spatial indices (or equivalently, we append zero components to v , w v,w v , w to view them as vectors in R 1 + d \mathbb{R}^{1+d} R 1 + d and then apply our previous definition). Given an additional vector u ∈ R 1 + d u\in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} u ∈ R 1 + d , we similarly write
( D A , w F A ) ( v , u ) = ( D A , w ( F A ) α β ) v α u β = ( D A , γ ( F A ) α β ) v α u β w γ . (D_{A,w}F_A)(v,u)=(D_{A,w}(F_A)_{\alpha\beta})v^\alpha u^\beta=(D_{A,\gamma}(F_A)_{\alpha\beta})v^\alpha u^\beta w^\gamma. ( D A , w F A ) ( v , u ) = ( D A , w ( F A ) α β ) v α u β = ( D A , γ ( F A ) α β ) v α u β w γ .
We proceed to the first set of main results of this section, which provide identities involving parallel transport. Recall our notation τ A ( γ ( t ) ) = τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t ) ) \tau_A(\gamma(t))=\tau_A(0,y_0;\gamma(t)) τ A ( γ ( t )) = τ A ( 0 , y 0 ; γ ( t )) in the case where γ \gamma γ is a space-time line segment such that γ ( 0 ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) \gamma(0)=(0,y_0) γ ( 0 ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) .
Remark 4.33. In the following results (Lemmas 4.34 and 4.35 ), one should view F A ( v , w ) F_A(v,w) F A ( v , w ) and ( D A , w F A ) ( v , u ) (D_{A,w}F_A)(v,u) ( D A , w F A ) ( v , u ) as linear operators on W W W (as opposed to Lie algebra elements). In other words, we always implicitly apply the representation π ∗ \pi_* π ∗ to obtain elements of End ( W ) \operatorname{End}(W) End ( W ) .
Lemma 4.34 (Covariant derivatives of parallel transport). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to\mathfrak{g}^d A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a time-varying connection one-form, and let y 0 ∈ T d y_0\in\mathbb{T}^d y 0 ∈ T d . Let z = ( z 0 , z x ) ∈ R 1 + d z=(z_0,z_x)\in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} z = ( z 0 , z x ) ∈ R 1 + d such that z 0 ≥ 0 z_0\geq0 z 0 ≥ 0 , and let γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t z \gamma(t)=(0,y_0)+tz γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t z . For any t 0 > 0 t_0>0 t 0 > 0 such that t 0 z 0 ≤ T t_0z_0\leq T t 0 z 0 ≤ T and t 0 ∣ z x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 t_0|z_x|\leq1/10 t 0 ∣ z x ∣ ≤ 1/10 and v , w ∈ R 1 + d v,w\in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} v , w ∈ R 1 + d , we have the formulas
( τ A − 1 D A , v τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 ) ) = 1 t 0 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t ( τ A − 1 F A ( z , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) . (\tau_A^{-1}D_{A,v}\tau_A)(\gamma(t_0))=\frac{1}{t_0}\int_0^{t_0}dt\,t(\tau_A^{-1}F_A(z,v)\tau_A)(\gamma(t)). ( τ A − 1 D A , v τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 )) = t 0 1 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t ( τ A − 1 F A ( z , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) . ( τ A − 1 D A , w D A , v τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 ) ) = 1 t 0 2 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t 2 ( ( τ A − 1 F A ( z , w ) D A , v τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) + ( τ A − 1 F A ( z , v ) D A , w τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) ) + 1 t 0 2 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t 2 ( τ A − 1 ( D A , w F A ) ( z , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) + 1 t 0 2 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t ( τ A − 1 F A ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) . (\tau_A^{-1}D_{A,w}D_{A,v}\tau_A)(\gamma(t_0))=\frac{1}{t_0^2}\int_0^{t_0}dt\,t^2\left((\tau_A^{-1}F_A(z,w)D_{A,v}\tau_A)(\gamma(t))+(\tau_A^{-1}F_A(z,v)D_{A,w}\tau_A)(\gamma(t))\right)
+\frac{1}{t_0^2}\int_0^{t_0}dt\,t^2(\tau_A^{-1}(D_{A,w}F_A)(z,v)\tau_A)(\gamma(t))+\frac{1}{t_0^2}\int_0^{t_0}dt\,t(\tau_A^{-1}F_A(w,v)\tau_A)(\gamma(t)). ( τ A − 1 D A , w D A , v τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 )) = t 0 2 1 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t 2 ( ( τ A − 1 F A ( z , w ) D A , v τ A ) ( γ ( t )) + ( τ A − 1 F A ( z , v ) D A , w τ A ) ( γ ( t )) ) + t 0 2 1 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t 2 ( τ A − 1 ( D A , w F A ) ( z , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) + t 0 2 1 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t ( τ A − 1 F A ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) . Proof. For notational simplicity, write D = D A D=D_A D = D A and F = F A F=F_A F = F A . Let γ ( t , s ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t ( z + s v ) \gamma(t,s)=(0,y_0)+t(z+sv) γ ( t , s ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t ( z + s v ) , so that in particular γ ( t , 0 ) = γ ( t ) \gamma(t,0)=\gamma(t) γ ( t , 0 ) = γ ( t ) . We may use γ \gamma γ to define a pullback vector bundle over [ 0 , t 0 ] × ( − ε , ε ) [0,t_0]\times(-\varepsilon,\varepsilon) [ 0 , t 0 ] × ( − ε , ε ) , where ε \varepsilon ε is sufficiently small so that γ ( t , s ) \gamma(t,s) γ ( t , s ) is within the domain of τ A \tau_A τ A for all ( t , s ) ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] × ( − ε , ε ) (t,s)\in[0,t_0]\times(-\varepsilon,\varepsilon) ( t , s ) ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] × ( − ε , ε ) . Define the vector fields γ ˙ = ∂ t γ \dot{\gamma}=\partial_t\gamma γ ˙ = ∂ t γ , and J = ∂ s γ J=\partial_s\gamma J = ∂ s γ . We will denote the induced covariant derivatives on the pullback bundle by D t = D γ ˙ D_t=D_{\dot{\gamma}} D t = D γ ˙ and D s = D J D_s=D_J D s = D J . By definition of τ A \tau_A τ A , we have that D t τ A = 0 D_t\tau_A=0 D t τ A = 0 . The induced curvature is given by F ( ∂ t , ∂ s ) = F ( γ ˙ , J ) F(\partial_t,\partial_s)=F(\dot{\gamma},J) F ( ∂ t , ∂ s ) = F ( γ ˙ , J ) . With all this setup, we may now compute
D t D s τ A = D s D t τ A + F ( ∂ t , ∂ s ) τ A = F ( γ ˙ , J ) τ A . D_tD_s\tau_A=D_sD_t\tau_A+F(\partial_t,\partial_s)\tau_A=F(\dot{\gamma},J)\tau_A. D t D s τ A = D s D t τ A + F ( ∂ t , ∂ s ) τ A = F ( γ ˙ , J ) τ A . Applying the above identity at s = 0 s=0 s = 0 (in which case γ ˙ = z \dot{\gamma}=z γ ˙ = z and J = t v J=tv J = t v ), and then applying Lemma 3.39 , we obtain (note that the initial condition is zero since t v = 0 tv=0 t v = 0 at time t = 0 t=0 t = 0 )
( τ A − 1 D t 0 v τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 ) ) = ∫ 0 t 0 d t t ( τ A − 1 F ( z , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) . (\tau_A^{-1}D_{t_0v}\tau_A)(\gamma(t_0))=\int_0^{t_0}dt\,t(\tau_A^{-1}F(z,v)\tau_A)(\gamma(t)). ( τ A − 1 D t 0 v τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 )) = ∫ 0 t 0 d t t ( τ A − 1 F ( z , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) . Dividing both sides by t 0 t_0 t 0 , the first desired identity now follows.
For the second desired identity, we proceed similarly, except now we define γ ( t , s 1 , s 2 ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t ( z + s 1 v + s 2 w ) \gamma(t,s_1,s_2)=(0,y_0)+t(z+s_1v+s_2w) γ ( t , s 1 , s 2 ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t ( z + s 1 v + s 2 w ) , γ ˙ ( t ) = ∂ t γ \dot{\gamma}(t)=\partial_t\gamma γ ˙ ( t ) = ∂ t γ , J 1 = ∂ s 1 γ J_1=\partial_{s_1}\gamma J 1 = ∂ s 1 γ , J 2 = ∂ s 2 γ J_2=\partial_{s_2}\gamma J 2 = ∂ s 2 γ . We may now use γ \gamma γ to define a pullback vector bundle over [ 0 , t 0 ] × ( − ε , ε ) 2 [0,t_0]\times(-\varepsilon,\varepsilon)^2 [ 0 , t 0 ] × ( − ε , ε ) 2 , on which we have a covariant derivative given by D t = D γ ˙ D_t=D_{\dot{\gamma}} D t = D γ ˙ and D s i = D J i D_{s_i}=D_{J_i} D s i = D J i for i = 1 , 2 i=1,2 i = 1 , 2 . Arguing as before, we may first obtain
D t D s 1 τ A = F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 1 ) τ A . D_tD_{s_1}\tau_A=F(\partial_t,\partial_{s_1})\tau_A. D t D s 1 τ A = F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 1 ) τ A . We may then obtain (applying the above identity and the product formula in the second identity)
D t D s 2 D s 1 τ A = F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 2 ) D s 1 τ A + D s 2 ( D t D s 1 τ A ) = F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 2 ) D s 1 τ A + F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 1 ) D s 2 τ A + ( D s 2 F ) ( ∂ t , ∂ s 1 ) τ A + ( F ( ∂ s 2 ∂ t , ∂ s 1 ) + F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 2 ∂ s 1 ) ) τ A = F ( γ ˙ , J 2 ) D J 1 τ A + F ( γ ˙ , J 1 ) D J 2 τ A + ( D J 2 F ) ( γ ˙ , J 1 ) τ A + ( F ( ∂ s 2 γ ˙ , J 1 ) + F ( γ ˙ , ∂ s 2 J 1 ) ) τ A . \begin{aligned}
D_tD_{s_2}D_{s_1}\tau_A
&=F(\partial_t,\partial_{s_2})D_{s_1}\tau_A+D_{s_2}(D_tD_{s_1}\tau_A)\\
&=F(\partial_t,\partial_{s_2})D_{s_1}\tau_A+F(\partial_t,\partial_{s_1})D_{s_2}\tau_A+(D_{s_2}F)(\partial_t,\partial_{s_1})\tau_A\\
&\quad+(F(\partial_{s_2}\partial_t,\partial_{s_1})+F(\partial_t,\partial_{s_2}\partial_{s_1}))\tau_A\\
&=F(\dot{\gamma},J_2)D_{J_1}\tau_A+F(\dot{\gamma},J_1)D_{J_2}\tau_A+(D_{J_2}F)(\dot{\gamma},J_1)\tau_A\\
&\quad+(F(\partial_{s_2}\dot{\gamma},J_1)+F(\dot{\gamma},\partial_{s_2}J_1))\tau_A.
\end{aligned} D t D s 2 D s 1 τ A = F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 2 ) D s 1 τ A + D s 2 ( D t D s 1 τ A ) = F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 2 ) D s 1 τ A + F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 1 ) D s 2 τ A + ( D s 2 F ) ( ∂ t , ∂ s 1 ) τ A + ( F ( ∂ s 2 ∂ t , ∂ s 1 ) + F ( ∂ t , ∂ s 2 ∂ s 1 )) τ A = F ( γ ˙ , J 2 ) D J 1 τ A + F ( γ ˙ , J 1 ) D J 2 τ A + ( D J 2 F ) ( γ ˙ , J 1 ) τ A + ( F ( ∂ s 2 γ ˙ , J 1 ) + F ( γ ˙ , ∂ s 2 J 1 )) τ A . Using that ∂ s 2 γ ˙ = w \partial_{s_2}\dot{\gamma}=w ∂ s 2 γ ˙ = w and ∂ s 2 J 1 = 0 \partial_{s_2}J_1=0 ∂ s 2 J 1 = 0 , then applying the above identity at s 1 = s 2 = 0 s_1=s_2=0 s 1 = s 2 = 0 , in which case γ ˙ = z \dot{\gamma}=z γ ˙ = z , J 1 = t v J_1=tv J 1 = t v , J 2 = t w J_2=tw J 2 = tw , and then applying Lemma 3.39 , we may obtain the second desired identity (after multiplying both sides by τ A ( γ ( t 0 ) ) − 1 \tau_A(\gamma(t_0))^{-1} τ A ( γ ( t 0 ) ) − 1 and dividing both sides by t 0 2 t_0^2 t 0 2 ).
Lemma 4.35 (Commutator identities for parallel transport and curvature). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a time-varying connection one-form, and let y 0 ∈ T d y_{0} \in\mathbb{T}^{d} y 0 ∈ T d . Let u = ( u 0 , u x ) ∈ R 1 + d u=(u_{0},u_{x}) \in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} u = ( u 0 , u x ) ∈ R 1 + d be such that u 0 ≥ 0 u_{0} \ge0 u 0 ≥ 0 , and let γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t u \gamma(t)=(0,y_{0})+tu γ ( t ) = ( 0 , y 0 ) + t u . For any t ≥ 0 t \ge0 t ≥ 0 such that t u 0 ≤ T tu_{0} \le T t u 0 ≤ T and t ∣ u x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 t|u_{x}| \le1/10 t ∣ u x ∣ ≤ 1/10 and w , v ∈ R 1 + d w,v \in\mathbb{R}^{1+d} w , v ∈ R 1 + d , we have that
( τ A − 1 F A ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) − F A ( γ ( 0 ) ) ( w , v ) = ∫ 0 t d s ( τ A − 1 ( D A , γ ˙ ( s ) F A ) ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( s ) ) . (\tau_{A}^{-1}F_{A}(w,v)\tau_{A})(\gamma(t))-F_{A}(\gamma(0))(w,v)=\int_{0}^{t} \mathrm{d}s\,(\tau_{A}^{-1}(D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(s)}F_{A})(w,v)\tau_{A})(\gamma(s)). ( τ A − 1 F A ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) − F A ( γ ( 0 )) ( w , v ) = ∫ 0 t d s ( τ A − 1 ( D A , γ ˙ ( s ) F A ) ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( s )) . Consequently, for any t 0 > 0 t_{0}>0 t 0 > 0 such that t 0 u 0 ≤ T t_{0}u_{0}\le T t 0 u 0 ≤ T and t 0 ∣ u x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 t_{0}|u_{x}|\le1/10 t 0 ∣ u x ∣ ≤ 1/10 , we have that
( τ A − 1 D A , v τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 ) ) − t 0 2 F A ( γ ( 0 ) ) ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , v ) = 1 t 0 ∫ 0 t 0 d t ∫ 0 t d s ( τ A − 1 ( D A , γ ˙ ( s ) F A ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( s ) ) . (\tau_{A}^{-1}D_{A,v}\tau_{A})(\gamma(t_{0}))-\frac{t_{0}}{2}F_{A}(\gamma(0))(\dot{\gamma}(0),v)
=\frac{1}{t_{0}}\int_{0}^{t_{0}}\mathrm{d}t\int_{0}^{t}\mathrm{d}s\,(\tau_{A}^{-1}(D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(s)}F_{A})(\dot{\gamma}(s),v)\tau_{A})(\gamma(s)). ( τ A − 1 D A , v τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 )) − 2 t 0 F A ( γ ( 0 )) ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , v ) = t 0 1 ∫ 0 t 0 d t ∫ 0 t d s ( τ A − 1 ( D A , γ ˙ ( s ) F A ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( s )) . Additionally, if d = 2 d=2 d = 2 and A A A is a Yang–Mills connection (so in particular it is also constant in time), then we have that for all t ≥ 0 t\ge0 t ≥ 0 such that t ∣ u x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 t|u_{x}|\le1/10 t ∣ u x ∣ ≤ 1/10 ,
( τ A − 1 F A ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) = F A ( γ ( 0 ) ) ( w , v ) . (\tau_{A}^{-1}F_{A}(w,v)\tau_{A})(\gamma(t))=F_{A}(\gamma(0))(w,v). ( τ A − 1 F A ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) = F A ( γ ( 0 )) ( w , v ) . Proof. The second identity follows by combining the first identity with Lemma 4.34 (note that γ ˙ ( s ) = u \dot{\gamma}(s)=u γ ˙ ( s ) = u is constant in s s s , so we may apply the first identity with w = u w=u w = u ). The third identity follows by combining the first identity with the fact that in dimension d = 2 d=2 d = 2 , A A A being a Yang–Mills connection implies that all covariant derivatives of F A F_{A} F A are zero (recall Remark 3.26 , which gives that all covariant spatial derivatives are zero, and recall that A A A is constant in time, and thus the covariant temporal derivative of F A F_{A} F A is also zero). Thus, we focus on proving the first identity. Towards this end, by the product formula and the defining equation (127) of parallel transport, we have that
d d t ( τ A − 1 F A ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) = ( τ A − 1 ( D A , γ ˙ ( t ) F A ) ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) . \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}(\tau_{A}^{-1}F_{A}(w,v)\tau_{A})(\gamma(t))=(\tau_{A}^{-1}(D_{A,\dot{\gamma}(t)}F_{A})(w,v)\tau_{A})(\gamma(t)). d t d ( τ A − 1 F A ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) = ( τ A − 1 ( D A , γ ˙ ( t ) F A ) ( w , v ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) . whence the first identity follows by integrating both sides.
Next, we turn to the second set of main results of this section, which provide estimates involving parallel transport.
Lemma 4.36 (Estimates on covariant derivatives of parallel transport). Let A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d A : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} \to\mathfrak{g}^{d} A : [ 0 , T ] × T d → g d be a time-varying connection one-form. For any ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , T ] × T d (t_{0},x_{0}) \in(0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ ( 0 , T ] × T d such that ∣ x 0 ∣ ≤ 10 − 1 |x_{0}| \le10^{-1} ∣ x 0 ∣ ≤ 1 0 − 1 , we have that
∣ D A τ A ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ( ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ F A ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) ( 1 + ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1 / 2 ) , (208) |D_{A}\tau_{A}(t_{0},x_{0})| \lesssim\left(\|\partial_{t}A\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0}])}+\|F_{A}\|_{L_{t}^{2}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0}])}\right)(1+|x_{0}|t_{0}^{-1/2}), \tag*{(208)} ∣ D A τ A ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ( ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ F A ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) ( 1 + ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1/2 ) , (208) ∣ ∂ t τ A ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1 . (209) |\partial_{t}\tau_{A}(t_{0},x_{0})| \lesssim\|\partial_{t}A\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0}])}|x_{0}|t_{0}^{-1}. \tag*{(209)} ∣ ∂ t τ A ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1 . (209) If, moreover, A A A is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (8) , then we have that
∣ Δ A τ A ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1 + ( ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ F A ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) 2 ( 1 + ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1 / 2 ) 2 . (210) |\Delta_{A}\tau_{A}(t_{0},x_{0})| \lesssim\|\partial_{t}A\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0}])}|x_{0}|t_{0}^{-1}
+\left(\|\partial_{t}A\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0}])}+\|F_{A}\|_{L_{t}^{2}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0}])}\right)^{2}(1+|x_{0}|t_{0}^{-1/2})^{2}. \tag*{(210)} ∣ Δ A τ A ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1 + ( ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ F A ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) 2 ( 1 + ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1/2 ) 2 . (210)
Proof. In the following, all space-time norms will implicitly be on [ 0 , t 0 ] × T d [0,t_{0}] \times\mathbb{T}^{d} [ 0 , t 0 ] × T d . Also, for notational simplicity, we write D = D A D=D_{A} D = D A and F = F A F=F_{A} F = F A . Let z = ( 1 , x 0 / t 0 ) z=(1,x_{0}/t_{0}) z = ( 1 , x 0 / t 0 ) , γ ( t ) = t z \gamma(t)=tz γ ( t ) = t z . Note that γ ( 0 ) = ( 0 , 0 ) \gamma(0)=(0,0) γ ( 0 ) = ( 0 , 0 ) and γ ( t 0 ) = ( t 0 , x 0 ) \gamma(t_{0})=(t_{0},x_{0}) γ ( t 0 ) = ( t 0 , x 0 ) . Since τ A \tau_{A} τ A is an isometry (recall Remark 3.37 (d)), it suffices to estimate τ A − 1 D τ A \tau_{A}^{-1}D\tau_{A} τ A − 1 D τ A . By Lemma 4.34 , we have that for ℓ ∈ [ d ] \ell\in[d] ℓ ∈ [ d ] , t ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] t \in[0,t_{0}] t ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] ,
∣ ( τ A − 1 D ℓ τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) ∣ ≲ 1 t ∫ 0 t d s ∣ F ( z , e ℓ ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1 / 2 . (211) |(\tau_{A}^{-1}D_{\ell}\tau_{A})(\gamma(t))| \lesssim\frac{1}{t}\int_{0}^{t}\mathrm{d}s\,|F(z,e_{\ell})| \lesssim\|\partial_{t}A\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{\infty}}+\|F\|_{L_{t}^{2}L_{x}^{\infty}}|x_{0}|t_{0}^{-1/2}. \tag*{(211)} ∣ ( τ A − 1 D ℓ τ A ) ( γ ( t )) ∣ ≲ t 1 ∫ 0 t d s ∣ F ( z , e ℓ ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t A ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∣ x 0 ∣ t 0 − 1/2 . (211)
where we used the identity F ( z , e ℓ ) = ∂ t A ℓ + F i ℓ ( x 0 ) i / t 0 F(z,e^\ell)=\partial_tA^\ell+F^{i\ell}(x_0)i/t_0 F ( z , e ℓ ) = ∂ t A ℓ + F i ℓ ( x 0 ) i / t 0 , as well as Hölder. Applying this with t = t 0 t=t_0 t = t 0 , we obtain the first desired estimate (208) . The second desired estimate (209) follows by similar considerations (we replace e ℓ e_\ell e ℓ with e 0 e_0 e 0 , which is the standard basis vector of R 1 + d \mathbb{R}^{1+d} R 1 + d in the 0th (i.e. temporal) direction). Towards (210) , first note that by Lemma 4.34, we have that
( τ A − 1 Δ A τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 ) ) = ( τ A − 1 D ℓ τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 ) ) = 1 t 0 2 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t 2 ( 2 ( τ A − 1 F ( z , e ℓ ) D ℓ τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) + ( τ A − 1 ( D ℓ F ) ( z , e ℓ ) τ A ) ( γ ( t ) ) ) . \begin{aligned}
(\tau_A^{-1}\Delta_A\tau_A)(\gamma(t_0))=(\tau_A^{-1}D^\ell\tau_A)(\gamma(t_0)) \\
&=\frac{1}{t_0^2}\int_0^{t_0}dt\,t^2\left(2(\tau_A^{-1}F(z,e^\ell)D_\ell\tau_A)(\gamma(t))+(\tau_A^{-1}(D^\ell F)(z,e_\ell)\tau_A)(\gamma(t))\right).
\end{aligned} ( τ A − 1 Δ A τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 )) = ( τ A − 1 D ℓ τ A ) ( γ ( t 0 )) = t 0 2 1 ∫ 0 t 0 d t t 2 ( 2 ( τ A − 1 F ( z , e ℓ ) D ℓ τ A ) ( γ ( t )) + ( τ A − 1 ( D ℓ F ) ( z , e ℓ ) τ A ) ( γ ( t )) ) .
Since A A A is assumed to be a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (8) , we have that (in the last identity we use that ∂ t A \partial_tA ∂ t A is covariant divergence free by Lemma 3.27)
( D ℓ F ) ( z , e ℓ ) = D ℓ ∂ t A ℓ + D ℓ F i ℓ ( x 0 i / t 0 ) = − ∂ t A i ( x 0 i / t 0 ) . (D^\ell F)(z,e_\ell)=D^\ell\partial_tA_\ell+D^\ell F_{i\ell}(x_0^i/t_0)=-\partial_tA_i(x_0^i/t_0). ( D ℓ F ) ( z , e ℓ ) = D ℓ ∂ t A ℓ + D ℓ F i ℓ ( x 0 i / t 0 ) = − ∂ t A i ( x 0 i / t 0 ) .
The estimate (210) now follows by inserting this identity and using the estimate (211) .
The following result is a bit unlike the previous results, in that it works with a general base point, and it also assumes control on a slightly different quantity than we have seen before (see (212) ). This will be needed in Section 9.4 to compute the resonance of certain high× \times × high-interactions arising in our covariant paracontrolled calculus. In the following, we recall our standing convention in Section 4 that B B B denotes a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (8) , and F = F B F=F_B F = F B .
Lemma 4.37 (Approximate semigroup property of parallel transport). Let α ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \alpha\in[0,1] α ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , and suppose that L ≥ 1 L\geq1 L ≥ 1 is such that
T ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ F T , 1 p e r t ≤ L . (212) T^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|t^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{\mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1}}\leq L. \tag*{(212)} T ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ t − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ F T , 1 pert ≤ L . (212) Let 0 ≤ r 0 < s 0 < t 0 ≤ T 0\leq r_0<s_0<t_0\leq T 0 ≤ r 0 < s 0 < t 0 ≤ T and x 0 , y 0 , z 0 ∈ T d x_0,y_0,z_0\in\mathbb{T}^d x 0 , y 0 , z 0 ∈ T d be such that ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ , ∣ x 0 − z 0 ∣ , ∣ y 0 − z 0 ∣ ≤ 10 − 1 |x_0-y_0|,|x_0-z_0|,|y_0-z_0|\leq10^{-1} ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ , ∣ x 0 − z 0 ∣ , ∣ y 0 − z 0 ∣ ≤ 1 0 − 1 . Let ρ ≔ max ( ∣ x 0 − z 0 ∣ , ∣ y 0 − z 0 ∣ ) \rho\coloneqq\max(|x_0-z_0|,|y_0-z_0|) ρ : = max ( ∣ x 0 − z 0 ∣ , ∣ y 0 − z 0 ∣ ) . We have the following approximate semigroup property:
∣ τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) − τ B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; s 0 , y 0 ) ∣ ≲ L T − ( 1 − α ) / 2 r 0 − α / 2 ( ρ log t 0 − r 0 s 0 − r 0 + ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ( 1 + ρ ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 1 / 2 ) ) . \left|\tau_B(r_0,z_0;t_0,x_0)-\tau_B(s_0,y_0;t_0,x_0)\tau_B(r_0,z_0;s_0,y_0)\right|
\lesssim LT^{-(1-\alpha)/2}r_0^{-\alpha/2}\left(\rho\log\frac{t_0-r_0}{s_0-r_0}+|x_0-y_0|\left(1+\rho(t_0-s_0)^{-1/2}\right)\right). ∣ τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) − τ B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; s 0 , y 0 ) ∣ ≲ L T − ( 1 − α ) /2 r 0 − α /2 ( ρ log s 0 − r 0 t 0 − r 0 + ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ( 1 + ρ ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 1/2 ) ) .
Proof. It suffices to show that for any X ∈ W X\in W X ∈ W with ∣ X ∣ W = 1 |X|_W=1 ∣ X ∣ W = 1 , we have that
∣ ( τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) − τ B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; s 0 , y 0 ) ) X ∣ ≲ R , \left|\left(\tau_B(r_0,z_0;t_0,x_0)-\tau_B(s_0,y_0;t_0,x_0)\tau_B(r_0,z_0;s_0,y_0)\right)X\right|\lesssim R, ∣ ( τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) − τ B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; s 0 , y 0 ) ) X ∣ ≲ R ,
where R R R is the claimed upper bound in the lemma statement. Towards this end, fix such an X X X , and define the local section Ψ ( t , x ) ≔ τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; t , x ) X \Psi(t,x)\coloneqq\tau_B(r_0,z_0;t,x)X Ψ ( t , x ) : = τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; t , x ) X for ∣ x − z 0 ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 |x-z_0|\leq1/10 ∣ x − z 0 ∣ ≤ 1/10 (say). Define also the path γ : [ 0 , t 0 − s 0 ] → R + × T d \gamma:[0,t_0-s_0]\to\mathbb{R}_+\times\mathbb{T}^d γ : [ 0 , t 0 − s 0 ] → R + × T d from ( s 0 , y 0 ) (s_0,y_0) ( s 0 , y 0 ) to ( t 0 , x 0 ) (t_0,x_0) ( t 0 , x 0 ) by
γ ( t ) ≔ ( γ t ( t ) , γ x ( t ) ) ≔ ( s 0 , y 0 ) + t ( 1 , x 0 − y 0 t 0 − s 0 ) . \gamma(t)\coloneqq(\gamma_t(t),\gamma_x(t))\coloneqq(s_0,y_0)+t\left(1,\frac{x_0-y_0}{t_0-s_0}\right). γ ( t ) : = ( γ t ( t ) , γ x ( t )) : = ( s 0 , y 0 ) + t ( 1 , t 0 − s 0 x 0 − y 0 ) .
By Lemma 3.39, we have that
∣ Ψ ( t 0 , x 0 ) − τ B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) Ψ ( s 0 , y 0 ) ∣ ≤ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∣ D γ ˙ ( t ) Ψ ( γ ( t ) ) ∣ |\Psi(t_0,x_0)-\tau_B(s_0,y_0;t_0,x_0)\Psi(s_0,y_0)|
\leq\int_0^{t_0-s_0}dt\,|D_{\dot{\gamma}(t)}\Psi(\gamma(t))| ∣Ψ ( t 0 , x 0 ) − τ B ( s 0 , y 0 ; t 0 , x 0 ) Ψ ( s 0 , y 0 ) ∣ ≤ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∣ D γ ˙ ( t ) Ψ ( γ ( t )) ∣
≲ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∣ ∂ t τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; γ ( t ) ) ∣ + ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ t 0 − s 0 ∣ D τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; γ ( t ) ) ∣ . \lesssim\int_0^{t_0-s_0}dt\,|\partial_t\tau_B(r_0,z_0;\gamma(t))|+\frac{|x_0-y_0|}{t_0-s_0}|D\tau_B(r_0,z_0;\gamma(t))|. ≲ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∣ ∂ t τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; γ ( t )) ∣ + t 0 − s 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ∣ D τ B ( r 0 , z 0 ; γ ( t )) ∣.
Applying Lemma 4.36 (in particular (208) and (209) ), we obtain the further upper bound:
∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ r 0 , t + s 0 ] ) ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ t + s 0 − r 0 + ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ t 0 − s 0 ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ r 0 , t + s 0 ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ r 0 , t + s 0 ] ) ) ( 1 + ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ( t + s 0 − r 0 ) 1 / 2 ) . \int_{0}^{t_{0}-s_{0}} \mathrm{d}t \, \left\lVert\partial_{t}B \right\rVert_{L^{1}_{t}L^{\infty}_{x}([r_{0},t+s_{0}])} \frac{\lvert\gamma_{x}(t)-z_{0}\rvert}{t+s_{0}-r_{0}}
+
\frac{\lvert x_{0}-y_{0}\rvert}{t_{0}-s_{0}} \int_{0}^{t_{0}-s_{0}} \mathrm{d}t \, \left(\left\lVert\partial_{t}B \right\rVert_{L^{1}_{t}L^{\infty}_{x}([r_{0},t+s_{0}])}+\left\lVert F \right\rVert_{L^{2}_{t}L^{\infty}_{x}([r_{0},t+s_{0}])}\right)\left(1+\frac{\lvert\gamma_{x}(t)-z_{0}\rvert}{(t+s_{0}-r_{0})^{1/2}}\right). ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ r 0 , t + s 0 ]) t + s 0 − r 0 ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ + t 0 − s 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ r 0 , t + s 0 ]) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ r 0 , t + s 0 ]) ) ( 1 + ( t + s 0 − r 0 ) 1/2 ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ) .
To finish, it suffices to show the separate estimates
∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ r 0 , t + s 0 ] ) ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ t + s 0 − r 0 ≲ L T − 1 − α 2 r 0 − α 2 ρ log t 0 − r 0 s 0 − r 0 , (213) \int_{0}^{t_{0}-s_{0}} \mathrm{d}t \, \left\lVert\partial_{t}B \right\rVert_{L^{1}_{t}L^{\infty}_{x}([r_{0},t+s_{0}])} \frac{\lvert\gamma_{x}(t)-z_{0}\rvert}{t+s_{0}-r_{0}}
\lesssim LT^{-\frac{1-\alpha}{2}}r_{0}^{-\frac{\alpha}{2}}\rho\log\frac{t_{0}-r_{0}}{s_{0}-r_{0}}, \tag*{(213)} ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ r 0 , t + s 0 ]) t + s 0 − r 0 ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ≲ L T − 2 1 − α r 0 − 2 α ρ log s 0 − r 0 t 0 − r 0 , (213)
∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ t 0 − s 0 ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ r 0 , t + s 0 ] ) ( 1 + ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ( t + s 0 − r 0 ) 1 / 2 ) ≲ L T − 1 − α 2 r 0 − α 2 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ( 1 + ρ ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 1 / 2 ) , (214) \frac{\lvert x_{0}-y_{0}\rvert}{t_{0}-s_{0}}\int_{0}^{t_{0}-s_{0}}\mathrm{d}t \, \left\lVert\partial_{t}B \right\rVert_{L^{1}_{t}L^{\infty}_{x}([r_{0},t+s_{0}])}\left(1+\frac{\lvert\gamma_{x}(t)-z_{0}\rvert}{(t+s_{0}-r_{0})^{1/2}}\right)
\lesssim LT^{-\frac{1-\alpha}{2}}r_{0}^{-\frac{\alpha}{2}}\lvert x_{0}-y_{0}\rvert\left(1+\rho(t_{0}-s_{0})^{-1/2}\right), \tag*{(214)} t 0 − s 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ r 0 , t + s 0 ]) ( 1 + ( t + s 0 − r 0 ) 1/2 ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ) ≲ L T − 2 1 − α r 0 − 2 α ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ( 1 + ρ ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 1/2 ) , (214)
∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ t 0 − s 0 ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ r 0 , t + s 0 ] ) ( 1 + ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ( t + s 0 − r 0 ) 1 / 2 ) ≲ L T − 1 − α 2 r 0 − α 2 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ( 1 + ρ ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 1 / 2 ) . (215) \frac{\lvert x_{0}-y_{0}\rvert}{t_{0}-s_{0}}\int_{0}^{t_{0}-s_{0}}\mathrm{d}t \left\lVert F \right\rVert_{L^{2}_{t}L^{\infty}_{x}([r_{0},t+s_{0}])}\left(1+\frac{\lvert\gamma_{x}(t)-z_{0}\rvert}{(t+s_{0}-r_{0})^{1/2}}\right)
\lesssim LT^{-\frac{1-\alpha}{2}}r_{0}^{-\frac{\alpha}{2}}\lvert x_{0}-y_{0}\rvert\left(1+\rho(t_{0}-s_{0})^{-1/2}\right). \tag*{(215)} t 0 − s 0 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ r 0 , t + s 0 ]) ( 1 + ( t + s 0 − r 0 ) 1/2 ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ) ≲ L T − 2 1 − α r 0 − 2 α ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ( 1 + ρ ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 1/2 ) . (215)
First, note that for any t ∈ [ 0 , t 0 − s 0 ] t \in[0,t_{0}-s_{0}] t ∈ [ 0 , t 0 − s 0 ] , we have that
∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ≤ max ( ∣ x 0 − z 0 ∣ , ∣ y 0 − z 0 ∣ ) = ρ , \lvert\gamma_{x}(t)-z_{0}\rvert\leq\max(\lvert x_{0}-z_{0}\rvert,\lvert y_{0}-z_{0}\rvert)=\rho, ∣ γ x ( t ) − z 0 ∣ ≤ max (∣ x 0 − z 0 ∣ , ∣ y 0 − z 0 ∣) = ρ ,
which follows because ( γ x ( t ) , t ∈ [ 0 , t 0 − s 0 ] ) (\gamma_{x}(t),t \in[0,t_{0}-s_{0}]) ( γ x ( t ) , t ∈ [ 0 , t 0 − s 0 ]) traces out the edge ( y 0 , x 0 ) (y_{0},x_{0}) ( y 0 , x 0 ) of the triangle whose vertices are x 0 x_{0} x 0 , y 0 y_{0} y 0 , z 0 z_{0} z 0 . For (213) , we apply (191) to estimate the left-hand side of (213) by
L T − ( 1 − α ) / 2 r 0 − α / 2 ρ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ( t + s 0 − r 0 ) − 1 ≲ L T − ( 1 − α ) / 2 r 0 − α / 2 ρ log t 0 − r 0 s 0 − r 0 , LT^{-(1-\alpha)/2}r_{0}^{-\alpha/2}\rho\int_{0}^{t_{0}-s_{0}}\mathrm{d}t\,(t+s_{0}-r_{0})^{-1}\lesssim LT^{-(1-\alpha)/2}r_{0}^{-\alpha/2}\rho\log\frac{t_{0}-r_{0}}{s_{0}-r_{0}}, L T − ( 1 − α ) /2 r 0 − α /2 ρ ∫ 0 t 0 − s 0 d t ( t + s 0 − r 0 ) − 1 ≲ L T − ( 1 − α ) /2 r 0 − α /2 ρ log s 0 − r 0 t 0 − r 0 ,
which proves (213) . Next, for (214) , we again apply (191) to estimate the left-hand side of (214) by
L T − ( 1 − α ) / 2 r 0 − α / 2 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ( 1 + ρ ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 1 / 2 ) , LT^{-(1-\alpha)/2}r_{0}^{-\alpha/2}\lvert x_{0}-y_{0}\rvert\left(1+\rho(t_{0}-s_{0})^{-1/2}\right), L T − ( 1 − α ) /2 r 0 − α /2 ∣ x 0 − y 0 ∣ ( 1 + ρ ( t 0 − s 0 ) − 1/2 ) ,
as desired. Finally, (215) follows by an argument similar to that for (214) , where we replace the application of (191) by (192) .
Heat kernel parametrix
In this subsection, we obtain more refined short-time expansions for p B p_{B} p B and q B q_{B} q B (i.e. parametrices), which are expressed in terms of the parallel transport τ B \tau_{B} τ B (which recall was defined in Definition 3.35 ). While some versions (and extensions) of these results may be found in the textbook [BGV04], we prefer to give self-contained proofs here. We state the main results of this subsection (Proposition 4.39 and Corollary 4.41 ), and then proceed with the proofs. In the following, recall that p p p denotes the Euclidean heat kernel.
Definition 4.38. Let σ : R d → [ 0 , 1 ] \sigma:\mathbb{R}^{d}\to[0,1] σ : R d → [ 0 , 1 ] be a smooth radial function such that σ ( x ) = 1 \sigma(x)=1 σ ( x ) = 1 for all ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 / 20 \lvert x\rvert\leq1/20 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1/20 , and σ ( x ) = 0 \sigma(x)=0 σ ( x ) = 0 for all ∣ x ∣ > 1 / 10 \lvert x\rvert>1/10 ∣ x ∣ > 1/10 . We will also view σ \sigma σ as a function on T d \mathbb{T}^{d} T d . For notational convenience, given points ( s , y ) (s,y) ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) , we will write σ ( s , y ; t , x ) = σ ( x − y ) \sigma(s,y;t,x)=\sigma(x-y) σ ( s , y ; t , x ) = σ ( x − y ) as well as σ ( t , x ) = σ ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = σ ( x ) \sigma(t,x)=\sigma(0,0;t,x)=\sigma(x) σ ( t , x ) = σ ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = σ ( x ) .
A version of this proposition was already stated as Proposition 2.7 , but we choose to reproduce it here for the reader’s convenience (there is also the slight difference that the following proposition includes the spatial cutoff σ \sigma σ ).
Proposition 4.39. There is a constant c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that the following holds. Let t 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t_0\in(0,1] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] . Let
N ( B ) ≔ ( t 0 1 / 2 ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) ) 2 + t 0 1 / 2 ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + t 0 10 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) . \mathcal{N}(B)\coloneqq\left(t_0^{1/2}\left(\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,t_0])}+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,t_0])}\right)\right)^2+t_0^{1/2}\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,t_0])}+t_0^{10}\left(1+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,t_0])}\right). N ( B ) : = ( t 0 1/2 ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) ) 2 + t 0 1/2 ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + t 0 10 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) . For any point x 0 ∈ T d x_0\in\mathbb{T}^d x 0 ∈ T d , we have the pointwise bounds
∣ ρ B − ρ σ τ B ∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ N ( B ) t 0 − d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 t 0 ) , (216) |\rho_B-\rho_{\sigma\tau B}|(t_0,x_0)\lesssim\mathcal{N}(B)t_0^{-\frac d2}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_0|^2}{t_0}\right), \tag*{(216)} ∣ ρ B − ρ σ τ B ∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ N ( B ) t 0 − 2 d exp ( − c t 0 ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 ) , (216) ∣ D ( ρ B − ρ σ τ B ) ∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ N ( B ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , t 0 ] , 0 p e r t ) t 0 − d + 1 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 t 0 ) . (217) |D(\rho_B-\rho_{\sigma\tau B})|(t_0,x_0)\lesssim\mathcal{N}(B)\left(1+\|F\|_{[0,t_0],0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)t_0^{-\frac{d+1}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_0|^2}{t_0}\right). \tag*{(217)} ∣ D ( ρ B − ρ σ τ B ) ∣ ( t 0 , x 0 ) ≲ N ( B ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ 0 , t 0 ] , 0 pert ) t 0 − 2 d + 1 exp ( − c t 0 ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 ) . (217)
Remark 4.40. One might naturally wonder whether higher order pointwise estimates also hold for the difference ρ B − ρ σ τ B \rho_B-\rho_{\sigma\tau B} ρ B − ρ σ τ B , similar to what we proved for ρ B \rho_B ρ B , q B q_B q B , and ρ B − q B \rho_B-q_B ρ B − q B . However, we expect that for the second order estimate and higher, one can do no better than estimating each of the terms ρ B \rho_B ρ B , ρ σ τ B \rho_{\sigma\tau B} ρ σ τ B individually. This is because ρ σ τ B \rho_{\sigma\tau B} ρ σ τ B is only a leading-order approximation for ρ B \rho_B ρ B . In particular, if we begin taking higher derivatives of ρ B − ρ σ τ B \rho_B-\rho_{\sigma\tau B} ρ B − ρ σ τ B , then these derivatives will fall on the forcing term ρ σ Δ B τ B \rho\sigma\Delta_B\tau B ρ σ Δ B τ B appearing in the equation (222) for ρ B − ρ σ τ B \rho_B-\rho_{\sigma\tau B} ρ B − ρ σ τ B . If we take two or more derivatives, then this will result in a forcing term with a non-integrable singularity, and thus we cannot just integrate this term up to obtain a bound for the difference (which is what we do for the zeroth and first order estimates).
We state the following corollary of Proposition 4.39 which will in fact be the result which is applied later (for instance, in § 10.1 ). Unlike the previous result, this corollary is stated for a general pair of space-time points ( s , y ) (s,y) ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) , and it allows us to gain a sufficiently high power of t − s t-s t − s , which is needed for later use. In order to gain this power, we need to assume control on a slightly stronger norm than we have been using thus far—see (218) (this assumption is similar to the one appearing in (212) ). This norm is stronger because we are placing less of a time weight on F F F (and D F DF D F ).
Corollary 4.41. Let T ≤ 1 T\leq1 T ≤ 1 , ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d (s,y),(t,x)\in[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d be such that s < t s<t s < t . Let α ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \alpha\in[0,1] α ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , and suppose that for some L ≥ 1 L\geq1 L ≥ 1 , we have that
( T ( 1 − α ) / 2 ∥ u − ( 1 − α ) / 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ≤ L . (218) \left(T^{(1-\alpha)/2}\|u^{-(1-\alpha)/2}F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^2\leq L. \tag*{(218)} ( T ( 1 − α ) /2 ∥ u − ( 1 − α ) /2 F ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ≤ L . (218) For notational convenience, let
N ( B , L , s , t ) = L ( T − 1 ( t − s ) ) 1 − α s − α ( t − s ) α + ( ∥ ∂ u B ∥ L u 1 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L u 2 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) ) ( t − s ) 1 / 2 . \mathcal{N}(B,L,s,t)=L(T^{-1}(t-s))^{1-\alpha}s^{-\alpha}(t-s)^\alpha+\left(\|\partial_uB\|_{L_u^1L_x^\infty([s,t])}+\|F\|_{L_u^2L_x^\infty([s,t])}\right)(t-s)^{1/2}. N ( B , L , s , t ) = L ( T − 1 ( t − s ) ) 1 − α s − α ( t − s ) α + ( ∥ ∂ u B ∥ L u 1 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) + ∥ F ∥ L u 2 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) ) ( t − s ) 1/2 . Then, we have that
∣ ( ρ B − ρ σ τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ N ( B , L , s , t ) ( t − s ) − d 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) , (219) |(\rho_B-\rho_{\sigma\tau B})(s,y;t,x)|\lesssim\mathcal{N}(B,L,s,t)(t-s)^{-\frac d2}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t-s}\right), \tag*{(219)} ∣ ( ρ B − ρ σ τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ N ( B , L , s , t ) ( t − s ) − 2 d exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) , (219) ∣ ( D ρ B − ( ∇ ρ ) σ τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 0 p e r t ) N ( B , L , s , t ) ( t − s ) − d + 1 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) . (220) |(D\rho_B-(\nabla\rho)_{\sigma\tau B})(s,y;t,x)|\lesssim\left(1+\|F\|_{[s,t],0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)\mathcal{N}(B,L,s,t)(t-s)^{-\frac{d+1}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t-s}\right). \tag*{(220)} ∣ ( D ρ B − ( ∇ ρ ) σ τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 0 pert ) N ( B , L , s , t ) ( t − s ) − 2 d + 1 exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) . (220) Furthermore, with C 0 C_0 C 0 taken to be the constant from Proposition 4.18 we have that, for 0 ≤ k ≤ 1 0\leq k\leq1 0 ≤ k ≤ 1 ,
∣ ( D ( k ) q B − ( ( ∇ ( k ) ρ ) σ τ B ) ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ G r [ s , t ] ( C 0 F ) ( N ( B , L , s , t ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 0 p e r t ) + ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 1 p e r t ) ( t − s ) − d + k 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) . (221) |(D^{(k)}q_B-((\nabla^{(k)}\rho)_{\sigma\tau B}))(s,y;t,x)|
\lesssim G_{r[s,t]}(C_0F)\left(\mathcal{N}(B,L,s,t)(1+\|F\|_{[s,t],0}^{\mathrm{pert}})+\|F\|_{[s,t],1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)(t-s)^{-\frac{d+k}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t-s}\right). \tag*{(221)} ∣ ( D ( k ) q B − (( ∇ ( k ) ρ ) σ τ B )) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ G r [ s , t ] ( C 0 F ) ( N ( B , L , s , t ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 0 pert ) + ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 1 pert ) ( t − s ) − 2 d + k exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) . (221)
Next, we proceed to prove the main results. We start with Proposition 4.39. Since the proposition shows that ρ B \rho_B ρ B is well approximated by ρ σ τ B \rho_{\sigma\tau B} ρ σ τ B , it is natural to begin by deriving the equation satisfied by ρ σ τ B \rho_{\sigma\tau B} ρ σ τ B . Towards this end, we compute
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( ρ σ τ B ) = ( ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( p σ ) τ B + p σ ( ∂ t − Δ B ) τ B − 2 ∂ ℓ ( p σ ) D ℓ τ B = − 2 ∂ ℓ p ( ∂ ℓ σ ) τ B − p ( Δ σ ) τ B + p σ ( ∂ t τ B − 2 ( ∂ ℓ p / p ) D ℓ τ B − Δ B τ B ) − 2 p ∂ ℓ σ D ℓ τ B . \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)(\rho_{\sigma\tau B}) \\
&=((\partial_t-\Delta)(p\sigma)\tau_B+p\sigma(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\tau_B-2\partial^\ell(p\sigma)D_\ell\tau_B \\
&=-2\partial^\ell p(\partial_\ell\sigma)\tau_B-p(\Delta\sigma)\tau_B+p\sigma\left(\partial_t\tau_B-2(\partial^\ell p/p)D_\ell\tau_B-\Delta_B\tau_B\right)-2p\partial^\ell\sigma D_\ell\tau_B.
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( ρ σ τ B ) = (( ∂ t − Δ ) ( p σ ) τ B + p σ ( ∂ t − Δ B ) τ B − 2 ∂ ℓ ( p σ ) D ℓ τ B = − 2 ∂ ℓ p ( ∂ ℓ σ ) τ B − p ( Δ σ ) τ B + p σ ( ∂ t τ B − 2 ( ∂ ℓ p / p ) D ℓ τ B − Δ B τ B ) − 2 p ∂ ℓ σ D ℓ τ B .
Now observe that
∂ t τ B − 2 ( ∂ ℓ p / p ) D ℓ τ B = ∂ t τ B + ( x ℓ / t ) D ℓ τ B − ( 2 ∂ ℓ p / p + x ℓ / t ) D ℓ τ B = D γ ˙ ( t ) τ B ( γ ( t ) ) − ( 2 ∂ ℓ p / p + x ℓ / t ) D ℓ τ B . \begin{aligned}
\partial_t\tau_B-2(\partial^\ell p/p)D_\ell\tau_B=\partial_t\tau_B+(x^\ell/t)D_\ell\tau_B-(2\partial^\ell p/p+x^\ell/t)D_\ell\tau_B \\
&=D_{\dot\gamma(t)}\tau_B(\gamma(t))-(2\partial^\ell p/p+x^\ell/t)D_\ell\tau_B.
\end{aligned} ∂ t τ B − 2 ( ∂ ℓ p / p ) D ℓ τ B = ∂ t τ B + ( x ℓ / t ) D ℓ τ B − ( 2 ∂ ℓ p / p + x ℓ / t ) D ℓ τ B = D γ ˙ ( t ) τ B ( γ ( t )) − ( 2 ∂ ℓ p / p + x ℓ / t ) D ℓ τ B .
where for fixed x , t x,t x , t , the path γ \gamma γ is defined as γ ( s ) = s ( 1 , x / t ) \gamma(s)=s(1,x/t) γ ( s ) = s ( 1 , x / t ) . By the definition of parallel transport (Definition 3.35), the first term on the right-hand side above is zero, at least on the region where σ ≠ 0 \sigma\ne0 σ = 0 (because this ensures that x x x is close to zero). For ease of notation, let
R : = 2 ∇ p / p + x / t . R\mathrel{\mathop:}=2\nabla p/p+x/t. R : = 2∇ p / p + x / t .
We thus obtain
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( p σ τ B ) = − 2 ∂ ℓ p ( ∂ ℓ σ ) τ B − p σ Δ B τ B − p ( 2 ∂ ℓ σ + σ R ℓ ) D ℓ τ B − p ( Δ σ ) τ B , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)(p\sigma\tau_B)=-2\partial^\ell p(\partial_\ell\sigma)\tau_B-p\sigma\Delta_B\tau_B-p(2\partial^\ell\sigma+\sigma R^\ell)D_\ell\tau_B-p(\Delta\sigma)\tau_B, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( p σ τ B ) = − 2 ∂ ℓ p ( ∂ ℓ σ ) τ B − p σ Δ B τ B − p ( 2 ∂ ℓ σ + σ R ℓ ) D ℓ τ B − p ( Δ σ ) τ B ,
and so the difference p B − p σ τ B p_B-p\sigma\tau_B p B − p σ τ B solves
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( p B − p σ τ B ) = 2 ∂ ℓ p ( ∂ ℓ σ ) τ B + p σ Δ B τ B + p ( 2 ∂ ℓ σ + σ R ℓ ) D ℓ τ B + p ( Δ σ ) τ B . (222) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)(p_B-p\sigma\tau_B)=2\partial^\ell p(\partial_\ell\sigma)\tau_B+p\sigma\Delta_B\tau_B+p(2\partial^\ell\sigma+\sigma R^\ell)D_\ell\tau_B+p(\Delta\sigma)\tau_B. \tag*{(222)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( p B − p σ τ B ) = 2 ∂ ℓ p ( ∂ ℓ σ ) τ B + p σ Δ B τ B + p ( 2 ∂ ℓ σ + σ R ℓ ) D ℓ τ B + p ( Δ σ ) τ B . (222)
( p B − p σ τ B ) ( 0 ) = 0. (p_B-p\sigma\tau_B)(0)=0. ( p B − p σ τ B ) ( 0 ) = 0.
Thus in order to estimate the difference p B − p σ τ B p_B-p\sigma\tau_B p B − p σ τ B , we need estimates on D τ B D\tau_B D τ B , Δ B τ B \Delta_B\tau_B Δ B τ B . Lemma 4.36 exactly provides the needed estimates. We now proceed to prove Proposition 4.39.
Proof of Proposition 4.39. By (222) , we have that
( p B − p σ τ B ) ( t 0 , x 0 ) = I m + I r , (p_B-p\sigma\tau_B)(t_0,x_0)=I_m+I_r, ( p B − p σ τ B ) ( t 0 , x 0 ) = I m + I r ,
where (here ‘m’ stands for main, and ‘r’ stands for remainder)
I m : = ∫ d t d x p B ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ( p σ Δ B τ B ) ( t , x ) , I_m\mathrel{\mathop:}=\int dt\,dx\,p_B(t,x;t_0,x_0)(p\sigma\Delta_B\tau_B)(t,x), I m : = ∫ d t d x p B ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ( p σ Δ B τ B ) ( t , x ) ,
I r : = ∫ d t d x p B ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ( 2 ∂ ℓ p ( ∂ ℓ σ ) τ B + p ( 2 ∂ ℓ σ + σ R ℓ ) D ℓ τ B + p ( Δ σ ) τ B ) ( t , x ) . I_r\mathrel{\mathop:}=\int dt\,dx\,p_B(t,x;t_0,x_0)\left(2\partial^\ell p(\partial_\ell\sigma)\tau_B+p(2\partial^\ell\sigma+\sigma R^\ell)D_\ell\tau_B+p(\Delta\sigma)\tau_B\right)(t,x). I r : = ∫ d t d x p B ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ( 2 ∂ ℓ p ( ∂ ℓ σ ) τ B + p ( 2 ∂ ℓ σ + σ R ℓ ) D ℓ τ B + p ( Δ σ ) τ B ) ( t , x ) .
Applying the diamagnetic inequality (4.17) and inserting our pointwise estimate of Δ B τ B \Delta_B\tau_B Δ B τ B (4.33), we obtain
∣ I m ∣ ≲ ∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) p ( t , x ) J m ( t , x ) , |I_m|\lesssim\int dt\,dx\,p(t,x;t_0,x_0)p(t,x)J_m(t,x), ∣ I m ∣ ≲ ∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) p ( t , x ) J m ( t , x ) ,
where
J m ( t , x ) : = ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ) 2 ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ t − 1 / 2 ) 2 + ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ∣ x ∣ t − 1 . J_m(t,x)\mathrel{\mathop:}=\left(\|\partial_tB\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t])}+\|F\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,t])}\right)^2(1+|x|t^{-1/2})^2+\|\partial_tB\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t])}|x|t^{-1}. J m ( t , x ) : = ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ) 2 ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ t − 1/2 ) 2 + ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ∣ x ∣ t − 1 .
Combining this with the estimates
∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) p ( t , x ) ∣ x ∣ t − 1 ≲ t 0 1 / 2 t 0 − d / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) , \int dt\,dx\,p(t,x;t_0,x_0)p(t,x)|x|t^{-1}\lesssim t_0^{1/2}t_0^{-d/2}\exp(-c|x_0|^2/t_0), ∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) p ( t , x ) ∣ x ∣ t − 1 ≲ t 0 1/2 t 0 − d /2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) ,
∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) p ( t , x ) ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ≲ t 0 t 0 − d / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) , \int dt\,dx\,p(t,x;t_0,x_0)p(t,x)(1+|x|t^{-1/2})^2\lesssim t_0t_0^{-d/2}\exp(-c|x_0|^2/t_0), ∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) p ( t , x ) ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ t − 1/2 ) 2 ≲ t 0 t 0 − d /2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) ,
we may obtain an acceptable bound on I m I_m I m . The remainder I r I_r I r satisfies better estimates, since fewer derivatives fall on the parallel transport τ B \tau_B τ B . In particular, by the diamagnetic inequality (194) combined with (208) and Lemma 3.49, we may estimate
∣ I r ∣ ≲ ∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ( ∣ ∂ p ∣ ∣ ∂ σ ∣ + p ( ∣ ∂ σ ∣ + t 10 ) J r + p ∣ Δ σ ∣ ) ( t , x ) . |I_r| \lesssim\int\mathrm{d}t\mathrm{d}x\ p(t,x;t_0,x_0)(|\partial p||\partial\sigma|+p(|\partial\sigma|+t^{10})J_r+p|\Delta\sigma|)(t,x). ∣ I r ∣ ≲ ∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ( ∣ ∂ p ∣∣ ∂ σ ∣ + p ( ∣ ∂ σ ∣ + t 10 ) J r + p ∣Δ σ ∣ ) ( t , x ) .
where
J r ( t , x ) ≔ ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ) ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ t − 1 / 2 ) . J_r(t,x)\coloneqq\left(\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,t])}+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,t])}\right)(1+|x|t^{-1/2}). J r ( t , x ) : = ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ) ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ t − 1/2 ) .
Note that ∂ σ \partial\sigma ∂ σ , Δ σ \Delta\sigma Δ σ are supported on the region ∣ x ∣ ∼ 1 |x|\sim1 ∣ x ∣ ∼ 1 , and thus
( ∣ ∂ p ∣ ∣ ∂ σ ∣ ) ( t , x ) , ( p ∣ ∂ σ ∣ ) ( t , x ) , ( p ∣ Δ σ ∣ ) ( t , x ) ≲ t 10 exp ( − c ∣ x ∣ 2 / t ) . (|\partial p||\partial\sigma|)(t,x),\quad(p|\partial\sigma|)(t,x),\quad(p|\Delta\sigma|)(t,x)\lesssim t^{10}\exp(-c|x|^2/t). ( ∣ ∂ p ∣∣ ∂ σ ∣ ) ( t , x ) , ( p ∣ ∂ σ ∣ ) ( t , x ) , ( p ∣Δ σ ∣ ) ( t , x ) ≲ t 10 exp ( − c ∣ x ∣ 2 / t ) .
Combining, we may obtain the further estimate
∣ I r ∣ ≲ t 0 10 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) t 0 − d / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) . |I_r|\lesssim t_0^{10}(1+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,t_0])}+\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,t_0])})t_0^{-d/2}\exp(-c|x_0|^2/t_0). ∣ I r ∣ ≲ t 0 10 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) t 0 − d /2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 ∣ 2 / t 0 ) .
which is acceptable. Combining our estimates of I m I_m I m and I r I_r I r , we obtain the zeroth order estimate (216) . For the first order estimate (217) , we proceed similarly, where instead of applying the diamagnetic inequality ∣ p B ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≤ p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) |p_B(t,x;t_0,x_0)|\leq p(t,x;t_0,x_0) ∣ p B ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≤ p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) , we use the pointwise estimate (195) to bound
∣ D p B ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ t , t 0 ] , 0 p e r t ) ( t 0 − t ) − ( d + 1 ) / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x 0 − x ∣ 2 t 0 − t ) . |D p_B(t,x;t_0,x_0)|\lesssim(1+\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[t,t_0],0})(t_0-t)^{-(d+1)/2}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x_0-x|^2}{t_0-t}\right). ∣ D p B ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ t , t 0 ] , 0 pert ) ( t 0 − t ) − ( d + 1 ) /2 exp ( − c t 0 − t ∣ x 0 − x ∣ 2 ) .
The remainder of the proof proceeds analogously; we omit the details.
Having proven Proposition 4.39, we next show how Corollary 4.41 follows from Proposition 4.39, Proposition 4.18, and Lemma 4.36.
Proof of Corollary 4.41. By Proposition 4.39, we have that for k = 0 , 1 k=0,1 k = 0 , 1 ,
∣ D ( k ) ( p B − p σ τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 0 p e r t ) k N ( B ) × ( t − s ) − ( d + k ) / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) . |D^{(k)}(p_B-p\sigma\tau_B)(s,y;t,x)|\lesssim(1+\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[s,t],0})^k\mathcal{N}(B)\times(t-s)^{-(d+k)/2}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t-s}\right). ∣ D ( k ) ( p B − p σ τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 0 pert ) k N ( B ) × ( t − s ) − ( d + k ) /2 exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) .
where
N ( B ) = ( ( t − s ) 1 / 2 ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) ) ) 2 + ( t − s ) 1 / 2 ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) + ( t − s ) 10 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) ) . \mathcal{N}(B)=\left((t-s)^{1/2}(\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([s,t])}+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([s,t])})\right)^2
+(t-s)^{1/2}\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([s,t])}+(t-s)^{10}(1+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([s,t])}). N ( B ) = ( ( t − s ) 1/2 ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) ) ) 2 + ( t − s ) 1/2 ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) + ( t − s ) 10 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) ) .
Combining (191) and (192) , we may estimate
N ( B ) ≲ L T − ( 1 − α ) ( t − s ) s − α + ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) ) ( t − s ) 1 / 2 . \mathcal{N}(B)\lesssim LT^{-(1-\alpha)}(t-s)s^{-\alpha}+(\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([s,t])}+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([s,t])})(t-s)^{1/2}. N ( B ) ≲ L T − ( 1 − α ) ( t − s ) s − α + ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) ) ( t − s ) 1/2 .
Combining, we obtain the estimate (219) . For (220) , we additionally estimate (applying (208) , (191) and (192) )
∣ ( D ( p σ τ B ) − ( ∇ p ) σ τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≤ ∣ ( p σ D τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ + ∣ ( p ( ∇ σ ) τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) ) ( 1 + ∣ x − y ∣ ( t − s ) 1 / 2 ) p ( s , y ; t , x ) + ∣ ∇ σ ( x − y ) ∣ p ( s , y ; t , x ) \begin{aligned}
\left|\left(D(p\sigma\tau_B)-(\nabla p)\sigma\tau_B\right)(s,y;t,x)\right|
&\leq|(p\sigma D\tau_B)(s,y;t,x)|+|(p(\nabla\sigma)\tau_B)(s,y;t,x)|\\
&\lesssim\left(\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([s,t])}+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([s,t])}\right)
\left(1+\frac{|x-y|}{(t-s)^{1/2}}\right)p(s,y;t,x)+|\nabla\sigma(x-y)|p(s,y;t,x)
\end{aligned} ∣ ( D ( p σ τ B ) − ( ∇ p ) σ τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≤ ∣ ( p σ D τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ + ∣ ( p ( ∇ σ ) τ B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) ) ( 1 + ( t − s ) 1/2 ∣ x − y ∣ ) p ( s , y ; t , x ) + ∣∇ σ ( x − y ) ∣ p ( s , y ; t , x )
≲ ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ s , t ] ) + ( t − s ) 10 ) ( t − s ) 1 / 2 ( t − s ) − d + 1 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) , \lesssim\left(\|\partial_tB\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([s,t])}+\|F\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([s,t])}+(t-s)^{10}\right)(t-s)^{1/2}(t-s)^{-\frac{d+1}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t-s}\right), ≲ ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) + ∥ F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ s , t ]) + ( t − s ) 10 ) ( t − s ) 1/2 ( t − s ) − 2 d + 1 exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ,
where we also used that ∇ σ ( x − y ) \nabla\sigma(x-y) ∇ σ ( x − y ) is supported on ∣ x − y ∣ ∼ 1 |x-y|\sim1 ∣ x − y ∣ ∼ 1 , and for such x , y x,y x , y , we have that p ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ ( t − s ) 10 ( t − s ) − d / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 / ( t − s ) ) p(s,y;t,x)\lesssim(t-s)^{10}(t-s)^{-d/2}\exp(-c|x-y|^2/(t-s)) p ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ ( t − s ) 10 ( t − s ) − d /2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 / ( t − s )) . The estimate (220) now follows by combining our previous few estimates.
Finally, for the estimate (221) , by (197) , we have that
∣ D ( k ) ( q B − p B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ Gr [ s , t ] ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 1 p e r t ( t − s ) − d + k 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) , \left|D^{(k)}(q_B-p_B)(s,y;t,x)\right|\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{[s,t]}(C_0F)\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[s,t],1}(t-s)^{-\frac{d+k}{2}}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t-s}\right), D ( k ) ( q B − p B ) ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ Gr [ s , t ] ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 1 pert ( t − s ) − 2 d + k exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ,
which is acceptable. Combining this with (219) and (220) , we obtain the desired result.
Perturbing around a Yang–Mills connection
In this section, we discuss a different approach towards approximating the covariant heat kernel q B q_B q B which is particularly useful when B B B is near a Yang–Mills connection. We will use this refined approximation as one of the main inputs in Section 11.3 towards obtaining decay (and thus, uniform-in-time bounds). The main result of this section is Proposition 4.51. As this result will not be used until much later, the reader may want to skip ahead first and only come back to this section when they are ready to read Section 10. Before we state the result, we first need several pages of preliminary discussion.
As a starting point, it turns out that when B B B is a Yang–Mills connection on R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 , there is in fact an exact formula for q B q_B q B in terms of Mehler kernels. We proceed to discuss the Mehler kernels, and then afterwards discuss how q B q_B q B can be exactly given in terms of these kernels when B B B is Yang–Mills.
As in § 5.1 and § 5.4 , throughout we fix the base point ( s , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) (s,y)=(0,0) ( s , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , as the results proven in this section can be easily translated to the case of a general base point. It will be convenient to view T 2 ≅ ( − π , π ] 2 ⊆ R 2 \mathbb{T}^2\cong(-\pi,\pi]^2\subseteq\mathbb{R}^2 T 2 ≅ ( − π , π ] 2 ⊆ R 2 , since we will often also view 0 ∈ R 2 0\in\mathbb{R}^2 0 ∈ R 2 . Later on, we will work in polar coordinates, and so we set the requisite notation now.
Notation 4.42. Define the angular and radial vector fields e θ e_\theta e θ , e r e_r e r on R 2 ∖ { 0 } \mathbb{R}^2\setminus\{0\} R 2 ∖ { 0 } by
e θ ( x ) ≔ ( − x 2 , x 1 ) , e r ( x ) ≔ x , e_\theta(x)\coloneqq(-x_2,x_1),\qquad e_r(x)\coloneqq x, e θ ( x ) : = ( − x 2 , x 1 ) , e r ( x ) : = x , as well as the function r ( x ) ≔ ∣ x ∣ r(x)\coloneqq|x| r ( x ) : = ∣ x ∣ . We will also view e θ e_\theta e θ , e r e_r e r as vector fields defined on a neighbourhood of 0 0 0 in T 2 \mathbb{T}^2 T 2 , e.g. defined for ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 |x|\leq1/10 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1/10 . We will often write ∂ θ \partial_\theta ∂ θ to mean ∂ e θ \partial_{e_\theta} ∂ e θ , i.e. the directional derivative in the direction e θ e_\theta e θ . However, we will refrain from using the common notation ∂ r \partial_r ∂ r to denote ∂ r − 1 e r \partial_{r^{-1}e_r} ∂ r − 1 e r (i.e. differentiation in the unit radial direction), since from our notation for ∂ θ \partial_\theta ∂ θ , one might think that ∂ r \partial_r ∂ r should denote ∂ e r \partial_{e_r} ∂ e r .
For the moment, we will work on R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 , as this will simplify the discussion of the Mehler kernels. Let λ ≠ 0 \lambda\neq0 λ = 0 . The Mehler kernel m λ : ( 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 → [ 0 , ∞ ) m_\lambda:(0,\infty)\times\mathbb{R}^2\to[0,\infty) m λ : ( 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 → [ 0 , ∞ ) is given by the explicit formula:
m λ ( t , x ) = λ 4 π sinh ( λ t ) exp ( − λ ∣ x ∣ 2 4 tanh ( λ t ) ) . (223) m_\lambda(t,x)=\frac{\lambda}{4\pi\sinh(\lambda t)}\exp\left(-\frac{\lambda|x|^2}{4\tanh(\lambda t)}\right). \tag*{(223)} m λ ( t , x ) = 4 π sinh ( λ t ) λ exp ( − 4 tanh ( λ t ) λ ∣ x ∣ 2 ) . (223)
When λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , we set m 0 = p E u c m_0=p^{\mathrm{Euc}} m 0 = p Euc , the heat kernel on R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 . Note that m λ → m 0 m_\lambda\to m_0 m λ → m 0 pointwise as λ → 0 \lambda\to0 λ → 0 . This kernel solves the equation
( ∂ t − Δ + λ 2 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 ) m λ = 0 , m λ ( 0 ) = δ 0 . (224) \left(\partial_t-\Delta+\frac{\lambda^2}{4}|x|^2\right)m_\lambda=0,\qquad m_\lambda(0)=\delta_0. \tag*{(224)} ( ∂ t − Δ + 4 λ 2 ∣ x ∣ 2 ) m λ = 0 , m λ ( 0 ) = δ 0 . (224)
Because it will be needed later (in the proof of the main result of this section, Proposition 4.51), for ( s , y ) ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 (s,y)\in[0,\infty)\times\mathbb{R}^2 ( s , y ) ∈ [ 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 , we also introduce the following version of the Mehler kernel m λ 0 ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) : ( s , ∞ ) × R 2 → C m_\lambda^0(s,y;\cdot,\cdot):(s,\infty)\times\mathbb{R}^2\to\mathbb{C} m λ 0 ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) : ( s , ∞ ) × R 2 → C which includes an extra phase factor (recall Notation 4.42):
m λ θ ( s , y ; t , x ) = { λ 4 π sinh ( λ ( t − s ) ) exp ( − λ ∣ x − y ∣ 2 4 tanh ( λ ( t − s ) ) ) exp ( i λ 2 ( x 1 y 2 − x 2 y 1 ) ) λ ≠ 0 , μ E u c ( s , y ; t , x ) λ = 0. m^\theta_\lambda(s,y;t,x)=\begin{cases}
\frac{\lambda}{4\pi\sinh(\lambda(t-s))}\exp(-\frac{\lambda|x-y|^2}{4\tanh(\lambda(t-s))})\exp(\mathrm{i}\frac{\lambda}{2}(x_1y_2-x_2y_1)) & \lambda\ne0,\\
\mu^{\mathrm{Euc}}(s,y;t,x) & \lambda=0.
\end{cases} m λ θ ( s , y ; t , x ) = { 4 π s i n h ( λ ( t − s )) λ exp ( − 4 t a n h ( λ ( t − s )) λ ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) exp ( i 2 λ ( x 1 y 2 − x 2 y 1 )) μ Euc ( s , y ; t , x ) λ = 0 , λ = 0.
When ( s , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) (s,y)=(0,0) ( s , y ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , we in fact have that m λ θ ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = m λ ( t , x ) m^\theta_\lambda(0,0;t,x)=m_\lambda(t,x) m λ θ ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = m λ ( t , x ) . However, unlike for m λ m_\lambda m λ , we will also need to consider the values of m λ θ ( s , y ; t , x ) m^\theta_\lambda(s,y;t,x) m λ θ ( s , y ; t , x ) at general ( s , y ) (s,y) ( s , y ) , basically because m λ θ m^\theta_\lambda m λ θ will be the integral kernel corresponding to a certain inhomogeneous linear equation that we will encounter. In that vein, we remark that m λ θ ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) m^\theta_\lambda(s,y;\mathord\cdot,\mathord\cdot) m λ θ ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) solves the following equation:
( ∂ t − Δ + λ 2 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 − i λ ∂ θ ) m λ θ ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) = 0 , m λ θ ( s , y ; s , ⋅ ) = δ y ( ⋅ ) . (225) \left(\partial_t-\Delta+\frac{\lambda^2}{4}|x|^2-\mathrm{i}\lambda\partial_\theta\right)m^\theta_\lambda(s,y;\mathord\cdot,\mathord\cdot)=0,\qquad m^\theta_\lambda(s,y;s,\mathord\cdot)=\delta_y(\mathord\cdot). \tag*{(225)} ( ∂ t − Δ + 4 λ 2 ∣ x ∣ 2 − i λ ∂ θ ) m λ θ ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) = 0 , m λ θ ( s , y ; s , ⋅ ) = δ y ( ⋅ ) . (225)
To describe q B q_B q B in terms of Mehler kernels, we will need to consider vector-valued versions of the equations (224) and (225) . For ease of notation, we make the following definition regarding operators and kernels that will frequently appear.
Definition 4.43. Let X ∈ g X\in\mathfrak{g} X ∈ g . Define the operators
L X ≔ Δ + 1 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 π ∗ ( X ) 2 , L X θ ≔ Δ + 1 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 π ∗ ( X ) 2 + π ∗ ( X ) ∂ θ , \mathcal{L}_X\coloneqq\Delta+\frac{1}{4}|x|^2\pi_*(X)^2,\qquad\mathcal{L}^\theta_X\coloneqq\Delta+\frac{1}{4}|x|^2\pi_*(X)^2+\pi_*(X)\partial_\theta, L X : = Δ + 4 1 ∣ x ∣ 2 π ∗ ( X ) 2 , L X θ : = Δ + 4 1 ∣ x ∣ 2 π ∗ ( X ) 2 + π ∗ ( X ) ∂ θ , acting on functions ϕ : T 2 → W \phi:\mathbb{T}^2\to W ϕ : T 2 → W or ϕ : R 2 → W \phi:\mathbb{R}^2\to W ϕ : R 2 → W . (To be precise, in the former case, the operator acts on ϕ \phi ϕ in a neighbourhood of 0 0 0 , so that the angular and radial vector fields are well-defined.) Next, we define operators on W 2 W^2 W 2 -valued functions as follows. First, let Rot ( X ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) \operatorname{Rot}(X)\in\operatorname{End}(W^2) Rot ( X ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) be defined as Rot ( X ) ( u , v ) = ( π ∗ ( X ) v , − π ∗ ( X ) u ) \operatorname{Rot}(X)(u,v)=(\pi_*(X)v,-\pi_*(X)u) Rot ( X ) ( u , v ) = ( π ∗ ( X ) v , − π ∗ ( X ) u ) for u , v ∈ W u,v\in W u , v ∈ W . (As we will see later, Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) is similar to a rotation, thus the name.) We then define the operators
L X F ≔ L X + 2 Rot ( X ) = Δ + 2 Rot ( X ) + 1 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 π ∗ ( X ) 2 , \mathcal{L}^F_X\coloneqq\mathcal{L}_X+2\operatorname{Rot}(X)=\Delta+2\operatorname{Rot}(X)+\frac{1}{4}|x|^2\pi_*(X)^2, L X F : = L X + 2 Rot ( X ) = Δ + 2 Rot ( X ) + 4 1 ∣ x ∣ 2 π ∗ ( X ) 2 , L X F , θ ≔ L X θ + 2 Rot ( X ) = Δ + 2 Rot ( X ) + 1 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 π ∗ ( X ) 2 + π ∗ ( X ) ∂ θ . \mathcal{L}^{F,\theta}_X\coloneqq\mathcal{L}^\theta_X+2\operatorname{Rot}(X)=\Delta+2\operatorname{Rot}(X)+\frac{1}{4}|x|^2\pi_*(X)^2+\pi_*(X)\partial_\theta. L X F , θ : = L X θ + 2 Rot ( X ) = Δ + 2 Rot ( X ) + 4 1 ∣ x ∣ 2 π ∗ ( X ) 2 + π ∗ ( X ) ∂ θ . In the above, we abuse notation and also view π ∗ ( X ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) \pi_*(X)\in\operatorname{End}(W^2) π ∗ ( X ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) which sends ( u , v ) ↦ ( π ∗ ( X ) u , π ∗ ( X ) v ) (u,v)\mapsto(\pi_*(X)u,\pi_*(X)v) ( u , v ) ↦ ( π ∗ ( X ) u , π ∗ ( X ) v ) .
In the following, we will often abuse notation and write X X X instead of π ∗ ( X ) \pi_*(X) π ∗ ( X ) .
Remark 4.44. Note that in two dimensions, the curvature F B F_B F B may be viewed as an operator on W 2 W^2 W 2 , and moreover since F B 1 = − F B 2 F^1_B=-F^2_B F B 1 = − F B 2 , we have that Rot ( F B 1 ) = F B \operatorname{Rot}(F^1_B)=F_B Rot ( F B 1 ) = F B . Also, for any X ∈ g X\in\mathfrak{g} X ∈ g , Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) is a self-adjoint operator on W 2 W^2 W 2 .
As we will see later on, the action of the operators L X , L X θ \mathcal{L}_X,\mathcal{L}^\theta_X L X , L X θ can be understood via an eigendecomposition of X X X (viewed as an operator on W W W ), and on each eigenspace of X X X , they act as the operators appearing on the left-hand sides of (224) and (225) . This will provide the link between q B q_B q B and the Mehler kernels.
Definition 4.45. Let X ∈ g X\in\mathfrak{g} X ∈ g . Define the kernels s X ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) : [ 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 → End ( W ) s_X(\mathord\cdot,\mathord\cdot):[0,\infty)\times\mathbb{R}^2\to\operatorname{End}(W) s X ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) : [ 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 → End ( W ) , s X F ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) : [ 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 → End ( W 2 ) s^F_X(\mathord\cdot,\mathord\cdot):[0,\infty)\times\mathbb{R}^2\to\operatorname{End}(W^2) s X F ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) : [ 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 → End ( W 2 ) by
( ∂ t − L X ) s X = 0 , s X ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W , (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}_X)s_X=0,\qquad s_X(0)=\delta_0\operatorname{id}_W, ( ∂ t − L X ) s X = 0 , s X ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W , ( ∂ t − L X F ) s X F = 0 , s X F ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W 2 , (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}^F_X)s^F_X=0,\qquad s^F_X(0)=\delta_0\operatorname{id}_{W^2}, ( ∂ t − L X F ) s X F = 0 , s X F ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W 2 ,
where id W \operatorname{id}_{W} id W , id W 2 \operatorname{id}_{W^{2}} id W 2 denote the identity operators on W W W , W 2 W^{2} W 2 , respectively. Note that since L X θ L_{X}^{\theta} L X θ , L X F , θ L_{X}^{F,\theta} L X F , θ are self-adjoint, we have that s X θ \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{\theta} s X θ , s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F,\theta} s X F , θ are self-adjoint operators on W W W , W 2 W^{2} W 2 . Similarly, define the kernels s X θ ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) ∈ End ( W C ) \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{\theta}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}) \in\operatorname{End}(W_{\mathbb{C}}) s X θ ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) ∈ End ( W C ) , s X F , θ ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) ∈ End ( W C 2 ) \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F,\theta}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot}) \in\operatorname{End}(W_{\mathbb{C}}^{2}) s X F , θ ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) ∈ End ( W C 2 ) (here W C W_{\mathbb{C}} W C denotes the complexification of W W W ) by
( ∂ t − L X θ ) s X θ ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) = 0 , s X θ ( s , y ; s , ⋅ ) = δ y id W C , ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) s X F , θ ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) = 0 , s X F , θ ( s , y ; s , ⋅ ) = δ y id W C 2 . (226) \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-L_{X}^{\theta})\mathfrak{s}_{X}^{\theta}(s,y;\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot})&=0, & \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{\theta}(s,y;s,\mathord{\cdot})&=\delta_y\operatorname{id}_{W_{\mathbb{C}}},\\
(\partial_t-L_{X}^{F,\theta})\mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F,\theta}(s,y;\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot})&=0, & \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F,\theta}(s,y;s,\mathord{\cdot})&=\delta_y\operatorname{id}_{W_{\mathbb{C}}^{2}}. \tag*{(226)}
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − L X θ ) s X θ ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) s X F , θ ( s , y ; ⋅ , ⋅ ) = 0 , = 0 , s X θ ( s , y ; s , ⋅ ) s X F , θ ( s , y ; s , ⋅ ) = δ y id W C , = δ y id W C 2 . (226)
for any s ≥ 0 s \ge0 s ≥ 0 and y ∈ R 2 y \in\mathbb{R}^{2} y ∈ R 2 .
We claim that both s X \mathfrak{s}_{X} s X , s X F \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F} s X F can be explicitly described in terms of the Mehler kernel m λ m_{\lambda} m λ . Similarly, s X θ \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{\theta} s X θ , s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F,\theta} s X F , θ may be expressed in terms of m λ θ m_{\lambda}^{\theta} m λ θ . Note that m λ θ m_{\lambda}^{\theta} m λ θ is complex-valued, which is why we defined these latter two kernels as operators on the respective complexifications W C W_{\mathbb{C}} W C and W C 2 W_{\mathbb{C}}^{2} W C 2 .
In the following discussion, we focus primarily on s X \mathfrak{s}_{X} s X , s X F \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F} s X F , but the main points in the discussion will also apply to s X θ \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{\theta} s X θ , s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F,\theta} s X F , θ . First, we recall several elementary facts from linear algebra. Since X ∈ End ( W ) X \in\operatorname{End}(W) X ∈ End ( W ) is a skew-symmetric operator on a real vector space, it is diagonalisable when viewed as an operator on the complexification W C W_{\mathbb{C}} W C , with all eigenvalues purely imaginary. Moreover, for all nonzero eigenvalues i λ i\lambda iλ , the complex conjugate − i λ -i\lambda − iλ is also an eigenvalue. A consequence of this is that for each nonzero eigenvalue i λ i\lambda iλ , there is in fact a two-dimensional subspace spanned by vectors u , v ∈ W u,v \in W u , v ∈ W (which themselves are exactly the real and imaginary parts of a complex eigenvector corresponding to i λ i\lambda iλ ) such that X u = − λ v Xu=-\lambda v X u = − λ v , X v = λ u Xv=\lambda u X v = λ u (i.e. X X X acts by rotation and scaling on this subspace). Finally, the endomorphism X 2 X^{2} X 2 is also diagonalisable, with eigenvalues − λ 2 -\lambda^{2} − λ 2 , where λ \lambda λ is such that i λ i\lambda iλ is an eigenvalue of X X X .
From this, it follows that on each − λ 2 -\lambda^{2} − λ 2 eigenspace of X 2 X^{2} X 2 , the kernel s X \mathfrak{s}_{X} s X acts as multiplication by m λ m_{\lambda} m λ . Put another way, if
X 2 = O D O T = O ( − λ 1 2 0 ⋯ 0 0 − λ 2 2 ⋯ 0 0 0 ⋯ − λ n 2 ) O T , X^{2}=ODO^{T}=O
\begin{pmatrix}
-\lambda_{1}^{2} & 0 & \cdots& 0\\
0 & -\lambda_{2}^{2} & \cdots& 0\\
0 & 0 & \cdots& -\lambda_{n}^{2}
\end{pmatrix}
O^{T}, X 2 = O D O T = O − λ 1 2 0 0 0 − λ 2 2 0 ⋯ ⋯ ⋯ 0 0 − λ n 2 O T ,
is a diagonalisation of X 2 X^{2} X 2 , then we may write
s X = O ( m λ 1 0 ⋯ 0 0 m λ 2 ⋯ 0 0 0 ⋯ m λ n ) O T . \mathfrak{s}_{X}=O
\begin{pmatrix}
m_{\lambda_{1}} & 0 & \cdots& 0\\
0 & m_{\lambda_{2}} & \cdots& 0\\
0 & 0 & \cdots& m_{\lambda_{n}}
\end{pmatrix}
O^{T}. s X = O m λ 1 0 0 0 m λ 2 0 ⋯ ⋯ ⋯ 0 0 m λ n O T .
Next, recall that Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) is defined as an operator on W 2 W^{2} W 2 , whose block form is given by
Rot ( X ) = ( 0 X − X 0 ) . \operatorname{Rot}(X)=
\begin{pmatrix}
0 & X\\
-X & 0
\end{pmatrix}. Rot ( X ) = ( 0 − X X 0 ) .
To discuss s X F \mathfrak{s}_{X}^{F} s X F , we first describe the action of Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) in terms of the action of X X X . Note that Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) is a symmetric operator, and thus all eigenvalues are real. For each vector v ∈ W v \in W v ∈ W in the kernel of X ∈ End ( W ) X \in\operatorname{End}(W) X ∈ End ( W ) , we may obtain vectors ( v , 0 ) (v,0) ( v , 0 ) and ( 0 , v ) (0,v) ( 0 , v ) in the kernel of Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) . For each pair of vectors u , v ∈ W u,v \in W u , v ∈ W with X u = − λ v Xu=-\lambda v X u = − λ v , X v = λ u Xv=\lambda u X v = λ u , we obtain a pair of eigenvectors with eigenvalue λ \lambda λ , namely ( u , v ) (u,v) ( u , v ) and ( v , − u ) (v,-u) ( v , − u ) , as well as a pair of eigenvectors with eigenvalue − λ -\lambda − λ , namely ( v , u ) (v,u) ( v , u ) and ( u , − v ) (u,-v) ( u , − v ) .
From the linear independence of u , v u,v u , v , one may directly verify that these four eigenvectors are themselves linearly independent. We remark that all eigenspaces of Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) may be obtained in this way, which can be seen from dimensional considerations: Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) is an operator on a vector space of dimension 2 dim ( W ) 2\dim(W) 2 dim ( W ) , while X X X is an operator on a vector space of dimension dim ( W ) \dim(W) dim ( W ) . We have previously discussed how the kernel of X X X gives rise to a subspace of W 2 W^2 W 2 of dimension 2 dim ( ker ( X ) ) 2\dim(\ker(X)) 2 dim ( ker ( X )) . And each two-dimensional subspace of W W W spanned by vectors u , v u,v u , v on which X X X acts by rotation and scaling gives rise to a four-dimensional subspace of W 2 W^2 W 2 . Therefore the total dimension of all eigenspaces of Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) arising in either of the two cases sums to 2 dim ( W ) 2\dim(W) 2 dim ( W ) , which means that we have a complete diagonalisation of Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) .
From our previous discussion, this diagonalisation of Rot ( X ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) \in\operatorname{End}(W^2) Rot ( X ) ∈ End ( W 2 ) has the further property that the direct sum of eigenspaces of Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) with nonzero eigenvalues may be decomposed into four-dimensional subspaces, which themselves may be further decomposed into the direct sum of two-dimensional subspaces, such that one of the two-dimensional subspaces has eigenvalue λ \lambda λ , while the other two-dimensional subspace has eigenvalue − λ -\lambda − λ . In the following, it will be natural to look at the action of s X F \mathfrak{s}_X^F s X F on each of these four-dimensional subspaces.
By a short calculation, one may show that s X F = exp ( 2 t Rot ( X ) ) s X \mathfrak{s}_X^F = \exp(2t\operatorname{Rot}(X))\mathfrak{s}_X s X F = exp ( 2 t Rot ( X )) s X , in other words that
( ∂ t − L X F ) ( exp ( 2 t Rot ( X ) ) s X ) = 0. (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}_X^F)(\exp(2t\operatorname{Rot}(X))\mathfrak{s}_X)=0. ( ∂ t − L X F ) ( exp ( 2 t Rot ( X )) s X ) = 0.
Here, similar to before, we abuse notation and view s X ∈ End ( W 2 ) \mathfrak{s}_X \in\operatorname{End}(W^2) s X ∈ End ( W 2 ) as a block diagonal matrix, where each diagonal block is given by s X ∈ End ( W ) \mathfrak{s}_X \in\operatorname{End}(W) s X ∈ End ( W ) . Now, given λ ≠ 0 \lambda\ne0 λ = 0 and a pair of vectors u , v ∈ W u,v \in W u , v ∈ W with X u = − λ v Xu=-\lambda v X u = − λ v , X v = λ u Xv=\lambda u X v = λ u as before, note that u , v u,v u , v are both eigenvectors of X 2 X^2 X 2 with eigenvalue − λ 2 -\lambda^2 − λ 2 , and thus by the previous discussion, we have that both u , v u,v u , v are eigenvectors of s X \mathfrak{s}_X s X with eigenvalue m λ m_\lambda m λ . It follows that on the four-dimensional subspace of W 2 W^2 W 2 obtained out of u , v u,v u , v , the action of s X \mathfrak{s}_X s X (as an endomorphism on W 2 W^2 W 2 ) is given by a multiple m λ m_\lambda m λ of the identity. It therefore follows that s X F \mathfrak{s}_X^F s X F acts as e ± 2 λ t m λ e^{\pm2\lambda t}m_\lambda e ± 2 λ t m λ on the two-dimensional ± λ \pm\lambda ± λ -eigenspaces comprising the four-dimensional subspace obtained from u , v u,v u , v . Finally, on the kernel of Rot ( X ) \operatorname{Rot}(X) Rot ( X ) , both s X , s X F \mathfrak{s}_X,\mathfrak{s}_X^F s X , s X F act as multiplication by the Euclidean heat kernel p p p .
To summarise the discussion, we have described explicit formulas for s X , s X F \mathfrak{s}_X,\mathfrak{s}_X^F s X , s X F in terms of the eigendecomposition of X ∈ End ( W ) X \in\operatorname{End}(W) X ∈ End ( W ) (or more precisely, the eigendecomposition of X X X when viewed as an operator on the complexification of W W W ). As mentioned at the beginning of the discussion, these considerations also apply to s X θ , s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}_X^\theta,\mathfrak{s}_X^{F,\theta} s X θ , s X F , θ . In particular, s X F , θ ( s , y ; t , x ) = exp ( 2 ( t − s ) Rot ( X ) ) s X θ ( s , y ; t , x ) \mathfrak{s}_X^{F,\theta}(s,y;t,x)=\exp(2(t-s)\operatorname{Rot}(X))\mathfrak{s}_X^\theta(s,y;t,x) s X F , θ ( s , y ; t , x ) = exp ( 2 ( t − s ) Rot ( X )) s X θ ( s , y ; t , x ) , and for each λ \lambda λ such that i λ i\lambda iλ is an eigenvalue of X X X , we have that m λ θ m_\lambda^\theta m λ θ is an eigenvalue of s X θ \mathfrak{s}_X^\theta s X θ . We record the following explicit estimate:
∣ s X F , θ ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ exp ( C ( t − s ) ∣ X ∣ ) p ( s , y ; t , x ) , (227) \left|\mathfrak{s}_X^{F,\theta}(s,y;t,x)\right|\lesssim\exp(C(t-s)|X|)p(s,y;t,x), \tag*{(227)} s X F , θ ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ exp ( C ( t − s ) ∣ X ∣ ) p ( s , y ; t , x ) , (227)
which we will use later.
Remark 4.46 (Exponential growth). It follows from this discussion that s X F \mathfrak{s}_X^F s X F has eigenvalues which grow exponentially in time, as long as X X X is not the zero operator on W W W . Indeed, in this case we have that s X F \mathfrak{s}_X^F s X F has an eigenvalue of the form e 2 λ t m λ e^{2\lambda t}m_\lambda e 2 λ t m λ , for some λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 . Recall from the formula (223) for m λ m_\lambda m λ that there is a ( sinh ( λ t ) ) − 1 (\sinh(\lambda t))^{-1} ( sinh ( λ t ) ) − 1 prefactor in m λ m_\lambda m λ . Since ( sinh ( λ t ) ) − 1 (\sinh(\lambda t))^{-1} ( sinh ( λ t ) ) − 1 only decays like e − λ t e^{-\lambda t} e − λ t , we see that e 2 λ t m λ e^{2\lambda t}m_\lambda e 2 λ t m λ grows like e λ t e^{\lambda t} e λ t . The decay mechanism that we uncover in Section 11.3 ultimately rests on this exponential growth (combined with the fact that this exponential growth appears with a good sign).
Remark 4.47. Recall we previously observed that m λ θ ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = m λ ( t , x ) m_\lambda^\theta(0,0;t,x)=m_\lambda(t,x) m λ θ ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = m λ ( t , x ) . Since we have related s X F , s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}_X^F,\mathfrak{s}_X^{F,\theta} s X F , s X F , θ to m λ , m λ θ m_\lambda,m_\lambda^\theta m λ , m λ θ , it also follows that s X F , θ ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = s X F ( t , x ) \mathfrak{s}_X^{F,\theta}(0,0;t,x)=\mathfrak{s}_X^F(t,x) s X F , θ ( 0 , 0 ; t , x ) = s X F ( t , x ) . In particular, we have that
( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) s X F = 0. (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}_X^{F,\theta})\mathfrak{s}_X^F=0. ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) s X F = 0.
We may now return to the claim made at the beginning of the section, which is if B B B is a Yang–Mills connection, then there is an explicit formula for the kernel q B q_B q B . This is the content of the next result, which says that q B q_B q B may be expressed in terms of s X F \mathfrak{s}_X^F s X F when B B B is Yang–Mills. The proof is deferred until later in the section. To be precise, here the kernel q B q_B q B is defined on the plane, while up to now, we have only worked with the version of q B q_B q B defined on the torus. We will tolerate this slight clash, because we find the result helpful for exposition purposes, as it points us towards the correct quantity around which to perturb. On the other hand, the result itself is not needed later on (only Proposition 4.51 is needed).
Lemma 4.48. If B : R 2 → g 2 B:\mathbb{R}^2 \to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : R 2 → g 2 is a Yang–Mills connection, then for X = F B 12 ( 0 ) X=F_B^{12}(0) X = F B 12 ( 0 ) , we have that
τ B − 1 q B = σ X F . \tau_B^{-1}q_B=\sigma_X^F. τ B − 1 q B = σ X F .
Remark 4.49. In the setting of Lemma 4.48 , it is also true that τ B − 1 p B = σ X \tau_B^{-1}p_B=\sigma_X τ B − 1 p B = σ X , though we will not prove this, as our main focus is on approximating τ B − 1 q B \tau_B^{-1}q_B τ B − 1 q B (because this is the quantity which grows exponentially in time—recall Remark 4.46). Additionally, we choose to focus on approximating τ B − 1 q B \tau_B^{-1}q_B τ B − 1 q B rather than q B q_B q B directly (even though these two tasks should be equivalent) because in some sense the parallel transport τ B \tau_B τ B only serves as a distraction. Geometrically, consider a vector bundle E → R 2 E\to\mathbb{R}^2 E → R 2 with fibres modelled on W W W . By post-composing with τ B − 1 \tau_B^{-1} τ B − 1 , the kernel ( τ B − 1 q B ) ( t , x ) (\tau_B^{-1}q_B)(t,x) ( τ B − 1 q B ) ( t , x ) takes values in the space End ( E y ) \operatorname{End}(E_y) End ( E y ) , while q B ( t , x ) q_B(t,x) q B ( t , x ) itself takes values in the space L ( E y , E x ) L(E_y,E_x) L ( E y , E x ) . Therefore to describe τ B − 1 q B \tau_B^{-1}q_B τ B − 1 q B , it essentially suffices to understand its eigenvalues, and Lemma 4.48 provides exact formulas for the eigenvalues in the special case where B B B is Yang–Mills.
With this result in mind, it is then natural to try to approximate τ B − 1 q B \tau_B^{-1}q_B τ B − 1 q B by σ X F \sigma_X^F σ X F (where we take X = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) X=F_B^{12}(0,0) X = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) when B B B is close to a Yang–Mills connection, which recall is the main goal of the present section. We are now almost ready to state the main result of the section (Proposition 4.51 ). First, we define a quantity which captures how far away B B B is from being a Yang–Mills connection, and which appears in the quantitative estimates of the main result.
Definition 4.50. Let I ⊆ [ 0 , ∞ ) I\subseteq[0,\infty) I ⊆ [ 0 , ∞ ) be an interval of finite length and let B : I × T 2 → g 2 B:I\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : I × T 2 → g 2 be a time-varying connection one-form. Define
∥ B ∥ I Y M ≔ ∣ I ∣ 3 / 2 ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) + ∣ I ∣ ( ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) ) + ∣ I ∣ 1 / 2 ( ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) ) . (228) \lVert B\rVert_I^{\mathrm{YM}} \coloneqq|I|^{3/2}\lVert\partial_t^2B\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}(I)}+|I|\left(\lVert\partial_tF_B\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}(I)}+\lVert D\partial_tB\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}(I)}\right)+|I|^{1/2}\left(\lVert DF_B\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}(I)}+\lVert\partial_tB\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}(I)}\right). \tag*{(228)} ∥ B ∥ I YM : = ∣ I ∣ 3/2 ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) + ∣ I ∣ ( ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) ) + ∣ I ∣ 1/2 ( ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) + ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( I ) ) . (228)
When I = [ 0 , t 0 ] I=[0,t_0] I = [ 0 , t 0 ] , we will write ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M = ∥ B ∥ I Y M \lVert B\rVert_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}=\lVert B\rVert_I^{\mathrm{YM}} ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM = ∥ B ∥ I YM .
In two dimensions, Yang–Mills connections B B B satisfy D F B = 0 DF_B=0 D F B = 0 , and so ∥ B ∥ I Y M = 0 \lVert B\rVert_I^{\mathrm{YM}}=0 ∥ B ∥ I YM = 0 if and only if B B B is a constant-in-time Yang–Mills connection. In the following, recall the cutoff function σ \sigma σ from Definition 4.38, which is used to transfer between functions on T 2 \mathbb{T}^2 T 2 and functions on R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 (and vice versa). The following proposition is the more precise version of Proposition 2.8 .
Proposition 4.51. There is a constant C 0 C_0 C 0 such that the following holds. Let t 0 ≤ 1 t_0\leq1 t 0 ≤ 1 and let B : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → g 2 B:[0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → g 2 be a smooth solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow. Let c 0 ≥ 0 c_0\geq0 c 0 ≥ 0 be such that
t 0 ( 1 + t 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) 5 ) ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M 5 ( 1 + t 0 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M 5 ) ≤ c 0 . (229) t_0\left(1+t_0\lVert F_B\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}^5\right)\lVert B\rVert_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}\,5}\left(1+t_0\lVert B\rVert_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}\,5}\right)\leq c_0. \tag*{(229)} t 0 ( 1 + t 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) 5 ) ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM 5 ( 1 + t 0 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM 5 ) ≤ c 0 . (229) Take X = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) X=F_B^{12}(0,0) X = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) . We have that for all ( t , x ) ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 (t,x)\in(0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( t , x ) ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 ,
∣ σ ( τ B − 1 q B − σ X F ) ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( c 0 + t 10 ) exp ( C c 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) t ) t − 1 exp ( − ∣ x ∣ 2 C t ) . \left|\sigma\left(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-\sigma_X^F\right)(t,x)\right|\lesssim(c_0+t^{10})\exp\left(Cc_0\lVert F_B\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}t\right)t^{-1}\exp\left(-\frac{|x|^2}{C t}\right). σ ( τ B − 1 q B − σ X F ) ( t , x ) ≲ ( c 0 + t 10 ) exp ( C c 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) t ) t − 1 exp ( − C t ∣ x ∣ 2 ) .
Remark 4.52. While reading the arguments in this section, it may be good to keep in mind the following model scenario (see also Lemma 10.7): B B B is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow, and moreover for some N ≫ 1 N\gg1 N ≫ 1 and some c ≪ 1 c\ll1 c ≪ 1 , we have that t 0 = c N − 1 log log N t_0=cN^{-1}\log\log N t 0 = c N − 1 log log N , and that
∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ∼ N , ∥ D ( j ) F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ N 1 + j / 2 log N for 1 ≤ j ≤ 3. \lVert F_B\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}\sim N,\qquad\lVert D^{(j)}F_B\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}\lesssim\frac{N^{1+j/2}}{\log N}\quad\text{for }1\leq j\leq3. ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ∼ N , ∥ D ( j ) F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ log N N 1 + j /2 for 1 ≤ j ≤ 3.
One can heuristically think of D F B D F_B D F B as being supported on frequencies ≲ N 1 / 2 \lesssim N^{1/2} ≲ N 1/2 , which is consistent with the second estimate, which says that each additional derivative costs a factor of N 1 / 2 N^{1/2} N 1/2 . It is however important to note the extra log N \log N log N gain in the estimate of the derivatives (as compared to F B F_B F B itself), which can be interpreted as saying that B B B is almost a Yang–Mills connection (whose curvature is large). Continuing, we recall that since B B B is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow, we have that ∂ t F B = Δ B F B \partial_t F_B=\Delta_B F_B ∂ t F B = Δ B F B and ∂ t D F B = D ( 3 ) F B + O ( [ F B , D F B ] ) \partial_t D F_B=D^{(3)}F_B+O([F_B,D F_B]) ∂ t D F B = D ( 3 ) F B + O ([ F B , D F B ]) , which then implies ∥ ∂ t D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ N 5 / 2 / log N \|\partial_t D F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lesssim N^{5/2}/\log N ∥ ∂ t D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ N 5/2 / log N . It thus follows that
t 0 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ≲ c ( log log N ) 5 / 2 log N ≪ 1. t_0\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\lesssim c\frac{(\log\log N)^{5/2}}{\log N}\ll1. t 0 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ≲ c log N ( log log N ) 5/2 ≪ 1.
In the context of Proposition 4.51 , we may take c 0 ∼ c ( log log N ) 100 / log N c_0\sim c(\log\log N)^{100}/\log N c 0 ∼ c ( log log N ) 100 / log N , and the prefactor appearing in Proposition 4.51 may then be estimated (assuming that c ≪ 1 c\ll1 c ≪ 1 is sufficiently small depending on C 0 C_0 C 0 )
( c 0 + t 0 10 ) exp ( C 0 t 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) ≲ c ( log log N ) 100 log N exp ( C 0 c log log N ) ≲ 1 ( log N ) 1 − c 1 , (c_0+t_0^{10})\exp(C_0t_0\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])})\lesssim c\frac{(\log\log N)^{100}}{\log N}\exp(C_0c\log\log N)\lesssim\frac{1}{(\log N)^{1-c_1}}, ( c 0 + t 0 10 ) exp ( C 0 t 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) ≲ c log N ( log log N ) 100 exp ( C 0 c log log N ) ≲ ( log N ) 1 − c 1 1 ,
where c 1 > 0 c_1>0 c 1 > 0 is small if c c c is small. Therefore in this setting, τ B − 1 q B − ξ X F \tau_B^{-1}q_B-\xi_X^F τ B − 1 q B − ξ X F is indeed a perturbation.
We now proceed to prove Lemma 4.48 and Proposition 4.51 . While the lemma is not strictly needed in the following, its proof is a nice warm-up towards the proof of the proposition. To begin, recall that q B q_B q B satisfies
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) q B = 0 , q B ( 0 ) = δ 0 i d W 2 . (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F_B)q_B=0,\qquad q_B(0)=\delta_{0\mathrm{id}_{W_2}}. ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) q B = 0 , q B ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W 2 .
As an intermediate step, we derive the equation satisfied by τ B − 1 q B \tau_B^{-1}q_B τ B − 1 q B . This will also be useful in the proof of Proposition 4.51 . The following derivation applies both when q B q_B q B is defined on the torus and when it is defined on the plane.
Lemma 4.53. We have that
( ∂ t − Δ ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = − τ B − 1 ( ( ∂ t − Δ B ) τ B ) τ B − 1 q B + 2 ( τ B − 1 F B τ B ) τ B − 1 q B + 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e r ( τ B − 1 q B ) . (\partial_t-\Delta)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)=-\tau_B^{-1}((\partial_t-\Delta_B)\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}q_B+2(\tau_B^{-1}F_B\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}q_B
+2(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)+2(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B)\partial_{r^{-1}e_r}(\tau_B^{-1}q_B). ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = − τ B − 1 (( ∂ t − Δ B ) τ B ) τ B − 1 q B + 2 ( τ B − 1 F B τ B ) τ B − 1 q B + 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e r ( τ B − 1 q B ) .
Proof. To begin, we compute by the product rule
( ∂ t − Δ ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = ( ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( τ B − 1 ) ) q B + τ B − 1 ( ∂ t − Δ B ) q B − 2 D ℓ ( τ B − 1 ) D ℓ q B . (\partial_t-\Delta)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)=((\partial_t-\Delta_B)(\tau_B^{-1}))q_B+\tau_B^{-1}(\partial_t-\Delta_B)q_B-2D_\ell(\tau_B^{-1})D^\ell q_B. ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = (( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( τ B − 1 )) q B + τ B − 1 ( ∂ t − Δ B ) q B − 2 D ℓ ( τ B − 1 ) D ℓ q B .
We will need the intermediate computations (recall Remark 3.37(e), in particular (129) ):
∂ t ( τ B − 1 ) = − τ B − 1 ( ∂ t τ B ) τ B − 1 , \partial_t(\tau_B^{-1})=-\tau_B^{-1}(\partial_t\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}, ∂ t ( τ B − 1 ) = − τ B − 1 ( ∂ t τ B ) τ B − 1 ,
D ℓ ( τ B − 1 ) = − τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 , D_\ell(\tau_B^{-1})=-\tau_B^{-1}(D_\ell\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}, D ℓ ( τ B − 1 ) = − τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 ,
Δ B ( τ B − 1 ) = − D ℓ ( τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 ) = − τ B − 1 ( Δ B τ B ) τ B − 1 + 2 τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 , \Delta_B(\tau_B^{-1})=-D^\ell(\tau_B^{-1}(D_\ell\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1})=-\tau_B^{-1}(\Delta_B\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}+2\tau_B^{-1}(D_\ell\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}(D^\ell\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}, Δ B ( τ B − 1 ) = − D ℓ ( τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 ) = − τ B − 1 ( Δ B τ B ) τ B − 1 + 2 τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 ,
D ℓ ( q B ) = D ℓ ( τ B − 1 τ B q B ) = ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 q B + τ B − 1 D ℓ ( τ B q B ) . D^\ell(q_B)=D^\ell(\tau_B^{-1}\tau_Bq_B)=(D^\ell\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}q_B+\tau_B^{-1}D^\ell(\tau_Bq_B). D ℓ ( q B ) = D ℓ ( τ B − 1 τ B q B ) = ( D ℓ τ B ) τ B − 1 q B + τ B − 1 D ℓ ( τ B q B ) .
Inserting these intermediate computations, we may further obtain
( ∂ t − Δ ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = − τ B − 1 ( ( ∂ t − Δ B ) τ B ) τ B − 1 q B + 2 τ B − 1 F B q B + 2 τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) D ℓ ( τ B − 1 q B ) . (\partial_t-\Delta)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)=-\tau_B^{-1}((\partial_t-\Delta_B)\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}q_B+2\tau_B^{-1}F_Bq_B+2\tau_B^{-1}(D_\ell\tau_B)D^\ell(\tau_B^{-1}q_B). ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = − τ B − 1 (( ∂ t − Δ B ) τ B ) τ B − 1 q B + 2 τ B − 1 F B q B + 2 τ B − 1 ( D ℓ τ B ) D ℓ ( τ B − 1 q B ) .
To finish, we use that r − 1 e r , r − 1 e θ r^{-1}e_r,r^{-1}e_\theta r − 1 e r , r − 1 e θ are orthonormal, and thus
( D ℓ τ B ) D ℓ ( τ B − 1 q B ) = ( D r − 1 e r τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e r ( τ B − 1 q B ) + ( D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) . (D_\ell\tau_B)D^\ell(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)=(D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B)\partial_{r^{-1}e_r}(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)+(D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}(\tau_B^{-1}q_B). ( D ℓ τ B ) D ℓ ( τ B − 1 q B ) = ( D r − 1 e r τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e r ( τ B − 1 q B ) + ( D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) .
The desired result now follows by combining the previous few identities.
From Lemma 4.53 , we see that the Laplacian Δ B τ B \Delta_B\tau_B Δ B τ B of the parallel transport map enters into the equation for τ B − 1 q B \tau_B^{-1}q_B τ B − 1 q B . It will be useful to express the Laplacian in polar coordinates, which is the purpose of the next lemma. This is a standard calculation but we prefer to include it. Recall the angular and radial vector fields ( e θ , e r ) (e_\theta,e_r) ( e θ , e r ) from Notation 4.42 . As before, the following derivation holds both on the plane as well as on a neighbourhood around 0 0 0 in the torus. In the following, recall the covariant Hessian introduced in Notation 3.12.
Lemma 4.54 (Polar coordinates). We have that
( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) = D r − 1 e r D r − 1 e r Φ , (\operatorname{Hess}_B\Phi)(r^{-1}e_r,r^{-1}e_r)=D_{r^{-1}e_r}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\Phi, ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) = D r − 1 e r D r − 1 e r Φ , ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) = ( D r − 1 e θ D r − 1 e θ + r − 1 D r − 1 e r ) Φ . (\operatorname{Hess}_B\Phi)(r^{-1}e_\theta,r^{-1}e_\theta)=\left(D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}+r^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\right)\Phi. ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) = ( D r − 1 e θ D r − 1 e θ + r − 1 D r − 1 e r ) Φ. Consequently, we have that
Δ B Φ = ( D r − 1 e r D r − 1 e r + r − 1 D r − 1 e r + D r − 1 e θ D r − 1 e θ ) Φ . (230) \Delta_B\Phi=\left(D_{r^{-1}e_r}D_{r^{-1}e_r}+r^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}+D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\right)\Phi. \tag*{(230)} Δ B Φ = ( D r − 1 e r D r − 1 e r + r − 1 D r − 1 e r + D r − 1 e θ D r − 1 e θ ) Φ. (230)
Proof. We compute
D r − 1 e r D r − 1 e r Φ = ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) + D ∂ r − 1 e r ( r − 1 e r ) Φ = ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) , D_{r^{-1}e_r}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\Phi=(\operatorname{Hess}_B\Phi)(r^{-1}e_r,r^{-1}e_r)+D_{\partial_{r^{-1}e_r}}(r^{-1}e_r)\Phi=(\operatorname{Hess}_B\Phi)(r^{-1}e_r,r^{-1}e_r), D r − 1 e r D r − 1 e r Φ = ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) + D ∂ r − 1 e r ( r − 1 e r ) Φ = ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) ,
where we used that ∂ r − 1 e r ( r − 1 e r ) = 0 \partial_{r^{-1}e_r}(r^{-1}e_r)=0 ∂ r − 1 e r ( r − 1 e r ) = 0 . Next, we compute
D r − 1 e θ D r − 1 e θ Φ = ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) + D ∂ r − 1 e θ ( r − 1 e θ ) Φ . D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\Phi=(\operatorname{Hess}_B\Phi)(r^{-1}e_\theta,r^{-1}e_\theta)+D_{\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}}(r^{-1}e_\theta)\Phi. D r − 1 e θ D r − 1 e θ Φ = ( Hess B Φ ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) + D ∂ r − 1 e θ ( r − 1 e θ ) Φ.
We have that
∂ r − 1 e θ ( r − 1 e θ ) = r − 1 ∂ r − 1 e θ e θ = r − 2 ∂ e θ e θ = − r − 2 e r . (231) \partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}(r^{-1}e_\theta)=r^{-1}\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}e_\theta=r^{-2}\partial_{e_\theta}e_\theta=-r^{-2}e_r. \tag*{(231)} ∂ r − 1 e θ ( r − 1 e θ ) = r − 1 ∂ r − 1 e θ e θ = r − 2 ∂ e θ e θ = − r − 2 e r . (231)
Since r − 1 e θ r^{-1}e_\theta r − 1 e θ and r − 1 e r r^{-1}e_r r − 1 e r form an orthonormal basis of R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 , we obtain the claimed formula for the covariant Laplacian by tracing over the Hessian over this orthonormal basis and using the formulas for the Hessian that we just established.
The remaining ingredient in the proof of Lemma 4.48 is an exact computation of covariant derivatives of parallel transport in the case where B B B is a Yang–Mills connection. This exact computation captures much of what is special about the geometry associated to a Yang–Mills connection. In the following, recall Remark 3.37 (c), which says that if B B B is constant in time, then so is its parallel transport τ B \tau_B τ B .
Lemma 4.55. Let B : R 2 → g 2 B:\mathbb{R}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : R 2 → g 2 be a Yang–Mills connection. Then for any point x ∈ R 2 x\in\mathbb{R}^2 x ∈ R 2 and vector v ∈ R 2 v\in\mathbb{R}^2 v ∈ R 2 , we have that
( τ B − 1 D v τ B ) ( x ) = 1 2 F B 12 ( 0 ) ( x , v ) , (\tau_B^{-1}D_v\tau_B)(x)=\frac{1}{2}F_B^{12}(0)(x,v), ( τ B − 1 D v τ B ) ( x ) = 2 1 F B 12 ( 0 ) ( x , v ) , ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( x ) = 1 2 ∣ x ∣ F B 12 ( 0 ) , (\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(x)=\frac{1}{2}|x|F_B^{12}(0), ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( x ) = 2 1 ∣ x ∣ F B 12 ( 0 ) , ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B ) ( x ) = 1 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 ) ) 2 . (\tau_B^{-1}\Delta_B\tau_B)(x)=\frac{1}{4}|x|^2(F_B^{12}(0))^2. ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B ) ( x ) = 4 1 ∣ x ∣ 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 ) ) 2 .
Proof. By Lemmas 4.34 and 4.35 (or more precisely, analogues of these lemmas on the plane for constant-in-time connections), we have that (with γ ( t ) = t x \gamma(t)=tx γ ( t ) = t x )
( τ B − 1 D v τ B ) ( x ) = ∫ 0 1 d t ⋅ ( τ B − 1 F B ( x , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t ) ) = ∫ 0 1 d t ⋅ F B 12 ( 0 ) ( x , v ) = 1 2 F B 12 ( 0 ) ( x , v ) , (232) \begin{aligned}
(\tau_B^{-1}D_v\tau_B)(x)=\int_0^1\mathrm{d}t\cdot(\tau_B^{-1}F_B(x,v)\tau_B)(\gamma(t)) \\
&=\int_0^1\mathrm{d}t\cdot F_B^{12}(0)(x,v)=\frac{1}{2}F_B^{12}(0)(x,v), \tag*{(232)}
\end{aligned} ( τ B − 1 D v τ B ) ( x ) = ∫ 0 1 d t ⋅ ( τ B − 1 F B ( x , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t )) = ∫ 0 1 d t ⋅ F B 12 ( 0 ) ( x , v ) = 2 1 F B 12 ( 0 ) ( x , v ) , (232)
which gives the first desired identity.
For the second identity, we apply the first identity to obtain
( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( x ) = 1 2 F B ( 0 ) ( x , r − 1 e θ ) = 1 2 ( r − 1 F B 12 ( 0 ) x 1 2 + r − 1 F B 21 ( 0 ) x 2 ( − x 2 ) ) = 1 2 ∣ x ∣ F B 12 ( 0 ) , (\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(x)=\frac{1}{2}F_B(0)(x,r^{-1}e_\theta)
=\frac{1}{2}\left(r^{-1}F_B^{12}(0)x_1^2+r^{-1}F_B^{21}(0)x_2(-x_2)\right)=\frac{1}{2}|x|F_B^{12}(0), ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( x ) = 2 1 F B ( 0 ) ( x , r − 1 e θ ) = 2 1 ( r − 1 F B 12 ( 0 ) x 1 2 + r − 1 F B 21 ( 0 ) x 2 ( − x 2 ) ) = 2 1 ∣ x ∣ F B 12 ( 0 ) ,
as desired.
Finally, for the last identity, we differentiate both sides above by ∂ r − 1 e θ \partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta} ∂ r − 1 e θ to obtain (it may be helpful to read the first identity from right to left)
τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ D r − 1 e θ τ B − τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e θ τ B ) τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B = ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) = 1 2 ( ∂ r − 1 e θ r − 1 ) F B 12 ( 0 ) = 0 , \tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B-\tau_B^{-1}(D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B=\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\left(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B\right)
=\frac{1}{2}(\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}r^{-1})F_B^{12}(0)=0, τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ D r − 1 e θ τ B − τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e θ τ B ) τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B = ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) = 2 1 ( ∂ r − 1 e θ r − 1 ) F B 12 ( 0 ) = 0 ,
where we used that r = ∣ x ∣ r=|x| r = ∣ x ∣ is a radial function, so that its angular derivative is zero. Note that by definition, D e r τ B = 0 D_{e_r}\tau_B=0 D e r τ B = 0 . Rearranging and combining this with (230) , we thus obtain
( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B ) ( x ) = ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( x ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( x ) = 1 4 ∣ x ∣ 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 ) ) 2 , (\tau_B^{-1}\Delta_B\tau_B)(x)=(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(x)(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(x)=\frac{1}{4}|x|^2(F_B^{12}(0))^2, ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B ) ( x ) = ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( x ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( x ) = 4 1 ∣ x ∣ 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 ) ) 2 ,
as desired. □
Because it will be useful later, we record the following calculation from the proof of Lemma 4.55 :
F B ( x , e θ ) = F B 12 x 1 2 + F B 21 x 2 ( − x 2 ) = F B 12 ∣ x ∣ 2 . (233) F_B(x,e_\theta)=F_B^{12}x_1^2+F_B^{21}x_2(-x_2)=F_B^{12}|x|^2. \tag*{(233)} F B ( x , e θ ) = F B 12 x 1 2 + F B 21 x 2 ( − x 2 ) = F B 12 ∣ x ∣ 2 . (233)
We are now ready to prove Lemma 4.48 .
Proof of Lemma 4.48 . By Lemma 4.53 combined with the facts that when B B B is Yang–Mills, τ B \tau_B τ B is independent of time and that D e r τ B = 0 D_{e_r}\tau_B=0 D e r τ B = 0 (by definition), we obtain
( ∂ t − Δ ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = 2 ( τ B − 1 F B τ B ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) + ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) . (\partial_t-\Delta)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)=2(\tau_B^{-1}F_B\tau_B)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)+(\tau_B^{-1}\Delta_B\tau_B)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)+2(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}(\tau_B^{-1}q_B). ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = 2 ( τ B − 1 F B τ B ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) + ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) .
Next, by Lemmas 4.35 and 4.55 (the first of which implies that τ B − 1 F B τ B = F B ( 0 ) \tau_B^{-1}F_B\tau_B=F_B(0) τ B − 1 F B τ B = F B ( 0 ) ), we further have that
( ∂ t − L X F ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) , (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}_X^F)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)=2(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}(\tau_B^{-1}q_B), ( ∂ t − L X F ) ( τ B − 1 q B ) = 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) ,
where L X F \mathcal{L}_X^F L X F is defined in Definition 4.43 . To finish, observe that s X F s_X^F s X F is radial, i.e. ∂ e θ s X F = 0 \partial_{e_\theta}s_X^F=0 ∂ e θ s X F = 0 , and thus it also solves
( ∂ t − L X F ) s X F = 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ s X F . (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}_X^F)s_X^F=2(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}s_X^F. ( ∂ t − L X F ) s X F = 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e θ s X F .
Since s X F ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W 2 = ( τ B − 1 q B ) ( 0 ) s_X^F(0)=\delta_{0}\operatorname{id}_{W^2}=(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)(0) s X F ( 0 ) = δ 0 id W 2 = ( τ B − 1 q B ) ( 0 ) , it follows that s X F = τ B − 1 q B s_X^F=\tau_B^{-1}q_B s X F = τ B − 1 q B , as desired. □
The proof of Lemma 4.48 also suggests how to go about proving Proposition 4.51 : we should derive the equation satisfied by τ B − 1 q B − s X F \tau_B^{-1}q_B-s_X^F τ B − 1 q B − s X F , which should be of the form ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) = G B (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}_X^{F,\theta})(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-s_X^F)=G_B ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) = G B , where G B = 0 G_B=0 G B = 0 if B B B is Yang–Mills, and more generally G B G_B G B should be perturbative if B B B is almost a Yang–Mills connection. Towards this end, define the remainder kernel (recall that we take X = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) X=F_B^{12}(0,0) X = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) )
r B F ≔ σ ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) : [ 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 → End ( W 2 ) . r_B^F\mathrel{\mathop{\coloneqq}}\sigma(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-s_X^F):[0,\infty)\times\mathbb{R}^2\to\operatorname{End}(W^2). r B F : = σ ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) : [ 0 , ∞ ) × R 2 → End ( W 2 ) .
Here, while τ B − 1 q B \tau_B^{-1}q_B τ B − 1 q B is technically only defined on the torus, we use the cutoff function σ \sigma σ to view σ τ B − 1 q B \sigma\tau_B^{-1}q_B σ τ B − 1 q B as a function on the plane. Note that r B F r_B^F r B F is precisely the quantity that we need to estimate in order to prove Proposition 4.51 .
Combining Remark 4.47 (which gives that ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) F X F = 0 (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}^{F,\theta}_X)\mathcal{F}^F_X=0 ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) F X F = 0 ) with Lemma 4.53, we obtain the following equation for r B F r^F_B r B F :
( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) r B F = 2 ( τ B − 1 F B τ B − Rot ( X ) ) ( σ τ B − 1 q B ) + ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B − r 2 4 X 2 ) ( σ τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 σ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B − r 2 X ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) − ( τ B − 1 ∂ t τ B ) ( σ τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 σ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e r ( τ B − 1 q B ) − r X ( ∂ r − 1 e θ σ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − F X F ) − 2 ( ∂ ℓ σ ) ∂ ℓ ( τ B − 1 q B − F X F ) − ( Δ σ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − F X F ) . (234) (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}^{F,\theta}_X)r^F_B
=2(\tau_B^{-1}F_{B\tau_B}-\operatorname{Rot}(X))(\sigma\tau_B^{-1}q_B)
+\left(\tau_B^{-1}\Delta_B\tau_B-\frac{r^2}{4}X^2\right)(\sigma\tau_B^{-1}q_B)
+2\sigma\left(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r-1}e_{\theta}\tau_B-\frac{r}{2}X\right)\partial_{r-1}e_{\theta}(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)
-(\tau_B^{-1}\partial_t\tau_B)(\sigma\tau_B^{-1}q_B)+2\sigma(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r-1}e_r\tau_B)\partial_{r-1}e_r(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)
-rX(\partial_{r-1}e_{\theta}\sigma)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-\mathcal{F}^F_X)
-2(\partial^\ell\sigma)\partial_\ell(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-\mathcal{F}^F_X)-(\Delta\sigma)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-\mathcal{F}^F_X). \tag*{(234)} ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) r B F = 2 ( τ B − 1 F B τ B − Rot ( X )) ( σ τ B − 1 q B ) + ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B − 4 r 2 X 2 ) ( σ τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 σ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B − 2 r X ) ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) − ( τ B − 1 ∂ t τ B ) ( σ τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 σ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ∂ r − 1 e r ( τ B − 1 q B ) − r X ( ∂ r − 1 e θ σ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − F X F ) − 2 ( ∂ ℓ σ ) ∂ ℓ ( τ B − 1 q B − F X F ) − ( Δ σ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − F X F ) . (234)
The main step towards Proposition 4.51 is to estimate all terms on the right-hand side of (234) in terms of the quantity ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M \|B\|^{\mathrm{YM}}_{t_0} ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM (which we recall captures how close B B B is to being a Yang–Mills connection). The next lemma is a first step towards the needed estimates.
Lemma 4.56 (Commutator estimates of parallel transport and curvature). Let B : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → g 2 B:[0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → g 2 be a time-varying connection one-form. Let u , w ∈ R 2 u,w\in\mathbb{R}^2 u , w ∈ R 2 , γ ( t ) = t ( 1 , w ) \gamma(t)=t(1,w) γ ( t ) = t ( 1 , w ) . For t ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] t\in[0,t_0] t ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] such that t ∣ w ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 t|w|\le1/10 t ∣ w ∣ ≤ 1/10 , we have that for v ∈ R 2 v\in\mathbb{R}^2 v ∈ R 2 ,
∣ ( τ B − 1 F B ( u , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t ) ) − F B ( γ ( 0 ) ) ( u , v ) ∣ ≲ t ∣ u ∣ ∣ v ∣ ( ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ∣ w ∣ ) . (235) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}F_B(u,v)\tau_B)(\gamma(t))-F_B(\gamma(0))(u,v)\right|
\lesssim t|u||v|\left(\|\partial_tF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}+\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}|w|\right). \tag*{(235)} ( τ B − 1 F B ( u , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t )) − F B ( γ ( 0 )) ( u , v ) ≲ t ∣ u ∣∣ v ∣ ( ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ∣ w ∣ ) . (235) If, more generally, v ∈ R 1 + 2 v\in\mathbb{R}^{1+2} v ∈ R 1 + 2 , we also have the estimates
∣ ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( t ) , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t ) ) − F B ( γ ( 0 ) ) ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , v ) ∣ ≲ t ( ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ( ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ∣ w ∣ ∣ v x ∣ + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ( ∣ w ∣ ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v x ∣ ) . (236) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}F_B(\dot{\gamma}(t),v)\tau_B)(\gamma(t))-F_B(\gamma(0))(\dot{\gamma}(0),v)\right|
\lesssim t\left(\|\partial_t^2B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}(|v_x|+|w||v_0|)+\|\partial_tF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}|w||v_x|
+\|D\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}(|w||v_x|+|w|^2|v_0|)
+\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}|w|^2|v_x|\right). \tag*{(236)} ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( t ) , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t )) − F B ( γ ( 0 )) ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , v ) ≲ t ( ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ( ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ∣ w ∣∣ v x ∣ + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ( ∣ w ∣∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v x ∣ ) . (236) ∣ ( τ B − 1 D v τ B ) ( γ ( t ) ) − t 2 F B ( γ ( 0 ) ) ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , v ) ∣ ≲ t 2 ( ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ( ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ∣ w ∣ ∣ v x ∣ + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ( ∣ w ∣ ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v x ∣ ) . (237) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}D_v\tau_B)(\gamma(t))-\frac{t}{2}F_B(\gamma(0))(\dot{\gamma}(0),v)\right|
\lesssim t^2\left(\|\partial_t^2B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}(|v_x|+|w||v_0|)+\|\partial_tF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}|w||v_x|
+\|D\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}(|w||v_x|+|w|^2|v_0|)
+\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}|w|^2|v_x|\right). \tag*{(237)} ( τ B − 1 D v τ B ) ( γ ( t )) − 2 t F B ( γ ( 0 )) ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , v ) ≲ t 2 ( ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ( ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ∣ w ∣∣ v x ∣ + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ( ∣ w ∣∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v x ∣ ) . (237)
Proof. By Lemma 4.35, we have that
( τ B − 1 F B ( u , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t ) ) − F B ( γ ( 0 ) ) ( u , v ) = ∫ 0 t d s ( τ B − 1 ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F B ) ( u , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) . (\tau_B^{-1}F_B(u,v)\tau_B)(\gamma(t))-F_B(\gamma(0))(u,v)
=\int_0^t ds\,(\tau_B^{-1}(D_{\dot{\gamma}(s)}F_B)(u,v)\tau_B)(\gamma(s)). ( τ B − 1 F B ( u , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t )) − F B ( γ ( 0 )) ( u , v ) = ∫ 0 t d s ( τ B − 1 ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F B ) ( u , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) .
The estimate (235) now follows by integrating the pointwise estimate (note that D γ ˙ ( s ) F B = ∂ t F B + D w F B D_{\dot{\gamma}(s)}F_B=\partial_tF_B+D_wF_B D γ ˙ ( s ) F B = ∂ t F B + D w F B )
∣ ( τ B − 1 ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F B ) ( u , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ u ∣ ∣ v ∣ + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ u ∣ ∣ v ∣ ∣ w ∣ . |(\tau_B^{-1}(D_{\dot{\gamma}(s)}F_B)(u,v)\tau_B)(\gamma(s))|
\lesssim\|\partial_tF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|u||v|+\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|u||v||w|. ∣ ( τ B − 1 ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F B ) ( u , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ u ∣∣ v ∣ + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ u ∣∣ v ∣∣ w ∣.
Here, we used the assumption that v ∈ R 2 v\in\mathbb{R}^2 v ∈ R 2 is a spatial vector, so that only at most one derivative of F B F_B F B appears.
Next, again by Lemma 4.35, we have that
( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( t ) , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t ) ) − F B ( γ ( 0 ) ) ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , v ) = ∫ 0 t d s ( τ B − 1 ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) . (\tau_B^{-1}F_B(\dot{\gamma}(t),v)\tau_B)(\gamma(t))-F_B(\gamma(0))(\dot{\gamma}(0),v)
=\int_0^t ds\,(\tau_B^{-1}(D_{\dot{\gamma}(s)}F_B)(\dot{\gamma}(s),v)\tau_B)(\gamma(s)). ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( t ) , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( t )) − F B ( γ ( 0 )) ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , v ) = ∫ 0 t d s ( τ B − 1 ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) .
Note that γ ˙ ( s ) = ( 1 , w ) \dot{\gamma}(s)=(1,w) γ ˙ ( s ) = ( 1 , w ) , and thus we may expand
( D γ ˙ ( s ) F ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , v ) = ( D ( 1 , w ) F ) ( ( 1 , w ) , v ) = D 0 F 0 j v j + D 0 F i j w i v j + D 0 F i 0 w i v 0 + w i D i F 0 j v j + w i D i F j k w j v k + w i D i F j 0 w j v 0 . \begin{aligned}
(D_{\dot{\gamma}(s)}F)(\dot{\gamma}(s),v)
&=(D_{(1,w)}F)((1,w),v)\\
&=D_0F_{0j}v^j+D_0F_{ij}w^iv^j+D_0F_{i0}w^iv_0+w^iD_iF_{0j}v^j+w^iD_iF_{jk}w^jv^k+w^iD_iF_{j0}w^jv^0.
\end{aligned} ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , v ) = ( D ( 1 , w ) F ) (( 1 , w ) , v ) = D 0 F 0 j v j + D 0 F ij w i v j + D 0 F i 0 w i v 0 + w i D i F 0 j v j + w i D i F j k w j v k + w i D i F j 0 w j v 0 .
Noting that F 0 i = ∂ t B i F_{0i}=\partial_tB_i F 0 i = ∂ t B i and D 0 = ∂ t D_0=\partial_t D 0 = ∂ t , we may thus obtain the following pointwise estimate:
∣ ( τ B − 1 ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ w ∣ ∣ v x ∣ + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( ∣ w ∣ ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v x ∣ . \left|(\tau_B^{-1}(D_{\dot{\gamma}(s)}F_B)(\dot{\gamma}(s),v)\tau_B)(\gamma(s))\right|
\lesssim\|\partial_t^2B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}(|v_x|+|w||v_0|)+\|\partial_tF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|w||v_x|
+\|D\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}(|w||v_x|+|w|^2|v_0|)+\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|w|^2|v_x|. ( τ B − 1 ( D γ ˙ ( s ) F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , v ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ≲ ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( ∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ w ∣∣ v x ∣ + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( ∣ w ∣∣ v x ∣ + ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v 0 ∣ ) + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ w ∣ 2 ∣ v x ∣.
Upon integrating, we obtain (236) . For (237) , we integrate once more and again apply Lemma 4.35.
Lemma 4.57. Let B : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → g 2 B:[0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → g 2 be a time-varying connection one-form. Let x ∈ T 2 x\in\mathbb{T}^2 x ∈ T 2 be such that ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 |x|\leq1/10 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1/10 , and let t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] t\in(0,t_0] t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] . We have that
∣ ( t / 2 ) F B ( ( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e θ ) − ( r / 2 ) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ ≲ t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M , (238) \left|(t/2)F_B((1,x/t),r^{-1}e_\theta)-(r/2)F_B^{12}(0,0)\right|\lesssim t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}, \tag*{(238)} ( t /2 ) F B (( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e θ ) − ( r /2 ) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ≲ t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM , (238) ∣ t F B ( ( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e r ) ∣ ≲ t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M , (239) |tF_B((1,x/t),r^{-1}e_r)|\lesssim t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}, \tag*{(239)} ∣ t F B (( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e r ) ∣ ≲ t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM , (239) ∣ t F B ( ( 1 , x / t ) , ( 1 , 0 ) ) ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( r t − 1 / 2 ) . (240) |tF_B((1,x/t),(1,0))|\lesssim\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(rt^{-1/2}). \tag*{(240)} ∣ t F B (( 1 , x / t ) , ( 1 , 0 )) ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( r t − 1/2 ) . (240)
To be clear, in the above F B F_B F B is always evaluated at the space-time point ( 0 , 0 ) (0,0) ( 0 , 0 ) .
Proof. To show (238) , we first expand (and use (4.55))
( t / 2 ) F B ( ( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e θ ) = ( t / 2 ) F B ( x / t , r − 1 e θ ) + ( t / 2 ) ∂ t B ⋅ ( r − 1 e θ ) = ( r / 2 ) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) + ( t / 2 ) ∂ t B ⋅ ( r − 1 e θ ) , \begin{aligned}
(t/2)F_B((1,x/t),r^{-1}e_\theta)
&=(t/2)F_B(x/t,r^{-1}e_\theta)+(t/2)\partial_tB\cdot(r^{-1}e_\theta)\\
&=(r/2)F_B^{12}(0,0)+(t/2)\partial_tB\cdot(r^{-1}e_\theta),
\end{aligned} ( t /2 ) F B (( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e θ ) = ( t /2 ) F B ( x / t , r − 1 e θ ) + ( t /2 ) ∂ t B ⋅ ( r − 1 e θ ) = ( r /2 ) F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) + ( t /2 ) ∂ t B ⋅ ( r − 1 e θ ) ,
and to finish, we estimate
t ∣ ∂ t B ⋅ ( r − 1 e θ ) ∣ ≲ t ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M . t|\partial_tB\cdot(r^{-1}e_\theta)|\lesssim t\|\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lesssim t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}. t ∣ ∂ t B ⋅ ( r − 1 e θ ) ∣ ≲ t ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM .
To show (239) , we first note that F B ( ( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e r ) = ( ∂ t B ) ⋅ ( r − 1 e r ) F_B((1,x/t),r^{-1}e_r)=(\partial_tB)\cdot(r^{-1}e_r) F B (( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e r ) = ( ∂ t B ) ⋅ ( r − 1 e r ) and then apply a similar estimate as above. Finally, to show (240) , we estimate
∣ t F B ( ( 1 , x / t ) , ( 1 , 0 ) ) ∣ = ∣ t ( ∂ t B ) ⋅ ( x / t ) ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ∣ x ∣ t − 1 / 2 = ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( r t − 1 / 2 ) . |tF_B((1,x/t),(1,0))|=|t(\partial_tB)\cdot(x/t)|\lesssim\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}|x|t^{-1/2}=\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(rt^{-1/2}). ∣ t F B (( 1 , x / t ) , ( 1 , 0 )) ∣ = ∣ t ( ∂ t B ) ⋅ ( x / t ) ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ∣ x ∣ t − 1/2 = ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( r t − 1/2 ) .
Using Lemmas 4.56 and 4.57, we may now estimate all error terms appearing on the right-hand side of (234) .
Lemma 4.58. Let B : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → g 2 B:[0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2 B : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → g 2 be a time-varying connection one-form. Let x ∈ T 2 x\in\mathbb{T}^2 x ∈ T 2 be such that ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 |x|\leq1/10 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1/10 , and let t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] t\in(0,t_0] t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] . We have that
∣ ( τ B − 1 F B τ B ) ( t , x ) − F B ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) ) , (241) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}F_B\tau_B)(t,x)-F_B(0,0)\right|\lesssim\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})), \tag*{(241)} ( τ B − 1 F B τ B ) ( t , x ) − F B ( 0 , 0 ) ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 )) , (241) ∣ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( t , x ) − r 2 F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ ≲ t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) , (242) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(t,x)-\frac{r}{2}F_B^{12}(0,0)\right|\lesssim t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2), \tag*{(242)} ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( t , x ) − 2 r F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ≲ t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) , (242) ∣ τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) , (243) |\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B(t,x)|\lesssim t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2), \tag*{(243)} ∣ τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) , (243) ∣ ( τ B − 1 ∂ t τ B ) ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) , (244) |(\tau_B^{-1}\partial_t\tau_B)(t,x)|\lesssim\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2), \tag*{(244)} ∣ ( τ B − 1 ∂ t τ B ) ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) , (244) ∣ ( τ B − 1 Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) ( t , x ) − r 2 4 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 ∣ ≲ ( 1 + t ∥ F ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) × ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 5 ) . (245) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}\operatorname{Hess}_B\tau_B)(r^{-1}e_\theta,r^{-1}e_\theta)(t,x)-\frac{r^2}{4}(F_B^{12}(0,0))^2\right|
\lesssim\left(1+t\|F\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}+t\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\right)
\times\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^5). \tag*{(245)} ( τ B − 1 Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) ( t , x ) − 4 r 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 ≲ ( 1 + t ∥ F ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) × ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 5 ) . (245)
∣ ( τ B − 1 Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) × ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) (246) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}\operatorname{Hess}_B\tau_B)(r^{-1}e_r,r^{-1}e_r)(t,x)\right| \lesssim(1+t\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}})\times\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2\right) \tag*{(246)} ( τ B − 1 Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) ( t , x ) ≲ ( 1 + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) × ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) (246)
∣ ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B ) ( t , x ) − r 2 4 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 ∣ ≲ ( 1 + t ∥ F ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) × ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 5 ) . (247) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}\Delta_B\tau_B)(t,x)-\frac{r^2}{4}(F_B^{12}(0,0))^2\right| \lesssim\left(1+t\|F\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}+t\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\right)\times\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^5\right). \tag*{(247)} ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B ) ( t , x ) − 4 r 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 ≲ ( 1 + t ∥ F ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) × ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 5 ) . (247)
Proof. We proceed with the estimates one-by-one.
Proof of (4.63). We apply (235) with w = x / t w=x/t w = x / t and arbitrary u , v ∈ R 2 u,v\in\mathbb{R}^2 u , v ∈ R 2 , ∣ u ∣ = ∣ v ∣ = 1 |u|=|v|=1 ∣ u ∣ = ∣ v ∣ = 1 to estimate
∣ ( τ B − 1 F B τ B ) ( t , x ) − F B ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ t + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) ) . \left|(\tau_B^{-1}F_{B\tau_B})(t,x)-F_B(0,0)\right| \lesssim\|\partial_tF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}t+\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|x| \lesssim\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})\right). ( τ B − 1 F B τ B ) ( t , x ) − F B ( 0 , 0 ) ≲ ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ t + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) ) .
Proofs of (4.64) and (4.65). We apply (237) with v = ( 0 , r − 1 e θ ) v=(0,r^{-1}e_\theta) v = ( 0 , r − 1 e θ ) , w = x / t w=x/t w = x / t , to obtain
∣ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( t , x ) − t 2 F B ( ( 1 , w ) , r − 1 e θ ) ∣ ≲ t 2 ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ 2 t − 2 ) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(t,x)-\frac{t}{2}F_B((1,w),r^{-1}e_\theta)\right| \lesssim t^2\left(\|\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\|\partial_tF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|x|t^{-1}+\|D\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|x|t^{-1}+\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|x|^2t^{-2}\right) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( t , x ) − 2 t F B (( 1 , w ) , r − 1 e θ ) ≲ t 2 ( ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ 2 t − 2 )
≲ t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) . \lesssim t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2\right). ≲ t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) .
Combining this with (238) , we have thus shown (4.64). The proof of (4.65) is similar, except we take v = ( 0 , r − 1 e r ) v=(0,r^{-1}e_r) v = ( 0 , r − 1 e r ) , and we apply (239) in place of (238) .
Proof of (4.66). We apply (237) with v = ( 1 , 0 ) v=(1,0) v = ( 1 , 0 ) , w = x / t w=x/t w = x / t , to obtain
∣ ( τ B − 1 ∂ t τ B ) ( t , x ) − t 2 F B ( ( 1 , w ) , ( 1 , 0 ) ) ∣ ≲ t 2 ( ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ 2 t − 2 ) \left|(\tau_B^{-1}\partial_t\tau_B)(t,x)-\frac{t}{2}F_B((1,w),(1,0))\right| \lesssim t^2\left(\|\partial_t^2B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|x|t^{-1}+\|D\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|x|^2t^{-2}\right) ( τ B − 1 ∂ t τ B ) ( t , x ) − 2 t F B (( 1 , w ) , ( 1 , 0 )) ≲ t 2 ( ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ 2 t − 2 )
≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) . \lesssim\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2\right). ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) .
Combining this with (240) , we may thus obtain (4.66).
Proof of (4.67). We want to apply Lemma 4.34, but we need to be careful because r − 1 e θ r^{-1}e_\theta r − 1 e θ is non-constant, in particular ∂ r − 1 e θ ( r − 1 e θ ) = − r − 1 ( r − 1 e r ) ≠ 0 \partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}(r^{-1}e_\theta)=-r^{-1}(r^{-1}e_r)\ne0 ∂ r − 1 e θ ( r − 1 e θ ) = − r − 1 ( r − 1 e r ) = 0 (recall (231) ). Towards this end, let v 1 = v 2 = ( r − 1 e θ ) ( x ) v_1=v_2=(r^{-1}e_\theta)(x) v 1 = v 2 = ( r − 1 e θ ) ( x ) . Note then that ( Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) ( t , x ) = ( D v 1 D v 2 τ B ) ( t , x ) (\operatorname{Hess}_B\tau_B)(r^{-1}e_\theta,r^{-1}e_\theta)(t,x)=(D_{v_1}D_{v_2}\tau_B)(t,x) ( Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) ( t , x ) = ( D v 1 D v 2 τ B ) ( t , x ) (the point now is that the vectors v 1 , v 2 v_1,v_2 v 1 , v 2 do not vary in space, unlike the vector field r − 1 e θ r^{-1}e_\theta r − 1 e θ ). Applying Lemma 4.34, we thus obtain (here γ ( s ) = s ( 1 , x / t ) \gamma(s)=s(1,x/t) γ ( s ) = s ( 1 , x / t ) )
( τ B − 1 Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) ( t , x ) = ( τ B − 1 D v 1 D v 2 τ B ) ( t , x ) = 2 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) + 1 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e θ F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) . \begin{aligned}
(\tau_B^{-1}\operatorname{Hess}_B\tau_B)(r^{-1}e_\theta,r^{-1}e_\theta)(t,x) \\
&=(\tau_B^{-1}D_{v_1}D_{v_2}\tau_B)(t,x) \\
&=\frac{2}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,s^2(\tau_B^{-1}F_B(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_\theta)\tau_B)(\gamma(s))(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(\gamma(s)) \\
&+\frac{1}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,s^2(\tau_B^{-1}(D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}F_B)(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_\theta)\tau_B)(\gamma(s)).
\end{aligned} ( τ B − 1 Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e θ , r − 1 e θ ) ( t , x ) = ( τ B − 1 D v 1 D v 2 τ B ) ( t , x ) = t 2 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s )) + t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e θ F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) .
The second term above is a perturbation, as we may estimate
1 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ∣ ( τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e θ F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ ≲ ∫ 0 t d s ( ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ) \frac{1}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,s^2\left|(\tau_B^{-1}(D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}F_B)(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_\theta)\tau_B)(\gamma(s))\right| \lesssim\int_0^t ds\left(\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|x|t^{-1}+\|D\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\right) t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e θ F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ≲ ∫ 0 t d s ( ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ )
≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) ) , \lesssim\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})\right), ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) ) ,
which is acceptable. To handle the leading term, first, for notational brevity, let
R 1 ( s ) = ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) − r t F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) , R_1(s)=\bigl(\tau_B^{-1}F_B(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_\theta)\tau_B\bigr)(\gamma(s))-\frac{r}{t}F_B^{12}(0,0), R 1 ( s ) = ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) − t r F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ,
R 2 ( s ) = ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) − s 2 t r F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) . R_2(s)=\bigl(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B\bigr)(\gamma(s))-\frac{s}{2t}rF_B^{12}(0,0). R 2 ( s ) = ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s )) − 2 t s r F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) .
Note that (recalling (4.55)) F B ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , r − 1 e θ ) = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) r t − 1 + ( ∂ t B ) ⋅ r − 1 e θ F_B(\dot{\gamma}(0),r^{-1}e_\theta)=F_B^{12}(0,0)rt^{-1}+(\partial_tB)\cdot r^{-1}e_\theta F B ( γ ˙ ( 0 ) , r − 1 e θ ) = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) r t − 1 + ( ∂ t B ) ⋅ r − 1 e θ . Thus by (236) , we may estimate
∣ R 1 ( s ) ∣ ≲ s ( ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ + ( ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ 2 t − 2 ) + ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ t − 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) . \begin{aligned}
|R_1(s)|&\lesssim s\bigl(\|\partial_t^2B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+(\|\partial_tF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\|D\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}})|x|t^{-1}+\|DF_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}|x|^2t^{-2}\bigr)+\|\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim t^{-1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2).
\end{aligned} ∣ R 1 ( s ) ∣ ≲ s ( ∥ ∂ t 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ + ( ∥ ∂ t F B ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ D ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∣ x ∣ t − 1 + ∥ D F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ∣ x ∣ 2 t − 2 ) + ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ t − 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) .
We also apply (242) to estimate (here, note that ∣ x ∣ − 1 e θ ( x ) = ∣ ( s / t ) x ∣ − 1 e θ ( γ ( s ) ) |x|^{-1}e_\theta(x)=|(s/t)x|^{-1}e_\theta(\gamma(s)) ∣ x ∣ − 1 e θ ( x ) = ∣ ( s / t ) x ∣ − 1 e θ ( γ ( s )) , and thus we apply (242) with ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) replaced by γ ( s ) = ( s , ( s / t ) x ) \gamma(s)=(s,(s/t)x) γ ( s ) = ( s , ( s / t ) x ) )
∣ R 2 ( s ) ∣ ≲ s 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) . |R_2(s)|\lesssim s^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2). ∣ R 2 ( s ) ∣ ≲ s 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) .
Inserting these approximations, it follows that
1 t 2 ∣ ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( 2 ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) − s t ∣ x ∣ 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 ) ∣ ≲ 1 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ∣ R 1 ( s ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ + 1 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 s t ∣ F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) R 2 ( s ) ∣ . \begin{aligned}
\frac{1}{t^2}\left|\int_0^t ds\,s^2\left(2\bigl(\tau_B^{-1}F_B(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_\theta)\tau_B\bigr)(\gamma(s))\bigl(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B\bigr)(\gamma(s))-\frac{s}{t}|x|^2(F_B^{12}(0,0))^2\right)\right|\\
\lesssim\frac{1}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,s^2|R_1(s)(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(\gamma(s))|+\frac{1}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,s^2\frac{s}{t}|F_B^{12}(0,0)R_2(s)|.
\end{aligned} t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( 2 ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e θ ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s )) − t s ∣ x ∣ 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 ) ≲ t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ∣ R 1 ( s ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ∣ + t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 t s ∣ F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) R 2 ( s ) ∣.
We may combine our estimates on R 1 R_1 R 1 , R 2 R_2 R 2 with the additional estimates
r ∣ F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ r , r|F_B^{12}(0,0)|\lesssim\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}r, r ∣ F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ ≲ ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ r ,
∣ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ ≲ ∣ ( s / t ) r F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ + ∣ R 2 ( s ) ∣ ≲ ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ r + ∣ R 2 ( s ) ∣ , |(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(\gamma(s))|\lesssim|(s/t)rF_B^{12}(0,0)|+|R_2(s)|\lesssim\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}r+|R_2(s)|, ∣ ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ∣ ≲ ∣ ( s / t ) r F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ∣ + ∣ R 2 ( s ) ∣ ≲ ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ r + ∣ R 2 ( s ) ∣ ,
in order to estimate
∫ 0 t d s ∣ R 1 ( s ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ ≲ t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) ( ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ r + t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) ) ≲ t ( ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 5 ) , \begin{aligned}
\int_0^t ds\,|R_1(s)(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)(\gamma(s))|
&\lesssim t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2)(\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}r+t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2))\\
&\lesssim t(\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}})\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}(1+(rt^{-1/2})^5),
\end{aligned} ∫ 0 t d s ∣ R 1 ( s ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ∣ ≲ t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) ( ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ r + t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 )) ≲ t ( ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 5 ) ,
and similarly for the second term. To finish, we simply compute
1 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 3 t 2 ∣ x ∣ 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 = r 2 4 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 . \frac{1}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,\frac{s^3}{t^2}|x|^2(F_B^{12}(0,0))^2=\frac{r^2}{4}(F_B^{12}(0,0))^2. t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s t 2 s 3 ∣ x ∣ 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 = 4 r 2 ( F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) ) 2 .
The desired estimate (245) now follows.
Proof of (246) . We start as before, except now since ∂ r − 1 e r ( r − 1 e r ) = 0 \partial_{r^{-1}e_r}(r^{-1}e_r)=0 ∂ r − 1 e r ( r − 1 e r ) = 0 , we in fact have that D r − 1 e r D r − 1 e r τ B = ( Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) D_{r^{-1}e_r}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B=(\operatorname{Hess}_B\tau_B)(r^{-1}e_r,r^{-1}e_r) D r − 1 e r D r − 1 e r τ B = ( Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) . We then apply Lemma 4.34 to obtain (here γ ( s ) = s ( 1 , x / t ) \gamma(s)=s(1,x/t) γ ( s ) = s ( 1 , x / t ) )
( τ B − 1 Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) ( t , x ) = 2 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) + 1 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e r F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) . \begin{aligned}
(\tau_B^{-1}\operatorname{Hess}_B\tau_B)(r^{-1}e_r,r^{-1}e_r)(t,x)
=\frac{2}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,s^2\bigl(\tau_B^{-1}F_B(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_r)\tau_B\bigr)(\gamma(s))\bigl(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B\bigr)(\gamma(s)) \\
&+\frac{1}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,s^2\left(\tau_B^{-1}(D_{r^{-1}e_r}F_B)(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_r)\tau_B\right)(\gamma(s)).
\end{aligned} ( τ B − 1 Hess B τ B ) ( r − 1 e r , r − 1 e r ) ( t , x ) = t 2 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ( γ ( s )) + t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e r F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) .
The second term may be estimated as before:
1 t 2 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ∣ ( τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e r F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) ) . \frac{1}{t^2}\int_0^t ds\,s^2\left|\left(\tau_B^{-1}(D_{r^{-1}e_r}F_B)(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_r)\tau_B\right)(\gamma(s))\right|\lesssim\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})\right). t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e r F B ) ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ≲ ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) ) .
The first term is now also a perturbation. To see this, first note that
F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) = F B ( ( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e r ) = ( ∂ t B ) ⋅ ( r − 1 e r ) . F_B(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_r)=F_B((1,x/t),r^{-1}e_r)=(\partial_tB)\cdot(r^{-1}e_r). F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) = F B (( 1 , x / t ) , r − 1 e r ) = ( ∂ t B ) ⋅ ( r − 1 e r ) .
Combining this with (243) , we may estimate
1 t 2 ∣ ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ( γ ( s ) ) ∣ \frac{1}{t^2}\left|\int_0^t ds\,s^2\left(\tau_B^{-1}F_B(\dot{\gamma}(s),r^{-1}e_r)\tau_B\right)(\gamma(s))\left(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B\right)(\gamma(s))\right| t 2 1 ∫ 0 t d s s 2 ( τ B − 1 F B ( γ ˙ ( s ) , r − 1 e r ) τ B ) ( γ ( s )) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ( γ ( s ))
≲ ∫ 0 t d s ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ s 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) \lesssim\int_0^t ds\,\|\partial_tB\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}s^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2\right) ≲ ∫ 0 t d s ∥ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ s 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 )
≲ t ( ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) 2 ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) , \lesssim t\left(\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\right)^2\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2\right), ≲ t ( ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) 2 ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) ,
which is acceptable. Combining, we may thus obtain (246) .
Proof of (247) . We combine (245) and (246) .
Remark 4.59. In the estimates of Lemmas 4.56, 4.57, and 4.58, we did not assume that B B B is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow. The only place where we use this assumption in the proof of Proposition 4.51 will be in applying the heat kernel estimates (196) of q B q_B q B , as we will shortly see.
With the estimates from Lemma 4.58 in hand, we may now prove Proposition 4.51.
Proof of Proposition 4.51. Recall that r B F r_B^F r B F is precisely the quantity to be estimated in Proposition 4.51. Towards this end, we begin by slightly rewriting its equation (234) . We distribute
∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) = τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ q B − τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e θ τ B ) τ B − 1 q B , \partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}(\tau_B^{-1}q_B)=\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}q_B-\tau_B^{-1}(D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B)\tau_B^{-1}q_B, ∂ r − 1 e θ ( τ B − 1 q B ) = τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ q B − τ B − 1 ( D r − 1 e θ τ B ) τ B − 1 q B ,
and similarly for r − 1 e r r^{-1}e_r r − 1 e r . Inserting this into (234) , we further obtain
( ∂ t − L X F B , θ ) r B F = R 1 ( σ τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 σ R 2 τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ q B + 2 σ R 3 τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r q B + R 4 , (\partial_t-\mathcal{L}_X^{F_B,\theta})r_B^F=R_1(\sigma\tau_B^{-1}q_B)+2\sigma R_2\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}q_B+2\sigma R_3\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}q_B+R_4, ( ∂ t − L X F B , θ ) r B F = R 1 ( σ τ B − 1 q B ) + 2 σ R 2 τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ q B + 2 σ R 3 τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r q B + R 4 ,
where (recall X = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) X=F_B^{12}(0,0) X = F B 12 ( 0 , 0 ) )
R 1 = 2 ( τ B − 1 F B τ B − Rot ( X ) ) + ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B − r 2 4 X 2 ) − 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B − r 2 X ) τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B − τ B − 1 ∂ t τ B − 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) , R 2 = τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B − r 2 X , R 3 = τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B , R 4 = − r X ( ∂ r − 1 e θ σ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) − 2 ( ∂ ℓ σ ) ∂ ℓ ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) − ( Δ σ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) . \begin{aligned}
R_1={}&2(\tau_B^{-1}F_B\tau_B-\operatorname{Rot}(X))+\left(\tau_B^{-1}\Delta_B\tau_B-\frac{r^2}{4}X^2\right)\\
&-2\left(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B-\frac{r}{2}X\right)\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B\\
&-\tau_B^{-1}\partial_t\tau_B-2(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B)(\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B),\\
R_2={}&\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\tau_B-\frac{r}{2}X,\\
R_3={}&\tau_B^{-1}D_{r^{-1}e_r}\tau_B,\\
R_4={}&-rX(\partial_{r^{-1}e_\theta}\sigma)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-s_X^F)-2(\partial^\ell\sigma)\partial_\ell(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-s_X^F)-(\Delta\sigma)(\tau_B^{-1}q_B-s_X^F).
\end{aligned} R 1 = R 2 = R 3 = R 4 = 2 ( τ B − 1 F B τ B − Rot ( X )) + ( τ B − 1 Δ B τ B − 4 r 2 X 2 ) − 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B − 2 r X ) τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B − τ B − 1 ∂ t τ B − 2 ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) ( τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B ) , τ B − 1 D r − 1 e θ τ B − 2 r X , τ B − 1 D r − 1 e r τ B , − r X ( ∂ r − 1 e θ σ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) − 2 ( ∂ ℓ σ ) ∂ ℓ ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) − ( Δ σ ) ( τ B − 1 q B − s X F ) .
By Lemma 4.58, we have the following pointwise bounds on R 1 R_1 R 1 , R 2 R_2 R 2 , R 3 R_3 R 3 on the support of σ \sigma σ (i.e. for x x x such that ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 / 10 |x|\le1/10 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1/10 ):
∣ R 1 ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + t ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 5 ) , |R_1(t,x)|\lesssim\left(1+t\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+t\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\right)\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^5\right), ∣ R 1 ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ ( 1 + t ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 5 ) ,
∣ R 2 ( t , x ) ∣ + ∣ R 3 ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ t 1 / 2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) . |R_2(t,x)|+|R_3(t,x)|\lesssim t^{1/2}\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2\right). ∣ R 2 ( t , x ) ∣ + ∣ R 3 ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ t 1/2 ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) .
To estimate R 4 R_4 R 4 , note that it is composed of all the cases where derivatives fall on the cutoff function σ \sigma σ , and thus R 4 R_4 R 4 is only nonzero for values of x x x with ∣ x ∣ ≳ 1 |x|\gtrsim1 ∣ x ∣ ≳ 1 . Combining this with our pointwise estimates of q B q_B q B (Proposition 4.18) and our exact formula for s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}^{F,\theta}_X s X F , θ discussed at the beginning of this section, we may estimate
∣ R 4 ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ t 10 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) exp ( C t ∥ F ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) t − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x ∣ 2 / t ) . |R_4(t,x)|\lesssim t^{10}\left(1+\|F\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}+\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\right)\exp\left(Ct\|F\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}\right)t^{-1}\exp\left(-c|x|^2/t\right). ∣ R 4 ( t , x ) ∣ ≲ t 10 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) exp ( C t ∥ F ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) t − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x ∣ 2 / t ) .
Here, the power 10 could have been any number. The point is that R 4 R_4 R 4 is much smaller than anything else, and thus will result in a (much more than) acceptable contribution.
From the defining equation (226) for s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}^{F,\theta}_X s X F , θ , we have that s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}^{F,\theta}_X s X F , θ is the integral kernel of ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) − 1 (\partial_t-L_X^{F,\theta})^{-1} ( ∂ t − L X F , θ ) − 1 . Thus upon integrating and combining the previous pointwise bounds with our pointwise bounds on s X F , θ \mathfrak{s}^{F,\theta}_X s X F , θ (recall (227) ) as well as q B q_B q B and D q B Dq_B D q B from Proposition 4.18, we have that for all ( t 1 , x 1 ) ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 (t_1,x_1)\in(0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( t 1 , x 1 ) ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 ,
∣ r B F ( t 1 , x 1 ) ∣ ≲ ∫ d t d x ∣ s X F , θ ( t , x ; t 1 , x 1 ) ∣ ( ∣ R 1 ( t , x ) ∣ ∣ q B ( t , x ) ∣ + ( ∣ R 2 ( t , x ) ∣ + ∣ R 3 ( t , x ) ∣ ) ∣ D q B ( t , x ) ∣ + ∣ R 4 ( t , x ) ∣ ) ≲ exp ( C 0 t 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 1 , x 1 ) t − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x ∣ 2 / t ) × ( t 10 ( 1 + ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) + ( 1 + t ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ) ∥ B ∥ t 0 Y M ( 1 + ( r t − 1 / 2 ) 2 ) ) ≲ ( c 0 + t 10 ) exp ( C 0 t 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ) t 1 − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x 1 ∣ 2 / t 1 ) , \begin{aligned}
|\mathfrak{r}^{F}_B(t_1,x_1)|&\lesssim\int dt\,dx\,|\mathfrak{s}^{F,\theta}_X(t,x;t_1,x_1)|\bigl(|R_1(t,x)||q_B(t,x)|\\
&\qquad+\left(|R_2(t,x)|+|R_3(t,x)|\right)|Dq_B(t,x)|+|R_4(t,x)|\bigr)\\
&\lesssim\exp\left(C_0t_0\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\right)\int dt\,dx\,p(t,x;t_1,x_1)t^{-1}\exp\left(-c|x|^2/t\right)\\
&\qquad\times\left(t^{10}\left(1+\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\right)+\left(1+t\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+t\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\right)\|B\|_{t_0}^{\mathrm{YM}}\left(1+(rt^{-1/2})^2\right)\right)\\
&\lesssim\left(c_0+t^{10}\right)\exp\left(C_0t_0\|F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\right)t_1^{-1}\exp\left(-c|x_1|^2/t_1\right),
\end{aligned} ∣ r B F ( t 1 , x 1 ) ∣ ≲ ∫ d t d x ∣ s X F , θ ( t , x ; t 1 , x 1 ) ∣ ( ∣ R 1 ( t , x ) ∣∣ q B ( t , x ) ∣ + ( ∣ R 2 ( t , x ) ∣ + ∣ R 3 ( t , x ) ∣ ) ∣ D q B ( t , x ) ∣ + ∣ R 4 ( t , x ) ∣ ) ≲ exp ( C 0 t 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∫ d t d x p ( t , x ; t 1 , x 1 ) t − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x ∣ 2 / t ) × ( t 10 ( 1 + ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) + ( 1 + t ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ + t ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ) ∥ B ∥ t 0 YM ( 1 + ( r t − 1/2 ) 2 ) ) ≲ ( c 0 + t 10 ) exp ( C 0 t 0 ∥ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ) t 1 − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x 1 ∣ 2 / t 1 ) ,
as desired (in the last step we applied the smallness assumption (229) ).
Schauder estimates
In this section, we collect several Schauder estimates which will be needed when carrying out perturbative arguments in the coming sections. These results will be obtained as consequences of the material in Sections 4.1–4.2. We begin by setting notation regarding covariant Duhamel operators.
Definition 4.60. For H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W H:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W , we define
Duh B ( H ) ( t , x ) ≔ ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T d d y p B ( s , y ; t , x ) H ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d . \operatorname{Duh}_B(H)(t,x)\coloneqq\int_0^t ds\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}dy\,p_B(s,y;t,x)H(s,y),\qquad(t,x)\in[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d. Duh B ( H ) ( t , x ) : = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T d d y p B ( s , y ; t , x ) H ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d .
Similarly, for G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d , we define
Duh B F ( G ) ( t , x ) ≔ ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T d d y q B ( s , y ; t , x ) G ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d . \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_B(G)(t,x)\coloneqq\int_0^t ds\int_{\mathbb{T}^d}dy\,q_B(s,y;t,x)G(s,y),\qquad(t,x)\in[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d. Duh B F ( G ) ( t , x ) : = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T d d y q B ( s , y ; t , x ) G ( s , y ) , ( t , x ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d .
Note that Duh B ( H ) , Duh B F ( G ) \operatorname{Duh}_B(H),\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_B(G) Duh B ( H ) , Duh B F ( G ) satisfy
( ∂ t − Δ B ) Duh B ( H ) = H , Duh B ( H ) ( 0 ) = 0 , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\operatorname{Duh}_B(H)=H,\qquad\operatorname{Duh}_B(H)(0)=0, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Duh B ( H ) = H , Duh B ( H ) ( 0 ) = 0 ,
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) Duh B F ( G ) = G , Duh B F ( G ) ( 0 ) = 0. (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F)\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_B(G)=G,\qquad\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_B(G)(0)=0. ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F ) Duh B F ( G ) = G , Duh B F ( G ) ( 0 ) = 0.
We proceed with the main results of this section.
Lemma 4.61 (Covariant Schauder estimates). Let C 0 C_0 C 0 be the maximum of the constants from Lemma 4.9 and Proposition 4.18. Let T ≤ 1 T\leq1 T ≤ 1 , G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d . For any 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ 1\leq p\leq\infty 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ , we have that
∥ Duh B F ( G ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ G r T ( C 0 F ) ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) , \left\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_B(G)\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^p_x([0,T])}\lesssim G_{rT}(C_0F)\|G\|_{L^1_tL^p_x([0,T])}, Duh B F ( G ) L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ G r T ( C 0 F ) ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ,
∥ D B Duh B F ( G ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) sup t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] ∥ ( t 0 − t ) − 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) , \|D_B\operatorname{Duh}_B^F(G)\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,T])} \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)(1+\|F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})\sup_{t_0\in(0,T]}\|(t_0-t)^{-1/2}G\|_{L_t^1L_x^p([0,t_0])}, ∥ D B Duh B F ( G ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 pert ) t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ∥ ( t 0 − t ) − 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ,
∥ Duh B F ( D B G ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) sup t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] ∥ min ( t , ( t 0 − t ) ) − 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \|\operatorname{Duh}_B^F(D_BG)\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,T])} \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)(1+\|F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})\sup_{t_0\in(0,T]}\|\min(t,(t_0-t))^{-1/2}G\|_{L_t^1L_x^p([0,t_0])}. ∥ Duh B F ( D B G ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 pert ) t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ∥ min ( t , ( t 0 − t ) ) − 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) .
Similarly, for H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W H:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W , we have that
∥ Duh B ( H ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ H ∥ L t 1 L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) , \|\operatorname{Duh}_B(H)\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,T])}\lesssim\|H\|_{L_t^1L_x^p([0,T])}, ∥ Duh B ( H ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ H ∥ L t 1 L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ,
∥ D B Duh B ( H ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) sup t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] ∥ ( t 0 − t ) − 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) , \|D_B\operatorname{Duh}_B(H)\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,T])}\lesssim(1+\|F\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})\sup_{t_0\in(0,T]}\|(t_0-t)^{-1/2}H\|_{L_t^1L_x^p([0,t_0])}, ∥ D B Duh B ( H ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ∥ ( t 0 − t ) − 1/2 H ∥ L t 1 L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ,
∥ Duh B ( D B H ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) sup t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] ∥ min ( t , ( t 0 − t ) ) − 1 / 2 H ∥ L t 1 L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \|\operatorname{Duh}_B(D_BH)\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,T])}\lesssim(1+\|F\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})\sup_{t_0\in(0,T]}\|\min(t,(t_0-t))^{-1/2}H\|_{L_t^1L_x^p([0,t_0])}. ∥ Duh B ( D B H ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 1 pert ) t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ∥ min ( t , ( t 0 − t ) ) − 1/2 H ∥ L t 1 L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) .
Proof. We focus on the estimates for Duh B F \operatorname{Duh}_B^F Duh B F , as the argument for Duh B \operatorname{Duh}_B Duh B is essentially the same (with Proposition 4.17 applied in place of Proposition 4.18 ). Let t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] . By Proposition 4.18 (in particular (196) with k = 0 k=0 k = 0 ) and Young’s convolution inequality, we have that
∥ Duh B F ( G ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x p ≤ ∫ d s ∥ ∫ d y q B ( s , y ; t 0 , x ) G ( s , y ) ∥ L x p \|\operatorname{Duh}_B^F(G)(t_0)\|_{L_x^p}\leq\int ds\left\|\int dy\,q_B(s,y;t_0,x)G(s,y)\right\|_{L_x^p} ∥ Duh B F ( G ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x p ≤ ∫ d s ∫ d y q B ( s , y ; t 0 , x ) G ( s , y ) L x p
≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∫ d s ∥ ∫ d y ( t 0 − s ) − d / 2 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t 0 − s ) ∣ G ( s , y ) ∣ ∥ L x p \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\int ds\left\|\int dy\,(t_0-s)^{-d/2}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t_0-s}\right)|G(s,y)|\right\|_{L_x^p} ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∫ d s ∫ d y ( t 0 − s ) − d /2 exp ( − c t 0 − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ∣ G ( s , y ) ∣ L x p
≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∫ d s ∥ G ( s ) ∥ L x p ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x p ( [ 0 , T ] ) , \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\int ds\,\|G(s)\|_{L_x^p}\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)\|G\|_{L_t^1L_x^p([0,T])}, ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∫ d s ∥ G ( s ) ∥ L x p ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x p ([ 0 , T ]) ,
which shows the first estimate. The second estimate may be proven similarly, where we apply (196) with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 . The third estimate also follows similarly, where we additionally apply (206) to first move the derivative off of G G G and onto q B q_B q B , and then apply Proposition 4.27 in place of the estimate (196) . □
Lemma 4.62. Let C 0 C_0 C 0 be the constant from Proposition 4.18 . Let G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W^d G : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W d . For any k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ t k / 2 D ( k ) Duh B F ( G ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) k ) N k ( G ) , \|t^{k/2}D^{(k)}\operatorname{Duh}_B^F(G)\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,T])}\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)(1+(\|F\|_{T,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^k)N_k(G), ∥ t k /2 D ( k ) Duh B F ( G ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) k ) N k ( G ) , where
N k ( G ) = ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∑ j = 0 k − 1 ( ∥ t ( j + 1 ) / 2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + sup u ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∥ t ( j + 1 ) / 2 ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ) . N_k(G)=\|G\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,T])}+\sum_{j=0}^{k-1}\left(\|t^{(j+1)/2}D^{(j)}G\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty([0,T])}+\sup_{u\in[0,T]}\|t^{(j+1)/2}(u-t)^{-1/2}D^{(j)}G\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,u])}\right). N k ( G ) = ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + j = 0 ∑ k − 1 ( ∥ t ( j + 1 ) /2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + u ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∥ t ( j + 1 ) /2 ( u − t ) − 1/2 D ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ) . In particular, when k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , the sum is empty, and N 0 ( G ) = ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) N_0(G)=\|G\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,T])} N 0 ( G ) = ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) . Similarly, for H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W H:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d\to W H : [ 0 , T ] × T d → W , we have that for any k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 ,
∥ t k / 2 D ( k ) Duh B ( H ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k − 1 p e r t ) k ) N k ( H ) . \|t^{k/2}D^{(k)}\operatorname{Duh}_B(H)\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,T])}\lesssim(1+(\|F\|_{T,k-1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^k)N_k(H). ∥ t k /2 D ( k ) Duh B ( H ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k − 1 pert ) k ) N k ( H ) . Proof. We focus on the estimate of Duh B F ( G ) \operatorname{Duh}_B^F(G) Duh B F ( G ) , as the estimate of Duh B ( H ) \operatorname{Duh}_B(H) Duh B ( H ) proceeds almost exactly the same (one just replaces the application of Corollary 4.24 by Proposition 4.19 in the base case of the ensuing inductive argument). Let ϕ = Duh B F ( G ) \phi=\operatorname{Duh}_B^F(G) ϕ = Duh B F ( G ) . Let ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d (t_0,x_0)\in[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T d , and let K ( t , x ) = p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) K(t,x)=p(t,x;t_0,x_0) K ( t , x ) = p ( t , x ; t 0 , x 0 ) . In the following, all space-time norms will be taken on [ 0 , t 0 ] × T d [0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^d [ 0 , t 0 ] × T d , unless otherwise specified. By Lemma 4.11 , it suffices to show that for all k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ t k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t k / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) k ) N k ( G ) . (248) \|t^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k)}\phi\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}+\|t^{k/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k+1)}\phi\|_{L_{t,x}^2}\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)(1+(\|F\|_{T,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^k)N_k(G). \tag*{(248)} ∥ t k /2 K 1/2 D ( k ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t k /2 K 1/2 D ( k + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) k ) N k ( G ) . (248)
We proceed by induction. For the base case k = 0 k=0 k = 0 , by Corollary 4.24 , we have that
∥ K 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ K 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) ∥ K 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ . (249) \left\|K^{1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}+\left\|K^{1/2}D\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}\lesssim G_T(C_0F)\left\|K^{1/2}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}\lesssim G_T(C_0F)\left\|G\right\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}. \tag*{(249)} K 1/2 ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 + K 1/2 D ϕ L t , x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) K 1/2 G L t 1 L x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ . (249)
where in the last inequality, we used Hölder and the fact that ∥ K 1 / 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 = 1 \left\|K^{1/2}\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}=1 K 1/2 L t ∞ L x 2 = 1 .
Next, suppose that for some k 0 ≥ 0 k_0\ge0 k 0 ≥ 0 , the estimate (248) has been proven for all 0 ≤ k ≤ k 0 0\le k\le k_0 0 ≤ k ≤ k 0 . We proceed to prove the estimate for k 0 + 1 k_0+1 k 0 + 1 . Towards this end, first note by Lemma 3.29 and Remark 3.30 that D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ D^{(k_0+1)}\phi D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ satisfies the following schematic equation:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 O ( ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) + D ( k 0 + 1 ) G = O ( F D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ) + R + D ( k 0 + 1 ) G , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)D^{(k_0+1)}\phi=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k_0+1\\j_1,j_2\ge0}}\mathcal{O}\bigl((D^{(j_1)}F)(D^{(j_2)}\phi)\bigr)+D^{(k_0+1)}G
=\mathcal{O}\bigl(FD^{(k_0+1)}\phi\bigr)+R+D^{(k_0+1)}G, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ = j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) + D ( k 0 + 1 ) G = O ( F D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ) + R + D ( k 0 + 1 ) G ,
where
R : = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 ≥ 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 O ( ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) . R:=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=k_0+1\\j_1\ge1,j_2\ge0}}\mathcal{O}\bigl((D^{(j_1)}F)(D^{(j_2)}\phi)\bigr). R := j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j 1 ≥ 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) .
By the time-weighted estimate (186) with α = k 0 + 1 \alpha=k_0+1 α = k 0 + 1 (and the G , H G,H G , H therein taken to respectively be R R R and D ( k 0 ) G D^{(k_0)}G D ( k 0 ) G ), we have that
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 2 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , 0 p e r t ) ∥ t k 0 / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 R ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1 / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 ∣ Δ K ∣ 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 . \begin{aligned}
&\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}
+\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+2)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}} \\
&\lesssim\left(1+\left\|F\right\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,0}\right)\left\|t^{k_0/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0+1)}\phi\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}} \\
&\quad+\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}R\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}
+\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}} \\
&\quad+\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}(t_0-t)^{-1/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}
+\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}|\Delta K|^{1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}.
\end{aligned} t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 + t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 2 ) ϕ L t , x 2 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ t 0 , 0 pert ) t k 0 /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 + 1 ) ϕ L t , x 2 + t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 R L t 1 L x 2 + t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t , x 2 + t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1/2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 1 L x 2 + t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 ∣Δ K ∣ 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 1 L x 2 .
By our inductive assumption, the first term on the right-hand side is acceptable. To estimate the last three terms, we apply Hölder to obtain
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t , x 2 ≤ ∥ K 1 / 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ≤ ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ , \left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}}
\le\left\|K^{1/2}\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}
\le\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}, t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t , x 2 ≤ K 1/2 L t ∞ L x 2 t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 2 L x ∞ ≤ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 2 L x ∞ ,
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ , \left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}(t_0-t)^{-1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}
\le\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}(t_0-t)^{-1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}, t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 1 L x 2 ≤ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 1 L x ∞ ,
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 ∣ Δ K ∣ 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ ( t 0 − t ) 1 / 2 ∣ Δ K ∣ 1 / 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1 / 2 D ( k 0 ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ . \begin{aligned}
\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}|\Delta K|^{1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}
&\le\left\|(t_0-t)^{1/2}|\Delta K|^{1/2}\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x}
\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}(t_0-t)^{-1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x} \\
&\lesssim\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}(t_0-t)^{-1/2}D^{(k_0)}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}.
\end{aligned} t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 ∣Δ K ∣ 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ( t 0 − t ) 1/2 ∣Δ K ∣ 1/2 L t ∞ L x 2 t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 ( t 0 − t ) − 1/2 D ( k 0 ) G L t 1 L x ∞ .
By the definition of N k ( G ) N_k(G) N k ( G ) , each of the terms above is acceptable. To handle the term involving R R R , recall that R R R is a sum of terms of the form O ( ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ) \mathcal{O}((D^{(j_1)}F)(D^{(j_2)}\phi)) O (( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ )) , where j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 j_1+j_2=k_0+1 j 1 + j 2 = k 0 + 1 , j 1 ≥ 1 j_1\ge1 j 1 ≥ 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 j_2\ge0 j 2 ≥ 0 . Note in particular this implies that j 2 ≤ k 0 j_2\le k_0 j 2 ≤ k 0 . Thus for each such term, we may estimate by Hölder and our inductive assumption
∥ t ( k 0 + 1 ) / 2 K 1 / 2 ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ t j 1 / 2 D ( j 1 ) F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ∥ t j 2 / 2 K 1 / 2 D ( j 2 ) ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k 0 + 1 p e r t ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 p e r t ) k 0 ) N k 0 ( G ) , \begin{aligned}
\left\|t^{(k_0+1)/2}K^{1/2}(D^{(j_1)}F)(D^{(j_2)}\phi)\right\|_{L^1_tL^2_x}
&\le\left\|t^{j_1/2}D^{(j_1)}F\right\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}
\left\|t^{j_2/2}K^{1/2}D^{(j_2)}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^2_x} \\
&\lesssim G_T(C_0F)\left\|F\right\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{t_0,k_0+1}
\left(1+\left(\left\|F\right\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k_0}\right)^{k_0}\right)N_{k_0}(G),
\end{aligned} t ( k 0 + 1 ) /2 K 1/2 ( D ( j 1 ) F ) ( D ( j 2 ) ϕ ) L t 1 L x 2 ≤ t j 1 /2 D ( j 1 ) F L t 1 L x ∞ t j 2 /2 K 1/2 D ( j 2 ) ϕ L t ∞ L x 2 ≲ G T ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ t 0 , k 0 + 1 pert ( 1 + ( ∥ F ∥ T , k 0 pert ) k 0 ) N k 0 ( G ) ,
which is acceptable.
Analysis of deterministic flows
In this section, we collect many of the deterministic estimates that will be needed later on. In Sections 5.1 and 5.2 we estimate the various deterministic pieces that will appear in our decomposition of the solution ( A , Φ ) (A,\Phi) ( A , Φ ) to (11) (recall that various aspects of the decomposition were already informally discussed in Section 1). Many of these estimates involve analysing (small) rough perturbations of (large) smooth backgrounds. They will be needed in both the local theory (see e.g. Section 8.2) as well as in the global theory. For the latter, in Section 5.3, we consider a single step of our global iteration scheme and treat all terms which may be estimated deterministically (by applying the estimates from Sections 5.1 and 5.2).
We begin with the following lemma, which estimates solutions to the Yang–Mills gradient flow on an interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] by a combination of gauge covariant quantities (given in terms of the curvature and its covariant derivatives) along with the size of the connection at the end time T T T . In particular, the result shows that solutions to the Yang–Mills gradient flow satisfy an approximate Coulomb gauge condition, in that the divergence is (almost) one derivative better than expected. This will be needed soon in Section 5.1 as well as much later in Section 13.6. We also remark that the final estimate (253) is quite crude, and will only be needed in Section 13.6 to establish a soft statement, thus the reader may choose to skip its proof on a first reading.
Lemma 5.1. Let 0 < T ≤ 1 0<T\leq1 0 < T ≤ 1 , let B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) B\in C_t^0C_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)\cap C_{t,x}^{\infty}((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) be a classical solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow at positive times, and let
M 0 ≔ ∥ t 1 + κ 2 F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) , M 1 ≔ ∥ t 1 + κ 2 D B F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) . M_0\coloneqq\lVert t^{\frac{1+\kappa}{2} }F_B\rVert_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])},\qquad M_1\coloneqq\lVert t^{\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}D_BF_B\rVert_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])}. M 0 : = ∥ t 2 1 + κ F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) , M 1 : = ∥ t 2 1 + κ D B F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) . (These quantities may of course be infinite, in which case some of the following estimates are trivially true.) Then we have the bounds
∥ t κ 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 , (250) \lVert t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}B\rVert_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])}\lesssim\lVert B(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}+M_1, \tag*{(250)} ∥ t 2 κ B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 , (250) ∥ B ∥ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ( M 0 + 1 ) ( ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 + 1 ) , (251) \lVert B\rVert_{C_t^0C_x^{-\kappa}([0,T])}\lesssim(M_0+1)(\lVert B(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}+M_1+1), \tag*{(251)} ∥ B ∥ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( M 0 + 1 ) (∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 + 1 ) , (251) ∥ t κ ∂ ℓ B ℓ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ ∂ ℓ B ℓ ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + ( ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 ) M 1 , (252) \lVert t^\kappa\partial^\ell B_\ell\rVert_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])}\lesssim\lVert\partial^\ell B_\ell(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}+(\lVert B(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}+M_1)M_1, \tag*{(252)} ∥ t κ ∂ ℓ B ℓ ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ ∂ ℓ B ℓ ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + (∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 ) M 1 , (252) ∥ t 1 + κ 2 ∂ ( ∂ ℓ B ℓ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ∥ ∂ ( ∂ ℓ B ℓ ) ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + ∥ ∂ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ ( M 1 + 1 ) + ( ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 + 1 ) 2 ( M 0 + M 1 + 1 ) 5 . (253) \begin{aligned}
\lVert t^{\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}\partial(\partial^\ell B_\ell)\rVert_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])}
&\lesssim\lVert\partial(\partial^\ell B_\ell)(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}
+\lVert\partial B(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}(M_1+1)\\
&\quad+(\lVert B(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}+M_1+1)^2(M_0+M_1+1)^5. \tag*{(253)}
\end{aligned} ∥ t 2 1 + κ ∂ ( ∂ ℓ B ℓ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ∥ ∂ ( ∂ ℓ B ℓ ) ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + ∥ ∂ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ ( M 1 + 1 ) + (∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 + 1 ) 2 ( M 0 + M 1 + 1 ) 5 . (253)
Proof. Since B B B is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (8) , we have that for t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] and i ∈ [ 2 ] i\in[2] i ∈ [ 2 ] ,
B i ( t 0 ) = B i ( T ) − ∫ t 0 T d t D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) . (254) B_i(t_0)=B_i(T)-\int_{t_0}^{T}\mathrm{d}t\,D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}(t). \tag*{(254)} B i ( t 0 ) = B i ( T ) − ∫ t 0 T d t D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) . (254)
The estimate (250) now directly follows from the definition of M 1 M_1 M 1 .
For the estimate (251) , let ϕ x λ \phi_x^\lambda ϕ x λ be a (g \mathfrak{g} g -valued) L x 1 L_x^1 L x 1 -normalised test function localised to some point x ∈ T 2 x\in\mathbb{T}^2 x ∈ T 2 at scale λ ≪ 1 \lambda\ll1 λ ≪ 1 . Since B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) B\in C_t^0C_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) , it suffices to show that (uniformly in x ∈ T 2 x\in\mathbb{T}^2 x ∈ T 2 and λ ≪ 1 \lambda\ll1 λ ≪ 1 )
max i ∈ [ 2 ] sup t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] ∣ ⟨ B i ( t 0 ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ ∣ ≲ λ − κ ( M 0 + 1 ) ( ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 + 1 ) . (255) \max_{i\in[2]}\sup_{t_0\in(0,T]}\bigl|\langle B_i(t_0),\phi_x^\lambda\rangle\bigr|\lesssim\lambda^{-\kappa}(M_0+1)(\lVert B(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}+M_1+1). \tag*{(255)} i ∈ [ 2 ] max t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ⟨ B i ( t 0 ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ ≲ λ − κ ( M 0 + 1 ) (∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 + 1 ) . (255)
Towards this end, if t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] is such that t 0 ≥ λ 2 t_0\geq\lambda^2 t 0 ≥ λ 2 , then by (250) we have that
∣ ⟨ B i ( t 0 ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ ∣ ≲ t 0 − κ 2 ( ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 ) ≲ λ − κ ( ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 ) , \bigl|\langle B_i(t_0),\phi_x^\lambda\rangle\bigr|\lesssim t_0^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}(\lVert B(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}+M_1)\lesssim\lambda^{-\kappa}(\lVert B(T)\rVert_{L_x^\infty}+M_1), ⟨ B i ( t 0 ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ ≲ t 0 − 2 κ (∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 ) ≲ λ − κ (∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 ) ,
which is acceptable. Therefore, we may assume that t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] is such that t 0 ≤ λ 2 t_0\leq\lambda^2 t 0 ≤ λ 2 . In this case, integrating the equation ∂ t B i = D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i \partial_tB_i=D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i} ∂ t B i = D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i between t 0 t_0 t 0 and λ 2 ∧ T \lambda^2\wedge T λ 2 ∧ T , we obtain
⟨ B i ( t 0 ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ = ⟨ B i ( λ 2 ∧ T ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ − ∫ t 0 λ 2 ∧ T d t ⟨ D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ . \langle B_i(t_0),\phi_x^\lambda\rangle=\langle B_i(\lambda^2\wedge T),\phi_x^\lambda\rangle-\int_{t_0}^{\lambda^2\wedge T}\mathrm{d}t\langle D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}(t),\phi_x^\lambda\rangle. ⟨ B i ( t 0 ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ = ⟨ B i ( λ 2 ∧ T ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ − ∫ t 0 λ 2 ∧ T d t ⟨ D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ .
If λ 2 ≥ T \lambda^{2} \ge T λ 2 ≥ T , then the first term on the right may be directly estimated by ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ \|B(T)\|_{L^\infty_x} ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ , while if λ 2 < T \lambda^{2}<T λ 2 < T , the term may be estimated as in the previous case. For the second term, we expand D B ℓ = ∂ ℓ + ad ( B ℓ ) D_B^\ell=\partial^\ell+\operatorname{ad}(B^\ell) D B ℓ = ∂ ℓ + ad ( B ℓ ) , and then integrate the derivative term by parts to obtain
∫ t 0 λ 2 ∧ T d t ⟨ D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ = − ∫ t 0 λ 2 ∧ T d t ⟨ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) , ∂ ℓ ϕ x λ ⟩ + ∫ t 0 λ 2 ∧ T d t ⟨ [ B ℓ , ( F B ) ℓ i ] , ϕ x λ ⟩ . \int_{t_0}^{\lambda^{2}\wedge T}dt\,\langle D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}(t),\phi_x^\lambda\rangle=-\int_{t_0}^{\lambda^{2}\wedge T}dt\,\langle(F_B)_{\ell i}(t),\partial^\ell\phi_x^\lambda\rangle+\int_{t_0}^{\lambda^{2}\wedge T}dt\,\langle[B^\ell,(F_B)_{\ell i}],\phi_x^\lambda\rangle. ∫ t 0 λ 2 ∧ T d t ⟨ D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) , ϕ x λ ⟩ = − ∫ t 0 λ 2 ∧ T d t ⟨( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) , ∂ ℓ ϕ x λ ⟩ + ∫ t 0 λ 2 ∧ T d t ⟨[ B ℓ , ( F B ) ℓ i ] , ϕ x λ ⟩ .
Combining the definition of M 0 M_0 M 0 with the fact that ∥ ∂ ℓ ϕ x λ ∥ L x 1 ≲ λ − 1 \|\partial^\ell\phi_x^\lambda\|_{L^1_x}\lesssim\lambda^{-1} ∥ ∂ ℓ ϕ x λ ∥ L x 1 ≲ λ − 1 and the estimate (250) , we may estimate both terms on the right-hand side above by acceptable contributions. Combining, we thus obtain (5.6}.
For the estimate (5.3}, recall from Lemma 3.27 that ∂ t B \partial_tB ∂ t B is covariant divergence free, i.e. D B i ∂ t B i = 0 D_B^i\partial_tB_i=0 D B i ∂ t B i = 0 . Since ∂ t B i = D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i \partial_tB_i=D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i} ∂ t B i = D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i , and D B i = ∂ i + [ B i , ⋅ ] D_B^i=\partial^i+[B^i,\mathord\cdot] D B i = ∂ i + [ B i , ⋅ ] , we may rewrite this as
∂ t ∂ i B i = − [ B i , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] . (256) \partial_t\partial^iB_i=-[B^i,D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}]. \tag*{(256)} ∂ t ∂ i B i = − [ B i , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] . (256)
The estimate (5.3} now follows by integrating this identity back from the end time T T T , and applying the first estimate on B B B along with the definition of M 1 M_1 M 1 (and directly estimating the boundary term by ∥ ∂ ℓ B ℓ ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ \|\partial^\ell B_\ell(T)\|_{L^\infty_x} ∥ ∂ ℓ B ℓ ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ ).
We move on to the final estimate (5.4}. We will be quite wasteful in the following bounds (as this will be sufficient for our purposes). To start, we hit both sides of (5.7} by a derivative to obtain
∂ t ( ∂ ( ∂ i B i ) ) = − ∂ [ B i , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] = − [ B i , D B D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] + [ B i , [ B , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] ] − [ ∂ B i , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] . (257) \begin{aligned}
\partial_t(\partial(\partial^iB_i))&=-\partial[B^i,D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}]\\
&=-[B^i,D_BD_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}]+[B^i,[B,D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}]]-[\partial B^i,D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}]. \tag*{(257)}
\end{aligned} ∂ t ( ∂ ( ∂ i B i )) = − ∂ [ B i , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] = − [ B i , D B D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] + [ B i , [ B , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ]] − [ ∂ B i , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] . (257)
We thus see that we need additional estimates on D B ( 2 ) F B D_B^{(2)}F_B D B ( 2 ) F B and ∂ B \partial B ∂ B . For the former, first observe that by the definition of M 0 M_0 M 0 , M 1 M_1 M 1 and ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t \|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert (recall Definition 2.3), we may estimate ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ≲ M 0 + M 1 \|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\lesssim M_0+M_1 ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ≲ M 0 + M 1 . Since F B F_B F B solves a covariant heat equation (recall Lemma 3.28 ), we obtain by our heat kernel estimate (195) that
∥ t 3 + κ 2 D B ( 2 ) F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ( 1 + M 0 + M 1 ) 2 M 0 . (258) \|t^{\frac{3+\kappa}{2}}D_B^{(2)}F_B\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim(1+M_0+M_1)^2M_0. \tag*{(258)} ∥ t 2 3 + κ D B ( 2 ) F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( 1 + M 0 + M 1 ) 2 M 0 . (258)
For an estimate on ∂ B \partial B ∂ B , we hit both sides of (5.5} by a derivative to obtain
∂ B i ( t 0 ) = ∂ B i ( T ) − ∫ t 0 T d t ( D B D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) − [ B , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] ) , \partial B_i(t_0)=\partial B_i(T)-\int_{t_0}^{T}dt\left(D_BD_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}(t)-[B,D_B^\ell(F_B)_{\ell i}]\right), ∂ B i ( t 0 ) = ∂ B i ( T ) − ∫ t 0 T d t ( D B D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ( t ) − [ B , D B ℓ ( F B ) ℓ i ] ) ,
and thus (applying (258) to estimate the first term in the integral, and (250) to estimate the second)
t 0 1 + κ 2 ∥ ∂ B ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ ∂ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + ( 1 + M 0 + M 1 ) 2 M 0 + ( ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 ) M 1 . t_0^{\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}\|\partial B(t_0)\|_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim\|\partial B(T)\|_{L^\infty_x}+(1+M_0+M_1)^2M_0+(\|B(T)\|_{L^\infty_x}+M_1)M_1. t 0 2 1 + κ ∥ ∂ B ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ ∂ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + ( 1 + M 0 + M 1 ) 2 M 0 + ( ∥ B ( T ) ∥ L x ∞ + M 1 ) M 1 .
Combining our estimates with the evolution (257) for ∂ ( ∂ ℓ B ℓ ) \partial(\partial^\ell B_\ell) ∂ ( ∂ ℓ B ℓ ) , we may obtain (253) . □
Next, we define gauge invariant Hölder norms which will appear in the various well-posedness results of the coming sections. First, we set some notation which will be used in the definition, as well as in many places later on.
Notation 5.2. Let A ∈ C x − κ A\in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x A ∈ C x − κ be a spatial connection one-form, and let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 . Suppose that there is a unique Yang–Mills gradient flow B ∈ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) B\in\mathcal{C}^{\infty}_{t,x}((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}) B ∈ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) such that B ( t ) → A B(t)\to A B ( t ) → A in C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ as t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 . Given a (possibly distributional) W-valued one-form u 0 u_0 u 0 , suppose that there is a unique solution u u u to the following equation:
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) u = 0 , u ( 0 ) = u 0 . (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F_B)u=0,\qquad u(0)=u_0. ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) u = 0 , u ( 0 ) = u 0 .
Then for s ∈ ( 0 , T ] s \in(0,T] s ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we let e s Δ A F u 0 : = u ( s ) e^{s\Delta_A^F}u_0 \mathrel{\mathop:}=u(s) e s Δ A F u 0 : = u ( s ) .
Similarly, given a W-valued distribution v 0 v_0 v 0 , suppose that there is a unique solution to the following equation:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) v = 0 , v ( 0 ) = v 0 . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)v=0,\qquad v(0)=v_0. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) v = 0 , v ( 0 ) = v 0 .
Then for s ∈ ( 0 , T ] s \in(0,T] s ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we let e s Δ A v 0 : = v ( s ) e^{s\Delta_A}v_0 \mathrel{\mathop:}=v(s) e s Δ A v 0 : = v ( s ) .
Remark 5.3. If A A A is smooth, then B B B exists uniquely and is smooth on [ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 [0,\infty)\times\mathbb{T}^2 [ 0 , ∞ ) × T 2 , and by standard linear parabolic theory, for any α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R , u 0 , v 0 ∈ C x α u_0,v_0\in\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_x u 0 , v 0 ∈ C x α , s ≥ 0 s\geq0 s ≥ 0 , the terms e s Δ A F u 0 , e s Δ A v 0 e^{s\Delta_A^F}u_0,e^{s\Delta_A}v_0 e s Δ A F u 0 , e s Δ A v 0 are well-defined. If, on the other hand, A ∈ C x − κ A\in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x A ∈ C x − κ is genuinely distributional, then one needs to be a bit more careful. In this paper, it will always be the case that for such A A A , the Yang–Mills gradient flow B B B is such that the quantities M 0 , M 1 M_0,M_1 M 0 , M 1 from Lemma 5.1 are finite, and thus in particular by that lemma, B B B satisfies the time-weighted L t , x ∞ L^\infty_{t,x} L t , x ∞ estimate (250) . Using this, one may show using standard parabolic theory that if u 0 , v 0 ∈ C x − κ u_0,v_0\in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x u 0 , v 0 ∈ C x − κ (this is certainly not sharp, but it is sufficient for our purposes), then the terms e s Δ A F u 0 , e s Δ A v 0 e^{s\Delta_A^F}u_0,e^{s\Delta_A}v_0 e s Δ A F u 0 , e s Δ A v 0 are well-defined.
Definition 5.4 (Gauge invariant Hölder norms). Let A , B A,B A , B be as in Notation 5.2. Let α < 1 \alpha<1 α < 1 , T > 0 T>0 T > 0 . Given a (possibly distributional) W-valued one-form u 0 u_0 u 0 such that e s Δ A F u 0 e^{s\Delta_A^F}u_0 e s Δ A F u 0 is well-defined for all s ∈ ( 0 , T ] s\in(0,T] s ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we let
∥ u 0 ∥ C A , F , T α : = max 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 sup s ∈ ( 0 , T ] ( s − α + m 2 ∧ 1 ) ∥ D B ( s ) ( m ) e s Δ A F u 0 ∥ L x ∞ . \|u_0\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{A,F,T}}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\max_{0\leq m\leq1}\sup_{s\in(0,T]}\left(s^{\frac{-\alpha+m}{2}}\wedge1\right)\left\|D_{B(s)}^{(m)}e^{s\Delta_A^F}u_0\right\|_{L^\infty_x}. ∥ u 0 ∥ C A , F , T α : = 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 max s ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ( s 2 − α + m ∧ 1 ) D B ( s ) ( m ) e s Δ A F u 0 L x ∞ .
Similarly, given a W-valued distribution v 0 v_0 v 0 such that e s Δ A v 0 e^{s\Delta_A}v_0 e s Δ A v 0 is well-defined for all s ∈ ( 0 , T ] s\in(0,T] s ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we let
∥ v 0 ∥ C A , T α : = max 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 sup s ∈ ( 0 , T ] ( s − α + m 2 ∧ 1 ) ∥ D B ( s ) ( m ) e s Δ A v 0 ∥ L x ∞ . \|v_0\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{A,T}}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\max_{0\leq m\leq1}\sup_{s\in(0,T]}\left(s^{\frac{-\alpha+m}{2}}\wedge1\right)\left\|D_{B(s)}^{(m)}e^{s\Delta_A}v_0\right\|_{L^\infty_x}. ∥ v 0 ∥ C A , T α : = 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 max s ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ( s 2 − α + m ∧ 1 ) D B ( s ) ( m ) e s Δ A v 0 L x ∞ .
More generally, for k ≥ 1 k\geq1 k ≥ 1 , we let
∥ u 0 ∥ C A , F , T , k α : = max 0 ≤ m ≤ k sup s ∈ ( 0 , T ] ( s − α + m 2 ∧ 1 ) ∥ D B ( s ) ( m ) e s Δ A F u 0 ∥ L x ∞ , \|u_0\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{A,F,T,k}}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\max_{0\leq m\leq k}\sup_{s\in(0,T]}\left(s^{\frac{-\alpha+m}{2}}\wedge1\right)\left\|D_{B(s)}^{(m)}e^{s\Delta_A^F}u_0\right\|_{L^\infty_x}, ∥ u 0 ∥ C A , F , T , k α : = 0 ≤ m ≤ k max s ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ( s 2 − α + m ∧ 1 ) D B ( s ) ( m ) e s Δ A F u 0 L x ∞ ,
and similarly for ∥ v 0 ∥ C A , T , k α \|v_0\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{A,T,k}} ∥ v 0 ∥ C A , T , k α .
Remark 5.5. We refer to these as gauge invariant Hölder norms because given a smooth gauge transformation g ∈ G g\in\mathcal{G} g ∈ G , we have that
∥ g ∙ u 0 ∥ C g ∙ A , F , T , k α = ∥ u 0 ∥ C A , F , T , k α , \|g\mathbin{\bullet}u_0\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{g\mathbin{\bullet}A,F,T,k}}=\|u_0\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{A,F,T,k}}, ∥ g ∙ u 0 ∥ C g ∙ A , F , T , k α = ∥ u 0 ∥ C A , F , T , k α ,
and similarly for ∥ ∙ ∥ C A , T , k α \|\mathbin{\bullet}\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha}_{A,T,k}} ∥ ∙ ∥ C A , T , k α .
Before proceeding, we set some notation that will simplify many of the ensuing estimates.
Notation 5.6. Let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , and let B B B be a smooth solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow on ( 0 , T ] × T 2 (0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( 0 , T ] × T 2 . Let C 0 C_0 C 0 be the maximum of the corresponding constants in Lemma 4.9 and Propositions 4.18 and 4.22. For k ≥ 0 k\geq0 k ≥ 0 , we let
M T ( B , k ) : = Gr T ( C 0 F B ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 2 p e r t ) k . (259) M_T(B,k)\mathrel{\mathop:}=\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F_B)(1+\|F_B\|_{T,2}^{\mathrm{pert}})^k. \tag*{(259)} M T ( B , k ) : = Gr T ( C 0 F B ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 2 pert ) k . (259)
YM gradient flow with rough initial data
In this section, we prove estimates on solutions to the Yang–Mills gradient flow with rough initial data. We will later apply these estimates in a setting where the initial data is made of two pieces: a large smooth piece and a smaller rough piece. Then in order to obtain estimates, it is natural to treat the smooth piece non-perturbatively and the rough piece perturbatively. We accomplish this by expanding around the background arising from the smooth piece. This is the general method of proof behind the following proposition, which shows that solutions to the Yang–Mills gradient flow exist starting from any C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ initial data, at least after an initial gauge transformation.
Proposition 5.7 (Yang–Mills gradient flow with C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ initial data). There is a constant c 0 ≤ 1 c_0 \le1 c 0 ≤ 1 such that the following holds. Suppose that B 0 # = B 0 + + B 0 − B_0^\# = B_0^+ + B_0^- B 0 # = B 0 + + B 0 − , where B 0 + B_0^+ B 0 + is smooth and B 0 − ∈ C x − κ B_0^- \in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x B 0 − ∈ C x − κ . Let B + B^+ B + be the solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow with B + ( 0 ) = B 0 + B^+(0) = B_0^+ B + ( 0 ) = B 0 + . Let 0 < T ≤ 1 0 < T \le1 0 < T ≤ 1 and K ≥ 1 K \ge1 K ≥ 1 be such that
M T ( B + , 2 T 1 − κ 2 ) K ≤ c 0 , (260) M_T(B^+,2T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}})K \le c_0 , \tag*{(260)} M T ( B + , 2 T 2 1 − κ ) K ≤ c 0 , (260) ∥ B 0 − ∥ C B 0 + , F , T , 2 − κ ≤ K . (261) \lVert B_0^- \rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B_0^+,F,T,2}} \le K . \tag*{(261)} ∥ B 0 − ∥ C B 0 + , F , T , 2 − κ ≤ K . (261) Then there exist a gauge transformation g 0 ∈ G 1 − κ g_0 \in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g 0 ∈ G 1 − κ and a solution B ∈ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) B \in C^\infty_{t,x}((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) B ∈ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) to the Yang–Mills gradient flow (8) such that B ( t ) → g 0 ⋅ B 0 # B(t) \to g_0 \cdot B_0^\# B ( t ) → g 0 ⋅ B 0 # in C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ as t ↓ 0 t \downarrow0 t ↓ 0 . Moreover, there exists g ∈ C t 0 G 1 − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) g \in C^0_t\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa}([0,T]) g ∈ C t 0 G 1 − κ ([ 0 , T ]) such that g g g is smooth at positive times, g ( 0 ) = g 0 g(0)=g_0 g ( 0 ) = g 0 , and g − 1 ∙ B = B + + B − g^{-1}\bullet B=B^++B^- g − 1 ∙ B = B + + B − , where (as before) B + B^+ B + is the solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data B + ( 0 ) = B 0 + B^+(0)=B_0^+ B + ( 0 ) = B 0 + , and B − B^- B − satisfies the following estimate. First, let B l i n − ( t ) = e t Δ B 0 + B 0 − B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}(t)=e^{t\Delta_{B_0^+}}B_0^- B lin − ( t ) = e t Δ B 0 + B 0 − . For all t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we have that
max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 ∥ t j + κ 2 D B + ( j ) ( B − − B l i n − ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 2 t 0 1 − κ 2 . (262) \max_{0\le j\le2}\left\|t^{\frac{j+\kappa}{2}}D_{B^+}^{(j)}(B^- - B^-_{\mathrm{lin}})\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_0])}
\lesssim M_T(B^+,2)K^2t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}} . \tag*{(262)} 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max t 2 j + κ D B + ( j ) ( B − − B lin − ) L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 2 t 0 2 1 − κ . (262) Moreover, we have the following L x ∞ L^\infty_x L x ∞ and L x 2 L^2_x L x 2 curvature estimates:
∥ D B ( j ) F B ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≤ ∥ D B + ( j ) F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ + O ( t − κ 2 ( t − 1 + j 2 + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ j ) K ) , j = 0 , 1 , (263) \left\|D_B^{(j)}F_B(t)\right\|_{L^\infty_x}
\le\left\|D_{B^+}^{(j)}F_{B^+}(t)\right\|_{L^\infty_x}
+O\left(t^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\left(t^{-\frac{1+j}{2}}+\left\|F_{B^+}(t)\right\|_{L^\infty_x}^{j}\right)K\right),\qquad j=0,1, \tag*{(263)} D B ( j ) F B ( t ) L x ∞ ≤ D B + ( j ) F B + ( t ) L x ∞ + O ( t − 2 κ ( t − 2 1 + j + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ j ) K ) , j = 0 , 1 , (263) ∥ D B ( j ) F B ( t ) ∥ L x 2 ≤ ∥ D B + ( j ) F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 + O ( t − κ 2 ( t − 1 + j 2 + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 j ) K ) , j = 0 , 1 , (264) \left\|D_B^{(j)}F_B(t)\right\|_{L^2_x}
\le\left\|D_{B^+}^{(j)}F_{B^+}(t)\right\|_{L^2_x}
+O\left(t^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\left(t^{-\frac{1+j}{2}}+\left\|F_{B^+}(t)\right\|_{L^2_x}^{j}\right)K\right),\qquad j=0,1, \tag*{(264)} D B ( j ) F B ( t ) L x 2 ≤ D B + ( j ) F B + ( t ) L x 2 + O ( t − 2 κ ( t − 2 1 + j + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 j ) K ) , j = 0 , 1 , (264) and for all t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we have that
∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 = ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ curl B + ( t ) B l i n − ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ⟨ F B + ( t ) , ( curl B + B l i n − + [ B l i n − , B 2 , l i n − ] ) ( t ) ⟩ + M T ( B + , 3 ) O ( K 2 t − κ ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) + K 3 t − 1 2 − 3 κ 2 + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 K 3 t 1 2 − 3 κ 2 ) . (265) \begin{aligned}
\left\|F_B(t)\right\|_{L^2_x}^2
={}&\left\|F_{B^+}(t)\right\|_{L^2_x}^2
+\left\|\operatorname{curl}_{B^+(t)}B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}(t)\right\|_{L^2_x}^2 \\
&+2\left\langle F_{B^+}(t),\left(\operatorname{curl}_{B^+}B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}+[B^-_{\mathrm{lin}},B^-_{2,\mathrm{lin}}]\right)(t)\right\rangle\\
&+M_T(B^+,3)O\left(K^2t^{-\kappa}\left\|D_{B^+}F_{B^+}\right\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,t])}+K^3t^{-\frac12-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}+\left\|F_{B^+}(t)\right\|_{L^2_x}K^3t^{\frac12-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}\right). \tag*{(265)}
\end{aligned} ∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 = ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 + curl B + ( t ) B lin − ( t ) L x 2 2 + 2 ⟨ F B + ( t ) , ( curl B + B lin − + [ B lin − , B 2 , lin − ] ) ( t ) ⟩ + M T ( B + , 3 ) O ( K 2 t − κ ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) + K 3 t − 2 1 − 2 3 κ + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 K 3 t 2 1 − 2 3 κ ) . (265)
Remark 5.8. In principle, one could always take B 0 + = 0 B_0^+=0 B 0 + = 0 and set K = ∥ B 0 # ∥ C 0 , F , T , 2 − κ K=\left\|B_0^\#\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{0,F,T,2}} K = B 0 # C 0 , F , T , 2 − κ . However, the statement is particularly useful in situations where the rough part is a perturbation of the smooth part and one has K ≪ ∥ B 0 # ∥ C 0 , F , T , 2 − κ K\ll\left\|B_0^\#\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{0,F,T,2}} K ≪ B 0 # C 0 , F , T , 2 − κ . This allows us to take the existence time-scale T T T to be much longer than otherwise possible.
It is natural to wonder in what sense the solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow B B B obtained in Proposition 5.7 is unique. The point here is that the Yang–Mills gradient flow is not fully parabolic, so that low-regularity well-posedness is not as direct as for the DeTurck Yang–Mills flow. We record the following general lemma which clarifies the uniqueness of B B B . If the reader wishes, the statement and its proof (which appears a bit later) may be skipped on a first reading.
Lemma 5.9 (Low-regularity uniqueness of the Yang–Mills gradient flow). Let A 0 ∈ C x − κ A_0\in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x A 0 ∈ C x − κ . Let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , and let B , B ^ ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) B,\widehat{B}\in C^0_t\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)\cap C^\infty_{t,x}((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) B , B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) be such that B ( t ) , B ^ ( t ) → A 0 B(t),\widehat{B}(t)\to A_0 B ( t ) , B ( t ) → A 0 in C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ as t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 , and such that B , B ^ B,\widehat{B} B , B are solutions to the Yang–Mills gradient flow at positive times. Moreover, suppose that
∥ t 1 + κ 2 D B F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] ) , ∥ t 1 + κ 2 D B ^ F B ^ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] ) < ∞ . \left\|t^{1+\frac{\kappa}{2}}D_BF_B\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}((0,T])},\left\|t^{1+\frac{\kappa}{2}}D_{\widehat{B}}F_{\widehat{B}}\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}((0,T])}<\infty. t 1 + 2 κ D B F B L t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ]) , t 1 + 2 κ D B F B L t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ]) < ∞. Then B = B ^ B=\widehat{B} B = B .
Remark 5.10. A more intrinsic formulation of Lemma 5.9 would be to prove a low-regularity well-posedness result for C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ initial data A 0 A_0 A 0 satisfying an “approximate Coulomb gauge condition”, in that the divergence ∂ ℓ ( A 0 ) ℓ \partial^\ell(A_0)_\ell ∂ ℓ ( A 0 ) ℓ lies in a higher regularity space than expected (say, C x − 1 + ε \mathcal{C}^{-1+\varepsilon}_x C x − 1 + ε for some ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 ). In contrast, Lemma 5.9 assumes that we already have a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow with low regularity initial data, and then proceeds to show that the solution is unique.
We expect that the more intrinsic result may be obtained by analysing a system for the divergence and curl of B B B . Such a “div-curl system” has for instance been studied in [OT22, Section 5.4], albeit at much higher regularity. Nonetheless, we expect that one should proceed similarly as in the cited reference, i.e. one must use that the curl satisfies a parabolic equation, while the divergence only satisfies an ODE (in particular, there is no smoothing). The main question then reduces to finding appropriate function spaces for the curl and divergence which are compatible with the low-regularity initial data, and such that the nonlinear estimates for the div-curl system may be closed. While this should be doable, we decided to state a more practical version of uniqueness in the present paper, as the proof relies on fewer new ideas and thus is much shorter, and in any case, the uniqueness result will not actually be needed in the eventual global iteration. The more intrinsic version is left as a side question which we find intriguing in its own right.
Before proving Proposition 5.7, we state the following lemma which compares solutions to covariant heat equations with operator Δ B \Delta_B Δ B and Δ B + \Delta_{B_+} Δ B + , where B B B , B + B_+ B + are as in Proposition 5.7. This will be needed later in § 6.3 . We defer the proof of the lemma until after the proof of the proposition.
Lemma 5.11. Let all notation and assumptions be as in Proposition 5.7. Upon possibly taking the constant c 0 c_0 c 0 appearing in (260) smaller, the following holds. Let g : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → G g : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to G g : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → G be given as in the statement of Proposition 5.7. Let ϕ 1 , ϕ 2 : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W \phi_1,\phi_2 : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to W ϕ 1 , ϕ 2 : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W be such that ( g − 1 ∙ ϕ 1 ) ( 0 ) = ϕ 2 ( 0 ) (g^{-1} \mathbin{\bullet} \phi_1)(0) = \phi_2(0) ( g − 1 ∙ ϕ 1 ) ( 0 ) = ϕ 2 ( 0 ) , and moreover suppose that ϕ 1 , ϕ 2 \phi_1,\phi_2 ϕ 1 , ϕ 2 satisfy:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ 1 = 0 , ( ∂ t − Δ B + ) ϕ 2 = 0. (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi_1=0,\qquad(\partial_t-\Delta_{B_+})\phi_2=0. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ 1 = 0 , ( ∂ t − Δ B + ) ϕ 2 = 0. Then we have that for any t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] , α ∈ [ 0 , 1 / 2 ] \alpha\in[0,1/2] α ∈ [ 0 , 1/2 ] , 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ 1\leq p\leq\infty 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ ,
∥ t α 2 ( g − 1 ∙ ϕ 1 − ϕ 2 ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t t 0 1 − κ 2 K ) ∥ t α 2 ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \lVert t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}(g^{-1}\mathbin{\bullet}\phi_1-\phi_2)\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\lesssim(1+\lVert F_{B_+}\rVert_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K)\lVert t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_2\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}. ∥ t 2 α ( g − 1 ∙ ϕ 1 − ϕ 2 ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 pert t 0 2 1 − κ K ) ∥ t 2 α ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) . Additionally, we have that
∥ t α 2 ϕ 1 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ t 1 + α 2 D B ϕ 1 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) 2 ( 1 + t 0 1 − κ 2 K ) ∥ t α 2 ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \lVert t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_1\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}+\lVert t^{\frac{1+\alpha}{2}}D_B\phi_1\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\lesssim(1+\lVert F_{B_+}\rVert_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2(1+t_0^{1-\frac{\kappa}{2}}K)\lVert t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_2\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}. ∥ t 2 α ϕ 1 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ t 2 1 + α D B ϕ 1 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) 2 ( 1 + t 0 1 − 2 κ K ) ∥ t 2 α ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) . Similarly, if ψ 1 , ψ 2 : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 2 \psi_1,\psi_2 : [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to W^2 ψ 1 , ψ 2 : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 2 are such that ( g − 1 ∙ ψ 1 ) ( 0 ) = ψ 2 ( 0 ) (g^{-1}\mathbin{\bullet}\psi_1)(0)=\psi_2(0) ( g − 1 ∙ ψ 1 ) ( 0 ) = ψ 2 ( 0 ) , and in addition they satisfy the equations:
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) ψ 1 = 0 , ( ∂ t − Δ B + − 2 F B + ) ψ 2 = 0 , (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2F_B)\psi_1=0,\qquad(\partial_t-\Delta_{B_+}-2F_{B_+})\psi_2=0, ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 F B ) ψ 1 = 0 , ( ∂ t − Δ B + − 2 F B + ) ψ 2 = 0 , then for any t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] , α ∈ [ 0 , 1 / 2 ] \alpha\in[0,1/2] α ∈ [ 0 , 1/2 ] and 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ 1\leq p\leq\infty 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ , we have that
∥ t α 2 ( g − 1 ∙ ψ 1 − ψ 2 ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ M T ( B + , 1 ) t 0 1 − κ 2 K ∥ t α 2 ψ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \lVert t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}(g^{-1}\mathbin{\bullet}\psi_1-\psi_2)\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\lesssim M_T(B^+,1)t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\lVert t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\psi_2\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}. ∥ t 2 α ( g − 1 ∙ ψ 1 − ψ 2 ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ M T ( B + , 1 ) t 0 2 1 − κ K ∥ t 2 α ψ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) .
We now begin to prove Proposition 5.7. Towards this end, we will implement the classical DeTurck trick. In particular, we first prove local well-posedness in the DeTurck gauge (with appropriate choice of background connection).
Lemma 5.12 (Local solution theory for Yang–Mills heat flow in the infinitesimal DeTurck gauge). Under the assumptions of Proposition 5.7, there exists a unique B ♯ ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) B^\sharp\in C_t^0C_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) B ♯ ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) such that on ( 0 , T ] × T 2 (0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( 0 , T ] × T 2 , B ♯ B^\sharp B ♯ is a smooth classical solution to the equation
∂ t B k ♯ = D B ♯ j ( F B ♯ ) j k + D B ♯ , k D B + j ( B j ♯ − B j + ) , k ∈ [ 2 ] . (266) \partial_tB_k^\sharp=D_{B^\sharp}^j(F_{B^\sharp})_{jk}+D_{B^\sharp,k}D_{B_+}^j(B_j^\sharp-B_j^+),\qquad k\in[2]. \tag*{(266)} ∂ t B k ♯ = D B ♯ j ( F B ♯ ) j k + D B ♯ , k D B + j ( B j ♯ − B j + ) , k ∈ [ 2 ] . (266)
and moreover B # ( t ) → B 0 # B^{\#}(t) \to B_{0}^{\#} B # ( t ) → B 0 # in C x − κ \mathcal{C}_{x}^{-\kappa} C x − κ as t ↓ 0 t \downarrow0 t ↓ 0 . Additionally, letting B l i n − ( t ) = e t Δ B + F B 0 − B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}(t) = e^{t\Delta_{B_{+}}^{F}}B_{0}^{-} B lin − ( t ) = e t Δ B + F B 0 − , we have that for all t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_{0} \in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] (recall (259) for the definition of M T ( B + , 2 ) M_{T}(B^{+},2) M T ( B + , 2 ) )
max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 ∥ t j + κ 2 D B + ( j ) ( B # − B + − B l i n − ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 2 t 0 1 − κ 2 . (267) \max_{0\leq j\leq2}\left\|t^{\frac{j+\kappa}{2}}D_{B_{+}}^{(j)}\left(B^{\#}-B^{+}-B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}\right)\right\|_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0}])}\lesssim M_{T}(B^{+},2)K^{2}t_{0}^{1-\frac{\kappa}{2}}. \tag*{(267)} 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max t 2 j + κ D B + ( j ) ( B # − B + − B lin − ) L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 2 t 0 1 − 2 κ . (267)
Finally, there exists a gauge transformation
g ∈ C t 0 G 1 − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) , (268) g\in C_{t}^{0}\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa}([0,T])\cap C_{t,x}^{\infty}((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}), \tag*{(268)} g ∈ C t 0 G 1 − κ ([ 0 , T ]) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) , (268)
such that for each x ∈ T 2 x\in\mathbb{T}^{2} x ∈ T 2 , g ( ⋅ , x ) g(\mathord{\cdot},x) g ( ⋅ , x ) is a solution to the ODE
( ∂ t g g − 1 ) ( t , x ) = Ad g ( D B + ℓ ( B ℓ # − B ℓ + ) ) ( t , x ) , t ∈ ( 0 , T ] , (269) (\partial_{t}gg^{-1})(t,x)=\operatorname{Ad}_{g}\left(D_{B_{+}}^{\ell}(B_{\ell}^{\#}-B_{\ell}^{+})\right)(t,x),\quad t\in(0,T], \tag*{(269)} ( ∂ t g g − 1 ) ( t , x ) = Ad g ( D B + ℓ ( B ℓ # − B ℓ + ) ) ( t , x ) , t ∈ ( 0 , T ] , (269)
g ( T , x ) = id G , g(T,x)=\operatorname{id}_{G}, g ( T , x ) = id G ,
and such that B = g ∙ B # B=g\mathbin{\bullet}B^{\#} B = g ∙ B # is a smooth classical solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow on ( 0 , T ] × T 2 (0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2} ( 0 , T ] × T 2 , which moreover satisfies B ( t ) → g ( 0 ) ∙ B 0 # B(t)\to g(0)\mathbin{\bullet}B_{0}^{\#} B ( t ) → g ( 0 ) ∙ B 0 # in C x − κ \mathcal{C}_{x}^{-\kappa} C x − κ as t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 .
Proof. To solve (266) , we make the ansatz B # = B + + B − B^{\#}=B^{+}+B^{-} B # = B + + B − , where recall B + B^{+} B + is a solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data B 0 + B_{0}^{+} B 0 + . By expanding out the equation (266) for B # B^{\#} B # (using the identity (109) ), it suffices to solve for B − B^{-} B − which satisfies the following equation:
( ∂ t − Δ B + − 2 ad ( F B + ) ) B − = O ( B − D B + B − ) + O ( ( B − ) 3 ) , B − ( 0 ) = B 0 − . (270) (\partial_{t}-\Delta_{B_{+}}-2\operatorname{ad}(F_{B_{+}}))B^{-}=\mathcal{O}(B^{-}D_{B_{+}}B^{-})+\mathcal{O}((B^{-})^{3}),\qquad B^{-}(0)=B_{0}^{-}. \tag*{(270)} ( ∂ t − Δ B + − 2 ad ( F B + )) B − = O ( B − D B + B − ) + O (( B − ) 3 ) , B − ( 0 ) = B 0 − . (270)
This equation is a non-degenerate semilinear parabolic PDE, so local well-posedness in C x − κ \mathcal{C}_{x}^{-\kappa} C x − κ and smoothness at positive times are standard. (A simple power counting argument shows that one merely needs to take κ < 1 2 \kappa<\frac{1}{2} κ < 2 1 .) We therefore assume henceforth that B − B^{-} B − exists and we focus on deriving a priori bounds. Towards this end, we set B r e m = B − − B l i n − B_{\mathrm{rem}}=B^{-}-B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-} B rem = B − − B lin − and we make the soft assumption that B 0 − B_{0}^{-} B 0 − is smooth (and thus also B − B^{-} B − ), which may easily be removed by a limiting argument. The remainder B r e m B_{\mathrm{rem}} B rem solves
( ∂ t − Δ B + − 2 ad ( F B + ) ) B r e m = O ( B − D B + B − ) + O ( ( B − ) 3 ) , B r e m ( 0 ) = 0. (\partial_{t}-\Delta_{B_{+}}-2\operatorname{ad}(F_{B_{+}}))B_{\mathrm{rem}}=\mathcal{O}(B^{-}D_{B_{+}}B^{-})+\mathcal{O}((B^{-})^{3}),\qquad B_{\mathrm{rem}}(0)=0. ( ∂ t − Δ B + − 2 ad ( F B + )) B rem = O ( B − D B + B − ) + O (( B − ) 3 ) , B rem ( 0 ) = 0.
Let G G G be the right-hand side of the above equation. For t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_{0}\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] , define
∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) = d e f max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 ∥ t j + κ 2 D B + ( j ) B − ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \|B^{-}\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_{0})}\overset{\mathrm{def}}{=}\max_{0\leq j\leq2}\left\|t^{\frac{j+\kappa}{2}}D_{B_{+}}^{(j)}B^{-}\right\|_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0}])}. ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) = def 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max t 2 j + κ D B + ( j ) B − L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) .
For each t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_{0}\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] , it follows from Lemma 4.62 (with k ∈ { 0 , 1 , 2 } k\in\{0,1,2\} k ∈ { 0 , 1 , 2 } ) that
max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 t 0 j + κ 2 ∥ D B + ( j ) B r e m ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 0 κ 2 M T ( B + , 2 ) N 2 ( G ) , \max_{0\leq j\leq2}t_{0}^{\frac{j+\kappa}{2}}\left\|D_{B_{+}}^{(j)}B_{\mathrm{rem}}(t_{0})\right\|_{L_{x}^{\infty}}\lesssim t_{0}^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}M_{T}(B^{+},2)N_{2}(G), 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max t 0 2 j + κ D B + ( j ) B rem ( t 0 ) L x ∞ ≲ t 0 2 κ M T ( B + , 2 ) N 2 ( G ) ,
where
N 2 ( G ) = ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ) + ∑ j = 0 1 ( ∥ t j + 1 2 D B + ( j ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ) + sup u ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] ∥ t j + 1 2 ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 D B + ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ) . N_{2}(G)=\|G\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0})}
+\sum_{j=0}^{1}\left(\left\|t^{\frac{j+1}{2}}D_{B_{+}}^{(j)}G\right\|_{L_{t}^{2}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,t_{0})}
+\sup_{u\in[0,t_{0}]}\left\|t^{\frac{j+1}{2}}(u-t)^{-1/2}D_{B_{+}}^{(j)}G\right\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,u])}\right). N 2 ( G ) = ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ) + j = 0 ∑ 1 ( t 2 j + 1 D B + ( j ) G L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ) + u ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] sup t 2 j + 1 ( u − t ) − 1/2 D B + ( j ) G L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ) .
We now estimate the norms on G G G appearing on the right-hand side above. Towards this end, from the definition of G G G , we may estimate
sup u ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] ∥ t 1 / 2 ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ≲ t 0 1 2 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 1 − 3 κ 2 ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 3 . \sup_{u\in(0,t_{0}]}\left\|t^{1/2}(u-t)^{-1/2}G\right\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,u])}\lesssim t_{0}^{\frac{1}{2}-\kappa}\|B^{-}\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_{0})}^{2}+t_{0}^{1-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}\|B^{-}\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_{0})}^{3}. u ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] sup t 1/2 ( u − t ) − 1/2 G L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ≲ t 0 2 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 1 − 2 3 κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 3 .
sup u ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] ∥ t ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 D B + G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ≲ t 0 1 − κ 2 ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 1 − 3 κ 2 ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 3 \sup_{u\in(0,t_0]} \left\|t(u-t)^{-1/2}D_{B^+}G\right\|_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,u])} \lesssim t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}^2+t_0^{1-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}^3 u ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] sup t ( u − t ) − 1/2 D B + G L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ≲ t 0 2 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 1 − 2 3 κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 3
All the other norms appearing in N 2 ( G ) N_2(G) N 2 ( G ) may be estimated by similar means. Combining the previous few estimates, we thus obtain a constant C C C such that for all t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] (here we also use (261) which implies that ∥ B l i n − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ K \|B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}\leq K ∥ B lin − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ K , and the fact that B − = B l i n − + B r e m B^-=B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}+B_{\mathrm{rem}} B − = B lin − + B rem )
∥ B r e m ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ C M T ( B + , 2 ) ( t 0 1 − κ 2 ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 3 ) . (271) \|B_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}\leq CM_T(B^+,2)\left(t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}^2+t_0^{1-\kappa}\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}^3\right). \tag*{(271)} ∥ B rem ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ C M T ( B + , 2 ) ( t 0 2 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 3 ) . (271)
∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ K + C M T ( B + , 2 ) ( t 0 1 − κ 2 ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 3 ) . (272) \|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}\leq K+CM_T(B^+,2)\left(t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}^2+t_0^{1-\kappa}\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}^3\right). \tag*{(272)} ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ K + C M T ( B + , 2 ) ( t 0 2 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) 3 ) . (272)
We now take the constant c 0 c_0 c 0 in our smallness assumption (260) to be small enough such that 10 4 C c 0 ≤ 1 10^4Cc_0\leq1 1 0 4 C c 0 ≤ 1 , where C C C is as in (272) . We proceed by a standard continuity argument. Let
I = { t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] : ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ 10 K } , I=\{t_0\in(0,T]:\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}\leq10K\}, I = { t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] : ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ 10 K } ,
where K K K is as in the lemma statement. By (272) , I I I contains all sufficiently small t 0 > 0 t_0>0 t 0 > 0 . Moreover, since we made the soft assumption that B 0 − B^-_0 B 0 − is smooth, we have that t ↦ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t ) t\mapsto\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t)} t ↦ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t ) is continuous in t t t , and thus I I I is a closed subset of ( 0 , T ] (0,T] ( 0 , T ] . To finish, we show that I I I is an open subset of ( 0 , T ] (0,T] ( 0 , T ] . First, note that by the smallness assumption (261) , our choice of c 0 c_0 c 0 , and the definition of I I I , we have that for all t 0 ∈ I t_0\in I t 0 ∈ I ,
C M T ( B + , 2 ) t 0 1 − κ 2 ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ 10 2 C M T ( B + , 2 ) t 0 1 − κ 2 K ≤ 10 2 C c 0 ≤ 1 100 . CM_T(B^+,2)t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}
\leq10^2CM_T(B^+,2)t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K
\leq10^2Cc_0\leq\frac{1}{100}. C M T ( B + , 2 ) t 0 2 1 − κ ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ 1 0 2 C M T ( B + , 2 ) t 0 2 1 − κ K ≤ 1 0 2 C c 0 ≤ 100 1 .
Thus by (272) , it follows that for all t 0 ∈ I t_0\in I t 0 ∈ I ,
∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ K + 1 2 ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) , \|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}\leq K+\frac{1}{2}\|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}, ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ K + 2 1 ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ,
from which we obtain
∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) < 10 K , \|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}<10K, ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) < 10 K ,
and thus I I I is an open subset of ( 0 , T ] (0,T] ( 0 , T ] . It follows that I = ( 0 , T ] I=(0,T] I = ( 0 , T ] , as desired. The bound (267) is then a direct consequence of the smallness condition (260) , the estimate (271) , and the estimate ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ 10 K \|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(t_0)}\leq10K ∥ B − ∥ X ( t 0 ) ≤ 10 K for all t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] .
It remains to prove the claimed results about the gauge transformation g g g . First, assuming that (268) holds, one may show by direct calculation (using for example (269) and the fully covariant formulation introduced in Section 3.2.2) that B = g ∙ B # B=g\mathbin{\bullet}B^\# B = g ∙ B # is indeed a classical solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow on ( 0 , T ] × T 2 (0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( 0 , T ] × T 2 , which moreover satisfies B ( t ) → g ( 0 ) ∙ B 0 − B(t)\to g(0)\mathbin{\bullet}B_0^- B ( t ) → g ( 0 ) ∙ B 0 − in C x − κ C_x^{-\kappa} C x − κ as t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 . Thus, it remains to show that the solution g g g to (269) indeed exists and satisfies the regularity conditions specified by (268) .
Since B + B^+ B + , B # B^\# B # are smooth on ( 0 , T ] × T 2 (0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( 0 , T ] × T 2 , there is a unique smooth solution g g g to (269) on ( 0 , T ] × T 2 (0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( 0 , T ] × T 2 by standard ODE theory. Moreover, by the estimate ∥ B − ∥ X ( T ) ≤ 10 K \|B^-\|_{\mathcal{X}(T)}\leq10K ∥ B − ∥ X ( T ) ≤ 10 K , we have that
∥ t 1 + κ 2 ∂ t g g − 1 ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ K . (273) \left\|t^{\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}\partial_tgg^{-1}\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\lesssim K. \tag*{(273)} t 2 1 + κ ∂ t g g − 1 L t ∞ L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ K . (273)
From this, it follows that g g g extends continuously to [ 0 , T ] × T 2 [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 [ 0 , T ] × T 2 , and moreover
g ( 0 , x ) = id G − ∫ 0 T d t ( ∂ t g g − 1 ) ( t , x ) g ( t , x ) , x ∈ T 2 . g(0,x)=\operatorname{id}_G-\int_0^Tdt\,(\partial_tgg^{-1})(t,x)g(t,x),\qquad x\in\mathbb{T}^2. g ( 0 , x ) = id G − ∫ 0 T d t ( ∂ t g g − 1 ) ( t , x ) g ( t , x ) , x ∈ T 2 .
It remains to show that g ∈ C t 0 G 1 1 − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) g\in C_t^0G_1^{1-\kappa}([0,T]) g ∈ C t 0 G 1 1 − κ ([ 0 , T ]) , i.e. we need to estimate the C t 0 C x 1 − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) C_t^0C_x^{1-\kappa}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) C t 0 C x 1 − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) norm of g g g . We will first derive an estimate in L t ∞ C x 1 − κ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) L_t^\infty C_x^{1-\kappa}((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) L t ∞ C x 1 − κ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) , and then discuss how to obtain the continuity at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 . Towards this end, we will first need an estimate of ( d g g − 1 ) ( t 0 ) (dgg^{-1})(t_0) ( d g g − 1 ) ( t 0 ) at positive times t 0 > 0 t_0>0 t 0 > 0 . In particular, we claim that
∥ t κ 2 d g g − 1 ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ 1 , (274) \left\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}dgg^{-1}\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim1, \tag*{(274)} t 2 κ d g g − 1 L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ 1 , (274)
where the implicit constant may depend on B + B^+ B + and K K K . Given this claim, for t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , x , y ∈ T 2 x,y\in\mathbb{T}^2 x , y ∈ T 2 such that ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ≤ T |x-y|^2\leq T ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ≤ T , we let t 0 = ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ∨ t t_0=|x-y|^2\vee t t 0 = ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ∨ t , and then estimate
∣ g ( t , x ) − g ( t , y ) ∣ ≤ 1 ( t < t 0 ) ( ∣ g ( t , x ) − g ( t 0 , x ) ∣ + ∣ g ( t 0 , y ) − g ( t , y ) ∣ ) + ∣ g ( t 0 , x ) − g ( t 0 , y ) ∣ ≲ 1 ( t < t 0 ) t 0 1 − κ 2 + ∣ x − y ∣ t 0 − κ 2 ≲ ∣ x − y ∣ 1 − κ . \begin{aligned}
|g(t,x)-g(t,y)| &\leq\mathbf{1}(t<t_0)(|g(t,x)-g(t_0,x)|+|g(t_0,y)-g(t,y)|)+|g(t_0,x)-g(t_0,y)|\\
&\lesssim\mathbf{1}(t<t_0)t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}+|x-y|t_0^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\lesssim|x-y|^{1-\kappa}.
\end{aligned} ∣ g ( t , x ) − g ( t , y ) ∣ ≤ 1 ( t < t 0 ) ( ∣ g ( t , x ) − g ( t 0 , x ) ∣ + ∣ g ( t 0 , y ) − g ( t , y ) ∣ ) + ∣ g ( t 0 , x ) − g ( t 0 , y ) ∣ ≲ 1 ( t < t 0 ) t 0 2 1 − κ + ∣ x − y ∣ t 0 − 2 κ ≲ ∣ x − y ∣ 1 − κ .
Here, we estimated the first two terms (in the case t < t 0 t<t_0 t < t 0 , otherwise t = t 0 t=t_0 t = t 0 and these terms are zero) by t 0 1 − κ 2 t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}} t 0 2 1 − κ (using (273) ), and we estimated the last term by ∣ x − y ∣ t 0 − κ 2 |x-y|t_0^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}} ∣ x − y ∣ t 0 − 2 κ (using (274) ). Since the implicit constants are uniform in t , x , y t,x,y t , x , y , we obtain that g ∈ L t ∞ C x 1 − κ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) g\in L^\infty_t\mathcal{C}^{1-\kappa}_x((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) g ∈ L t ∞ C x 1 − κ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) , as desired. Moreover, we obtain that g ( 0 ) g(0) g ( 0 ) is ( 1 − κ ) (1-\kappa) ( 1 − κ ) -Hölder. At the end, we will show that g ( 0 ) g(0) g ( 0 ) is a limit of smooth functions in the C x 1 − κ \mathcal{C}^{1-\kappa}_x C x 1 − κ norm, and thus g ( 0 ) ∈ G 1 − κ g(0)\in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g ( 0 ) ∈ G 1 − κ .
To complete the proof of the L t ∞ C x 1 − κ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) L^\infty_t\mathcal{C}^{1-\kappa}_x((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) L t ∞ C x 1 − κ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) estimate, it remains to show (274) . We let h α = − ( ∂ α g ) g − 1 h_\alpha=-(\partial_\alpha g)g^{-1} h α = − ( ∂ α g ) g − 1 (here α ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ 2 ] \alpha\in\{0\}\cup[2] α ∈ { 0 } ∪ [ 2 ] , recall Notation 3.2 ), so that h = g ∙ 0 h=g\bullet0 h = g ∙ 0 (here both sides are viewed as space-time connections). Since h h h is a pure gauge, its curvature is zero, and thus for each i ∈ [ 2 ] i\in[2] i ∈ [ 2 ] , we have that 0 = ( F h ) 0 i = ∂ 0 h i − D h , i h 0 0=(F_h)_{0i}=\partial_0h_i-D_{h,i}h_0 0 = ( F h ) 0 i = ∂ 0 h i − D h , i h 0 , i.e.
∂ t h i = D g ∙ 0 , i ( − ∂ t g g − 1 ) = − Ad g ∂ i ( Ad g − 1 ( ∂ t g g − 1 ) ) . (275) \partial_t h_i=D_{g\bullet0,i}(-\partial_tgg^{-1})=-\operatorname{Ad}_g\partial_i\left(\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}(\partial_tgg^{-1})\right). \tag*{(275)} ∂ t h i = D g ∙ 0 , i ( − ∂ t g g − 1 ) = − Ad g ∂ i ( Ad g − 1 ( ∂ t g g − 1 ) ) . (275)
Integrating this on [ t 0 , T ] [t_0,T] [ t 0 , T ] and using that g ( T ) ≡ id G g(T)\equiv\operatorname{id}_G g ( T ) ≡ id G so that ( d g g − 1 ) ( T ) = 0 (dgg^{-1})(T)=0 ( d g g − 1 ) ( T ) = 0 , we obtain
( ∂ i g g − 1 ) ( t 0 ) = − ∫ t 0 T d t ( Ad g ∂ i D B + j B j − ) ( t ) = − ∫ t 0 T d t ( Ad g D B + , i D B + j B j − ) ( t ) + ∫ t 0 T d t ( Ad g [ B i + , D B + j B j − ] ) ( t ) . \begin{aligned}
(\partial_i gg^{-1})(t_0)=-\int_{t_0}^{T}dt\,(\operatorname{Ad}_g\partial_iD_{B^+}^{j}B_j^-)(t) \\
&=-\int_{t_0}^{T}dt\,(\operatorname{Ad}_gD_{B^+,i}D_{B^+}^{j}B_j^-)(t)+\int_{t_0}^{T}dt\,(\operatorname{Ad}_g[B_i^+,D_{B^+}^{j}B_j^-])(t).
\end{aligned} ( ∂ i g g − 1 ) ( t 0 ) = − ∫ t 0 T d t ( Ad g ∂ i D B + j B j − ) ( t ) = − ∫ t 0 T d t ( Ad g D B + , i D B + j B j − ) ( t ) + ∫ t 0 T d t ( Ad g [ B i + , D B + j B j − ]) ( t ) .
Since B + B^+ B + is smooth and ∥ B − ∥ X ( T ) ≲ K \|B^-\|_{X(T)}\lesssim K ∥ B − ∥ X ( T ) ≲ K , the second term may be directly estimated by an acceptable contribution, and thus we focus on the first term. For this term, we may obtain an acceptable contribution upon applying the estimate
∥ t 1 + κ 2 D B + ( 2 ) B − ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ 1 , \left\|t^{1+\frac{\kappa}{2}}D_{B^+}^{(2)}B^-\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim1, t 1 + 2 κ D B + ( 2 ) B − L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ 1 ,
where the implicit constant may depend on B + B^+ B + and K K K . This estimate follows by recalling that B − = B l i n − + B r e m B^-=B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}+B_{\mathrm{rem}} B − = B lin − + B rem , and applying the assumption (261) and the j = 2 j=2 j = 2 case of the estimate (267) .
Finally, we discuss the continuity of g ( t ) g(t) g ( t ) at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 in the C x 1 − κ \mathcal{C}^{1-\kappa}_x C x 1 − κ norm (which in particular implies that g ( 0 ) ∈ G 1 − κ g(0)\in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g ( 0 ) ∈ G 1 − κ ). Towards this end, it suffices to show that as t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 , ( ( g − 1 d g ) ( t ) ) t > 0 ((g^{-1}dg)(t))_{t>0} (( g − 1 d g ) ( t ) ) t > 0 forms a Cauchy net in C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ . For notational simplicity, let h ~ = g − 1 d g = − Ad g − 1 h \tilde h=g^{-1}dg=-\operatorname{Ad}_{g}^{-1}h h ~ = g − 1 d g = − Ad g − 1 h . The reason for considering h ~ \tilde h h ~ (as opposed to h h h ) is that its time evolution takes a slightly more convenient form. In particular, starting from (275) , we may obtain
∂ t h ~ i = ∂ i D B + ℓ B ℓ − + Ad g − 1 [ ∂ t g g − 1 , h i ] . \partial_t\tilde h_i=\partial_iD_{B^+}^{\ell}B_\ell^-+\operatorname{Ad}_{g}^{-1}[\partial_tgg^{-1},h_i]. ∂ t h ~ i = ∂ i D B + ℓ B ℓ − + Ad g − 1 [ ∂ t g g − 1 , h i ] .
Thus for 0 < s < t 0<s<t 0 < s < t , we have that
h ~ i ( t ) − h ~ i ( s ) = ∫ s t d u ( ∂ i D B + ℓ B ℓ − + Ad g − 1 [ ∂ t g g − 1 , h i ] ) . \tilde h_i(t)-\tilde h_i(s)=\int_s^tdu\,\left(\partial_iD_{B^+}^{\ell}B_\ell^-+\operatorname{Ad}_{g}^{-1}[\partial_tgg^{-1},h_i]\right). h ~ i ( t ) − h ~ i ( s ) = ∫ s t d u ( ∂ i D B + ℓ B ℓ − + Ad g − 1 [ ∂ t g g − 1 , h i ] ) .
By the estimates (273) and (274) , the second term above may be directly estimated in L x ∞ L^\infty_x L x ∞ (since the resulting time singularity is integrable). Similarly, expanding B − = B l i n − + B r e m B^-=B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}+B_{\mathrm{rem}} B − = B lin − + B rem and expanding B l i n − B^-_{\mathrm{lin}} B lin − around e t Δ B 0 − e^{t\Delta}B^{-}_{0} e t Δ B 0 − , we see that all terms may be directly estimated in L x ∞ L^\infty_x L x ∞ using (5.12) and (5.18), except for the most singular term (which has a non-integrable time singularity in L x ∞ L^\infty_x L x ∞ ):
∫ s t d u ∂ i ∂ ℓ e u Δ B 0 , ℓ − = ( − Δ ) − 1 ∂ i ∂ ℓ ( e s Δ B 0 , ℓ − − e t Δ B 0 , ℓ − ) . \int_s^t \mathrm{d}u\,\partial_i\partial^\ell e^{u\Delta}B^{-}_{0,\ell}=(-\Delta)^{-1}\partial_i\partial^\ell\left(e^{s\Delta}B^{-}_{0,\ell}-e^{t\Delta}B^{-}_{0,\ell}\right). ∫ s t d u ∂ i ∂ ℓ e u Δ B 0 , ℓ − = ( − Δ ) − 1 ∂ i ∂ ℓ ( e s Δ B 0 , ℓ − − e t Δ B 0 , ℓ − ) .
To finish, we use that
∥ ( − Δ ) − 1 ∂ i ∂ ℓ ( e s Δ B 0 , ℓ − − e t Δ B 0 , ℓ − ) ∥ C x − κ ≲ ∥ e s Δ B 0 − − e t Δ B 0 − ∥ C x − κ , \left\|(-\Delta)^{-1}\partial_i\partial^\ell\left(e^{s\Delta}B^{-}_{0,\ell}-e^{t\Delta}B^{-}_{0,\ell}\right)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x}\lesssim\left\|e^{s\Delta}B^{-}_{0}-e^{t\Delta}B^{-}_{0}\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x}, ( − Δ ) − 1 ∂ i ∂ ℓ ( e s Δ B 0 , ℓ − − e t Δ B 0 , ℓ − ) C x − κ ≲ e s Δ B 0 − − e t Δ B 0 − C x − κ ,
combined with the fact that e t Δ B 0 − e^{t\Delta}B^{-}_{0} e t Δ B 0 − converges in C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ as t ↓ 0 t\downarrow0 t ↓ 0 (to B 0 − B^{-}_{0} B 0 − —here we use that C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ was defined as the closure of C x ∞ C^\infty_x C x ∞ ; recall Definition 3.45).
Having shown local well-posedness of the DeTurck Yang–Mills heat flow, we next prove the following curvature estimates. These estimates will be needed to show the curvature estimates claimed in Proposition 5.7.
Lemma 5.13. In the setting of Lemma 5.12, we have for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] and x ∈ T 2 x\in\mathbb{T}^2 x ∈ T 2 the following additional pointwise curvature estimate:
∣ D B ♯ ( j ) F B ♯ ( t , x ) ∣ ≤ ∣ D B + ( j ) F B + ( t , x ) ∣ + O ( t − κ 2 ( t − 1 + j 2 + ∣ F B + ( t , x ) ∣ j ) K ) , j ∈ { 0 , 1 } , (276) \left|D_{B^\sharp}^{(j)}F_{B^\sharp}(t,x)\right|\leq\left|D_{B^+}^{(j)}F_{B^+}(t,x)\right|+O\left(t^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\left(t^{-\frac{1+j}{2}}+\left|F_{B^+}(t,x)\right|^j\right)K\right),\qquad j\in\{0,1\}, \tag*{(276)} D B ♯ ( j ) F B ♯ ( t , x ) ≤ D B + ( j ) F B + ( t , x ) + O ( t − 2 κ ( t − 2 1 + j + ∣ F B + ( t , x ) ∣ j ) K ) , j ∈ { 0 , 1 } , (276) as well as the L x 2 L^2_x L x 2 curvature estimate (5.16), except with F B F_B F B replaced by F B ♯ F_{B^\sharp} F B ♯ on the left-hand side.
Proof. Let B r e m = B ♯ − B + − B l i n − B_{\mathrm{rem}}=B^\sharp-B^+-B^-_{\mathrm{lin}} B rem = B ♯ − B + − B lin − . By (5.11) and (5.18), we have that for all t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] (recall (5.10) for the definition of M T ( B + , 2 ) M_T(B^+,2) M T ( B + , 2 ) ),
∥ B r e m ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 2 t 1 − κ ≲ c 0 t − κ 2 K , (277) \|B_{\mathrm{rem}}(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim M_T(B^+,2)K^2t^{1-\kappa}\lesssim c_0t^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}K, \tag*{(277)} ∥ B rem ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 2 t 1 − κ ≲ c 0 t − 2 κ K , (277)
∥ ( D B + B r e m ) ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 2 t − κ ≲ c 0 t − 1 + κ 2 K , (278) \|(D_{B^+}B_{\mathrm{rem}})(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim M_T(B^+,2)K^2t^{-\kappa}\lesssim c_0t^{-\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}K, \tag*{(278)} ∥ ( D B + B rem ) ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 2 t − κ ≲ c 0 t − 2 1 + κ K , (278)
so that B r e m B_{\mathrm{rem}} B rem is no larger than B l i n − B^-_{\mathrm{lin}} B lin − . On the other hand, we may choose to use the intermediate estimates above at several places in the following. To begin, we expand out (by (3.15))
F B ♯ 12 = F B + 12 + curl B + ( B l i n − + B r e m ) + [ ( B l i n − + B r e m ) 1 , ( B l i n − + B r e m ) 2 ] . F_{B^\sharp}^{12}=F_{B^+}^{12}+\operatorname{curl}_{B^+}(B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}+B_{\mathrm{rem}})+[(B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}+B_{\mathrm{rem}})^1,(B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}+B_{\mathrm{rem}})^2]. F B ♯ 12 = F B + 12 + curl B + ( B lin − + B rem ) + [( B lin − + B rem ) 1 , ( B lin − + B rem ) 2 ] .
The pointwise estimate (5.27) in the case j = 0 j=0 j = 0 follows by combining the triangle inequality with the assumed bound on B l i n − B^-_{\mathrm{lin}} B lin − (5.12) and our previous estimates on B r e m B_{\mathrm{rem}} B rem (and using that t − κ K 2 ≪ t − 1 + κ 2 K t^{-\kappa}K^2\ll t^{-\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}K t − κ K 2 ≪ t − 2 1 + κ K by our smallness condition (5.11)). The case j = 1 j=1 j = 1 follows by applying D B ♯ D_{B^\sharp} D B ♯ to both sides of the above identity, expanding (recall B − = B l i n − + B r e m B^-=B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}+B_{\mathrm{rem}} B − = B lin − + B rem ) D B ♯ = D B + + [ B − , ⋅ ] D_{B^\sharp}=D_{B^+}+[B^-,\mathord\cdot] D B ♯ = D B + + [ B − , ⋅ ] as well as F B ♯ = F B + + O ( D B + B − + ( B − ) 2 ) F_{B^\sharp}=F_{B^+}+O(D_{B^+}B^-+(B^-)^2) F B ♯ = F B + + O ( D B + B − + ( B − ) 2 ) on the right-hand side to obtain
D B ♯ F B ♯ 12 = D B + F B + 12 + [ B − , F B + ] + O ( D B + ( 2 ) B − + B − D B + B − + ( B − ) 3 ) . D_{B^\sharp}F_{B^\sharp}^{12}=D_{B^+}F_{B^+}^{12}+[B^-,F_{B^+}]+O\left(D_{B^+}^{(2)}B^-+B^-D_{B^+}B^-+(B^-)^3\right). D B ♯ F B ♯ 12 = D B + F B + 12 + [ B − , F B + ] + O ( D B + ( 2 ) B − + B − D B + B − + ( B − ) 3 ) .
The second and third terms on the right-hand side may be directly estimated by combining the assumed bound on B l i n − B^-_{\mathrm{lin}} B lin − (5.12) with the estimates (5.18) on B r e m B_{\mathrm{rem}} B rem and the smallness condition (5.11).
To show the L x 2 L^2_x L x 2 estimate, we expand out bilinearly to obtain
∥ F B ♯ ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 = ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ curl B + ( t ) B l i n − ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , ( curl B + B l i n − ) ( t ) + [ B l i n − 1 , B l i n − 2 ] ( t ) ⟩ + 2 ⟨ curl B + B l i n − ( t ) , [ B l i n − 1 , B l i n − 2 ] ( t ) ⟩ + ∥ [ B l i n − 1 , B l i n − 2 ] ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 \begin{aligned}
\|F_{B^\sharp}(t)\|_{L^2_x}^2={}&\|F_{B^+}(t)\|_{L^2_x}^2+\|\operatorname{curl}_{B^+}(t)B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}(t)\|_{L^2_x}^2\\
&+2\langle F_{B^+}^{12}(t),(\operatorname{curl}_{B^+}B^-_{\mathrm{lin}})(t)+[B^{-1}_{\mathrm{lin}},B^{-2}_{\mathrm{lin}}](t)\rangle\\
&+2\langle\operatorname{curl}_{B^+}B^-_{\mathrm{lin}}(t),[B^{-1}_{\mathrm{lin}},B^{-2}_{\mathrm{lin}}](t)\rangle+\|[B^{-1}_{\mathrm{lin}},B^{-2}_{\mathrm{lin}}](t)\|_{L^2_x}^2
\end{aligned} ∥ F B ♯ ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 = ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 + ∥ curl B + ( t ) B lin − ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 + 2 ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , ( curl B + B lin − ) ( t ) + [ B lin − 1 , B lin − 2 ] ( t )⟩ + 2 ⟨ curl B + B lin − ( t ) , [ B lin − 1 , B lin − 2 ] ( t )⟩ + ∥ [ B lin − 1 , B lin − 2 ] ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2
where “perturbative terms” collects all terms with at least one factor of B r e m B_{\mathrm{rem}} B rem . We first estimate the terms on the second-to-last line, and then proceed to estimate the perturbative terms. By the assumption (261) on the size of B 0 − B_{0}^{-} B 0 − , we may directly estimate
2 ∣ ⟨ curl B + B l i n − , [ B l i n − 1 , B l i n − 2 ] ( t ) ⟩ ∣ + ∥ [ B l i n − 1 , B l i n − 2 ] ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≲ t − 1 + 3 κ 2 K 3 + t − 4 κ 2 K 4 ≲ t − 1 + 3 κ 2 K 3 , 2\left|\left\langle\operatorname{curl}_{B^{+}}B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-},[B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-1},B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-2}](t)\right\rangle\right|+\left\|[B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-1},B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-2}](t)\right\|_{L_{x}^{2}}^{2}\lesssim t^{-\frac{1+3\kappa}{2}}K^{3}+t^{-\frac{4\kappa}{2}}K^{4}\lesssim t^{-\frac{1+3\kappa}{2}}K^{3}, 2 ⟨ curl B + B lin − , [ B lin − 1 , B lin − 2 ] ( t ) ⟩ + [ B lin − 1 , B lin − 2 ] ( t ) L x 2 2 ≲ t − 2 1 + 3 κ K 3 + t − 2 4 κ K 4 ≲ t − 2 1 + 3 κ K 3 ,
where we used that t 1 − κ 2 K ≤ T 1 − κ 2 K ≤ 1 t^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\leq T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\leq1 t 2 1 − κ K ≤ T 2 1 − κ K ≤ 1 (recall the smallness assumption (260) ). This contribution is acceptable.
Next, we estimate all perturbative terms by an acceptable contribution. For the most delicate perturbative term (which requires that we first integrate by parts), we first apply Lemma 4.13 and the definition of ∥ F B + ∥ p e r t \|F_{B^{+}}\|_{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ F B + ∥ pert ; recall Definition 2.3 to estimate
∥ t 1 / 2 D B + F B + ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t , 0 p e r t ) ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) . (279) \|t^{1/2}D_{B^{+}}F_{B^{+}}\|_{L_{t}^{\infty}L_{x}^{2}([0,t])}\lesssim(1+\|F_{B^{+}}\|_{t,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})\|D_{B^{+}}F_{B^{+}}\|_{L_{t,x}^{2}([0,t])}. \tag*{(279)} ∥ t 1/2 D B + F B + ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t , 0 pert ) ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) . (279)
We now estimate the most delicate perturbative term by (here we apply integration by parts (Lemma 3.23) in the first step and (279) in the final step):
∣ ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , ( curl B + B r e m ) ( t ) ⟩ ∣ = ∣ ⟨ D B + ∗ F B + ( t ) , B r e m ( t ) ⟩ ∣ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) ∥ D B + F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 K 2 t 1 2 − κ ≲ M T ( B + , 3 ) ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) K 2 t − κ . \left|\left\langle F_{B^{+}}^{12}(t),(\operatorname{curl}_{B^{+}}B_{\mathrm{rem}})(t)\right\rangle\right|=\left|\left\langle D_{B^{+}}^{*}F_{B^{+}}(t),B_{\mathrm{rem}}(t)\right\rangle\right|
\lesssim M_{T}(B^{+},2)\|D_{B^{+}}F_{B^{+}}(t)\|_{L_{x}^{2}}K^{2}t^{\frac{1}{2}-\kappa}
\lesssim M_{T}(B^{+},3)\|D_{B^{+}}F_{B^{+}}\|_{L_{t,x}^{2}([0,t])}K^{2}t^{-\kappa}. ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , ( curl B + B rem ) ( t ) ⟩ = ∣ ⟨ D B + ∗ F B + ( t ) , B rem ( t ) ⟩ ∣ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) ∥ D B + F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 K 2 t 2 1 − κ ≲ M T ( B + , 3 ) ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) K 2 t − κ .
All other perturbative terms are less delicate, as they may be directly estimated (i.e. without first integrating by parts). For instance, one of the perturbative terms is (here we apply (277) )
∣ ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , [ B r e m 1 , ( B l i n − + B r e m ) 2 ] ( t ) ⟩ ∣ ≲ ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ B r e m ∥ L x ∞ ∥ B l i n − + B r e m ∥ L x ∞ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 K 3 t 1 2 − 3 κ 2 . \left|\left\langle F_{B^{+}}^{12}(t),[B_{\mathrm{rem}}^{1},(B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}+B_{\mathrm{rem}})^{2}](t)\right\rangle\right|\lesssim\|F_{B^{+}}(t)\|_{L_{x}^{2}}\|B_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{x}^{\infty}}\|B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}+B_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{x}^{\infty}}
\lesssim M_{T}(B^{+},2)\|F_{B^{+}}(t)\|_{L_{x}^{2}}K^{3}t^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}. ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , [ B rem 1 , ( B lin − + B rem ) 2 ] ( t ) ⟩ ≲ ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 ∥ B rem ∥ L x ∞ ∥ B lin − + B rem ∥ L x ∞ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L x 2 K 3 t 2 1 − 2 3 κ .
Another perturbative term is (here we apply (278) )
∣ ⟨ ( curl B + B r e m ) ( t ) , ( curl B + ( B l i n − + B r e m ) ) ( t ) ⟩ ∣ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 3 t − 1 2 − 3 κ 2 . \left|\left\langle(\operatorname{curl}_{B^{+}}B_{\mathrm{rem}})(t),(\operatorname{curl}_{B^{+}}(B_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}+B_{\mathrm{rem}}))(t)\right\rangle\right|\lesssim M_{T}(B^{+},2)K^{3}t^{-\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}. ⟨ ( curl B + B rem ) ( t ) , ( curl B + ( B lin − + B rem )) ( t ) ⟩ ≲ M T ( B + , 2 ) K 3 t − 2 1 − 2 3 κ .
All other terms may be estimated by similar arguments.
Combining the previous few intermediate results, we may now prove Proposition 5.7.
Proof of Proposition 5.7. We take the constant c 0 c_{0} c 0 to be the constant in Lemma 5.12. Then under the assumptions of the proposition, we may apply Lemma 5.12 to obtain B ♯ , g B^{\sharp},g B ♯ , g with the properties as stated in Lemmas 5.12–5.13. In particular, B = g ∙ B ♯ B=g\mathbin{\bullet}B^{\sharp} B = g ∙ B ♯ is a Yang–Mills gradient flow with the claimed properties.
Next, note that g − 1 ∙ B = B + + B − g^{-1}\mathbin{\bullet}B=B^{+}+B^{-} g − 1 ∙ B = B + + B − , and the claimed estimates (262) on B − B^{-} B − follow directly from (267) . Finally, for the curvature estimates, we use that D B ( j ) F B = Ad g D B ♯ ( j ) F B ♯ D_{B}^{(j)}F_{B}=\operatorname{Ad}_{g}D_{B^{\sharp}}^{(j)}F_{B^{\sharp}} D B ( j ) F B = Ad g D B ♯ ( j ) F B ♯ . From this, (276) directly implies (263) and (264) , and the second estimate (265) follows directly from the corresponding estimate given by Lemma 5.13.
Next, we prove the uniqueness result Lemma 5.9. We reiterate that this may be skipped on a first reading.
Proof of Lemma 5.9. Without loss of generality, we may take T ≤ 1 T \le1 T ≤ 1 (since B B B is smooth at positive times and uniqueness of the Yang–Mills gradient flow from smooth initial data is classical [Räd02]). We proceed by solving for a gauge transformation h h h that puts B B B into the DeTurck gauge, and then resorting to a more standard well-posedness statement for the DeTurck Yang–Mills heat flow with C x − κ C_x^{-\kappa} C x − κ initial data. Towards this end, note that if h ∈ C t 0 C x 2 − 2 κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) h \in C_t^0C_x^{2-2\kappa}([0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2) \cap C_{t,x}^{\infty}((0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2) h ∈ C t 0 C x 2 − 2 κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) is a solution to:
( ∂ t h ) h − 1 = ∂ ℓ ( ( ∂ ℓ h ) h − 1 ) − ∂ ℓ ( Ad h B ℓ ) , h ( 0 ) = id G , (\partial_t h)h^{-1} = \partial^\ell((\partial_\ell h)h^{-1}) - \partial^\ell(\operatorname{Ad}_h B_\ell), \qquad h(0) = \operatorname{id}_G, ( ∂ t h ) h − 1 = ∂ ℓ (( ∂ ℓ h ) h − 1 ) − ∂ ℓ ( Ad h B ℓ ) , h ( 0 ) = id G ,
then B ~ = h ∙ B \widetilde{B} = h \bullet B B = h ∙ B is a classical solution to the DeTurck Yang–Mills heat flow at positive times, which moreover satisfies B ~ ( t ) → A 0 \widetilde{B}(t) \to A_0 B ( t ) → A 0 in C x − κ C_x^{-\kappa} C x − κ . (To see this, it is helpful to use the fully covariant formulation—recall Section Section 3.2.2.) To see why a solution h h h with the claimed regularity exists, note that the equation for h h h may be written as a nonlinear heat equation with forcing:
( ∂ t h ) h − 1 = ( Δ h ) h − 1 − ( ∂ ℓ h ) h − 1 ( ∂ ℓ h ) h − 1 − ad ( ( ∂ ℓ h ) h − 1 ) Ad h B ℓ − Ad h ( ∂ ℓ B ℓ ) . (\partial_t h)h^{-1} = (\Delta h)h^{-1} - (\partial_\ell h)h^{-1}(\partial^\ell h)h^{-1} - \operatorname{ad}((\partial^\ell h)h^{-1})\operatorname{Ad}_h B_\ell- \operatorname{Ad}_h(\partial^\ell B_\ell). ( ∂ t h ) h − 1 = ( Δ h ) h − 1 − ( ∂ ℓ h ) h − 1 ( ∂ ℓ h ) h − 1 − ad (( ∂ ℓ h ) h − 1 ) Ad h B ℓ − Ad h ( ∂ ℓ B ℓ ) .
Recall by Lemma 5.1 (here we use the assumed bound on D B F B D_BF_B D B F B , as well as our reduction to T ≤ 1 T \le1 T ≤ 1 ) that
∥ t κ 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) , ∥ t κ 2 ∂ ℓ B ℓ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) < ∞ . \left\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}B\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])},\ \left\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\partial^\ell B_\ell\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])} < \infty. t 2 κ B L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) , t 2 κ ∂ ℓ B ℓ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) < ∞.
Therefore by a standard Picard iteration argument, for some possibly smaller time 0 < T 1 ≤ T 0 < T_1 \le T 0 < T 1 ≤ T , we may solve for h ∈ C t 0 C x 2 − 2 κ ( [ 0 , T 1 ] × T 2 ) h \in C_t^0C_x^{2-2\kappa}([0,T_1] \times\mathbb{T}^2) h ∈ C t 0 C x 2 − 2 κ ([ 0 , T 1 ] × T 2 ) . Since B B B is smooth at positive times, we may moreover obtain that h ∈ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T 1 ] × T 2 ) h \in C_{t,x}^{\infty}((0,T_1] \times\mathbb{T}^2) h ∈ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T 1 ] × T 2 ) . Thus by the previous discussion, we have that B ~ = h ∙ B \widetilde{B} = h \bullet B B = h ∙ B is a smooth classical solution to the DeTurck Yang–Mills heat flow on the time interval ( 0 , T 1 ] (0,T_1] ( 0 , T 1 ] , and moreover B ~ ( t ) → A 0 \widetilde{B}(t) \to A_0 B ( t ) → A 0 in C x − κ C_x^{-\kappa} C x − κ as t ↓ 0 t \downarrow0 t ↓ 0 . Since the DeTurck Yang–Mills heat flow is parabolic, we may show that B ~ \widetilde{B} B is unique (once the initial data A 0 ∈ C x − κ A_0 \in C_x^{-\kappa} A 0 ∈ C x − κ has been fixed) by a standard parabolic well-posedness argument. Moreover, the equation for the gauge transformation h h h may be written in terms of B ~ \widetilde{B} B as the collection of ODEs (one for each spatial point x ∈ T 2 x \in\mathbb{T}^2 x ∈ T 2 ):
( ∂ t h ) h − 1 = − ∂ ℓ B ~ ℓ , h ( 0 ) = id G . (\partial_t h)h^{-1} = -\partial^\ell\widetilde{B}_\ell, \qquad h(0) = \operatorname{id}_G. ( ∂ t h ) h − 1 = − ∂ ℓ B ℓ , h ( 0 ) = id G .
(We remark that these ODEs may be integrated up from time zero, since by standard parabolic theory, one may show that ∥ t 1 + κ 2 ∂ ℓ B ~ ℓ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T 1 ] ) < ∞ \left\|t^{\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}\partial^\ell\widetilde{B}_\ell\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T_1])} < \infty t 2 1 + κ ∂ ℓ B ℓ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T 1 ]) < ∞ , and so the resulting time singularity is integrable.) Thus since B ~ \widetilde{B} B is uniquely determined, so is the gauge transformation h h h , and therefore the original B = h − 1 ∙ B ~ B = h^{-1} \bullet\widetilde{B} B = h − 1 ∙ B is uniquely determined as well, at least on [ 0 , T 1 ] [0,T_1] [ 0 , T 1 ] . The extension to [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] follows by uniqueness for smooth initial data [Räd02]. □ \square □
Using the same ideas as in the proof of Lemma 5.9, we can show that the ∥ ⋅ ∥ i n v , − κ \|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{inv},-\kappa} ∥ ⋅ ∥ inv , − κ norm from Definition Definition 2.23 is well-defined. We quickly do this next.
Lemma 5.14. Let A 0 , Φ 0 A_0, \Phi_0 A 0 , Φ 0 be as in Definition 2.23 , i.e. let A 0 , Φ 0 ∈ C x − κ A_0,\Phi_0 \in\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa} A 0 , Φ 0 ∈ C x − κ . Then there exists a time T > 0 T > 0 T > 0 and a gauge transformation g ∈ G 1 − κ g \in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g ∈ G 1 − κ such that g ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ T T g \cdot(A_0,\Phi_0) \in\mathcal{T}_T g ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ T T (recall (40) ), as required in the definition. Moreover, if T 1 , T 2 > 0 T_1,T_2 > 0 T 1 , T 2 > 0 are times and g 1 , g 2 ∈ G 1 − κ g_1,g_2 \in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g 1 , g 2 ∈ G 1 − κ are gauge transformations such that g 1 ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ T T 1 g_1 \cdot(A_0,\Phi_0) \in\mathcal{T}_{T_1} g 1 ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ T T 1 and g 2 ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ T T 2 g_2 \cdot(A_0,\Phi_0) \in\mathcal{T}_{T_2} g 2 ⋅ ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) ∈ T T 2 , then g 1 g 2 − 1 g_1g_2^{-1} g 1 g 2 − 1 is smooth, and the resulting Yang–Mills gradient flows B 1 , B 2 B_1,B_2 B 1 , B 2 are related by B 1 = ( g 1 g 2 − 1 ) ∙ B 2 B_1 = (g_1g_2^{-1}) \bullet B_2 B 1 = ( g 1 g 2 − 1 ) ∙ B 2 . The same is true for the resulting covariant heat flows Ψ 1 , Ψ 2 \Psi_1,\Psi_2 Ψ 1 , Ψ 2 . In particular, the quantity defined in (63) is the same for ( B 1 , Ψ 1 ) (B_1,\Psi_1) ( B 1 , Ψ 1 ) as for ( B 2 , Ψ 2 ) (B_2,\Psi_2) ( B 2 , Ψ 2 ) , and thus the ∥ ⋅ ∥ i n v , − κ \|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{inv},-\kappa} ∥ ⋅ ∥ inv , − κ norm is well-defined.
Proof. The existence of T > 0 T > 0 T > 0 , g ∈ G 1 − κ g \in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g ∈ G 1 − κ , and the Yang–Mills gradient flow B B B starting from g ⋅ A 0 g \cdot A_0 g ⋅ A 0 follows by Proposition 5.7 (taking the B 0 + B_0^+ B 0 + therein to be zero, the B 0 − B_0^- B 0 − therein to be A 0 A_0 A 0 , and T > 0 T > 0 T > 0 small enough and K ≥ 1 K \ge1 K ≥ 1 large enough so that (260) and (261) are satisfied). This proposition also provides the required bounds on F B F_B F B and D B ∗ F B D_B^*F_B D B ∗ F B stated in (40) (from which it follows by Lemma 5.9 that B B B is unique). To see that the covariant Hölder norm of g ⋅ Φ 0 g\mathbin{\cdot}\Phi_0 g ⋅ Φ 0 is finite, we use these bounds and Lemma 5.1 to obtain bounds on B B B and ∂ ℓ B ℓ \partial^\ell B_\ell ∂ ℓ B ℓ , and then a standard perturbative argument to obtain the solution to the covariant heat flow starting from g ⋅ Φ 0 g\mathbin{\cdot}\Phi_0 g ⋅ Φ 0 .
Next, let T 1 , T 2 > 0 T_1,T_2>0 T 1 , T 2 > 0 , g 1 , g 2 ∈ G 1 − κ g_1,g_2\in\mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} g 1 , g 2 ∈ G 1 − κ , B 1 , B 2 B_1,B_2 B 1 , B 2 , and Ψ 1 , Ψ 2 \Psi_1,\Psi_2 Ψ 1 , Ψ 2 be as given in the lemma statement. As in the proof of Lemma 5.9 , there exist 0 < T ′ ≤ T 1 ∧ T 2 0<T'\leq T_1\wedge T_2 0 < T ′ ≤ T 1 ∧ T 2 and gauge transformations h 1 , h 2 ∈ C t 2 C x 2 − 2 κ ( [ 0 , T ′ ] ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ′ ] ) h_1,h_2\in C^2_tC_x^{2-2\kappa}([0,T'])\cap C^\infty_{t,x}((0,T']) h 1 , h 2 ∈ C t 2 C x 2 − 2 κ ([ 0 , T ′ ]) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ′ ]) such that h 1 ⋅ B 1 , h 2 ⋅ B 2 h_1\mathbin{\cdot}B_1,h_2\mathbin{\cdot}B_2 h 1 ⋅ B 1 , h 2 ⋅ B 2 are DeTurck Yang–Mills flows which are smooth at positive times, and such that h 1 ( 0 ) = h 2 ( 0 ) ≡ id G h_1(0)=h_2(0)\equiv\operatorname{id}_G h 1 ( 0 ) = h 2 ( 0 ) ≡ id G .
Having reached this point, we finish by a statement of smooth gauge equivalence at positive times between DeTurck Yang–Mills flows whose initial data are related by a G 1 − κ \mathcal{G}_{1-\kappa} G 1 − κ gauge transformation. In particular, by a similar argument as in the proof of Lemma 5.9 (except now using weighted spaces), it is possible to solve for a gauge transformation h h h which is smooth at positive times and which takes the DeTurck Yang–Mills flow h 2 ⋅ B 2 h_2\mathbin{\cdot}B_2 h 2 ⋅ B 2 to the DeTurck Yang–Mills flow h 1 ⋅ B 1 h_1\mathbin{\cdot}B_1 h 1 ⋅ B 1 . Recalling the fully covariant formulation of the Yang–Mills gradient flow and DeTurck Yang–Mills flow discussed at the beginning of Section 3.2.2, the equation specifying h h h is given by h ⋅ ( h 2 ⋅ B 2 ) = h 1 ⋅ B 1 h\mathbin{\cdot}(h_2\mathbin{\cdot}B_2)=h_1\mathbin{\cdot}B_1 h ⋅ ( h 2 ⋅ B 2 ) = h 1 ⋅ B 1 (as space-time connections) with initial data h ( 0 ) = g 1 g 2 − 1 h(0)=g_1g_2^{-1} h ( 0 ) = g 1 g 2 − 1 .
From this, letting h ~ = h 1 − 1 h h 2 \widetilde h=h_1^{-1}hh_2 h = h 1 − 1 h h 2 (which is smooth at positive times), it follows that B 1 = h ~ ⋅ B 2 B_1=\widetilde h\mathbin{\cdot}B_2 B 1 = h ⋅ B 2 , at least for small enough positive times. We claim that h ~ \widetilde h h is constant in time. To see this, we compute
( ( h 1 − 1 h h 2 ) ⋅ B 2 ) 0 = ( h 1 − 1 ⋅ ( ( h h 2 ) ⋅ B 2 ) ) 0 = ( h 1 − 1 ⋅ ( h 1 ⋅ B 1 ) ) 0 = ( B 1 ) 0 . \bigl((h_1^{-1}hh_2)\mathbin{\cdot}B_2\bigr)_0
=\bigl(h_1^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}((hh_2)\mathbin{\cdot}B_2)\bigr)_0
=\bigl(h_1^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}(h_1\mathbin{\cdot}B_1)\bigr)_0
=(B_1)_0. ( ( h 1 − 1 h h 2 ) ⋅ B 2 ) 0 = ( h 1 − 1 ⋅ (( h h 2 ) ⋅ B 2 ) ) 0 = ( h 1 − 1 ⋅ ( h 1 ⋅ B 1 ) ) 0 = ( B 1 ) 0 .
Since B 1 , B 2 B_1,B_2 B 1 , B 2 are Yang–Mills gradient flows, we have that ( B 1 ) 0 = ( B 2 ) 0 = 0 (B_1)_0=(B_2)_0=0 ( B 1 ) 0 = ( B 2 ) 0 = 0 , and thus it follows that ( ∂ t h ~ ) h ~ − 1 = 0 (\partial_t\widetilde h)\widetilde h^{-1}=0 ( ∂ t h ) h − 1 = 0 , and thus h ~ \widetilde h h is constant in time. Note that since h ~ ( 0 ) = h 1 − 1 ( 0 ) h ( 0 ) h 2 ( 0 ) = g 1 g 2 − 1 \widetilde h(0)=h_1^{-1}(0)h(0)h_2(0)=g_1g_2^{-1} h ( 0 ) = h 1 − 1 ( 0 ) h ( 0 ) h 2 ( 0 ) = g 1 g 2 − 1 , it follows that g 1 g 2 − 1 = h ~ g_1g_2^{-1}=\widetilde h g 1 g 2 − 1 = h is smooth and B 1 = ( g 1 g 2 − 1 ) ⋅ B 2 B_1=(g_1g_2^{-1})\mathbin{\cdot}B_2 B 1 = ( g 1 g 2 − 1 ) ⋅ B 2 , as desired. To finish, note that (by (119) ) h ~ ⋅ Ψ 2 \widetilde h\mathbin{\cdot}\Psi_2 h ⋅ Ψ 2 is also a solution to a covariant heat equation with background connection h ~ ⋅ B 2 = B 1 \widetilde h\mathbin{\cdot}B_2=B_1 h ⋅ B 2 = B 1 and initial data ( h ~ ⋅ Ψ 2 ) ( 0 ) = ( g 1 g 2 − 1 ) ⋅ ( g 2 ⋅ Φ 0 ) = g 1 ⋅ Φ 0 (\widetilde h\mathbin{\cdot}\Psi_2)(0)=(g_1g_2^{-1})\mathbin{\cdot}(g_2\mathbin{\cdot}\Phi_0)=g_1\mathbin{\cdot}\Phi_0 ( h ⋅ Ψ 2 ) ( 0 ) = ( g 1 g 2 − 1 ) ⋅ ( g 2 ⋅ Φ 0 ) = g 1 ⋅ Φ 0 , and thus (by a standard parabolic well-posedness argument) we have that h ~ ⋅ Ψ 2 = Ψ 1 \widetilde h\mathbin{\cdot}\Psi_2=\Psi_1 h ⋅ Ψ 2 = Ψ 1 . The desired result now follows.
To finish off this section, we prove Lemma 5.11 .
Proof of Lemma 5.11. Let ϕ ~ 1 = g − 1 ⋅ ϕ 1 \widetilde\phi_1=g^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_1 ϕ 1 = g − 1 ⋅ ϕ 1 . Recall from Proposition 5.7 that g − 1 ⋅ B = B ♯ = B + + B − g^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}B=B^\sharp=B^++B^- g − 1 ⋅ B = B ♯ = B + + B − . Moreover, from the proof of the proposition, the gauge transformation g g g satisfies (269) . Then we have that (recall the fully covariant discussion in Section 3.2.2)
( ∂ t − Δ B ♯ ) ϕ ~ 1 = − ( g − 1 ∂ t g ) ϕ ~ 1 = − ( D B + j + B j − ) ϕ ~ 1 . (\partial_t-\Delta_{B^\sharp})\widetilde\phi_1=-(g^{-1}\partial_tg)\widetilde\phi_1=-(D_{B^+}^j+B_j^-)\widetilde\phi_1. ( ∂ t − Δ B ♯ ) ϕ 1 = − ( g − 1 ∂ t g ) ϕ 1 = − ( D B + j + B j − ) ϕ 1 .
Let ψ = ϕ ~ 1 − ϕ 2 \psi=\widetilde\phi_1-\phi_2 ψ = ϕ 1 − ϕ 2 . We then have that (applying (112) to expand Δ B ♯ \Delta_{B^\sharp} Δ B ♯ around Δ B + \Delta_{B^+} Δ B + )
( ∂ t − Δ B + ) ψ = 2 D B + j ( B j − ( ψ + ϕ 2 ) ) − 2 ( D B + j + B j − ) ( ψ + ϕ 2 ) + ( B − ) j B j − ( ψ + ϕ 2 ) , ψ ( 0 ) = 0. (\partial_t-\Delta_{B^+})\psi
=2D_{B^+}^j(B_j^-(\psi+\phi_2))
-2(D_{B^+}^j+B_j^-)(\psi+\phi_2)
+(B^-)^jB_j^-(\psi+\phi_2),
\qquad
\psi(0)=0. ( ∂ t − Δ B + ) ψ = 2 D B + j ( B j − ( ψ + ϕ 2 )) − 2 ( D B + j + B j − ) ( ψ + ϕ 2 ) + ( B − ) j B j − ( ψ + ϕ 2 ) , ψ ( 0 ) = 0.
By (260) , (261) , and (262) , we have that
∥ t κ 2 B − ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t 1 + κ 2 D B + B − ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ K . \lVert t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}B^-\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}
+\lVert t^{\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}D_{B^+}B^-\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim K. ∥ t 2 κ B − ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t 2 1 + κ D B + B − ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ K .
Combining this with the Schauder estimates of Lemma 4.61 , we may obtain that for any t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] ,
t 0 α 2 ∥ ψ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x p ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ L t 0 , 1 ∞ ( t 0 1 − κ 2 K + ( t 0 1 − κ 2 K ) 2 ) ) ( ∥ t α 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ t α 2 ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) . t_0^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\lVert\psi(t_0)\rVert_{L_x^p}
\lesssim
\left(1+\lVert F_{B^+}\rVert_{L^\infty_{t_0,1}}\left(t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K+\left(t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\right)^2\right)\right)
\left(\lVert t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\psi\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}
+\lVert t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_2\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\right). t 0 2 α ∥ ψ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x p ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ L t 0 , 1 ∞ ( t 0 2 1 − κ K + ( t 0 2 1 − κ K ) 2 ) ) ( ∥ t 2 α ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + ∥ t 2 α ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) .
(Here, we used that α ∈ [ 0 , 1 / 2 ] \alpha\in[0,1/2] α ∈ [ 0 , 1/2 ] , so that α + κ < 1 \alpha+\kappa<1 α + κ < 1 , and thus we only see integrable singularities.) Taking a sup and applying (260) , we thus obtain that for some constant C C C , for all t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] ,
∥ t α 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ C ( c 0 + c 0 2 ) ∥ t α 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + C ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) t 0 1 − κ 2 K ∥ t α 2 ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\psi\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\lesssim C(c_0+c_0^2)\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\psi\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}+C\left(1+\left\|F_{B+}\right\|_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_2\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}. t 2 α ψ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ C ( c 0 + c 0 2 ) t 2 α ψ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + C ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) t 0 2 1 − κ K t 2 α ϕ 2 L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) .
Thus upon possibly taking c 0 c_0 c 0 smaller, we may absorb the first term on the right-hand side back into the left-hand side, to obtain
∥ t α 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t t 0 1 − κ 2 K ) ∥ t α 2 ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\psi\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\lesssim\left(1+\left\|F_{B+}\right\|_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\right)\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_2\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}. t 2 α ψ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 pert t 0 2 1 − κ K ) t 2 α ϕ 2 L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) .
which is the first desired estimate.
For the second estimate, first note that ∣ ϕ 1 ∣ = ∣ g − 1 ∙ ϕ 1 ∣ |\phi_1|=|g^{-1}\mathbin{\bullet}\phi_1| ∣ ϕ 1 ∣ = ∣ g − 1 ∙ ϕ 1 ∣ , and thus combining this with the first estimate, we obtain (for some constant C C C )
∥ t α 2 ϕ 1 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≤ ∥ t α 2 ( g − 1 ∙ ϕ 1 − ϕ 2 ) ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ t α 2 ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≤ ( 1 + C ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) t 0 1 − κ 2 K ) ∥ t α 2 ϕ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . (280) \begin{aligned}
\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_1\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\leq\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}(g^{-1}\mathbin{\bullet}\phi_1-\phi_2)\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}+\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_2\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])} \\
&\leq\left(1+C\left(1+\left\|F_{B+}\right\|_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\right)\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\phi_2\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}. \tag*{(280)}
\end{aligned} t 2 α ϕ 1 L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≤ t 2 α ( g − 1 ∙ ϕ 1 − ϕ 2 ) L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + t 2 α ϕ 2 L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≤ ( 1 + C ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) t 0 2 1 − κ K ) t 2 α ϕ 2 L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) . (280)
To finish, we estimate D B ϕ 1 D_B\phi_1 D B ϕ 1 . By the pointwise estimates for p B p_B p B (Proposition 4.17) and Young’s convolution inequality, we have that for any t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] t\in(0,t_0] t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] ,
∥ D B ϕ 1 ( t ) ∥ L x p ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 0 p e r t ) t − 1 / 2 ∥ ϕ 1 ( t / 2 ) ∥ L x p . \left\|D_B\phi_1(t)\right\|_{L_x^p}\lesssim\left(1+\left\|F_B\right\|_{t_0,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)t^{-1/2}\left\|\phi_1(t/2)\right\|_{L_x^p}. ∥ D B ϕ 1 ( t ) ∥ L x p ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 0 pert ) t − 1/2 ∥ ϕ 1 ( t /2 ) ∥ L x p .
Recalling the definition of ∥ ∙ ∥ p e r t \|\bullet\|^{\mathrm{pert}} ∥ ∙ ∥ pert (Definition 2.3), we see that the j = 0 j=0 j = 0 case of the curvature estimate (263) directly implies that
∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 0 p e r t ≤ ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 0 p e r t + C t 0 1 − κ 2 K ≲ ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 0 p e r t + 1. \left\|F_B\right\|_{t_0,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\leq\left\|F_{B+}\right\|_{t_0,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}+Ct_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\lesssim\left\|F_{B+}\right\|_{t_0,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}+1. ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 0 pert ≤ ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 0 pert + C t 0 2 1 − κ K ≲ ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 0 pert + 1.
Inserting this into the previous math display and then multiplying both sides of that display by t 1 + α 2 t^{\frac{1+\alpha}{2}} t 2 1 + α and taking a sup over t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] t\in(0,t_0] t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] , we see that the estimate for D B ϕ 1 D_B\phi_1 D B ϕ 1 follows from (280) .
Finally, for the third estimate, we proceed similarly to the proof for the first estimate. We now let ψ = g − 1 ∙ ψ 1 − ψ 2 \psi=g^{-1}\mathbin{\bullet}\psi_1-\psi_2 ψ = g − 1 ∙ ψ 1 − ψ 2 , and compute (applying (112) as well as the curvature expansion (109) )
( ∂ t − Δ B + − 2 F B + ) ψ = O ( D B + ( B − ( ψ + ψ 2 ) ) ) + O ( ( D B + B − + ( B − ) 2 ) ( ψ + ψ 2 ) ) . (\partial_t-\Delta_{B+}-2F_{B+})\psi=O(D_{B+}(B^-(\psi+\psi_2)))+O((D_{B+}B^-+(B^-)^2)(\psi+\psi_2)). ( ∂ t − Δ B + − 2 F B + ) ψ = O ( D B + ( B − ( ψ + ψ 2 ))) + O (( D B + B − + ( B − ) 2 ) ( ψ + ψ 2 )) .
Note also that ψ ( 0 ) = 0 \psi(0)=0 ψ ( 0 ) = 0 . Applying the Schauder estimates of Lemma 4.61 as before, we may obtain that for any t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] ,
t 0 α 2 ∥ ψ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x p ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F B + ) ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) ( t 0 1 − κ 2 K + ( t 0 1 − κ 2 K ) 2 ) ( ∥ t α 2 ψ ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) + ∥ t α 2 ψ 2 ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ) . t_0^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\|\psi(t_0)\|_{L_x^p}
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F_{B+})\left(1+\left\|F_{B+}\right\|_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)\left(t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K+\left(t_0^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\right)^2\right)\left(\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\psi\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}+\left\|t^{\frac{\alpha}{2}}\psi_2\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\right). t 0 2 α ∥ ψ ( t 0 ) ∥ L x p ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F B + ) ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) ( t 0 2 1 − κ K + ( t 0 2 1 − κ K ) 2 ) ( t 2 α ψ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) + t 2 α ψ 2 L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ) .
The rest of the argument proceeds similarly to before; we omit the details.
Estimates of deterministic pieces arising from the Higgs field
In this section, we derive estimates on the pair ( S , ϕ ) (S,\phi) ( S , ϕ ) which is introduced to better track the deterministic evolution of the Yang–Mills–Higgs gradient flow. These estimates will be needed in both the local theory (see e.g. Section 8.2) as well as in the global theory (see e.g. § 6.3 ). Throughout this section, we take B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) B\in C_t^0C_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)\cap C_{t,x}^\infty((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) to be a smooth solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow at positive times. To avoid any pathologies, we will moreover assume that the quantities M 0 M_0 M 0 , M 1 M_1 M 1 appearing in Lemma 5.1 which are defined out of B B B are finite. One should imagine (and this will indeed be the case) that B B B is obtained by an application of Proposition 5.7.
Recall that the pair ( S , φ ) (\mathcal{S},\varphi) ( S , φ ) is defined as the solution to the system:
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F B ) ) S = [ S j , 2 D B , j S − D B S j ] + [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] + B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) (281) (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F_B))\mathcal{S}=[S^j,2D_{B,j}\mathcal{S}-D_BS_j]+[S^j,[S_j,\mathcal{S}]]+\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi) \tag*{(281)} ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F B )) S = [ S j , 2 D B , j S − D B S j ] + [ S j , [ S j , S ]] + B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) (281)
S ( 0 ) = 0 , \mathcal{S}(0)=0, S ( 0 ) = 0 ,
( ∂ t − Δ B + S ) φ = − ( D B j S j ) φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , (282) (\partial_t-\Delta_{B+S})\varphi=-(D_B^jS_j)\varphi-|\varphi|^2\varphi, \tag*{(282)} ( ∂ t − Δ B + S ) φ = − ( D B j S j ) φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , (282)
φ ( 0 ) = φ 0 + + φ 0 − . \varphi(0)=\varphi_0^++\varphi_0^-. φ ( 0 ) = φ 0 + + φ 0 − .
To estimate φ \varphi φ , we decompose φ = φ l i n + φ r e g \varphi=\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}+\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}} φ = φ lin + φ reg , where
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ l i n − = 0 , φ l i n − ( 0 ) = φ 0 − , (283) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-=0,\qquad\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-(0)=\varphi_0^-, \tag*{(283)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ lin − = 0 , φ lin − ( 0 ) = φ 0 − , (283)
( ∂ t − Δ B + S ) φ r e g = 2 S j D B j φ l i n − + S j S j φ l i n − − ( D B j S j ) φ r e g − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , φ r e g ( 0 ) = φ 0 + . (284) (\partial_t-\Delta_{B+S})\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}=2S_jD_B^j\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+S_jS^j\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^--(D_B^jS_j)\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}-|\varphi|^2\varphi,\qquad\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}(0)=\varphi_0^+. \tag*{(284)} ( ∂ t − Δ B + S ) φ reg = 2 S j D B j φ lin − + S j S j φ lin − − ( D B j S j ) φ reg − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , φ reg ( 0 ) = φ 0 + . (284)
Here, we used that (recall (112) )
( Δ B + S − Δ B ) φ l i n − − ( D B j S j ) φ l i n − = 2 S j D B j φ l i n − + S j S j φ l i n − . (\Delta_{B+S}-\Delta_B)\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^--(D_B^jS_j)\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-=2S_jD_B^j\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+S_jS^j\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-. ( Δ B + S − Δ B ) φ lin − − ( D B j S j ) φ lin − = 2 S j D B j φ lin − + S j S j φ lin − .
We state the first main result of this section. Recall the covariant Hölder norm introduced in Definition 5.4 as well as the definition of M T ( B , k ) M_T(B,k) M T ( B , k ) (Notation 5.6).
Proposition 5.15 (Estimates of S S S , φ \varphi φ ). Let C 0 C_0 C 0 be the maximum of the corresponding constants in Lemma 4.9 and Propositions 4.18 and 4.22. There is a constant c 1 ≤ 1 c_1\leq1 c 1 ≤ 1 such that the following holds. Suppose that T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] satisfies
M T ( B , 10 ) ( T 1 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ≤ c 1 . (285) M_T(B,10)\left(T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)\leq c_1. \tag*{(285)} M T ( B , 10 ) ( T 2 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ≤ c 1 . (285) Then S S S , φ \varphi φ exist on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] and moreover satisfy the following estimates:
max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 ∥ t j 2 D B ( j ) S ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ M T ( B , 10 ) ( T 1 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 1 2 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) , (286) \max_{0\leq j\leq2}\|t^{\frac{j}{2}}D_B^{(j)}S\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim M_T(B,10)\left(T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right), \tag*{(286)} 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max ∥ t 2 j D B ( j ) S ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ M T ( B , 10 ) ( T 2 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 2 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) , (286) max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 ∥ t j + κ 2 D B ( j ) φ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ( T 1 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) , (287) \max_{0\leq j\leq2}\|t^{\frac{j+\kappa}{2}}D_B^{(j)}\varphi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim\left(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^2\left(T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right), \tag*{(287)} 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max ∥ t 2 j + κ D B ( j ) φ ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ( T 2 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) , (287) max 0 ≤ j ≤ 1 ∥ t j + κ 2 D B ( j ) S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ G r T ( C 0 F B ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) \max_{0\leq j\leq1}\|t^{\frac{j+\kappa}{2}}D_B^{(j)}S\|_{L^\infty_tL_x^2([0,T])}\lesssim Gr_T(C_0F_B)(1+\|F_B\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}) 0 ≤ j ≤ 1 max ∥ t 2 j + κ D B ( j ) S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ G r T ( C 0 F B ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 0 pert ) × ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) . (288) {}\times\left(\|\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)\|_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,T])}+\|t^{1/2}\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}\right). \tag*{(288)} × ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t 1/2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ) . (288) We remark that unlike the first two estimates, the last estimate only concerns zeroth and first order derivatives.
Remark 5.16 (Soft smoothness assumption). In the course of the proof of Proposition 5.15, we will assume that φ 0 + \varphi_0^+ φ 0 + , φ 0 − \varphi_0^- φ 0 − are smooth, and thus also φ ( 0 ) \varphi(0) φ ( 0 ) is smooth. This soft smoothness assumption will be convenient when applying monotonicity formulas at various intermediate steps. Since the final estimates only depend on ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ \|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}} ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ , they may be extended to the case of non-smooth initial data by a standard limiting argument.
The proof of Proposition 5.15 is deferred until later. We proceed to state several more results regarding φ \varphi φ that will be needed later (e.g. in our global iteration scheme— § 6.3 ). To state these results, we first further decompose φ r e g \varphi_{\mathrm{reg}} φ reg (recall (284) ) into φ r e g = φ + + φ r e m \varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}=\varphi^++\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ reg = φ + + φ rem , where
( ∂ t − Δ B + S ) φ + = − ( D B j S j ) φ + − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + , (289) (\partial_t-\Delta_{B+S})\varphi^+=-(D_B^jS_j)\varphi^+-|\varphi^+|^2\varphi^+, \tag*{(289)} ( ∂ t − Δ B + S ) φ + = − ( D B j S j ) φ + − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + , (289) φ + ( 0 ) = φ 0 + , \varphi^+(0)=\varphi_0^+, φ + ( 0 ) = φ 0 + , ( ∂ t − Δ B + S ) φ r e m = 2 S j D B j φ l i n − + S j S j φ l i n − − ( D B j S j ) φ r e m − ( ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + ) , (290) (\partial_t-\Delta_{B+S})\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}=2S_jD_B^j\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+S_jS^j\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^--(D_B^jS_j)\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}-\left(|\varphi|^2\varphi-|\varphi^+|^2\varphi^+\right), \tag*{(290)} ( ∂ t − Δ B + S ) φ rem = 2 S j D B j φ lin − + S j S j φ lin − − ( D B j S j ) φ rem − ( ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + ) , (290)
φ r e m ( 0 ) = 0 \varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}(0)=0 φ rem ( 0 ) = 0 .
We record the following identity which will be useful in the coming proofs: by the Bochner formula (107) , we have that
1 2 ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ) + ∣ D B + S φ + ∣ 2 = − ⟨ φ + , ( D B j S j ) φ + ⟩ − ∣ φ + ∣ 4 = − ∣ φ + ∣ 4 , (291) \frac{1}{2}(\partial_t-\Delta)(|\varphi^+|^2)+|D_{B+S}\varphi^+|^2=-\langle\varphi^+,(D_B^jS_j)\varphi^+\rangle-|\varphi^+|^4=-|\varphi^+|^4, \tag*{(291)} 2 1 ( ∂ t − Δ ) ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ) + ∣ D B + S φ + ∣ 2 = − ⟨ φ + , ( D B j S j ) φ + ⟩ − ∣ φ + ∣ 4 = − ∣ φ + ∣ 4 , (291)
where we used that ⟨ u , X u ⟩ = 0 \langle u,Xu\rangle=0 ⟨ u , X u ⟩ = 0 for all u ∈ V u\in V u ∈ V , X ∈ g X\in\mathfrak{g} X ∈ g , since the action of g \mathfrak{g} g on V V V is skew-symmetric.
Our next result gives a lower bound on the decrease of φ + \varphi^+ φ + . In § 6.3 , this decrease will be used to absorb various bad terms in our estimates. (One of the main bad terms is the potential increase in the L x 2 L_x^2 L x 2 norm of the curvature upon adding S S S to B B B to obtain B + S B+S B + S .)
Proposition 5.17 (Decrease estimate for φ + \varphi^+ φ + ). Let T T T be as in Proposition 5.15 and let γ > 0 \gamma>0 γ > 0 . For any t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , p ∈ [ 2 , r ] p\in[2,r] p ∈ [ 2 , r ] and initial data such that ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ≥ 1 \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}\geq1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ≥ 1 , we have that
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p γ − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x p γ ≳ γ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p γ + 2 t . (292) \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^p}^{\gamma}-\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L_x^p}^{\gamma}\gtrsim_\gamma\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^p}^{\gamma+2}t. \tag*{(292)} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p γ − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x p γ ≳ γ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p γ + 2 t . (292) Moreover, for any γ ≥ 4 \gamma\geq4 γ ≥ 4 , we have
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 4 γ − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x 4 γ ≥ γ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x 4 γ − 4 ∥ ∣ D B + S φ + ∣ ∣ φ + ∣ ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 . (293) \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^4}^{\gamma}-\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L_x^4}^{\gamma}\geq\gamma\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L_x^4}^{\gamma-4}\|\,|D_{B+S}\varphi^+||\varphi^+|\,\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t])}^2. \tag*{(293)} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 4 γ − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x 4 γ ≥ γ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x 4 γ − 4 ∥ ∣ D B + S φ + ∣∣ φ + ∣ ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 . (293)
One should think of φ + \varphi^+ φ + as the large part of φ = φ + + φ l i n + φ r e m \varphi=\varphi^++\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ = φ + + φ lin + φ rem , as φ l i n \varphi_{\mathrm{lin}} φ lin , φ r e m \varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ rem will be much smaller. The next main result shows that φ r e m \varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ rem is indeed a perturbation. (We will take care of φ l i n \varphi_{\mathrm{lin}} φ lin much later, via stochastic estimates—see Section 10).
Lemma 5.18 (Smallness of φ r e m \varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ rem ). Let T ≤ 1 T\leq1 T ≤ 1 . Recall Notation 5.6. Let
c ( T ) ≔ M T ( B , 10 ) ( T 1 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 1 2 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . c(T)\coloneqq M_T(B,10)\left(T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right). c ( T ) : = M T ( B , 10 ) ( T 2 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 2 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . There is some constant c 1 ≤ 1 c_1\leq1 c 1 ≤ 1 such that if c ( T ) ≤ c 1 c(T)\leq c_1 c ( T ) ≤ c 1 , then
∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ c ( T ) 2 T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ . \|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])}+\|t^{1/2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])}\lesssim c(T)^2T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}. ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t 1/2 D B φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ c ( T ) 2 T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ .
From the estimate (288) in Proposition 5.15, we see that the L x 2 L_x^2 L x 2 norms of S , D B S S,D_BS S , D B S are controlled by the sum of the L t 1 L x 2 L_t^1L_x^2 L t 1 L x 2 norm of B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) \mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi) B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) and the corresponding time-weighted L t , x 2 L_{t,x}^2 L t , x 2 norm. The next main result shows that up to smaller errors, these norms are given by the same quantities, except with φ \varphi φ replaced by the large piece φ + \varphi^+ φ + .
Lemma 5.19. There is some constant C C C such that the following holds. Let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 satisfy the smallness assumption (285) and suppose K ≥ 0 K\geq0 K ≥ 0 is such that
∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ K . (294) \|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])}+\|t^{1/2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^{\infty}([0,T])}\leq K. \tag*{(294)} ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t 1/2 D B φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ K . (294) Let
K ′ = C ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 / 2 p e r t ) 2 ) ( T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + K ) ( T 1 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . K'=C\left(1+(\|F_B\|_{T,1/2}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2\right)\left(T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+K\right)\left(T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right). K ′ = C ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ T , 1/2 pert ) 2 ) ( T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + K ) ( T 2 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . Then
∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + K ′ , \|\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)\|_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,T])}\leq\|\mathbf{B}(\varphi^+\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^+)\|_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,T])}+K', ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + K ′ , ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + K ′ . \|t^{1/2}\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}\leq\|t^{1/2}\mathbf{B}(\varphi^+\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^+)\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,T])}+K'. ∥ t 1/2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ ∥ t 1/2 B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + K ′ .
The next main result approximates φ + \varphi^{+} φ + by the corresponding linear solution φ l i n + \varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+} φ lin + , which we define to be the solution to the following equation:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ l i n + = 0 , φ l i n + ( 0 ) = φ 0 + . (295) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}=0,\quad\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}(0)=\varphi_0^{+}. \tag*{(295)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ lin + = 0 , φ lin + ( 0 ) = φ 0 + . (295)
Lemma 5.20. Let C 0 , T C_0,T C 0 , T be as in Proposition 5.15 . Then we have that
∥ φ + − φ l i n + ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ G r T ( C 0 F B ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 2 p e r t ) 15 ( T 1 2 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ , 2 ) 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 4 . \|\varphi^{+}-\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^4([0,T])}\lesssim G r_T(C_0F_B)(1+\|F_B\|_{T,2}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{15}\left(T^{\frac12-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L_x^r}+T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^{-}\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa,2}}\right)^2\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L_x^4}. ∥ φ + − φ lin + ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ G r T ( C 0 F B ) ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 2 pert ) 15 ( T 2 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ , 2 ) 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 4 .
We proceed to prove all the main results that we have stated. We start with Proposition 5.15 . For notational convenience, we make the following definition.
Definition 5.21. For t 0 ≥ 0 t_0\geq0 t 0 ≥ 0 such that ( S , φ ) (S,\varphi) ( S , φ ) exist on [ 0 , t 0 ] [0,t_0] [ 0 , t 0 ] , let
N S ( t 0 ) ≔ max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 ∥ t 0 j 2 D B ( j ) S ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) , (296) N_S(t_0)\coloneqq\max_{0\leq j\leq2}\left\|t_0^{\frac{j}{2}}D_B^{(j)}S\right\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}, \tag*{(296)} N S ( t 0 ) : = 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max t 0 2 j D B ( j ) S L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) , (296)
N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) ≔ max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 ∥ t 0 j + κ 2 D B ( j ) φ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)\coloneqq\max_{0\leq j\leq2}\left\|t_0^{\frac{j+\kappa}{2}}D_B^{(j)}\varphi\right\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}. N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) : = 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max t 0 2 j + κ D B ( j ) φ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) .
We will also use N ψ ( t 0 ; κ ) N_\psi(t_0;\kappa) N ψ ( t 0 ; κ ) for other choices of ψ \psi ψ , for instance ψ = φ r e m \psi=\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} ψ = φ rem or ψ = φ l i n \psi=\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}} ψ = φ lin .
By the definition of ∥ ⋅ ∥ C B ( 0 ) , t 0 − κ \|\cdot\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),t_0}^{-\kappa}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ C B ( 0 ) , t 0 − κ (Definition 5.4) and the heat kernel estimate (195) , we have that
N φ l i n ( t 0 ; κ ) ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) 2 ) ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , t 0 − κ . (297) N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}}(t_0;\kappa)\lesssim\left(1+\left(\|F_B\|_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^2\right)\|\varphi_0^{-}\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),t_0}^{-\kappa}}. \tag*{(297)} N φ lin ( t 0 ; κ ) ≲ ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) 2 ) ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , t 0 − κ . (297)
(The heat kernel estimate is used to estimate the second derivatives which appear in Definition 5.21.) It also follows from Definition 5.21 and the above that there is some constant C > 0 C>0 C > 0 such that
N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) ≤ N φ r e g ( t 0 ; κ ) + C ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) 2 ) ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , t 0 − κ . (298) N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)\leq N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t_0;\kappa)+C\left(1+\left(\|F_B\|_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^2\right)\|\varphi_0^{-}\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),t_0}^{-\kappa}}. \tag*{(298)} N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) ≤ N φ reg ( t 0 ; κ ) + C ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) 2 ) ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , t 0 − κ . (298)
Next, we obtain the following perturbative estimates on S S S (Lemma 5.22 ) and φ r e g \varphi_{\mathrm{reg}} φ reg (Lemma 5.23 ), which will serve as the main steps towards Proposition 5.15 . In the following, to help track which terms are the main terms and which terms are perturbations, it may help to think of t 0 1 / 2 N S ( t 0 ) ≪ 1 t_0^{1/2}N_S(t_0)\ll1 t 0 1/2 N S ( t 0 ) ≪ 1 and t 0 ( 1 − κ ) / 2 N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) ≪ 1 t_0^{(1-\kappa)/2}N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)\ll1 t 0 ( 1 − κ ) /2 N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) ≪ 1 , as we will show these estimates in the course of proving the proposition.
Lemma 5.22 (Perturbative estimates of S S S ). Let t 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t_0\in(0,1] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] be such that ( S , φ ) (S,\varphi) ( S , φ ) exist on [ 0 , t 0 ] [0,t_0] [ 0 , t 0 ] . We have that
N S ( t 0 ) ≲ M t 0 ( B , 2 ) ( t 0 1 2 − κ 2 N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 2 ( 1 + t 0 1 2 N S ( t 0 ) ) + t 0 1 2 N S ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 N S ( t 0 ) 3 ) . N_S(t_0)\lesssim M_{t_0}(B,2)\left(t_0^{\frac12-\frac{\kappa}{2}}N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)^2(1+t_0^{\frac12}N_S(t_0))+t_0^{\frac12}N_S(t_0)^2+t_0N_S(t_0)^3\right). N S ( t 0 ) ≲ M t 0 ( B , 2 ) ( t 0 2 1 − 2 κ N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 2 ( 1 + t 0 2 1 N S ( t 0 )) + t 0 2 1 N S ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 N S ( t 0 ) 3 ) .
Proof. Let G = O ( S D B S ) + O ( S 3 ) + B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) G=\mathcal{O}(SD_BS)+\mathcal{O}(S^3)+B(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi) G = O ( S D B S ) + O ( S 3 ) + B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) , so that (recall (281) )
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F B ) ) S = G . (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F_B))S=G. ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F B )) S = G .
In the following, all space-time norms are implicitly on [ 0 , t 0 ] × T d [0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^d [ 0 , t 0 ] × T d , unless explicitly specified. By Lemma 4.62 (with the k k k therein taken to be 0 , 1 , 2 0,1,2 0 , 1 , 2 ), we obtain
N S ( t 0 ) ≲ M t 0 ( B , 2 ) N 2 ( G ) , N_S(t_0)\lesssim M_{t_0}(B,2)N_2(G), N S ( t 0 ) ≲ M t 0 ( B , 2 ) N 2 ( G ) ,
where
N 2 ( G ) = ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∑ j = 0 1 ( ∥ t ( j + 1 ) / 2 D B ( j ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + sup u ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] ∥ t ( j + 1 ) / 2 ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 D B ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ) . N_2(G)=\|G\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}+\sum_{j=0}^{1}\left(\|t^{(j+1)/2}D_B^{(j)}G\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty}+\sup_{u\in[0,t_0]}\|t^{(j+1)/2}(u-t)^{-1/2}D_B^{(j)}G\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,u])}\right). N 2 ( G ) = ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + j = 0 ∑ 1 ( ∥ t ( j + 1 ) /2 D B ( j ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + u ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] sup ∥ t ( j + 1 ) /2 ( u − t ) − 1/2 D B ( j ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ) .
We proceed to estimate the terms on the right-hand side above. We will just give the argument for the term ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ \lVert G\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x} ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ , as the estimates for the other terms are quite similar. Towards this end, we estimate by Hölder (and inserting D B + S φ = D B φ + S φ D_{B+S}\varphi=D_B\varphi+S\varphi D B + S φ = D B φ + S φ )
∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ O ( S D B S ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ O ( S 3 ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ D B + S φ ⊗ φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ t − 1 / 2 ∥ L t 1 N S ( t 0 ) 2 + ∥ 1 ∥ L t 1 N S ( t 0 ) 3 + ∥ D B φ ⊗ φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ S φ ⊗ φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 0 1 / 2 N S ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 N S ( t 0 ) 3 + t 0 1 2 − κ N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 2 + t 0 1 − κ N S ( t 0 ) N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 2 , \begin{aligned}
\lVert G\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}
&\lesssim\lVert\mathcal{O}(SD_BS)\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}+\lVert\mathcal{O}(S^3)\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}+\lVert D_{B+S}\varphi\otimes\varphi\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}\\
&\lesssim\lVert t^{-1/2}\rVert_{L^1_t}N_S(t_0)^2+\lVert1\rVert_{L^1_t}N_S(t_0)^3+\lVert D_B\varphi\otimes\varphi\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}+\lVert S\varphi\otimes\varphi\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}\\
&\lesssim t_0^{1/2}N_S(t_0)^2+t_0N_S(t_0)^3+t_0^{\frac12-\kappa}N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)^2+t_0^{1-\kappa}N_S(t_0)N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)^2,
\end{aligned} ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ O ( S D B S ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ O ( S 3 ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ D B + S φ ⊗ φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ t − 1/2 ∥ L t 1 N S ( t 0 ) 2 + ∥ 1 ∥ L t 1 N S ( t 0 ) 3 + ∥ D B φ ⊗ φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ S φ ⊗ φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 0 1/2 N S ( t 0 ) 2 + t 0 N S ( t 0 ) 3 + t 0 2 1 − κ N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 2 + t 0 1 − κ N S ( t 0 ) N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 2 ,
which is acceptable. The desired result now follows.
Lemma 5.23 (Perturbative estimates of φ r e g \varphi_{\mathrm{reg}} φ reg ). Let t 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t_0\in(0,1] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] be such that ( S , φ ) (S,\varphi) ( S , φ ) exist on [ 0 , t 0 ] [0,t_0] [ 0 , t 0 ] . We have that
N φ r e g ( t 0 ; κ ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) 2 ( t 0 κ 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) t 0 1 / 2 N S ( t 0 ) ( 1 + t 0 1 / 2 N S ( t 0 ) ) + t 0 1 − κ N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 3 ) . N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t_0;\kappa)\lesssim\left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^2\left(t_0^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L^r_x}+N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)t_0^{1/2}N_S(t_0)\left(1+t_0^{1/2}N_S(t_0)\right)+t_0^{1-\kappa}N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)^3\right). N φ reg ( t 0 ; κ ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) 2 ( t 0 2 κ − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) t 0 1/2 N S ( t 0 ) ( 1 + t 0 1/2 N S ( t 0 ) ) + t 0 1 − κ N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 3 ) .
Proof. In the following, all space-time norms are implicitly on [ 0 , t 0 ] × T d [0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^d [ 0 , t 0 ] × T d . We rewrite the equation (284) in the following form (by using (112) to expand Δ B + S \Delta_{B+S} Δ B + S around Δ B \Delta_B Δ B ):
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ r e g = 2 S j D B j φ + S j S j φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ = d e f H , φ r e g ( 0 ) = φ 0 + . (299) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}=2S_jD_B^j\varphi+S^jS_j\varphi-\lvert\varphi\rvert^2\varphi\mathrel{\mathop{=}^{\mathrm{def}}}H,\qquad\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}(0)=\varphi_0^+. \tag*{(299)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ reg = 2 S j D B j φ + S j S j φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ = def H , φ reg ( 0 ) = φ 0 + . (299)
We split φ r e g = φ l i n + + φ ~ \varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}=\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^++\widetilde{\varphi} φ reg = φ lin + + φ , where φ l i n + \varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^+ φ lin + is defined in (295) (i.e. it solves the linear equation with initial data φ 0 + \varphi_0^+ φ 0 + ), and as a consequence the remainder φ ~ \widetilde{\varphi} φ solves
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ ~ = H , φ ~ ( 0 ) = 0. (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\widetilde{\varphi}=H,\qquad\widetilde{\varphi}(0)=0. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ = H , φ ( 0 ) = 0.
Since φ r e g = φ l i n + + φ ~ \varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}=\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^++\widetilde{\varphi} φ reg = φ lin + + φ , it suffices to estimate N φ l i n + ( t 0 ; κ ) N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^+}(t_0;\kappa) N φ lin + ( t 0 ; κ ) and N φ ~ ( t 0 ; κ ) N_{\widetilde{\varphi}}(t_0;\kappa) N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) . By the kernel estimates (194) –(195) , it follows that
N φ l i n + ( t 0 ; κ ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) 2 t 0 κ 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r , N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^+}(t_0;\kappa)\lesssim\left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^2t_0^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L^r_x}, N φ lin + ( t 0 ; κ ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) 2 t 0 2 κ − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ,
which is acceptable. Next, by Lemma 4.62 (applied with k = 0 , 1 , 2 k=0,1,2 k = 0 , 1 , 2 ), we have that for all t 1 ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] t_1\in(0,t_0] t 1 ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] ,
max 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 t 1 j / 2 ∥ D B ( j ) φ ~ ( t 1 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 p e r t ) 2 N 2 ( H ) , (300) \max_{0\le j\le2}t_1^{j/2}\lVert D_B^{(j)}\widetilde{\varphi}(t_1)\rVert_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim\left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{t_0,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^2N_2(H), \tag*{(300)} 0 ≤ j ≤ 2 max t 1 j /2 ∥ D B ( j ) φ ( t 1 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ t 0 , 1 pert ) 2 N 2 ( H ) , (300)
where H H H is as defined in (299) , and (in the following, all space-time norms are on [ 0 , t 1 ] × T 2 [0,t_1]\times\mathbb{T}^2 [ 0 , t 1 ] × T 2 )
N 2 ( H ) = ∥ H ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∑ j = 0 1 ( ∥ t ( j + 1 ) / 2 D B ( j ) H ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + sup u ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] ∥ t ( j + 1 ) / 2 ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 D B ( j ) H ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ) . N_2(H)=\lVert H\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}+\sum_{j=0}^{1}\left(\lVert t^{(j+1)/2}D_B^{(j)}H\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}+\sup_{u\in[0,t_1]}\lVert t^{(j+1)/2}(u-t)^{-1/2}D_B^{(j)}H\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,u])}\right). N 2 ( H ) = ∥ H ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + j = 0 ∑ 1 ( ∥ t ( j + 1 ) /2 D B ( j ) H ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + u ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] sup ∥ t ( j + 1 ) /2 ( u − t ) − 1/2 D B ( j ) H ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ) .
We will focus on estimating the L t 1 L x ∞ L^1_tL^\infty_x L t 1 L x ∞ norm, as the estimates for the other norms are similar. Towards this end, we estimate
∥ H ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ S j D B j φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ S j S j φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 0 1 − κ 2 N S ( t 0 ) N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) + t 0 1 − κ 2 N S ( t 0 ) 2 N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) + t 0 1 − 3 κ 2 N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 3 . \begin{aligned}
\lVert H\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}
&\lesssim\lVert S_jD_B^j\varphi\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}+\lVert S^jS_j\varphi\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}+\lVert\lvert\varphi\rvert^2\varphi\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}\\
&\lesssim t_0^{1-\frac{\kappa}{2}}N_S(t_0)N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)+t_0^{1-\frac{\kappa}{2}}N_S(t_0)^2N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)+t_0^{1-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}N_\varphi(t_0;\kappa)^3.
\end{aligned} ∥ H ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ S j D B j φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ S j S j φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥∣ φ ∣ 2 φ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 0 1 − 2 κ N S ( t 0 ) N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) + t 0 1 − 2 κ N S ( t 0 ) 2 N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) + t 0 1 − 2 3 κ N φ ( t 0 ; κ ) 3 .
Multiplying both sides of (300) by t 1 κ / 2 t_1^{\kappa/2} t 1 κ /2 and then taking a sup over t 1 ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] t_1\in[0,t_0] t 1 ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] , we then obtain an acceptable estimate.
We are now able to show Proposition 5.15.
Proof of Proposition 5.15. First, we prove (286) and (287) . We focus on deriving an a priori bound, as the local well-posedness on the time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] may be proven by small adaptations of the same methods. Thus, we assume that ( S , φ ) (S,\varphi) ( S , φ ) already exist on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , and are smooth (recall Remark 5.16). We proceed by a standard continuity argument. We have that N S N_S N S , N φ ( ⋅ ; κ ) N_\varphi(\cdot;\kappa) N φ ( ⋅ ; κ ) , N φ r e g ( ⋅ ; κ ) N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(\cdot;\kappa) N φ reg ( ⋅ ; κ ) are continuous in t t t .
By combining Lemmas 5.22 and 5.23 with (298) there is some constant C ≥ 1 C\geq1 C ≥ 1 such that for T T T as in the proposition statement and all t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , we have that
N S ( t ) ≤ C M T ( B , 2 ) ( t 1 2 − κ N φ ( t ; κ ) 2 ( 1 + t 1 2 N S ( t ) ) + t 1 2 N S ( t ) 2 + t N S ( t ) 3 ) , (301) N_S(t)\leq CM_T(B,2)\left(t^{\frac{1}{2}-\kappa}N_\varphi(t;\kappa)^2(1+t^{\frac{1}{2}}N_S(t))+t^{\frac{1}{2}}N_S(t)^2+tN_S(t)^3\right), \tag*{(301)} N S ( t ) ≤ C M T ( B , 2 ) ( t 2 1 − κ N φ ( t ; κ ) 2 ( 1 + t 2 1 N S ( t )) + t 2 1 N S ( t ) 2 + t N S ( t ) 3 ) , (301)
N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) ≤ C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ( t κ 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa)\leq C(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2\left(t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}
\right. N φ reg ( t ; κ ) ≤ C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ( t 2 κ − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r
+ ( C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) ) t 1 2 N S ( t ) ( 1 + t 1 2 N S ( t ) ) + t 1 − κ N φ ( t ; κ ) 3 ) , (302) \left.
+\left(C(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}+N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa)\right)t^{\frac{1}{2}}N_S(t)(1+t^{\frac{1}{2}}N_S(t))+t^{1-\kappa}N_\varphi(t;\kappa)^3\right), \tag*{(302)} + ( C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + N φ reg ( t ; κ ) ) t 2 1 N S ( t ) ( 1 + t 2 1 N S ( t )) + t 1 − κ N φ ( t ; κ ) 3 ) , (302)
N φ ( t ; κ ) ≤ N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) + C ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ) ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ . N_\varphi(t;\kappa)\leq N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa)+C(1+(\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2)\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}. N φ ( t ; κ ) ≤ N φ reg ( t ; κ ) + C ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ) ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ .
In the following, let the constant c 1 c_1 c 1 appearing in (285) be chosen so that
c 1 : = ( 10 C ) − 100 . (303) c_1\mathrel{\mathop:}= (10C)^{-100}. \tag*{(303)} c 1 : = ( 10 C ) − 100 . (303)
Now let I ⊆ [ 0 , T ] I\subseteq[0,T] I ⊆ [ 0 , T ] be the set of all t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] such that
N S ( t ) ≤ ( 10 C ) 10 M T ( B , 10 ) ( t 1 2 − 2 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r 2 + t 1 2 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ 2 ) , (304) N_S(t)\leq(10C)^{10}M_T(B,10)\left(t^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{2}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}^2+t^{\frac{1}{2}-\kappa}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}^2\right), \tag*{(304)} N S ( t ) ≤ ( 10 C ) 10 M T ( B , 10 ) ( t 2 1 − r 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r 2 + t 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ 2 ) , (304)
N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) ≤ 10 C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ( t κ 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . (305) N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa)\leq10C\left(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^2\left(t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}\right). \tag*{(305)} N φ reg ( t ; κ ) ≤ 10 C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ( t 2 κ − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . (305)
Note that 0 ∈ I 0\in I 0 ∈ I , so that I I I is nonempty. In the following, let c 2 = ( 10 C ) 10 M T ( B , 8 ) − 1 c 1 c_2=(10C)^{10}M_T(B,8)^{-1}c_1 c 2 = ( 10 C ) 10 M T ( B , 8 ) − 1 c 1 . For all t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I , we have by the smallness assumption (285) that
( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 t 1 2 N S ( t ) ≤ ( 10 C ) 10 M T ( B , 12 ) ( t 1 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ) 2 + ( t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ≤ ( 10 C ) 10 M T ( B , 8 ) − 1 c 1 2 ≤ c 2 , (306) \begin{aligned}
(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2t^{\frac{1}{2}}N_S(t)\leq(10C)^{10}M_T(B,12)\left(t^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}\right)^2+\left(t^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}\right)^2 \\
&\leq(10C)^{10}M_T(B,8)^{-1}c_1^2\leq c_2, \tag*{(306)}
\end{aligned} ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 t 2 1 N S ( t ) ≤ ( 10 C ) 10 M T ( B , 12 ) ( t 2 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ) 2 + ( t 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ≤ ( 10 C ) 10 M T ( B , 8 ) − 1 c 1 2 ≤ c 2 , (306)
t 1 − κ 2 N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) ≤ 10 C M T ( B , 8 ) − 1 c 1 ≤ c 2 , (307) t^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa)\leq10CM_T(B,8)^{-1}c_1\leq c_2, \tag*{(307)} t 2 1 − κ N φ reg ( t ; κ ) ≤ 10 C M T ( B , 8 ) − 1 c 1 ≤ c 2 , (307)
t 1 − κ 2 N φ ( t ; κ ) ≤ t 1 − κ 2 N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) + C ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ) t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≤ c 2 . t^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}N_\varphi(t;\kappa)\leq t^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa)+C(1+(\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2)t^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}\leq c_2. t 2 1 − κ N φ ( t ; κ ) ≤ t 2 1 − κ N φ reg ( t ; κ ) + C ( 1 + ( ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ) t 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≤ c 2 .
Inserting these estimates as well as (304) , (305) back into (301) , we obtain
N S ( t ) ≤ C M T ( B , 2 ) × ( t 1 2 − κ ( 11 C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ( t κ 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ) 2 ( 1 + c 2 ) + c 2 N S ( t ) + c 2 2 N S ( t ) ) ≤ ( 10 C ) 5 M T ( B , 6 ) ( t 1 2 − 2 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r 2 + t 1 2 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ 2 ) + 1 2 N S ( t ) , \begin{aligned}
N_S(t)&\leq CM_T(B,2)\\
&\quad\times\left(t^{\frac{1}{2}-\kappa}\left(11C(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2\left(t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}\right)\right)^2(1+c_2)+c_2N_S(t)+c_2^2N_S(t)\right)\\
&\leq(10C)^5M_T(B,6)\left(t^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{2}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}^2+t^{\frac{1}{2}-\kappa}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}^2\right)+\frac{1}{2}N_S(t),
\end{aligned} N S ( t ) ≤ C M T ( B , 2 ) × ( t 2 1 − κ ( 11 C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ( t 2 κ − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ) 2 ( 1 + c 2 ) + c 2 N S ( t ) + c 2 2 N S ( t ) ) ≤ ( 10 C ) 5 M T ( B , 6 ) ( t 2 1 − r 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r 2 + t 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ 2 ) + 2 1 N S ( t ) ,
where we used the definition of c 2 c_2 c 2 as well as our choice (303) of c 1 c_1 c 1 small enough depending on C C C . From this, it follows that for all t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I , we have that
N S ( t ) ≤ 2 ⋅ ( 10 C ) 5 M T ( B , 10 ) ( t 1 2 − 2 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r 2 + t 1 2 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ 2 ) , N_S(t)\leq2\cdot(10C)^5M_T(B,10)\left(t^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{2}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}^2+t^{\frac{1}{2}-\kappa}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}^2\right), N S ( t ) ≤ 2 ⋅ ( 10 C ) 5 M T ( B , 10 ) ( t 2 1 − r 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r 2 + t 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ 2 ) ,
which is strictly better than (304) . To finish, we estimate N φ r e g N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}} N φ reg by inserting our previous estimates back into (302) to obtain
N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) ≤ C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 2 ( t κ 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ( C c 2 2 ( 1 + c 2 ) + C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t , 2 c 2 2 ) ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − r ) + 1 2 N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) , \begin{aligned}
N_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa)\leq C(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^2(t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r} \\
&+ \left(Cc_2^2(1+c_2)+C\left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert},2}c_2^2\right)\lVert\varphi_0\rVert_{C^{-r}_{B(0),T}}\right)+\frac{1}{2}\mathcal{N}_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa),
\end{aligned} N φ reg ( t ; κ ) ≤ C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) 2 ( t 2 κ − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ( C c 2 2 ( 1 + c 2 ) + C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert , 2 c 2 2 ) ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − r ) + 2 1 N φ reg ( t ; κ ) ,
from which we further obtain
N φ r e g ( t ; κ ) ≤ 2 C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t , 2 ) ( t κ 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − r ) . \mathcal{N}_{\varphi_{\mathrm{reg}}}(t;\kappa)\le2C\left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert},2}\right)\left(t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\lVert\varphi_0\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0\rVert_{C^{-r}_{B(0),T}}\right). N φ reg ( t ; κ ) ≤ 2 C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert , 2 ) ( t 2 κ − r 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − r ) .
which is strictly better than (305) . Combining our previous estimates (and using the fact that N N N is continuous), it follows that I I I is an open subset of [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] . Since I I I is also closed, we conclude that I = [ 0 , T ] I=[0,T] I = [ 0 , T ] , thus proving (5.37) and (5.38) (for the latter, we also use (298) ).
Next, we prove the L x 2 L_x^2 L x 2 estimate (288) . By Corollary 4.24 (applied with K ≡ 1 K\equiv1 K ≡ 1 ), we have that
∥ S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ D B S ∥ L t , x 2 (308) \lVert S\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}+\lVert D_BS\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2} \tag*{(308)} ∥ S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ D B S ∥ L t , x 2 (308)
≲ G r T ( C 0 F B ) ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ O ( S D B S ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ O ( S 3 ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ) \lesssim\mathrm{Gr}_T(C_0F_B)\left(\lVert B(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi)\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2}+\lVert O(SD_BS)\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2}+\lVert O(S^3)\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2}\right) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F B ) ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ O ( S D B S ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ O ( S 3 ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 )
≲ G r T ( C 0 F B ) ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ( T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) + T N S ( T ) 2 ) ∥ S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ) . \lesssim\mathrm{Gr}_T(C_0F_B)\left(\lVert B(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi)\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2}+\left(T^{1/2}N_S(T)+TN_S(T)^2\right)\lVert S\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}\right). ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F B ) ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ( T 1/2 N S ( T ) + T N S ( T ) 2 ) ∥ S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 ) .
Upon possibly taking the constant c 1 c_1 c 1 in the smallness assumption (285) on T T T to be even smaller, we may absorb (recall (306) ) the second term on the right-hand side back into the left-hand side, and thus we obtain
∥ S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ D B S ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ G r T ( C 0 F B ) ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 , (309) \lVert S\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}+\lVert D_BS\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2}\lesssim\mathrm{Gr}_T(C_0F_B)\lVert B(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi)\rVert_{L_t^1L_x^2}, \tag*{(309)} ∥ S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ D B S ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F B ) ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 , (309)
which gives an acceptable estimate for the first term on the left-hand side of (288) . To complete the proof of (288) , we proceed to estimate D B S D_BS D B S . Towards this end, note that
( ∂ t − Δ B ) D B S = O ( ad ( F B ) D B S ) + D B H , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)D_BS=O(\operatorname{ad}(F_B)D_BS)+D_BH, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) D B S = O ( ad ( F B ) D B S ) + D B H ,
where H = 2 ad ( F B ) S + O ( S D B S ) + O ( S 3 ) + B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) H=2\operatorname{ad}(F_B)S+O(SD_BS)+O(S^3)+B(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi) H = 2 ad ( F B ) S + O ( S D B S ) + O ( S 3 ) + B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) . Thus by (186) (with K ≡ 1 K\equiv1 K ≡ 1 , α = 1 \alpha=1 α = 1 , G = 0 G=0 G = 0 ) and integration by parts, we have that
∥ t 1 / 2 D B S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B ( 2 ) S ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) ∥ D B S ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t 1 / 2 H ∥ L t , x 2 . \lVert t^{1/2}D_BS\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}+\lVert t^{1/2}D_B^{(2)}S\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2}
\lesssim\left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)\lVert D_BS\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2}+\lVert t^{1/2}H\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2}. ∥ t 1/2 D B S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t 1/2 D B ( 2 ) S ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 0 pert ) ∥ D B S ∥ L t , x 2 + ∥ t 1/2 H ∥ L t , x 2 .
The first term on the right-hand side may be directly estimated by (309) . For the second term, we estimate
∥ t 1 / 2 H ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( ∥ F B ∥ T , 0 p e r t + T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) ( 1 + T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) ) ) ∥ S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 . \lVert t^{1/2}H\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2}\lesssim\left(\lVert F_B\rVert_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}+T^{1/2}N_S(T)\left(1+T^{1/2}N_S(T)\right)\right)\lVert S\rVert_{L_t^\infty L_x^2}+\lVert t^{1/2}B(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi)\rVert_{L_{t,x}^2}. ∥ t 1/2 H ∥ L t , x 2 ≲ ( ∥ F B ∥ T , 0 pert + T 1/2 N S ( T ) ( 1 + T 1/2 N S ( T ) ) ) ∥ S ∥ L t ∞ L x 2 + ∥ t 1/2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 .
To finish, we combine (306) which gives that T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) ≪ 1 T^{1/2}N_S(T)\ll1 T 1/2 N S ( T ) ≪ 1 with our previous estimate (309) . The desired estimate (288) now follows.
Next, we show Proposition 5.17.
Proof of Proposition 5.17. By (291) and the Leibniz rule, it follows that for some constant c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , we have that
1 p ∂ t ∥ φ + ∥ L x p p ≤ − c ∥ φ + ∥ L x p + 2 p + 2 . \frac{1}{p}\partial_t\lVert\varphi^+\rVert_{L_x^p}^p\le-c\lVert\varphi^+\rVert_{L_x^{p+2}}^{p+2}. p 1 ∂ t ∥ φ + ∥ L x p p ≤ − c ∥ φ + ∥ L x p + 2 p + 2 .
In particular, the L x p L_x^p L x p norm of φ + \varphi^+ φ + is non-increasing. Now fix t 1 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_1\in[0,T] t 1 ∈ [ 0 , T ] . If
∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x 2 ≤ 1 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p , \lVert\varphi^+(t_1)\rVert_{L_x^2}\le\frac{1}{2}\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^p}, ∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x 2 ≤ 2 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p ,
then the decrease
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p p − ∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x p p ≳ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p p + 2 ≳ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p p + 2 t 1 , \lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^p}^p-\lVert\varphi^+(t_1)\rVert_{L_x^p}^p\gtrsim\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^p}^{p+2}\gtrsim\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^p}^{p+2}t_1, ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p p − ∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x p p ≳ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p p + 2 ≳ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p p + 2 t 1 ,
where the final inequality follows because t 1 ≤ T t_1 \le T t 1 ≤ T , and T ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r − 2 ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p − 2 T \le\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}^{-2} \le\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^p}^{-2} T ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r − 2 ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p − 2 (this follows by the smallness condition (285) in Proposition 5.15 and the assumption that p ≤ r p \le r p ≤ r ). It remains to show the decrease lower bound in the case
∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x p p ≥ 1 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p p . (310) \|\varphi^+(t_1)\|_{L_x^p}^p \ge\frac{1}{2}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^p}^p. \tag*{(310)} ∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x p p ≥ 2 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p p . (310)
Assume that this is the case. By the chain rule, we may obtain
1 γ ∂ t ∥ φ + ∥ L x γ γ ≲ − ∥ φ + ∥ L x γ + 2 γ + 2 . \frac{1}{\gamma}\partial_t\|\varphi^+\|_{L_x^\gamma}^\gamma\lesssim-\|\varphi^+\|_{L_x^{\gamma+2}}^{\gamma+2}. γ 1 ∂ t ∥ φ + ∥ L x γ γ ≲ − ∥ φ + ∥ L x γ + 2 γ + 2 .
Integrating this between t ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] t \in[0,t_1] t ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] , using that the L x p L_x^p L x p norm of φ + \varphi^+ φ + is non-increasing, and applying (310) , we obtain
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p γ − ∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x p γ ≳ ∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x p γ + 2 t 1 ≳ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p γ + 2 t 1 , \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^p}^\gamma-\|\varphi^+(t_1)\|_{L_x^p}^\gamma\gtrsim\|\varphi^+(t_1)\|_{L_x^p}^{\gamma+2}t_1 \gtrsim\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^p}^{\gamma+2}t_1, ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p γ − ∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x p γ ≳ ∥ φ + ( t 1 ) ∥ L x p γ + 2 t 1 ≳ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p γ + 2 t 1 ,
as desired.
For (293) , we use that ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x 4 \|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L_x^4} ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x 4 is non-increasing in t t t and the Leibniz rule to obtain
1 γ ∂ t ∥ φ + ∥ L x γ γ = 1 4 ∥ φ + ∥ L x 4 γ − 4 ( ∂ t ∥ φ + ∥ L x 4 4 ) ≤ − ∥ φ + ∥ L x 4 γ − 4 ∥ D B + S φ + ∥ L x 2 2 . \frac{1}{\gamma}\partial_t\|\varphi^+\|_{L_x^\gamma}^\gamma=\frac{1}{4}\|\varphi^+\|_{L_x^4}^{\gamma-4}\left(\partial_t\|\varphi^+\|_{L_x^4}^4\right)\le-\|\varphi^+\|_{L_x^4}^{\gamma-4}\|D_{B+S}\varphi^+\|_{L_x^2}^2. γ 1 ∂ t ∥ φ + ∥ L x γ γ = 4 1 ∥ φ + ∥ L x 4 γ − 4 ( ∂ t ∥ φ + ∥ L x 4 4 ) ≤ − ∥ φ + ∥ L x 4 γ − 4 ∥ D B + S φ + ∥ L x 2 2 .
The bound then follows by integrating in time.
Next, we proceed to prove Lemma 5.18. Towards this end, we first need the following additional estimates on φ + \varphi^+ φ + .
Lemma 5.24 (A priori estimates of φ + \varphi^+ φ + ). For any t 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] t_0 \in(0,1] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] such that ( S , φ + ) (S,\varphi^+) ( S , φ + ) exists on [ 0 , t 0 ] [0,t_0] [ 0 , t 0 ] , we have that for any 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ 1 \le p \le\infty 1 ≤ p ≤ ∞ ,
∥ φ + ∥ L t ∞ L x p ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p , \|\varphi^+\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^p([0,t_0])}\le\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^p}, ∥ φ + ∥ L t ∞ L x p ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x p , as well as the estimates
∥ t 1 / r φ + ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r , ∥ D B + S φ + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 2 . \|t^{1/r}\varphi^+\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}\lesssim\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r},\qquad\|D_{B+S}\varphi^+\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t_0])}\lesssim\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^2}. ∥ t 1/ r φ + ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r , ∥ D B + S φ + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 2 .
Proof. From (291) and the Leibniz rule, it follows that ∣ φ + ∣ |\varphi^+| ∣ φ + ∣ is a sub-solution to the heat equation, i.e. ( ∂ t − Δ ) ∣ φ + ∣ ≤ 0 (\partial_t-\Delta)|\varphi^+|\le0 ( ∂ t − Δ ) ∣ φ + ∣ ≤ 0 . The first and second desired estimates then follow from classical heat equation estimates. The last desired estimate follows directly by integrating (291) in space and time.
Proof of Lemma 5.18. We may assume that c 1 c_1 c 1 is smaller than the constant c 1 c_1 c 1 appearing in Proposition 5.15, so that the condition c ( T ) ≤ c 1 c(T)\le c_1 c ( T ) ≤ c 1 implies that the smallness assumption (285) is satisfied. (We will take c 1 c_1 c 1 even smaller later in the proof.) Then by that proposition, we have that for all t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ,
t 1 / 2 N S ( t ) ≲ c ( T ) 2 ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) − 10 . (311) t^{1/2}N_S(t)\lesssim c(T)^2(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{-10}. \tag*{(311)} t 1/2 N S ( t ) ≲ c ( T ) 2 ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) − 10 . (311)
Fix t 1 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_1\in[0,T] t 1 ∈ [ 0 , T ] . In the following, all space-time norms are implicitly on [ 0 , t 1 ] × T 2 [0,t_1]\times\mathbb{T}^2 [ 0 , t 1 ] × T 2 unless otherwise specified. We may rewrite the equation (290) in the form:
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ r e m = 2 S j D B j ( φ l i n + φ r e m ) + S j S j ( φ l i n + φ r e m ) − ( ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + ) : = G , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}=2S_jD_B^j(\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}})+S_jS^j(\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}})-(|\varphi|^2\varphi-|\varphi^+|^2\varphi^+)\mathrel{\mathop:}=G, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ rem = 2 S j D B j ( φ lin + φ rem ) + S j S j ( φ lin + φ rem ) − ( ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + ) : = G ,
φ r e m ( 0 ) = 0. \varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}(0)=0. φ rem ( 0 ) = 0.
By Lemma 4.62 (with the k k k therein taken to be 0 , 1 0,1 0 , 1 ), we have that
∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ (312) \|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}+\|t^{1/2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty} \tag*{(312)} ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 1/2 D B φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ (312)
≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) ( ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ t 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + sup u ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] ∥ t 1 / 2 ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ) . \lesssim\left(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)\left(\|G\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}+\|t^{1/2}G\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty}+\sup_{u\in[0,t_1]}\|t^{1/2}(u-t)^{-1/2}G\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,u])}\right). ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) ( ∥ G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ t 1/2 G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + u ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] sup ∥ t 1/2 ( u − t ) − 1/2 G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ) .
We proceed to estimate the L t 1 L x ∞ L_t^1L_x^\infty L t 1 L x ∞ norm of G G G . By (311) and the definition of the covariant Hölder norm (Definition 5.4 5.4 5.4 ), we may estimate
∥ S j D B j φ ˉ l i n ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ T 1 − κ 2 N S ( T ) ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) − 10 c ( T ) 2 T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ , \|S_jD_B^j\bar{\varphi}_{\mathrm{lin}}\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}\lesssim T^{1-\frac{\kappa}{2}}N_S(T)\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\lesssim\left(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{-10}c(T)^2T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}, ∥ S j D B j φ ˉ lin ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ T 1 − 2 κ N S ( T ) ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) − 10 c ( T ) 2 T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ,
∥ S j S j φ l i n ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ T 1 − κ 2 N S ( T ) 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) − 10 c ( T ) 2 T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ . \|S_jS^j\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}\lesssim T^{1-\frac{\kappa}{2}}N_S(T)^2\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\lesssim\left(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{-10}c(T)^2T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}. ∥ S j S j φ lin ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ T 1 − 2 κ N S ( T ) 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) − 10 c ( T ) 2 T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ .
where in the final inequality we used that c ( T ) ≤ c 1 ≤ 1 c(T)\leq c_1\leq1 c ( T ) ≤ c 1 ≤ 1 , so that c ( T ) 4 ≤ c ( T ) 2 c(T)^4\leq c(T)^2 c ( T ) 4 ≤ c ( T ) 2 . Similarly, we may estimate
∥ S j D B j φ r e m ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ S j S j φ r e m ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ( T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) + ( T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) ) 2 ) ( ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ≤ 1 10 ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) − 10 ( ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ) , \begin{aligned}
\|S_jD_B^j\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}+\|S_jS^j\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}
\lesssim\left(T^{1/2}N_S(T)+(T^{1/2}N_S(T))^2\right)\left(\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}+\|t^{1/2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}\right) \\
&\leq\frac{1}{10}\left(1+\|F_B\|_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\right)^{-10}\left(\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}+\|t^{1/2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}\right),
\end{aligned} ∥ S j D B j φ rem ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ + ∥ S j S j φ rem ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ( T 1/2 N S ( T ) + ( T 1/2 N S ( T ) ) 2 ) ( ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 1/2 D B φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ≤ 10 1 ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) − 10 ( ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 1/2 D B φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ,
where the final inequality follows by (311) and the fact that c ( T ) ≤ c 1 c(T)\leq c_1 c ( T ) ≤ c 1 , where we may take c 1 ≪ 1 c_1\ll1 c 1 ≪ 1 . To estimate the final term in G G G , we may first estimate
∥ ∣ φ r e m ∣ 2 φ r e m ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≤ t 1 ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ 3 , \||\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}|^2\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}\leq t_1\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}^3, ∥∣ φ rem ∣ 2 φ rem ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≤ t 1 ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ 3 ,
and then we expand the polynomial around this cubic term:
∣ ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + − ∣ φ r e m ∣ 2 φ r e m ∣ ≲ ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ∣ φ l i n ∣ + ∣ φ + ∣ ∣ φ l i n ∣ 2 + ∣ φ l i n ∣ 3 ) + ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 + ∣ φ l i n ∣ 2 ) ∣ φ r e m ∣ + ( ∣ φ + ∣ + ∣ φ l i n ∣ ) ∣ φ r e m ∣ 2 , \left||\varphi|^2\varphi-|\varphi_+|^2\varphi_+-|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}|^2\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\right|
\lesssim\left(|\varphi_+|^2|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|+|\varphi_+||\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|^2+|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|^3\right)
+\left(|\varphi_+|^2+|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|^2\right)|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}|
+\left(|\varphi_+|+|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|\right)|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}|^2, ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + − ∣ φ rem ∣ 2 φ rem ≲ ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ∣ φ lin ∣ + ∣ φ + ∣∣ φ lin ∣ 2 + ∣ φ lin ∣ 3 ) + ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 + ∣ φ lin ∣ 2 ) ∣ φ rem ∣ + ( ∣ φ + ∣ + ∣ φ lin ∣ ) ∣ φ rem ∣ 2 ,
where the terms are grouped by the number of appearances of φ r e m \varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ rem . For notational convenience, let
A = T ( ( T − 1 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ) 2 T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T − 1 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ( T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 + ( T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 3 ) . (313) A=T\left((T^{-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0\|_{L_x^r})^2T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0\|_{L_x^r}(T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}})^2+(T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}})^3\right). \tag*{(313)} A = T ( ( T − r 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ) 2 T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T − r 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ( T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 + ( T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 3 ) . (313)
We may estimate (recall Lemma 5.24 5.24 5.24 )
∥ ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ∣ φ l i n ∣ + ∣ φ + ∣ ∣ φ l i n ∣ 2 + ∣ φ l i n ∣ 3 ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 1 ( ( t 1 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ) 2 t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + t 1 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ( t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 + ( t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 3 ) ≤ A . \left\|\left(|\varphi_+|^2|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|+|\varphi_+||\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|^2+|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|^3\right)\right\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}
\lesssim t_1\left((t_1^{-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0\|_{L_x^r})^2t_1^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+t_1^{-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0\|_{L_x^r}(t_1^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}})^2+(t_1^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}})^3\right)\leq A. ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ∣ φ lin ∣ + ∣ φ + ∣∣ φ lin ∣ 2 + ∣ φ lin ∣ 3 ) L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 1 ( ( t 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ) 2 t 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + t 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ( t 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 + ( t 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 3 ) ≤ A .
Similarly, we may estimate
∥ ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 + ∣ φ l i n ∣ 2 ) ∣ φ r e m ∣ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 1 ( ( t 1 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ) 2 + ( t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ) ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ , \left\|\left(|\varphi_+|^2+|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|^2\right)|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}|\right\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}
\lesssim t_1\left((t_1^{-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0\|_{L_x^r})^2+(t_1^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}})^2\right)\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}, ( ∣ φ + ∣ 2 + ∣ φ lin ∣ 2 ) ∣ φ rem ∣ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 1 ( ( t 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r ) 2 + ( t 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ) ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ,
∥ ( ∣ φ + ∣ + ∣ φ l i n ∣ ) ∣ φ r e m ∣ 2 ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 1 ( t 1 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r + t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ 2 . \left\|\left(|\varphi_+|+|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}|\right)|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}|^2\right\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty}
\lesssim t_1\left(t_1^{-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0\|_{L_x^r}+t_1^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}^2. ( ∣ φ + ∣ + ∣ φ lin ∣ ) ∣ φ rem ∣ 2 L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ t 1 ( t 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r + t 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ 2 .
Combining, we have estimated the L t 1 L x ∞ L_t^1L_x^\infty L t 1 L x ∞ norm of G G G . The other norms on G G G appearing in the right-hand side of (312) may be estimated by the same quantities by similar arguments. There is therefore some constant C C C such that for all t 1 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_1\in[0,T] t 1 ∈ [ 0 , T ] ,
∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) ≤ 1 10 ( ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) ) + C c ( T ) 2 T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) ( A + t 1 ( ( t 1 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ) 2 + ( t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ) ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) + t 1 ( t 1 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + t 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) 2 + t 1 ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) 3 ) . (314) \begin{aligned}
\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_1])}+\|t^{1/2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_1])} \\
&\leq\frac{1}{10}\left(\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_1])}+\|t^{1/2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_1])}\right)+Cc(T)^2T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}} \\
&+ C(1+\|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1})(A+t_1((t_1^{-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r})^2+(t_1^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}})^2)\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_1])} \\
&+t_1(t_1^{-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+t_1^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}})\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|^2_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_1])}+t_1\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|^3_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_1])}). \tag*{(314)}
\end{aligned} ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) + ∥ t 1/2 D B φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) ≤ 10 1 ( ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) + ∥ t 1/2 D B φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) ) + C c ( T ) 2 T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + C ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) ( A + t 1 (( t 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ) 2 + ( t 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ) ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) + t 1 ( t 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + t 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) 2 + t 1 ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) 3 ) . (314)
To finish, we may proceed by a continuity argument similar to that in the proof of Proposition 5.15 , to obtain that for all t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ,
∥ φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 D B φ r e m ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ≤ 10 C ( c ( T ) 2 T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t A ) ) . \|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}+\|t^{1/2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t])}\leq10C\left(c(T)2T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}+(1+\|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1}A)\right). ∥ φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) + ∥ t 1/2 D B φ rem ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ≤ 10 C ( c ( T ) 2 T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert A ) ) .
Finally, we simply note that from the definition of A A A (see (313) ) and c ( T ) c(T) c ( T ) (in the statement of Lemma 5.18 ), we have that
( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) A ≲ c ( T ) 2 T − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ . (1+\|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1})A\lesssim c(T)2T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}. ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) A ≲ c ( T ) 2 T − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ .
Next, we prove Lemma 5.19 , which basically follows from the triangle inequality and our previous estimates.
Proof of Lemma 5.19 . We may expand
B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) = B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) + B ( ( φ l i n − + φ r e m ) ⊗ D B + S φ + ) + B ( φ ⊗ D B + S ( φ l i n − + φ r e m ) ) . \mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)=\mathbf{B}(\varphi^+\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^+)+\mathbf{B}((\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}})\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^+)+\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}(\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}})). B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) = B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) + B (( φ lin − + φ rem ) ⊗ D B + S φ + ) + B ( φ ⊗ D B + S ( φ lin − + φ rem )) .
We first estimate the L t 1 L x 2 L_t^1L_x^2 L t 1 L x 2 norm. By the triangle inequality, it suffices to estimate the L t 1 L x 2 L_t^1L_x^2 L t 1 L x 2 norms of the last two terms on the right-hand side above. Towards this end, we estimate (applying (291) , the definition of C B ( 0 ) , T − \mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^- C B ( 0 ) , T − (Definition 5.4), and (294) )
∥ B ( ( φ l i n − + φ r e m ) ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≲ ∥ D B + S φ + ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( ∥ φ l i n − ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + ∥ φ r e m ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ) \|\mathbf{B}((\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}})\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^+)\|_{L_t^1L_x^2}\lesssim\|D_{B+S}\varphi^+\|_{L_t^2L_x^2}\left(\|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty}+\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\|_{L_t^2L_x^\infty}\right) ∥ B (( φ lin − + φ rem ) ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≲ ∥ D B + S φ + ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( ∥ φ lin − ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ + ∥ φ rem ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ )
≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 2 ( T 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 / 2 K ) , \lesssim\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^2}\left(T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{1/2}K\right), ≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 2 ( T 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1/2 K ) ,
which is acceptable. Next, we estimate
∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S ( φ l i n − + φ r e m ) ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B ( φ l i n − + φ r e m ) ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ B ( φ ⊗ S ( φ l i n − + φ r e m ) ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 \begin{aligned}
\|\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}(\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}))\|_{L_t^1L_x^2} \\
&\leq\|\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_B(\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}))\|_{L_t^1L_x^2}+\|\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes S(\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^-+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}))\|_{L_t^1L_x^2}
\end{aligned} ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S ( φ lin − + φ rem )) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ≤ ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B ( φ lin − + φ rem )) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 + ∥ B ( φ ⊗ S ( φ lin − + φ rem )) ∥ L t 1 L x 2
≲ ( T 1 2 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 − κ 2 K + T 1 − κ N S ( T ) ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 − κ 2 N S ( T ) K ) ∥ t κ 2 φ ∥ L t , x ∞ . \lesssim\left(T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K+T^{1-\kappa}N_S(T)\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{1-\frac{\kappa}{2}}N_S(T)K\right)\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\varphi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. ≲ ( T 2 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 − κ K + T 1 − κ N S ( T ) ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 − 2 κ N S ( T ) K ) ∥ t 2 κ φ ∥ L t , x ∞ .
To finish, we apply (287) and use that Proposition 5.15 implies that T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) ≪ 1 T^{1/2}N_S(T)\ll1 T 1/2 N S ( T ) ≪ 1 . The estimate for the time-weighted L t , x 2 L_{t,x}^2 L t , x 2 norm proceeds similarly; we omit the details.
Next, we quickly show Lemma 5.20.
Proof of Lemma 5.20. From the equations (289) , (295) for φ + \varphi^+ φ + and φ l i n + \varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^+ φ lin + , we may compute (using (112) to expand Δ B + S \Delta_{B+S} Δ B + S around Δ B \Delta_B Δ B )
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( φ + − φ l i n + ) = 2 D B j ( S j φ + ) − 2 ( D B j S j ) φ + + S j S j φ + − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + , ( φ + − φ l i n + ) ( 0 ) = 0. (\partial_t-\Delta_B)(\varphi^+-\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^+)=2D_B^j(S_j\varphi^+)-2(D_B^jS_j)\varphi^++S_jS^j\varphi^+-|\varphi^+|^2\varphi^+,\qquad(\varphi^+-\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^+)(0)=0. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( φ + − φ lin + ) = 2 D B j ( S j φ + ) − 2 ( D B j S j ) φ + + S j S j φ + − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + , ( φ + − φ lin + ) ( 0 ) = 0.
Recalling the definition (Definition 4.60) of Duh B \operatorname{Duh}_B Duh B , it follows that
φ + − φ l i n + = Duh B ( 2 D B j ( S j φ + ) − 2 ( D B j S j ) φ + + S j S j φ + − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + ) . \varphi^+-\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^+=\operatorname{Duh}_B(2D_B^j(S_j\varphi^+)-2(D_B^jS_j)\varphi^++S_jS^j\varphi^+-|\varphi^+|^2\varphi^+). φ + − φ lin + = Duh B ( 2 D B j ( S j φ + ) − 2 ( D B j S j ) φ + + S j S j φ + − ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + ) .
In the following, all space-time norms are on [ 0 , T ] × T d [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^d [ 0 , T ] × T d unless otherwise specified. By Lemma 4.61 , we may estimate
∥ φ + − φ l i n + ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) sup u ∈ ( 0 , T ] ∥ min ( t , ( u − t ) ) − 1 / 2 S φ + ∥ L t 1 L x 4 ( [ 0 , u ] ) + ∥ ( D B j S j ) φ + ∥ L t 1 L x 4 + ∥ S j S j φ + ∥ L t 1 L x 4 + ∥ ∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + ∥ L t 1 L x 4 . \begin{aligned}
\|\varphi^+-\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^+\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^4}\lesssim(1+\|F_B\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1})\sup_{u\in(0,T]}\|\min(t,(u-t))^{-1/2}S\varphi^+\|_{L_t^1L_x^4([0,u])} \\
&+ \lVert(D^j_{B}S_j)\varphi^+ \rVert_{L^1_tL^4_x} + \lVert S_jS^j\varphi^+ \rVert_{L^1_tL^4_x} + \lVert\lvert\varphi^+\rvert^2\varphi^+ \rVert_{L^1_tL^4_x}.
\end{aligned} ∥ φ + − φ lin + ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ) u ∈ ( 0 , T ] sup ∥ min ( t , ( u − t ) ) − 1/2 S φ + ∥ L t 1 L x 4 ([ 0 , u ]) + ∥( D B j S j ) φ + ∥ L t 1 L x 4 + ∥ S j S j φ + ∥ L t 1 L x 4 + ∥∣ φ + ∣ 2 φ + ∥ L t 1 L x 4 .
By Lemma 5.24, we may further estimate the right-hand side above by
( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 p e r t ( T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) + T N S ( T ) 2 + ( T 1 / 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ) 2 ) ) ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 4 . \left(1+\lVert F_B\rVert_{T,1}^{\mathrm{pert}}\left(T^{1/2}N_S(T)+TN_S(T)^2+\left(T^{1/2}-\frac{1}{r}\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r}\right)^2\right)\right)\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L^4_x}. ( 1 + ∥ F B ∥ T , 1 pert ( T 1/2 N S ( T ) + T N S ( T ) 2 + ( T 1/2 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ) 2 ) ) ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x 4 .
By Proposition 5.15, the terms T 1 / 2 N S ( T ) T^{1/2}N_S(T) T 1/2 N S ( T ) and T N S ( T ) 2 TN_S(T)^2 T N S ( T ) 2 may be estimated by an acceptable contribution. The desired result now follows.
We finish this section off with two results of a more auxiliary nature. The first result is a soft statement that will be needed in the proof of Theorem 2.19 at the end of § 9.5 .
Lemma 5.25. In the setting of Proposition 5.15, suppose we further have that φ 0 − ∈ C x − κ \varphi_0^- \in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x φ 0 − ∈ C x − κ and
∥ t κ 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t κ ∂ ℓ B ℓ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) < ∞ . (315) \lVert t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}B\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}+\lVert t^\kappa\partial^\ell B_\ell\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}<\infty. \tag*{(315)} ∥ t 2 κ B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t κ ∂ ℓ B ℓ ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) < ∞. (315) Then φ ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) \varphi\in C^0_t\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x([0,T]) φ ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) .
Proof. Recall the equation (282) for φ \varphi φ . By expanding the covariant Laplacian Δ B + S \Delta_{B+S} Δ B + S around the non-covariant Laplacian Δ \Delta Δ , we may compute
( ∂ t − Δ ) φ = 2 ∂ j ( ( B + S ) j φ ) − ( ∂ j ( B + S ) j ) φ + ( B + S ) j ( B + S ) j φ − ( D B j S j ) φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , (\partial_t-\Delta)\varphi=2\partial^j((B+S)_j\varphi)-(\partial^j(B+S)_j)\varphi+(B+S)^j(B+S)_j\varphi-(D^j_BS_j)\varphi-\lvert\varphi\rvert^2\varphi, ( ∂ t − Δ ) φ = 2 ∂ j (( B + S ) j φ ) − ( ∂ j ( B + S ) j ) φ + ( B + S ) j ( B + S ) j φ − ( D B j S j ) φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ ,
φ ( 0 ) = φ 0 + + φ 0 − . \varphi(0)=\varphi_0^++\varphi_0^-. φ ( 0 ) = φ 0 + + φ 0 − .
Let G G G be the right-hand side of the φ \varphi φ equation above. By combining the estimates (286) , (287) with the assumed estimates on B B B , we may obtain by classical Schauder estimates that Duh ( G ) ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) \operatorname{Duh}(G)\in C^0_t\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x([0,T]) Duh ( G ) ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) (here Duh is the usual Duhamel operator associated to the heat operator ( ∂ t − Δ ) (\partial_t-\Delta) ( ∂ t − Δ ) ). Since φ = e t Δ φ 0 + + e t Δ φ 0 − + Duh ( G ) \varphi=e^{t\Delta}\varphi_0^++e^{t\Delta}\varphi_0^-+\operatorname{Duh}(G) φ = e t Δ φ 0 + + e t Δ φ 0 − + Duh ( G ) , it remains to show that the linear propagations e t Δ φ 0 + e^{t\Delta}\varphi_0^+ e t Δ φ 0 + , e t Δ φ 0 − ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) e^{t\Delta}\varphi_0^-\in C^0_t\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x([0,T]) e t Δ φ 0 − ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) . For e t Δ φ 0 + e^{t\Delta}\varphi_0^+ e t Δ φ 0 + , this directly follows from the fact that φ 0 + ∈ L x r \varphi_0^+\in L_x^r φ 0 + ∈ L x r and the fact that 1 r ≪ κ \frac{1}{r}\ll\kappa r 1 ≪ κ (recall (96) ), combined with classical heat smoothing estimates. For e t Δ φ 0 − e^{t\Delta}\varphi_0^- e t Δ φ 0 − , this directly follows from classical heat smoothing estimates and the assumption that φ 0 − ∈ C x − κ \varphi_0^-\in\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x φ 0 − ∈ C x − κ (for the continuity at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , we use that C x − κ \mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x C x − κ is defined as the closure of smooth functions, recall Definition 3.45). The desired result now follows.
Next, using our bounds for S S S , we obtain the following perturbative estimate on the effect of adding S S S into the background connection used in the covariant Hölder norm. This will be needed in the global iteration (Section 11.3).
Lemma 5.26. Recall the constants specified in (97) and (99) . Let T 0 T_0 T 0 be sufficiently small. Suppose that T ∈ ( 0 , T 0 ] T\in(0,T_0] T ∈ ( 0 , T 0 ] and B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , 2 T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , 2 T ] × T 2 ) B\in C^0_t\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_x([0,2T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)\cap C^\infty_{t,x}((0,2T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , 2 T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , 2 T ] × T 2 ) is a smooth solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow at positive times such that
M 2 T ( B , 100 ) ≤ T − δ . M_{2T}(B,100)\leq T^{-\delta}. M 2 T ( B , 100 ) ≤ T − δ . Let S , φ S,\varphi S , φ solve (281) , (282) with initial data satisfying
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ≤ T − 1 / γ 0 , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≤ T − 2 α . \lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r}\leq T^{-1/\gamma_0},\qquad\lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}\leq T^{-2\alpha}. ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ≤ T − 1/ γ 0 , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≤ T − 2 α . Then, for any t , t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t,t_0\in(0,T] t , t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] and any distributional one-form u 0 u_0 u 0 we have
∥ u 0 ∥ C ( B + S ) ( t ) , F , t 0 − κ ≲ T − δ ∥ u 0 ∥ C B ( t ) , F , t 0 − κ . (316) \lVert u_0\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{(B+S)(t),F,t_0}}\lesssim T^{-\delta}\lVert u_0\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(t),F,t_0}.} \tag*{(316)} ∥ u 0 ∥ C ( B + S ) ( t ) , F , t 0 − κ ≲ T − δ ∥ u 0 ∥ C B ( t ) , F , t 0 − κ . (316)
The analogous result also holds for the C ( B + S ) ( t ) , t 0 − κ C^{-\kappa}_{(B+S)(t),t_0} C ( B + S ) ( t ) , t 0 − κ norm. Moreover, if T ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T' \in(0,1] T ′ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] satisfies
G T ′ ( C 0 F Ψ ∙ ( ( B + S ) ( t ) ) ) ( 1 + ∥ F Ψ ∙ ( ( B + S ) ( t ) ) ∥ T ′ , 1 p e r t ) ≤ ( T ′ ) − δ , (317) G_{T'}\bigl(C_0F_{\Psi\bullet((B+S)(t))}\bigr)\left(1+\left\|F_{\Psi\bullet((B+S)(t))}\right\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T',1}\right)\leq(T')^{-\delta}, \tag*{(317)} G T ′ ( C 0 F Ψ ∙ (( B + S ) ( t )) ) ( 1 + F Ψ ∙ (( B + S ) ( t )) T ′ , 1 pert ) ≤ ( T ′ ) − δ , (317)
where C 0 C_0 C 0 is as in Notation 5.6, and Ψ ∙ ( ( B + S ) ( t ) ) \Psi_\bullet((B+S)(t)) Ψ ∙ (( B + S ) ( t )) denotes the Yang–Mills gradient flow starting from ( B + S ) ( t ) (B+S)(t) ( B + S ) ( t ) , then
∥ u 0 ∥ C ( B + S ) ( t ) , F , T ′ − κ ≲ T − κ 2 − δ ∥ u 0 ∥ C B ( t ) , F , T − κ . (318) \|u_0\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{(B+S)(t),F,T'}}\lesssim T^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}-\delta}\|u_0\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{B(t),F,T}}. \tag*{(318)} ∥ u 0 ∥ C ( B + S ) ( t ) , F , T ′ − κ ≲ T − 2 κ − δ ∥ u 0 ∥ C B ( t ) , F , T − κ . (318)
The analogous result also holds for the C ( B + S ) ( t ) , T ′ − κ C^{-\kappa}_{(B+S)(t),T'} C ( B + S ) ( t ) , T ′ − κ norm.
Proof. First, applying (286) on [ 0 , t ] [0,t] [ 0 , t ] , and using the assumptions on the initial data, gives ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ≲ T 1 2 − 2 r − 2 γ 0 − δ \|S(t)\|_{L^\infty}\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{2}{r}-\frac{2}{\gamma_0}-\delta} ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − r 2 − γ 0 2 − δ . Consequently, the heat kernel estimate (196) yields
∥ S ( t ) ∥ C B ( t ) , F , T , 2 − κ ≲ T − δ ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ T 1 2 − 2 r − 2 γ 0 − 2 δ . \|S(t)\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{B(t),F,T,2}}\lesssim T^{-\delta}\|S(t)\|_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{2}{r}-\frac{2}{\gamma_0}-2\delta}. ∥ S ( t ) ∥ C B ( t ) , F , T , 2 − κ ≲ T − δ ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − r 2 − γ 0 2 − 2 δ .
This estimate is enough to treat S S S as a valid perturbation in Proposition 5.7, where we choose K = T 1 2 − 2 r − 2 γ 0 − 2 δ K=T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{2}{r}-\frac{2}{\gamma_0}-2\delta} K = T 2 1 − r 2 − γ 0 2 − 2 δ , B 0 + = B ( t ) B_0^+=B(t) B 0 + = B ( t ) , and B 0 − = S ( t ) B_0^-=S(t) B 0 − = S ( t ) . Note that due to our parameter choices in (97) and (99) , we indeed have that M T ( Ψ ∙ ( B ( t ) ) , 2 ) T 1 − κ 2 K ≪ 1 M_T(\Psi_\bullet(B(t)),2)T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}K\ll1 M T ( Ψ ∙ ( B ( t )) , 2 ) T 2 1 − κ K ≪ 1 , at least if T 0 T_0 T 0 is sufficiently small, so that the smallness assumption (260) in the proposition is satisfied. Therefore, by Proposition 5.7 and Lemma 5.11 with α = κ \alpha=\kappa α = κ , p = ∞ p=\infty p = ∞ , for any t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] t_0\in(0,T] t 0 ∈ ( 0 , T ] we have
sup 0 < s ≤ t 0 s κ 2 ∥ e s Δ B + S ( t ) F u 0 ∥ L x ∞ ≲ sup 0 < s ≤ t 0 s κ 2 ∥ e s Δ B ( t ) F u 0 ∥ L x ∞ ≤ ∥ u 0 ∥ C B ( t ) , F , t 0 − κ . (319) \sup_{0<s\leq t_0}s^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\left\|e^{s\Delta^F_{B+S(t)} }u_0\right\|_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim\sup_{0<s\leq t_0}s^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\left\|e^{s\Delta^F_{B(t)}}u_0\right\|_{L^\infty_x}\leq\|u_0\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{B(t),F,t_0}}. \tag*{(319)} 0 < s ≤ t 0 sup s 2 κ e s Δ B + S ( t ) F u 0 L x ∞ ≲ 0 < s ≤ t 0 sup s 2 κ e s Δ B ( t ) F u 0 L x ∞ ≤ ∥ u 0 ∥ C B ( t ) , F , t 0 − κ . (319)
Here, we are actually applying Lemma 5.11 to g 0 ∙ u 0 g_0\bullet u_0 g 0 ∙ u 0 , with background connection Ψ ∙ ( g 0 ∙ ( B + S ) ( t ) ) \Psi_\bullet(g_0\bullet(B+S)(t)) Ψ ∙ ( g 0 ∙ ( B + S ) ( t )) , where g 0 g_0 g 0 is the gauge transformation obtained when applying Proposition 5.7. Then, we use the fact that
∥ e s Δ g 0 ∙ ( B + S ) ( t ) F ( g 0 ∙ u 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ = ∥ e s Δ ( B + S ) ( t ) F u 0 ∥ L x ∞ \left\|e^{s\Delta^F_{g_0\bullet(B+S)(t)}}(g_0\bullet u_0)\right\|_{L^\infty_x}=\left\|e^{s\Delta^F_{(B+S)(t)}}u_0\right\|_{L^\infty_x} e s Δ g 0 ∙ ( B + S ) ( t ) F ( g 0 ∙ u 0 ) L x ∞ = e s Δ ( B + S ) ( t ) F u 0 L x ∞
to get (319) . The desired bounds then follow from (319) and (196) . We remark that when proving (318) , a direct application would give a factor ( T ′ ) − δ (T')^{-\delta} ( T ′ ) − δ on the right-hand side, which gives the desired bound if T ′ > T T'>T T ′ > T . When T ′ ≤ T T'\leq T T ′ ≤ T , (318) is the same as (316) .
Monotone quantity in global iteration
Recall the energy (64) that is used to measure the size of the smooth part of the solution. In Section 11, we will perform a careful analysis on the iteration of E E E to obtain a uniform-in-time bound. As a first step, in this section we prove the following proposition which identifies the terms that dominate E E E when adding a singular perturbation to the initial data, based on the estimates obtained in Sections 5.1 and 5.2.
Proposition 5.27. Let T 0 T_0 T 0 be as in (98) , chosen sufficiently small. Recall the constants specified as in (99) . There exists some constant C C C such that the following holds. Recall Notation 5.6 and Definition 5.4. Let B 0 ± = B 0 + + B 0 − B_0^\pm=B_0^++B_0^- B 0 ± = B 0 + + B 0 − and T ∈ ( 0 , T 0 ] T\in(0,T_0] T ∈ ( 0 , T 0 ] be such that
M T ( B + , 100 ) ≤ T − a , ∥ B 0 − ∥ C B 0 + , F , T , 2 − κ ≤ T − 2 a . (320) M_T(B^+,100)\leq T^{-a},\qquad\|B_0^-\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{B_0^+,F,T,2}}\leq T^{-2a}. \tag*{(320)} M T ( B + , 100 ) ≤ T − a , ∥ B 0 − ∥ C B 0 + , F , T , 2 − κ ≤ T − 2 a . (320)
In the following, we will use e t Δ F e^{t\Delta^F} e t Δ F , e t Δ + e^{t\Delta^+} e t Δ + as shorthand for e t Δ B 0 + F e^{t\Delta^F_{B_0^+}} e t Δ B 0 + F , e t Δ B 0 + + e^{t\Delta^+_{B_0^+}} e t Δ B 0 + + . Let B , B + , g B,B^+,g B , B + , g be given by Proposition 5.7 (applied with K K K therein taken to be T − 2 a T^{-2a} T − 2 a ). Additionally, let φ 0 = φ 0 + + φ 0 − \varphi_0=\varphi_0^++\varphi_0^- φ 0 = φ 0 + + φ 0 − be such that
T 1 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ≤ T γ 0 − 2 100 , ∥ t κ 2 e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ∙ φ 0 ) ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ T − a , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≤ T − 2 a . (321) T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r_x}\leq T^{\frac{\gamma_0-2}{100}},\qquad\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}e^{t\Delta^+}(g_0^{-1}\bullet\varphi_0)\|_{L^\infty_tL^4_x([0,T])}\leq T^{-a},\qquad\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}\leq T^{-2a}. \tag*{(321)} T 2 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r ≤ T 100 γ 0 − 2 , ∥ t 2 κ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ∙ φ 0 ) ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ T − a , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≤ T − 2 a . (321)
Let S , φ S,\varphi S , φ be the solution of (281) –(282) . Then, for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] we have
E ( ( B + S ) ( t ) , φ ( t ) ) ≤ E ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) − 1 2 Dec t ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) + C t − 1 + κ + ∥ curl B + ( t ) e t Δ + F B 0 − ∥ L 2 2 + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , curl B + ( t ) e t Δ + F B 0 − ⟩ g d x + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , [ ( e t Δ + F B 0 − ) 1 , ( e t Δ + F B 0 − ) 2 ] ⟩ g d x + C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 + ) ∣ 2 + ⟨ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 + ) , e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 − ) ⟩ g d x . (322) \begin{aligned}
\mathcal{E}((B+S)(t),\varphi(t)) &\leq\mathcal{E}(B_0^+,\varphi_0^+) - \frac{1}{2}\operatorname{Dec}_t(B_0^+,\varphi_0^+) + Ct^{-1+\kappa} \\
&\quad+ \left\|\operatorname{curl}_{B_+(t)}e^{t\Delta_+^F}B_0^-\right\|_{L^2}^2 \\
&\quad+ 2\int_{T^2}\left\langle F_{B_+}^{12}(t),\operatorname{curl}_{B_+(t)}e^{t\Delta_+^F}B_0^-\right\rangle_g\,dx \\
&\quad+ 2\int_{T^2}\left\langle F_{B_+}^{12}(t),\left[(e^{t\Delta_+^F}B_0^-)^1,(e^{t\Delta_+^F}B_0^-)^2\right]\right\rangle_g\,dx \\
&\quad+ C\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\int_{T^2}\left|e^{t\Delta_+}(g_0^{-1}\cdot\varphi_0^+)\right|^2 \\
&\qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad\qquad+\left\langle e^{t\Delta_+}(g_0^{-1}\cdot\varphi_0^+),e^{t\Delta_+}(g_0^{-1}\cdot\varphi_0^-)\right\rangle_g\,dx . \tag*{(322)}
\end{aligned} E (( B + S ) ( t ) , φ ( t )) ≤ E ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) − 2 1 Dec t ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) + C t − 1 + κ + curl B + ( t ) e t Δ + F B 0 − L 2 2 + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , curl B + ( t ) e t Δ + F B 0 − ⟩ g d x + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , [ ( e t Δ + F B 0 − ) 1 , ( e t Δ + F B 0 − ) 2 ] ⟩ g d x + C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 + ) 2 + ⟨ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 + ) , e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 − ) ⟩ g d x . (322)
where we used the notation
Dec t ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) = 2 ∥ D B + ∗ F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 + C ( 5.43 ) , γ 2 , r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r 1 ≥ 1 γ 2 + 2 t + 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L 4 ≥ 1 ( ( γ 1 ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ D B + + S φ + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ) ∨ ( C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t ) ) . (323) \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{Dec}_t(B_0^+,\varphi_0^+)=2\|D_{B_+}^*F_{B_+}\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,t])}^2+C_{(5.43),\gamma_2,r_1}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^{r_1}\geq1}^{\gamma_2+2}t \\
&+ \mathbf{1}_{\|\varphi_0\|_{L^4}\geq1}\left(\left(\gamma_1\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L_x^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\|D_{B_++S}\varphi^+\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,t])}^2\right)\vee\left(C_{(5.43),\gamma_1,4}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1+2}t\right)\right). \tag*{(323)}
\end{aligned} Dec t ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) = 2∥ D B + ∗ F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 + C ( 5.43 ) , γ 2 , r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r 1 ≥ 1 γ 2 + 2 t + 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L 4 ≥ 1 ( ( γ 1 ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L x 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ D B + + S φ + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ) ∨ ( C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t ) ) . (323)
This also gives the following crude bound, which sometimes will be convenient. For t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we have
E ( ( B + S ) ( t ) , φ ( t ) ) ≤ E ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) + C t − 7 4 . (324) \mathcal{E}((B+S)(t),\varphi(t))\leq\mathcal{E}(B_0^+,\varphi_0^+)+Ct^{-\frac{7}{4}}. \tag*{(324)} E (( B + S ) ( t ) , φ ( t )) ≤ E ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) + C t − 4 7 . (324)
Remark 5.28. By Propositions 4.4 and 5.17 we have
Dec t ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) ≤ E ( B + ( 0 ) , φ + ( 0 ) ) − E ( B + ( t ) , φ + ( t ) ) . (325) \operatorname{Dec}_t(B_0^+,\varphi_0^+)\leq\mathcal{E}(B^+(0),\varphi^+(0))-\mathcal{E}(B^+(t),\varphi^+(t)). \tag*{(325)} Dec t ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) ≤ E ( B + ( 0 ) , φ + ( 0 )) − E ( B + ( t ) , φ + ( t )) . (325)
This is the reason for using the notation Dec, which stands for “decrease”. Additionally, recalling the discussion on remnants of exact solvability near the end of § 1.2 , we have that in two dimensions, the covariant divergence D B + ∗ F B + D_{B_+}^*F_{B_+} D B + ∗ F B + controls D B + F B + D_{B_+}F_{B_+} D B + F B + . This allows us to use the first term in (323) to absorb terms involving D B + F B + D_{B_+}F_{B_+} D B + F B + , which we will do without further comment in the following.
Proof. We begin by making several preliminary observations. Note that when (320) holds, by (263) we have that ∥ F B ∥ T , 0 p e r t ≤ ∥ F B + ∥ T , 0 p e r t + O ( 1 ) \|F_B\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\leq\|F_{B_+}\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}+O(1) ∥ F B ∥ T , 0 pert ≤ ∥ F B + ∥ T , 0 pert + O ( 1 ) , and thus (in the second inequality we also use Corollary 4.20)
Gr T ( C 0 F B ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F B + ) ≤ T − a , ∥ F B ∥ T , 2 p e r t ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) 6 ≤ T − a 10 . (326) \operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F_B)\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F_{B_+})\leq T^{-a},\qquad\|F_B\|_{T,2}^{\mathrm{pert}}\lesssim(1+\|F_{B_+}\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})^6\leq T^{-\frac{a}{10}}. \tag*{(326)} Gr T ( C 0 F B ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F B + ) ≤ T − a , ∥ F B ∥ T , 2 pert ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F B + ∥ T , 0 pert ) 6 ≤ T − 10 a . (326)
By Remark 4.14, this implies that under (320) , for any t > 0 t>0 t > 0 we have
∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L ∞ + ∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ≲ t − 1 − a 10 . (327) \|F_{B_+}(t)\|_{L^\infty}+\|F_B(t)\|_{L^\infty}\lesssim t^{-1-\frac{a}{10}}. \tag*{(327)} ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L ∞ + ∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ≲ t − 1 − 10 a . (327)
Also, combining (326) with (321) , for any t ≤ T t\leq T t ≤ T we have
M t ( B , 100 ) ( t 1 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + t 1 2 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) ) ≲ t γ 1 − 4 . (328) M_t(B,100)\left(t^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+t^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_B(0,T)}\right)\lesssim t^{\gamma_1-4}. \tag*{(328)} M t ( B , 100 ) ( t 2 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + t 2 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) ) ≲ t γ 1 − 4 . (328)
Here we used that γ 1 − 4 ≪ γ 0 − 2 \gamma_1-4\ll\gamma_0-2 γ 1 − 4 ≪ γ 0 − 2 . In particular, the assumption (285) is satisfied when T T T is small enough, so that S , φ S,\varphi S , φ are well-defined up to time T T T .
In the following, recall φ l i n \varphi_{\mathrm{lin}} φ lin (defined by (283) ) and φ r e m \varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ rem (defined implicitly via the decomposition φ = φ + + φ l i n + φ r e m \varphi=\varphi^++\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ = φ + + φ lin + φ rem , where φ + \varphi^+ φ + is as in (289) ). By (321) and Lemma 5.18 we get that for any t ≤ T t\leq T t ≤ T ,
∥ φ l i n ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≤ t − 2 a − κ 2 , ∥ φ r e m ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ + ∥ t 1 2 D B φ r e m ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t γ 1 − 4 . \|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}(t)\|_{L_x^\infty}\leq t^{-2a-\frac{\kappa}{2}},\qquad\|\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}(t)\|_{L_x^\infty}+\|t^{\frac{1}{2}}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}(t)\|_{L_x^\infty}\lesssim t^{\gamma_1-4}. ∥ φ lin ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≤ t − 2 a − 2 κ , ∥ φ rem ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ + ∥ t 2 1 D B φ rem ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t γ 1 − 4 .
We divide the proof of (322) into Lemmas 5.29–5.35 below. Based on the discussion above, one can verify all assumptions in Lemmas 5.29–5.35.
For (324) , plugging (320) and (321) into the right-hand side of (322) and applying (327) , it follows that for any t ≤ T t \le T t ≤ T ,
E ( ( B + S ) ( t ) , φ ( t ) ) ≤ E ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) + C t − 1 + κ + C ( t − 1 − α T − 4 α + t − 1 − α ⋅ t − 1 + κ 2 T − 2 α + t − 1 − α ⋅ t − κ T − 4 α + T − ( 1 2 − γ 0 − 2 100 ) ( γ 1 − 1 ) t − κ 2 T − 2 α ) ≤ E ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) + C t − 7 4 . \begin{aligned}
\mathrm{E}((B+S)(t),\varphi(t)) &\le\mathrm{E}(B_0^+,\varphi_0^+) + Ct^{-1+\kappa} + C\left(t^{-1-\alpha}T^{-4\alpha} + t^{-1-\alpha}\cdot t^{-\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}T^{-2\alpha}\right.\\
&\qquad\left.{}+t^{-1-\alpha}\cdot t^{-\kappa}T^{-4\alpha}+T^{-\left(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{\gamma_0-2}{100}\right)(\gamma_1-1)}t^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}T^{-2\alpha}\right)\\
&\le\mathrm{E}(B_0^+,\varphi_0^+) + Ct^{-\frac{7}{4}}.
\end{aligned} E (( B + S ) ( t ) , φ ( t )) ≤ E ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) + C t − 1 + κ + C ( t − 1 − α T − 4 α + t − 1 − α ⋅ t − 2 1 + κ T − 2 α + t − 1 − α ⋅ t − κ T − 4 α + T − ( 2 1 − 100 γ 0 − 2 ) ( γ 1 − 1 ) t − 2 κ T − 2 α ) ≤ E ( B 0 + , φ 0 + ) + C t − 4 7 .
This concludes the proof.
We record several preliminary estimates which hold in the setting of Proposition 5.27, and which will be used several times in the following. Let T T T be as in the proposition. For any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t \in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] , by Proposition 5.15 (applied on [ 0 , t ) [0,t) [ 0 , t ) ), the estimates (326) , and (321) , we have that
max 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 t m 2 ∥ D B ( m ) S ( t ) ∥ L x 2 ≲ t − ( 1.1 ) α ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) ) . (329) \max_{0\le m\le1} t^{\frac{m}{2}}\left\|D_B^{(m)}S(t)\right\|_{L_x^2}\lesssim t^{-(1.1)\alpha}\left(\left\|B(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)\right\|_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,t])}+\left\|t^{1/2}B(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)\right\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t])}\right). \tag*{(329)} 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 max t 2 m D B ( m ) S ( t ) L x 2 ≲ t − ( 1.1 ) α ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) + t 1/2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) ) . (329)
max 0 ≤ m ≤ 2 t m 2 ∥ D B ( m ) S ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t − 2 α ( t − 1 2 + γ 0 − 2 50 − κ 2 + t 1 2 − κ − 4 α ) . (330) \max_{0\le m\le2} t^{\frac{m}{2}}\left\|D_B^{(m)}S(t)\right\|_{L_x^\infty}\lesssim t^{-2\alpha}\left(t^{-\frac{1}{2}+\frac{\gamma_0-2}{50}-\frac{\kappa}{2}}+t^{\frac{1}{2}-\kappa-4\alpha}\right). \tag*{(330)} 0 ≤ m ≤ 2 max t 2 m D B ( m ) S ( t ) L x ∞ ≲ t − 2 α ( t − 2 1 + 50 γ 0 − 2 − 2 κ + t 2 1 − κ − 4 α ) . (330)
Additionally, recall that in the setting of Proposition 5.27, we apply Proposition 5.7 with the choice K = T − 2 α K=T^{-2\alpha} K = T − 2 α . Thus by (261) , (262) , we have that
max 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 t m 2 ∥ D B + ( m ) B − ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t − 2 α − κ 2 . (331) \max_{0\le m\le1}t^{\frac{m}{2}}\left\|D_{B^+}^{(m)}B^-(t)\right\|_{L_x^\infty}\lesssim t^{-2\alpha-\frac{\kappa}{2}}. \tag*{(331)} 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 max t 2 m D B + ( m ) B − ( t ) L x ∞ ≲ t − 2 α − 2 κ . (331)
We proceed to prove the various intermediate estimates on which the proof of Proposition 5.27 relies.
Lemma 5.29. There exists some constant C C C such that the following holds. In the same setting as Proposition 5.27, for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t \in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] we have
∥ F B + S ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 − ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 ≤ 1 10 ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 + C t − 1 + κ + C t − 1 − 10 α ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 + ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ) + ∥ curl B + ( t ) e t Δ F + B 0 − ∥ L 2 2 + 2 ∫ T 2 t ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , curl B + ( t ) e t Δ F + B 0 − ⟩ g d x + 2 ∫ T 2 t ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , [ ( e t Δ F + B 0 − ) − 1 , ( e t Δ F + B 0 − ) 2 ] ⟩ g d x . (332) \begin{aligned}
\left\|F_{B+S}(t)\right\|_{L^2}^2-\left\|F_{B+}(t)\right\|_{L^2}^2
&\le\frac{1}{10}\left\|D_{B+}F_{B+}\right\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t])}^2+Ct^{-1+\kappa}\\
&\quad+Ct^{-1-10\alpha}\left(\left\|B(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)\right\|_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,t])}^2+\left\|t^{1/2}B(\varphi\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi)\right\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t])}^2\right)\\
&\quad+\left\|\operatorname{curl}_{B+}(t)e^{t\Delta_F^+}B_0^-\right\|_{L^2}^2\\
&\quad+2\int_{T^2}^{t}\left\langle F_{B+}^{12}(t),\operatorname{curl}_{B+}(t)e^{t\Delta_F^+}B_0^-\right\rangle_g\,dx\\
&\quad+2\int_{T^2}^{t}\left\langle F_{B+}^{12}(t),\left[(e^{t\Delta_F^+}B_0^-)^{-1},(e^{t\Delta_F^+}B_0^-)^2\right]\right\rangle_g\,dx. \tag*{(332)}
\end{aligned} ∥ F B + S ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 − ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 ≤ 10 1 ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 + C t − 1 + κ + C t − 1 − 10 α ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 + t 1/2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ) + curl B + ( t ) e t Δ F + B 0 − L 2 2 + 2 ∫ T 2 t ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , curl B + ( t ) e t Δ F + B 0 − ⟩ g d x + 2 ∫ T 2 t ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , [ ( e t Δ F + B 0 − ) − 1 , ( e t Δ F + B 0 − ) 2 ] ⟩ g d x . (332)
Remark 5.30. The right-hand side is already in the desired form, except for the term on the second line. This term will be absorbed by the dissipation coming from the decrease of the L 4 L^4 L 4 norm of φ \varphi φ (see Lemma 5.34). This is precisely the reason for including the L 4 L^4 L 4 norm of φ \varphi φ in the energy.
Proof. We first expand
∥ F B + S ∥ L 2 2 = ∥ F B ∥ L 2 2 + 2 ⟨ F B 1 , curl B S ⟩ + 2 ⟨ F B 1 , [ S 1 , S 2 ] ⟩ + ∥ curl B S + [ S 1 , S 2 ] ∥ L 2 2 . (333) \left\|F_{B+S}\right\|_{L^2}^2=\left\|F_B\right\|_{L^2}^2+2\left\langle F_B^1,\operatorname{curl}_B S\right\rangle+2\left\langle F_B^1,[S^1,S^2]\right\rangle+\left\|\operatorname{curl}_B S+[S^1,S^2]\right\|_{L^2}^2. \tag*{(333)} ∥ F B + S ∥ L 2 2 = ∥ F B ∥ L 2 2 + 2 ⟨ F B 1 , curl B S ⟩ + 2 ⟨ F B 1 , [ S 1 , S 2 ] ⟩ + curl B S + [ S 1 , S 2 ] L 2 2 . (333)
For the first term in (333) , by (265) , we have (here we also apply (327) to estimate the final term in (265) )
∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 = ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 + ∥ curl B + ( t ) e t Δ F B 0 − ∥ L 2 2 + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , curl B + ( t ) e t Δ F B 0 − + ( e t Δ F B 0 − ) 1 , ( e t Δ F B 0 − ) 2 ⟩ g d x + O ( t − 10 a − κ ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) + t − 1 + κ ) . \begin{aligned}
\|F_B(t)\|_{L^2}^2
&= \|F_{B+}(t)\|_{L^2}^2
+ \left\|\operatorname{curl}_{B+}(t)e^{t\Delta_F}B_0^-\right\|_{L^2}^2 \\
&\quad+ 2\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\left\langle F_{B+}^{12}(t),\operatorname{curl}_{B+}(t)e^{t\Delta_F}B_0^-+\left(e^{t\Delta_F}B_0^-\right)^1,\left(e^{t\Delta_F}B_0^-\right)^2\right\rangle_g\,dx \\
&\quad+ O\left(t^{-10a-\kappa}\|D_{B+}F_{B+}\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,t])}+t^{-1+\kappa}\right).
\end{aligned} ∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 = ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 + curl B + ( t ) e t Δ F B 0 − L 2 2 + 2 ∫ T 2 ⟨ F B + 12 ( t ) , curl B + ( t ) e t Δ F B 0 − + ( e t Δ F B 0 − ) 1 , ( e t Δ F B 0 − ) 2 ⟩ g d x + O ( t − 10 a − κ ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) + t − 1 + κ ) .
Applying Young’s inequality to the term t − 10 a − κ ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) t^{-10a-\kappa}\|D_{B+}F_{B+}\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,t])} t − 10 a − κ ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) gives the desired bound.
For the second term in (333) , first recall that in Proposition 5.7, g g g and B − B^- B − are defined such that g − 1 ⋅ B = B + + B − g^{-1}\cdot B=B^++B^- g − 1 ⋅ B = B + + B − . Then we have
⟨ F B 12 , curl B S ⟩ = ⟨ Ad g − 1 F B 12 , Ad g − 1 curl B S ⟩ = ⟨ F B + 12 , curl B + + B − Ad g − 1 S ⟩ (334) \begin{aligned}
\left\langle F_B^{12},\operatorname{curl}_B S\right\rangle
=\left\langle\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}F_B^{12},\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}\operatorname{curl}_B S\right\rangle\\
&=\left\langle F_{B+}^{12},\operatorname{curl}_{B++B^-}\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}S\right\rangle \tag*{(334)}
\end{aligned} ⟨ F B 12 , curl B S ⟩ = ⟨ Ad g − 1 F B 12 , Ad g − 1 curl B S ⟩ = ⟨ F B + 12 , curl B ++ B − Ad g − 1 S ⟩ (334)
+ ⟨ curl B + B − + [ B 1 − , B 2 − ] , Ad g − 1 curl B S ⟩ . (335) +\left\langle\operatorname{curl}_{B+}B^-+[B_1^-,B_2^-],\operatorname{Ad}_{g^{-1}}\operatorname{curl}_B S\right\rangle. \tag*{(335)} + ⟨ curl B + B − + [ B 1 − , B 2 − ] , Ad g − 1 curl B S ⟩ . (335)
For notational brevity, let
J = ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) . J=\|\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+}S\varphi)\|_{L_t^1L_x^2([0,t])}
+\|t^{1/2}\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D_{B+}S\varphi)\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t])}. J = ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) + ∥ t 1/2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) .
Now by integration by parts, Lemma 4.13, (326) , (329) , and (331) , the term (334) is bounded (up to constants) by
∥ D B + F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L 2 + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 ∥ B − ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L 2 ≲ t − 1 2 − a ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) ⋅ t − ( 1.1 ) a J + t − 1 − a 10 ⋅ t − 2 a t − κ 2 ⋅ t − ( 1.1 ) a J , \|D_{B+}F_{B+}(t)\|_{L^2}\|S(t)\|_{L^2}
+\|F_{B+}(t)\|_{L^2}\|B^-(t)\|_{L^\infty}\|S(t)\|_{L^2}
\lesssim t^{-\frac12-a}\|D_{B+}F_{B+}\|_{L^2_{t,x}([0,t])}\cdot t^{-(1.1)a}J+t^{-1-\frac{a}{10}}\cdot t^{-2a}t^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\cdot t^{-(1.1)a}J, ∥ D B + F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L 2 + ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 ∥ B − ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L 2 ≲ t − 2 1 − a ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) ⋅ t − ( 1.1 ) a J + t − 1 − 10 a ⋅ t − 2 a t − 2 κ ⋅ t − ( 1.1 ) a J ,
which gives the desired bound by Young’s inequality. For (335) , we apply (329) and (331) to estimate this term by
( t − 2 a t − 1 2 − κ 2 + t − 4 a t − κ ) t − ( 1.1 ) a − 1 2 J , \left(t^{-2a}t^{-\frac12-\frac{\kappa}{2}}+t^{-4a}t^{-\kappa}\right)t^{-(1.1)a-\frac12}J, ( t − 2 a t − 2 1 − 2 κ + t − 4 a t − κ ) t − ( 1.1 ) a − 2 1 J ,
which gives the desired bound by Young’s inequality.
For the third term in (333) , we use Hölder’s inequality, (329) , (330) , and (327) to estimate
⟨ F B 12 ( t ) , [ S 1 ( t ) , S 2 ( t ) ] ⟩ ≤ 2 ∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≤ 2 t − 1 − a 10 ⋅ t − ( 2.2 ) a J 2 , \left\langle F_B^{12}(t),[S^1(t),S^2(t)]\right\rangle
\leq2\|F_B(t)\|_{L_x^\infty}\|S(t)\|_{L_x^2}^2
\leq2t^{-1-\frac{a}{10}}\cdot t^{-(2.2)a}J^2, ⟨ F B 12 ( t ) , [ S 1 ( t ) , S 2 ( t )] ⟩ ≤ 2∥ F B ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L x 2 2 ≤ 2 t − 1 − 10 a ⋅ t − ( 2.2 ) a J 2 ,
which gives the desired bound.
For the last term in (333) , we apply (329) and (330) to estimate
2 ∥ D B S ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 + 2 ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 2\|D_BS(t)\|_{L^2}^2+2\|S(t)\|_{L^\infty}\|S(t)\|_{L^2}^2 2∥ D B S ( t ) ∥ L 2 2 + 2∥ S ( t ) ∥ L ∞ ∥ S ( t ) ∥ L 2 2
≲ ( t − ( 1.1 ) a − 1 2 J + ( t − 2 a t − 1 2 + γ 0 50 − 2 r + t − 2 a t 1 2 − κ t − 4 a ) t − ( 1.1 ) a J ) 2 ≲ t − 1 − 8 a J 2 . \lesssim\left(t^{-(1.1)a-\frac12}J+\left(t^{-2a}t^{-\frac12+\frac{\gamma_0}{50}-\frac{2}{r}}+t^{-2a}t^{\frac12-\kappa}t^{-4a}\right)t^{-(1.1)a}J\right)^2\lesssim t^{-1-8a}J^2. ≲ ( t − ( 1.1 ) a − 2 1 J + ( t − 2 a t − 2 1 + 50 γ 0 − r 2 + t − 2 a t 2 1 − κ t − 4 a ) t − ( 1.1 ) a J ) 2 ≲ t − 1 − 8 a J 2 .
The desired estimate follows.
Lemma 5.31. There exists some constant C C C such that the following holds. Let T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] T\in(0,1] T ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] , let B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) B\in C_t^0\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)\cap C_{t,x}^{\infty}((0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ] × T 2 ) be a smooth solution to the Yang–Mills gradient flow at positive times, and suppose that T T T satisfies the smallness assumption (285) of Proposition 5.15 . Let
S S S , φ \varphi φ be the solution to (281) –(282) (which is provided by Proposition 5.15 ). Let φ + \varphi^{+} φ + solve (289) . If φ \varphi φ has decomposition φ = φ + + φ − = φ + + φ l i n − + φ r e m \varphi=\varphi^{+}+\varphi^{-}=\varphi^{+}+\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ = φ + + φ − = φ + + φ lin − + φ rem with bounds
∥ t 2 + 2 a φ l i n − ( t ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ 1 , ∥ t − ( γ 1 − 4 ) φ r e m ( t ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ 1 , (336) \left\|t^{2+2a}\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}(t)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\leq1,\qquad\left\|t^{-(\gamma_1-4)}\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}(t)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim1, \tag*{(336)} t 2 + 2 a φ lin − ( t ) L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ 1 , t − ( γ 1 − 4 ) φ rem ( t ) L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ 1 , (336)
then for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] we have
∥ φ ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 3 4 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) + C t − 1 + κ (337) \|\varphi(t)\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}\leq\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}-\frac{3}{4}\left(\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}-\|\varphi^{+}(t)\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}\right)+Ct^{-1+\kappa} \tag*{(337)} ∥ φ ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 3 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) + C t − 1 + κ (337)
+ C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∣ ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ( t ) ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + ( t ) , φ l i n − ( t ) ⟩ V d x ∣ . (338) +C\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\left|\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}|\varphi^{+}(t)|^2\langle\varphi^{+}(t),\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}(t)\rangle_V\,\mathrm{d}x\right|. \tag*{(338)} + C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ( t ) ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + ( t ) , φ lin − ( t ) ⟩ V d x . (338)
Remark 5.32. The term (338) will be bounded in Lemma 5.35.
Proof. First we expand the L 4 L^4 L 4 norm at time t t t to get (here we apply (336) )
∥ φ + + φ − ∥ L 4 4 ≤ ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 4 + 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + , φ − ⟩ V d x + C ( 1 + ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 2 ) ⋅ t − 8 a t − 2 κ . \|\varphi^{+}+\varphi^{-}\|_{L^4}^{4}\leq\|\varphi^{+}\|_{L^4}^{4}+4\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}|\varphi^{+}|^2\langle\varphi^{+},\varphi^{-}\rangle_V\,\mathrm{d}x+C(1+\|\varphi^{+}\|_{L^4}^{2})\cdot t^{-8a}t^{-2\kappa}. ∥ φ + + φ − ∥ L 4 4 ≤ ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 4 + 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + , φ − ⟩ V d x + C ( 1 + ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 2 ) ⋅ t − 8 a t − 2 κ .
If ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≤ C ⋆ t − 1 5 \|\varphi^{+}(t)\|_{L^4}\leq C_{\star}t^{-\frac{1}{5}} ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≤ C ⋆ t − 5 1 with any large constant C ⋆ C_{\star} C ⋆ (to be chosen later) then the bound (337) directly follows from this expansion and the fact that γ 1 < 5 \gamma_1<5 γ 1 < 5 . From now on we assume that the opposite holds. By choosing C ⋆ C_{\star} C ⋆ large enough, we would get
∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≥ C ⋆ t − 1 5 ≥ ∥ φ − ( t ) ∥ L 4 . \|\varphi^{+}(t)\|_{L^4}\geq C_{\star}t^{-\frac{1}{5}}\geq\|\varphi^{-}(t)\|_{L^4}. ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≥ C ⋆ t − 5 1 ≥ ∥ φ − ( t ) ∥ L 4 .
Since from this we get ∥ φ + ( 0 ) ∥ L 4 ≥ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≥ 1 \|\varphi^{+}(0)\|_{L^4}\geq\|\varphi^{+}(t)\|_{L^4}\geq1 ∥ φ + ( 0 ) ∥ L 4 ≥ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≥ 1 , by Proposition 5.17 we get
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ≥ C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t . (339) \|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}-\|\varphi^{+}(t)\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}\geq C_{(5.43),\gamma_1,4}\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1+2}t. \tag*{(339)} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ≥ C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t . (339)
For γ 1 ≥ 4 \gamma_1\geq4 γ 1 ≥ 4 , using that ∣ ( 1 + x ) γ 1 / 4 − 1 ∣ ≤ C γ 1 ∣ x ∣ |(1+x)^{\gamma_1/4}-1|\leq C_{\gamma_1}|x| ∣ ( 1 + x ) γ 1 /4 − 1∣ ≤ C γ 1 ∣ x ∣ for ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 |x|\leq1 ∣ x ∣ ≤ 1 , we get at time t t t ,
∥ φ + + φ − ∥ L 4 γ 1 = ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 γ 1 ( 1 + ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 − 4 ( 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + , φ − ⟩ V d x + O ( ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 2 ⋅ t − 8 a t − 2 κ ) ) ) γ 1 4 ≤ ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∣ ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + , φ l i n − ⟩ V d x ∣ + C ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∣ ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + , φ r e m ⟩ V d x ∣ (340) \begin{aligned}
\|\varphi^{+}+\varphi^{-}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}
=\|\varphi^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}\left(1+\|\varphi^{+}\|_{L^4}^{-4}\left(4\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}|\varphi^{+}|^2\langle\varphi^{+},\varphi^{-}\rangle_V\,\mathrm{d}x+O(\|\varphi^{+}\|_{L^4}^{2}\cdot t^{-8a}t^{-2\kappa})\right)\right)^{\frac{\gamma_1}{4}} \\
&\leq\|\varphi^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}+C\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\left|\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}|\varphi^{+}|^2\langle\varphi^{+},\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}\rangle_V\,\mathrm{d}x\right| \\
&+C\|\varphi^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\left|\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}|\varphi^{+}|^2\langle\varphi^{+},\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}\rangle_V\,\mathrm{d}x\right| \tag*{(340)}
\end{aligned} ∥ φ + + φ − ∥ L 4 γ 1 = ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 γ 1 ( 1 + ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 − 4 ( 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + , φ − ⟩ V d x + O ( ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 2 ⋅ t − 8 a t − 2 κ ) ) ) 4 γ 1 ≤ ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + , φ lin − ⟩ V d x + C ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + , φ rem ⟩ V d x (340)
+ C ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 2 t − 8 a ⋅ t − 2 κ , (341) +C\|\varphi^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1-2}t^{-8a}\cdot t^{-2\kappa}, \tag*{(341)} + C ∥ φ + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 2 t − 8 a ⋅ t − 2 κ , (341)
where we chose C ⋆ C_{\star} C ⋆ large enough so that the remainder term in the Taylor expansion is indeed smaller than 1 1 1 . Now it suffices to bound (340) + (341) by 1 4 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) + C t − 1 + κ \frac{1}{4}(\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}-\|\varphi^{+}(t)\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1})+Ct^{-1+\kappa} 4 1 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) + C t − 1 + κ . For (340) , by (336) , (339) and Young’s inequality, we have
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∣ ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ( t ) ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + ( t ) , φ r e m ( t ) ⟩ V d x ∣ ≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t γ 1 − 4 = ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t ) γ 1 − 1 γ 1 + 2 t γ 1 − 4 − γ 1 − 1 γ 1 + 2 ≤ 1 8 C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t + C t ( γ 1 − 4 − γ 1 − 1 γ 1 + 2 ) γ 1 + 2 3 . (342) \begin{aligned}
\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1-4}\left|\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}|\varphi^{+}(t)|^2\langle\varphi^{+}(t),\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}(t)\rangle_V\,\mathrm{d}x\right|\lesssim\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1-1}t^{\gamma_1-4} \\
&=\left(\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1+2}t\right)^{\frac{\gamma_1-1}{\gamma_1+2}}t^{\gamma_1-4-\frac{\gamma_1-1}{\gamma_1+2}} \\
&\leq\frac{1}{8}C_{(5.43),\gamma_1,4}\|\varphi_0^{+}\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1+2}t+Ct^{(\gamma_1-4-\frac{\gamma_1-1}{\gamma_1+2})\frac{\gamma_1+2}{3}}. \tag*{(342)}
\end{aligned} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ( t ) ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + ( t ) , φ rem ( t ) ⟩ V d x ≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t γ 1 − 4 = ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t ) γ 1 + 2 γ 1 − 1 t γ 1 − 4 − γ 1 + 2 γ 1 − 1 ≤ 8 1 C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t + C t ( γ 1 − 4 − γ 1 + 2 γ 1 − 1 ) 3 γ 1 + 2 . (342)
The exponent of t t t is
− γ 1 − 1 3 + ( γ 1 − 4 ) γ 1 + 2 3 = − 1 − γ 1 − 4 3 + ( γ 1 − 4 ) γ 1 + 2 3 > − 1 + κ , -\frac{\gamma_1-1}{3}+(\gamma_1-4)\frac{\gamma_1+2}{3}=-1-\frac{\gamma_1-4}{3}+(\gamma_1-4)\frac{\gamma_1+2}{3}>-1+\kappa, − 3 γ 1 − 1 + ( γ 1 − 4 ) 3 γ 1 + 2 = − 1 − 3 γ 1 − 4 + ( γ 1 − 4 ) 3 γ 1 + 2 > − 1 + κ ,
so this term is acceptable. For (341) , we proceed similarly and get
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 2 t − 2 κ − 8 a ≤ 1 8 C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t + C t ( − 2 κ − 8 a − γ 1 − 2 γ 1 + 2 ) γ 1 + 2 4 , (343) \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1-2}t^{-2\kappa-8a}\le\frac{1}{8}C_{(5.43),\gamma_1,4}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1+2}t+Ct^{\left(-2\kappa-8a-\frac{\gamma_1-2}{\gamma_1+2}\right)\frac{\gamma_1+2}{4}}, \tag*{(343)} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 2 t − 2 κ − 8 a ≤ 8 1 C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t + C t ( − 2 κ − 8 a − γ 1 + 2 γ 1 − 2 ) 4 γ 1 + 2 , (343)
which is acceptable since γ 1 ∈ ( 4 , 5 ) \gamma_1\in(4,5) γ 1 ∈ ( 4 , 5 ) .
Lemma 5.33. In the same setting as Lemma 5.31, for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] we have
∥ φ ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − 3 4 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ) + C t − 1 + κ . (344) \|\varphi(t)\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}\le\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}-\frac{3}{4}\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}-\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}\right)+Ct^{-1+\kappa}. \tag*{(344)} ∥ φ ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − 4 3 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ) + C t − 1 + κ . (344)
Proof. If ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r ≤ 100 t − κ / 2 − 2 a \|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}\le100t^{-\kappa/2-2a} ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r ≤ 100 t − κ /2 − 2 a then the bound (344) immediately holds by the triangle inequality and (336) . Otherwise by (336) we have
∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r ≥ 100 t − κ / 2 − 2 a ≥ ∥ φ − ( t ) ∥ L r . \|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}\ge100t^{-\kappa/2-2a}\ge\|\varphi^-(t)\|_{L^r}. ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r ≥ 100 t − κ /2 − 2 a ≥ ∥ φ − ( t ) ∥ L r .
Also from this we get ∥ φ + ( 0 ) ∥ L r ≥ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r ≥ 1 \|\varphi^+(0)\|_{L^r}\ge\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}\ge1 ∥ φ + ( 0 ) ∥ L r ≥ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r ≥ 1 , and thus by Proposition 5.17 we have
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ≥ C ( 5.43 ) , γ 2 , r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 + 2 t . \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}-\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}\ge C_{(5.43),\gamma_2,r}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2+2}t. ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ≥ C ( 5.43 ) , γ 2 , r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 + 2 t .
Then, we use the triangle inequality to get
∥ φ ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ≤ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ( 1 + ∥ φ − ( t ) ∥ L r ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r ) γ 2 ≤ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 + C ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 − 1 ∥ φ − ( t ) ∥ L r ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ) + C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − 1 t − κ / 2 − 2 a . \begin{aligned}
\|\varphi(t)\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}
&\le\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}\left(1+\frac{\|\varphi^-(t)\|_{L^r}}{\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}}\right)^{\gamma_2}\\
&\le\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}+C\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2-1}\|\varphi^-(t)\|_{L^r}\\
&\le\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}-\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}-\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2}\right)+C\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2-1}t^{-\kappa/2-2a}.
\end{aligned} ∥ φ ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ≤ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ( 1 + ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r ∥ φ − ( t ) ∥ L r ) γ 2 ≤ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 + C ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 − 1 ∥ φ − ( t ) ∥ L r ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L r γ 2 ) + C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − 1 t − κ /2 − 2 a .
The last term is treated using Young’s inequality as follows:
C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − 1 t − κ / 2 − 2 a ≤ 1 4 C ( 5.43 ) , γ 2 , r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 + 2 t + C t ( − κ 2 − 2 a − γ 2 − 1 γ 2 + 2 ) γ 2 + 2 3 . C\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2-1}t^{-\kappa/2-2a}\le\frac{1}{4}C_{(5.43),\gamma_2,r}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^r}^{\gamma_2+2}t+Ct^{\left(-\frac{\kappa}{2}-2a-\frac{\gamma_2-1}{\gamma_2+2}\right)\frac{\gamma_2+2}{3}}. C ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 − 1 t − κ /2 − 2 a ≤ 4 1 C ( 5.43 ) , γ 2 , r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r γ 2 + 2 t + C t ( − 2 κ − 2 a − γ 2 + 2 γ 2 − 1 ) 3 γ 2 + 2 .
From the choice of our γ 2 \gamma_2 γ 2 just after (98) , the exponent in t t t is better than t − 1 + κ t^{-1+\kappa} t − 1 + κ .
Lemma 5.34. Let T 0 T_0 T 0 be as in Proposition 5.27. For any ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , there exists some constant C = C ε C=C_\varepsilon C = C ε such that the following holds. Let B B B be a YM gradient flow on ( 0 , T ] (0,T] ( 0 , T ] with T ∈ ( 0 , T 0 ] T\in(0,T_0] T ∈ ( 0 , T 0 ] such that M T ( B , 10 ) ≤ T − 5 a M_T(B,10)\le T^{-5a} M T ( B , 10 ) ≤ T − 5 a . Let φ 0 = φ 0 + + φ 0 − \varphi_0=\varphi_0^++\varphi_0^- φ 0 = φ 0 + + φ 0 − be such that the first and third estimates in (321) hold. Let S , φ S,\varphi S , φ be the solution of (281) –(282) and let φ + \varphi^+ φ + solve (289) . If φ \varphi φ has the decomposition φ = φ + + φ l i n + φ r e m \varphi=\varphi^++\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}+\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}} φ = φ + + φ lin + φ rem with bounds
∥ t κ 2 + 2 a φ l i n ( t ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≤ 1 , ∥ t − ( γ 1 − 4 ) φ r e m ( t ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + ∥ t − ( γ 1 − 4 ) 1 2 D B φ r e m ( t ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ 1 , \|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}+2a}\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}(t)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\le1,\qquad
\|t^{-(\gamma_1-4)}\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}(t)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}+\|t^{-(\gamma_1-4)}\tfrac{1}{2}D_B\varphi_{\mathrm{rem}}(t)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim1, ∥ t 2 κ + 2 a φ lin ( t ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≤ 1 , ∥ t − ( γ 1 − 4 ) φ rem ( t ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + ∥ t − ( γ 1 − 4 ) 2 1 D B φ rem ( t ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ 1 , then for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] we have
t − 1 − 10 a ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 + ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ) ≤ ε ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) + C t − 1 + κ . (345) t^{-1-10a}\left(\|\mathbb{B}(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi)\|_{L_t^2L_x^2([0,t])}^2+\|t^{1/2}\mathbb{B}(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi)\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t])}^2\right)
\le\varepsilon\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}-\|\varphi^+(t)\|_{L^4}^{\gamma_1}\right)+Ct^{-1+\kappa}. \tag*{(345)} t − 1 − 10 a ( ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 + ∥ t 1/2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ) ≤ ε ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) + C t − 1 + κ . (345)
Proof. By Lemma 5.19 and the last estimate of (321) , we have
∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ≤ 2 ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 + C t γ 1 − 4 , \|\mathbb{B}(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi)\|_{L_t^2L_x^2([0,t])}^2\le2\|\mathbb{B}(\varphi^+\otimes D_B+S\varphi^+)\|_{L_t^2L_x^2([0,t])}^2+Ct^{\gamma_1-4}, ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ≤ 2∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t 2 L x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 + C t γ 1 − 4 ,
∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ≤ 2 ∥ t 1 / 2 B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 + C t γ 1 − 4 . \|t^{1/2}\mathbb{B}(\varphi\otimes D_B+S\varphi)\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t])}^2\le2\|t^{1/2}\mathbb{B}(\varphi^+\otimes D_B+S\varphi^+)\|_{L_{t,x}^2([0,t])}^2+Ct^{\gamma_1-4}. ∥ t 1/2 B ( φ ⊗ D B + S φ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ≤ 2∥ t 1/2 B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 + C t γ 1 − 4 .
which means the left-hand side of (345) is bounded by (here we also apply Hölder’s inequality in time)
4 t − 10 α ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 + C t − 1 + κ . 4t^{-10\alpha}\lVert B(\varphi^{+}\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^{+})\rVert^{2}_{L^{2}_{t,x}([0,t])}+Ct^{-1+\kappa}. 4 t − 10 α ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 + C t − 1 + κ .
By (293) with γ = 4 \gamma=4 γ = 4 and γ = γ 1 \gamma=\gamma_{1} γ = γ 1 , we have
4 ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ≲ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∧ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 . (346) 4\lVert B(\varphi^{+}\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^{+})\rVert^{2}_{L^{2}_{t,x}([0,t])}\lesssim\frac{\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}-\lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}}{\lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-4}}\wedge\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{4}. \tag*{(346)} 4 ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ≲ ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ∧ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 . (346)
We discuss the following cases, with C ⋆ C_{\star} C ⋆ to be chosen later:
If ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 ≤ C ⋆ t − 4 5 \lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{4}\le C_{\star}t^{-\frac{4}{5}} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 ≤ C ⋆ t − 5 4 , then the bound (345) directly follows from the above discussion.
If ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 ≥ C ⋆ t − 4 5 \lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{4}\ge C_{\star}t^{-\frac{4}{5}} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 ≥ C ⋆ t − 5 4 , and ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≤ 1 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 \lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}\le\frac{1}{2}\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}} ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≤ 2 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 , then by (346) we have
4 t − 10 α ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ≤ C t − 10 α ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 ≤ C C ⋆ − 5 α 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 ≤ ε ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) , \begin{aligned}
4t^{-10\alpha}\lVert B(\varphi^{+}\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^{+})\rVert^{2}_{L^{2}_{t,x}([0,t])}\le Ct^{-10\alpha}\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{4} \\
&\le CC_{\star}^{-\frac{5\alpha}{4}}\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}\le\varepsilon\bigl(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}-\lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}\bigr),
\end{aligned} 4 t − 10 α ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ≤ C t − 10 α ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 ≤ C C ⋆ − 4 5 α ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 ≤ ε ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) ,
provided that we choose C ⋆ C_{\star} C ⋆ large enough.
If ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 ≥ C ⋆ t − 4 5 \lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{4}\ge C_{\star}t^{-\frac{4}{5}} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 4 ≥ C ⋆ t − 5 4 , and ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≥ 1 2 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 \lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}\ge\frac{1}{2}\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}} ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 ≥ 2 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 , then by (346) ,
4 t − 10 α ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) 2 ≤ C t − 10 α ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 − ( γ 1 − 4 ) ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) ≤ C C ⋆ − γ 1 − 4 4 t − 10 α + 1 5 ( γ 1 − 4 ) ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) ≤ ε ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) , \begin{aligned}
4t^{-10\alpha}\lVert B(\varphi^{+}\otimes D_{B+S}\varphi^{+})\rVert^{2}_{L^{2}_{t,x}([0,t])}\le Ct^{-10\alpha}\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{-(\gamma_{1}-4)}\bigl(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}-\lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}\bigr) \\
&\le CC_{\star}^{-\frac{\gamma_{1}-4}{4}}t^{-10\alpha+\frac{1}{5}(\gamma_{1}-4)}\bigl(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}-\lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}\bigr) \\
&\le\varepsilon\bigl(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}-\lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}\bigr),
\end{aligned} 4 t − 10 α ∥ B ( φ + ⊗ D B + S φ + ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) 2 ≤ C t − 10 α ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 − ( γ 1 − 4 ) ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) ≤ C C ⋆ − 4 γ 1 − 4 t − 10 α + 5 1 ( γ 1 − 4 ) ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) ≤ ε ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) ,
provided that we choose C ⋆ C_{\star} C ⋆ large enough.
The bound (345) now follows by combining these three cases.
Lemma 5.35. Let T 0 T_{0} T 0 be as in Proposition 5.27. For any ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 , there exists some constant C = C ε C=C_{\varepsilon} C = C ε such that the following holds. Let B 0 ♯ = B 0 + + B 0 − B_{0}^{\sharp}=B_{0}^{+}+B_{0}^{-} B 0 ♯ = B 0 + + B 0 − and T ∈ ( 0 , T 0 ] T\in(0,T_{0}] T ∈ ( 0 , T 0 ] be such that (320) holds. Let B B B , B + B^{+} B + , g g g be as given by Proposition 5.7. Let φ 0 = φ 0 + + φ 0 − \varphi_{0}=\varphi_{0}^{+}+\varphi_{0}^{-} φ 0 = φ 0 + + φ 0 − be such that (321) holds. Let S , φ S,\varphi S , φ be the solution of (281) –(282) and let φ + \varphi^{+} φ + solve (289) . Then for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] we have
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∣ ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ( t ) ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + ( t ) , φ l i n + ( t ) ⟩ V d x ∣ ≤ ε ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) + C t − 1 + κ \lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-4}\left|\int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}}\lvert\varphi^{+}(t)\rvert^{2}\langle\varphi^{+}(t),\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}(t)\rangle_{V}\,dx\right|\le\varepsilon\bigl(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}-\lVert\varphi^{+}(t)\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}\bigr)+Ct^{-1+\kappa} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ φ + ( t ) ∣ 2 ⟨ φ + ( t ) , φ lin + ( t ) ⟩ V d x ≤ ε ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − ∥ φ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) + C t − 1 + κ + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∣ ∫ T 2 ⟨ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 + ) ∣ 2 ⟨ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 + ) , e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 − ) ⟩ V d x ∣ . (347) +\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-4}\left|\int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}}\langle e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\cdot\varphi_{0}^{+})\rvert^{2}\langle e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\cdot\varphi_{0}^{+}),e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\cdot\varphi_{0}^{-})\rangle_{V}\,dx\right|. \tag*{(347)} + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 ⟨ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 + ) ∣ 2 ⟨ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 + ) , e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ φ 0 − ) ⟩ V d x . (347)
Proof. First we replace φ + \varphi^{+} φ + on the left-hand side by φ l i n + = e t Δ B ( 0 ) φ 0 + \varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}=e^{t\Delta_{B(0)}}\varphi_{0}^{+} φ lin + = e t Δ B ( 0 ) φ 0 + . By Lemma 5.20 and (328) , we get
∥ φ + − φ l i n + ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ( [ 0 , t ] ) ≲ t γ 1 − 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 . \lVert\varphi^{+}-\varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}\rVert_{L^{\infty}_{t}L^{4}_{x}([0,t])}\lesssim t^{\gamma_{1}-4}\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}. ∥ φ + − φ lin + ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ([ 0 , t ]) ≲ t γ 1 − 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 .
Therefore, the error when replacing φ + \varphi^{+} φ + by φ l i n + \varphi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+} φ lin + on the left-hand side of (347) is bounded by
∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t γ 1 − 4 t − γ 1 2 − 2 α ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t γ 1 − 4 2 ≤ ε C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t + C t ( γ 1 − 4 γ 1 + 2 − γ 1 − 1 γ 1 + 2 ) γ 1 + 2 3 , \begin{aligned}
\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-1}t^{\gamma_{1}-4}t^{-\frac{\gamma_{1}}{2}-2\alpha} \\
&\le\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-1}t^{\frac{\gamma_{1}-4}{2}}\le\varepsilon C_{(5.43),\gamma_{1},4}\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}+2}t+C t^{\left(\frac{\gamma_{1}-4}{\gamma_{1}+2}-\frac{\gamma_{1}-1}{\gamma_{1}+2}\right)\frac{\gamma_{1}+2}{3}},
\end{aligned} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t γ 1 − 4 t − 2 γ 1 − 2 α ≤ ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t 2 γ 1 − 4 ≤ ε C ( 5.43 ) , γ 1 , 4 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 + 2 t + C t ( γ 1 + 2 γ 1 − 4 − γ 1 + 2 γ 1 − 1 ) 3 γ 1 + 2 ,
which is acceptable by the same argument as for (342) . Now let g g g , B B B , B + B^{+} B + , B − B^{-} B − be as given by Proposition 5.7. In particular, we have that g − 1 ⋅ B = B + + B − g^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}B=B^{+}+B^{-} g − 1 ⋅ B = B + + B − .
Note that
∣ ∫ T 2 ∣ ϕ l i n + ∣ 2 ⟨ ϕ l i n + , ϕ l i n − ⟩ V d x ∣ = ∣ ∫ T 2 ∣ g − 1 ⋅ ϕ l i n + ∣ 2 ⟨ g − 1 ⋅ ϕ l i n + , g − 1 ⋅ ϕ l i n − ⟩ V d x ∣ . \left|\int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}}|\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}|^{2}\langle\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+},\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}\rangle_{V}\,\mathrm{d}x\right|=\left|\int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}}|g^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}|^{2}\langle g^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+},g^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}\rangle_{V}\,\mathrm{d}x\right|. ∫ T 2 ∣ ϕ lin + ∣ 2 ⟨ ϕ lin + , ϕ lin − ⟩ V d x = ∫ T 2 ∣ g − 1 ⋅ ϕ lin + ∣ 2 ⟨ g − 1 ⋅ ϕ lin + , g − 1 ⋅ ϕ lin − ⟩ V d x .
By Lemma 5.11 (applied with t 0 t_{0} t 0 therein taken to be t t t ), we get
∥ ( g − 1 ⋅ ϕ l i n + ) ( t ) − e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 + ) ∥ L 4 ≲ t 1 3 ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 , \left\|(g^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+})(t)-e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{0}^{+})\right\|_{L^{4}}\lesssim t^{\frac{1}{3}}\|\phi_{0}^{+}\|_{L^{4}}, ( g − 1 ⋅ ϕ lin + ) ( t ) − e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 + ) L 4 ≲ t 3 1 ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 ,
∥ t κ 2 ( ( g − 1 ⋅ ϕ l i n − ) ( t ) − e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 − ) ) ∥ L 4 ≲ t 1 3 ∥ t κ 2 e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 − ) ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 . \left\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\left((g^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-})(t)-e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{0}^{-})\right)\right\|_{L^{4}}\lesssim t^{\frac{1}{3}}\left\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{0}^{-})\right\|_{L_{t}^{\infty}L_{x}^{4}}. t 2 κ ( ( g − 1 ⋅ ϕ lin − ) ( t ) − e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 − ) ) L 4 ≲ t 3 1 t 2 κ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 − ) L t ∞ L x 4 .
Therefore, we get (applying (321) )
∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∣ ∫ T 2 ∣ ϕ l i n + ( t ) ∣ 2 ⟨ ϕ l i n + ( t ) , ϕ l i n − ( t ) ⟩ V d x − ∫ T 2 ∣ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 + ) ∣ 2 ⟨ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 + ) , e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 − ) ⟩ V d x ∣ ≲ t 1 3 − κ 2 ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 ∥ t κ 2 e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 − ) ∥ L t ∞ L x 4 ≲ ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t γ 1 − 4 , \begin{aligned}
\|\phi_{0}^{+}\|_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-4}\bigg|&
\int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}}|\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}(t)|^{2}\langle\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{+}(t),\phi_{\mathrm{lin}}^{-}(t)\rangle_{V}\,\mathrm{d}x\\
&-\int_{\mathbb{T}^{2}}\left|e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{0}^{+})\right|^{2}
\left\langle e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{0}^{+}),e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{0}^{-})\right\rangle_{V}\,\mathrm{d}x\bigg|\\
&\lesssim t^{\frac{1}{3}-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\phi_{0}^{+}\|_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-1}
\left\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}e^{t\Delta_{+}}(g_{0}^{-1}\mathbin{\cdot}\phi_{0}^{-})\right\|_{L_{t}^{\infty}L_{x}^{4}}
\lesssim\|\phi_{0}^{+}\|_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-1}t^{\gamma_{1}-4},
\end{aligned} ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∫ T 2 ∣ ϕ lin + ( t ) ∣ 2 ⟨ ϕ lin + ( t ) , ϕ lin − ( t ) ⟩ V d x − ∫ T 2 e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 + ) 2 ⟨ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 + ) , e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 − ) ⟩ V d x ≲ t 3 1 − 2 κ ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t 2 κ e t Δ + ( g 0 − 1 ⋅ ϕ 0 − ) L t ∞ L x 4 ≲ ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 1 t γ 1 − 4 ,
which can then be estimated as in (342) (with ε \varepsilon ε in place of 1 / 8 1/8 1/8 ). The bound (347) now follows.
We also record the following perturbative result on D B + S F B + S D_{B+S}F_{B+S} D B + S F B + S , which will also be needed in the global iteration argument.
Lemma 5.36. There exists some constant C C C such that the following holds. In the same setting as in Proposition 5.27, for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] we have
∥ D B + S F B + S ( t ) ∥ L 2 ≤ C t − 1 2 ( 1 + ∥ t 1 2 F B + ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + C t − 3 2 + γ 0 − 2 50 − 2 a − 2 r + C t − 1 2 + γ 0 − 2 50 − 2 a − 2 r ( ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 + C ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ ϕ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) . (348) \begin{aligned}
\|D_{B+S}F_{B+S}(t)\|_{L^{2}}\leq{}&
Ct^{-\frac{1}{2}}\left(1+\|t^{\frac{1}{2}}F_{B+}\|_{L_{t}^{2}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,T])}\right)\|D_{B+}F_{B+}\|_{L_{t,x}^{2}([0,T])}\\
&+Ct^{-\frac{3}{2}+\frac{\gamma_{0}-2}{50}-2a-\frac{2}{r}}\\
&+Ct^{-\frac{1}{2}+\frac{\gamma_{0}-2}{50}-2a-\frac{2}{r}}
\left(\|F_{B+}(t)\|_{L^{2}}+C\sqrt{\|\phi_{0}^{+}\|_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}-4}\|\phi_{+}(t)\|_{L^{4}}^{\gamma_{1}}}\right). \tag*{(348)}
\end{aligned} ∥ D B + S F B + S ( t ) ∥ L 2 ≤ C t − 2 1 ( 1 + ∥ t 2 1 F B + ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + C t − 2 3 + 50 γ 0 − 2 − 2 a − r 2 + C t − 2 1 + 50 γ 0 − 2 − 2 a − r 2 ( ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 + C ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L 4 γ 1 − 4 ∥ ϕ + ( t ) ∥ L 4 γ 1 ) . (348)
Proof. Expanding D B + S F B + S D_{B+S}F_{B+S} D B + S F B + S and using the triangle inequality, we have
∥ D B + S F B + S ∥ L 2 ≤ ∥ D B F B ∥ L 2 + ∥ D B ( curl B S + [ S 1 , S 2 ] ) ∥ L 2 + ∥ S ∥ L ∞ ∥ F B + S ∥ L 2 . \|D_{B+S}F_{B+S}\|_{L^{2}}\leq\|D_{B}F_{B}\|_{L^{2}}+\|D_{B}(\operatorname{curl}_{B}S+[S^{1},S^{2}])\|_{L^{2}}+\|S\|_{L^{\infty}}\|F_{B+S}\|_{L^{2}}. ∥ D B + S F B + S ∥ L 2 ≤ ∥ D B F B ∥ L 2 + ∥ D B ( curl B S + [ S 1 , S 2 ]) ∥ L 2 + ∥ S ∥ L ∞ ∥ F B + S ∥ L 2 .
By Proposition 5.7 (recall that in the setting of Proposition 5.27, we apply this proposition with K = T − 2 a K=T^{-2a} K = T − 2 a ), the L ∞ L^{\infty} L ∞ estimate (327) on F B + ( t ) F_{B+}(t) F B + ( t ) , and Lemma 4.13, we have
∥ D B F B ( t ) ∥ L 2 ≤ ∥ D B + F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 + C t − 1 − κ 2 − 3 a ≲ t − 1 2 ( 1 + ∥ t 1 2 F B + ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , T ] ) + t − 1 − κ 2 − 3 a . \begin{aligned}
\|D_{B}F_{B}(t)\|_{L^{2}}&\leq\|D_{B+}F_{B+}(t)\|_{L^{2}}+Ct^{-1-\frac{\kappa}{2}-3a}\\
&\lesssim t^{-\frac{1}{2}}\left(1+\|t^{\frac{1}{2}}F_{B+}\|_{L_{t}^{2}L_{x}^{\infty}([0,T])}\right)\|D_{B+}F_{B+}\|_{L_{t,x}^{2}([0,T])}+t^{-1-\frac{\kappa}{2}-3a}.
\end{aligned} ∥ D B F B ( t ) ∥ L 2 ≤ ∥ D B + F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 + C t − 1 − 2 κ − 3 a ≲ t − 2 1 ( 1 + ∥ t 2 1 F B + ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , T ]) + t − 1 − 2 κ − 3 a .
By (330) , we have
∥ D B ( curl B S + [ S 1 , S 2 ] ) ∥ L 2 ≲ t − 3 2 + γ 0 − 2 50 − 2 a − 2 r . \|D_{B}(\operatorname{curl}_{B}S+[S^{1},S^{2}])\|_{L^{2}}\lesssim t^{-\frac{3}{2}+\frac{\gamma_{0}-2}{50}-2a-\frac{2}{r}}. ∥ D B ( curl B S + [ S 1 , S 2 ]) ∥ L 2 ≲ t − 2 3 + 50 γ 0 − 2 − 2 a − r 2 .
By (330) and (332) , we have
∥ S ∥ L ∞ ∥ F B + S ∥ L 2 ≲ t − 1 2 + γ 0 − 2 50 − 2 a − 2 r ⋅ ( ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 + ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) + t − 1 + κ 2 + t − 1 2 − 5 a ( ∥ B ( ϕ ⊗ D B + S ϕ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) + ∥ t 1 2 B ( ϕ ⊗ D B + S ϕ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ( [ 0 , t ] ) ) + ∥ D B + ( t ) e t Δ F B 0 − ∥ L ∞ + ∥ e t Δ F B 0 − ∥ L ∞ 2 ) . \begin{aligned}
\|S\|_{L^{\infty}}\|F_{B+S}\|_{L^{2}}\lesssim{}&
t^{-\frac{1}{2}+\frac{\gamma_{0}-2}{50}-2a-\frac{2}{r}}\cdot\bigg(
\|F_{B+}(t)\|_{L^{2}}+\|D_{B+}F_{B+}\|_{L_{t,x}^{2}([0,t])}+t^{-\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}\\
&+t^{-\frac{1}{2}-5a}\left(\|\mathcal{B}(\phi\otimes D_{B+S}\phi)\|_{L_{t}^{1}L_{x}^{2}([0,t])}
+\|t^{\frac{1}{2}}\mathcal{B}(\phi\otimes D_{B+S}\phi)\|_{L_{t,x}^{2}([0,t])}\right)\\
&+\|D_{B+}(t)e^{t\Delta_{F}}B_{0}^{-}\|_{L^{\infty}}
+\|e^{t\Delta_{F}}B_{0}^{-}\|_{L^{\infty}}^{2}\bigg).
\end{aligned} ∥ S ∥ L ∞ ∥ F B + S ∥ L 2 ≲ t − 2 1 + 50 γ 0 − 2 − 2 a − r 2 ⋅ ( ∥ F B + ( t ) ∥ L 2 + ∥ D B + F B + ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) + t − 2 1 + κ + t − 2 1 − 5 a ( ∥ B ( ϕ ⊗ D B + S ϕ ) ∥ L t 1 L x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) + ∥ t 2 1 B ( ϕ ⊗ D B + S ϕ ) ∥ L t , x 2 ([ 0 , t ]) ) + ∥ D B + ( t ) e t Δ F B 0 − ∥ L ∞ + ∥ e t Δ F B 0 − ∥ L ∞ 2 ) .
which is acceptable by the assumption (320) and Lemma 5.34. The lemma now follows by combining the previous estimates.
Covariant ansatz
We recall from (11) that we are interested in the stochastic Yang–Mills–Higgs equations in the infinitesimal DeTurck gauge. They are formally given by
∂ t A = − D A ∗ F A − D A D A ∗ ( A − B ) + B ( Φ ⊗ D A Φ ) + ξ , A ( 0 ) = A 0 , ∂ t Φ = Δ A Φ + ( D A ∗ ( A − B ) ) Φ − ∣ Φ ∣ 2 Φ − M Φ + ζ , Φ ( 0 ) = Φ 0 . (349) \begin{aligned}
\partial_t A &= -D_A^*F_A-D_A D_A^*(A-B)+B(\Phi\otimes D_A\Phi)+\xi,\qquad A(0)=A_0,\\
\partial_t\Phi&= \Delta_A\Phi+(D_A^*(A-B))\Phi-|\Phi|^2\Phi-M\Phi+\zeta,\qquad\Phi(0)=\Phi_0. \tag*{(349)}
\end{aligned} ∂ t A ∂ t Φ = − D A ∗ F A − D A D A ∗ ( A − B ) + B ( Φ ⊗ D A Φ ) + ξ , A ( 0 ) = A 0 , = Δ A Φ + ( D A ∗ ( A − B )) Φ − ∣Φ ∣ 2 Φ − M Φ + ζ , Φ ( 0 ) = Φ 0 . (349)
where B B B is the solution to the deterministic Yang–Mills gradient flow
∂ t B = − D B ∗ F B , B ( 0 ) = A 0 . (350) \partial_t B=-D_B^*F_B,\qquad B(0)=A_0. \tag*{(350)} ∂ t B = − D B ∗ F B , B ( 0 ) = A 0 . (350)
For suitable initial data A 0 A_0 A 0 , the local well-posedness of (350) has already been established in § 6 . The local well-posedness of (349) , however, is much more challenging. It can be established using methods similar to those used in [CCHS22, BC26a], which proved the local well-posedness of the stochastic Yang–Mills equations in the original DeTurck gauge. For our purposes, however, the resulting local well-posedness theorem for (349) would be insufficient. As already discussed in Remark 2.21, the reason for this is that the methods in [CCHS22, BC26a] are non-covariant. Used directly, the arguments therefore lead to local results for (349) that involve gauge dependent norms of the initial data, whereas our global iteration scheme only uses gauge invariant norms23 . While the gauge dependence can be remedied by passing to gauge-equivalent initial data (and using the gauge covariance of the solution theory developed in [CCHS22, BC26a]), the resulting local time of existence would still depend too heavily on the size of the initial data.
Instead of using the local theory from [CCHS22, BC26a], we develop a covariant local theory of (349) , which will be distributed over § 7 –§ 10 . In this section, we derive a covariant paracontrolled ansatz, which is the starting point of our covariant local theory. Some aspects of this were already described in § 3.2 , i.e., in the statement and discussion of our covariant local well-posedness result. However, given the sheer length of this article, we believe that occasional repetitions are helpful to the reader, and we will therefore start the discussion of our covariant local theory anew (and go into much more detail).
Smooth approximation and stochastic objects
In order to discuss (349) rigorously, we need to first replace the space-time white noises ξ \xi ξ and ζ \zeta ζ with smooth approximations, and then later take limits. In [CCHS22, BC26a], these smooth approximations are defined using convolutions against smooth, compactly supported kernels in the spatial or space-time variables, respectively. However, since this would break the gauge covariance of (349) , we work with different, covariant smooth approximations. They were previously defined in Definition 2.12 and are given by
ξ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) , (351) \xi_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)=\int_0^t\!ds\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\!dy\,\rho_\varepsilon'(t-s)q_B(s,y;t,x)\xi(s,y), \tag*{(351)} ξ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) , (351)
ζ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ζ ( s , y ) . \zeta_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)=\int_0^t\!ds\int_{\mathbb{T}^2}\!dy\,\rho_\varepsilon'(t-s)p_B(s,y;t,x)\zeta(s,y). ζ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∫ 0 t d s ∫ T 2 d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ζ ( s , y ) .
Here, ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 , ρ ε \rho_\varepsilon ρ ε is the cutoff function from (42) , ρ ε ′ \rho_\varepsilon' ρ ε ′ is its time-derivative, and p B p_B p B and q B q_B q B are the covariant heat kernels from Definition 2.1 .
The precise form of the covariant smooth approximations from (351) will be useful for many different reasons. For now, we only briefly discuss two aspects of (351) , for which we focus on ξ B , ε \xi_{B,\varepsilon} ξ B , ε . First, ξ B , ε \xi_{B,\varepsilon} ξ B , ε converges to ξ \xi ξ in the sense of space-time distributions as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 and therefore deserves to be called a smooth approximation of ξ \xi ξ . This follows from the fact that ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) \rho_\varepsilon'(t-s) ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) converges to δ ( t − s ) \delta(t-s) δ ( t − s ) as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 and q B ( s , y ; t , x ) q_B(s,y;t,x) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) converges to δ ( x − y ) id g ⊕ g \delta(x-y)\operatorname{id}_{\mathfrak{g}\oplus\mathfrak{g}} δ ( x − y ) id g ⊕ g as s → t s\to t s → t . Second, even before taking the limit ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , ξ B , ε \xi_{B,\varepsilon} ξ B , ε is gauge covariant, and therefore deserves to be called a covariant smooth approximation. To see this, let g ∈ G g\in\mathcal{G} g ∈ G be any smooth, time-independent gauge transformation. From the gauge covariance of the covariant heat kernel q B q_B q B , it then follows that
Ad g ( x ) ξ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) q g ∙ B ( s , y ; t , x ) ( Ad g ξ ) ( s , y ) = l a w ξ g ∙ B , ε ( t , x ) . \operatorname{Ad}_{g(x)}\xi_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)=\iint\mathrm{d}s\mathrm{d}y\,\rho'_{\varepsilon}(t-s)q_{g\mathbin{\bullet}B}(s,y;t,x)(\operatorname{Ad}_{g}\xi)(s,y)\mathrel{\mathop=^{\mathrm{law}}}\xi_{g\mathbin{\bullet}B,\varepsilon}(t,x). Ad g ( x ) ξ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y ρ ε ′ ( t − s ) q g ∙ B ( s , y ; t , x ) ( Ad g ξ ) ( s , y ) = law ξ g ∙ B , ε ( t , x ) .
where the equality in law holds as processes in ( t , x ) (t,x) ( t , x ) . In order to define our smooth approximation of (349) , we need to make use of the renormalisation terms previously introduced in Definition 2.15. Recall that we defined
C ρ A = C ρ ( Cov g g + Cov v g ) − 1 8 π Cov v g , C_{\rho}^{A}=C_{\rho}\left(\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{g}+\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{v}}^{g}\right)-\frac{1}{8\pi}\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{v}}^{g}, C ρ A = C ρ ( Cov g g + Cov v g ) − 8 π 1 Cov v g ,
C ρ , ε Φ = ( − σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov v g + ( dim ( V ) + 2 ) σ ρ , ε 2 id V − M , (352) C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}=\left(-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho}\right)\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{v}}^{g}+\left(\dim(\mathbb{V})+2\right)\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}\operatorname{id}_{\mathbb{V}}-M, \tag*{(352)} C ρ , ε Φ = ( − σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov v g + ( dim ( V ) + 2 ) σ ρ , ε 2 id V − M , (352)
where Cov g g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^{g} Cov g g , Cov v g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{v}}^{g} Cov v g , and Cov V g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathbb{V}}^{g} Cov V g are as in Definition 3.41.
The counterterms in (352) , including the non-divergent C ρ C_{\rho} C ρ - and 1 8 π \frac{1}{8\pi} 8 π 1 -terms, are needed to ensure that our limiting solution does not depend on our choice of ρ ∈ P \rho\in\mathcal{P} ρ ∈ P and is gauge equivalent (in law) to the solution previously constructed in [CCHS22]; see Section 13. The mass M M M , which appeared in the Φ \Phi Φ -equation in (349) , is included in (352) for notational convenience, and could have been kept separate. Equipped with our covariant smooth approximations of ξ \xi ξ and ζ \zeta ζ and our renormalisations, we previously introduced (44) , i.e., our covariant smooth approximation of the stochastic YMH equations (349) . In coordinates, it can be written as
∂ t A ε k = D A ε , j F A ε j k + D A ε k D A ε j ( A ε − B ) j + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D A ε k Φ ε ) + C ρ A ( A ε − B ) k + ξ B , ε k , \partial_t A_{\varepsilon}^{k}=\mathbf{D}_{A_{\varepsilon},j}F_{A_{\varepsilon}}^{jk}+\mathbf{D}_{A_{\varepsilon}}^{k}\mathbf{D}_{A_{\varepsilon}}^{j}(A_{\varepsilon}-B)_{j}+\mathbf{B}(\Phi_{\varepsilon}\otimes\mathbf{D}_{A_{\varepsilon}}^{k}\Phi_{\varepsilon})+C_{\rho}^{A}(A_{\varepsilon}-B)^{k}+\xi_{B,\varepsilon}^{k}, ∂ t A ε k = D A ε , j F A ε j k + D A ε k D A ε j ( A ε − B ) j + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D A ε k Φ ε ) + C ρ A ( A ε − B ) k + ξ B , ε k ,
∂ t Φ ε = Δ A ε Φ ε − ( D A ε j ( A ε − B ) j ) Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε , \partial_t\Phi_{\varepsilon}=\Delta_{A_{\varepsilon}}\Phi_{\varepsilon}-(\mathbf{D}_{A_{\varepsilon}}^{j}(A_{\varepsilon}-B)_{j})\Phi_{\varepsilon}-\lvert\Phi_{\varepsilon}\rvert^{2}\Phi_{\varepsilon}+C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}(\Phi_{\varepsilon})+\zeta_{B,\varepsilon}, ∂ t Φ ε = Δ A ε Φ ε − ( D A ε j ( A ε − B ) j ) Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε ,
A ε ( 0 ) = A 0 , Φ ε ( 0 ) = Φ 0 . (353) A_{\varepsilon}(0)=A_{0},\qquad\Phi_{\varepsilon}(0)=\Phi_{0}. \tag*{(353)} A ε ( 0 ) = A 0 , Φ ε ( 0 ) = Φ 0 . (353)
We emphasise that B B B is still as in (350) and, in particular, does not depend on ε \varepsilon ε . As a first step towards our ansatz, we rewrite (353) in terms of the difference C ε : = A ε − B C_{\varepsilon}:=A_{\varepsilon}-B C ε := A ε − B . From Lemma 3.22, it follows that
( ∂ t − Δ B ) C ε k − 2 [ F B k j , C ε , j ] = [ C ε , j , 2 D B j C ε k − D B k C ε j ] + [ C ε , j , [ C ε j , C ε k ] ] (\partial_t-\Delta_{B})C_{\varepsilon}^{k}-2[F_{B}^{kj},C_{\varepsilon,j}]=[C_{\varepsilon,j},2\mathbf{D}_{B}^{j}C_{\varepsilon}^{k}-\mathbf{D}_{B}^{k}C_{\varepsilon}^{j}]+[C_{\varepsilon,j},[C_{\varepsilon}^{j},C_{\varepsilon}^{k}]] ( ∂ t − Δ B ) C ε k − 2 [ F B k j , C ε , j ] = [ C ε , j , 2 D B j C ε k − D B k C ε j ] + [ C ε , j , [ C ε j , C ε k ]]
+ B ( Φ ε ⊗ D B k Φ ε ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ C ε k Φ ε ) + C ρ A ( C ε k ) + ξ B , ε k , \qquad+\mathbf{B}(\Phi_{\varepsilon}\otimes\mathbf{D}_{B}^{k}\Phi_{\varepsilon})+\mathbf{B}(\Phi_{\varepsilon}\otimes C_{\varepsilon}^{k}\Phi_{\varepsilon})+C_{\rho}^{A}(C_{\varepsilon}^{k})+\xi_{B,\varepsilon}^{k}, + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D B k Φ ε ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ C ε k Φ ε ) + C ρ A ( C ε k ) + ξ B , ε k ,
( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ε = 2 C ε , j D B j Φ ε + C ε j C ε , j Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε . (354) (\partial_t-\Delta_{B})\Phi_{\varepsilon}=2C_{\varepsilon,j}\mathbf{D}_{B}^{j}\Phi_{\varepsilon}+C_{\varepsilon}^{j}C_{\varepsilon,j}\Phi_{\varepsilon}-\lvert\Phi_{\varepsilon}\rvert^{2}\Phi_{\varepsilon}+C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}(\Phi_{\varepsilon})+\zeta_{B,\varepsilon}. \tag*{(354)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ε = 2 C ε , j D B j Φ ε + C ε j C ε , j Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε . (354)
We note that in our formulation of (354) , we used that there are two cancellations between (110) and (111) . We also emphasise that the term 2 [ F B k j , C ε , j ] 2[F_{B}^{kj},C_{\varepsilon,j}] 2 [ F B k j , C ε , j ] is one of the most important terms in (354) . The reason is that the dependence of the local time of existence on the size of the curvature tensor F B F_B F B is very important for our purposes. Due to this, we treat Δ B C ε k + 2 [ F B k j , C ε , j ] \Delta_B C_{\varepsilon}^{k}+2[F_{B}^{kj},C_{\varepsilon,j}] Δ B C ε k + 2 [ F B k j , C ε , j ] rather than just Δ B C ε k \Delta_B C_{\varepsilon}^{k} Δ B C ε k non-perturbatively. As suggested by (354) , we will work covariantly with respect to the connection one-form B B B , which leads to the following notation.
Notation 6.1. Given a solution B B B to the YM gradient flow, we write
D = D B and F = F B . D=D_B\qquad\text{and}\qquad F=F_B. D = D B and F = F B .
That is, whenever the connection one-form is omitted in covariant derivatives or curvature tensors, it is given by B B B . However, we will never omit B B B in our notation for the covariant Laplacian Δ B \Delta_B Δ B , as it may lead to confusion. Furthermore, we write
( ad ( F ) C ε ) k = ad ( F k j ) C ε , j = [ F k j , C ε , j ] . (\operatorname{ad}(F)C_{\varepsilon})^{k}=\operatorname{ad}(F^{kj})C_{\varepsilon,j}=[F^{kj},C_{\varepsilon,j}]. ( ad ( F ) C ε ) k = ad ( F k j ) C ε , j = [ F k j , C ε , j ] .
That is, we interpret ad ( F ) \operatorname{ad}(F) ad ( F ) as a map from g 2 \mathfrak{g}^{2} g 2 into g 2 \mathfrak{g}^{2} g 2 . Finally, we omit the superscript k k k from (354) and related equations. In other words, unless the components are contracted, we no longer write out the components of C ε C_{\varepsilon} C ε , ad ( F ) C ε \operatorname{ad}(F)C_{\varepsilon} ad ( F ) C ε , or D C ε j DC_{\varepsilon}^{j} D C ε j , and instead interpret them directly as elements of g 2 \mathfrak{g}^{2} g 2 .
In our simplified notation, (354) then takes the form
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) ) C ε = [ C ε , j , 2 D j C ε − D C j ] + [ C ε , j , [ C j , C ε ] ] + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D Φ ε ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ C ε Φ ε ) + C ρ A ( C ε ) + ξ B , ε , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ε = 2 C ε , j D j Φ ε + C ε , j j C ε , j Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε . (355) \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F))C_\varepsilon
&=[C_{\varepsilon,j},2D^jC_\varepsilon-DC^j]+[C_{\varepsilon,j},[C^j,C_\varepsilon]]\\
&\quad+\mathbf{B}(\Phi_\varepsilon\otimes D\Phi_\varepsilon)+\mathbf{B}(\Phi_\varepsilon\otimes C_\varepsilon\Phi_\varepsilon)+C_\rho^A(C_\varepsilon)+\xi_{B,\varepsilon},\\
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\Phi_\varepsilon
&=2C_{\varepsilon,j}D^j\Phi_\varepsilon+C_{\varepsilon,j}^jC_{\varepsilon,j}\Phi_\varepsilon-\lvert\Phi_\varepsilon\rvert^2\Phi_\varepsilon+C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}(\Phi_\varepsilon)+\zeta_{B,\varepsilon}. \tag*{(355)}
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F )) C ε ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ε = [ C ε , j , 2 D j C ε − D C j ] + [ C ε , j , [ C j , C ε ]] + B ( Φ ε ⊗ D Φ ε ) + B ( Φ ε ⊗ C ε Φ ε ) + C ρ A ( C ε ) + ξ B , ε , = 2 C ε , j D j Φ ε + C ε , j j C ε , j Φ ε − ∣ Φ ε ∣ 2 Φ ε + C ρ , ε Φ ( Φ ε ) + ζ B , ε . (355)
We now recall (2.24)–(2.30), i.e., the definitions of the deterministic and random terms in our covariant ansatz. The deterministic terms S S S and φ \varphi φ were defined as solutions of the system
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) ) S = [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] + [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] + B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) + B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) , (356) (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F))S=[S_j,2D^jS-DS^j]+[S_j,[S^j,S]]+\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D\varphi)+\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes S\varphi), \tag*{(356)} ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F )) S = [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] + [ S j , [ S j , S ]] + B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) + B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) , (356)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ = 2 S j D j φ + S j j S j φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , (357) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\varphi=2S_jD^j\varphi+S_j^jS_j\varphi-\lvert\varphi\rvert^2\varphi, \tag*{(357)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) φ = 2 S j D j φ + S j j S j φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ , (357)
S ( 0 ) = 0 , φ ( 0 ) = φ 0 . S(0)=0,\qquad\varphi(0)=\varphi_0. S ( 0 ) = 0 , φ ( 0 ) = φ 0 .
Here, in keeping with the notation from § 6 , we denote the initial data of the Higgs field by φ 0 = d e f Φ 0 \varphi_0\overset{\mathrm{def}}{=}\Phi_0 φ 0 = def Φ 0 . Later on, we will also decompose φ 0 \varphi_0 φ 0 into the positive and negative regularity terms φ 0 + \varphi_0^+ φ 0 + and φ 0 − \varphi_0^- φ 0 − appearing in § 6 . The covariant linear stochastic objects are the solutions of the inhomogeneous, linear part of (355) , i.e.,
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) ) A ˚ B , ε = ξ B , ε , A ˚ B , ε ( 0 ) = 0 , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ˚ B , ε = ζ B , ε , Φ ˚ B , ε ( 0 ) = 0. (358) \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F))\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon}&=\xi_{B,\varepsilon},\qquad\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon}(0)=0,\\
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}&=\zeta_{B,\varepsilon},\qquad\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(0)=0. \tag*{(358)}
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F )) A ˚ B , ε ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ˚ B , ε = ξ B , ε , A ˚ B , ε ( 0 ) = 0 , = ζ B , ε , Φ ˚ B , ε ( 0 ) = 0. (358)
From the definitions of p B p_B p B , q B q_B q B , ξ B , ε \xi_{B,\varepsilon} ξ B , ε , and ζ B , ε \zeta_{B,\varepsilon} ζ B , ε , it follows that the covariant linear stochastic objects can be written as
A ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y ρ ε ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) , (359) \mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)=\iint ds\,dy\,\rho_\varepsilon(t-s)q_B(s,y;t,x)\xi(s,y), \tag*{(359)} A ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y ρ ε ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) ξ ( s , y ) , (359)
Φ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y ρ ε ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ζ ( s , y ) . \mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)=\iint ds\,dy\,\rho_\varepsilon(t-s)p_B(s,y;t,x)\zeta(s,y). Φ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y ρ ε ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) ζ ( s , y ) .
This can be seen by acting on the right-hand sides of (359) with ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) \partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F) ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) or ∂ t − Δ B \partial_t-\Delta_B ∂ t − Δ B and then using the definitions of q B q_B q B and p B p_B p B . The covariant quadratic stochastic objects are solutions with zero initial data of
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) ) A ˚ B , ε , j ∘ = [ A ˚ B , ε , j ∙ , 2 D j A ˚ B , ε − D A ˚ B , ε j ] , (360) (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F))\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon,j}^{\circ}=[\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon,j}^{\bullet},2D^j\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon}-D\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon}^j], \tag*{(360)} ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F )) A ˚ B , ε , j ∘ = [ A ˚ B , ε , j ∙ , 2 D j A ˚ B , ε − D A ˚ B , ε j ] , (360)
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) ) A ˚ B , ε ∙ = B ( Φ ˚ B , ε ∙ ⊗ D Φ ˚ B , ε ) , (361) (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F))\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon}^{\bullet}=\mathbf{B}(\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}^{\bullet}\otimes D\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}), \tag*{(361)} ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F )) A ˚ B , ε ∙ = B ( Φ ˚ B , ε ∙ ⊗ D Φ ˚ B , ε ) , (361)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ˚ B , ε ∘ = 2 Φ ˚ B , ε ∙ D j Φ ˚ B , ε . (362) (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}^{\circ}=2\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}^{\bullet}D_j\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}. \tag*{(362)} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) Φ ˚ B , ε ∘ = 2 Φ ˚ B , ε ∙ D j Φ ˚ B , ε . (362)
After this recap of (2.24)–(2.30), we now introduce nonlinear remainders, which were not defined in § 3.2 . The nonlinear remainders are given by
W ε : = A ε − B − A ˚ B , ε , Z ε : = A ε − B − S − A ˚ B , ε ∘ − A ˚ B , ε ∙ , w ε : = Φ ε − Φ ˚ B , ε , z ε : = Φ ε − φ − Φ ˚ B , ε − Φ ˚ B , ε ∘ . (363) \begin{aligned}
W_\varepsilon&:=A_\varepsilon-B-\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon},&
Z_\varepsilon&:=A_\varepsilon-B-S-\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon}^{\circ}-\mathring{\mathcal A}_{B,\varepsilon}^{\bullet},\\
w_\varepsilon&:=\Phi_\varepsilon-\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon},&
z_\varepsilon&:=\Phi_\varepsilon-\varphi-\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}-\mathring{\Phi}_{B,\varepsilon}^{\circ}. \tag*{(363)}
\end{aligned} W ε w ε := A ε − B − A ˚ B , ε , := Φ ε − Φ ˚ B , ε , Z ε z ε := A ε − B − S − A ˚ B , ε ∘ − A ˚ B , ε ∙ , := Φ ε − φ − Φ ˚ B , ε − Φ ˚ B , ε ∘ . (363)
The nonlinear remainders W ε W_\varepsilon W ε and w ε w_\varepsilon w ε are only used to simplify the terms in our evolution equations below and, due to this, we do not write out their own evolution equations. The evolution equations for Z ε Z_\varepsilon Z ε and z ε z_\varepsilon z ε are given by
( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) ) Z ε (\partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F))Z_\varepsilon ( ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F )) Z ε
= [ W ε , j , 2 D j B ˚ ε − D B ˚ ε , j ] + [ B ˚ ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] + [ W ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] − [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] + [ B ˚ ε , j + W ε , j , [ B ˚ ε j + W ε j , B ˚ ε + W ε ] ] − [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] + B ( w ε ⊗ D B ˚ ε ) + B ( B ˚ ε ⊗ D w ε ) + B ( w ε ⊗ D w ε ) − B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) + B ( ( B ˚ ε + w ε ) ⊗ ( B ˚ ε + W ε ) ( B ˚ ε + w ε ) ) − B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) + C ρ A ( B ˚ ε + W ε ) , (364) \begin{aligned}
={}&[W_{\varepsilon,j},2D^j\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}-D\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon,j}]+[\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon,j},2D^jW_{\varepsilon}-DW_{\varepsilon}^{j}]\\
&+[W_{\varepsilon,j},2D^jW_{\varepsilon}-DW_{\varepsilon}^{j}]-[S_j,2D^jS-DS^j]\\
&+[\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon,j}+W_{\varepsilon,j},[\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}^{j}+W_{\varepsilon}^{j},\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon}]]-[S_j,[S^j,S]]\\
&+\mathbf{B}(w_{\varepsilon}\otimes D\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon})+\mathbf{B}(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon})\\
&+\mathbf{B}(w_{\varepsilon}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon})-\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes D\varphi)\\
&+\mathbf{B}((\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})\otimes(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon}))-\mathbf{B}(\varphi\otimes S\varphi)\\
&+C_{\rho}^{A}(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon}), \tag*{(364)}
\end{aligned} = [ W ε , j , 2 D j B ˚ ε − D B ˚ ε , j ] + [ B ˚ ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] + [ W ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] − [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] + [ B ˚ ε , j + W ε , j , [ B ˚ ε j + W ε j , B ˚ ε + W ε ]] − [ S j , [ S j , S ]] + B ( w ε ⊗ D B ˚ ε ) + B ( B ˚ ε ⊗ D w ε ) + B ( w ε ⊗ D w ε ) − B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) + B (( B ˚ ε + w ε ) ⊗ ( B ˚ ε + W ε ) ( B ˚ ε + w ε )) − B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) + C ρ A ( B ˚ ε + W ε ) , (364)
and
( ∂ t − Δ B ) z ε = 2 W ε j D j B ˚ ε + 2 B ˚ ε j D j w ε + 2 ( W ε j D j w ε − S j D j φ ) + ( B ˚ ε + W ε ) j ( B ˚ ε + W ε ) j ( B ˚ ε + w ε ) − S j S j φ − ∣ B ˚ ε + w ε ∣ 2 ( B ˚ ε + w ε ) + ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ + C ρ , ε Φ ( B ˚ ε + w ε ) . (365) \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)z_{\varepsilon}&=2W_{\varepsilon}^{j}D_j\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+2\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}^{j}D_jw_{\varepsilon}\\
&\quad+2(W_{\varepsilon}^{j}D_jw_{\varepsilon}-S^{j}D_j\varphi)\\
&\quad+(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})^{j}(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})_j(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})-S^{j}S_j\varphi\\
&\quad-|\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon}|^2(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})+|\varphi|^2\varphi+C_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{\Phi}(\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon}). \tag*{(365)}
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) z ε = 2 W ε j D j B ˚ ε + 2 B ˚ ε j D j w ε + 2 ( W ε j D j w ε − S j D j φ ) + ( B ˚ ε + W ε ) j ( B ˚ ε + W ε ) j ( B ˚ ε + w ε ) − S j S j φ − ∣ B ˚ ε + w ε ∣ 2 ( B ˚ ε + w ε ) + ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ + C ρ , ε Φ ( B ˚ ε + w ε ) . (365)
As in the local theory of [CCHS22, BC26a], the evolution equations for Z ε Z_{\varepsilon} Z ε and z ε z_{\varepsilon} z ε cannot be solved using a direct contraction-mapping argument. One of the reasons is that the terms D B ˚ ε D\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon} D B ˚ ε in (364) only have regularity − 1 − -1- − 1 − so that Z ε Z_{\varepsilon} Z ε has regularity at most 1 − 1- 1 − . But, since B ˚ ε \mathring{B}_{\varepsilon} B ˚ ε has regularity 0 − 0- 0 − , this is insufficient to even define interactions of the form [ Z ε , D B ˚ ε ] [Z_{\varepsilon},D\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}] [ Z ε , D B ˚ ε ] or [ D Z ε , B ˚ ε ] [DZ_{\varepsilon},\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}] [ D Z ε , B ˚ ε ] . In order to solve the evolution equations for Z ε Z_{\varepsilon} Z ε and z ε z_{\varepsilon} z ε and to have the local time of existence depend only on gauge invariant norms of B B B , we make a covariant paracontrolled ansatz. For this, we first need a covariant version of Littlewood–Paley decompositions and paraproducts.
Remark 6.2. In (6.17), (6.18), (6.20), (6.21), and (6.24)–(6.26), we subtract different terms involving S S S and φ \varphi φ . The reason for this is not their regularity, since all of them are rather smooth, but rather their size. Without subtracting them here, the remainders Z ε Z_{\varepsilon} Z ε and z ε z_{\varepsilon} z ε would become too large for our global iteration argument. For more details on this, see Section 11.
A Littlewood–Paley decomposition
In Section 2.2, we previously explained why the standard Littlewood–Paley operators from (60) will not play an important role in this article, and we also introduced our covariant Littlewood–Paley blocks in (61) . In this subsection, we now discuss our motivation behind (61) in more detail. To this end, we first discuss two alternatives to (61) , both of which encounter different issues in our setting. It is tempting to try to define a covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition using the covariant heat operator e s Δ B ( t ) e^{s\Delta_{B(t)}} e s Δ B ( t ) , which would be in the spirit of many existing works (see e.g. [KR06]). Given a parameter s 0 > 0 s_0>0 s 0 > 0 , one could decompose
B ˚ ε ( t , x ) = − ∫ 0 s 0 d s ∂ s ( e s Δ B ( t ) B ˚ ε ) ( t , x ) + e s 0 Δ B ( t ) B ˚ ε ( t , x ) . (366) \mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}(t,x)=-\int_{0}^{s_0}ds\,\partial_s\left(e^{s\Delta_{B(t)}}\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}\right)(t,x)+e^{s_0\Delta_{B(t)}}\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}(t,x). \tag*{(366)} B ˚ ε ( t , x ) = − ∫ 0 s 0 d s ∂ s ( e s Δ B ( t ) B ˚ ε ) ( t , x ) + e s 0 Δ B ( t ) B ˚ ε ( t , x ) . (366)
The e s 0 Δ B ( t ) e^{s_0\Delta_{B(t)}} e s 0 Δ B ( t ) -term in (366) should be interpreted as a smooth remainder, and will not be too important in this discussion. One may then interpret
− ∫ 0 s 0 d s χ ( N 2 s ) ∂ s ( e s Δ B ( t ) B ˚ ε ) ( t , x ) , -\int_{0}^{s_0}ds\,\chi(N^2s)\partial_s\left(e^{s\Delta_{B(t)}}\mathring{B}_{\varepsilon}\right)(t,x), − ∫ 0 s 0 d s χ ( N 2 s ) ∂ s ( e s Δ B ( t ) B ˚ ε ) ( t , x ) ,
where χ \chi χ is our cutoff function (see § 4 ) and N ∈ 2 N 0 N \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} N ∈ 2 N 0 , as a covariant version of the Littlewood–Paley projection to frequencies of order N N N . This interpretation can be motivated using a similar object in the Euclidean setting, where the corresponding symbol is given by
n ↦ − ∫ 0 ∞ d s χ ( N 2 s ) ∂ s ( e − s ∣ n ∣ 2 ) . n \mapsto-\int_0^\infty\mathrm{d}s\,\chi(N^2s)\partial_s\left(e^{-s|n|^2}\right). n ↦ − ∫ 0 ∞ d s χ ( N 2 s ) ∂ s ( e − s ∣ n ∣ 2 ) .
This symbol behaves like N − 2 ∣ n ∣ 2 e − c N − 2 ∣ n ∣ 2 N^{-2}|n|^2e^{-cN^{-2}|n|^2} N − 2 ∣ n ∣ 2 e − c N − 2 ∣ n ∣ 2 , which is maximal for ∣ n ∣ ∼ N |n| \sim N ∣ n ∣ ∼ N . Equipped with the covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition from (366) , one can easily write down paraproduct decompositions of multilinear interactions. For example, one can decompose
[ Z ˚ ε , j ( t , x ) , D B ( t ) j ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) ] = ∬ [ 0 , s 0 ] 2 d s d s ′ [ ∂ s ( e s Δ B ( t ) Z ˚ ε , j ) ( t , x ) , D B ( t ) j ∂ s ′ ( e s ′ Δ B ( t ) ϕ ˚ B , ε ) ( t , x ) ] + { ⋯ } , (367) \left[\mathring{\mathcal{Z}}_{\varepsilon,j}(t,x),D^j_{B(t)}\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)\right]
=
\iint_{[0,s_0]^2}\mathrm{d}s\mathrm{d}s'\left[\partial_s\left(e^{s\Delta_{B(t)}}\mathring{\mathcal{Z}}_{\varepsilon,j}\right)(t,x),D^j_{B(t)}\partial_{s'}\left(e^{s'\Delta_{B(t)}}\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}\right)(t,x)\right]+\{\cdots\}, \tag*{(367)} [ Z ˚ ε , j ( t , x ) , D B ( t ) j ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) ] = ∬ [ 0 , s 0 ] 2 d s d s ′ [ ∂ s ( e s Δ B ( t ) Z ˚ ε , j ) ( t , x ) , D B ( t ) j ∂ s ′ ( e s ′ Δ B ( t ) ϕ ˚ B , ε ) ( t , x ) ] + { ⋯ } , (367)
where we omitted terms involving e s 0 Δ B ( t ) e^{s_0\Delta_{B(t)}} e s 0 Δ B ( t ) -operators. The low× \times × high-, high× \times × high-, and high× \times × low-interactions then correspond to the regions s ≫ s ′ s \gg s' s ≫ s ′ , s ∼ s ′ s \sim s' s ∼ s ′ , and s ≪ s ′ s \ll s' s ≪ s ′ , respectively. In our setting, however, there is a serious problem with (366) and (367) : We do not have suitable estimates of the kernel of the heat propagator e s Δ B ( t ) e^{s\Delta_{B(t)}} e s Δ B ( t ) and its covariant derivatives. The reason for this is that B ( t ) B(t) B ( t ) enters at the fixed time t t t and we have no uniform-in-time bounds for the L ∞ L^\infty L ∞ -norm of the curvature tensor F B ( t ) F_{B(t)} F B ( t ) . To compensate for this, one could try to replace e s Δ B ( t ) ϕ ˚ B , ε e^{s\Delta_{B(t)}}\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon} e s Δ B ( t ) ϕ ˚ B , ε with the solution ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ; s ) \mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x;s) ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ; s ) of
( ∂ s − Δ B ( t + s ) ) ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ; s ) = 0 , ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ; 0 ) = ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) . (368) (\partial_s-\Delta_{B(t+s)})\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x;s)=0,\qquad\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x;0)=\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x). \tag*{(368)} ( ∂ s − Δ B ( t + s ) ) ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ; s ) = 0 , ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ; 0 ) = ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) . (368)
The solution of (368) can be explicitly represented as
ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ; s ) = ∫ d y p B ( t , y ; t + s , x ) ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , y ) . (369) \mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x;s)=\int\mathrm{d}y\,p_{B}(t,y;t+s,x)\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,y). \tag*{(369)} ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ; s ) = ∫ d y p B ( t , y ; t + s , x ) ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , y ) . (369)
By the results from § 5 , the covariant heat kernel appearing in (369) obeys several useful estimates. However, there is an issue with (369) , which appears once we examine the counterpart of (367) . It is now of the form
[ Z ˚ ε , j ( t , x ) , D B ( t ) j ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) ] = ∬ d y d y ′ ∬ [ 0 , s 0 ] 2 d s d s ′ [ ∂ s ( p B ( t , y ; t + s , x ) Z ˚ ε , j ( t , y ) ) , D B ( t ) j ∂ s ′ ( p B ( t , y ′ ; t + s ′ , x ) ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , y ′ ) ) ] + { ⋯ } . (370) \left[\mathring{\mathcal{Z}}_{\varepsilon,j}(t,x),D^j_{B(t)}\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,x)\right]
=
\iint\mathrm{d}y\mathrm{d}y'\iint_{[0,s_0]^2}\mathrm{d}s\mathrm{d}s'\left[\partial_s\left(p_B(t,y;t+s,x)\mathring{\mathcal{Z}}_{\varepsilon,j}(t,y)\right),D^j_{B(t)}\partial_{s'}\left(p_B(t,y';t+s',x)\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}(t,y')\right)\right]+\{\cdots\}. \tag*{(370)} [ Z ˚ ε , j ( t , x ) , D B ( t ) j ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , x ) ] = ∬ d y d y ′ ∬ [ 0 , s 0 ] 2 d s d s ′ [ ∂ s ( p B ( t , y ; t + s , x ) Z ˚ ε , j ( t , y ) ) , D B ( t ) j ∂ s ′ ( p B ( t , y ′ ; t + s ′ , x ) ϕ ˚ B , ε ( t , y ′ ) ) ] + { ⋯ } . (370)
In (370) , the covariant derivative D B ( t ) D_{B(t)} D B ( t ) involves B B B at time t t t and the two covariant heat kernels have end times t + s t+s t + s and t + s ′ t+s' t + s ′ . Due to this mismatch, it can be difficult to control D B ( t ) p B ( t , y ′ ; t + s ′ , x ) D_{B(t)}p_B(t,y';t+s',x) D B ( t ) p B ( t , y ′ ; t + s ′ , x ) or, after integration by parts, D B ( t ) p B ( t , y ; t + s , x ) D_{B(t)}p_B(t,y;t+s,x) D B ( t ) p B ( t , y ; t + s , x ) . In principle, it may be possible to address this by controlling B ( t + s ′ ) − B ( t ) B(t+s')-B(t) B ( t + s ′ ) − B ( t ) and B ( t + s ) − B ( t ) B(t+s)-B(t) B ( t + s ) − B ( t ) by using our bounds on covariant derivatives of F B F_B F B and the fact that B B B solves the Yang–Mills gradient flow, but we do not pursue this here.
Instead, our covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition uses the heat kernels that already appear in the Duhamel integral formulations of (358) , (360) –(362) , and (364) –(6.26). We start with the covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition of ϕ ˚ B , ε \mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon} ϕ ˚ B , ε , and only later discuss the other terms in our current ansatz. Using the function χ N \chi_N χ N from (95) and the integral representation of ϕ ˚ B , ε \mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon} ϕ ˚ B , ε from (359) , we write
ϕ ˚ B , ε = ∑ N ϕ ˚ B , ε , N , ϕ ˚ B , ε , N ( t , x ) ≔ ∬ d s d y q B , ε , N ( s , y ; t , x ) χ ( s , y ) . (371) \mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon}=\sum_N\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon,N},\qquad
\mathring{\phi}_{B,\varepsilon,N}(t,x)\coloneqq\iint\mathrm{d}s\mathrm{d}y\,q_{B,\varepsilon,N}(s,y;t,x)\chi(s,y). \tag*{(371)} ϕ ˚ B , ε = N ∑ ϕ ˚ B , ε , N , ϕ ˚ B , ε , N ( t , x ) : = ∬ d s d y q B , ε , N ( s , y ; t , x ) χ ( s , y ) . (371)
where
q ˚ B , ε , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ≔ ρ ε ( t − s ) χ N ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) . (372) \mathring{q}_{B,\varepsilon,N}(s,y;t,x) \coloneqq\rho_{\varepsilon}(t-s)\chi_N(t-s)q_B(s,y;t,x). \tag*{(372)} q ˚ B , ε , N ( s , y ; t , x ) : = ρ ε ( t − s ) χ N ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) . (372)
Here, as discussed in Notation 3.1, we use the convention that sums over N N N always run over N ∈ 2 N 0 N \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} N ∈ 2 N 0 and not N ∈ N 0 N \in\mathbb{N}_0 N ∈ N 0 . For later use, we also define
q B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ≔ χ N ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) . (373) q_{B,N}(s,y;t,x) \coloneqq\chi_N(t-s)q_B(s,y;t,x). \tag*{(373)} q B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) : = χ N ( t − s ) q B ( s , y ; t , x ) . (373)
Due to the support properties of ρ ε \rho_{\varepsilon} ρ ε and χ N \chi_N χ N , we see that q ˚ B , ε , N \mathring{q}_{B,\varepsilon,N} q ˚ B , ε , N is nonzero only for N ≲ ε − 1 N \lesssim\varepsilon^{-1} N ≲ ε − 1 ; in particular, the sum in (371) is finite. Since q B , ε , N q_{B,\varepsilon,N} q B , ε , N and q B , N q_{B,N} q B , N are localisations of q B q_B q B to times t − s ∼ N − 2 t-s \sim N^{-2} t − s ∼ N − 2 , parabolic scaling suggests that q ˚ B , ε , N \mathring{q}_{B,\varepsilon,N} q ˚ B , ε , N can be interpreted as a covariant Littlewood–Paley projection of q ˚ B , ε \mathring{q}_{B,\varepsilon} q ˚ B , ε to frequencies of size ∼ N \sim N ∼ N . This is also consistent with Lemma 9.5 below, which shows that covariant spatial derivatives and time derivatives acting on q ˚ B , ε , N \mathring{q}_{B,\varepsilon,N} q ˚ B , ε , N cost us ∼ N \sim N ∼ N and ∼ N 2 \sim N^2 ∼ N 2 , respectively.
Furthermore, also due to the aforementioned support properties, q ˚ B , ε , N \mathring{q}_{B,\varepsilon,N} q ˚ B , ε , N only depends on the precise choice of ρ ε \rho_{\varepsilon} ρ ε in the case N ∼ ε − 1 N \sim\varepsilon^{-1} N ∼ ε − 1 . Indeed, if N ∼ ε − 1 N \sim\varepsilon^{-1} N ∼ ε − 1 is not satisfied, then the ρ ε ( t − s ) \rho_{\varepsilon}(t-s) ρ ε ( t − s ) -factor in (372) is just equal to zero or one on the support of χ N ( t − s ) \chi_N(t-s) χ N ( t − s ) . This will later be useful in showing that the limit of our solutions of (353) does not depend on the precise choice of ρ \rho ρ . As for q ˚ B , ε \mathring{q}_{B,\varepsilon} q ˚ B , ε , we define the covariant Littlewood–Paley blocks of p ˚ B , ε \mathring{p}_{B,\varepsilon} p ˚ B , ε as
p ˚ B , ε , N ( t , x ) ≔ ∬ d s d y p B , ε , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ζ ( s , y ) , (374) \mathring{p}_{B,\varepsilon,N}(t,x) \coloneqq\iint ds\,dy\,p_{B,\varepsilon,N}(s,y;t,x)\zeta(s,y), \tag*{(374)} p ˚ B , ε , N ( t , x ) : = ∬ d s d y p B , ε , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ζ ( s , y ) , (374)
where
p B , ε , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ≔ ρ ε ( t − s ) χ N ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) . p_{B,\varepsilon,N}(s,y;t,x) \coloneqq\rho_{\varepsilon}(t-s)\chi_N(t-s)p_B(s,y;t,x). p B , ε , N ( s , y ; t , x ) : = ρ ε ( t − s ) χ N ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) .
As for q B , N q_{B,N} q B , N , we also write
p B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ≔ χ N ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) . (375) p_{B,N}(s,y;t,x) \coloneqq\chi_N(t-s)p_B(s,y;t,x). \tag*{(375)} p B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) : = χ N ( t − s ) p B ( s , y ; t , x ) . (375)
In order to define the covariant Littlewood–Paley decompositions of the remaining terms, we start with a decomposition of the Duhamel integrals of ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) \partial_t-\Delta_B-2\operatorname{ad}(F) ∂ t − Δ B − 2 ad ( F ) and ∂ t − Δ B \partial_t-\Delta_B ∂ t − Δ B . To this end, we first recall from Definition 4.60 that
Duh B F ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y q B ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) , \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_B(\Psi)(t,x)=\iint ds\,dy\,q_B(s,y;t,x)\Psi(s,y), Duh B F ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y q B ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) ,
Duh B ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y p B ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) . \operatorname{Duh}_B(\Psi)(t,x)=\iint ds\,dy\,p_B(s,y;t,x)\Psi(s,y). Duh B ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y p B ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) .
Here, the map Ψ \Psi Ψ takes values in g 2 \mathfrak{g}^2 g 2 or V V V , respectively. The superscript F F F in Duh B F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_B Duh B F indicates that ad ( F ) \operatorname{ad}(F) ad ( F ) -terms, such as in (355) , have been accounted for through q B q_B q B . We can then define time-localised Duhamel integrals as
Duh B , N F ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) ≔ ∬ d s d y q B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) , \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(\Psi)(t,x) \coloneqq\iint ds\,dy\,q_{B,N}(s,y;t,x)\Psi(s,y), Duh B , N F ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) : = ∬ d s d y q B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) ,
Duh B , N ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) ≔ ∬ d s d y p B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) . (376) \operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(\Psi)(t,x) \coloneqq\iint ds\,dy\,p_{B,N}(s,y;t,x)\Psi(s,y). \tag*{(376)} Duh B , N ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) : = ∬ d s d y p B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) . (376)
where N ∈ 2 N 0 N \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} N ∈ 2 N 0 , q B , N q_{B,N} q B , N is as in (373) , and p B , N p_{B,N} p B , N is as in (375) . From now on, we work on the time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] and, for notational reasons, assume that 0 < T ≤ 1 128 0<T\leq\frac{1}{128} 0 < T ≤ 128 1 . If we restrict our Duhamel integrals to our time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] (both for the support of Ψ \Psi Ψ and the evaluation of the Duhamel integrals), we have the decompositions
Duh B = ∑ N ≥ N l o Duh B , N and Duh B F = ∑ N ≥ N l o Duh B , N F . (377) \operatorname{Duh}_B=\sum_{N\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}}\operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_B=\sum_{N\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}. \tag*{(377)} Duh B = N ≥ N lo ∑ Duh B , N and Duh B F = N ≥ N lo ∑ Duh B , N F . (377)
where N l o N_{\mathrm{lo}} N lo is the largest dyadic number not exceeding ( 32 T ) − 1 2 (32T)^{-\frac{1}{2}} ( 32 T ) − 2 1 , i.e.,
N l o : = max { N ∈ 2 N 0 : N ≤ ( 32 T ) − 1 2 } . (378) N_{\mathrm{lo}} := \max\{N \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0}: N \le(32T)^{-\frac{1}{2}}\}. \tag*{(378)} N lo := max { N ∈ 2 N 0 : N ≤ ( 32 T ) − 2 1 } . (378)
Using the time-localised Duhamel integrals, we now define the covariant Littlewood–Paley blocks of the remaining terms by acting with Duh B , N F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N} Duh B , N F or Duh B , N \operatorname{Duh}_{B,N} Duh B , N on the right-hand side of their evolution equations. To be more precise, we define the Littlewood–Paley blocks of S S S by
S N : = Duh B , N F ( R H S o f x r e f ‘ ( 6.8 ‘ ) ) . (379) S_N := \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(\mathrm{RHS\ of\ }{xref}`(6.8`)). \tag*{(379)} S N := Duh B , N F ( RHS of x r e f ‘ ( 6.8‘ )) . (379)
Similarly, we define the covariant Littlewood–Paley blocks of φ \varphi φ by
φ N = φ l i n , N + Duh B , N ( R H S o f x r e f ‘ ( 6.9 ‘ ) ) , (380) \varphi_N = \varphi_{\mathrm{lin},N} + \operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(\mathrm{RHS\ of\ }{xref}`(6.9`)), \tag*{(380)} φ N = φ lin , N + Duh B , N ( RHS of x r e f ‘ ( 6.9‘ )) , (380)
where the covariant Littlewood–Paley block of the linear evolution is defined as
φ l i n , N ( t , x ) ≔ ∫ d y p B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) . \varphi_{\mathrm{lin},N}(t,x) \coloneqq\int\mathrm{d}y\,p_{B,N}(0,y;t,x)\varphi_0(y). φ lin , N ( t , x ) : = ∫ d y p B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) .
Finally, we define the Littlewood–Paley blocks of the covariant quadratic stochastic objects by
B ∘ ε , N : = Duh B , N F ( R H S o f x r e f ‘ ( 6.12 ) ‘ ) , B ∙ ε , N : = Duh B , N F ( R H S o f x r e f ‘ ( 6.13 ) ‘ ) , B ⊥ ε , N : = Duh B , N ( R H S o f x r e f ‘ ( 6.14 ) ‘ ) . (381) \begin{aligned}
\overset{\circ}{B}_{\varepsilon,N} &:= \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(\mathrm{RHS\ of\ }{xref}`(6.12)`), \qquad
\overset{\bullet}{B}_{\varepsilon,N} := \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(\mathrm{RHS\ of\ }{xref}`(6.13)`),\\
\overset{\mathord{\perp}}{B}_{\varepsilon,N} &:= \operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(\mathrm{RHS\ of\ }{xref}`(6.14)`). \tag*{(381)}
\end{aligned} B ∘ ε , N B ⊥ ε , N := Duh B , N F ( RHS of x r e f ‘ ( 6.12 ) ‘ ) , B ∙ ε , N := Duh B , N F ( RHS of x r e f ‘ ( 6.13 ) ‘ ) , := Duh B , N ( RHS of x r e f ‘ ( 6.14 ) ‘ ) . (381)
and, similarly, we define the Littlewood–Paley blocks of the nonlinear remainders by
Z ε , N : = Duh B , N F ( R H S o f x r e f ‘ ( 6.16 ) ‘ − x r e f ‘ ( 6.22 ) ‘ ) , Z_{\varepsilon,N} := \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}\bigl(\mathrm{RHS\ of\ }{xref}`(6.16)`-{xref}`(6.22)`\bigr), Z ε , N := Duh B , N F ( RHS of x r e f ‘ ( 6.16 ) ‘ − x r e f ‘ ( 6.22 ) ‘ ) ,
z ε , N : = Duh B , N ( R H S o f x r e f ‘ ( 6.23 ) ‘ − x r e f ‘ ( 6.26 ) ‘ ) . (382) z_{\varepsilon,N} := \operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}\bigl(\mathrm{RHS\ of\ }{xref}`(6.23)`-{xref}`(6.26)`\bigr). \tag*{(382)} z ε , N := Duh B , N ( RHS of x r e f ‘ ( 6.23 ) ‘ − x r e f ‘ ( 6.26 ) ‘ ) . (382)
Before we continue with our definition of the covariant paraproducts, note that our covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition does not come with a collection of “projection operators” P N P_N P N such that the decomposition of a function A A A is given by A = ∑ N P N A A = \sum_N P_NA A = ∑ N P N A . For this reason, we will always keep track of the whole sequence of Littlewood–Paley blocks as a single object and, given a sequence ( A N ) N ≥ N l o (A_N)_{N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} ( A N ) N ≥ N lo , we will denote it by A ⋆ A_\star A ⋆ to indicate that the index N N N is free. Again, free indices denoted by ⋆ \star ⋆ will only ever take values in 2 N 0 2^{\mathbb{N}_0} 2 N 0 . Whenever we start from a sequence A ⋆ = ( A N ) N ≥ N l o A_\star= (A_N)_{N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} A ⋆ = ( A N ) N ≥ N lo , we will denote the corresponding single function by A A A , i.e., we write A = ∑ N ≥ N l o A N A = \sum_{N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} A_N A = ∑ N ≥ N lo A N .
Let θ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \theta\in(0,1) θ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) be the parameter from (97) . For two dyadic scales M , N ∈ 2 N 0 M,N \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} M , N ∈ 2 N 0 , we write
M ≪ θ N ⟺ M ≤ N 1 − θ . (383) M \ll_\theta N \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad M \le N^{1-\theta}. \tag*{(383)} M ≪ θ N ⟺ M ≤ N 1 − θ . (383)
Furthermore, we write M ≫ θ N M \gg_\theta N M ≫ θ N if N ≪ θ M N \ll_\theta M N ≪ θ M and we write M ∼ θ N M \sim_\theta N M ∼ θ N if neither M ≪ θ N M \ll_\theta N M ≪ θ N nor M ≫ θ N M \gg_\theta N M ≫ θ N . From this definition, it follows that M ∼ θ N M \sim_\theta N M ∼ θ N if and only if min ( M , N ) > max ( M , N ) 1 − θ \min(M,N) > \max(M,N)^{1-\theta} min ( M , N ) > max ( M , N ) 1 − θ .
Definition 6.3 (Covariant paraproducts). Let 0 < T ≤ 1 128 0<T\le\frac{1}{128} 0 < T ≤ 128 1 , let W 1 \mathbf{W}_1 W 1 , W 2 \mathbf{W}_2 W 2 , and W 3 \mathbf{W}_3 W 3 be vector spaces, and let Q : W 1 × W 2 → W 3 Q:\mathbf{W}_1\times\mathbf{W}_2\to\mathbf{W}_3 Q : W 1 × W 2 → W 3 be a bilinear map. Furthermore, let U ⋆ = ( U M ) M ≥ N l o U_\star=(U_M)_{M\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} U ⋆ = ( U M ) M ≥ N lo and let V ⋆ = ( V N ) N ≥ N l o V_\star=(V_N)_{N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} V ⋆ = ( V N ) N ≥ N lo , where U M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 1 U_M:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbf{W}_1 U M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 1 and V N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 2 V_N:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbf{W}_2 V N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 2 . Then, we define the paraproduct
Q ( U ⋆ ⊛ V ⋆ ) : = ∑ M , N ≥ N l o : M ≪ θ N Q ( U M , V N ) . (384) Q(U_\star\circledast V_\star) := \sum_{\substack{M,N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}:\\ M\ll_\theta N}} Q(U_M,V_N). \tag*{(384)} Q ( U ⋆ ⊛ V ⋆ ) := M , N ≥ N lo : M ≪ θ N ∑ Q ( U M , V N ) . (384) Similarly, we define Q ( U ⋆ ⊛ V ⋆ ) Q(U_\star\circledast V_\star) Q ( U ⋆ ⊛ V ⋆ ) , Q ( U ⋆ ⊛ V ⋆ ) Q(U_\star\circledast V_\star) Q ( U ⋆ ⊛ V ⋆ ) , and Q ( U ⋆ ⊛ V ⋆ ) Q(U_\star\circledast V_\star) Q ( U ⋆ ⊛ V ⋆ ) by replacing the condition M ≪ θ N M\ll_\theta N M ≪ θ N appearing in (384) by “M ≫ θ N M\gg_\theta N M ≫ θ N ”, “M ∼ θ N M\sim_\theta N M ∼ θ N ”, and “M ̸ ∼ θ N M\not\sim_\theta N M ∼ θ N ”, respectively. In line with (384) , we will also write
Q ( U ⋆ , V ⋆ ) : = ∑ M , N ≥ N l o Q ( U M , V N ) . Q(U_\star,V_\star) := \sum_{M,N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} Q(U_M,V_N). Q ( U ⋆ , V ⋆ ) := M , N ≥ N lo ∑ Q ( U M , V N ) .
Remark 6.4. While these definitions apply to general U ⋆ U_\star U ⋆ and V ⋆ V_\star V ⋆ , we will only use them for sequences of covariant Littlewood–Paley blocks.
We emphasise that the parameter θ \theta θ appearing in Definition 6.3 is needed for many of our arguments below, see e.g. Remarks 7.26 and 7.30. The reason is that our covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition only approximately satisfies the Littlewood–Paley trichotomy, which we discuss now. Let f , g : T 2 → R f,g:\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbb{R} f , g : T 2 → R be two functions, let K , M , N ∈ 2 N 0 K,M,N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} K , M , N ∈ 2 N 0 , and let ( P L ) L ∈ 2 N 0 (P_L)_{L\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0}} ( P L ) L ∈ 2 N 0 be the standard Littlewood–Paley projections. It then follows from frequency-support considerations that
P K ( P M f ⋅ P N g ) = 0 P_K(P_Mf\cdot P_Ng)=0 P K ( P M f ⋅ P N g ) = 0
unless
K ∼ M ≫ N , K ∼ N ≫ M , or K ≲ M ∼ N . (385) K\sim M\gg N,\qquad K\sim N\gg M,\qquad\text{or}\qquad K\lesssim M\sim N. \tag*{(385)} K ∼ M ≫ N , K ∼ N ≫ M , or K ≲ M ∼ N . (385)
The conditions in (385) are often called the Littlewood–Paley trichotomy, and the above fact is heavily used in the paracontrolled calculus of [GIP15]. In our covariant setting, this has no direct counterpart. For example, consider one of the terms coming from (364) and (382) , which can be decomposed into terms of the form
Duh B , K F ( [ Z ε , M , j , D j ℓ ˚ B , ε , N ] ) . (386) \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,K}\left([Z_{\varepsilon,M,j},D^{j}\mathring{\ell}_{B,\varepsilon,N}]\right). \tag*{(386)} Duh B , K F ( [ Z ε , M , j , D j ℓ ˚ B , ε , N ] ) . (386)
Unlike in the non-covariant paracontrolled calculus of [GIP15], there is no reason for this term to vanish if, for example, M ≪ N M\ll N M ≪ N and K ≪ N K\ll N K ≪ N . When K ∼ 1 K\sim1 K ∼ 1 and M ∼ N 1 − θ M\sim N^{1-\theta} M ∼ N 1 − θ , the low× \times × high-interaction in (386) is still only well-defined under certain θ \theta θ -dependent regularity conditions on Z ε , ⋆ Z_{\varepsilon,\star} Z ε , ⋆ (see Lemma 7.29). Furthermore, when K ∼ N 1 − θ K\sim N^{1-\theta} K ∼ N 1 − θ and M ∼ 1 M\sim1 M ∼ 1 , a gain from the small ratio K / N ≲ N − θ K/N\lesssim N^{-\theta} K / N ≲ N − θ can only be obtained using norms at negative temporal regularity (see Definition 7.4). Consequently, the regularity conditions in our contraction-mapping argument can only be satisfied by exploiting the additional room provided by the parameter θ \theta θ .
Paracontrolled ansatz
Equipped with our covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition and paraproducts, we are now able to derive our covariant paracontrolled ansatz. This derivation will closely follow [BC26a, Section 3], except that we include a Higgs field and replace all derivatives and paraproducts by their covariant counterparts. Before turning to the derivation, however, we introduce the following notation.
Notation 6.5 (Omitting the subscript B B B ). Throughout this section, as well as Sections 7–9, the covariant stochastic objects are all defined using the same connection one-form B B B . In order to shorten our expressions, we therefore now drop the B B B -dependence from our notation. That is, we write
ℓ ˚ ε , ⋆ = ℓ ˚ B , ε , ⋆ , ℓ ε , ⋆ = ℓ B , ε , ⋆ , ϑ ˚ ε , ⋆ = ϑ ˚ B , ε , ⋆ , \mathring{\ell}_{\varepsilon,\star}=\mathring{\ell}_{B,\varepsilon,\star},\qquad
\ell_{\varepsilon,\star}=\ell_{B,\varepsilon,\star},\qquad
\mathring{\vartheta}_{\varepsilon,\star}=\mathring{\vartheta}_{B,\varepsilon,\star}, ℓ ˚ ε , ⋆ = ℓ ˚ B , ε , ⋆ , ℓ ε , ⋆ = ℓ B , ε , ⋆ , ϑ ˚ ε , ⋆ = ϑ ˚ B , ε , ⋆ ,
etc. Since the non-covariant stochastic estimates only appear in Section 13, which does not use the graphical symbols ℓ ˚ ε , ⋆ \mathring{\ell}_{\varepsilon,\star} ℓ ˚ ε , ⋆ , ℓ ε , ⋆ \ell_{\varepsilon,\star} ℓ ε , ⋆ , and ϑ ˚ ε , ⋆ \mathring{\vartheta}_{\varepsilon,\star} ϑ ˚ ε , ⋆ , this should not cause any confusion.
We now make the ansatz
Z ε , ⋆ : = X ε , ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ and z ε , ⋆ : = x ε , ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ , (387) Z_{\varepsilon,\star}:=X_{\varepsilon,\star}+Y_{\varepsilon,\star}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
z_{\varepsilon,\star}:=x_{\varepsilon,\star}+y_{\varepsilon,\star}, \tag*{(387)} Z ε , ⋆ := X ε , ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ and z ε , ⋆ := x ε , ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ , (387)
where X ε , ⋆ X_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ and x ε , ⋆ x_{\varepsilon,\star} x ε , ⋆ are paracontrolled components and Y ε , ⋆ Y_{\varepsilon,\star} Y ε , ⋆ and y ε , ⋆ y_{\varepsilon,\star} y ε , ⋆ are smooth nonlinear remainders. In total, our covariant ansatz then takes the form
A ε = B + S + ℓ ˚ ε + ϑ ˚ ε + ϑ ε + X ε + Y ε , A_\varepsilon=B+S+\mathring{\ell}_\varepsilon+\mathring{\vartheta}_\varepsilon+\vartheta_\varepsilon+X_\varepsilon+Y_\varepsilon, A ε = B + S + ℓ ˚ ε + ϑ ˚ ε + ϑ ε + X ε + Y ε ,
Φ ε = φ + ℓ ε + ϑ ˚ ε + x ε + y ε . \Phi_\varepsilon=\varphi+\ell_\varepsilon+\mathring{\vartheta}_\varepsilon+x_\varepsilon+y_\varepsilon. Φ ε = φ + ℓ ε + ϑ ˚ ε + x ε + y ε .
Covariant ansatz
The terms in our ansatz for Z ε , ⋆ Z_{\varepsilon,\star} Z ε , ⋆ and z ε , ⋆ z_{\varepsilon,\star} z ε , ⋆ will be chosen as solutions of the following system of equations24 : The paracontrolled component X ε , ⋆ X_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ is determined by X ε , ⋆ = X ε , ⋆ ∘ + X ε , ⋆ ∙ X_{\varepsilon,\star}=X_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ}+X_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\bullet} X ε , ⋆ = X ε , ⋆ ∘ + X ε , ⋆ ∙ , where
X ε , K ∘ = Duh B , K F ( [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j o ε , ⋆ − D o ε , ⋆ j ) ] ) , (388) X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\circ}=\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}^{F}\left(\left[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes\left(2D^{j}\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}-D\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\right)\right]\right), \tag*{(388)} X ε , K ∘ = Duh B , K F ( [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j o ε , ⋆ − D o ε , ⋆ j ) ] ) , (388)
X ε , K ∙ = Duh B , K F ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D o ε , ⋆ ∙ ) ) . (389) X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\bullet}=\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}^{F}\left(\mathbf{B}\left(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\bullet}\right)\right). \tag*{(389)} X ε , K ∙ = Duh B , K F ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D o ε , ⋆ ∙ ) ) . (389)
The paracontrolled component x ε , ⋆ x_{\varepsilon,\star} x ε , ⋆ is determined by
x ε , K = 2 Duh B , K ( W ε , ⋆ W j ⊗ D j o ε , ⋆ ∙ ) . (390) x_{\varepsilon,K}=2\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}\left(W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{Wj}\otimes D_{j}\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\bullet}\right). \tag*{(390)} x ε , K = 2 Duh B , K ( W ε , ⋆ W j ⊗ D j o ε , ⋆ ∙ ) . (390)
The smooth nonlinear remainder Y ε , ⋆ Y_{\varepsilon,\star} Y ε , ⋆ is determined by25
Y ε , K = Duh B , K F ( [ W ε , ⋆ , j ( 2 D j o ε , ⋆ − D o ε , ⋆ j ) ] − [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j o ε , ⋆ − D o ε , ⋆ j ) ] ) (391) Y_{\varepsilon,K}=\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}^{F}\left(\left[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\left(2D^{j}\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}-D\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\right)\right]-\left[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes\left(2D^{j}\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}-D\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\right)\right]\right) \tag*{(391)} Y ε , K = Duh B , K F ( [ W ε , ⋆ , j ( 2 D j o ε , ⋆ − D o ε , ⋆ j ) ] − [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j o ε , ⋆ − D o ε , ⋆ j ) ] ) (391)
+ [ o ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] (392) {}+\left[\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,j},2D^{j}W_{\varepsilon}-DW_{\varepsilon}^{j}\right] \tag*{(392)} + [ o ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] (392)
+ B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D o ε , ⋆ ∙ ) − B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D o ε , ⋆ ) + B ( o ε ⊗ D w ε ) (393) {}+\mathbf{B}\left(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\bullet}\right)-\mathbf{B}\left(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)+\mathbf{B}\left(\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon}\right) \tag*{(393)} + B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D o ε , ⋆ ∙ ) − B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D o ε , ⋆ ) + B ( o ε ⊗ D w ε ) (393)
+ ( 6.17 ) + ( 6.18 ) + ( 6.20 ) + ( 6.21 ) + ( 6.22 ) . (394) {}+(6.17)+(6.18)+(6.20)+(6.21)+(6.22). \tag*{(394)} + ( 6.17 ) + ( 6.18 ) + ( 6.20 ) + ( 6.21 ) + ( 6.22 ) . (394)
And finally, the smooth nonlinear remainder y ε , ⋆ y_{\varepsilon,\star} y ε , ⋆ is determined by
y ε , K = Duh B , K ( 2 W ε , ⋆ W j D j o ε , ⋆ ∙ − 2 W ε , ⋆ W j ⊗ D j o ε , ⋆ ∙ + 2 o ε ∘ j D w ε ) (395) y_{\varepsilon,K}=\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}\left(2W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{Wj}D_{j}\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\bullet}-2W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{Wj}\otimes D_{j}\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\bullet}+2\mathfrak{o}_{\varepsilon}^{\mathord{\circ}j}Dw_{\varepsilon}\right) \tag*{(395)} y ε , K = Duh B , K ( 2 W ε , ⋆ W j D j o ε , ⋆ ∙ − 2 W ε , ⋆ W j ⊗ D j o ε , ⋆ ∙ + 2 o ε ∘ j D w ε ) (395)
+ ( 6.24 ) + ( 6.25 ) + ( 6.26 ) . (396) {}+(6.24)+(6.25)+(6.26). \tag*{(396)} + ( 6.24 ) + ( 6.25 ) + ( 6.26 ) . (396)
In order to use the paracontrolled ansatz in our estimates of Y ε , K Y_{\varepsilon,K} Y ε , K and y ε , K y_{\varepsilon,K} y ε , K , we still need to rewrite the terms in (391) , (392) , (393) , and (395) . For this, we first prove the following lemma.
Lemma 6.6. For i = 1 , 2 , 3 i=1,2,3 i = 1 , 2 , 3 , let W i W_i W i be a vector space equipped with an orthogonal representation of G \mathrm{G} G , and let j = 1 , 2 j=1,2 j = 1 , 2 . Furthermore, let U ⋆ = ( U M ) M ≥ N l o U_{\star}=(U_M)_{M\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} U ⋆ = ( U M ) M ≥ N lo and V ⋆ = ( V N ) N ≥ N l o V_{\star}=(V_N)_{N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} V ⋆ = ( V N ) N ≥ N lo , where, for each M , N ≥ N l o M,N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} M , N ≥ N lo , U M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 1 U_M:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to W_1 U M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 1 and V N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 2 V_N:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to W_2 V N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 2 . If Q : W 1 × W 2 → W 3 Q:W_1\times W_2\to W_3 Q : W 1 × W 2 → W 3 is G \mathrm{G} G -equivariant, then it holds that
Q ( U ⋆ , D j V ⋆ ) = − Q ( D j U ⋆ ⊗ V ⋆ ) + D j Q ( U ⋆ ⊗ V ⋆ ) + Q ( U ⋆ ⊗ D j V ⋆ ) . Q(U_{\star},D^{j}V_{\star})=-Q(D^{j}U_{\star}\otimes V_{\star})+D^{j}Q(U_{\star}\otimes V_{\star})+Q(U_{\star}\otimes D^{j}V_{\star}). Q ( U ⋆ , D j V ⋆ ) = − Q ( D j U ⋆ ⊗ V ⋆ ) + D j Q ( U ⋆ ⊗ V ⋆ ) + Q ( U ⋆ ⊗ D j V ⋆ ) .
Proof. To obtain this identity, we first use the definition of our paraproducts and then use the covariant product rule for G \mathrm{G} G -equivariant bilinear maps (see Lemma 3.17 ).
Equipped with Lemma 6.6 , we can now rewrite the terms in (391) , (392) , (393) , and (395) . First, using Lemma 6.6 and the skew-symmetry of the Lie bracket, we see that (391) –(392) can be written as
[ W ε , ⋆ , j , ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] − [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] + [ ∂ ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] = [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] + [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] − 2 [ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ W ε , ⋆ ] + 2 D j [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ W ε , ⋆ ] + 2 [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ D j W ε , ⋆ ] + [ D ε , ⋆ , j ∘ ⊗ W ε j ] − D [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ W ε j ] − [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ D W ε j ] = 2 [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] + 2 [ W ε , ⋆ ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ] − 2 D j [ W ε , ⋆ ⊗ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ] + D [ W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ] + [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] + [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j W ε , ⋆ − D W ε , ⋆ j ) ] . (397) \begin{aligned}
&[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j},(2D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]-[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(2D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]+[\partial_{\varepsilon,j},2D^{j}W_{\varepsilon}-DW_{\varepsilon}^{j}] \\
={}&[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(2D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]+[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(2D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]\\
&-2[D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes W_{\varepsilon,\star}]+2D^{j}[\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes W_{\varepsilon,\star}]+2[\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes D^{j}W_{\varepsilon,\star}]\\
&+[D_{\varepsilon,\star,j}^{\circ}\otimes W_{\varepsilon}^{j}]-D[\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes W_{\varepsilon}^{j}]-[\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes DW_{\varepsilon}^{j}]\\
={}&2[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]+2[W_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}]\\
&-2D^{j}[W_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}]+D[W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}]\\
&+[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(2D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]+[\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(2D^{j}W_{\varepsilon,\star}-DW_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j})]. \tag*{(397)}
\end{aligned} = = [ W ε , ⋆ , j , ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] − [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] + [ ∂ ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] + [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] − 2 [ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ W ε , ⋆ ] + 2 D j [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ W ε , ⋆ ] + 2 [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ D j W ε , ⋆ ] + [ D ε , ⋆ , j ∘ ⊗ W ε j ] − D [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ W ε j ] − [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ D W ε j ] 2 [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] + 2 [ W ε , ⋆ ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ] − 2 D j [ W ε , ⋆ ⊗ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ] + D [ W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ] + [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] + [ ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j W ε , ⋆ − D W ε , ⋆ j )] . (397)
The exact expression in (397) plays an important role in our argument, since it will need to be renormalised. Since it appears repeatedly below, it is convenient to define
Lb ( W ε , ⋆ , D ∂ ε , ⋆ ) : = 2 [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] + 2 [ W ε , ⋆ ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ] . (398) \operatorname{Lb}(W_{\varepsilon,\star},D\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}) := 2[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]+2[W_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star,j}]. \tag*{(398)} Lb ( W ε , ⋆ , D ∂ ε , ⋆ ) := 2 [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] + 2 [ W ε , ⋆ ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ , j ] . (398)
We now turn to the terms in (393) . Using Lemma 6.6 and the skew-symmetry of B, we obtain
B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ) − B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ) + B ( ∂ ε ⊗ D w ε ) = 2 B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ) (399) \begin{aligned}
B(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D_{\varepsilon,\star})-B(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D_{\varepsilon,\star})+B(\partial_{\varepsilon}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon})
&=2B(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D_{\varepsilon,\star}) \tag*{(399)}
\end{aligned} B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ) − B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ) + B ( ∂ ε ⊗ D w ε ) = 2 B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ) (399)
− D ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ∂ ε , ⋆ ) ) + B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ∂ ε , ⋆ ) + B ( ∂ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) . (400) -D\bigl(B(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes\partial_{\varepsilon,\star})\bigr)+B(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D\partial_{\varepsilon,\star})+B(\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon,\star}). \tag*{(400)} − D ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ∂ ε , ⋆ ) ) + B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ∂ ε , ⋆ ) + B ( ∂ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) . (400)
Finally, we turn to the terms in (395) . Using Lemma 6.6 again, we decompose
2 W ε , ⋆ j D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − 2 W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ = 2 W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ + 2 W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ . (401) 2W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}D_{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-2W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes D_{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}=2W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes D_{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}+2W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes D_{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}. \tag*{(401)} 2 W ε , ⋆ j D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − 2 W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ = 2 W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ + 2 W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ . (401)
and
2 ∂ ε j D j w ε = − 2 ( D j ∂ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ w ε , ⋆ + 2 D j ( ∂ ε , ⋆ j ⊗ w ε , ⋆ ) + 2 ∂ ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j w ε , ⋆ . (402) 2\partial_{\varepsilon}^{j}D_{j}w_{\varepsilon}=-2(D_{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j})\otimes w_{\varepsilon,\star}+2D_{j}(\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes w_{\varepsilon,\star})+2\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes D_{j}w_{\varepsilon,\star}. \tag*{(402)} 2 ∂ ε j D j w ε = − 2 ( D j ∂ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ w ε , ⋆ + 2 D j ( ∂ ε , ⋆ j ⊗ w ε , ⋆ ) + 2 ∂ ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j w ε , ⋆ . (402)
In order to finish our reformulation of (391) –(396) , it only remains to complete two steps: First, we insert our paracontrolled ansatz into the high× \times × high-products in (397) , (399) , the first summand in (401) , and the first summand in (402) , which is done using the double Duhamel trick. For this, we need to introduce operators corresponding to the right-hand sides of (388) , (389) , and (390) , which are defined as
X ε , K ∘ ( W ε , ⋆ ) ≔ Duh B , K F ( [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] ) , (403) X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\circ}(W_{\varepsilon,\star})\coloneqq\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}^{F}\bigl([W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(2D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]\bigr), \tag*{(403)} X ε , K ∘ ( W ε , ⋆ ) : = Duh B , K F ( [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] ) , (403)
X ε , K ∙ ( w ε , ⋆ ) ≔ Duh B , K F ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ∂ ε , ⋆ ) ) , (404) X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\bullet}(w_{\varepsilon,\star})\coloneqq\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}^{F}\bigl(B(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D\partial_{\varepsilon,\star})\bigr), \tag*{(404)} X ε , K ∙ ( w ε , ⋆ ) : = Duh B , K F ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ∂ ε , ⋆ ) ) , (404)
x ε , K ( W ε , ⋆ ) ≔ 2 Duh B , K ( W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ ) . (405) x_{\varepsilon,K}(W_{\varepsilon,\star})\coloneqq2\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}\bigl(W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes D_{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}\bigr). \tag*{(405)} x ε , K ( W ε , ⋆ ) : = 2 Duh B , K ( W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ ) . (405)
In line with our earlier decomposition of X ε , K X_{\varepsilon,K} X ε , K into X ε , K ∘ X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\circ} X ε , K ∘ and X ε , K ∙ X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\bullet} X ε , K ∙ , we also write
X ε , K ( W ε , ⋆ , w ε , ⋆ ) ≔ X ε , K ∘ ( W ε , ⋆ ) + X ε , K ∙ ( w ε , ⋆ ) . X_{\varepsilon,K}(W_{\varepsilon,\star},w_{\varepsilon,\star})\coloneqq X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\circ}(W_{\varepsilon,\star})+X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\bullet}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}). X ε , K ( W ε , ⋆ , w ε , ⋆ ) : = X ε , K ∘ ( W ε , ⋆ ) + X ε , K ∙ ( w ε , ⋆ ) .
Second, we renormalise the individual terms in the nonlinearity, and the counterterms will involve the constants σ ρ , ε 2 \sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2} σ ρ , ε 2 and C ρ C_{\rho} C ρ from Definition 2.15 and the induced linear maps from Definition 3.41. In total, we then arrive at the following system of equations: As in (388) –(390) (or as on the right-hand sides of (403) –(405) ), the equations for the paracontrolled components, which we repeat for convenience, are
X ε , K ∘ = Duh B , K F ( [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] ) , (406) X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\circ}=\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}^{F}\bigl([W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes(2D^{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}-D_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ j})]\bigr), \tag*{(406)} X ε , K ∘ = Duh B , K F ( [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ∂ ε , ⋆ − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] ) , (406)
X ε , K ∙ = Duh B , K F ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ∂ ε , ⋆ ) ) , (407) X_{\varepsilon,K}^{\bullet}=\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}^{F}\bigl(B(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D\partial_{\varepsilon,\star})\bigr), \tag*{(407)} X ε , K ∙ = Duh B , K F ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ∂ ε , ⋆ ) ) , (407)
x ε , K = 2 Duh B , K ( W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ ) . (408) x_{\varepsilon,K}=2\operatorname{Duh}_{B,K}\bigl(W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes D_{j}\partial_{\varepsilon,\star}\bigr). \tag*{(408)} x ε , K = 2 Duh B , K ( W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ∂ ε , ⋆ ) . (408)
Covariant ansatz
For the smooth nonlinear remainder Y ε , ⋆ Y_{\varepsilon,\star} Y ε , ⋆ , we have that
Y ε , κ = Duh B , κ F ( Lb ( ϱ ˚ ˚ ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) + Lb ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 B ( ϱ ˚ ˚ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov ϑ ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) + Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 B ( x ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) ( Cov g ϑ + Cov ϑ ϑ ) ( W ε ) + Lb ( S ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 B ( ( φ ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ) ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) − 2 D j [ W ε , ⋆ ⊗ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , j ] + D [ W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , j − D ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) ) ] + [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ − D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ] + B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + [ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j W ε , ⋆ − D W ε , ⋆ j ) ] + B ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) + [ W ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] − [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] + B ( w ε ⊗ D w ε ) − B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) + [ ϱ ˚ ε , j + W ε , j , [ ϱ ˚ ε j + W ε j , ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ] ] − [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) + B ( ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) ⊗ ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) ) − B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov ϑ ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) − 1 8 π Cov ϑ ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) ) . (409) \begin{aligned}
Y_{\varepsilon,\kappa}={}&\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,\kappa}\Bigl(
\operatorname{Lb}(\mathring{\mathring{\varrho}}_{\varepsilon,\star},\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})
+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon})
+\operatorname{Lb}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star},\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})\\
&+2\operatorname{B}(\mathring{\mathring{\varrho}}_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})
+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}_{\vartheta}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon})\\
&+\operatorname{Lb}(X_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond},w_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})
+2\operatorname{B}(x_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})\\
&+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})(\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{\vartheta}+\operatorname{Cov}_{\vartheta}^{\vartheta})(W_{\varepsilon})\\
&+\operatorname{Lb}(S_{\star}+Y_{\varepsilon,\star},\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})
+2\operatorname{B}((\varphi_{\star}+y_{\varepsilon,\star})\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})\\
&-2\mathrm{D}^{j}[W_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star,j}]
+\mathrm{D}[W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star,j}
-\mathrm{D}(\operatorname{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}))]\\
&+[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\mathbin{\otimes}(2\mathrm{D}^{j}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}-\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j})]
+\operatorname{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})\\
&+[\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\mathbin{\otimes}(2\mathrm{D}^{j}W_{\varepsilon,\star}-\mathrm{D}W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j})]
+\operatorname{B}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}w_{\varepsilon,\star})\\
&+[W_{\varepsilon,j},2\mathrm{D}^{j}W_{\varepsilon}-\mathrm{D}W_{\varepsilon}^{j}]
-[S_{j},2\mathrm{D}^{j}S-\mathrm{D}S^{j}]
+\operatorname{B}(w_{\varepsilon}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}w_{\varepsilon})
-\operatorname{B}(\varphi\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}\varphi)\\
&+[\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,j}+W_{\varepsilon,j},
[\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}^{j}+W_{\varepsilon}^{j},\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon}]]
-[S_{j},[S^{j},S]]
-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})\\
&+\operatorname{B}((\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})\mathbin{\otimes}
(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon}))
-\operatorname{B}(\varphi\mathbin{\otimes}S\varphi)
-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}\operatorname{Cov}_{\vartheta}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})\\
&-\frac{1}{8\pi}\operatorname{Cov}_{\vartheta}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})
\Bigr). \tag*{(409)}
\end{aligned} Y ε , κ = Duh B , κ F ( Lb ( ϱ ˚ ˚ ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) + Lb ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 B ( ϱ ˚ ˚ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov ϑ ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) + Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 B ( x ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) ( Cov g ϑ + Cov ϑ ϑ ) ( W ε ) + Lb ( S ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 B (( φ ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ) ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) − 2 D j [ W ε , ⋆ ⊗ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , j ] + D [ W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , j − D ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ))] + [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ − D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j )] + B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + [ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j W ε , ⋆ − D W ε , ⋆ j )] + B ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) + [ W ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] − [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] + B ( w ε ⊗ D w ε ) − B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) + [ ϱ ˚ ε , j + W ε , j , [ ϱ ˚ ε j + W ε j , ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ]] − [ S j , [ S j , S ]] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) + B (( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) ⊗ ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε )) − B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov ϑ ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) − 8 π 1 Cov ϑ ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) ) . (409)
Lb ( ϱ ˚ ˚ ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) + Lb ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 B ( ϱ ˚ ˚ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov ϑ ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) (410) \begin{aligned}
&\operatorname{Lb}(\mathring{\mathring{\varrho}}_{\varepsilon,\star},\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})
+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon})
+\operatorname{Lb}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star},\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})\\
&\qquad+2\operatorname{B}(\mathring{\mathring{\varrho}}_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star})
+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}_{\vartheta}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}) \tag*{(410)}
\end{aligned} Lb ( ϱ ˚ ˚ ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) + Lb ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ , D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 B ( ϱ ˚ ˚ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov ϑ ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) (410)
where we have highlighted the counterterms in light grey. In (6.74), we used the symbols ⋄ \diamond ⋄ and ⋆ \star ⋆ for the frequency scales of the input and output, respectively, of X X X and x x x . We emphasise that the terms within each line of (409) –(6.81) are similar to each other. Finally, for the smooth remainder y ε , ⋆ y_{\varepsilon,\star} y ε , ⋆ , we have that
y ε , κ = Duh B , κ ( 2 ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j + ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) − 2 ( D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ + 2 X ε , ⋆ j ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ϑ ( w ε ) − 2 ( D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ x ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ) + 2 ( S ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ ) j ⊗ D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ − 2 ( D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ ( φ ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ) + 2 D j ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ⊗ w ε , ⋆ ) + 2 W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ + 2 ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j w ε , ⋆ + 2 ( W ε j D j w ε − S j D j φ ) + ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) j ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) j ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) − S j S j φ − 2 σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) − ∣ ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ∣ 2 ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) + ( dim ( V ) + 2 ) σ ρ , ε 2 ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) + ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ − M ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) ) . (411) \begin{aligned}
y_{\varepsilon,\kappa}={}&\operatorname{Duh}_{B,\kappa}\Bigl(
2(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}+\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j})\otimes\mathrm{D}_{j}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}
+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon})
-2(\mathrm{D}_{j}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j})\otimes\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}\\
&+2X_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond},w_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\otimes\mathrm{D}_{j}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}
+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{\vartheta}(w_{\varepsilon})
-2(\mathrm{D}_{j}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j})\otimes x_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\\
&+2(S_{\star}+Y_{\varepsilon,\star})^{j}\otimes\mathrm{D}_{j}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}
-2(\mathrm{D}_{j}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j})\otimes(\varphi_{\star}+y_{\varepsilon,\star})\\
&+2\mathrm{D}_{j}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes w_{\varepsilon,\star})
+2W_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes\mathrm{D}_{j}\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}
+2\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{j}\otimes\mathrm{D}_{j}w_{\varepsilon,\star}\\
&+2(W_{\varepsilon}^{j}\mathrm{D}_{j}w_{\varepsilon}-S^{j}\mathrm{D}_{j}\varphi)\\
&+(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})^{j}
(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+W_{\varepsilon})_{j}
(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})
-S^{j}S_{j}\varphi
-2\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{\vartheta}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})\\
&-|\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon}|^{2}
(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})
+(\dim(V)+2)\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})
+|\varphi|^{2}\varphi\\
&-\operatorname{M}(\mathring{\varrho}_{\varepsilon}+w_{\varepsilon})
\Bigr). \tag*{(411)}
\end{aligned} y ε , κ = Duh B , κ ( 2 ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j + ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε ) − 2 ( D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ + 2 X ε , ⋆ j ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ϑ ( w ε ) − 2 ( D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ x ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ) + 2 ( S ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ ) j ⊗ D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ − 2 ( D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ) ⊗ ( φ ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ) + 2 D j ( ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ⊗ w ε , ⋆ ) + 2 W ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ + 2 ϱ ˚ ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j w ε , ⋆ + 2 ( W ε j D j w ε − S j D j φ ) + ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) j ( ϱ ˚ ε + W ε ) j ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) − S j S j φ − 2 σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g ϑ ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) − ∣ ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ∣ 2 ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) + ( dim ( V ) + 2 ) σ ρ , ε 2 ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) + ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ − M ( ϱ ˚ ε + w ε ) ) . (411)
We note that, by Definition 2.15, adding up the counterterms in (409) –(6.82) gives exactly the counterterm in (6.22), and adding up the counterterms in (411) –(6.90) gives exactly the counterterm in (6.26).
Remark 6.7. By writing out the integral equations (409) –(6.90), we arrived at rather long expressions. The precise form of most terms is irrelevant, i.e., the precise indices, prefactors, or signs are not too important. However, in some terms such as (409) –(6.75), the precise form is crucial for our argument. For this reason, we believe it is best to write out the integral equations for Y ε , ⋆ Y_{\varepsilon,\star} Y ε , ⋆ and y ε , ⋆ y_{\varepsilon,\star} y ε , ⋆ explicitly once.
Remark 6.8. In (6.82), we left the 1 8 π \frac{1}{8\pi} 8 π 1 -counterterm alone. The reason is that it will only be important in Section 13, where it will be needed to prove that our solution is gauge equivalent (in law) to the solution obtained in [CCHS22]. In contrast, we grouped the C ρ C_\rho C ρ -counterterms together with their corresponding interactions. For the arguments in § 7 –§ 10 , one could leave the C ρ C_\rho C ρ -counterterms alone as well, and only pay attention to them in Section 13. However, we would like to illustrate that, even though it is only proven in Section 13, the arguments in § 7 –§ 10 could be used to prove that the limiting solution does not depend on ρ \rho ρ . And, for this, we need to correctly account for the C ρ C_\rho C ρ -counterterms.
Solution spaces, Schauder estimates, and paraproduct estimates
In this section, we introduce the covariant functional framework that will be needed in the proof of our covariant local well-posedness result (Theorem 2.19 ). Throughout the section, we let 0 < T ≤ 1 128 0<T\leq\frac{1}{128} 0 < T ≤ 128 1 , let N l o N_{\mathrm{lo}} N lo be as in (378) , and let B B B be the Yang–Mills gradient flow from (350) . Furthermore, as in Notation 6.1, we simply write F F F for F B F_B F B .
Solution spaces
In this subsection, we introduce the functional framework that will be used to solve (6.69)–(6.90). In order to treat the connection one-form and Higgs field simultaneously, we introduce the following notation.
Notation 7.1. First, we introduce Y ≔ g 2 ⊕ V = g ⊕ g ⊕ V Y \coloneqq\mathfrak{g}^{2}\oplus V=\mathfrak{g}\oplus\mathfrak{g}\oplus V Y : = g 2 ⊕ V = g ⊕ g ⊕ V . This space is equipped with the natural representation of G G G , i.e., the representation ϱ Y = Ad ⊕ Ad ⊕ ϱ \varrho_Y=\operatorname{Ad}\oplus\operatorname{Ad}\oplus\varrho ϱ Y = Ad ⊕ Ad ⊕ ϱ . Occasionally, we will need to refer to the different components of Y Y Y . For this reason, it is convenient to write
Y ( 1 ) = Y ( 2 ) ≔ g and Y ( 3 ) ≔ V . Y^{(1)}=Y^{(2)}\coloneqq\mathfrak{g}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
Y^{(3)}\coloneqq V. Y ( 1 ) = Y ( 2 ) : = g and Y ( 3 ) : = V .
For each N ∈ 2 N 0 N\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} N ∈ 2 N 0 , we define the End ( Y ) \operatorname{End}(Y) End ( Y ) -valued kernels
q Y , B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) ≔ q B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) , q Y , B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) ≔ q B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) , q Y , B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) ≔ q B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) . (412) \begin{aligned}
q_{Y,B}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot})&\coloneqq q_B(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathfrak{g}^{2})\oplus p_B(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};V),\\
q_{Y,B,\varepsilon,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot})&\coloneqq q_{B,\varepsilon,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathfrak{g}^{2})\oplus p_{B,\varepsilon,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};V),\\
q_{Y,B,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot})&\coloneqq q_{B,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathfrak{g}^{2})\oplus p_{B,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};V). \tag*{(412)}
\end{aligned} q Y , B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) q Y , B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) q Y , B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) : = q B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) , : = q B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) , : = q B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) . (412)
where q B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) q_B(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathfrak{g}^{2}) q B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) and p B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) p_B(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};V) p B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) are the End ( g 2 ) \operatorname{End}(\mathfrak{g}^{2}) End ( g 2 ) - and End ( V ) \operatorname{End}(V) End ( V ) -valued kernels from Definition 2.1 and their decorated versions are as in (372) and (373) . We emphasise that the second kernel in (412) is a p B p_B p B -rather than q B q_B q B -kernel, and the reason for this is that the Φ \Phi Φ -equation in (354) does not contain a curvature term. We will sometimes also use the End ( Y ) \operatorname{End}(Y) End ( Y ) -valued kernels
p Y , B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) ≔ p B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) , p Y , B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) ≔ p B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) , p Y , B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) ≔ p B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) . (413) \begin{aligned}
p_{Y,B}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot})&\coloneqq p_B(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathfrak{g}^{2})\oplus p_B(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};V),\\
p_{Y,B,\varepsilon,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot})&\coloneqq p_{B,\varepsilon,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathfrak{g}^{2})\oplus p_{B,\varepsilon,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};V),\\
p_{Y,B,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot})&\coloneqq p_{B,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};\mathfrak{g}^{2})\oplus p_{B,N}(\mathord{\cdot},\mathord{\cdot};V). \tag*{(413)}
\end{aligned} p Y , B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) p Y , B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) p Y , B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ) : = p B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) , : = p B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B , ε , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) , : = p B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; g 2 ) ⊕ p B , N ( ⋅ , ⋅ ; V ) . (413)
where the first kernel on each right-hand side is End ( g 2 ) \operatorname{End}(\mathfrak{g}^{2}) End ( g 2 ) -valued and the second kernel is End ( V ) \operatorname{End}(V) End ( V ) -valued. In line with (412) and (413) , we further write
Duh Y , B , N F ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) ≔ ∬ d s d y q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) , \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,N}(\Psi)(t,x)\coloneqq\iint ds\,dy\,q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x)\Psi(s,y), Duh Y , B , N F ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) : = ∬ d s d y q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) ,
Duh Y , B , N ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) ≔ ∬ d s d y p Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) . (414) \operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,N}(\Psi)(t,x)\coloneqq\iint ds\,dy\,p_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x)\Psi(s,y). \tag*{(414)} Duh Y , B , N ( Ψ ) ( t , x ) : = ∬ d s d y p Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) Ψ ( s , y ) . (414)
where Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \Psi\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to Y Ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y .
We note that, while Notation 7.1 will already be useful in this section, it will be most useful in our treatment of stochastic objects, see e.g. Sections 8.1 and 9. We proceed to introduce our solution spaces. In the following, recall Notation 3.4 regarding space-time derivatives.
Definition 7.2 (Solution spaces). Let α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R , and let η ≤ 0 \eta\le0 η ≤ 0 . For all M ∈ 2 N 0 M \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} M ∈ 2 N 0 satisfying M ≥ N l o M \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} M ≥ N lo and all ϕ M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi_M : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y ϕ M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y , we then define
∥ ϕ M ∥ s o l M α , η = ∥ ϕ M ∥ s o l M α , η ( [ 0 , T ] ) : = max 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 M α − m ∥ t − η / 2 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) . (415) \lVert\phi_M \rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_M} = \lVert\phi_M \rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_M([0,T])} := \max_{0 \le m \le10} M^{\alpha-m} \lVert t^{-\eta/2} D_{t,x}^{(m)} \phi_M \rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)}. \tag*{(415)} ∥ ϕ M ∥ sol M α , η = ∥ ϕ M ∥ sol M α , η ([ 0 , T ]) := 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 max M α − m ∥ t − η /2 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) . (415) Furthermore, let ϕ ⋆ = ( ϕ N ) N ≥ N l o \phi_\star= (\phi_N)_{N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} ϕ ⋆ = ( ϕ N ) N ≥ N lo where, for each N ≥ N l o N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} N ≥ N lo , ϕ N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi_N : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y ϕ N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y . Then, we define
∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η = ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η ( [ 0 , T ] ) : = sup N ≥ N l o ∥ ϕ N ∥ s o l N α , η ( [ 0 , T ] ) . (416) \lVert\phi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}} = \lVert\phi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}([0,T])} := \sup_{N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} \lVert\phi_N \rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_N([0,T])}. \tag*{(416)} ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ sol α , η = ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ sol α , η ([ 0 , T ]) := N ≥ N lo sup ∥ ϕ N ∥ sol N α , η ([ 0 , T ]) . (416) We also write ∥ ϕ M ∥ s o l M α : = ∥ ϕ M ∥ s o l M α , 0 \lVert\phi_M \rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}_M} := \lVert\phi_M \rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,0}_M} ∥ ϕ M ∥ sol M α := ∥ ϕ M ∥ sol M α , 0 and ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ s o l α : = ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ s o l α , 0 \lVert\phi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}} := \lVert\phi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,0}} ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ sol α := ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ sol α , 0 . If the maps take values in the component Y ( a ) Y^{(a)} Y ( a ) rather than Y Y Y itself, where a ∈ [ 3 ] a \in[3] a ∈ [ 3 ] , the norms from (415) and (416) are defined similarly.
Remark 7.3. In Definition 7.2, it is useful to think of α + η \alpha+\eta α + η as a scaling exponent. Indeed, in the case B ≡ 0 B \equiv0 B ≡ 0 , ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η \lVert\phi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}} ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ sol α , η and ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ C x α + η \lVert\phi^{(0)} \rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha+\eta}_x} ∥ ϕ ( 0 ) ∥ C x α + η scale the same under the parabolic scaling. Keeping this in mind will be helpful in understanding the parameter conditions in Section 7.3 and the powers of T T T in Section 8.3.
The solution spaces s o l M α , η \mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_M sol M α , η will be used to control functions which, in the covariant sense described in Section 6.2, have regularity α \alpha α and are supported on frequencies of order M M M . For negative values of α \alpha α , we will often need to work with strengthened versions of (415) and (416) . The reason is that, when α \alpha α is negative, the exponent of M M M in (415) is always negative, and hence (415) does not allow us to gain powers of M M M . In the following, recall the temporal regularity spaces introduced in Definition 3.51.
Definition 7.4 (Modified solution spaces). Let α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) \alpha\in(-1,0) α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) . For all M ∈ 2 N 0 M \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} M ∈ 2 N 0 satisfying M ≥ N l o M \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} M ≥ N lo and all ϕ M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi_M : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y ϕ M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y , we then define
∥ ϕ M ∥ m s o l M α = ∥ ϕ M ∥ m s o l M α ( [ 0 , T ] ) : = ∥ ϕ M ∥ s o l M α ( [ 0 , T ] ) + sup − 1 ≤ α ′ ≤ α max 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 M − α ′ + α − m ∥ D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ∥ C t α ′ / 2 L x r . (417) \begin{aligned}
\lVert\phi_M \rVert_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}_M}
&= \lVert\phi_M \rVert_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}_M([0,T])} \\
&:= \lVert\phi_M \rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}_M([0,T])}
+ \sup_{-1 \le\alpha' \le\alpha}\max_{0 \le m \le10}
M^{-\alpha' + \alpha- m}\lVert D_{t,x}^{(m)}\phi_M\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{\alpha'/2}_t L^r_x}. \tag*{(417)}
\end{aligned} ∥ ϕ M ∥ msol M α = ∥ ϕ M ∥ msol M α ([ 0 , T ]) := ∥ ϕ M ∥ sol M α ([ 0 , T ]) + − 1 ≤ α ′ ≤ α sup 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 max M − α ′ + α − m ∥ D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ∥ C t α ′ /2 L x r . (417) where r r r is as in (96) . Furthermore, let ϕ ⋆ = ( ϕ N ) N ≥ N l o \phi_\star= (\phi_N)_{N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} ϕ ⋆ = ( ϕ N ) N ≥ N lo where, for each N ≥ N l o N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} N ≥ N lo , ϕ N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi_N : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y ϕ N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y . Then, we define
∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ m s o l α = ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ m s o l α ( [ 0 , T ] ) : = sup N ≥ N l o ∥ ϕ N ∥ m s o l N α ( [ 0 , T ] ) . (418) \lVert\phi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}} = \lVert\phi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}([0,T])} := \sup_{N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} \lVert\phi_N \rVert_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}_N([0,T])}. \tag*{(418)} ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ msol α = ∥ ϕ ⋆ ∥ msol α ([ 0 , T ]) := N ≥ N lo sup ∥ ϕ N ∥ msol N α ([ 0 , T ]) . (418) If the maps take values in the component Y ( a ) Y^{(a)} Y ( a ) rather than Y Y Y itself, where a ∈ [ 3 ] a \in[3] a ∈ [ 3 ] , the norms are again defined similarly.
We note that the exponent of M M M in (417) is positive when α ′ < α \alpha' < \alpha α ′ < α and m = 0 m=0 m = 0 , which will often be used below.
Remark 7.5. As mentioned before, the most important difference between our s o l α , η \mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta} sol α , η -norm and our m s o l α \mathrm{msol}^{\alpha} msol α -norm is that the latter includes terms at negative temporal regularity, but there are also two other differences: First, our m s o l α \mathrm{msol}^{\alpha} msol α -norm does not include singular weights in time. This could be done but, since the m s o l α \mathrm{msol}^{\alpha} msol α -norm will only be used for our covariant stochastic objects, it is simply not needed. Second, while the m s o l α \mathrm{msol}^{\alpha} msol α -norm includes L x r L^r_x L x r -terms, the s o l α , η \mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta} sol α , η -norm is entirely L x ∞ L^\infty_x L x ∞ -based. This difference is not reflected in our notation for the m s o l α \mathrm{msol}^{\alpha} msol α -norm since the parameter r r r is fixed throughout the article. The reason for using the L x r L^r_x L x r -norm is only technical and lies in the proof of Lemma 9.20 below.
In the following, we state and prove two lemmas related to properties of our solution spaces. In the first lemma, we prove a Hölder estimate in time.
Lemma 7.6 (Hölder estimate in time). Let α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R , let η ∈ ( − 2 , 0 ] \eta\in(-2,0] η ∈ ( − 2 , 0 ] , let 0 ≤ β ≤ 2 0 \le\beta\le2 0 ≤ β ≤ 2 , and let 0 ≤ m ≤ 8 0 \le m \le8 0 ≤ m ≤ 8 . Furthermore, let M ∈ 2 N 0 M \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} M ∈ 2 N 0 satisfy M ≥ N l o M \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} M ≥ N lo and let ϕ M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi_M \colon[0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y ϕ M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y . Finally, assume that ϕ M ( t ) = 0 \phi_M(t)=0 ϕ M ( t ) = 0 for all t ≪ M − 2 t \ll M^{-2} t ≪ M − 2 . Then, it holds that
∥ t − η / 2 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ∥ C t β / 2 L x ∞ ≲ M − α + β + m ∥ ϕ M ∥ s o l M α , η . (419) \left\|t^{-\eta/2}D_{t,x}^{(m)}\phi_M\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\beta/2}_tL^\infty_x}
\lesssim M^{-\alpha+\beta+m}\|\phi_M\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_M}. \tag*{(419)} t − η /2 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M C t β /2 L x ∞ ≲ M − α + β + m ∥ ϕ M ∥ sol M α , η . (419)
Proof. By interpolation, it suffices to treat the cases β = 0 \beta=0 β = 0 and β = 2 \beta=2 β = 2 . The case β = 0 \beta=0 β = 0 is trivial. In the case β = 2 \beta=2 β = 2 , we estimate
∥ ∂ t ( t − η / 2 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∥ t − η / 2 − 1 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t − η / 2 D t , x ( m + 2 ) ϕ M ∥ L t , x ∞ \left\|\partial_t\left(t^{-\eta/2}D_{t,x}^{(m)}\phi_M\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim\left\|t^{-\eta/2-1}D_{t,x}^{(m)}\phi_M\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\left\|t^{-\eta/2}D_{t,x}^{(m+2)}\phi_M\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} ∂ t ( t − η /2 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ) L t , x ∞ ≲ t − η /2 − 1 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M L t , x ∞ + t − η /2 D t , x ( m + 2 ) ϕ M L t , x ∞
≲ M 2 ∥ t − η / 2 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t − η / 2 D t , x ( m + 2 ) ϕ M ∥ L t , x ∞ \lesssim M^2\left\|t^{-\eta/2}D_{t,x}^{(m)}\phi_M\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\left\|t^{-\eta/2}D_{t,x}^{(m+2)}\phi_M\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} ≲ M 2 t − η /2 D t , x ( m ) ϕ M L t , x ∞ + t − η /2 D t , x ( m + 2 ) ϕ M L t , x ∞
≲ M 2 − α + m ∥ ϕ M ∥ s o l M α , η , \lesssim M^{2-\alpha+m}\|\phi_M\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_M}, ≲ M 2 − α + m ∥ ϕ M ∥ sol M α , η ,
where we used that t − 1 ≲ M 2 t^{-1}\lesssim M^2 t − 1 ≲ M 2 on the support of ϕ M \phi_M ϕ M to obtain the second inequality.
In the second lemma, we prove an estimate that relates solution spaces with different regularities and singular weights.
Lemma 7.7. Let α 1 , α 2 ∈ R \alpha_1,\alpha_2 \in\mathbb{R} α 1 , α 2 ∈ R , and let η 1 , η 2 ≤ 0 \eta_1,\eta_2 \le0 η 1 , η 2 ≤ 0 . Furthermore, assume that α 1 + η 1 ≤ α 2 + η 2 \alpha_1+\eta_1 \le\alpha_2+\eta_2 α 1 + η 1 ≤ α 2 + η 2 and that η 1 ≥ η 2 \eta_1 \ge\eta_2 η 1 ≥ η 2 . Finally, let N ≥ N l o N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} N ≥ N lo and let ϕ N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi_N \colon[0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y ϕ N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y be supported on times t ≳ N − 2 t \gtrsim N^{-2} t ≳ N − 2 . Then, it holds that
∥ ϕ N ∥ s o l N α 1 , η 1 ≲ T α 2 + η 2 − ( α 1 + η 1 ) 2 ∥ ϕ N ∥ s o l N α 2 , η 2 , \|\phi_N\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha_1,\eta_1}_N}
\lesssim T^{\frac{\alpha_2+\eta_2-(\alpha_1+\eta_1)}{2}}\|\phi_N\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha_2,\eta_2}_N}, ∥ ϕ N ∥ sol N α 1 , η 1 ≲ T 2 α 2 + η 2 − ( α 1 + η 1 ) ∥ ϕ N ∥ sol N α 2 , η 2 , where the implicit constant is independent of T T T and N N N .
Roughly speaking, this shows that, at the cost of increasing the regularity parameter, we can make the weight more singular.
Proof. On the support of ϕ N \phi_N ϕ N , we have that
N α 1 t − η 1 2 = N α 1 t η 2 − η 1 2 t − η 2 2 ≲ N α 1 N − ( η 2 − η 1 ) t − η 2 2 = N α 2 N α 1 + η 1 − α 2 − η 2 t − η 2 2 . N^{\alpha_1}t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}=N^{\alpha_1}t^{\frac{\eta_2-\eta_1}{2}}t^{-\frac{\eta_2}{2}}\lesssim N^{\alpha_1}N^{-(\eta_2-\eta_1)}t^{-\frac{\eta_2}{2}}=N^{\alpha_2}N^{\alpha_1+\eta_1-\alpha_2-\eta_2}t^{-\frac{\eta_2}{2}}. N α 1 t − 2 η 1 = N α 1 t 2 η 2 − η 1 t − 2 η 2 ≲ N α 1 N − ( η 2 − η 1 ) t − 2 η 2 = N α 2 N α 1 + η 1 − α 2 − η 2 t − 2 η 2 .
Since α 1 + η 1 − α 2 − η 2 ≤ 0 \alpha_1+\eta_1-\alpha_2-\eta_2\le0 α 1 + η 1 − α 2 − η 2 ≤ 0 and N ≳ N l o ∼ T − 1 / 2 N\gtrsim N_{\mathrm{lo}}\sim T^{-1/2} N ≳ N lo ∼ T − 1/2 , this implies the desired result.
After this discussion of the solution spaces themselves, we will soon turn to the corresponding Schauder estimates. To simplify the notation below, we first define the following norm, which will be used for the nonlinearities in (406) –(6.90).
Definition 7.8. Let α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R , and let ν ≤ 0 \nu\le0 ν ≤ 0 . Furthermore, let M ∈ 2 N 0 M \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} M ∈ 2 N 0 satisfy M ≥ N l o M \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} M ≥ N lo and let ϕ M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi_M \colon[0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y ϕ M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y . Then, we define
∥ ϕ M ∥ n l M α , ν = ∥ ϕ M ∥ n l M α , ν ( [ 0 , T ] ) : = ∥ ∬ d s d y q Y , B , M ( s , y ; t , x ) ϕ M ( s , y ) ∥ s o l M α + 2 , ν ( [ 0 , T ] ) . (420) \|\phi_M\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}_M}=\|\phi_M\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}_M([0,T])}:=\left\|\iint\mathrm{d}s\mathrm{d}y\,q_{Y,B,M}(s,y;t,x)\phi_M(s,y)\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha+2,\nu}_M([0,T])}. \tag*{(420)} ∥ ϕ M ∥ nl M α , ν = ∥ ϕ M ∥ nl M α , ν ([ 0 , T ]) := ∬ d s d y q Y , B , M ( s , y ; t , x ) ϕ M ( s , y ) sol M α + 2 , ν ([ 0 , T ]) . (420) Furthermore, let ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi\colon[0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y . Then, we define
∥ ϕ ∥ n l α , ν = ∥ ϕ ∥ n l α , ν ( [ 0 , T ] ) : = sup N ≥ N l o ∥ ϕ ∥ n l N α , ν ( [ 0 , T ] ) . (421) \|\phi\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}}=\|\phi\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}([0,T])}:=\sup_{N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}}\|\phi\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}_N([0,T])}. \tag*{(421)} ∥ ϕ ∥ nl α , ν = ∥ ϕ ∥ nl α , ν ([ 0 , T ]) := N ≥ N lo sup ∥ ϕ ∥ nl N α , ν ([ 0 , T ]) . (421) As for our solution spaces, we write n l α \mathrm{nl}^{\alpha} nl α and n l M α \mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_M nl M α in the case ν = 0 \nu=0 ν = 0 . If ϕ M \phi_M ϕ M or ϕ \phi ϕ takes values in g 2 \mathfrak{g}^2 g 2 or V V V rather than Y Y Y , we define ∥ ϕ M ∥ n l M α , ν \|\phi_M\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}_M} ∥ ϕ M ∥ nl M α , ν and ∥ ϕ ∥ n l α , ν \|\phi\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}} ∥ ϕ ∥ nl α , ν by first using the canonical embedding g 2 ↪ Y \mathfrak{g}^2 \hookrightarrow Y g 2 ↪ Y or V ↪ Y V \hookrightarrow Y V ↪ Y and then using the norms for Y Y Y -valued maps.
We also remark that it is natural that the map ϕ \phi ϕ in (421) does not depend on N N N , since this is true for the nonlinearities in (406) –(6.90).
Schauder and commutator estimates
In this subsection, we prove (covariant) Schauder estimates in our solution spaces, i.e., in the spaces from Definitions 7.2 and 7.8 . We also prove commutator estimates (which are stated in L t , x ∞ L^\infty_{t,x} L t , x ∞ spaces). The Schauder estimates will be an important ingredient in our nonlinear estimates, which will be the subject of § 9.3 , whereas the commutator estimates will be needed in uncovering the structure of the paracontrolled terms — see § 9.4 . We first define the following quantity, which will absorb all losses in the size of F F F arising from our covariant heat kernel estimates, such as Propositions 4.17 , 4.18 , and 4.27 . In the following, let C 0 C_0 C 0 be the maximum of the constants C 0 C_0 C 0 appearing in the statements of Lemma 4.9 , Proposition 4.18 , and Proposition 4.22 .
Notation 7.9. In analogy with Notation 4.3 , we define
L S T ( F ) ≔ exp ( C 0 ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 100 p e r t + T 1 − 2 κ 2 ∥ t − 1 − 2 κ 2 F ∥ T , 1 p e r t ) 100 . (422) L_{S_T}(F) \coloneqq\exp\left(C_0\lVert F\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,T])}\right)\left(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,100}+T^{\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}}\left\lVert t^{-\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}}F\right\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,1}\right)^{100}. \tag*{(422)} L S T ( F ) : = exp ( C 0 ∥ F ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 100 pert + T 2 1 − 2 κ t − 2 1 − 2 κ F T , 1 pert ) 100 . (422)
In contrast to Notation 4.3 , we have also included the constant C 0 C_0 C 0 in the exponential, which is notationally convenient.
In the following lemma, we state our unweighted Schauder estimates. While we will later prove weighted Schauder estimates as well, the unweighted Schauder estimates are much less technical. For expository purposes, we therefore split the unweighted and weighted Schauder estimates into Lemma 7.10 and Proposition 7.16, respectively.
Lemma 7.10 (Covariant Schauder estimates). Let N ≥ N l o N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} N ≥ N lo , let α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R , let β ∈ ( − 2 , 0 ] \beta\in(-2,0] β ∈ ( − 2 , 0 ] , and let 1 ≤ r ≤ ∞ 1 \le r \le\infty 1 ≤ r ≤ ∞ . Furthermore, let Q : Y × Y → Y Q:\mathbb{Y}\times\mathbb{Y}\to\mathbb{Y} Q : Y × Y → Y be a G \mathbb{G} G -equivariant bilinear map, let ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbb{Y} ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y , and let ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \psi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbb{Y} ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y . Then, we have the estimates
max m = 0 , 1 N − α − m ∥ D ( m ) ϕ ∥ n l N α ≲ L S T ( F ) ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ , (423) \max_{m=0,1}N^{-\alpha-m}\lVert D^{(m)}\phi\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)\lVert\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}, \tag*{(423)} m = 0 , 1 max N − α − m ∥ D ( m ) ϕ ∥ nl N α ≲ L S T ( F ) ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ , (423) max m = 0 , 1 m < 2 + β N − α − m ∥ D ( m ) ϕ ∥ n l N α ≲ L S T ( F ) N − β + 2 r ∥ ϕ ∥ L t β L x r , (424) \max_{\substack{m=0,1\\m<2+\beta}}N^{-\alpha-m}\lVert D^{(m)}\phi\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)N^{-\beta+\frac{2}{r}}\lVert\phi\rVert_{L^\beta_tL^r_x}, \tag*{(424)} m = 0 , 1 m < 2 + β max N − α − m ∥ D ( m ) ϕ ∥ nl N α ≲ L S T ( F ) N − β + r 2 ∥ ϕ ∥ L t β L x r , (424) N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ n l N α ≲ L S T ( F ) ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ , (425) N^{-\alpha}\lVert Q(\phi,D\psi)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)\lVert\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lVert D\psi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}, \tag*{(425)} N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ nl N α ≲ L S T ( F ) ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ , (425) N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ n l N α ≲ L S T ( F ) ( N ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∥ ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ . (426) N^{-\alpha}\lVert Q(\phi,D\psi)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)\left(N\lVert\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\lVert D\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\right)\lVert\psi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. \tag*{(426)} N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ nl N α ≲ L S T ( F ) ( N ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∥ ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ . (426)
Remark 7.11. We note that (423) is the special case of (424) in which ( β , r ) = ( 0 , ∞ ) (\beta,r)=(0,\infty) ( β , r ) = ( 0 , ∞ ) . However, since (423) will be used repeatedly, we state it as a separate estimate.
Remark 7.12. We observe that the Schauder estimates (7.12)–(7.15) also hold if the operator D u h Y , B , N F Duh^{F}_{\mathbb{Y},B,N} D u h Y , B , N F in Definition 7.8 is replaced by D u h Y , B , N Duh_{\mathbb{Y},B,N} D u h Y , B , N . The reason is that all estimates of q Y , B , N q_{\mathbb{Y},B,N} q Y , B , N that are used in the proof of (7.12)–(7.15) also hold for p Y , B , N p_{\mathbb{Y},B,N} p Y , B , N . The same observation also applies to the weighted Schauder estimates in Proposition 7.16 below.
Remark 7.13. Let a , b , c ∈ [ 3 ] a,b,c\in[3] a , b , c ∈ [ 3 ] and let Q : Y ( a ) × Y ( b ) → Y ( c ) Q:\mathbb{Y}^{(a)}\times\mathbb{Y}^{(b)}\to\mathbb{Y}^{(c)} Q : Y ( a ) × Y ( b ) → Y ( c ) be a G \mathbb{G} G -equivariant bilinear map. Then, we can define a G \mathbb{G} G -equivariant bilinear map Q ~ : Y × Y → Y \widetilde{Q}:\mathbb{Y}\times\mathbb{Y}\to\mathbb{Y} Q : Y × Y → Y by Q ~ ( y 1 , y 2 ) = ι c Q ( π a y 1 , π b y 2 ) \widetilde{Q}(y_1,y_2)=\iota_cQ(\pi_a y_1,\pi_b y_2) Q ( y 1 , y 2 ) = ι c Q ( π a y 1 , π b y 2 ) for all y 1 , y 2 ∈ Y y_1,y_2\in\mathbb{Y} y 1 , y 2 ∈ Y . Here, π a : Y → Y ( a ) \pi_a:\mathbb{Y}\to\mathbb{Y}^{(a)} π a : Y → Y ( a ) and π b : Y → Y ( b ) \pi_b:\mathbb{Y}\to\mathbb{Y}^{(b)} π b : Y → Y ( b ) are the canonical projections, and ι c : Y ( c ) → Y \iota_c:\mathbb{Y}^{(c)}\to\mathbb{Y} ι c : Y ( c ) → Y is the canonical embedding. Due to this, all estimates in Lemma 7.10 also hold for G \mathbb{G} G - or V \mathbb{V} V -valued maps, which will be used repeatedly in § 8.3 .
Before we turn to the proof of Lemma 7.10 , we need to make additional preparations. First, we prove the following pointwise estimate of the curvature tensor F F F in time.
Lemma 7.14. For any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] and k ≥ 0 k\ge0 k ≥ 0 , we have that
∥ D x ( k ) F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 p e r t ) k t − ( 1 + k 2 ) . \lVert D_x^{(k)}F(t)\rVert_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,0}\left(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,(k-1)\vee0}\right)^k t^{-\left(1+\frac{k}{2}\right)}. ∥ D x ( k ) F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , ( k − 1 ) ∨ 0 pert ) k t − ( 1 + 2 k ) .
Proof. By (190) , we have that for any t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t \in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] ,
∥ F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t t − 1 . \lVert F(t)\rVert_{L^\infty_x} \lesssim\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,0}t^{-1}. ∥ F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert t − 1 .
For k ≥ 1 k \ge1 k ≥ 1 , by the heat kernel estimate (195) and the fact that F B 12 F_B^{12} F B 12 satisfies ( ∂ t − Δ B ) F B 12 = 0 (\partial_t-\Delta_B)F_B^{12}=0 ( ∂ t − Δ B ) F B 12 = 0 (recall Lemma 3.28 ), we have that
t k / 2 ∥ D x ( k ) F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k − 1 p e r t ) k ∥ F ( t / 2 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k − 1 p e r t ) k t − 1 , t^{k/2}\lVert\mathrm{D}_x^{(k)}F(t)\rVert_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k-1})^k\lVert F(t/2)\rVert_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,0}(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k-1})^k t^{-1}, t k /2 ∥ D x ( k ) F ( t ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k − 1 pert ) k ∥ F ( t /2 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k − 1 pert ) k t − 1 ,
which implies the desired estimate.
Recall from Notation 6.1 that we omit the subscript B B B from our covariant derivatives. Additionally, recall the covariant derivatives D y † , ( m ) \mathrm{D}_y^{\dagger,(m)} D y † , ( m ) from Notation 4.26, as well as the fact that they commute with the covariant x x x -derivatives D x ( k ) \mathrm{D}_x^{(k)} D x ( k ) . We also introduce Δ B , y † = D y † , j D y , j † \Delta^\dagger_{B,y}=\mathrm{D}^{\dagger,j}_y\mathrm{D}^\dagger_{y,j} Δ B , y † = D y † , j D y , j † . A computation shows that
( Δ B , y q Y , B ∗ ) ∗ = Δ B , y † q Y , B . (427) (\Delta_{B,y}q_{Y,B}^{*})^{*}=\Delta^\dagger_{B,y}q_{Y,B}. \tag*{(427)} ( Δ B , y q Y , B ∗ ) ∗ = Δ B , y † q Y , B . (427)
Lemma 7.15. Let N ≥ N l o N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} N ≥ N lo and let 0 ≤ s < t ≤ T 0\le s<t\le T 0 ≤ s < t ≤ T satisfy 64 − 1 N − 2 ≤ t − s ≤ 64 N − 2 64^{-1}N^{-2}\le t-s\le64N^{-2} 6 4 − 1 N − 2 ≤ t − s ≤ 64 N − 2 . Then, we have for all k , m ≥ 0 k,m\ge0 k , m ≥ 0 that
∣ D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ m p e r t ) k + m + 2 min ( s , N − 2 ) − m / 2 N k + 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) (428) \left|\mathrm{D}_y^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)\right|
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k\vee m})^{k+m+2}\min(s,N^{-2})^{-m/2}N^{k+2}\exp(-cN^2|x-y|^2) \tag*{(428)} D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ m pert ) k + m + 2 min ( s , N − 2 ) − m /2 N k + 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) (428) and
∣ ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ ( m + 2 ) p e r t ) k + m + 4 min ( s , N − 2 ) − ( m + 2 ) / 2 N k + 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) . (429) \left|\partial_s\mathrm{D}_y^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)\right|
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k\vee(m+2)})^{k+m+4}\min(s,N^{-2})^{-(m+2)/2}N^{k+2}\exp(-cN^2|x-y|^2). \tag*{(429)} ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ ( m + 2 ) pert ) k + m + 4 min ( s , N − 2 ) − ( m + 2 ) /2 N k + 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) . (429) The same estimates also hold with q Y , B q_{Y,B} q Y , B replaced by q Y , B , N q_{Y,B,N} q Y , B , N or q Y , B , ε , N q_{Y,B,\varepsilon,N} q Y , B , ε , N , where ε ∈ 2 − N l o \varepsilon\in2^{-N_{\mathrm{lo}}} ε ∈ 2 − N lo .
Proof. We first prove the estimate (428) . Using Lemma 3.31, we have that
D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = ∑ ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ , j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 O ( ( D x ( j 1 ) F ( t ) ) ⋯ ( D x ( j ℓ ) F ( t ) ) ( D x ( j ℓ + 1 ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ) . \mathrm{D}_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)=\sum_{\ell\ge0}\ \sum_{\substack{j_1+\cdots+j_{\ell+1}=k-2\ell,\\ j_1,\ldots,j_{\ell+1}\ge0}}\mathcal{O}\left((\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_1)}F(t))\cdots(\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_\ell)}F(t))(\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_{\ell+1})}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x))\right). D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ , j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D x ( j 1 ) F ( t )) ⋯ ( D x ( j ℓ ) F ( t )) ( D x ( j ℓ + 1 ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x )) ) .
By applying D y † , ( m ) \mathrm{D}_y^{\dagger,(m)} D y † , ( m ) to both sides of the identity, it follows that
D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = ∑ ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ , j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 O ( ( D x ( j 1 ) F ( t ) ) ⋯ ( D x ( j ℓ ) F ( t ) ) ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( j ℓ + 1 ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ) . \mathrm{D}_y^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)
=\sum_{\ell\ge0}\ \sum_{\substack{j_1+\cdots+j_{\ell+1}=k-2\ell,\\ j_1,\ldots,j_{\ell+1}\ge0}}\mathcal{O}\left((\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_1)}F(t))\cdots(\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_\ell)}F(t))(\mathrm{D}_y^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_{\ell+1})}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x))\right). D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ , j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D x ( j 1 ) F ( t )) ⋯ ( D x ( j ℓ ) F ( t )) ( D y † , ( m ) D x ( j ℓ + 1 ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x )) ) .
Using Proposition 4.27 and Lemma 7.14, it then follows that
∣ D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ ∑ ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ , j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 ∣ D x ( j 1 ) F ( t ) ∣ ⋯ ∣ D x ( j ℓ ) F ( t ) ∣ × ∣ D y † , ( m ) D x ( j ℓ + 1 ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ ∑ ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ , j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + ℓ − ( ℓ + j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ 2 ) × Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ m p e r t ) m + j ℓ + 1 + 2 min ( s , N − 2 ) − m / 2 N j ℓ + 1 + 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) . \begin{aligned}
\left|\mathrm{D}_y^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)\right|
&\lesssim\sum_{\ell\ge0}\ \sum_{\substack{j_1+\cdots+j_{\ell+1}=k-2\ell,\\ j_1,\ldots,j_{\ell+1}\ge0}}
\left|\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_1)}F(t)\right|\cdots\left|\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_\ell)}F(t)\right|\\
&\qquad\qquad\times\left|\mathrm{D}_y^{\dagger,(m)}\mathrm{D}_x^{(j_{\ell+1})}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)\right|\\
&\lesssim\sum_{\ell\ge0}\ \sum_{\substack{j_1+\cdots+j_{\ell+1}=k-2\ell,\\ j_1,\ldots,j_{\ell+1}\ge0}}
(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k})^{j_1+\cdots+j_\ell+\ell-\left(\ell+\frac{j_1+\cdots+j_\ell}{2}\right)}\\
&\qquad\qquad\times\operatorname{Gr}_T(C_0F)(1+\lVert F\rVert^{\mathrm{pert}}_{T,k\vee m})^{m+j_{\ell+1}+2}\min(s,N^{-2})^{-m/2}N^{j_{\ell+1}+2}\exp(-cN^2|x-y|^2).
\end{aligned} D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ , j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 ∑ D x ( j 1 ) F ( t ) ⋯ D x ( j ℓ ) F ( t ) × D y † , ( m ) D x ( j ℓ + 1 ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ ℓ ≥ 0 ∑ j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 = k − 2 ℓ , j 1 , … , j ℓ + 1 ≥ 0 ∑ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + ℓ − ( ℓ + 2 j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ ) × Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ m pert ) m + j ℓ + 1 + 2 min ( s , N − 2 ) − m /2 N j ℓ + 1 + 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) .
Since t ≥ t − s ≥ 64 − 1 N − 2 t \ge t-s \ge64^{-1}N^{-2} t ≥ t − s ≥ 6 4 − 1 N − 2 , it holds that
t − ( ℓ + j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ 2 ) N j ℓ + 1 + 2 ≲ N j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + j ℓ + 1 + 2 ℓ + 2 = N k + 2 . t^{-(\ell+\frac{j_{1}+\cdots+j_{\ell}}{2})}N^{j_{\ell+1}+2}\lesssim N^{j_{1}+\cdots+j_{\ell}+j_{\ell+1}+2\ell+2}=N^{k+2}. t − ( ℓ + 2 j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ ) N j ℓ + 1 + 2 ≲ N j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + j ℓ + 1 + 2 ℓ + 2 = N k + 2 .
Furthermore, using that j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 + ℓ = k − ℓ ≤ k j_{1}+\cdots+j_{\ell+1}+\ell=k-\ell\le k j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + 1 + ℓ = k − ℓ ≤ k , it also holds that
( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k p e r t ) j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + ℓ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ m p e r t ) m + j ℓ + 1 + 2 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ m p e r t ) k + m + 2 . (1+\|F\|_{T,k}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{j_{1}+\cdots+j_{\ell}+\ell}(1+\|F\|_{T,k\vee m}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{m+j_{\ell+1}+2}\lesssim(1+\|F\|_{T,k\vee m}^{\mathrm{pert}})^{k+m+2}. ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k pert ) j 1 + ⋯ + j ℓ + ℓ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ m pert ) m + j ℓ + 1 + 2 ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , k ∨ m pert ) k + m + 2 .
By combining our previous three estimates, we obtain our desired estimate (428) . We now turn to the proof of (429) , i.e., the estimate for the ∂ s \partial_s ∂ s -derivative. By using Lemma 4.28 and taking adjoints (and using (427) ), it follows that
( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = O ( q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) F ( s ) ) . (\partial_s+\Delta^\dagger_{B,y})q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)=\mathcal{O}(q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)F(s)). ( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = O ( q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) F ( s )) .
Since D t , x ( k ) D^{(k)}_{t,x} D t , x ( k ) commutes with both ( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) (\partial_s+\Delta^\dagger_{B,y}) ( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) and the right multiplication by F ( s ) F(s) F ( s ) , applying it to the above identity yields
( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = O ( ( D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) F ( s ) ) . (\partial_s+\Delta^\dagger_{B,y})D^{(k)}_{t,x}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)=\mathcal{O}((D^{(k)}_{t,x}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x))F(s)). ( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = O (( D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x )) F ( s )) .
By using Remark 3.30 or, more precisely, its analogue for ( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) (\partial_s+\Delta^\dagger_{B,y}) ( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) , we obtain that
( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = ∑ j 1 + j 2 = m j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 O ( ( D y † , ( j 1 ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ( D y ( j 2 ) F ( s ) ) ) . (\partial_s+\Delta^\dagger_{B,y})D^{\dagger,(m)}_{y}D^{(k)}_{t,x}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)=\sum_{\substack{j_1+j_2=m\\j_1,j_2\ge0}}\mathcal{O}\left((D^{\dagger,(j_1)}_{y}D^{(k)}_{t,x}q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x))(D^{(j_2)}_{y}F(s))\right). ( ∂ s + Δ B , y † ) D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) = j 1 + j 2 = m j 1 , j 2 ≥ 0 ∑ O ( ( D y † , ( j 1 ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x )) ( D y ( j 2 ) F ( s )) ) .
The desired estimate (429) can now be obtained by first bringing the Δ B , y † \Delta^\dagger_{B,y} Δ B , y † -term over to the right-hand side and then using both Lemma 7.14 and the estimate (428) . Finally, in order to see that the estimates remain valid after replacing q Y , B q_{Y,B} q Y , B with q Y , B , N q_{Y,B,N} q Y , B , N or q Y , B , ε , N q_{Y,B,\varepsilon,N} q Y , B , ε , N , we rely on the product rule, (372) , and (373) . □
Equipped with Lemma 7.15, we can now prove our unweighted covariant Schauder estimates.
Proof of Lemma 7.10. We first show that (425) and (426) can be derived from (423) and the product formula (Lemma 3.17). Indeed, (425) follows from
N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ n l N α ≲ L T ( F ) ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L T ( F ) ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ . N^{-\alpha}\|Q(\phi,D\psi)\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}\lesssim L_{T}(F)\|Q(\phi,D\psi)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lesssim L_{T}(F)\|\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\|D\psi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ nl N α ≲ L T ( F ) ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L T ( F ) ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ .
Similarly, (426) follows from
N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ n l N α ≲ N − α ∥ D Q ( ϕ , ψ ) ∥ n l N α + N − α ∥ Q ( D ϕ , ψ ) ∥ n l N α ≲ L T ( F ) ( N ∥ Q ( ϕ , ψ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ Q ( D ϕ , ψ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ≲ L T ( F ) ( N ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∥ ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ . \begin{aligned}
N^{-\alpha}\|Q(\phi,D\psi)\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}&\lesssim N^{-\alpha}\|DQ(\phi,\psi)\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}+N^{-\alpha}\|Q(D\phi,\psi)\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}\\
&\lesssim L_{T}(F)(N\|Q(\phi,\psi)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\|Q(D\phi,\psi)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}})\\
&\lesssim L_{T}(F)(N\|\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\|D\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}})\|\psi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}.
\end{aligned} N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ nl N α ≲ N − α ∥ D Q ( ϕ , ψ ) ∥ nl N α + N − α ∥ Q ( D ϕ , ψ ) ∥ nl N α ≲ L T ( F ) ( N ∥ Q ( ϕ , ψ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ Q ( D ϕ , ψ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ≲ L T ( F ) ( N ∥ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∥ ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ .
We now turn to the proof of (423) . In fact, we prove the more general estimate
∥ D ( m ) ϕ ∥ n l N α ≲ L T ( F ) N α + m + 2 r ∥ ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x r , (430) \|D^{(m)}\phi\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha}_{N}}\lesssim L_{T}(F)N^{\alpha+m+\frac{2}{r}}\|\phi\|_{L^\infty_tL^r_x}, \tag*{(430)} ∥ D ( m ) ϕ ∥ nl N α ≲ L T ( F ) N α + m + r 2 ∥ ϕ ∥ L t ∞ L x r , (430)
which also covers the case β = 0 \beta=0 β = 0 in (424) . To this end, let 0 ≤ k ≤ 10 0\le k\le10 0 ≤ k ≤ 10 and let 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 0\le m\le1 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 . We then first write
( D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( D ( m ) ϕ ) ) ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) D y ( m ) ϕ ( s , y ) = ∬ d s d y ( D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ϕ ( s , y ) . (431) \begin{aligned}
(D^{(k)}_{t,x}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,N}(D^{(m)}\phi))(t,x)
&=\iint dsdy\,D^{(k)}_{t,x}q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x)D^{(m)}_{y}\phi(s,y)\\
&=\iint dsdy\,(D^{\dagger,(m)}_{y}D^{(k)}_{t,x}q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x))\phi(s,y). \tag*{(431)}
\end{aligned} ( D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( D ( m ) ϕ )) ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) D y ( m ) ϕ ( s , y ) = ∬ d s d y ( D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x )) ϕ ( s , y ) . (431)
Using Lemma 7.15, we then estimate
∣ ( 7.20 ) ∣ ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + 2 ∬ d s d y 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( s , N − 2 ) − m 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ∣ ϕ ( s , y ) ∣ ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + 2 ∥ 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( s , N − 2 ) − m 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ∥ L s 1 L y r ′ ∥ ϕ ∥ L s ∞ L y r ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + m 2 + 2 r − 2 ∥ ϕ ∥ L s ∞ L y r . (432) \begin{aligned}
|(7.20)| &\lesssim L_{ST}(F)N^{k+2}\iint ds\,dy\,\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}\min(s,N^{-2})^{-\frac{m}{2}}\exp\left(-cN^2|x-y|^2\right)|\phi(s,y)| \\
&\lesssim L_{ST}(F)N^{k+2}\left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}\min(s,N^{-2})^{-\frac{m}{2}}\exp\left(-cN^2|x-y|^2\right)\right\|_{L^1_sL^{r'}_y}\|\phi\|_{L^\infty_sL^r_y} \\
&\lesssim L_{ST}(F)N^{k+\frac{m}{2}+\frac{2}{r}-2}\|\phi\|_{L^\infty_sL^r_y}. \tag*{(432)}
\end{aligned} ∣ ( 7.20 ) ∣ ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + 2 ∬ d s d y 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( s , N − 2 ) − 2 m exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ∣ ϕ ( s , y ) ∣ ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + 2 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( s , N − 2 ) − 2 m exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) L s 1 L y r ′ ∥ ϕ ∥ L s ∞ L y r ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + 2 m + r 2 − 2 ∥ ϕ ∥ L s ∞ L y r . (432)
In the last line, we used that 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 0\le m\le1 0 ≤ m ≤ 1 , since otherwise min ( s , N − 2 ) − m 2 \min(s,N^{-2})^{-\frac{m}{2}} min ( s , N − 2 ) − 2 m would not be integrable. This completes the proof of (430) .
It remains to prove (424) . By (430) , we may assume that β < 0 \beta<0 β < 0 . By Definition 3.51, and since Hölder functions can easily be extended from compact intervals to the real line, there exists a ϕ ~ : R × T 2 → Y \widetilde{\phi}\colon\mathbb{R}\times\mathbb{T}^2\to Y ϕ : R × T 2 → Y such that ∂ t ϕ ~ ( t ) = ϕ ( t ) \partial_t\widetilde{\phi}(t)=\phi(t) ∂ t ϕ ( t ) = ϕ ( t ) for all t ∈ ( 0 , T ) t\in(0,T) t ∈ ( 0 , T ) and
∥ ϕ ~ ∥ C t 1 + β / 2 L x r ( R × T 2 ) ≲ ∥ ϕ ∥ C t β / 2 L x r ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) . \|\widetilde{\phi}\|_{C_t^{1+\beta/2}L_x^r(\mathbb{R}\times\mathbb{T}^2)}
\lesssim
\|\phi\|_{C_t^{\beta/2}L_x^r([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)}. ∥ ϕ ∥ C t 1 + β /2 L x r ( R × T 2 ) ≲ ∥ ϕ ∥ C t β /2 L x r ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) .
For a given t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t\in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] , we choose s 0 : = 0 s_0:=0 s 0 := 0 if t ≤ 64 N − 2 t\le64N^{-2} t ≤ 64 N − 2 , and s 0 : = t s_0:=t s 0 := t if t > 64 N − 2 t>64N^{-2} t > 64 N − 2 . From this definition, it then follows for all s ∈ [ 0 , T ] s\in[0,T] s ∈ [ 0 , T ] in the support of χ N ( t − s ) \chi_N(t-s) χ N ( t − s ) that ∣ s − s 0 ∣ ≲ min ( s , t − s ) |s-s_0|\lesssim\min(s,t-s) ∣ s − s 0 ∣ ≲ min ( s , t − s ) . We now let ( P L ) L ≥ 1 (P_L)_{L\ge1} ( P L ) L ≥ 1 be Littlewood–Paley projections in the time variable to frequencies ∼ L 2 \sim L^2 ∼ L 2 . We choose to denote the frequency scales by L 2 L^2 L 2 , rather than L L L , in order to respect parabolic scaling. It then holds that
∥ P L ϕ ~ ( s ) − P L ϕ ~ ( s 0 ) ∥ L x r ≲ min ( L 2 ∣ s − s 0 ∣ , 1 ) L − 2 − β ∥ ϕ ~ ∥ C t 1 + β / 2 L x r ≲ min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) L − 2 − β ∥ ϕ ~ ∥ C t 1 + β / 2 L x r . (433) \begin{aligned}
\|P_L\widetilde{\phi}(s)-P_L\widetilde{\phi}(s_0)\|_{L_x^r}
&\lesssim\min(L^2|s-s_0|,1)L^{-2-\beta}\|\widetilde{\phi}\|_{C_t^{1+\beta/2}L_x^r} \\
&\lesssim\min(L^2s,L^2(t-s),1)L^{-2-\beta}\|\widetilde{\phi}\|_{C_t^{1+\beta/2}L_x^r}. \tag*{(433)}
\end{aligned} ∥ P L ϕ ( s ) − P L ϕ ( s 0 ) ∥ L x r ≲ min ( L 2 ∣ s − s 0 ∣ , 1 ) L − 2 − β ∥ ϕ ∥ C t 1 + β /2 L x r ≲ min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) L − 2 − β ∥ ϕ ∥ C t 1 + β /2 L x r . (433)
Starting from (7.20), we then write
( D t , x ( k ) D u h Y F , B , N ( D ( m ) ϕ ) ) ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y ( D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∂ s ( ϕ ~ ( s , y ) − ϕ ~ ( s 0 , y ) ) = − ∑ L ≥ 1 ∬ d s d y ( ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ( P L ϕ ~ ( s , y ) − P L ϕ ~ ( s 0 , y ) ) . (434) \begin{aligned}
\left(D_{t,x}^{(k)}\mathop{\mathrm{Duh}}{}_Y^{F,B,N}(D^{(m)}\phi)\right)(t,x)
&=\iint ds\,dy\,\left(D_y^{\dagger,(m)}D_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x)\right)\partial_s\left(\widetilde{\phi}(s,y)-\widetilde{\phi}(s_0,y)\right) \\
&=-\sum_{L\ge1}\iint ds\,dy\,\left(\partial_sD_y^{\dagger,(m)}D_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x)\right)\left(P_L\widetilde{\phi}(s,y)-P_L\widetilde{\phi}(s_0,y)\right). \tag*{(434)}
\end{aligned} ( D t , x ( k ) Duh Y F , B , N ( D ( m ) ϕ ) ) ( t , x ) = ∬ d s d y ( D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∂ s ( ϕ ( s , y ) − ϕ ( s 0 , y ) ) = − L ≥ 1 ∑ ∬ d s d y ( ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ( P L ϕ ( s , y ) − P L ϕ ( s 0 , y ) ) . (434)
We emphasise that there is no boundary term in (434) since, if s = 0 s=0 s = 0 is in the support of q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) , then s 0 = 0 s_0=0 s 0 = 0 . Using (433) and Hölder’s inequality, each summand in (434) can be estimated by
∣ ∬ d s d y ( ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ( P L ϕ ~ ( s , y ) − P L ϕ ~ ( s 0 , y ) ) ∣ ≲ L − 2 − β ∥ min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) ( ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∥ L s 1 L y r ′ ∥ ϕ ~ ∥ C t 1 + β / 2 L x r . (435) \begin{aligned}
\left|\iint ds\,dy\,\left(\partial_sD_y^{\dagger,(m)}D_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x)\right)\left(P_L\widetilde{\phi}(s,y)-P_L\widetilde{\phi}(s_0,y)\right)\right| \\
\lesssim L^{-2-\beta}\left\|\min(L^2s,L^2(t-s),1)\left(\partial_sD_y^{\dagger,(m)}D_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x)\right)\right\|_{L_s^1L_y^{r'}}\|\widetilde{\phi}\|_{C_t^{1+\beta/2}L_x^r}. \tag*{(435)}
\end{aligned} ∬ d s d y ( ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ( P L ϕ ( s , y ) − P L ϕ ( s 0 , y ) ) ≲ L − 2 − β min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) ( ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) L s 1 L y r ′ ∥ ϕ ∥ C t 1 + β /2 L x r . (435)
Using Lemma 7.15, we can estimate
∥ min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) ( ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∥ L s 1 L y r ′ ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + 2 r ∥ 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) min ( s , N − 2 ) − m + 2 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ∥ L s 1 L y r ′ ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + 2 r ∥ 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) min ( s , N − 2 ) − m + 2 2 ∥ L s 1 . \begin{aligned}
&\left\|\min(L^2s,L^2(t-s),1)\left(\partial_sD_y^{\dagger,(m)}D_{t,x}^{(k)}q_{Y,B,N}(s,y;t,x)\right)\right\|_{L_s^1L_y^{r'}} \\
&\lesssim L_{ST}(F)N^{k+\frac{2}{r}}\left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}\min(L^2s,L^2(t-s),1)\min(s,N^{-2})^{-\frac{m+2}{2}}\exp\left(-cN^2|x-y|^2\right)\right\|_{L_s^1L_y^{r'}} \\
&\lesssim L_{ST}(F)N^{k+\frac{2}{r}}\left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}\min(L^2s,L^2(t-s),1)\min(s,N^{-2})^{-\frac{m+2}{2}}\right\|_{L_s^1}.
\end{aligned} min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) ( ∂ s D y † , ( m ) D t , x ( k ) q Y , B , N ( s , y ; t , x ) ) L s 1 L y r ′ ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + r 2 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) min ( s , N − 2 ) − 2 m + 2 exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) L s 1 L y r ′ ≲ L S T ( F ) N k + r 2 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) min ( s , N − 2 ) − 2 m + 2 L s 1 .
In the L s 1 L^1_{s} L s 1 -norm above, the last factor is equivalent to the sum of s − m + 2 2 s^{-\frac{m+2}{2}} s − 2 m + 2 and N m + 2 N^{m+2} N m + 2 . The contribution of the s − m + 2 2 s^{-\frac{m+2}{2}} s − 2 m + 2 -term can be bounded by
∥ 1 { s ≥ L − 2 } 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } s − m + 2 2 ∥ L s 1 + L 2 ∥ 1 { s ≤ L − 2 } 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } s 1 − m + 2 2 ∥ L s 1 \left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{s\geq L^{-2}\}}\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}s^{-\frac{m+2}{2}}\right\|_{L^1_s}+L^2\left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{s\leq L^{-2}\}}\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}s^{1-\frac{m+2}{2}}\right\|_{L^1_s} 1 { s ≥ L − 2 } 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } s − 2 m + 2 L s 1 + L 2 1 { s ≤ L − 2 } 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } s 1 − 2 m + 2 L s 1
≲ min ( L m + 2 N − 2 , L m log ( 2 + L / N ) ) + min ( L 2 N m − 2 , L m ) \lesssim\min\left(L^{m+2}N^{-2},L^m\log(2+L/N)\right)+\min\left(L^2N^{m-2},L^m\right) ≲ min ( L m + 2 N − 2 , L m log ( 2 + L / N ) ) + min ( L 2 N m − 2 , L m )
≲ min ( L 2 N m − 2 , L m ) log ( 2 + L / N ) . \lesssim\min\left(L^2N^{m-2},L^m\right)\log(2+L/N). ≲ min ( L 2 N m − 2 , L m ) log ( 2 + L / N ) .
where we used that m = 0 , 1 m=0,1 m = 0 , 1 . Similarly, the contribution of the N m + 2 N^{m+2} N m + 2 -term can be bounded by
N m + 2 ∥ 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) ∥ L s 1 N^{m+2}\left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}\min\left(L^2s,L^2(t-s),1\right)\right\|_{L^1_s} N m + 2 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } min ( L 2 s , L 2 ( t − s ) , 1 ) L s 1
≲ N m + 2 min ( ∥ 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } ∥ L s 1 , L 2 ∥ 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } ( t − s ) ∥ L s 1 ) ≲ min ( N m , N m − 2 L 2 ) . \lesssim N^{m+2}\min\left(\left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}\right\|_{L^1_s},L^2\left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{t-s\sim N^{-2}\}}(t-s)\right\|_{L^1_s}\right)
\lesssim\min\left(N^m,N^{m-2}L^2\right). ≲ N m + 2 min ( 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } L s 1 , L 2 1 { t − s ∼ N − 2 } ( t − s ) L s 1 ) ≲ min ( N m , N m − 2 L 2 ) .
Since β < 0 \beta<0 β < 0 and m < 2 + β m<2+\beta m < 2 + β , it holds that
∑ L ≥ 1 L − 2 − β ( min ( L 2 N m − 2 , L m ) log ( 2 + L / N ) + min ( N m , N m − 2 L 2 ) ) ≲ N m − β − 2 , \sum_{L\geq1}L^{-2-\beta}\left(\min\left(L^2N^{m-2},L^m\right)\log(2+L/N)+\min\left(N^m,N^{m-2}L^2\right)\right)\lesssim N^{m-\beta-2}, L ≥ 1 ∑ L − 2 − β ( min ( L 2 N m − 2 , L m ) log ( 2 + L / N ) + min ( N m , N m − 2 L 2 ) ) ≲ N m − β − 2 ,
which yields the desired estimate. □
So far, we have stated and proved the unweighted Schauder estimates in our solution spaces (Lemma 7.10 ). We now turn to the weighted Schauder estimates, which are the subject of the following proposition.
Proposition 7.16 (Weighted covariant Schauder estimates). Let N ≥ N l o N\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}} N ≥ N lo , let α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R , let β ∈ ( − 2 , 0 ] \beta\in(-2,0] β ∈ ( − 2 , 0 ] , let − 2 < η , η 1 , η 2 , η ~ 1 , η ~ 2 , ν ≤ 0 -2<\eta,\eta_1,\eta_2,\widetilde{\eta}_1,\widetilde{\eta}_2,\nu\leq0 − 2 < η , η 1 , η 2 , η 1 , η 2 , ν ≤ 0 , and let 1 ≤ r ≤ ∞ 1\leq r\leq\infty 1 ≤ r ≤ ∞ . Furthermore, assume that
η 1 + η 2 > − 2 and η ~ 1 + η ~ 2 > − 1. \eta_1+\eta_2>-2\qquad\text{and}\qquad\widetilde{\eta}_1+\widetilde{\eta}_2>-1. η 1 + η 2 > − 2 and η 1 + η 2 > − 1. To simplify the notation, let η 12 : = η 1 + η 2 \eta_{12}:=\eta_1+\eta_2 η 12 := η 1 + η 2 and η ~ 12 : = η ~ 1 + η ~ 2 \widetilde{\eta}_{12}:=\widetilde{\eta}_1+\widetilde{\eta}_2 η 12 := η 1 + η 2 . Let Q : Y × Y → Y Q:Y\times Y\to Y Q : Y × Y → Y be a G G G -equivariant bilinear map, let ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to Y ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y , and let ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \psi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to Y ψ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y . Then, we have the estimates
max m = 0 , 1 : m < 2 + η N − α − m ∥ D ( m ) ϕ ∥ n l N α , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η , N l o ν − η ) ∥ t − η / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ , (436) \max_{\substack{m=0,1:\\m<2+\eta}}N^{-\alpha-m}\left\|D^{(m)}\phi\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}_N}
\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)\max\left(N^{\nu-\eta},N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{\nu-\eta}\right)\left\|t^{-\eta/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}, \tag*{(436)} m = 0 , 1 : m < 2 + η max N − α − m D ( m ) ϕ nl N α , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η , N lo ν − η ) t − η /2 ϕ L t , x ∞ , (436) max m = 0 , 1 : m < 2 + β + η N − α − m ∥ D ( m ) ϕ ∥ n l N α , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η , N l o ν − η ) N − β + 2 r ∥ t − η / 2 ϕ ∥ L t β 2 L x r , (437) \max_{\substack{m=0,1:\\m<2+\beta+\eta}}N^{-\alpha-m}\left\|D^{(m)}\phi\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}_N}
\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)\max\left(N^{\nu-\eta},N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{\nu-\eta}\right)N^{-\beta+\frac{2}{r}}\left\|t^{-\eta/2}\phi\right\|_{L^{{\beta\over2}}_tL^r_x}, \tag*{(437)} m = 0 , 1 : m < 2 + β + η max N − α − m D ( m ) ϕ nl N α , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η , N lo ν − η ) N − β + r 2 t − η /2 ϕ L t 2 β L x r , (437) as well as the estimates
N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ n l N α , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η 12 , N l o ν − η 12 ) ∥ t − η 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 2 / 2 D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ , (438) N^{-\alpha}\left\|Q(\phi,D\psi)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}_N}
\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)\max\left(N^{\nu-\eta_{12}},N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{\nu-\eta_{12}}\right)\left\|t^{-\eta_1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\left\|t^{-\eta_2/2}D\psi\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}, \tag*{(438)} N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ nl N α , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η 12 , N lo ν − η 12 ) t − η 1 /2 ϕ L t , x ∞ t − η 2 /2 D ψ L t , x ∞ , (438) N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ n l N α , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η 12 , N l o ν − η 12 ) ∥ t − η 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 2 / 2 ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ + L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η ~ 12 , N l o ν − η ~ 12 ) N ∥ t − η ~ 1 / 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η ~ 2 / 2 ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ . (439) \begin{aligned}
N^{-\alpha}\left\|Q(\phi,D\psi)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}_N}
&\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)\max\left(N^{\nu-\eta_{12}},N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{\nu-\eta_{12}}\right)\left\|t^{-\eta_1/2}D\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\left\|t^{-\eta_2/2}\psi\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\quad+L_{S_T}(F)\max\left(N^{\nu-\widetilde{\eta}_{12}},N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{\nu-\widetilde{\eta}_{12}}\right)N\left\|t^{-\widetilde{\eta}_1/2}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\left\|t^{-\widetilde{\eta}_2/2}\psi\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. \tag*{(439)}
\end{aligned} N − α ∥ Q ( ϕ , D ψ ) ∥ nl N α , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η 12 , N lo ν − η 12 ) t − η 1 /2 D ϕ L t , x ∞ t − η 2 /2 ψ L t , x ∞ + L S T ( F ) max ( N ν − η 12 , N lo ν − η 12 ) N t − η 1 /2 ϕ L t , x ∞ t − η 2 /2 ψ L t , x ∞ . (439)
Remark 7.17. In applications of Proposition 7.16, we will mostly take ν ≥ η , η 12 , η ~ 12 \nu\geq\eta,\eta_{12},\widetilde{\eta}_{12} ν ≥ η , η 12 , η 12 , in which case the N l o N_{\mathrm{lo}} N lo -terms in the maxima above can always be omitted.
Proof. Similarly to the proof of Lemma 7.10 , (7.26) and (7.27) can be derived from (7.24) and the product formula. Furthermore, (7.24) is the special case of (7.25) in which ( β , r ) = ( 0 , ∞ ) (\beta,r)=(0,\infty) ( β , r ) = ( 0 , ∞ ) . Thus, it suffices to prove (7.25).
The idea behind the proof of (437) is to combine our earlier, unweighted Schauder estimate (424) with a dyadic decomposition in time. For any 0 ≤ k ≤ 10 0 \le k \le10 0 ≤ k ≤ 10 , we write
D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( D x ( m ) ϕ ) = ∑ K , M ≥ N l o χ K D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( χ M D x ( m ) ϕ ) . (440) D_{t,x}^{(k)}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,N}^{F}\left(D_x^{(m)}\phi\right)
=
\sum_{K,M \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}}
\chi_K D_{t,x}^{(k)}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,N}^{F}\left(\chi_M D_x^{(m)}\phi\right). \tag*{(440)} D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( D x ( m ) ϕ ) = K , M ≥ N lo ∑ χ K D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( χ M D x ( m ) ϕ ) . (440)
Since the supports of ( χ K ) K ≥ N l o (\chi_K)_{K \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} ( χ K ) K ≥ N lo have bounded overlaps, it then holds that
∥ t − k 2 D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( D x ( m ) ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ sup K ≥ N l o ∑ M ≥ N l o K ν ∥ χ K D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( χ M D x ( m ) ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ . (441) \left\|t^{-\frac{k}{2}}D_{t,x}^{(k)}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,N}^{F}\left(D_x^{(m)}\phi\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim
\sup_{K \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}}
\sum_{M \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}}
K^\nu
\left\|\chi_K D_{t,x}^{(k)}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,N}^{F}\left(\chi_M D_x^{(m)}\phi\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. \tag*{(441)} t − 2 k D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( D x ( m ) ϕ ) L t , x ∞ ≲ K ≥ N lo sup M ≥ N lo ∑ K ν χ K D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( χ M D x ( m ) ϕ ) L t , x ∞ . (441)
We note that, since D x ( m ) D_x^{(m)} D x ( m ) only contains covariant spatial derivatives, χ M \chi_M χ M and D x ( m ) D_x^{(m)} D x ( m ) commute. The time-localisations in (440) are such that t ∼ K − 2 t \sim K^{-2} t ∼ K − 2 , t − s ∼ N − 2 t-s \sim N^{-2} t − s ∼ N − 2 , and s ∼ M − 2 s \sim M^{-2} s ∼ M − 2 , where s s s denotes the integration variable. Since t = t − s + s t=t-s+s t = t − s + s , we then must have that K ∼ M ≲ N K \sim M \lesssim N K ∼ M ≲ N or K ∼ N ≲ M K \sim N \lesssim M K ∼ N ≲ M . We now let β ′ ∈ ( − 2 , 0 ] \beta' \in(-2,0] β ′ ∈ ( − 2 , 0 ] satisfy β ′ ≤ β \beta' \le\beta β ′ ≤ β and β ′ > − 2 + m \beta' > -2+m β ′ > − 2 + m , but it otherwise remains to be chosen. Note that, due to our assumptions m < 2 + β + η m<2+\beta+\eta m < 2 + β + η and η ≤ 0 \eta\le0 η ≤ 0 , such a choice can be made. Using Lemma 3.54 (for the cutoff function χ M ( t ) ( M 2 t ) 1 2 \chi_M(t)(M^2t)^{\frac{1}{2}} χ M ( t ) ( M 2 t ) 2 1 ) and our unweighted Schauder estimate (424) , we obtain that
K ν ∥ χ K D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( χ M D x ( m ) ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) K ν N − 2 + k + m − β ′ + 2 r ∥ χ M ϕ ∥ L t r L x r K^\nu\left\|\chi_KD_{t,x}^{(k)}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,N}^{F}\left(\chi_MD_x^{(m)}\phi\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)K^\nu N^{-2+k+m-\beta'+\frac{2}{r}}
\left\|\chi_M\phi\right\|_{L^r_tL^r_x} K ν χ K D t , x ( k ) Duh Y , B , N F ( χ M D x ( m ) ϕ ) L t , x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) K ν N − 2 + k + m − β ′ + r 2 ∥ χ M ϕ ∥ L t r L x r
≲ L S T ( F ) K ν N − 2 + k + m − β ′ + 2 r M β ′ − β − η ∥ t − η 2 ϕ ∥ L t r L x r . (442) \lesssim L_{S_T}(F)K^\nu N^{-2+k+m-\beta'+\frac{2}{r}}
M^{\beta'-\beta-\eta}
\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\phi\right\|_{L^r_tL^r_x}. \tag*{(442)} ≲ L S T ( F ) K ν N − 2 + k + m − β ′ + r 2 M β ′ − β − η t − 2 η ϕ L t r L x r . (442)
In the case M ∼ K ≲ N M \sim K \lesssim N M ∼ K ≲ N , we choose β ′ = β \beta'=\beta β ′ = β , which leads to the prefactor K ν − η N − 2 + k + m − β + 2 r K^{\nu-\eta}N^{-2+k+m-\beta+\frac{2}{r}} K ν − η N − 2 + k + m − β + r 2 in (442) . Since the sum over M M M in (441) then only contains a bounded number of terms, and since N l o ≤ K ≲ N N_{\mathrm{lo}}\le K\lesssim N N lo ≤ K ≲ N , this leads to an acceptable contribution. In the case K ∼ N ≲ M K\sim N\lesssim M K ∼ N ≲ M , we choose β ′ = − 2 + m + ε \beta'=-2+m+\varepsilon β ′ = − 2 + m + ε , where ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 is sufficiently small. Then, the prefactor in (442) becomes
K ν N k + 2 r − ε M − 2 + m − β − η + ε . K^\nu N^{k+\frac{2}{r}-\varepsilon}M^{-2+m-\beta-\eta+\varepsilon}. K ν N k + r 2 − ε M − 2 + m − β − η + ε .
Due to our assumption m < 2 + β + η m<2+\beta+\eta m < 2 + β + η , the exponent of M M M is negative. Thus, the contribution of the case K ∼ N ≲ M K\sim N\lesssim M K ∼ N ≲ M to (441) can be bounded by
1 { K ∼ N } K ν N k + 2 r − ε ∑ M ≥ N M − 2 + m − β − η + ε ≲ 1 { K ∼ N } K ν N − 2 + k + m − β − η + 2 r ≲ N − 2 + k + m − β + ν − η + 2 r , \mathbf{1}_{\{K\sim N\}}K^\nu N^{k+\frac{2}{r}-\varepsilon}
\sum_{M\ge N}M^{-2+m-\beta-\eta+\varepsilon}
\lesssim
\mathbf{1}_{\{K\sim N\}}K^\nu N^{-2+k+m-\beta-\eta+\frac{2}{r}}
\lesssim
N^{-2+k+m-\beta+\nu-\eta+\frac{2}{r}}, 1 { K ∼ N } K ν N k + r 2 − ε M ≥ N ∑ M − 2 + m − β − η + ε ≲ 1 { K ∼ N } K ν N − 2 + k + m − β − η + r 2 ≲ N − 2 + k + m − β + ν − η + r 2 ,
which is acceptable.
In addition to the Schauder estimates above, we also control covariant linear evolutions in our solution spaces. This will later be needed in the proof of Proposition 8.8.
Lemma 7.18. Let φ 0 : T 2 → V \varphi_0:\mathbb{T}^2\to V φ 0 : T 2 → V . Furthermore, let α ∈ R \alpha\in\mathbb{R} α ∈ R and η ≤ 0 \eta\le0 η ≤ 0 satisfy α + η ≤ − 2 r \alpha+\eta\le-\frac{2}{r} α + η ≤ − r 2 , where r r r is as in (96) . Then, it holds for all N ≥ N l o N\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} N ≥ N lo that
∥ ∫ d y p B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) ∥ s o l N α , η ≲ L S T ( F ) T − α + η 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r . (443) \left\|\int dy\,p_{B,N}(0,y;t,x)\varphi_0(y)\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_N}
\lesssim
L_{S_T}(F)T^{-\frac{\alpha+\eta}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0\|_{L^r_x}. \tag*{(443)} ∫ d y p B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) sol N α , η ≲ L S T ( F ) T − 2 α + η − r 1 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r . (443) Alternatively, if α + η ≤ − κ \alpha+\eta\le-\kappa α + η ≤ − κ is satisfied, then it holds that
∥ ∫ d y p B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) ∥ s o l N α , η ≲ L S T ( F ) T − α + η 2 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ . (444) \left\|\int dy\,p_{B,N}(0,y;t,x)\varphi_0(y)\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_N}
\lesssim
L_{S_T}(F)T^{-\frac{\alpha+\eta}{2}-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0\|_{C^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}. \tag*{(444)} ∫ d y p B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) sol N α , η ≲ L S T ( F ) T − 2 α + η − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ . (444)
Proof. We first note that, on the support of the integrals appearing in (443) and (444) , it necessarily holds that 1 16 N − 2 ≤ t ≤ 16 N − 2 \frac{1}{16}N^{-2}\leq t\leq16N^{-2} 16 1 N − 2 ≤ t ≤ 16 N − 2 . As a result, using Definition 7.2, we obtain
∥ ∫ d y P B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) ∥ s o l N α , η ∼ max 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 N α + η − m ∥ ∫ d y ( D t , x ( m ) P B , N ) ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) ∥ L t , x ∞ . (445) \left\|\int\mathrm{d}y\,\mathbb{P}_{B,N}(0,y;t,x)\varphi_0(y)\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}_N}
\sim\max_{0\leq m\leq10}N^{\alpha+\eta-m}\left\|\int\mathrm{d}y\,(D_{t,x}^{(m)}\mathbb{P}_{B,N})(0,y;t,x)\varphi_0(y)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. \tag*{(445)} ∫ d y P B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) sol N α , η ∼ 0 ≤ m ≤ 10 max N α + η − m ∫ d y ( D t , x ( m ) P B , N ) ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) L t , x ∞ . (445)
We now prove (443) and (444) separately. To obtain (443) , we use our pointwise estimate (Lemma 7.15) and Young’s convolution inequality, which imply that
N α + η − m ∥ ∫ d y ( D t , x ( m ) P B , N ) ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) N α + η + 2 ∥ ∫ exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ∣ φ 0 ( y ) ∣ d y ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) N α + η + 2 r ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r . N^{\alpha+\eta-m}\left\|\int\mathrm{d}y\,(D_{t,x}^{(m)}\mathbb{P}_{B,N})(0,y;t,x)\varphi_0(y)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)N^{\alpha+\eta+2}\left\|\int\exp\left(-cN^2|x-y|^2\right)|\varphi_0(y)|\mathrm{d}y\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)N^{\alpha+\eta+\frac{2}{r}}\|\varphi_0\|_{L^r_x}. N α + η − m ∫ d y ( D t , x ( m ) P B , N ) ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) L t , x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) N α + η + 2 ∫ exp ( − c N 2 ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ∣ φ 0 ( y ) ∣ d y L t , x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) N α + η + r 2 ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r .
Due to our condition α + η ≤ − 2 r \alpha+\eta\leq-\frac{2}{r} α + η ≤ − r 2 , the exponent of N N N is non-positive. Together with N ≥ N l o ∼ T − 1 2 N\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}\sim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} N ≥ N lo ∼ T − 2 1 , this then implies the first estimate (443) . It remains to prove the second estimate (444) . To this end, we recall that 1 16 N − 2 ≤ t ≤ 16 N − 2 \frac{1}{16}N^{-2}\leq t\leq16N^{-2} 16 1 N − 2 ≤ t ≤ 16 N − 2 and set t ′ = 1 32 N − 2 t'=\frac{1}{32}N^{-2} t ′ = 32 1 N − 2 . Using the semigroup property of the covariant heat kernel, we then have
∫ d y D t , x ( m ) P B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) = ∫ d y D t , x ( m ) ( χ N ( t ) P B ( 0 , y ; t , x ) ) φ 0 ( y ) = ∫ d x ′ D t , x ( m ) ( χ N ( t ) P B ( t ′ , x ′ ; t , x ) ) ( ∫ d y P B ( 0 , y ; t ′ , x ′ ) φ 0 ( y ) ) . \begin{aligned}
\int\mathrm{d}y\,D_{t,x}^{(m)}\mathbb{P}_{B,N}(0,y;t,x)\varphi_0(y)
=\int\mathrm{d}y\,D_{t,x}^{(m)}\bigl(\chi_N(t)\mathbb{P}_B(0,y;t,x)\bigr)\varphi_0(y) \\
&=\int\mathrm{d}x'\,D_{t,x}^{(m)}\bigl(\chi_N(t)\mathbb{P}_B(t',x';t,x)\bigr)\left(\int\mathrm{d}y\,\mathbb{P}_B(0,y;t',x')\varphi_0(y)\right).
\end{aligned} ∫ d y D t , x ( m ) P B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) = ∫ d y D t , x ( m ) ( χ N ( t ) P B ( 0 , y ; t , x ) ) φ 0 ( y ) = ∫ d x ′ D t , x ( m ) ( χ N ( t ) P B ( t ′ , x ′ ; t , x ) ) ( ∫ d y P B ( 0 , y ; t ′ , x ′ ) φ 0 ( y ) ) .
It therefore follows that
∥ ∫ d y D t , x ( m ) P B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∥ D t , x ( m ) ( χ N ( t ) P B ( t ′ , x ′ ; t , x ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ L x ′ 1 ∥ ∫ d y P B ( 0 , y ; t ′ , x ′ ) φ 0 ( y ) ∥ L x ′ ∞ . \left\|\int\mathrm{d}y\,D_{t,x}^{(m)}\mathbb{P}_{B,N}(0,y;t,x)\varphi_0(y)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim\left\|D_{t,x}^{(m)}\bigl(\chi_N(t)\mathbb{P}_B(t',x';t,x)\bigr)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}L^1_{x'}}\left\|\int\mathrm{d}y\,\mathbb{P}_B(0,y;t',x')\varphi_0(y)\right\|_{L^\infty_{x'}}. ∫ d y D t , x ( m ) P B , N ( 0 , y ; t , x ) φ 0 ( y ) L t , x ∞ ≲ D t , x ( m ) ( χ N ( t ) P B ( t ′ , x ′ ; t , x ) ) L t , x ∞ L x ′ 1 ∫ d y P B ( 0 , y ; t ′ , x ′ ) φ 0 ( y ) L x ′ ∞ .
Using our pointwise estimates (Lemma 7.15), the first factor can be bounded by L S T ( F ) N m L_{S_T}(F)N^m L S T ( F ) N m . Using the definition of the ∥ ⋅ ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T κ \|\mathord{\cdot}\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\kappa}_{B(0),T}} ∥ ⋅ ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T κ -norm from Definition 5.4, the second factor can be bounded by N κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T κ N^\kappa\|\varphi_0\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\kappa}_{B(0),T}} N κ ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T κ . After inserting this back into (445) and using the condition α + η ≤ − κ \alpha+\eta\leq-\kappa α + η ≤ − κ , this readily implies (444) . □ \square □
Next, we turn to our commutator estimates, which will be needed when uncovering the structure of the paracontrolled term in our local solution ansatz—see Section 8.4.
Lemma 7.19 (Commutator estimate). Let W \mathbf{W} W , W 1 \mathbf{W}_1 W 1 , W 2 \mathbf{W}_2 W 2 be vector spaces on which G G G acts. Furthermore, let Q : W 1 × W 2 → W Q:\mathbf{W}_1\times\mathbf{W}_2\to\mathbf{W} Q : W 1 × W 2 → W be a G G G -equivariant bilinear map, let G : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 1 G:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbf{W}_1 G : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 1 , and let H : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 2 H:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbf{W}_2 H : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W 2 . Let M ∈ 2 N 0 M\in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} M ∈ 2 N 0 and let − 2 < η ≤ 0 -2<\eta\leq0 − 2 < η ≤ 0 . We then have that
∥ t − η 2 ( Duh B , M ( Q ( G , H ) ) − Q ( G , Duh B , M ( H ) ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ L S T ( F ) ( M − 4 ∥ t − η 2 ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) + M − 3 ∥ t − η 2 D G ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ) ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\bigl(\operatorname{Duh}_{B,M}(Q(G,H))-Q(G,\operatorname{Duh}_{B,M}(H))\bigr)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}
\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)\left(M^{-4}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}(\partial_t-\Delta_B)G\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}+M^{-3}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}DG\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\right)\|H\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}. t − 2 η ( Duh B , M ( Q ( G , H )) − Q ( G , Duh B , M ( H )) ) L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ L S T ( F ) ( M − 4 t − 2 η ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) + M − 3 t − 2 η D G L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ) ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) .
Proof. Fix ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T 2 (t_0,x_0)\in[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 ( t 0 , x 0 ) ∈ [ 0 , T ] × T 2 . Let ϕ : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → W \phi:[0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbf{W} ϕ : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → W , ψ : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → W 2 \psi:[0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbf{W}_2 ψ : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → W 2 be given by
ϕ = Duh B ( χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) Q ( G , H ) ) , ψ = Duh B ( χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) H ) . \phi=\operatorname{Duh}_B\bigl(\chi_M(t_0-\mathord{\cdot})Q(G,H)\bigr),\qquad\psi=\operatorname{Duh}_B\bigl(\chi_M(t_0-\mathord{\cdot})H\bigr). ϕ = Duh B ( χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) Q ( G , H ) ) , ψ = Duh B ( χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) H ) .
Using this notation, we can write
( Duh B , M ( Q ( G , H ) ) − Q ( G , Duh B , M ( H ) ) ) ( t 0 , x 0 ) = ( ϕ − Q ( G , ψ ) ) ( t 0 , x 0 ) . \left(\operatorname{Duh}_{B,M}(\mathcal{Q}(G,H))-\mathcal{Q}(G,\operatorname{Duh}_{B,M}(H))\right)(t_0,x_0)=(\phi-\mathcal{Q}(G,\psi))(t_0,x_0). ( Duh B , M ( Q ( G , H )) − Q ( G , Duh B , M ( H )) ) ( t 0 , x 0 ) = ( ϕ − Q ( G , ψ )) ( t 0 , x 0 ) .
Additionally, observe that ϕ ( t ) = ψ ( t ) = 0 \phi(t)=\psi(t)=0 ϕ ( t ) = ψ ( t ) = 0 unless ∣ t − t 0 ∣ ≲ M − 2 |t-t_0|\lesssim M^{-2} ∣ t − t 0 ∣ ≲ M − 2 . For this reason, we introduce the interval I : = [ 0 ∨ ( t 0 − C M − 2 ) , t 0 ] I:=[0\vee(t_0-CM^{-2}),t_0] I := [ 0 ∨ ( t 0 − C M − 2 ) , t 0 ] , which contains the support of ϕ \phi ϕ and ψ \psi ψ . Next, we record several preliminary estimates. For any function f : I × T 2 → R f:I\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbb{R} f : I × T 2 → R , it holds that
t 0 − η 2 ∥ f ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ≲ M − 2 ∥ t − η 2 f ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ ( I ) . (446) t_0^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|f\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty(I)}\lesssim M^{-2}\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}f\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^\infty(I)}. \tag*{(446)} t 0 − 2 η ∥ f ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ≲ M − 2 ∥ t − 2 η f ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ ( I ) . (446)
Indeed, this can be obtained easily by distinguishing the cases t 0 ≫ M − 2 t_0\gg M^{-2} t 0 ≫ M − 2 and t 0 ≲ M − 2 t_0\lesssim M^{-2} t 0 ≲ M − 2 . In the first case, one uses that t − η / 2 ∼ t 0 − η / 2 t^{-\eta/2}\sim t_0^{-\eta/2} t − η /2 ∼ t 0 − η /2 on the interval I I I , and in the second case, one uses that ∥ t η / 2 ∥ L t 1 ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ t 0 1 + η / 2 ≲ M − 2 t 0 η / 2 \|t^{\eta/2}\|_{L_t^1([0,t_0])}\lesssim t_0^{1+\eta/2}\lesssim M^{-2}t_0^{\eta/2} ∥ t η /2 ∥ L t 1 ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ t 0 1 + η /2 ≲ M − 2 t 0 η /2 . Moreover, by the Schauder estimates of Lemma 4.61, we have that
∥ ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ∥ χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) H ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ M − 2 ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) , (447) \|\psi\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}\lesssim\|\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)H\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty([0,t_0])}\lesssim M^{-2}\|H\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}, \tag*{(447)} ∥ ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ∥ χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) H ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ M − 2 ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) , (447)
∥ D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) sup t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] ∥ ( t − s ) − 1 / 2 χ M ( t 0 − s ) H ∥ L s 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) M − 1 ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . (448) \|D\psi\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}\lesssim(1+\|F\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})\sup_{t\in(0,t_0]}\|(t-s)^{-1/2}\chi_M(t_0-s)H\|_{L_s^1L_x^\infty([0,t])}
\lesssim(1+\|F\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})M^{-1}\|H\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}. \tag*{(448)} ∥ D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) t ∈ ( 0 , t 0 ] sup ∥ ( t − s ) − 1/2 χ M ( t 0 − s ) H ∥ L s 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) M − 1 ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) . (448)
Next, we compute
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( ϕ − Q ( G , ψ ) ) = ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ − Q ( ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ ) + 2 Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ ) − Q ( G , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ) = − Q ( ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ ) + 2 Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ ) . \begin{aligned}
(\partial_t-\Delta_B)(\phi-\mathcal{Q}(G,\psi))
&=(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi-\mathcal{Q}((\partial_t-\Delta_B)G,\psi)+2\mathcal{Q}(D^\ell G,D_\ell\psi)-\mathcal{Q}(G,(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi)\\
&=-\mathcal{Q}((\partial_t-\Delta_B)G,\psi)+2\mathcal{Q}(D^\ell G,D_\ell\psi).
\end{aligned} ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( ϕ − Q ( G , ψ )) = ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ − Q (( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ ) + 2 Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ ) − Q ( G , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ) = − Q (( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ ) + 2 Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ ) .
Here, we used that the ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ - and Q ( G , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ) \mathcal{Q}(G,(\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi) Q ( G , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ ) -terms cancel each other. From this, we then obtain that
ϕ − Q ( G , ψ ) = − Duh B ( Q ( ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ ) ) + 2 Duh B ( Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ ) ) . \phi-\mathcal{Q}(G,\psi)=-\operatorname{Duh}_B(\mathcal{Q}((\partial_t-\Delta_B)G,\psi))+2\operatorname{Duh}_B(\mathcal{Q}(D^\ell G,D_\ell\psi)). ϕ − Q ( G , ψ ) = − Duh B ( Q (( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ )) + 2 Duh B ( Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ )) .
Each of the terms above may be estimated by the Schauder estimates of Lemma 4.61. In particular, we estimate the first term by
t 0 − η 2 ∥ Duh B ( Q ( ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ ) ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 0 − η 2 ∥ Q ( ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ≲ t 0 − η 2 ∥ ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ∥ ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ M − 4 ∥ t − η 2 ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) . \begin{aligned}
t_0^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|\operatorname{Duh}_B(\mathcal{Q}((\partial_t-\Delta_B)G,\psi))(t_0)\|_{L_x^\infty}
&\lesssim t_0^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|\mathcal{Q}((\partial_t-\Delta_B)G,\psi)\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty(I)}\\
&\lesssim t_0^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|(\partial_t-\Delta_B)G\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty(I)}\|\psi\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}\\
&\lesssim M^{-4}\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}(\partial_t-\Delta_B)G\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}\|H\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}.
\end{aligned} t 0 − 2 η ∥ Duh B ( Q (( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ )) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 0 − 2 η ∥ Q (( ∂ t − Δ B ) G , ψ ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ≲ t 0 − 2 η ∥ ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ∥ ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ M − 4 ∥ t − 2 η ( ∂ t − Δ B ) G ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) .
In the first line, we used that the support of ψ \psi ψ is contained in the interval I I I . In the final line, we used (7.34) and (7.35). Similarly, applying (7.36) in place of (7.35), we estimate the second term
t 0 − η 2 ∥ Duh B ( Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ ) ) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 0 − η 2 ∥ Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ≲ t 0 − η 2 ∥ D G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ∥ D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) M − 3 ∥ t − η 2 D G ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 0 ] ) , \begin{aligned}
t_0^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|\operatorname{Duh}_B(\mathcal{Q}(D^\ell G,D_\ell\psi))(t_0)\|_{L_x^\infty}
&\lesssim t_0^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|\mathcal{Q}(D^\ell G,D_\ell\psi)\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty(I)}\\
&\lesssim t_0^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|DG\|_{L_t^1L_x^\infty(I)}\|D\psi\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}\\
&\lesssim(1+\|F\|_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})M^{-3}\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}DG\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])}\|H\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty([0,t_0])},
\end{aligned} t 0 − 2 η ∥ Duh B ( Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ )) ( t 0 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 0 − 2 η ∥ Q ( D ℓ G , D ℓ ψ ) ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ≲ t 0 − 2 η ∥ D G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( I ) ∥ D ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) M − 3 ∥ t − 2 η D G ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ∥ H ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 0 ]) ,
which completes the proof.
Lemma 7.20 (Derivative commutator estimate). Let G : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W G\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathbf{W} G : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → W , let M ≥ N l o M\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} M ≥ N lo , and let i ∈ [ 2 ] i\in[2] i ∈ [ 2 ] . Then, we have that
∥ D i Duh B , M ( G ) − Duh B , M ( D i G ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ L S T ( F ) T − ( 1 − 2 κ ) / 2 M − ( 2 − 2 κ ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \lVert D_i\operatorname{Duh}_{B,M}(G)-\operatorname{Duh}_{B,M}(D_iG)\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim L_{S_T}(F)T^{-(1-2\kappa)/2}M^{-(2-2\kappa)}\lVert G\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}. ∥ D i Duh B , M ( G ) − Duh B , M ( D i G ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ L S T ( F ) T − ( 1 − 2 κ ) /2 M − ( 2 − 2 κ ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) . Proof. Fix t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] . We may write
( D i Duh B , M ( G ) − Duh B , M ( D i G ) ) ( t 0 ) = ( D i ϕ − ψ ) ( t 0 ) , (D_i\operatorname{Duh}_{B,M}(G)-\operatorname{Duh}_{B,M}(D_iG))(t_0)=(D_i\phi-\psi)(t_0), ( D i Duh B , M ( G ) − Duh B , M ( D i G )) ( t 0 ) = ( D i ϕ − ψ ) ( t 0 ) , where ϕ , ψ : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → W \phi,\psi\colon[0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathbf{W} ϕ , ψ : [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 → W respectively satisfy
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G , ϕ ( 0 ) = 0 , (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\phi=\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)G,\qquad\phi(0)=0, ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ϕ = χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G , ϕ ( 0 ) = 0 , ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) D i G , ψ ( 0 ) = 0. (\partial_t-\Delta_B)\psi=\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)D_iG,\qquad\psi(0)=0. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ψ = χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) D i G , ψ ( 0 ) = 0. Note that ϕ ( t ) = 0 \phi(t)=0 ϕ ( t ) = 0 unless ∣ t 0 − t ∣ ≲ M − 2 \lvert t_0-t\rvert\lesssim M^{-2} ∣ t 0 − t ∣ ≲ M − 2 . We may compute (applying (105) and Remark 3.20)
( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( D i ϕ − ψ ) = 2 F i ℓ D ℓ ϕ . (\partial_t-\Delta_B)(D_i\phi-\psi)=2F_i^\ell D_\ell\phi. ( ∂ t − Δ B ) ( D i ϕ − ψ ) = 2 F i ℓ D ℓ ϕ . Thus, by Lemma 4.61 (in the following, all space-time norms are on [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 [0,t_0]\times\mathbb{T}^{2} [ 0 , t 0 ] × T 2 unless otherwise specified) we have that
∥ D i ϕ − ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∥ F D ϕ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ t κ / 2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∥ t − 2 κ / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ \lVert D_i\phi-\psi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lesssim\lVert F D\phi\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x}\lesssim\lVert t^{\kappa/2}F\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x}\lVert t^{-2\kappa/2}D\phi\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x} ∥ D i ϕ − ψ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∥ F D ϕ ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ≲ ∥ t κ /2 F ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ∥ t − 2 κ /2 D ϕ ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ≲ M − 1 ∥ t − ( 1 − 2 κ ) / 2 F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ∥ t − 2 κ / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ \lesssim M^{-1}\lVert t^{-(1-2\kappa)/2}F\rVert_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\lVert t^{-2\kappa/2}D\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}} ≲ M − 1 ∥ t − ( 1 − 2 κ ) /2 F ∥ T , 0 pert ∥ t − 2 κ /2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) 1 / 100 M − 1 T − ( 1 − 2 κ ) / 2 ∥ t − 2 κ / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ , \lesssim L_{S_T}(F)^{1/100}M^{-1}T^{-(1-2\kappa)/2}\lVert t^{-2\kappa/2}D\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}, ≲ L S T ( F ) 1/100 M − 1 T − ( 1 − 2 κ ) /2 ∥ t − 2 κ /2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ , where in the third inequality, we used that ϕ ( t ) = 0 \phi(t)=0 ϕ ( t ) = 0 unless ∣ t 0 − t ∣ ≲ M − 2 \lvert t_0-t\rvert\lesssim M^{-2} ∣ t 0 − t ∣ ≲ M − 2 , and in the final inequality, we used the definition (7.11) of L S T ( F ) L_{S_T}(F) L S T ( F ) . Therefore to finish, it suffices to estimate
∥ t − 2 κ / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) M − ( 1 − 2 κ ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ . (449) \lVert t^{-2\kappa/2}D\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lesssim(1+\lVert F\rVert_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})M^{-(1-2\kappa)}\lVert G\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. \tag*{(449)} ∥ t − 2 κ /2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) M − ( 1 − 2 κ ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ . (449) (Again by (7.11), we may absorb 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ≤ L S T ( F ) 1 / 100 1+\lVert F\rVert_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}}\le L_{S_T}(F)^{1/100} 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ≤ L S T ( F ) 1/100 .) To this end, by the last estimate in Lemma 4.62, we have that for any t 1 ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] t_1\in[0,t_0] t 1 ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] ,
∥ t 1 / 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) ( ∥ χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) + ∥ t 1 / 2 χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) + sup u ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] ∥ t 1 / 2 ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ) . \lVert t^{1/2}D\phi\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,t_1])}\lesssim(1+\lVert F\rVert_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})\left(\lVert\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)G\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t_1])}+\lVert t^{1/2}\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)G\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,t_1])}+\sup_{u\in[0,t_1]}\lVert t^{1/2}(u-t)^{-1/2}\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)G\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,u])}\right). ∥ t 1/2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) ≲ ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) ( ∥ χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) + ∥ t 1/2 χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) + u ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] sup ∥ t 1/2 ( u − t ) − 1/2 χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ) . We may estimate
∥ χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) ≲ min ( t 1 , M − 2 ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ , \lVert\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)G\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,t_1])}\lesssim\min(t_1,M^{-2})\lVert G\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}, ∥ χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) ≲ min ( t 1 , M − 2 ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ , ∥ t 1 / 2 χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , t 1 ] ) ≲ t 1 1 / 2 min ( t 1 1 / 2 , M − 1 ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ , \lVert t^{1/2}\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)G\rVert_{L^2_tL^\infty_x([0,t_1])}\lesssim t_1^{1/2}\min(t_1^{1/2},M^{-1})\lVert G\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}, ∥ t 1/2 χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 2 L x ∞ ([ 0 , t 1 ]) ≲ t 1 1/2 min ( t 1 1/2 , M − 1 ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ , sup u ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] ∥ t 1 / 2 ( u − t ) − 1 / 2 χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ( [ 0 , u ] ) ≲ t 1 1 / 2 min ( t 1 1 / 2 , M − 1 ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ . \sup_{u\in[0,t_1]}\lVert t^{1/2}(u-t)^{-1/2}\chi_M(t_0-\mathord\cdot)G\rVert_{L^1_tL^\infty_x([0,u])}\lesssim t_1^{1/2}\min(t_1^{1/2},M^{-1})\lVert G\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. u ∈ [ 0 , t 1 ] sup ∥ t 1/2 ( u − t ) − 1/2 χ M ( t 0 − ⋅ ) G ∥ L t 1 L x ∞ ([ 0 , u ]) ≲ t 1 1/2 min ( t 1 1/2 , M − 1 ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ . Combining, we thus obtain that for all t 1 ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] t_1\in[0,t_0] t 1 ∈ [ 0 , t 0 ] ,
∥ ( D ϕ ) ( t 1 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 1 2 κ / 2 M − ( 1 − 2 κ ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 p e r t ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ , \lVert(D\phi)(t_1)\rVert_{L^\infty_x}\lesssim t_1^{2\kappa/2}M^{-(1-2\kappa)}(1+\lVert F\rVert_{T,0}^{\mathrm{pert}})\lVert G\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}, ∥( D ϕ ) ( t 1 ) ∥ L x ∞ ≲ t 1 2 κ /2 M − ( 1 − 2 κ ) ( 1 + ∥ F ∥ T , 0 pert ) ∥ G ∥ L t , x ∞ , from which the desired estimate (449) follows.
Product and paraproduct estimates
In this subsection, we state and prove different covariant product and paraproduct estimates.
Assumption 7.21 (Setup). We make the following assumptions:
(i) The indices a , b , c ∈ [ 3 ] a,b,c \in[3] a , b , c ∈ [ 3 ] are given.
(ii) The bilinear map Q : Y ( a ) × Y ( b ) → Y ( c ) Q: Y^{(a)} \times Y^{(b)} \to Y^{(c)} Q : Y ( a ) × Y ( b ) → Y ( c ) is G-equivariant.
(iii) We let U ⋆ = ( U M ) M ≥ N l o U_\star= (U_M)_{M \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} U ⋆ = ( U M ) M ≥ N lo where, for each M ≥ N l o M \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} M ≥ N lo , U M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y ( a ) U_M : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y^{(a)} U M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y ( a ) and U M U_M U M is supported on times t ≳ M − 2 t \gtrsim M^{-2} t ≳ M − 2 .
(iv) We let V ⋆ = ( V N ) N ≥ N l o V_\star= (V_N)_{N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}} V ⋆ = ( V N ) N ≥ N lo where, for each N ≥ N l o N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} N ≥ N lo , V N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y ( b ) V_N : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^2 \to Y^{(b)} V N : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y ( b ) and V N V_N V N is supported on times t ≳ N − 2 t \gtrsim N^{-2} t ≳ N − 2 .
Our first lemma will later be used to control (6.79) and (6.87). While these are among the simplest terms in (406) –(6.90), this nevertheless illustrates many of the ideas used to control other terms in (406) –(6.90).
Lemma 7.22 (Product estimate). Let Assumption 7.21 be satisfied. In addition, let α , β , γ ∈ R \alpha,\beta,\gamma\in\mathbb{R} α , β , γ ∈ R and η 1 , η 2 , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] \eta_1,\eta_2,\nu\in(-\infty,0] η 1 , η 2 , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] satisfy
0 < α , β < 1 0 < \alpha,\beta< 1 0 < α , β < 1 , α + β > 1 \alpha+\beta> 1 α + β > 1 , η 1 , η 2 > − 1 \eta_1,\eta_2 > -1 η 1 , η 2 > − 1 , η 2 ≤ ν \eta_2 \le\nu η 2 ≤ ν , and γ + ν − η 1 − η 2 < β − 1 \gamma+\nu-\eta_1-\eta_2 < \beta-1 γ + ν − η 1 − η 2 < β − 1 .
Then, it holds that
∥ Q ( U ⋆ , D V ⋆ ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) T α + β − γ − ν + η 1 + η 2 − 1 2 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η 1 ∥ V ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η 2 . (450) \lVert Q(U_\star,DV_\star)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)T^{\frac{\alpha+\beta-\gamma-\nu+\eta_1+\eta_2-1}{2}}\lVert U_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta_1}}\lVert V_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta_2}}. \tag*{(450)} ∥ Q ( U ⋆ , D V ⋆ ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L ST ( F ) T 2 α + β − γ − ν + η 1 + η 2 − 1 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ sol α , η 1 ∥ V ⋆ ∥ sol β , η 2 . (450)
Proof. We emphasise that, as in Assumption 7.21, all dyadic frequency scales in the proof will be bounded below by N l o ∼ T − 1 / 2 N_{\mathrm{lo}} \sim T^{-1/2} N lo ∼ T − 1/2 . To simplify the notation, set η : = η 1 + η 2 \eta:= \eta_1+\eta_2 η := η 1 + η 2 . Using our Schauder estimates (438) and (439) , where we choose ( η ~ 1 , η ~ 2 ) = ( 0 , η 2 ) (\widetilde{\eta}_1,\widetilde{\eta}_2)=(0,\eta_2) ( η 1 , η 2 ) = ( 0 , η 2 ) , we obtain that
∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) min ( K γ + ν − η ∥ t − η 1 / 2 U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 2 / 2 D V N ∥ L t , x ∞ , K γ + ν − η 2 K ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 2 / 2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ + K γ + ν − η ∥ t − η 1 / 2 D U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 2 / 2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ ) . \begin{aligned}
\lVert Q(U_M,DV_N)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
\lesssim{}& L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)\min\bigl(K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\lVert t^{-\eta_1/2}U_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lVert t^{-\eta_2/2}DV_N\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}},\\
&\qquad K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta_2}K\lVert U_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lVert t^{-\eta_2/2}V_N\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\qquad+K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\lVert t^{-\eta_1/2}DU_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lVert t^{-\eta_2/2}V_N\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\bigr).
\end{aligned} ∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L ST ( F ) min ( K γ + ν − η ∥ t − η 1 /2 U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 2 /2 D V N ∥ L t , x ∞ , K γ + ν − η 2 K ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 2 /2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ + K γ + ν − η ∥ t − η 1 /2 D U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 2 /2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ ) .
Using that U M U_M U M is supported on times t ≳ M − 2 t \gtrsim M^{-2} t ≳ M − 2 , we have
K − η 2 ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ K − η 2 M − η 1 ∥ t − η 1 / 2 U M ∥ L t , x ∞ = K − η + η 1 M − η 1 ∥ t − η 1 / 2 U M ∥ L t , x ∞ . K^{-\eta_2}\lVert U_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim K^{-\eta_2}M^{-\eta_1}\lVert t^{-\eta_1/2}U_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
=K^{-\eta+\eta_1}M^{-\eta_1}\lVert t^{-\eta_1/2}U_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. K − η 2 ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ K − η 2 M − η 1 ∥ t − η 1 /2 U M ∥ L t , x ∞ = K − η + η 1 M − η 1 ∥ t − η 1 /2 U M ∥ L t , x ∞ .
Using the definition of our solution spaces, we therefore obtain that
∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) min ( N , max ( K 1 + η 1 M − η 1 , M ) ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β × ∥ U M ∥ s o l M α , η 1 ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η 2 . \begin{aligned}
\lVert Q(U_M,DV_N)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
\lesssim{}& L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)\min\bigl(N,\max(K^{1+\eta_1}M^{-\eta_1},M)\bigr)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}\\
&\qquad\times\lVert U_M\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta_1}_M}\lVert V_N\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta_2}_N}.
\end{aligned} ∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L ST ( F ) min ( N , max ( K 1 + η 1 M − η 1 , M ) ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β × ∥ U M ∥ sol M α , η 1 ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η 2 .
Since η 1 ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ] \eta_1 \in(-1,0] η 1 ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ] , we have that
min ( N , max ( K 1 + η 1 M − η 1 , M ) ) ≲ min ( N , max ( K , M ) ) . \min\bigl(N,\max(K^{1+\eta_1}M^{-\eta_1},M)\bigr)
\lesssim\min(N,\max(K,M)). min ( N , max ( K 1 + η 1 M − η 1 , M ) ) ≲ min ( N , max ( K , M )) .
Due to this, it remains to prove that
sup K ∑ M , N min ( N , max ( K , M ) ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ N l o 1 + γ + ν − η − α − β . (451) \sup_K\sum_{M,N}\min(N,\max(K,M))K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lesssim N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha-\beta}. \tag*{(451)} K sup M , N ∑ min ( N , max ( K , M )) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ N lo 1 + γ + ν − η − α − β . (451)
To obtain (451) , we first use that β ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \beta\in(0,1) β ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , which allows us to estimate the sum over N N N by
∑ N min ( N , max ( K , M ) ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ max ( K , M ) 1 − β K γ + ν − η M − α . \sum_N \min(N,\max(K,M))K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lesssim\max(K,M)^{1-\beta}K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}. N ∑ min ( N , max ( K , M )) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ max ( K , M ) 1 − β K γ + ν − η M − α .
Using α > 0 \alpha> 0 α > 0 and α + β > 1 \alpha+\beta> 1 α + β > 1 , we can estimate the remaining sum over M M M by
∑ M max ( K , M ) 1 − β K γ + ν − η M − α ≲ K 1 + γ + ν − η − β ∑ M M − α + K γ + ν − η ∑ M M 1 − α − β ≲ K 1 + γ + ν − η − β N l o − α + K γ + ν − η N l o 1 − α − β . \begin{aligned}
\sum_M \max(K,M)^{1-\beta}K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}
&\lesssim K^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-\beta}\sum_M M^{-\alpha}
+K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\sum_M M^{1-\alpha-\beta} \\
&\lesssim K^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-\beta}N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{-\alpha}
+K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{1-\alpha-\beta}.
\end{aligned} M ∑ max ( K , M ) 1 − β K γ + ν − η M − α ≲ K 1 + γ + ν − η − β M ∑ M − α + K γ + ν − η M ∑ M 1 − α − β ≲ K 1 + γ + ν − η − β N lo − α + K γ + ν − η N lo 1 − α − β .
Since both 1 + γ + ν − η − β 1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-\beta 1 + γ + ν − η − β and γ + ν − η \gamma+\nu-\eta γ + ν − η are negative, this implies the desired result.
For the rest of this subsection, U ⋆ U_\star U ⋆ will be at negative regularity and V ⋆ V_\star V ⋆ will be at positive regularity. We encourage the reader to think of U ⋆ U_\star U ⋆ as ε ℓ , ⋆ \varepsilon_{\ell,\star} ε ℓ , ⋆ and of V ⋆ V_\star V ⋆ as W ε , ⋆ W_{\varepsilon,\star} W ε , ⋆ or Y ε , ⋆ Y_{\varepsilon,\star} Y ε , ⋆ . Our next lemma, which is another product estimate, will later be used to control (406) –(408) .
Lemma 7.23 (Product estimate at negative regularity). Let Assumption 7.21 be satisfied. In addition, let α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) \alpha\in(-1,0) α ∈ ( − 1 , 0 ) , let β , γ ∈ R \beta,\gamma\in\mathbb{R} β , γ ∈ R , and let η , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] \eta,\nu\in(-\infty,0] η , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] . Furthermore, assume that
− 1 < α + η < 0 , β > 0 , α + β > 0 , − 1 < η ≤ ν , and γ + ν − η < − 1 + α − 2 r . (452) -1 < \alpha+\eta< 0,\qquad\beta> 0,\qquad\alpha+\beta> 0,\qquad-1 < \eta\le\nu,\qquad\text{and}\qquad\gamma+\nu-\eta< -1+\alpha-\frac{2}{r}. \tag*{(452)} − 1 < α + η < 0 , β > 0 , α + β > 0 , − 1 < η ≤ ν , and γ + ν − η < − 1 + α − r 2 . (452) Then, it holds for all ε > 0 \varepsilon> 0 ε > 0 that
∥ D Q ( U ⋆ , V ⋆ ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ ε L S T ( F ) T 2 α + β − γ − ν + η − 1 2 T − 1 r − ε ∥ U ⋆ ∥ m s o l α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η . (453) \left\| \mathsf{D}Q(U_\star,V_\star)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
\lesssim_{\varepsilon} L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)T^{\frac{2\alpha+\beta-\gamma-\nu+\eta-1}{2}}T^{-\frac{1}{r}-\varepsilon}\left\|U_\star\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}}\left\|V_\star\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}}. \tag*{(453)} ∥ D Q ( U ⋆ , V ⋆ ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ ε L ST ( F ) T 2 2 α + β − γ − ν + η − 1 T − r 1 − ε ∥ U ⋆ ∥ msol α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ sol β , η . (453) In addition to (453) , we also have the same estimate but with Q ( U ⋆ , V ⋆ ) Q(U_\star,V_\star) Q ( U ⋆ , V ⋆ ) replaced by Q ( U ⋆ ⊗ V ⋆ ) Q(U_\star\otimes V_\star) Q ( U ⋆ ⊗ V ⋆ ) , Q ( U ⋆ ⊘ V ⋆ ) Q(U_\star\oslash V_\star) Q ( U ⋆ ⊘ V ⋆ ) , or Q ( U ⋆ ⊙ V ⋆ ) Q(U_\star\odot V_\star) Q ( U ⋆ ⊙ V ⋆ ) .
Remark 7.24. We emphasise that the estimate (453) cannot be obtained this way if the m s o l α \mathrm{msol}^{\alpha} msol α -norm is replaced by the s o l α \mathrm{sol}^{\alpha} sol α -norm. The reason is that, since α \alpha α is negative, the s o l α \mathrm{sol}^{\alpha} sol α -norm cannot be used to gain powers of the frequency of the U ⋆ U_\star U ⋆ -terms.
Proof of Lemma 7.23. Without loss of generality, we may assume that ε \varepsilon ε is sufficiently small depending on all parameters appearing in (452) . Using our weighted Schauder estimate (437) and Lemma 7.6, we obtain
∥ D Q ( U M , V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) K γ + ν − η + 1 − α + 2 r + ε ∥ t − η / 2 Q ( U M , V N ) ∥ L x r ≲ L S T ( F ) K γ + ν − η + 1 − α + 2 r + ε ∥ U M ∥ C t α − ε 2 L x r ∥ t − η / 2 V N ∥ C t α − 2 ε 2 L x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) K γ + ν − η + 1 − α + 2 r + ε M − ε N − α − β + 2 ε ∥ U M ∥ m s o l M α ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η . \begin{aligned}
\left\|\mathsf{D}Q(U_M,V_N)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
&\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta+1-\alpha+\frac{2}{r}+\varepsilon}
\left\|t^{-\eta/2}Q(U_M,V_N)\right\|_{L^r_x} \\
&\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta+1-\alpha+\frac{2}{r}+\varepsilon}
\left\|U_M\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\frac{\alpha-\varepsilon}{2}}_tL^r_x}
\left\|t^{-\eta/2}V_N\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\frac{\alpha-2\varepsilon}{2}}_tL^\infty_x} \\
&\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta+1-\alpha+\frac{2}{r}+\varepsilon}
M^{-\varepsilon}N^{-\alpha-\beta+2\varepsilon}
\left\|U_M\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}_M}
\left\|V_N\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}_N}.
\end{aligned} ∥ D Q ( U M , V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L ST ( F ) K γ + ν − η + 1 − α + r 2 + ε t − η /2 Q ( U M , V N ) L x r ≲ L ST ( F ) K γ + ν − η + 1 − α + r 2 + ε ∥ U M ∥ C t 2 α − ε L x r t − η /2 V N C t 2 α − 2 ε L x ∞ ≲ L ST ( F ) K γ + ν − η + 1 − α + r 2 + ε M − ε N − α − β + 2 ε ∥ U M ∥ msol M α ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η .
Due to our conditions from (452) , the exponents of K K K , M M M , and N N N above are all negative. Since the sum of the exponents equals − 2 α − β + γ + ν − η + 1 + 2 r + 2 ε -2\alpha-\beta+\gamma+\nu-\eta+1+\frac{2}{r}+2\varepsilon − 2 α − β + γ + ν − η + 1 + r 2 + 2 ε , this readily implies the desired estimate (453) .
We now turn to low× \times × high-estimates, which will be used to control the terms in (6.77), (6.78), and the second and third summands in (6.86).
Lemma 7.25 (Low× \times × high-estimates). Let Assumption 7.21 be satisfied. In addition, let α , β , γ ∈ R \alpha,\beta,\gamma\in\mathbb{R} α , β , γ ∈ R and let η , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] \eta,\nu\in(-\infty,0] η , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] . Furthermore, assume that the conditions
α < 0 , 0 < β < 1 , γ + ν − η < 0 , − 2 < η ≤ ν , and ( 1 − θ ) α + β > ( 1 − θ ) (454) \alpha< 0,\qquad0 < \beta< 1,\qquad\gamma+\nu-\eta< 0,\qquad-2 < \eta\le\nu,\qquad\text{and}\qquad(1-\theta)\alpha+\beta> (1-\theta) \tag*{(454)} α < 0 , 0 < β < 1 , γ + ν − η < 0 , − 2 < η ≤ ν , and ( 1 − θ ) α + β > ( 1 − θ ) (454) are satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ Q ( D U ⋆ ⊗ V ⋆ ) ∥ n l γ , ν ≲ L T ( F ) T ( 1 − θ ) α + β − γ − ν + η + θ − 1 2 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ s o l α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η . (455) \lVert Q(DU_\star\otimes V_\star)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}}
\lesssim L_{T}(F)T^{\frac{(1-\theta)\alpha+\beta-\gamma-\nu+\eta+\theta-1}{2}}
\lVert U_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}}\lVert V_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}}. \tag*{(455)} ∥ Q ( D U ⋆ ⊗ V ⋆ ) ∥ nl γ , ν ≲ L T ( F ) T 2 ( 1 − θ ) α + β − γ − ν + η + θ − 1 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ sol α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ sol β , η . (455) If, in addition to (454) , the conditions
η > − 1 and ( 1 − θ ) α + β > 1 + γ + ν − η (456) \eta> -1\qquad\text{and}\qquad(1-\theta)\alpha+\beta> 1+\gamma+\nu-\eta \tag*{(456)} η > − 1 and ( 1 − θ ) α + β > 1 + γ + ν − η (456) are satisfied, it also holds that
∥ Q ( U ⋆ D V ⋆ ) ∥ n l γ , ν ≲ L T ( F ) T ( 1 − θ ) α + β − γ − ν + η − 1 2 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ s o l α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η . (457) \lVert Q(U_\star D V_\star)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}}
\lesssim L_{T}(F)T^{\frac{(1-\theta)\alpha+\beta-\gamma-\nu+\eta-1}{2}}
\lVert U_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}}\lVert V_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}}. \tag*{(457)} ∥ Q ( U ⋆ D V ⋆ ) ∥ nl γ , ν ≲ L T ( F ) T 2 ( 1 − θ ) α + β − γ − ν + η − 1 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ sol α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ sol β , η . (457)
Remark 7.26. The last condition in (454) is one of the reasons for the parameter θ \theta θ in our definition of covariant paraproducts (Definition 6.3). If θ \theta θ were set equal to zero in the last condition in (454) , the condition would become α + β > 1 \alpha+\beta>1 α + β > 1 , which would not allow us to control low× \times × high-interactions between D B ∘ \mathrm{D}_{\mathrm{B}}^{\circ} D B ∘ and Z Z Z . We further emphasise that the last condition in (454) has no counterpart in the usual, non-covariant low× \times × high-estimate. The reason is that the non-covariant Littlewood–Paley decomposition obeys the Littlewood–Paley trichotomy (see (385) ). But, as already discussed in § 7.2 , the Littlewood–Paley trichotomy is not available in our setting.
Proof. We first prove the estimate (455) . Using Definition 7.2 and our weighted Schauder estimate (438) , we obtain that
∥ Q ( D U M , V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L T ( F ) K γ + ν − η M 1 − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ s o l M α ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η . \lVert Q(DU_M,V_N)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
\lesssim L_T(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{1-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lVert U_M\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}_M}\lVert V_N\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}_N}. ∥ Q ( D U M , V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L T ( F ) K γ + ν − η M 1 − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ sol M α ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η .
It then remains to show that, under our assumption (454) ,
sup K ∑ M , N : M ≤ N 1 − θ K γ + ν − η M 1 − α N − β ≲ N l o γ + ν − η + ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α ) − β . (458) \sup_K\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\M\le N^{1-\theta}}}
K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{1-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lesssim N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{\gamma+\nu-\eta+(1-\theta)(1-\alpha)-\beta}. \tag*{(458)} K sup M , N : M ≤ N 1 − θ ∑ K γ + ν − η M 1 − α N − β ≲ N lo γ + ν − η + ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α ) − β . (458)
This can be easily obtained by first summing in M M M and then summing in N N N , and we omit the computation. Next, we prove the estimate (457) . Using Definition 7.2 and our Schauder estimates (438) and (439) , we obtain that
∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L T ( F ) min ( max ( K , M ) , N ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ s o l M α ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η . \lVert Q(U_M,DV_N)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
\lesssim L_T(F)\min(\max(K,M),N)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lVert U_M\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}_M}\lVert V_N\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}_N}. ∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L T ( F ) min ( max ( K , M ) , N ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ sol M α ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η .
Since the conditions in (454) are still satisfied, the region in which min ( max ( K , M ) , N ) \min(\max(K,M),N) min ( max ( K , M ) , N ) equals M M M can be treated as in our proof of (455) . It then remains to show that, under our assumptions in (454) and (456) ,
sup K ∑ M , N : M ≤ N 1 − θ min ( K , N ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ N l o 1 + γ + ν − η − ( 1 − θ ) α − β . (459) \sup_K\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\M\le N^{1-\theta}}}
\min(K,N)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lesssim N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-(1-\theta)\alpha-\beta}. \tag*{(459)} K sup M , N : M ≤ N 1 − θ ∑ min ( K , N ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ N lo 1 + γ + ν − η − ( 1 − θ ) α − β . (459)
We note that, since θ > 0 \theta>0 θ > 0 , the right-hand side in (459) is worse than in (458) . In order to obtain (459) , we estimate
∑ M , N : M ≤ N 1 − θ min ( K , N ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ ∑ N min ( K , N ) K γ + ν − η N − ( 1 − θ ) α − β \sum_{\substack{M,N:\\M\le N^{1-\theta}}}
\min(K,N)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lesssim
\sum_N\min(K,N)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}N^{-(1-\theta)\alpha-\beta} M , N : M ≤ N 1 − θ ∑ min ( K , N ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ N ∑ min ( K , N ) K γ + ν − η N − ( 1 − θ ) α − β
≲ ∑ N ≤ K K γ + ν − η N 1 − ( 1 − θ ) α − β + ∑ N > K K 1 + γ + ν − η N − ( 1 − θ ) α − β ≲ K 1 + γ + ν − η − ( 1 − θ ) α − β . \lesssim
\sum_{N\le K}K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}N^{1-(1-\theta)\alpha-\beta}
+
\sum_{N>K}K^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta}N^{-(1-\theta)\alpha-\beta}
\lesssim K^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-(1-\theta)\alpha-\beta}. ≲ N ≤ K ∑ K γ + ν − η N 1 − ( 1 − θ ) α − β + N > K ∑ K 1 + γ + ν − η N − ( 1 − θ ) α − β ≲ K 1 + γ + ν − η − ( 1 − θ ) α − β .
In the estimate of the first sum, we used that ( 1 − θ ) α + β < 1 (1-\theta)\alpha+\beta<1 ( 1 − θ ) α + β < 1 , which follows from α < 0 \alpha<0 α < 0 and β < 1 \beta<1 β < 1 . In the estimate of the second sum, we used that ( 1 − θ ) α + β > 1 − θ > 0 (1-\theta)\alpha+\beta>1-\theta>0 ( 1 − θ ) α + β > 1 − θ > 0 . Since the final exponent 1 + γ + ν − η − ( 1 − θ ) α − β 1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-(1-\theta)\alpha-\beta 1 + γ + ν − η − ( 1 − θ ) α − β is negative, this implies (459) .
In our next lemma, we prove different high× \times × high-estimates, which will later be used to control (6.75), (6.76), (6.85), and the first summand in (6.86).
Lemma 7.27 (High× \times × high-estimates). Let Assumption 7.21 be satisfied. In addition, let α , β , γ ∈ R \alpha,\beta,\gamma\in\mathbb{R} α , β , γ ∈ R and let η , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] \eta,\nu\in(-\infty,0] η , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] . Furthermore, assume that the conditions
α < 0 , β > 0 , γ + ν − η < 0 , η > − 2 , ν > − 1 , ν ≥ η , α + ( 1 − θ ) β > 1 + γ + ν − η , and α + ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) > 0 (460) \begin{aligned}
\alpha&<0,\qquad\beta>0,\qquad\gamma+\nu-\eta<0,\qquad\eta>-2,\qquad\nu>-1,\qquad\nu\geq\eta,\\
\alpha+(1-\theta)\beta&>1+\gamma+\nu-\eta,\qquad\text{and}\qquad\alpha+(1-\theta)(\beta-1)>0 \tag*{(460)}
\end{aligned} α α + ( 1 − θ ) β < 0 , β > 0 , γ + ν − η < 0 , η > − 2 , ν > − 1 , ν ≥ η , > 1 + γ + ν − η , and α + ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) > 0 (460) are satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ Q ( U ⋆ ⋄ D V ⋆ ) ∥ n l γ , ν + ∥ Q ( D U ⋆ ⋄ V ⋆ ) ∥ n l γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) T α + ( 1 − θ ) β − γ − ν + η − 1 2 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ s o l α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η . (461) \lVert Q(U_\star\diamond D V_\star)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}}+\lVert Q(DU_\star\diamond V_\star)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}}
\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)T^{\frac{\alpha+(1-\theta)\beta-\gamma-\nu+\eta-1}{2}}\lVert U_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}}\lVert V_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}}. \tag*{(461)} ∥ Q ( U ⋆ ⋄ D V ⋆ ) ∥ nl γ , ν + ∥ Q ( D U ⋆ ⋄ V ⋆ ) ∥ nl γ , ν ≲ L ST ( F ) T 2 α + ( 1 − θ ) β − γ − ν + η − 1 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ sol α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ sol β , η . (461) Alternatively, assume that
α < 0 , 0 < β < 1 , ν ≥ η > − 1 , and α + ( 1 − θ ) β > max ( 0 , γ + ν − η + 1 ) . (462) \alpha<0,\qquad0<\beta<1,\qquad\nu\geq\eta>-1,\qquad\text{and}\qquad\alpha+(1-\theta)\beta>\max(0,\gamma+\nu-\eta+1). \tag*{(462)} α < 0 , 0 < β < 1 , ν ≥ η > − 1 , and α + ( 1 − θ ) β > max ( 0 , γ + ν − η + 1 ) . (462) Then, it holds that
∥ D Q ( U ⋆ ⋄ V ⋆ ) ∥ n l γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) T α + ( 1 − θ ) β − γ − ν + η − 1 2 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ s o l α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η . (463) \lVert DQ(U_\star\diamond V_\star)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}}
\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)T^{\frac{\alpha+(1-\theta)\beta-\gamma-\nu+\eta-1}{2}}\lVert U_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}}\lVert V_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}}. \tag*{(463)} ∥ D Q ( U ⋆ ⋄ V ⋆ ) ∥ nl γ , ν ≲ L ST ( F ) T 2 α + ( 1 − θ ) β − γ − ν + η − 1 ∥ U ⋆ ∥ sol α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ sol β , η . (463)
Remark. 7.28. In the proof of Lemma 8.14 below, in which V ⋆ V_\star V ⋆ will be chosen as φ ⋆ \varphi_\star φ ⋆ , it is important that (460) only imposes the lower bound η > − 2 \eta>-2 η > − 2 , and not η > − 1 \eta>-1 η > − 1 .
Proof. We begin with our proof of (461) . Using our Schauder estimate (438) , we obtain that
∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) K γ + ν − η ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η / 2 D V N ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L S T ( F ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ s o l M α ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η . \begin{aligned}
\lVert Q(U_M,DV_N)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_{K}}
&\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\lVert U_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lVert t^{-\eta/2}DV_N\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}\lVert U_M\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}_M}\lVert V_N\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}_N}.
\end{aligned} ∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L ST ( F ) K γ + ν − η ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η /2 D V N ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ L ST ( F ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ sol M α ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η .
Since both Q ( U ⋆ ⋄ D V ⋆ ) Q(U_\star\diamond DV_\star) Q ( U ⋆ ⋄ D V ⋆ ) and Q ( D U ⋆ ⋄ V ⋆ ) Q(DU_\star\diamond V_\star) Q ( D U ⋆ ⋄ V ⋆ ) appear in (461) , we will also need to estimate Q ( D U M , V N ) Q(DU_M,V_N) Q ( D U M , V N ) . Since U M U_M U M has negative regularity, we will want to use our weighted covariant Schauder estimate (439) , which was proven using integration by parts. However, since our parameter η \eta η is allowed to be less than or equal to − 1 -1 − 1 , we need to be careful. To this end, we choose any parameter η ~ \widetilde{\eta} η satisfying η ~ > − 1 \widetilde{\eta}>-1 η > − 1 , η ~ ≥ η \widetilde{\eta}\geq\eta η ≥ η , and η ~ ≤ min ( ν , η + 1 ) \widetilde{\eta}\leq\min(\nu,\eta+1) η ≤ min ( ν , η + 1 ) , which is possible due to our assumptions on η \eta η and ν \nu ν . Since V N V_N V N is supported on times t ≳ N − 2 t\gtrsim N^{-2} t ≳ N − 2 , we may estimate
∥ t − η ~ / 2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ N η ~ − η N − β ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η . \lVert t^{-\widetilde{\eta}/2}V_N\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim N^{\widetilde{\eta}-\eta}N^{-\beta}\lVert V_N\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}_N}. ∥ t − η /2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ N η − η N − β ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η .
Together with our weighted Schauder estimate (439) , we then have that
∥ Q ( D U M , V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) K γ min ( K ν − η ∥ D U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η / 2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ , K ν − η ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η / 2 D V N ∥ L t , x ∞ + K ν − η ~ + 1 ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η ~ / 2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ≲ L S T ( F ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β min ( M , max ( N , K 1 + η − η ~ N η ~ − η ) ) ∥ U M ∥ s o l M α ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η . \begin{aligned}
\lVert Q(DU_M,V_N)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_{K}}
&\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)K^\gamma\min\Bigl(
K^{\nu-\eta}\lVert DU_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lVert t^{-\eta/2}V_N\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}},\\
&\qquad\qquad K^{\nu-\eta}\lVert U_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lVert t^{-\eta/2}DV_N\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
+K^{\nu-\widetilde{\eta}+1}\lVert U_M\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lVert t^{-\widetilde{\eta}/2}V_N\rVert_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\Bigr)\\
&\lesssim L_{\mathrm{ST}}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\min\Bigl(M,\max\bigl(N,K^{1+\eta-\widetilde{\eta}}N^{\widetilde{\eta}-\eta}\bigr)\Bigr)
\lVert U_M\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}_M}\lVert V_N\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}_N}.
\end{aligned} ∥ Q ( D U M , V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L ST ( F ) K γ min ( K ν − η ∥ D U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η /2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ , K ν − η ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η /2 D V N ∥ L t , x ∞ + K ν − η + 1 ∥ U M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η /2 V N ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ≲ L ST ( F ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β min ( M , max ( N , K 1 + η − η N η − η ) ) ∥ U M ∥ sol M α ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η .
Since 0 ≤ η ~ − η ≤ 1 0 \leq\widetilde{\eta}-\eta\leq1 0 ≤ η − η ≤ 1 , the minimum above can be estimated by
min ( M , max ( N , K 1 + η − η ~ N η ~ − η ) ) ≤ min ( M , max ( K , N ) ) ≤ min ( K , M ) + N . \min\left(M,\max\left(N,K^{1+\eta-\widetilde{\eta}}N^{\widetilde{\eta}-\eta}\right)\right) \leq\min\left(M,\max(K,N)\right) \leq\min(K,M)+N. min ( M , max ( N , K 1 + η − η N η − η ) ) ≤ min ( M , max ( K , N ) ) ≤ min ( K , M ) + N .
After combining our estimates of both Q ( U M , D V N ) \mathcal{Q}(U_M,DV_N) Q ( U M , D V N ) and Q ( D U M , V N ) \mathcal{Q}(DU_M,V_N) Q ( D U M , V N ) , it then only remains to show that
K γ + ν − η ∑ M , N : M ∼ θ N min ( K , M ) M − α N − β + K γ + ν − η ∑ M , N : M ∼ θ N M − α N 1 − β ≲ N l o 1 + γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) β . (464) K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\M\sim_\theta N}}\min(K,M)M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
+K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\M\sim_\theta N}}M^{-\alpha}N^{1-\beta}
\lesssim N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta}. \tag*{(464)} K γ + ν − η M , N : M ∼ θ N ∑ min ( K , M ) M − α N − β + K γ + ν − η M , N : M ∼ θ N ∑ M − α N 1 − β ≲ N lo 1 + γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) β . (464)
We first estimate the first sum in (464) . By using that β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 , which allows us to sum over N N N , it can be bounded by
K γ + ν − η ∑ M , N : M ∼ θ N min ( K , M ) M − α N − β ≲ K γ + ν − η ∑ M ≲ K M 1 − α − ( 1 − θ ) β + K 1 + γ + ν − η ∑ M ≳ K M − α − ( 1 − θ ) β . (465) K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\M\sim_\theta N}}\min(K,M)M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lesssim K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\sum_{M\lesssim K}M^{1-\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta}
+K^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta}\sum_{M\gtrsim K}M^{-\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta}. \tag*{(465)} K γ + ν − η M , N : M ∼ θ N ∑ min ( K , M ) M − α N − β ≲ K γ + ν − η M ≲ K ∑ M 1 − α − ( 1 − θ ) β + K 1 + γ + ν − η M ≳ K ∑ M − α − ( 1 − θ ) β . (465)
Due to the third and seventh conditions in (460) , the first sum in (7.53) can be bounded by first estimating $K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\lesssim M^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}$ and then summing over $M\gtrsim N_{\mathrm{lo}}$. Due to the seventh and eighth conditions in (7.48), the second sum in {xref}(7.53) can be estimated by first summing over M M M and then using that K ≳ N l o K\gtrsim N_{\mathrm{lo}} K ≳ N lo .
We now turn to the second sum in (464) . To this end, we first note that the first and last conditions in (460) imply that β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 . By first using that β > 1 \beta>1 β > 1 , then using that α + ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) > 0 \alpha+(1-\theta)(\beta-1)>0 α + ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) > 0 , and finally using that γ + ν − η < 0 \gamma+\nu-\eta<0 γ + ν − η < 0 , the second sum in (464) can be estimated by
K γ + ν − η ∑ M , N : M ∼ θ N M − α N 1 − β ≲ K γ + ν − η ∑ M M − α − ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\M\sim_\theta N}}M^{-\alpha}N^{1-\beta}
\lesssim K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}\sum_M M^{-\alpha-(1-\theta)(\beta-1)} K γ + ν − η M , N : M ∼ θ N ∑ M − α N 1 − β ≲ K γ + ν − η M ∑ M − α − ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 )
≲ K γ + ν − η N l o − α − ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) ≲ N l o γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) , \lesssim K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{-\alpha-(1-\theta)(\beta-1)}
\lesssim N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha-(1-\theta)(\beta-1)}, ≲ K γ + ν − η N lo − α − ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) ≲ N lo γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) ( β − 1 ) ,
which is better than the right-hand side of (464) . This completes the proof of (461) , and it now remains to prove (463) . Using Definition 7.2 and our weighted Schauder estimate (436) with m = 1 m=1 m = 1 , we obtain that
∥ D Q ( U M , V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) K 1 + γ + ν − η M − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ s o l M α ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η . \left\|D\mathcal{Q}(U_M,V_N)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
\lesssim L_{\mathrm{S}_T}(F)K^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}\left\|U_M\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}_M}\left\|V_N\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}_N}. ∥ D Q ( U M , V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) K 1 + γ + ν − η M − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ sol M α ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η .
Alternatively, using Definition 7.2, our weighted Schauder estimate (436) with m = 0 m=0 m = 0 , and the product rule
D Q ( U M , V N ) = Q ( D U M , V N ) + Q ( U M , D V N ) , D\mathcal{Q}(U_M,V_N)=\mathcal{Q}(DU_M,V_N)+\mathcal{Q}(U_M,DV_N), D Q ( U M , V N ) = Q ( D U M , V N ) + Q ( U M , D V N ) ,
we obtain that
∥ D Q ( U M , V N ) ∥ n l K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( M , N ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ s o l M α ∥ V N ∥ s o l N β , η . \left\|D\mathcal{Q}(U_M,V_N)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_K}
\lesssim L_{\mathrm{S}_T}(F)\max(M,N)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}\left\|U_M\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha}_M}\left\|V_N\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}_N}. ∥ D Q ( U M , V N ) ∥ nl K γ , ν ≲ L S T ( F ) max ( M , N ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ∥ U M ∥ sol M α ∥ V N ∥ sol N β , η .
It then remains to show that, under our assumption (462) ,
∑ M , N : M ∼ θ N min ( K , max ( M , N ) ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ N l o 1 + γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) β . (466) \sum_{\substack{M,N:\\M\sim_\theta N}}\min(K,\max(M,N))K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lesssim N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta}. \tag*{(466)} M , N : M ∼ θ N ∑ min ( K , max ( M , N )) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ N lo 1 + γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) β . (466)
Since β \beta β is larger than α \alpha α and since both M ∼ θ N M \sim_{\theta} N M ∼ θ N and max ( M , N ) \max(M,N) max ( M , N ) are symmetric in M M M and N N N , we may insert the restriction M ≥ N M \ge N M ≥ N into (466) . Then, we estimate
∑ M , N : M 1 − θ ≤ N ≤ M min ( K , M ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ ∑ M min ( K , M ) K γ + ν − η M − α − ( 1 − θ ) β ≲ K 1 + γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) β . \sum_{\substack{M,N:\\ M^{1-\theta}\leq N\leq M}} \min(K,M)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha}N^{-\beta}
\lesssim\sum_M \min(K,M)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta}M^{-\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta}
\lesssim K^{1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta}. M , N : M 1 − θ ≤ N ≤ M ∑ min ( K , M ) K γ + ν − η M − α N − β ≲ M ∑ min ( K , M ) K γ + ν − η M − α − ( 1 − θ ) β ≲ K 1 + γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) β .
The last inequality above is obtained by splitting the sum into the two regions M ≤ K M \le K M ≤ K and M > K M > K M > K and using the two conditions 1 − α − ( 1 − θ ) β > 0 1-\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta>0 1 − α − ( 1 − θ ) β > 0 and − α − ( 1 − θ ) β < 0 -\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta<0 − α − ( 1 − θ ) β < 0 , which both follow from (462) . Furthermore, due to (462) , 1 + γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) β 1+\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha-(1-\theta)\beta 1 + γ + ν − η − α − ( 1 − θ ) β is negative, and we therefore obtain (466) .
In our last lemma, we prove a high× \times × low-estimate, which will later be used to control (6.78) and the last summand in (6.86).
Lemma 7.29 (High× \times × low-estimate). Let Assumption 7.21 be satisfied. In addition, let α , β , γ ∈ R \alpha,\beta,\gamma\in\mathbb{R} α , β , γ ∈ R and let η , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] \eta,\nu\in(-\infty,0] η , ν ∈ ( − ∞ , 0 ] . Furthermore, assume that
− 1 − η < α < 0 , 0 < β < 1 , − 1 < η ≤ ν , (467) -1-\eta<\alpha<0,\qquad0<\beta<1,\qquad-1<\eta\leq\nu, \tag*{(467)} − 1 − η < α < 0 , 0 < β < 1 , − 1 < η ≤ ν , (467) θ ( 1 + α ) > ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α − β ) , γ + ν − η < α − 1 − θ θ ( 1 − α − β ) − 2 r . (468) \theta(1+\alpha)>(1-\theta)(1-\alpha-\beta),\qquad\gamma+\nu-\eta<\alpha-\frac{1-\theta}{\theta}(1-\alpha-\beta)-\frac{2}{r}. \tag*{(468)} θ ( 1 + α ) > ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α − β ) , γ + ν − η < α − θ 1 − θ ( 1 − α − β ) − r 2 . (468) Then, it holds for all ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 that
∥ Q ( U ⋆ ⊡ D V ⋆ ) ∥ n l κ γ , ν ≲ ε L s T ( F ) T − γ − ν + η + α 2 − 1 − θ 2 θ ( 1 − α − β ) T − 1 r − ε ∥ U ⋆ ∥ m s o l α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η . (469) \left\|Q(U_\star\mathbin{\boxdot}DV_\star)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_\kappa}
\lesssim_{\varepsilon} L_{s_T}(F)T^{\frac{-\gamma-\nu+\eta+\alpha}{2}-\frac{1-\theta}{2\theta}(1-\alpha-\beta)}T^{-\frac{1}{r}-\varepsilon}\left\|U_\star\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}}\left\|V_\star\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}}. \tag*{(469)} ∥ Q ( U ⋆ ⊡ D V ⋆ ) ∥ nl κ γ , ν ≲ ε L s T ( F ) T 2 − γ − ν + η + α − 2 θ 1 − θ ( 1 − α − β ) T − r 1 − ε ∥ U ⋆ ∥ msol α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ sol β , η . (469)
Remark 7.30. In order to control the high× \times × low-interactions between φ B \varphi_B φ B and D W DW D W , we will later use Lemma 7.29 with α = − κ \alpha=-\kappa α = − κ , β = 1 − δ 1 \beta=1-\delta_1 β = 1 − δ 1 , and γ = − 1 + δ 2 \gamma=-1+\delta_2 γ = − 1 + δ 2 . For these parameters, the two conditions in (468) are satisfied only because δ 1 / θ \delta_1/\theta δ 1 / θ is still small. Thus, Lemma 7.29 is another reason for the parameter θ \theta θ in our definition of the covariant paraproducts (Definition 6.3).
Proof. Since our desired estimate (469) becomes worse as ε \varepsilon ε increases, we may assume that ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 is sufficiently small depending on the parameters in (467) –(468) . For technical reasons, we let ε ′ > 0 \varepsilon'>0 ε ′ > 0 be sufficiently small depending on both the parameters in (467) –(468) and ε \varepsilon ε . Furthermore, we let α ′ ∈ [ − 1 , α ] \alpha'\in[-1,\alpha] α ′ ∈ [ − 1 , α ] remain to be chosen. Using Definition 7.4, Lemma 7.6, and our weighted Schauder estimate (437) , we first estimate
∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ n l κ γ , ν ≲ L s T ( F ) K γ + ν − η − α ′ + 2 r ∥ t − η / 2 Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ L t α ′ / 2 L x r ≲ L s T ( F ) K γ + ν − η − α ′ + 2 r ∥ U M ∥ L t α ′ / 2 L x r ∥ t − η / 2 D V N ∥ L t − ( α ′ − ε ′ ) / 2 L x ∞ ≲ L s T ( F ) K γ + ν − η − α ′ + 2 r M α ′ − α N 1 − α ′ − β + ε ′ ∥ U ⋆ ∥ m s o l α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η . \begin{aligned}
\left\|Q(U_M,DV_N)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{\gamma,\nu}_\kappa}
&\lesssim L_{s_T}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha'+\frac{2}{r}}\left\|t^{-\eta/2}Q(U_M,DV_N)\right\|_{L_t^{\alpha'/2}L_x^r}\\
&\lesssim L_{s_T}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha'+\frac{2}{r}}\left\|U_M\right\|_{L_t^{\alpha'/2}L_x^r}\left\|t^{-\eta/2}DV_N\right\|_{L_t^{-(\alpha'-\varepsilon')/2}L_x^\infty}\\
&\lesssim L_{s_T}(F)K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha'+\frac{2}{r}}M^{\alpha'-\alpha}N^{1-\alpha'-\beta+\varepsilon'}\left\|U_\star\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{\alpha}}\left\|V_\star\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}}.
\end{aligned} ∥ Q ( U M , D V N ) ∥ nl κ γ , ν ≲ L s T ( F ) K γ + ν − η − α ′ + r 2 t − η /2 Q ( U M , D V N ) L t α ′ /2 L x r ≲ L s T ( F ) K γ + ν − η − α ′ + r 2 ∥ U M ∥ L t α ′ /2 L x r t − η /2 D V N L t − ( α ′ − ε ′ ) /2 L x ∞ ≲ L s T ( F ) K γ + ν − η − α ′ + r 2 M α ′ − α N 1 − α ′ − β + ε ′ ∥ U ⋆ ∥ msol α ∥ V ⋆ ∥ sol β , η .
Since 1 − β 1-\beta 1 − β , − α ′ -\alpha' − α ′ , and ε ′ \varepsilon' ε ′ are all positive, it holds that
M α ′ − α ∑ N ≤ M 1 − θ N 1 − α ′ − β + ε ′ ≲ M α ′ − α M ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α ′ − β + ε ′ ) = M ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α − β ) + ( 1 − θ ) ε ′ M − θ ( α − α ′ ) . M^{\alpha'-\alpha}\sum_{N\leq M^{1-\theta}}N^{1-\alpha'-\beta+\varepsilon'}
\lesssim M^{\alpha'-\alpha}M^{(1-\theta)(1-\alpha'-\beta+\varepsilon')}
=M^{(1-\theta)(1-\alpha-\beta)+(1-\theta)\varepsilon'}M^{-\theta(\alpha-\alpha')}. M α ′ − α N ≤ M 1 − θ ∑ N 1 − α ′ − β + ε ′ ≲ M α ′ − α M ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α ′ − β + ε ′ ) = M ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α − β ) + ( 1 − θ ) ε ′ M − θ ( α − α ′ ) .
In order to obtain our desired estimate (469) , it then suffices to show that
∑ M K γ + ν − η − α + 2 r M ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α − β ) + ( 1 − θ ) ε ′ min α ′ = − 1 , α ( K M − θ ) α ′ − α ≲ K γ + ν − η − α + 2 r + 1 − θ θ ( 1 − α − β ) + 2 ε . (470) \sum_M K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha+\frac{2}{r}}M^{(1-\theta)(1-\alpha-\beta)+(1-\theta)\varepsilon'}\min_{\alpha'=-1,\alpha}(KM^{-\theta})^{\alpha'-\alpha}
\lesssim K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha+\frac{2}{r}+\frac{1-\theta}{\theta}(1-\alpha-\beta)+2\varepsilon}. \tag*{(470)} M ∑ K γ + ν − η − α + r 2 M ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − α − β ) + ( 1 − θ ) ε ′ α ′ = − 1 , α min ( K M − θ ) α ′ − α ≲ K γ + ν − η − α + r 2 + θ 1 − θ ( 1 − α − β ) + 2 ε . (470)
The reason is that, due to the second condition in (468) and since ε > 0 \varepsilon>0 ε > 0 is sufficiently small, the exponent on the right-hand side of (470) is negative. In order to prove (470) , we first note that the minimum in (470) is given by min ( 1 , ( K M − θ ) 1 + α ) \min(1,(KM^{-\theta})^{1+\alpha}) min ( 1 , ( K M − θ ) 1 + α ) . Due to our assumption (467) , the exponent of the first M M M -factor in (470) is positive. Furthermore, due to the first condition in (468) , the combined exponent of the first M M M -factor and the M M M -factor in the minimum in (470) is negative. From this, it follows that the sum in (470) is comparable to its value at M = K 1 / θ M=K^{1/\theta} M = K 1/ θ , which is given by
K γ + ν − η − α + 2 r × K 1 − θ θ ( 1 − α − β ) + 1 − θ θ ε ′ . K^{\gamma+\nu-\eta-\alpha+\frac{2}{r}}\times K^{\frac{1-\theta}{\theta}(1-\alpha-\beta)+\frac{1-\theta}{\theta}\varepsilon'}. K γ + ν − η − α + r 2 × K θ 1 − θ ( 1 − α − β ) + θ 1 − θ ε ′ .
Since ε ′ \varepsilon' ε ′ is sufficiently small, this completes the proof of (470) .
Covariant local well-posedness
In this section, we prove a covariant local well-posedness result for (353) . It will be a more detailed version of Theorem 2.19 , which is one of the main results of this article. For expository purposes, we first make the following assumption on the time T T T and the background connection one-form B B B .
Assumption 8.1. First, we assume that 0 < T ≤ T 0 0<T\le T_0 0 < T ≤ T 0 , where T 0 T_0 T 0 is as in (98) . Second, we assume that the background connection one-form B B B is a solution of (350) on the time interval [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] and satisfies
L s T ( F B ) ≤ T − δ , (471) \mathrm{L}_{sT}(F_B)\le T^{-\delta}, \tag*{(471)} L s T ( F B ) ≤ T − δ , (471) where δ \delta δ is as in (97) and L s T ( F ) \mathrm{L}_{sT}(F) L s T ( F ) is as in (422) .
The reasons behind these assumptions on B B B are twofold: First, we will be able to show that they are satisfied by the solution of the Yang–Mills gradient flow (350) on each time interval appearing in our global iteration scheme. Second, they are sufficient to obtain our Schauder estimates (from Section 7) and our estimates of the covariant stochastic objects (in Section 9 below). In addition to Assumption 8.1, we also make the following assumption on the initial Higgs fields.
Assumption 8.2. We assume that the initial Higgs fields φ 0 + \varphi_0^+ φ 0 + and φ 0 − \varphi_0^- φ 0 − , which previously appeared in Section 5.2, satisfy the estimates
max ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ≤ T − 1 γ 0 , (472) \max\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r},\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)\le T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}}, \tag*{(472)} max ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ≤ T − γ 0 1 , (472) where γ 0 \gamma_0 γ 0 is as in (99) .
The reason for distributing (471) and (472) over two different assumptions, rather than collecting them in a single assumption, is that many of our estimates only involve the background connection one-form B B B , and not the initial Higgs fields; see Section 9. Whenever Assumption 8.2 is made, we also make Assumption 8.1, and hence the covariant Hölder norm appearing in (472) is well-defined.
We also mention that Assumptions 8.1 and 8.2 imply the smallness condition (285) from Proposition 5.15, i.e., the smallness condition needed for our earlier estimates of S S S and Φ \Phi Φ . Indeed, from the definitions of M T ( B , 10 ) M_T(B,10) M T ( B , 10 ) and L s T ( F ) \mathrm{L}_{sT}(F) L s T ( F ) in (259) and (422) , it directly follows that M T ( B , 10 ) ≤ L s T ( F ) M_T(B,10)\le\mathrm{L}_{sT}(F) M T ( B , 10 ) ≤ L s T ( F ) .
By using Assumptions 8.1 and 8.2, the left-hand side of (285) can then be bounded by
M T ( B , 10 ) ( T 1 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 1 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ≤ T − δ ( T 1 2 − 1 r T − 1 γ 0 + T 1 − κ 2 T − 1 γ 0 ) . M_T(B,10)\left(T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+T^{\frac{1-\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)\le T^{-\delta}\left(T^{\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}}+T^{1-\frac{\kappa}{2}}T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}}\right). M T ( B , 10 ) ( T 2 1 − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 2 1 − κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ≤ T − δ ( T 2 1 − r 1 T − γ 0 1 + T 1 − 2 κ T − γ 0 1 ) .
Since γ 0 − 2 \gamma_0-2 γ 0 − 2 is much larger than δ \delta δ and κ \kappa κ , and since T 0 T_0 T 0 from Assumption 8.1 is sufficiently small, this implies (285) .
Equipped with Assumptions 8.1 and 8.2, we are now ready to state the main result of this section.
Proposition 8.3 (Covariant local well-posedness). Let Assumptions 8.1 and 8.2 be satisfied and let the covariant enhanced data sets (see Definitions 8.6 and 8.7 below) satisfy
sup ε ∈ 2 − N 0 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≤ T − λ 1 and lim ε , ε ′ → 0 ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ = 0. (473) \sup_{\varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0}}\|\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\| \le T^{-\lambda_1}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\lim_{\varepsilon,\varepsilon'\to0}\|\Xi_{B,\varepsilon};\Xi_{B,\varepsilon'}\|=0. \tag*{(473)} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 sup ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≤ T − λ 1 and ε , ε ′ → 0 lim ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ = 0. (473) Then, for all ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 , the solutions ( X ε , ⋆ , x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) (X_{\varepsilon,\star},x_{\varepsilon,\star},Y_{\varepsilon,\star},y_{\varepsilon,\star}) ( X ε , ⋆ , x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) to the paracontrolled system (406) –(6.90) exist and, as ε → 0 \varepsilon\to0 ε → 0 , they converge to a limit ( X ⋆ , x ⋆ , Y ⋆ , y ⋆ ) (X_\star,x_\star,Y_\star,y_\star) ( X ⋆ , x ⋆ , Y ⋆ , y ⋆ ) in
( sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 × sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 × sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ × sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \left(\operatorname{sol}^{1-\delta_1,0}\times\operatorname{sol}^{1-\delta_1,0}\times\operatorname{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}\times\operatorname{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}\right)([0,T]). ( sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 × sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 × sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ × sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) ([ 0 , T ]) . Finally, the remainders R : = ℘ B + + ℘ B + + X + Y R:=\wp_B^+ + \wp_B^+ + X+Y R := ℘ B + + ℘ B + + X + Y and r : = ℘ B + + x + y r:=\wp_B^+ +x+y r := ℘ B + + x + y satisfy the estimates
∥ ( R , r ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ T 1 − λ 2 − 1 γ 0 − λ 2 and ∥ ( R ⋆ , r ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − λ , 0 ( [ 0 , T ] ) ≲ T − 1 γ 0 − λ 2 . (474) \|(R,r)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}\lesssim T^{\frac{1-\lambda}{2}-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}-\lambda_2}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\|(R_\star,r_\star)\|_{\operatorname{sol}^{1-\lambda,0}([0,T])}\lesssim T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}-\lambda_2}. \tag*{(474)} ∥ ( R , r ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ T 2 1 − λ − γ 0 1 − λ 2 and ∥ ( R ⋆ , r ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − λ , 0 ([ 0 , T ]) ≲ T − γ 0 1 − λ 2 . (474)
Remark 8.4. From the convergence of the covariant enhanced data set Ξ B , ε \Xi_{B,\varepsilon} Ξ B , ε and the convergence of ( X ε , ⋆ , x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) (X_{\varepsilon,\star},x_{\varepsilon,\star},Y_{\varepsilon,\star},y_{\varepsilon,\star}) ( X ε , ⋆ , x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) in Proposition 8.3, it directly follows that the Littlewood–Paley blocks ( ( A ε − B ) ⋆ , Φ ε , ⋆ ) ((A_\varepsilon-B)_\star,\Phi_{\varepsilon,\star}) (( A ε − B ) ⋆ , Φ ε , ⋆ ) converge in sol − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) \operatorname{sol}^{-\kappa}([0,T]) sol − κ ([ 0 , T ]) . This is the gauge covariant convergence result alluded to in Remark 2.20.
As in Section 6, all covariant stochastic objects used in this section will depend on the same connection one-form B B B (from Assumption 8.1). For this reason, we follow Notation 6.5 and simply write ℘ ε , ε \wp_{\varepsilon,\varepsilon} ℘ ε , ε , ℘ ε , ε \wp_{\varepsilon,\varepsilon} ℘ ε , ε , ℘ ε , ε \wp_{\varepsilon,\varepsilon} ℘ ε , ε , etc. for our covariant stochastic objects.
Previously, we set up the covariant ansatz (Section 6) and a covariant functional framework (Section 7). In order to complete the proof of Proposition 8.3, we will now proceed as follows: In Section 8.1, we introduce the covariant enhanced data set and its norm, which will be estimated in Section 9. In Section 8.2, we control the deterministic terms S S S and φ \varphi φ in our solution spaces. In Section 8.3, we estimate most of the terms in (406) –(6.90), except for the terms that rely on the paracontrolled structure of X ε , ⋆ X_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ and x ε , ⋆ x_{\varepsilon,\star} x ε , ⋆ . In Section 8.4, we then uncover the paracontrolled structure of X ε , ⋆ X_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ and x ε , ⋆ x_{\varepsilon,\star} x ε , ⋆ , and estimate the remaining terms. Finally, in Section 8.5, we then finish up the proofs of Proposition 8.3 and Theorem 2.19.
Enhanced data set
In this subsection, we discuss the bounds on the covariant stochastic objects that are needed to solve (406) –(6.90). In order to capture these bounds in a single proposition, we will introduce the covariant enhanced data set and its size. Our definitions will be similar to those in [BC26a, Section 5], except that all stochastic objects will be covariant and that we account for the Higgs field.
In order to unify the treatment of the connection one-form and Higgs field, we introduce the following notation, which is in the spirit of Notation 7.1. To this end, recall that Y = g 2 ⊕ V Y=\mathfrak{g}^2\oplus V Y = g 2 ⊕ V .
Notation 8.5. We define the Y Y Y -valued space-time white noise and covariant stochastic objects by
ξ = ξ ⊕ ζ and ℘ ε , ⋆ = ℘ ε , ⋆ ⊕ ℘ ε , ⋆ . (475) \xi=\xi\oplus\zeta
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\wp_{\varepsilon,\star}=\wp_{\varepsilon,\star}\oplus\wp_{\varepsilon,\star}. \tag*{(475)} ξ = ξ ⊕ ζ and ℘ ε , ⋆ = ℘ ε , ⋆ ⊕ ℘ ε , ⋆ . (475)
In addition, we define the covariance Cov Y ∈ Y ⊗ Y \operatorname{Cov}_Y\in Y\otimes Y Cov Y ∈ Y ⊗ Y by Cov Y = δ m n u m ⊗ u n \operatorname{Cov}_Y=\delta^{mn}u_m\otimes u_n Cov Y = δ mn u m ⊗ u n , where ( u m ) m (u_m)_m ( u m ) m is an orthonormal basis of Y Y Y .
In order to state the next definition, we recall the linear maps Cov g g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^g Cov g g , Cov g g \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^g Cov g g , and Cov g V \operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak{g}}^V Cov g V previously defined in Definition 3.41. We also recall that the renormalisation constants σ ρ , ε 2 \sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2 σ ρ , ε 2 and C ρ C_\rho C ρ were previously defined in Definition 2.15.
Definition 8.6 (Covariant enhanced data set). Let 0 < T ≤ 1 128 0<T\leq\frac{1}{128} 0 < T ≤ 128 1 , let B : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 B:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathfrak{g}^{2} B : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 be the Yang–Mills gradient flow from (350) , and let ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_{0}} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 . Then, we define the covariant enhanced data set as
Ξ B , ε ≔ ( Ξ B , ε a n s , Ξ B , ε d e r , Ξ B , ε p o w , Ξ B , ε p a r a ) . (476) \Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\coloneqq\left(\Xi^{\mathrm{ans}}_{B,\varepsilon},\Xi^{\mathrm{der}}_{B,\varepsilon},\Xi^{\mathrm{pow}}_{B,\varepsilon},\Xi^{\mathrm{para}}_{B,\varepsilon}\right). \tag*{(476)} Ξ B , ε : = ( Ξ B , ε ans , Ξ B , ε der , Ξ B , ε pow , Ξ B , ε para ) . (476) The superscripts stand for “ansatz”, “derivative nonlinearity”, “power-type nonlinearity”, and “paracontrolled”, respectively, and the corresponding components of the covariant data set are defined as follows: First, we define
Ξ B , ε a n s ≔ ( ε ∘ ε , ⋆ , ε ∙ ε , ⋆ , ε ∘ ε , ⋆ , ε ∙ ε , ⋆ , ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) , (477) \Xi^{\mathrm{ans}}_{B,\varepsilon}\coloneqq\left(\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star},\overset{\bullet}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star},\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star},\overset{\bullet}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star},\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right), \tag*{(477)} Ξ B , ε ans : = ( ε ∘ ε , ⋆ , ε ∙ ε , ⋆ , ε ∘ ε , ⋆ , ε ∙ ε , ⋆ , ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) , (477) where the stochastic objects are as in (371) , (374) , and (381) . Second, we define
Ξ B , ε d e r ≔ ( ( Lb ( ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) ⊗ D ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ( ε ∘ ) , Lb ( ε ∙ ε , ⋆ , D ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) , (478) \Xi^{\mathrm{der}}_{B,\varepsilon}\coloneqq(
(\operatorname{Lb}(\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star})\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star})+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}^{\mathfrak{g}}(\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}),
\quad\operatorname{Lb}(\overset{\bullet}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star},\mathrm{D}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}), \tag*{(478)} Ξ B , ε der : = (( Lb ( ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) ⊗ D ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ( ε ∘ ) , Lb ( ε ∙ ε , ⋆ , D ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) , (478) B ( ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) + 1 2 ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ( ε ∘ ) , ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ℓ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ , (479) \mathbf{B}\left(\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)+\frac{1}{2}\left(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho}\right)\operatorname{Cov}^{\mathfrak{g}}\left(\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}\right),
\quad\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}_{\ell}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}, \tag*{(479)} B ( ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) + 2 1 ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ( ε ∘ ) , ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ℓ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ , (479) ε ∙ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ℓ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ + 1 2 ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ( ε ∘ ) , ( D ℓ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) ⊗ ε ∙ ε , ⋆ ) , (480) \overset{\bullet}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}_{\ell}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}+\frac{1}{2}(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}^{\mathfrak{g}}(\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}),
\quad(\mathrm{D}_{\ell}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star})\mathbin{\otimes}\overset{\bullet}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}
), \tag*{(480)} ε ∙ ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ℓ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ + 2 1 ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g ( ε ∘ ) , ( D ℓ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ) ⊗ ε ∙ ε , ⋆ ) , (480) where B \mathbf{B} B and Lb \operatorname{Lb} Lb are as in (10) and (398) . Third, we define26
Ξ B , ε p a r a ≔ ( ∑ K , L : K ∼ θ L D B k Duh Y , B , K ( ε ∘ ) ⊗ D B ℓ ε ∘ ε , L − 1 4 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov Y ) k , ℓ ∈ [ 2 ] . (481) \Xi^{\mathrm{para}}_{B,\varepsilon}\coloneqq\left(\sum_{\substack{K,L:\\K\sim_{\theta}L}}\mathrm{D}_{B}^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}\right)\mathbin{\otimes}\mathrm{D}_{B}^{\ell}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,L}-\frac{1}{4}\delta^{k\ell}\left(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho}\right)\operatorname{Cov}_{Y}\right)_{k,\ell\in[2]}. \tag*{(481)} Ξ B , ε para : = K , L : K ∼ θ L ∑ D B k Duh Y , B , K ( ε ∘ ) ⊗ D B ℓ ε ∘ ε , L − 4 1 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov Y k , ℓ ∈ [ 2 ] . (481) Finally, we define
Ξ B , ε p o w ≔ ( ε ∘ ⊗ ε ∘ − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov Y , (482) \Xi^{\mathrm{pow}}_{B,\varepsilon}\coloneqq(\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}\mathbin{\otimes}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}\operatorname{Cov}_{Y}, \tag*{(482)} Ξ B , ε pow : = ( ε ∘ ⊗ ε ∘ − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov Y , (482) ε ∘ ⊗ ε ∘ ⊗ ε ∘ − σ ρ , ε 2 ( Cov Y ⊗ ε ∘ + u m ⊗ ε ∘ ⊗ u m + ε ∘ ⊗ Cov Y ) ) . (483) \overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}\mathbin{\otimes}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}\mathbin{\otimes}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}(\operatorname{Cov}_{Y}\mathbin{\otimes}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}+\mathbf{u}^{m}\mathbin{\otimes}\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}\mathbin{\otimes}\mathbf{u}_{m}+\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}\mathbin{\otimes}\operatorname{Cov}_{Y})). \tag*{(483)} ε ∘ ⊗ ε ∘ ⊗ ε ∘ − σ ρ , ε 2 ( Cov Y ⊗ ε ∘ + u m ⊗ ε ∘ ⊗ u m + ε ∘ ⊗ Cov Y )) . (483) Here, ( u m ) m (\mathbf{u}_{m})_{m} ( u m ) m is an orthonormal basis of Y Y Y .
In addition to the covariant enhanced data set itself, we also define the following “norm”.
Definition 8.7 (Size of covariant enhanced data set). Let 0 < T ≤ 1 128 0<T\leq\frac{1}{128} 0 < T ≤ 128 1 , let B : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 B:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to\mathfrak{g}^{2} B : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 be the Yang–Mills gradient flow from (350) , and let ε ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_{0}} ε ∈ 2 − N 0 . Then, we define
∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≔ ∥ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l − κ + ∥ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ∥ 1 2 s o l − 2 κ + ∥ ε ∙ ε , ⋆ ∥ 1 2 s o l − 2 κ + ∥ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ ∥ 1 2 s o l − 2 κ \left\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\right\rVert\coloneqq\left\lVert\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right\rVert_{\mathsf{sol}-\kappa}+\left\lVert\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right\rVert_{\frac{1}{2}\mathsf{sol}-2\kappa}+\left\lVert\overset{\bullet}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right\rVert_{\frac{1}{2}\mathsf{sol}-2\kappa}+\left\lVert\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right\rVert_{\frac{1}{2}\mathsf{sol}-2\kappa} ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ : = ε ∘ ε , ⋆ sol − κ + ε ∘ ε , ⋆ 2 1 sol − 2 κ + ε ∙ ε , ⋆ 2 1 sol − 2 κ + ε ∘ ε , ⋆ 2 1 sol − 2 κ + ∥ Terms in (8.8)–(8.10) ∥ 1 3 E t θ L x r + ∥ (8.11) ∥ 1 2 E t θ L x r +\left\lVert\text{Terms in (8.8)--(8.10)}\right\rVert_{\frac{1}{3}\mathcal{E}_{t}^{\theta}L_{x}^{r}}+\left\lVert\text{(8.11)}\right\rVert_{\frac{1}{2}\mathcal{E}_{t}^{\theta}L_{x}^{r}} + ∥ Terms in (8.8)–(8.10) ∥ 3 1 E t θ L x r + ∥ (8.11) ∥ 2 1 E t θ L x r + ∥ (8.12) ∥ 1 2 E t θ L x r + ∥ (8.13) ∥ 1 3 E t θ − 3 κ 2 L x r . (484) +\left\lVert\text{(8.12)}\right\rVert_{\frac{1}{2}\mathcal{E}_{t}^{\theta}L_{x}^{r}}+\left\lVert\text{(8.13)}\right\rVert_{\frac{1}{3}\mathcal{E}_{t}^{\theta-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_{x}^{r}}. \tag*{(484)} + ∥ (8.12) ∥ 2 1 E t θ L x r + ∥ (8.13) ∥ 3 1 E t θ − 2 3 κ L x r . (484) Furthermore, if ε ′ ∈ 2 − N 0 \varepsilon'\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_{0}} ε ′ ∈ 2 − N 0 , we define the distance
∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ \left\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon};\Xi_{B,\varepsilon'}\right\rVert ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ as in (484) , but with all stochastic objects replaced by the corresponding difference of stochastic objects. For example, the first summand in (484) is replaced with ∥ ε ∘ ε , ⋆ − ε ∘ ε ′ , ⋆ ∥ s o l − κ \left\lVert\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,\star}-\overset{\circ}{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon',\star}\right\rVert_{\mathsf{sol}-\kappa} ε ∘ ε , ⋆ − ε ∘ ε ′ , ⋆ sol − κ .
The estimates of both ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ \left\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\right\rVert ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ and ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ \left\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon};\Xi_{B,\varepsilon'}\right\rVert ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ are the subject of Section 9. For now, we simply state our estimates in terms of ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ \left\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\right\rVert ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ and ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ \left\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon};\Xi_{B,\varepsilon'}\right\rVert ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ .
Deterministic estimates of S S S and φ \varphi φ
In Proposition 5.15 above, we estimated S S S and φ \varphi φ , as well as their covariant derivatives, in weighted L t , x ∞ L^\infty_{t,x} L t , x ∞ -spaces. In the following, we will estimate them in our weighted solution spaces from Definition 7.2 . This is needed in our covariant local theory, but will not enter directly into our global iteration argument. To this end, we recall that the covariant Littlewood–Paley blocks of S S S and φ \varphi φ were defined in (379) and (380) , respectively.
Proposition 8.8 (Bounds for φ ⋆ \varphi_\star φ ⋆ and S ⋆ S_\star S ⋆ in solution spaces). Let Assumptions 8.1 and 8.2 be satisfied, let 0 ≤ α ≤ 2 0 \leq\alpha\leq2 0 ≤ α ≤ 2 , and let η ≤ 0 \eta\leq0 η ≤ 0 . Under the condition α + η ≤ − κ \alpha+\eta\leq-\kappa α + η ≤ − κ , it then holds that
∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η ≲ T − δ T α + η + κ 2 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) . (485) \|\varphi_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}} \lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{\frac{\alpha+\eta+\kappa}{2}}\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0,T)}}\right). \tag*{(485)} ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol α , η ≲ T − δ T 2 α + η + κ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) . (485) Furthermore, under the condition α + η ≤ 1 − 2 κ \alpha+\eta\leq1-2\kappa α + η ≤ 1 − 2 κ , it holds that
∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η ≲ T − 3 δ T 1 − α − η − 2 κ 2 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) 2 . (486) \|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}} \lesssim T^{-3\delta}T^{\frac{1-\alpha-\eta-2\kappa}{2}}\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0,T)}}\right)^2. \tag*{(486)} ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol α , η ≲ T − 3 δ T 2 1 − α − η − 2 κ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) 2 . (486)
We note that, due to our upper bound on T T T , the right-hand side of (486) is smaller than the right-hand side of (485) .
Proof of Proposition 8.8. The proof does not rely on a contraction-mapping argument. Instead, we just use our earlier estimates of S S S and φ \varphi φ from Proposition 5.15 , and insert them into our Schauder estimates. In particular, we will often use that
T 1 2 − δ ( ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 1 2 D S ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ≲ T 1 − 2 δ − κ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) 2 ≲ T 1 − 2 δ − κ T − 2 γ 0 ≲ T δ . T^{\frac{1}{2}-\delta}\left(\|S\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}+\|t^{\frac{1}{2}}DS\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\right)\lesssim T^{1-2\delta-\kappa}\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0,T)}}\right)^2\lesssim T^{1-2\delta-\kappa}T^{-\frac{2}{\gamma_0}}\lesssim T^\delta. T 2 1 − δ ( ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 2 1 D S ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ≲ T 1 − 2 δ − κ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) 2 ≲ T 1 − 2 δ − κ T − γ 0 2 ≲ T δ .
In the last estimate, we used that γ 0 − 2 \gamma_0-2 γ 0 − 2 is much larger than δ \delta δ and κ \kappa κ . For notational simplicity, we assume that ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ≥ 1 \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0,T)}}\geq1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ≥ 1 ; otherwise, one can follow simplified versions of the arguments below.
Step 1: Estimates of φ ⋆ \varphi_\star φ ⋆ . Using the trivial bound t ≤ T t\leq T t ≤ T , that φ N \varphi_N φ N is supported on times t ≳ N − 2 t\gtrsim N^{-2} t ≳ N − 2 , and Lemma 7.7, we first estimate
∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η ≲ T α + η + κ 2 ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l α , − α − κ ≲ T α + η + κ 2 ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l 2 , − 2 − κ . \|\varphi_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}}\lesssim T^{\frac{\alpha+\eta+\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,-\alpha-\kappa}}\lesssim T^{\frac{\alpha+\eta+\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-2-\kappa}}. ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol α , η ≲ T 2 α + η + κ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol α , − α − κ ≲ T 2 α + η + κ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 2 , − 2 − κ .
Due to this, it suffices to estimate the s o l 2 , − 2 − κ \mathrm{sol}^{2,-2-\kappa} sol 2 , − 2 − κ -norm, i.e. it suffices to prove (485) for ( α , η ) = ( 2 , − 2 − κ ) (\alpha,\eta)=(2,-2-\kappa) ( α , η ) = ( 2 , − 2 − κ ) . We recall from (380) that
φ N = φ l i n , N + Duh B , N ( 2 S j D j φ + S j S j φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ ) . (487) \varphi_N=\varphi_{\mathrm{lin},N}+\operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}\left(2S_jD^j\varphi+S^jS_j\varphi-|\varphi|^2\varphi\right). \tag*{(487)} φ N = φ lin , N + Duh B , N ( 2 S j D j φ + S j S j φ − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ ) . (487)
Using Lemma 7.18, the linear evolution in (487) can be bounded by
∥ φ l i n , ⋆ ∥ s o l 2 , − 2 − κ ≲ T − δ ( T κ 2 − 1 r ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T κ 2 − κ 2 ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) ≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) . \|\varphi_{\mathrm{lin},\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-2-\kappa}}\lesssim T^{-\delta}\left(T^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{1}{r}}\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+T^{\frac{\kappa}{2}-\frac{\kappa}{2}}\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0,T)}}\right)\lesssim T^{-\delta}\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0,T)}}\right). ∥ φ lin , ⋆ ∥ sol 2 , − 2 − κ ≲ T − δ ( T 2 κ − r 1 ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + T 2 κ − 2 κ ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) ≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) .
In the last inequality, we used that 1 / r 1/r 1/ r is much smaller than κ \kappa κ . For ( α , η ) = ( 2 , − 2 − κ ) (\alpha,\eta)=(2,-2-\kappa) ( α , η ) = ( 2 , − 2 − κ ) , this agrees with the right-hand side of (485) . The second term in (487) can be estimated by
∥ Duh B , N ( S j D j φ ) ∥ s o l 2 , − 2 − κ ≲ T 1 2 ∥ Duh B , N ( S j D j φ ) ∥ s o l 2 , − 1 − κ ≲ T 1 2 − δ ∥ t 1 2 + κ 2 S j D j φ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 2 − δ ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t 1 2 + κ 2 D φ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T δ × T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) . (488) \begin{aligned}
\|\operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(S_jD^j\varphi)\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-2-\kappa}}
&\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(S_jD^j\varphi)\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-1-\kappa}}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\delta}\|t^{\frac{1}{2}+\frac{\kappa}{2}}S_jD^j\varphi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\delta}\|S\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\|t^{\frac{1}{2}+\frac{\kappa}{2}}D\varphi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^\delta\times T^{-\delta}\left(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0,T)}}\right). \tag*{(488)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Duh B , N ( S j D j φ ) ∥ sol 2 , − 2 − κ ≲ T 2 1 ∥ Duh B , N ( S j D j φ ) ∥ sol 2 , − 1 − κ ≲ T 2 1 − δ ∥ t 2 1 + 2 κ S j D j φ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − δ ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t 2 1 + 2 κ D φ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T δ × T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 , T ) − κ ) . (488)
which is acceptable. The third term in (487) can be bounded by
∥ Duh B , N ( S j S j ϕ ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − 2 − κ ≲ T ∥ Duh B , N ( S j S j ϕ ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − κ ≲ T 1 − δ ∥ t κ 2 S j S j ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 − δ ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ 2 ∥ t κ 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 δ × T − δ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . (489) \begin{aligned}
\|\operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(S^jS_j\phi)\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-2-\kappa}_N}
&\lesssim T\|\operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(S^jS_j\phi)\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-\kappa}_N}
\lesssim T^{1-\delta}\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}S^jS_j\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{1-\delta}\|S\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}^2\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{2\delta}\times T^{-\delta}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right). \tag*{(489)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Duh B , N ( S j S j ϕ ) ∥ sol N 2 , − 2 − κ ≲ T ∥ Duh B , N ( S j S j ϕ ) ∥ sol N 2 , − κ ≲ T 1 − δ ∥ t 2 κ S j S j ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 − δ ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ 2 ∥ t 2 κ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 δ × T − δ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . (489)
which is acceptable. Finally, the fourth term in (487) can be bounded by
∥ Duh B , N ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ϕ ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − 2 − κ ≲ T 1 − κ ∥ Duh B , N ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ϕ ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − 3 κ ≲ T 1 − δ − κ ∥ t 3 κ 2 ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 − 4 δ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 3 ≲ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 3 − ( 1 − 4 δ − κ ) γ 0 . (490) \begin{aligned}
\|\operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(|\phi|^2\phi)\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-2-\kappa}_N}
&\lesssim T^{1-\kappa}\|\operatorname{Duh}_{B,N}(|\phi|^2\phi)\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-3\kappa}_N}\\
&\lesssim T^{1-\delta-\kappa}\|t^{\frac{3\kappa}{2}}|\phi|^2\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{1-4\delta-\kappa}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^3\\
&\lesssim\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^{3-(1-4\delta-\kappa)\gamma_0}. \tag*{(490)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Duh B , N ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ϕ ) ∥ sol N 2 , − 2 − κ ≲ T 1 − κ ∥ Duh B , N ( ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ϕ ) ∥ sol N 2 , − 3 κ ≲ T 1 − δ − κ ∥ t 2 3 κ ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 − 4 δ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 3 ≲ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 3 − ( 1 − 4 δ − κ ) γ 0 . (490)
Since γ 0 − 2 \gamma_0-2 γ 0 − 2 is much larger than δ \delta δ and κ \kappa κ , this is acceptable.
Step 2: Estimates of S ⋆ S_\star S ⋆ . As in our estimates of ϕ ⋆ \phi_\star ϕ ⋆ , we first use the trivial bound t ≤ T t\leq T t ≤ T and Lemma 7.7. Since our solution space s o l β , ν \mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\nu} sol β , ν is only defined for ν ≤ 0 \nu\leq0 ν ≤ 0 , we need to distinguish the cases α ≥ 1 − 2 κ \alpha\geq1-2\kappa α ≥ 1 − 2 κ and α ≤ 1 − 2 κ \alpha\leq1-2\kappa α ≤ 1 − 2 κ . In the first case, we estimate
∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η ≲ T 1 − 2 κ − α − η 2 ∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l α , 1 − 2 κ − α ≲ T 1 − 2 κ − α − η 2 ∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l 2 , − 1 − 2 κ . \|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1-2\kappa-\alpha-\eta}{2}}\|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,1-2\kappa-\alpha}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1-2\kappa-\alpha-\eta}{2}}\|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-1-2\kappa}}. ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol α , η ≲ T 2 1 − 2 κ − α − η ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol α , 1 − 2 κ − α ≲ T 2 1 − 2 κ − α − η ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol 2 , − 1 − 2 κ .
In the second case, we estimate
∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l α , η ≲ T − η 2 ∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l α , 0 ≲ T 1 − 2 κ − α 2 T − η 2 ∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l 2 , − 1 − 2 κ . \|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,\eta}}
\lesssim T^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\alpha,0}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1-2\kappa-\alpha}{2}}T^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-1-2\kappa}}. ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol α , η ≲ T − 2 η ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol α , 0 ≲ T 2 1 − 2 κ − α T − 2 η ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol 2 , − 1 − 2 κ .
Thus, it suffices to treat the case ( α , η ) = ( 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ) (\alpha,\eta)=(2,-1-2\kappa) ( α , η ) = ( 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ) . We recall from (379) that
S N = Duh B , N F ( [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] + [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] + B ( ϕ ⊗ D ϕ ) + B ( ϕ ⊗ S ϕ ) ) . (491) S_N=\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}\left([S_j,2D^jS-DS^j]+[S_j,[S^j,S]]+\mathbf{B}(\phi\otimes D\phi)+\mathbf{B}(\phi\otimes S\phi)\right). \tag*{(491)} S N = Duh B , N F ( [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] + [ S j , [ S j , S ]] + B ( ϕ ⊗ D ϕ ) + B ( ϕ ⊗ S ϕ ) ) . (491)
The first term in (491) can be bounded by
∥ Duh B , N F ( [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ≲ T κ − δ ∥ t 1 2 [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T κ − δ ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t 1 2 D S ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 − 3 δ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 4 ≲ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 4 − ( 1 − 3 δ − κ ) γ 0 . (492) \begin{aligned}
\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}([S_j,2D^jS-DS^j])\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-1-2\kappa}_N}
&\lesssim T^{\kappa-\delta}\|t^{\frac12}[S_j,2D^jS-DS^j]\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{\kappa-\delta}\|S\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\|t^{\frac12}DS\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{1-3\delta-\kappa}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^4\\
&\lesssim\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^{4-(1-3\delta-\kappa)\gamma_0}. \tag*{(492)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Duh B , N F ([ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ]) ∥ sol N 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ≲ T κ − δ ∥ t 2 1 [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T κ − δ ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t 2 1 D S ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 − 3 δ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 4 ≲ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 4 − ( 1 − 3 δ − κ ) γ 0 . (492)
The second term in (491) can be bounded by
∥ Duh B , N F ( [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ≲ T 1 2 + κ ∥ Duh B , N F ( [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] ) ∥ s o l N 2 , 0 ≲ T 1 2 + κ − δ ∥ [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 2 + κ − δ ( T 1 2 − δ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ) 3 ≲ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 6 − ( 2 − 4 δ − 2 κ ) γ 0 . (493) \begin{aligned}
\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}([S_j,[S^j,S]])\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-1-2\kappa}_N}
&\lesssim T^{\frac12+\kappa}\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}([S_j,[S^j,S]])\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,0}_N}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac12+\kappa-\delta}\|[S_j,[S^j,S]]\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac12+\kappa-\delta}\left(T^{\frac12-\delta-\kappa}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^2\right)^3\\
&\lesssim\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^{6-(2-4\delta-2\kappa)\gamma_0}. \tag*{(493)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Duh B , N F ([ S j , [ S j , S ]]) ∥ sol N 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ≲ T 2 1 + κ ∥ Duh B , N F ([ S j , [ S j , S ]]) ∥ sol N 2 , 0 ≲ T 2 1 + κ − δ ∥ [ S j , [ S j , S ]] ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 + κ − δ ( T 2 1 − δ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ) 3 ≲ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 6 − ( 2 − 4 δ − 2 κ ) γ 0 . (493)
The third term in (491) can be bounded by
∥ Duh B , N F ( B ( ϕ ⊗ D ϕ ) ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ≲ T − δ ∥ t 1 2 + κ B ( ϕ ⊗ D ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ ∥ t κ 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t 1 2 + κ 2 D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − 3 δ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 . (494) \begin{aligned}
\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(\mathbf{B}(\phi\otimes D\phi))\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-1-2\kappa}_N}
&\lesssim T^{-\delta}\|t^{\frac12+\kappa}\mathbf{B}(\phi\otimes D\phi)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{-\delta}\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\|t^{\frac12+\frac{\kappa}{2}}D\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{-3\delta}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^2. \tag*{(494)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Duh B , N F ( B ( ϕ ⊗ D ϕ )) ∥ sol N 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ≲ T − δ ∥ t 2 1 + κ B ( ϕ ⊗ D ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ ∥ t 2 κ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t 2 1 + 2 κ D ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − 3 δ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 . (494)
Finally, the fourth term in (491) can be bounded by
∥ Duh B , N F ( B ( ϕ ⊗ S ϕ ) ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ≲ T 1 2 ∥ Duh B , N F ( B ( ϕ ⊗ S ϕ ) ) ∥ s o l N 2 , − 2 κ ≲ T 1 2 − δ ∥ t κ B ( ϕ ⊗ S ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 2 − δ ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t κ 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 2 − δ × T 1 2 − δ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 × T − 2 δ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ≲ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 4 − ( 1 − 4 δ − κ ) γ 0 . (495) \begin{aligned}
\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(\mathbf{B}(\phi\otimes S\phi))\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-1-2\kappa}_N}
&\lesssim T^{\frac12}\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,N}(\mathbf{B}(\phi\otimes S\phi))\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{2,-2\kappa}_N}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac12-\delta}\|t^\kappa\mathbf{B}(\phi\otimes S\phi)\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{\frac12-\delta}\|S\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}\phi\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac12-\delta}\times T^{\frac12-\delta-\kappa}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^2\\
&\qquad\times T^{-2\delta}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^2\\
&\lesssim\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^{4-(1-4\delta-\kappa)\gamma_0}. \tag*{(495)}
\end{aligned} ∥ Duh B , N F ( B ( ϕ ⊗ S ϕ )) ∥ sol N 2 , − 1 − 2 κ ≲ T 2 1 ∥ Duh B , N F ( B ( ϕ ⊗ S ϕ )) ∥ sol N 2 , − 2 κ ≲ T 2 1 − δ ∥ t κ B ( ϕ ⊗ S ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − δ ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t 2 κ ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − δ × T 2 1 − δ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 × T − 2 δ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ≲ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 4 − ( 1 − 4 δ − κ ) γ 0 . (495)
Since γ 0 − 2 \gamma_0-2 γ 0 − 2 is much larger than δ \delta δ and κ \kappa κ , all contributions from (492) –(495) are acceptable.
Nonlinear estimates
In this subsection, we estimate all terms in (406) –(6.90), except the terms that can be controlled using only ∥ ∥ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ∥ ∥ \lVert\!\lVert\!\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert\!\rVert\!\rVert ∥ ∥ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ∥ ∥ and the terms whose estimates rely on the paracontrolled structure of X ε , ⋆ X_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ or x ε , ⋆ x_{\varepsilon,\star} x ε , ⋆ , i.e., (409) , (410) , (6.74), (411) , and (6.84). In most cases, the estimates follow directly from our general estimates in § 8.3 , and the only difficulty lies in choosing the correct regularity parameters.
In the derivation of our ansatz (§ 7 ), we mostly viewed S S S and φ \varphi φ as parts of W ε W_\varepsilon W ε and w ε w_\varepsilon w ε , respectively. Since both S S S and φ \varphi φ have high regularity (at least in weighted spaces), this made sense. In this subsection, however, the treatment of S S S and φ \varphi φ requires additional care. The reason is that the size of S S S and φ \varphi φ is relatively large, and we need to show that despite the size of S S S and φ \varphi φ , we can still obtain the estimates stated at the end of Proposition 8.3 . To this end, we introduce the variables
R ε : = W ε − S = Y ˚ ε + Y ˙ ε + X ε + Y ε , (496) R_\varepsilon:= W_\varepsilon-S=\mathring{Y}_\varepsilon+\dot{Y}_\varepsilon+X_\varepsilon+Y_\varepsilon, \tag*{(496)} R ε := W ε − S = Y ˚ ε + Y ˙ ε + X ε + Y ε , (496)
r ε : = w ε − φ = y ˚ ε + x ε + y ε . (497) r_\varepsilon:= w_\varepsilon-\varphi=\mathring{y}_\varepsilon+x_\varepsilon+y_\varepsilon. \tag*{(497)} r ε := w ε − φ = y ˚ ε + x ε + y ε . (497)
Throughout this subsection, we rely on the following assumption.
Assumption 8.9 (Setup). We assume that
X ε , ⋆ ∈ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 ) , Y ε , ⋆ ∈ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 ) , X_{\varepsilon,\star}\in\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2),\qquad
Y_{\varepsilon,\star}\in\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathfrak{g}^2), X ε , ⋆ ∈ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 ) , Y ε , ⋆ ∈ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 → g 2 ) , x ε , ⋆ ∈ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → V ) , y ε , ⋆ ∈ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → V ) . x_{\varepsilon,\star}\in\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to V),\qquad
y_{\varepsilon,\star}\in\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to V). x ε , ⋆ ∈ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 → V ) , y ε , ⋆ ∈ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 → V ) . Furthermore, we assume that each covariant Littlewood–Paley block X ε , N X_{\varepsilon,N} X ε , N , x ε , N x_{\varepsilon,N} x ε , N , Y ε , N Y_{\varepsilon,N} Y ε , N , or y ε , N y_{\varepsilon,N} y ε , N vanishes for times 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 16 N − 2 0\leq t\leq\frac{1}{16}N^{-2} 0 ≤ t ≤ 16 1 N − 2 . That is, in this subsection, we treat X ε , ⋆ X_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ Y_{\varepsilon,\star} Y ε , ⋆ , x ε , ⋆ x_{\varepsilon,\star} x ε , ⋆ , and y ε , ⋆ y_{\varepsilon,\star} y ε , ⋆ as arbitrary elements27 of our solution spaces satisfying the support conditions resulting from our time-localised Duhamel integral operators in (376) .
Furthermore, throughout this subsection and the next, we repeatedly apply estimates involving L T s ( F ) L_T^s(F) L T s ( F ) , including the covariant Schauder estimates in Lemma 7.10 and Proposition 7.16. In each such application, we use the bound L T s ( F ) ≤ T − δ L_T^s(F)\leq T^{-\delta} L T s ( F ) ≤ T − δ from Assumption 8.1 .
In the first lemma of this subsection, we control the terms appearing in the definitions of the paracontrolled terms X ε ∘ X_{\varepsilon}^{\circ} X ε ∘ , X ε ∙ X_{\varepsilon}^{\bullet} X ε ∙ , and x ε x_\varepsilon x ε , i.e., the terms in (406) , (407) , and (408) .
Lemma 8.10. Let Assumptions 8.1 , 8.2 , and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊛ ( 2 D ε , ⋆ j − D ε , ⋆ j ) ] ∥ n l − 1 − δ 1 , 0 + ∥ B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ D ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 − δ 1 , 0 + ∥ W ε , ⋆ j ⊛ D j D ε , ⋆ ∥ n l − 1 − δ 1 , 0 ≲ T − λ 1 ∥ ∥ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ∥ ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 x ∥ L T x + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (498) \begin{aligned}
&\lVert[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\circledast(2D^j_{\varepsilon,\star}-D^j_{\varepsilon,\star})]\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1-\delta_1,0}}
+\lVert B(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast D_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1-\delta_1,0}}\\
&\qquad+\lVert W^j_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast D_jD_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1-\delta_1,0}}\\
&\lesssim T^{-\lambda_1}\lVert\!\lVert\!\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert\!\rVert\!\rVert
\left(\lVert\varphi_0^x\rVert_{L_T^x}+\lVert\varphi_0\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}
+T^{\frac12}\lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\right). \tag*{(498)}
\end{aligned} ∥[ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊛ ( 2 D ε , ⋆ j − D ε , ⋆ j )] ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 + ∥ B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ D ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 + ∥ W ε , ⋆ j ⊛ D j D ε , ⋆ ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 ≲ T − λ 1 ∥ ∥ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ∥ ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 x ∥ L T x + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (498) In (498) , we use the convenient notation
∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ : = ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ , \lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}
\mathrel{\mathop:}= \lVert R_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}+\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}, ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ : = ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ , which allows us to shorten several expressions.
Remark 8.11. We want to use (498) to explain one way of looking at the estimates in this subsection. In (498) , we encounter a loss of the form T − λ 1 T^{-\lambda_1} T − λ 1 . This loss is acceptable in our global iteration argument, since our parameter γ 0 \gamma_0 γ 0 has been chosen such that γ 0 − 2 \gamma_0-2 γ 0 − 2 is much larger than λ 1 \lambda_1 λ 1 . Due to our parameter conditions (97) , λ 1 \lambda_1 λ 1 is much larger than expressions involving other parameters appearing in the local theory, such as δ \delta δ , δ 2 \delta_2 δ 2 , λ \lambda λ , or δ 2 / θ \delta_2/\theta δ 2 / θ . Hence, losses involving powers of T − δ T^{-\delta} T − δ , T − δ 2 T^{-\delta_2} T − δ 2 , T − λ T^{-\lambda} T − λ , or T − δ 2 / θ T^{-\delta_2/\theta} T − δ 2 / θ can all
easily be bounded by T − λ 1 T^{-\lambda_1} T − λ 1 . As a result of this, it is not too important to keep track of the precise powers of T T T , and one only needs to keep track of the part involving explicit constants (such as 1 / 2 1/2 1/2 or 1 1 1 ).
As discussed in Remark 7.3, the scaling exponent associated with the sol α , η \operatorname{sol}^{\alpha,\eta} sol α , η -norm is α + η \alpha+\eta α + η , and thus the scaling exponent associated with ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ \lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}} ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ is 1 − δ 1 − λ ≈ 1 1-\delta_1-\lambda\approx1 1 − δ 1 − λ ≈ 1 . Also, the scaling exponents associated with ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r \lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r and with ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ \lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}} ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ are − 2 r ≈ 0 -\frac{2}{r}\approx0 − r 2 ≈ 0 and − κ ≈ 0 -\kappa\approx0 − κ ≈ 0 , respectively. This is the reason why ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r \lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r and ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ \lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}} ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ come without a factor of T T T , but ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ \lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}} ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ comes with a factor of T 1 2 T^{\frac12} T 2 1 .
Proof. We only control the second summand in (8.28), since the first and third summands can be treated using similar arguments. The only difference is that, instead of using (8.15) as below, one has to use (8.16). Using the G \mathbf{G} G -equivariance of the bilinear map B \mathbf{B} B (see Lemma 3.15 ) and the product rule (Lemma 3.17 ), we first write
B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ℓ ε , ⋆ ) = D B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) − B ( D w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) . (499) \mathbf{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D\ell_{\varepsilon,\star})=D\mathbf{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes\ell_{\varepsilon,\star})-\mathbf{B}(Dw_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes\ell_{\varepsilon,\star}). \tag*{(499)} B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ D ℓ ε , ⋆ ) = D B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) − B ( D w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) . (499)
Using Lemma 7.23 with
( α , β , γ , ν , η ) : = ( − κ , 2 κ , − 1 − δ 1 , 0 , − 3 κ ) , (500) (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta):=(-\kappa,2\kappa,-1-\delta_1,0,-3\kappa), \tag*{(500)} ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) := ( − κ , 2 κ , − 1 − δ 1 , 0 , − 3 κ ) , (500)
the first summand in (8.29) can be bounded by
∥ D B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 ≲ T − δ T δ 2 − O ( κ ) ∥ ℓ ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 2 κ , − 3 κ . \lVert D\mathbf{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes\ell_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\operatorname{nl}^{-1-\delta_1,0}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{\frac{\delta}{2}-O(\kappa)}\lVert\ell_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{msol}^{-\kappa}}\lVert w_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{2\kappa,-3\kappa}}. ∥ D B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 ≲ T − δ T 2 δ − O ( κ ) ∥ ℓ ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 2 κ , − 3 κ .
Using Lemma 7.7 and Proposition 8.8 , we can further estimate
∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 2 κ , − 3 κ ≤ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 2 κ , − 3 κ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 2 κ , − 3 κ \lVert w_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{2\kappa,-3\kappa}}\leq\lVert\varphi_\star\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{2\kappa,-3\kappa}}+\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{2\kappa,-3\kappa}} ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 2 κ , − 3 κ ≤ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 2 κ , − 3 κ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 2 κ , − 3 κ
≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) + T 1 − λ − δ 1 + κ 2 ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ , \lesssim T^{-\delta}\left(\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)+T^{\frac{1-\lambda-\delta_1+\kappa}{2}}\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}, ≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) + T 2 1 − λ − δ 1 + κ ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ,
which then leads to an acceptable contribution to (8.28). In order to estimate the second summand in (8.29), we further split
B ( D w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) = B ( D φ ⋆ , ε ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) + B ( D r ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) . (501) \mathbf{B}(Dw_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes\ell_{\varepsilon,\star})=\mathbf{B}(D\varphi_{\star,\varepsilon}\otimes\ell_{\varepsilon,\star})+\mathbf{B}(Dr_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes\ell_{\varepsilon,\star}). \tag*{(501)} B ( D w ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) = B ( D φ ⋆ , ε ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) + B ( D r ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) . (501)
Using Lemma 7.29 with
( α , β , γ , ν , η ) : = ( − κ , 1 − 3 κ , − 1 − δ 1 , 0 , − 1 + 2 κ ) (502) (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta):=(-\kappa,1-3\kappa,-1-\delta_1,0,-1+2\kappa) \tag*{(502)} ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) := ( − κ , 1 − 3 κ , − 1 − δ 1 , 0 , − 1 + 2 κ ) (502)
and Proposition 8.8 , we obtain that
∥ B ( D φ ⋆ , ε ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 ≲ T − δ T δ 2 − O ( κ / θ ) ∥ ℓ ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − 3 κ , − 1 + 2 κ \lVert\mathbf{B}(D\varphi_{\star,\varepsilon}\otimes\ell_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\operatorname{nl}^{-1-\delta_1,0}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{\frac{\delta}{2}-O(\kappa/\theta)}\lVert\ell_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{msol}^{-\kappa}}\lVert\varphi_\star\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{1-3\kappa,-1+2\kappa}} ∥ B ( D φ ⋆ , ε ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 ≲ T − δ T 2 δ − O ( κ / θ ) ∥ ℓ ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − 3 κ , − 1 + 2 κ
≲ T − δ T δ 2 − O ( κ / θ ) ∥ ℓ ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ × T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . \lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{\frac{\delta}{2}-O(\kappa/\theta)}\lVert\ell_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{msol}^{-\kappa}}\times T^{-\delta}\left(\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right). ≲ T − δ T 2 δ − O ( κ / θ ) ∥ ℓ ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ × T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) .
Due to (3.3), κ / θ \kappa/\theta κ / θ is much smaller than λ 1 \lambda_1 λ 1 , and hence this contribution is acceptable. Using Lemma 7.29 with
( α , β , γ , ν , η ) : = ( − κ , 1 − δ 1 , − 1 − δ 1 , 0 , − λ ) , (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta):=(-\kappa,1-\delta_1,-1-\delta_1,0,-\lambda), ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) := ( − κ , 1 − δ 1 , − 1 − δ 1 , 0 , − λ ) ,
we also obtain that
∥ B ( D r ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 ≲ T − δ T δ 2 − O ( λ ) ∥ ℓ ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ , \lVert\mathbf{B}(Dr_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes\ell_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\operatorname{nl}^{-1-\delta_1,0}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{\frac{\delta}{2}-O(\lambda)}\lVert\ell_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{msol}^{-\kappa}}\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\operatorname{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}, ∥ B ( D r ε , ⋆ ⊗ ℓ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 − δ 1 , 0 ≲ T − δ T 2 δ − O ( λ ) ∥ ℓ ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ,
which is acceptable as well.
Remark 8.12. When verifying that the parameters in (500) and (502) satisfy the conditions in Lemma 7.23 and Lemma 7.29, we strongly advise the reader to keep (97) in mind. Due to (97) , most (but not all) of the parameters among κ \kappa κ , δ 1 \delta_1 δ 1 , δ 2 \delta_2 δ 2 , θ \theta θ , λ \lambda λ , and r r r can then be ignored in each of the conditions in Lemma 7.23 and Lemma 7.29.
Remark 8.13. In the proof of Lemma 8.10, we always wrote out the T − δ T^{-\delta} T − δ -factor explicitly, and never made it part of the O ( … ) O(\ldots) O ( … ) -notation. This was done for expository reasons, since it allowed us to visually separate the loss from L s T ( F ) L_{s_T}(F) L s T ( F ) and the possible loss from the parameters appearing in Lemma 7.23, Lemma 7.29, and Proposition 8.8. From now on, however, we will always make the parameter δ \delta δ part of our O ( … ) O(\ldots) O ( … ) -terms, since it slightly shortens our expressions.
In the next lemma, we estimate high× \times × high-interactions between the linear stochastic objects and S S S , φ \varphi φ , Y ε Y_\varepsilon Y ε , or y ε y_\varepsilon y ε , i.e., the terms in (6.75) and (6.85).
Lemma 8.14. Let Assumptions 8.1, 8.2, and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ L b ( S ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ , D ∘ I ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ( S ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ ) j ∘ D j I ε , ⋆ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ B ( ( φ ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ) ∘ D I ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ( D j I ε , ⋆ ) ∘ ( φ ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − λ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ ( Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) . (503) \begin{aligned}
&\lVert\mathsf{L}b(S_{\star}+Y_{\varepsilon,\star},D\mathord{\circ}_{\!I_\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}+\lVert(S_{\star}+Y_{\varepsilon,\star})^{j}\mathord{\circ}_{\!D_j I_\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\\
&\quad+\lVert\mathsf{B}((\varphi_{\star}+y_{\varepsilon,\star})\mathord{\circ}_{\!D I_\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}+\lVert(D_j I_\varepsilon,\star)\mathord{\circ}(\varphi_{\star}+y_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\\
&\qquad\lesssim T^{-\lambda}\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert\left(\lVert\varphi_0\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0\rVert_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{\frac12}\lVert(Y_{\varepsilon,\star},y_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\right). \tag*{(503)}
\end{aligned} ∥ L b ( S ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ , D ∘ I ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥( S ⋆ + Y ε , ⋆ ) j ∘ D j I ε , ⋆ ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ B (( φ ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ) ∘ D I ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥( D j I ε , ⋆ ) ∘ ( φ ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − λ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥( Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) . (503)
Proof. We only estimate the third summand in (503) , since the estimates for the remaining three terms are similar. First, we use (461) from Lemma 7.27 with
( α , β , γ , ν , η ) : = ( − κ , 1 + 2 κ , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − 1 − 3 κ ) (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta):=(-\kappa,1+2\kappa,-1+\delta_2,-\lambda,-1-3\kappa) ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) := ( − κ , 1 + 2 κ , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − 1 − 3 κ )
and Proposition 8.8, which imply that
∥ B ( φ ⋆ ∘ D I ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l − κ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 + 2 κ , − 1 − 3 κ \lVert\mathsf{B}(\varphi_{\star}\mathord{\circ}_{\!D I_\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}
\lesssim T^{-O(\lambda)}\lVert I_\varepsilon,\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{-\kappa}}\lVert\varphi_{\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+2\kappa,-1-3\kappa}} ∥ B ( φ ⋆ ∘ D I ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ sol − κ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 1 + 2 κ , − 1 − 3 κ
≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l − κ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) . \lesssim T^{-O(\lambda)}\lVert I_\varepsilon,\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{-\kappa}}\left(\lVert\varphi_0\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0\rVert_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right). ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ sol − κ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) .
Second, we use (461) from Lemma 7.27 with
( α , β , γ , ν , η ) : = ( − κ , 1 + δ 2 , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − λ ) , (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta):=(-\kappa,1+\delta_2,-1+\delta_2,-\lambda,-\lambda), ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) := ( − κ , 1 + δ 2 , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − λ ) ,
which implies that
∥ B ( y ε , ⋆ ∘ D I ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l − κ ∥ y ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ . \lVert\mathsf{B}(y_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathord{\circ}_{\!D I_\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}
\lesssim T^{\frac12-O(\lambda)}\lVert I_\varepsilon,\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{-\kappa}}\lVert y_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}. ∥ B ( y ε , ⋆ ∘ D I ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ sol − κ ∥ y ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ .
Thus, both terms make an acceptable contribution to (503) .
Remark 8.15. The estimate of B ( φ ⋆ ∘ D I ε , ⋆ ) \mathsf{B}(\varphi_{\star}\mathord{\circ}_{\!D I_\varepsilon,\star}) B ( φ ⋆ ∘ D I ε , ⋆ ) is one of the reasons why we place Y ε Y_\varepsilon Y ε in the weighted space s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ \mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda} sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ , rather than the unweighted space s o l 1 + δ 2 , 0 \mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,0} sol 1 + δ 2 , 0 . Indeed, if we pick any parameters β ∈ ( 0 , 2 ] \beta\in(0,2] β ∈ ( 0 , 2 ] and η ≤ 0 \eta\leq0 η ≤ 0 , then ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l β , η \lVert\varphi_{\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\beta,\eta}} ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol β , η can only be controlled under the condition β + η ≤ − κ \beta+\eta\leq-\kappa β + η ≤ − κ . With ( α , γ ) = ( − κ , − 1 + δ 2 ) (\alpha,\gamma)=(-\kappa,-1+\delta_2) ( α , γ ) = ( − κ , − 1 + δ 2 ) , the seventh condition in (460) then implies that
ν < α + ( 1 − θ ) β − 1 − γ + η ≤ − κ + ( 1 − θ ) β − δ 2 − β − κ = − δ 2 − κ − κ − θ β . \nu<\alpha+(1-\theta)\beta-1-\gamma+\eta\leq-\kappa+(1-\theta)\beta-\delta_2-\beta-\kappa=-\delta_2-\kappa-\kappa-\theta\beta. ν < α + ( 1 − θ ) β − 1 − γ + η ≤ − κ + ( 1 − θ ) β − δ 2 − β − κ = − δ 2 − κ − κ − θ β .
In particular, ν \nu ν must be negative. We also mention that, rather than looking at (460) , one can also see that ν \nu ν must be negative28 from scaling considerations.
In the next lemma, we control the terms involving both a total derivative and high× \times × high-interactions, i.e., the terms in (6.76) and the first summand in (6.86).
Lemma 8.16. Let Assumptions 8.1, 8.2, and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ D j [ W ε , ⋆ ⊛ ϱ ε , ⋆ , j ] ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ D [ W ε , ⋆ j ⊛ ϱ ε , ⋆ , j ] ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ D ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ ϱ ε , ⋆ ) ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ D j ( ϱ ε , ⋆ j ⊛ w ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − λ − 1 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r x + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (504) \begin{aligned}
&\lVert\mathrm{D}^{j}[W_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star,j}]\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}
+\lVert\mathrm{D}[W^{j}_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star,j}]\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\quad+\lVert\mathrm{D}(\mathrm{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star}))\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}
+\lVert\mathrm{D}_{j}(\varrho^{j}_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast w_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\lesssim T^{-\lambda-1}\lVert\Xi_{\mathrm{B},\varepsilon}\rVert
\left(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{x}_{r}}+\lVert\varphi_{0}^{-}\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{\mathrm{B}(0),T}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}\right). \tag*{(504)}
\end{aligned} ∥ D j [ W ε , ⋆ ⊛ ϱ ε , ⋆ , j ] ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ D [ W ε , ⋆ j ⊛ ϱ ε , ⋆ , j ] ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ D ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ ϱ ε , ⋆ )) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ D j ( ϱ ε , ⋆ j ⊛ w ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − λ − 1 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r x + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (504) Proof. We only control the third summand in (8.34), since the remaining three terms can be controlled using similar arguments. Using (7.51) from Lemma 7.27 with
( α , β , γ , ν , η ) : = ( − κ , λ − κ , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − λ ) , (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta):=(-\kappa,\lambda-\kappa,-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda,-\lambda), ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) := ( − κ , λ − κ , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − λ ) , we obtain that
∥ D ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ ϱ ε , ⋆ ) ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ ϱ ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l − κ ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l λ − κ , − λ . \lVert\mathrm{D}(\mathrm{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star}))\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}
\lesssim T^{-O(\lambda)}\lVert\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{-\kappa}}\lVert w_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\lambda-\kappa,-\lambda}}. ∥ D ( B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ ϱ ε , ⋆ )) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ ϱ ε , ⋆ ∥ sol − κ ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol λ − κ , − λ . Using Proposition 8.8 and the trivial estimate t ≤ T t\leq T t ≤ T , we can further estimate
∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l λ − κ , − λ ≤ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l λ − κ , − λ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l λ − κ , − λ \lVert w_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\lambda-\kappa,-\lambda}}
\leq\lVert\varphi_{\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\lambda-\kappa,-\lambda}}+\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\lambda-\kappa,-\lambda}} ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol λ − κ , − λ ≤ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol λ − κ , − λ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol λ − κ , − λ ≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r x + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) + T 1 − λ − δ 1 + κ 2 ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ . \lesssim T^{-\delta}\left(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{x}_{r}}+\lVert\varphi_{0}^{-}\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{\mathrm{B}(0),T}}\right)+T^{\frac{1-\lambda-\delta_{1}+\kappa}{2}}\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}. ≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r x + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) + T 2 1 − λ − δ 1 + κ ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ . After combining both estimates, this finishes the proof.
In the next lemma, we control terms involving D ϱ ε j \mathrm{D}\varrho_{\varepsilon}^{j} D ϱ ε j or D ϱ ε j \mathrm{D}\varrho_{\varepsilon}^{j} D ϱ ε j at low frequencies, i.e., the terms in (6.77) and the second summand in (6.86).
Lemma 8.17. Let Assumptions 8.1, 8.2, and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ [ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊛ ( 2 D ϱ ε , ⋆ j − D ϱ ε , ⋆ j ) ] ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ W ε , ⋆ j ⊛ D j ϱ ε , ⋆ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ D ϱ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − λ − 1 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r x + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (505) \begin{aligned}
&\lVert[W_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\circledast(2\mathrm{D}\varrho^{j}_{\varepsilon,\star}-\mathrm{D}\varrho^{j}_{\varepsilon,\star})]\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}
+\lVert W^{j}_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast\mathrm{D}_{j}\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\quad+\lVert\mathrm{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast\mathrm{D}\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\lesssim T^{-\lambda-1}\lVert\Xi_{\mathrm{B},\varepsilon}\rVert
\left(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{x}_{r}}+\lVert\varphi_{0}^{-}\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{\mathrm{B}(0),T}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}\right). \tag*{(505)}
\end{aligned} ∥[ W ε , ⋆ , j ⊛ ( 2 D ϱ ε , ⋆ j − D ϱ ε , ⋆ j )] ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ W ε , ⋆ j ⊛ D j ϱ ε , ⋆ ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ D ϱ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − λ − 1 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r x + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (505) Proof. We only estimate the third summand in (8.35), since the remaining two terms can be treated using similar arguments. We use (7.43) from Lemma 7.25 with
( α , β , γ , ν , η ) : = ( − κ , 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ) , (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta):=(-\kappa,1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda,-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa), ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) := ( − κ , 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ) , which implies that
∥ B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ D ϱ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ ϱ ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l − κ ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ . \lVert\mathrm{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\star}\circledast\mathrm{D}\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}
\lesssim T^{-O(\lambda)}\lVert\varrho_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{-\kappa}}\lVert w_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}}. ∥ B ( w ε , ⋆ ⊛ D ϱ ε , ⋆ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ ϱ ε , ⋆ ∥ sol − κ ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ . Using Proposition 8.8, we also have that
∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≤ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ \lVert w_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}}
\leq\lVert\varphi_{\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}}+\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}} ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≤ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r x + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) + T 1 − λ − δ 1 + κ 2 ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ . \lesssim T^{-\delta}\left(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{+}\rVert_{L^{x}_{r}}+\lVert\varphi_{0}^{-}\rVert_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{\mathrm{B}(0),T}}\right)+T^{\frac{1-\lambda-\delta_{1}+\kappa}{2}}\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}. ≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L r x + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) + T 2 1 − λ − δ 1 + κ ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ . After combining both estimates, this completes the proof.
In the next lemma, we control terms involving our covariant linear stochastic objects, covariant derivatives of W ε W_\varepsilon W ε or w ε w_\varepsilon w ε , and the non-resonant product ⊗ \otimes ⊗ . That is, we control the terms in (6.78) and the last summand in (6.86).
Lemma 8.18. Let Assumptions 8.1, 8.2, and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ ∥ E ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j W ε , ⋆ − D W ε , ⋆ j ) ∥ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ∥ B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D W ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ∥ E ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j w ε , ⋆ ∥ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − λ 1 ∥ ∣ E B , ε ∥ ∣ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∣ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (506) \begin{aligned}
&\left\Vert\left\Vert\mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\otimes\left(2D^{j}W_{\varepsilon,\star}-DW^{j}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)\right\Vert\right\Vert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}
+\left\Vert\left\Vert B\left(\mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes DW_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)\right\Vert\right\Vert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\qquad+\left\Vert\left\Vert\mathcal{E}^{j}_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes D_{j}w_{\varepsilon,\star}\right\Vert\right\Vert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\lesssim T^{-\lambda_{1}}\|\!|\mathcal{E}_{B,\varepsilon}\|\!|\left(\|\varphi_{0}\|_{L^{r}}+\|\varphi_{0}\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{\frac12}\|\!(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\|\!|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}\right). \tag*{(506)}
\end{aligned} E ε , ⋆ , j ⊗ ( 2 D j W ε , ⋆ − D W ε , ⋆ j ) nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ∥ B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D W ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + E ε , ⋆ j ⊗ D j w ε , ⋆ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − λ 1 ∥ ∣ E B , ε ∥ ∣ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∣ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (506)
Proof. We only control the second summand in (506) , since the remaining two terms can be treated using similar arguments. To this end, we first decompose
B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) = B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) + B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) . B\left(\mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)
=B\left(\mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)
+B\left(\mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon,\star}\right). B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) = B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) + B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) .
In addition, we choose the parameters
( α , β , γ , ν , η ) : = ( − κ , 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ) . (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta):=(-\kappa,1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda,-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa). ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) := ( − κ , 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 2 , − λ , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ) .
Using (457) from Lemma 7.25 and Lemma 7.29, we then obtain that
∥ ∥ B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ∥ B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ ∣ E ε , ⋆ ∥ ∣ m s o l − κ ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ . \begin{aligned}
&\left\Vert\left\Vert B\left(\mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)\right\Vert\right\Vert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}
+\left\Vert\left\Vert B\left(\mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon,\star}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)\right\Vert\right\Vert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\qquad\lesssim T^{-O(\lambda)}\|\!|\mathcal{E}_{\varepsilon,\star}\|\!|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}}\|w_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}}.
\end{aligned} ∥ ∥ B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ∥ B ( E ε , ⋆ ⊗ D w ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ∥ ∣ E ε , ⋆ ∥ ∣ msol − κ ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ .
Using Proposition 8.8, we have that
∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≤ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ \|w_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}}
\leq\|\varphi_{\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}}
+\|r_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}} ∥ w ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≤ ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ + ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ
≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) + T 1 − λ − δ 1 + κ 2 ∥ ∣ r ε , ⋆ ∥ ∣ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ . \lesssim T^{-\delta}\left(\|\varphi_{0}\|_{L^{r}}+\|\varphi_{0}\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)
+T^{\frac{1-\lambda-\delta_{1}+\kappa}{2}}\|\!|r_{\varepsilon,\star}\|\!|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}. ≲ T − δ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) + T 2 1 − λ − δ 1 + κ ∥ ∣ r ε , ⋆ ∥ ∣ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ .
By combining both estimates, we arrive at the desired estimate of the second term in (506) .
In the next lemma, we control the parts of the derivative nonlinearities containing no covariant linear stochastic objects, i.e., the terms in (6.79) and (6.87). While these terms have better regularity properties than the terms from Lemmas 8.10–8.18 above, we need to be mindful of their size.
Lemma 8.19. Let Assumptions 8.1, 8.2, and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ ∥ [ W ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] − [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] ∥ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ∥ B ( w ε ⊗ D w ε ) − B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) ∥ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ∥ W ε j D j w ε − S j D j φ ∥ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 2 − λ 1 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∣ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∣ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (507) \begin{aligned}
&\left\Vert\left\Vert[W_{\varepsilon,j},2D^{j}W_{\varepsilon}-DW^{j}_{\varepsilon}]-[S_{j},2D^{j}S-DS^{j}]\right\Vert\right\Vert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\quad+\left\Vert\left\Vert B(w_{\varepsilon}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon})-B(\varphi\otimes D\varphi)\right\Vert\right\Vert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}
+\left\Vert\left\Vert W^{j}_{\varepsilon}D_{j}w_{\varepsilon}-S^{j}D_{j}\varphi\right\Vert\right\Vert_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac12-\lambda_{1}}\|\!(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\|\!|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}
\left(\|\varphi_{0}\|_{L^{r}}+\|\varphi_{0}\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{\frac12}\|\!(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\|\!|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}\right). \tag*{(507)}
\end{aligned} [ W ε , j , 2 D j W ε − D W ε j ] − [ S j , 2 D j S − D S j ] nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ∥ B ( w ε ⊗ D w ε ) − B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) ∥ ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + W ε j D j w ε − S j D j φ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − λ 1 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∣ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ( ∥ φ 0 ∥ L r + ∥ φ 0 ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ ∣ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (507)
Proof. We only control the second summand in (507) , since the first and third summands can be treated using similar arguments. To this end, we decompose
B ( w ε ⊗ D w ε ) − B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) = B ( r ε ⊗ D φ ) + B ( φ ⊗ D r ε ) + B ( r ε ⊗ D r ε ) . (508) \begin{aligned}
B(w_{\varepsilon}\otimes Dw_{\varepsilon})-B(\varphi\otimes D\varphi)
&=B(r_{\varepsilon}\otimes D\varphi)+B(\varphi\otimes Dr_{\varepsilon})\\
&\quad+B(r_{\varepsilon}\otimes Dr_{\varepsilon}). \tag*{(508)}
\end{aligned} B ( w ε ⊗ D w ε ) − B ( φ ⊗ D φ ) = B ( r ε ⊗ D φ ) + B ( φ ⊗ D r ε ) + B ( r ε ⊗ D r ε ) . (508)
We now estimate all three terms in (508) using Lemma 7.22. We will always choose ( γ , ν ) = ( − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) (\gamma,\nu)=(-1+\delta_2,-\lambda) ( γ , ν ) = ( − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) , but the choice of ( α , β , η 1 , η 2 ) (\alpha,\beta,\eta_1,\eta_2) ( α , β , η 1 , η 2 ) depends on the term. For the first term, we choose
( α , β , η 1 , η 2 ) : = ( 1 − δ 1 − λ , 1 − δ 1 , 0 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ) . (\alpha,\beta,\eta_1,\eta_2):=(1-\delta_1-\lambda,1-\delta_1,0,-1+\delta_1-\kappa). ( α , β , η 1 , η 2 ) := ( 1 − δ 1 − λ , 1 − δ 1 , 0 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ) .
Together with Lemma 7.7 and Proposition 8.8, we then obtain that
∥ B ( r ε ⊗ D φ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 − λ , 0 ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − k ) . \begin{aligned}
\lVert B(r_\varepsilon\otimes D\varphi)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}} &\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-O(\lambda)}\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1-\lambda,0}}\lVert\varphi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-1+\delta_1-\kappa}} \\
&\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-O(\lambda)}\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\left(\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{C^{-k}_{B(0),T}}\right).
\end{aligned} ∥ B ( r ε ⊗ D φ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 − λ , 0 ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − k ) .
For the second term, we choose
( α , β , η 1 , η 2 ) : = ( δ 1 + κ , 1 − δ 1 , − δ 1 − 2 κ , − λ ) . (\alpha,\beta,\eta_1,\eta_2):=(\delta_1+\kappa,1-\delta_1,-\delta_1-2\kappa,-\lambda). ( α , β , η 1 , η 2 ) := ( δ 1 + κ , 1 − δ 1 , − δ 1 − 2 κ , − λ ) .
Together with Proposition 8.8, we obtain
∥ B ( φ ⊗ D r ε ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ s o l δ 1 + κ , − δ 1 − 2 κ ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − k ) ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ . \begin{aligned}
\lVert B(\varphi\otimes Dr_\varepsilon)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}} &\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-O(\lambda)}\lVert\varphi_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{\delta_1+\kappa,-\delta_1-2\kappa}}\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}} \\
&\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-O(\lambda)}\left(\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{C^{-k}_{B(0),T}}\right)\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}.
\end{aligned} ∥ B ( φ ⊗ D r ε ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) ∥ φ ⋆ ∥ sol δ 1 + κ , − δ 1 − 2 κ ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − k ) ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ .
Finally, for the third term, we choose
( α , β , η 1 , η 2 ) : = ( 1 − δ 1 , 1 − δ 1 , − λ , − λ ) . (\alpha,\beta,\eta_1,\eta_2):=(1-\delta_1,1-\delta_1,-\lambda,-\lambda). ( α , β , η 1 , η 2 ) := ( 1 − δ 1 , 1 − δ 1 , − λ , − λ ) .
We then obtain that
∥ B ( r ε ⊗ D r ε ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 − O ( λ ) ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ 2 . \lVert B(r_\varepsilon\otimes Dr_\varepsilon)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\lesssim T^{1-O(\lambda)}\lVert r_{\varepsilon,\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}^2. ∥ B ( r ε ⊗ D r ε ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 − O ( λ ) ∥ r ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ 2 .
By combining our estimates for the first, second, and third terms in (508) , we complete the proof. □
In the next lemma, we estimate (6.80), (6.81), (6.88), and (6.89), i.e., the power-type nonlinearity.
Lemma 8.21. Let Assumptions 8.1, 8.2, and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ [ φ ε , j + W ε , j , [ φ ε j + W ε j , φ ε + W ε ] ] − [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( φ ε + W ε ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ B ( ( φ ε + W ε ) ⊗ ( φ ε + W ε ) ( φ ε + w ε ) ) − B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g φ ( φ ε + W ε ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ ( φ ε + W ε ) j ( φ ε + W ε ) j ( φ ε + w ε ) − S j S j φ − 2 σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g V g ( φ ε + w ε ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ − ∣ φ ε + w ε ∣ 2 ( φ ε + w ε ) + ( dim ( V ) + 2 ) σ ρ , ε 2 ( φ ε + w ε ) + ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 2 − λ 1 ( ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ + T 1 2 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) × ( ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − k + T 1 2 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) 2 . (509) \begin{aligned}
&\big\lVert[\varphi_{\varepsilon,j}+W_{\varepsilon,j},[\varphi_\varepsilon^j+W_\varepsilon^j,\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon]]-[S_j,[S^j,S]]-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{g}(\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon)\big\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\\
&\quad+\big\lVert B((\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon)\otimes(\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon)(\varphi_\varepsilon+w_\varepsilon))-B(\varphi\otimes S\varphi)-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{\varphi}(\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon)\big\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\\
&\quad+\big\lVert(\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon)^j(\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon)_j(\varphi_\varepsilon+w_\varepsilon)-S^jS_j\varphi-2\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{Vg}(\varphi_\varepsilon+w_\varepsilon)\big\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\\
&\quad+\big\lVert-|\varphi_\varepsilon+w_\varepsilon|^2(\varphi_\varepsilon+w_\varepsilon)+(\dim(V)+2)\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2(\varphi_\varepsilon+w_\varepsilon)+|\varphi|^2\varphi\big\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\lambda_1}\left(\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\right)\\
&\qquad\times\left(\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert+\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{C^{-k}_{B(0),T}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\right)^2. \tag*{(509)}
\end{aligned} [ φ ε , j + W ε , j , [ φ ε j + W ε j , φ ε + W ε ]] − [ S j , [ S j , S ]] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( φ ε + W ε ) nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + B (( φ ε + W ε ) ⊗ ( φ ε + W ε ) ( φ ε + w ε )) − B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g φ ( φ ε + W ε ) nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ( φ ε + W ε ) j ( φ ε + W ε ) j ( φ ε + w ε ) − S j S j φ − 2 σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g V g ( φ ε + w ε ) nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + − ∣ φ ε + w ε ∣ 2 ( φ ε + w ε ) + ( dim ( V ) + 2 ) σ ρ , ε 2 ( φ ε + w ε ) + ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − λ 1 ( ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ + T 2 1 ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) × ( ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − k + T 2 1 ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) 2 . (509)
Remark 8.22. As in Lemma 8.19 and Remark 8.20, it is important that the right-hand side of (509) contains no term of the form T 1 2 − λ 1 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − k ) 3 T^{\frac{1}{2}-\lambda_1}(\lVert\varphi_0^+\rVert_{L_x^r}+\lVert\varphi_0^-\rVert_{C^{-k}_{B(0),T}})^3 T 2 1 − λ 1 (∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − k ) 3 . This is the reason for subtracting the terms [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] [S_j,[S^j,S]] [ S j , [ S j , S ]] , B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) B(\varphi\otimes S\varphi) B ( φ ⊗ S φ ) , S j S j φ S^jS_j\varphi S j S j φ , and − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ -|\varphi|^2\varphi − ∣ φ ∣ 2 φ in the four different arguments in (509) .
Proof. We only control the first summand in (509) , since the remaining three summands can be controlled using similar arguments. To briefly simplify the notation, set
Pow ≔ [ φ ε , j + W ε , j , [ φ ε j + W ε j , φ ε + W ε ] ] − [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( φ ε + W ε ) . \operatorname{Pow}\coloneqq[\varphi_{\varepsilon,j}+W_{\varepsilon,j},[\varphi_\varepsilon^j+W_\varepsilon^j,\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon]]-[S_j,[S^j,S]]-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{g}^{g}(\varphi_\varepsilon+W_\varepsilon). Pow : = [ φ ε , j + W ε , j , [ φ ε j + W ε j , φ ε + W ε ]] − [ S j , [ S j , S ]] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( φ ε + W ε ) .
We now recall our weighted Schauder estimate (437) , which, together with Lemma 7.7 and Definition 7.8 , implies that
∥ Pow ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ ∥ Pow ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 + 2 λ , − 3 λ ≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ∥ t 3 κ 2 Pow ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r . \|\operatorname{Pow}\|_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}\lesssim\|\operatorname{Pow}\|_{\mathrm{nl}-1+\delta_2+2\lambda,-3\lambda}\lesssim T^{\frac12-O(\lambda)}\left\|t^{\frac{3\kappa}{2}}\operatorname{Pow}\right\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}. ∥ Pow ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ ∥ Pow ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 + 2 λ , − 3 λ ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) t 2 3 κ Pow C t − 2 3 κ L x r .
We also note that, due to Proposition 8.8 and Lemma 7.7 ,
∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l 5 κ , − λ ≲ T − 3 δ T 1 − 5 κ + λ 2 − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ≲ T − O ( λ ) ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) , \|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{5\kappa},-\lambda}\lesssim T^{-3\delta}T^{\frac{1-5\kappa+\lambda}{2}-\kappa}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right)^2\lesssim T^{-O(\lambda)}\left(\|\phi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\phi_0^-\|_{\mathcal{C}_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\right), ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol 5 κ , − λ ≲ T − 3 δ T 2 1 − 5 κ + λ − κ ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) 2 ≲ T − O ( λ ) ( ∥ ϕ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ ϕ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ) ,
∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 5 κ , − λ ≲ T 1 − 5 κ − δ 1 2 ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ . \|R_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{5\kappa},-\lambda}\lesssim T^{\frac{1-5\kappa-\delta_1}{2}}\|R_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1},-\lambda}\lesssim T^{\frac12-O(\lambda)}\|R_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1},-\lambda}. ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 5 κ , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − 5 κ − δ 1 ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ .
By using the above three estimates, as well as the identity W ε = S + R ε W_\varepsilon=S+R_\varepsilon W ε = S + R ε , we can reduce the desired estimate of the first summand in (509) to the estimate
∥ t 3 κ 2 ( [ ε ˚ ε , j + W ε , j , [ ε ˚ j + W ε j , ε ˚ + W ε ] ] − [ S j , [ S j , S ] ] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( ε ˚ + W ε ) ) ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r \left\|t^{\frac{3\kappa}{2}}\left([\mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j}+W_{\varepsilon,j},[\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j}+W^j_{\varepsilon},\mathring{\varepsilon}+W_\varepsilon]]-[S_j,[S^j,S]]-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g}^{\mathfrak g}(\mathring{\varepsilon}+W_\varepsilon)\right)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r} t 2 3 κ ( [ ε ˚ ε , j + W ε , j , [ ε ˚ j + W ε j , ε ˚ + W ε ]] − [ S j , [ S j , S ]] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( ε ˚ + W ε ) ) C t − 2 3 κ L x r
≲ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ( ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ + ∥ W ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 5 κ , − λ ) 2 + ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 5 κ , − λ ( ∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l 5 κ , − λ + ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 5 κ , − λ ) 2 . (510) \lesssim\|\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\|\left(\|\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\|+\|W_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{5\kappa},-\lambda}\right)^2+\|R_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{5\kappa},-\lambda}\left(\|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{5\kappa},-\lambda}+\|R_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{5\kappa},-\lambda}\right)^2. \tag*{(510)} ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ( ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ + ∥ W ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 5 κ , − λ ) 2 + ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 5 κ , − λ ( ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol 5 κ , − λ + ∥ R ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 5 κ , − λ ) 2 . (510)
In order to prove (510) , we decompose the argument into
[ ε ˚ ε , j + W ε , j , [ ε ˚ j + W ε j , ε ˚ k + W ε k ] ] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( ε ˚ k + W ε k ) − [ S j , [ S j , S k ] ] = [ ε ˚ ε , j , [ ε ˚ j , ε ˚ k ] ] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( ε ˚ k ) (511) \begin{aligned}
[\mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j}+W_{\varepsilon,j},[\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j}+W^j_{\varepsilon},\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}+W^k_{\varepsilon}]]-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g}^{\mathfrak g}(\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}+W^k_{\varepsilon})-[S_j,[S^j,S^k]] \\
&=[\mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j},[\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j},\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}]]-\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g}^{\mathfrak g}(\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}) \tag*{(511)}
\end{aligned} [ ε ˚ ε , j + W ε , j , [ ε ˚ j + W ε j , ε ˚ k + W ε k ]] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( ε ˚ k + W ε k ) − [ S j , [ S j , S k ]] = [ ε ˚ ε , j , [ ε ˚ j , ε ˚ k ]] − σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( ε ˚ k ) (511)
+ [ W ε , j , [ ε ˚ j , ε ˚ k ] ] (512) +[W_{\varepsilon,j},[\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j},\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}]] \tag*{(512)} + [ W ε , j , [ ε ˚ j , ε ˚ k ]] (512)
+ [ ε ˚ ε , j , [ W ε j , ε ˚ k ] ] + σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( W ε k ) (513) +[\mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j},[W^j_{\varepsilon},\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}]]+\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g}^{\mathfrak g}(W^k_{\varepsilon}) \tag*{(513)} + [ ε ˚ ε , j , [ W ε j , ε ˚ k ]] + σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( W ε k ) (513)
+ [ ε ˚ ε , j , [ ε ˚ j , W ε k ] ] − 2 σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( W ε k ) (514) +[\mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j},[\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j},W^k_{\varepsilon}]]-2\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g}^{\mathfrak g}(W^k_{\varepsilon}) \tag*{(514)} + [ ε ˚ ε , j , [ ε ˚ j , W ε k ]] − 2 σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g g ( W ε k ) (514)
+ [ ε ˚ ε , j , [ W ε j , W ε k ] ] + [ W ε , j , [ ε ˚ j , W ε k ] ] + [ W ε , j , [ W ε j , ε ˚ k ] ] (515) +[\mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j},[W^j_{\varepsilon},W^k_{\varepsilon}]]+[W_{\varepsilon,j},[\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j},W^k_{\varepsilon}]]+[W_{\varepsilon,j},[W^j_{\varepsilon},\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}]] \tag*{(515)} + [ ε ˚ ε , j , [ W ε j , W ε k ]] + [ W ε , j , [ ε ˚ j , W ε k ]] + [ W ε , j , [ W ε j , ε ˚ k ]] (515)
+ [ W ε , j , [ W ε j , W ε k ] ] − [ S j , [ S j , S k ] ] . (516) +[W_{\varepsilon,j},[W^j_{\varepsilon},W^k_{\varepsilon}]]-[S_j,[S^j,S^k]]. \tag*{(516)} + [ W ε , j , [ W ε j , W ε k ]] − [ S j , [ S j , S k ]] . (516)
To estimate the first term (511) , we observe that the argument can be written as the image of
ε ˚ ε , j ⊗ ε ˚ j ⊗ ε ˚ k − δ j j σ ρ , ε 2 ( u a ⊗ u a ⊗ ε ˚ k ) − δ k k σ ρ , ε 2 ( u a ⊗ ε ˚ j ⊗ u a ) − δ j k σ ρ , ε 2 ( ε ˚ ε , j ⊗ u a ⊗ u a ) , \mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j}\otimes\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j}\otimes\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}
-\delta_j^j\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2(u_a\otimes u^a\otimes\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k})
-\delta_k^k\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2(u_a\otimes\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j}\otimes u^a)
-\delta_j^k\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2(\mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j}\otimes u_a\otimes u^a), ε ˚ ε , j ⊗ ε ˚ j ⊗ ε ˚ k − δ j j σ ρ , ε 2 ( u a ⊗ u a ⊗ ε ˚ k ) − δ k k σ ρ , ε 2 ( u a ⊗ ε ˚ j ⊗ u a ) − δ j k σ ρ , ε 2 ( ε ˚ ε , j ⊗ u a ⊗ u a ) ,
where ( u a ) a (u_a)_a ( u a ) a is as in Definition 3.41, under the linear map
L ( X ⊗ Y ⊗ Z ) : = [ X , [ Y , Z ] ] . L(X\otimes Y\otimes Z)\mathrel{\mathop:}= [X,[Y,Z]]. L ( X ⊗ Y ⊗ Z ) : = [ X , [ Y , Z ]] .
Indeed, in order to see that the resulting counterterm is as in (511) , we use that
L ( δ j j ( u a ⊗ u a ⊗ ε ˚ k ) + δ k j ( u a ⊗ ε ˚ j ⊗ u a ) + δ k j ( ε ˚ ε , j ⊗ u a ⊗ u a ) ) = 2 Cov g g ( ε ˚ k ) − Cov g g ( ε ˚ k ) + 0 = Cov g g ( ε ˚ k ) . \begin{aligned}
L\left(\delta_j^j(u_a\otimes u^a\otimes\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k})+\delta_k^j(u_a\otimes\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,j}\otimes u^a)+\delta^{kj}(\mathring{\varepsilon}_{\varepsilon,j}\otimes u_a\otimes u^a)\right) \\
&=2\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g}^{\mathfrak g}(\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k})-\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g}^{\mathfrak g}(\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k})+0=\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g}^{\mathfrak g}(\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,k}).
\end{aligned} L ( δ j j ( u a ⊗ u a ⊗ ε ˚ k ) + δ k j ( u a ⊗ ε ˚ j ⊗ u a ) + δ k j ( ε ˚ ε , j ⊗ u a ⊗ u a ) ) = 2 Cov g g ( ε ˚ k ) − Cov g g ( ε ˚ k ) + 0 = Cov g g ( ε ˚ k ) .
Using Definition 8.7, we then obtain that
∥ t 3 κ 2 ( 8.41 ) ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r ≲ ∥ ( 8.41 ) ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ 3 . \left\|t^{\frac{3\kappa}{2}}(8.41)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}\lesssim\|(8.41)\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}\lesssim\|\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\|^3. t 2 3 κ ( 8.41 ) C t − 2 3 κ L x r ≲ ∥ ( 8.41 ) ∥ C t − 2 3 κ L x r ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ 3 .
To estimate the terms in (512) , (513) , and (514) , we note that all three of them can be written as linear combinations of images of
( ε ˚ e ⊗ ε ˚ f − δ e f σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g ) ⊗ W ε h , (\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,e}\otimes\mathring{\varepsilon}^{\,f}-\delta^{ef}\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_{\mathfrak g})\otimes W^h_{\varepsilon}, ( ε ˚ e ⊗ ε ˚ f − δ e f σ ρ , ε 2 Cov g ) ⊗ W ε h ,
where e , f , h ∈ [ 2 ] e,f,h \in[2] e , f , h ∈ [ 2 ] , under the map L L L and permutations of the tensor factors. For example, the term in (514) can be written as
δ e i δ f j δ h k L ( ( φ ϵ e ⊗ φ ϵ f − δ e f σ ρ , ϵ 2 Cov g ) ⊗ W ϵ h ) . \delta_e^i\delta_f^j\delta_h^k L\left(\left(\varphi_\epsilon^e\otimes\varphi_\epsilon^f-\delta^{ef}\sigma_{\rho,\epsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_g\right)\otimes W_\epsilon^h\right). δ e i δ f j δ h k L ( ( φ ϵ e ⊗ φ ϵ f − δ e f σ ρ , ϵ 2 Cov g ) ⊗ W ϵ h ) .
Using Lemma 3.53, Lemma 7.6, and Definition 8.7, we then obtain that
∥ t 3 λ 2 ( 8.42 ) ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r + ∥ t 3 λ 2 ( 8.43 ) ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r + ∥ t 3 λ 2 ( 8.44 ) ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r ≲ max e , f ∈ [ 2 ] ∥ ∥ φ ϵ e ⊗ φ ϵ f − δ e f σ ρ , ϵ 2 Cov g ∥ C t − κ 2 L x r ∥ t 3 λ 2 W ϵ ∥ C t 2 κ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ ∥ W ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 5 κ , − 3 λ . \|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{2}}(8.42)\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}+\|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{2}}(8.43)\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}+\|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{2}}(8.44)\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}
\lesssim\max_{e,f\in[2]}\|\|\varphi_\epsilon^e\otimes\varphi_\epsilon^f-\delta^{ef}\sigma_{\rho,\epsilon}^2\operatorname{Cov}_g\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}\|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{2}}W_\epsilon\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{2\kappa}L_x^\infty}\lesssim\|\Xi_{B,\epsilon}\|\,\|W_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{5\kappa,-3\lambda}}. ∥ t 2 3 λ ( 8.42 ) ∥ C t − 2 3 κ L x r + ∥ t 2 3 λ ( 8.43 ) ∥ C t − 2 3 κ L x r + ∥ t 2 3 λ ( 8.44 ) ∥ C t − 2 3 κ L x r ≲ e , f ∈ [ 2 ] max ∥∥ φ ϵ e ⊗ φ ϵ f − δ e f σ ρ , ϵ 2 Cov g ∥ C t − 2 κ L x r ∥ t 2 3 λ W ϵ ∥ C t 2 κ L x ∞ ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ ∥ W ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 5 κ , − 3 λ .
To estimate the terms in (515) , we use Lemma 3.53 and Lemma 7.6, which yield that
∥ t 3 λ 2 ( 8.45 ) ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r ≲ ∥ φ ϵ ∥ C t − 3 κ 4 L x r ∥ t 3 λ 2 ( W ϵ ⊗ W ϵ ) ∥ C t κ L x ∞ \left\|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{2}}(8.45)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}\lesssim\|\varphi_\epsilon\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{4}}L_x^r}\left\|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{2}}(W_\epsilon\otimes W_\epsilon)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{\kappa}L_x^\infty} t 2 3 λ ( 8.45 ) C t − 2 3 κ L x r ≲ ∥ φ ϵ ∥ C t − 4 3 κ L x r t 2 3 λ ( W ϵ ⊗ W ϵ ) C t κ L x ∞
≲ ∥ φ ϵ ∥ C t − 3 κ 4 L x r ∥ t 3 λ 4 W ϵ ∥ C t κ 2 L x ∞ 2 ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ ∥ W ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 3 κ , − 3 λ 2 2 . \lesssim\|\varphi_\epsilon\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{4}}L_x^r}\left\|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{4}}W_\epsilon\right\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}L_x^\infty}^2\lesssim\|\Xi_{B,\epsilon}\|\,\|W_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{3\kappa,-\frac{3\lambda}{2}}}^{2}. ≲ ∥ φ ϵ ∥ C t − 4 3 κ L x r t 4 3 λ W ϵ C t 2 κ L x ∞ 2 ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ ∥ W ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 3 κ , − 2 3 λ 2 .
Finally, it remains to estimate the terms in (516) . To this end, we insert the identity W ϵ = S + R ϵ W_\epsilon=S+R_\epsilon W ϵ = S + R ϵ into the first summand in (516) . The cubic term in S S S then cancels and each remaining term contains at least one factor of R ϵ R_\epsilon R ϵ . Using this, we obtain that
∥ t 3 λ 2 ( 8.46 ) ∥ C t − 3 κ 2 L x r ≲ ∥ t 3 λ 2 ( 8.46 ) ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ \left\|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{2}}(8.46)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\frac{3\kappa}{2}}L_x^r}\lesssim\left\|t^{\frac{3\lambda}{2}}(8.46)\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^\infty} t 2 3 λ ( 8.46 ) C t − 2 3 κ L x r ≲ t 2 3 λ ( 8.46 ) L t ∞ L x ∞
≲ ∥ t λ 2 R ϵ ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ ( ∥ t λ 2 S ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ + ∥ t λ 2 R ϵ ∥ L t ∞ L x ∞ ) 2 \lesssim\left\|t^{\frac{\lambda}{2}}R_\epsilon\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^\infty}\left(\left\|t^{\frac{\lambda}{2}}S\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^\infty}+\left\|t^{\frac{\lambda}{2}}R_\epsilon\right\|_{L_t^\infty L_x^\infty}\right)^2 ≲ t 2 λ R ϵ L t ∞ L x ∞ ( t 2 λ S L t ∞ L x ∞ + t 2 λ R ϵ L t ∞ L x ∞ ) 2
≲ ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l κ , − λ ( ∥ S ⋆ ∥ s o l κ , − λ + ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l κ , − λ ) 2 . \lesssim\|R_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\kappa,-\lambda}}\left(\|S_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\kappa,-\lambda}}+\|R_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{\kappa,-\lambda}}\right)^2. ≲ ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol κ , − λ ( ∥ S ⋆ ∥ sol κ , − λ + ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol κ , − λ ) 2 .
This completes our last estimate of the terms in (511) –(516) , and hence the proof of (510) .
In the last lemma of this subsection, we estimate the 1 8 π \frac{1}{8\pi} 8 π 1 - and the mass term, i.e., the terms in (6.82) and (6.90).
Lemma 8.23. Let Assumptions 8.1, 8.2, and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
∥ 1 8 π Cov g ( I ϵ + W ϵ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ M ( I ϵ + w ϵ ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T λ 2 2 − λ 1 ( ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T λ 2 ∥ ( R ϵ , ⋆ , r ϵ , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . \left\|\frac{1}{8\pi}\operatorname{Cov}_g(\mathfrak{I}_\epsilon+W_\epsilon)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}+\left\|M(\mathfrak{I}_\epsilon+w_\epsilon)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{\lambda_2}{2}-\lambda_1}\left(\|\Xi_{B,\epsilon}\|+\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^+\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}+T^{\frac{\lambda}{2}}\|(R_{\epsilon,\star},r_{\epsilon,\star})\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\right). 8 π 1 Cov g ( I ϵ + W ϵ ) nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ M ( I ϵ + w ϵ ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 λ 2 − λ 1 ( ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 λ ∥ ( R ϵ , ⋆ , r ϵ , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) .
Proof. Recall that W ϵ = S + R ϵ W_\epsilon=S+R_\epsilon W ϵ = S + R ϵ . Using our weighted Schauder estimates from (436) and (437) , we obtain that
∥ I ϵ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ S ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ R ϵ ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ( ∥ I ϵ ∥ C t − κ L x r + ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t λ 2 R ϵ ∥ L t , x ∞ ) \|\mathfrak{I}_\epsilon\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}+\|S\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}+\|R_\epsilon\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-O(\lambda)}\left(\|\mathfrak{I}_\epsilon\|_{\mathcal{C}_t^{-\kappa}L_x^r}+\|S\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}+\|t^{\frac{\lambda}{2}}R_\epsilon\|_{L_{t,x}^\infty}\right) ∥ I ϵ ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ S ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ + ∥ R ϵ ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) ( ∥ I ϵ ∥ C t − κ L x r + ∥ S ∥ L t , x ∞ + ∥ t 2 λ R ϵ ∥ L t , x ∞ )
≲ T 1 2 − O ( λ ) ( ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T λ 2 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . \lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-O(\lambda)}\left(\|\Xi_{B,\epsilon}\|+\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^+\|_{\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}+T^{\frac{\lambda}{2}}\|R_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\right). ≲ T 2 1 − O ( λ ) ( ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 + ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 λ ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) .
In the last line, we also used the bound from Assumption 8.2 and Proposition 5.15. The estimate of M ( I ϵ + w ϵ ) M(\mathfrak{I}_\epsilon+w_\epsilon) M ( I ϵ + w ϵ ) is similar, and we omit the details.
Paracontrolled estimates
We now estimate the terms in (6.74) and (6.84), i.e., the high×high-interactions involving the paracontrolled terms X ε X_\varepsilon X ε and x ε x_\varepsilon x ε . The main estimate of this subsection is the following abstract estimate, which will later be used to control our more specific interactions (see Corollary 8.33 ). To state it, it is notationally convenient to extend our n l α , ν \mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu} nl α , ν -norm (see Definition 7.8 ) for Y \mathbf{Y} Y -valued maps to a seminorm on ( Y ⊗ Y ) (\mathbf{Y}\otimes\mathbf{Y}) ( Y ⊗ Y ) -valued maps. This can be done by first choosing a basis ( Q i ) i (Q_i)_i ( Q i ) i of the space of G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant linear maps from Y ⊗ Y \mathbf{Y}\otimes\mathbf{Y} Y ⊗ Y into Y \mathbf{Y} Y and then defining
∥ ϕ ∥ n l α , ν ≔ max i ∥ Q i ( ϕ ) ∥ n l α , ν , \lVert\phi\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}} \coloneqq\max_i \lVert Q_i(\phi)\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{\alpha,\nu}}, ∥ ϕ ∥ nl α , ν : = i max ∥ Q i ( ϕ ) ∥ nl α , ν ,
where ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y ⊗ Y \phi\colon[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2\to\mathbf{Y}\otimes\mathbf{Y} ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y ⊗ Y .
Proposition 8.24 (Paracontrolled estimate). Let Assumption 8.1 be satisfied. Furthermore, let k , ℓ ∈ [ 2 ] k,\ell\in[2] k , ℓ ∈ [ 2 ] and let Q : Y × Y → Y Q\colon\mathbf{Y}\times\mathbf{Y}\to\mathbf{Y} Q : Y × Y → Y be a G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant bilinear map. Furthermore, let K : Y → Y ⊗ Y \mathcal{K}\colon\mathbf{Y}\to\mathbf{Y}\otimes\mathbf{Y} K : Y → Y ⊗ Y be defined as K ( W ) : = Q ( W , u m ) ⊗ u m \mathcal{K}(W):=Q(W,u_m)\otimes u^m K ( W ) := Q ( W , u m ) ⊗ u m , where ( u m ) m (u_m)_m ( u m ) m is an orthonormal basis of Y \mathbf{Y} Y . Finally, let W ⋆ = ( W M ) M ≥ N l o W_\star=(W_M)_{M\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}} W ⋆ = ( W M ) M ≥ N lo be a sequence of maps from [ 0 , T ] × T 2 [0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2 [ 0 , T ] × T 2 into Y \mathbf{Y} Y such that each W M W_M W M is supported on times t ≳ M − 2 t\gtrsim M^{-2} t ≳ M − 2 . Then, it holds that29
∥ D u h Y , B , ⋆ F ( Q ( W ∘ ⊗ D ε , ∘ k ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ℓ − 1 4 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) K ( W ) ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 − λ 2 ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ∥ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ∥ 2 . (517) \left\lVert\mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{\mathbf{Y},B,\star}\left(Q(W_\circ\otimes D^{k}_{\varepsilon,\circ})\otimes D^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,\star}-\frac{1}{4}\delta^{k\ell}(\sigma^2_{\rho,\varepsilon}+C_\rho)\mathcal{K}(W)\right)\right\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1-\lambda}{2}}\lVert W_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-1+\delta_1-\kappa}}\lVert\!\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert\!\rVert^2. \tag*{(517)} Duh Y , B , ⋆ F ( Q ( W ∘ ⊗ D ε , ∘ k ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ℓ − 4 1 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) K ( W ) ) nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − λ ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ∥ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ∥ 2 . (517)
Remark 8.25. The reason for using the ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ \lVert W_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-1+\delta_1-\kappa}} ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ -norm in Proposition 8.24 is that it is under control for all terms among S ⋆ S_\star S ⋆ , ϕ ⋆ \phi_\star ϕ ⋆ , X ε , ⋆ X_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ , x ε , ⋆ x_{\varepsilon,\star} x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ Y_{\varepsilon,\star} Y ε , ⋆ , and y ε , ⋆ y_{\varepsilon,\star} y ε , ⋆ .
Remark 8.26. A similar statement as in Proposition 8.24 also holds if the tensor product in Y \mathbf{Y} Y is replaced by a second G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant bilinear map and each Y \mathbf{Y} Y is replaced by one of its components. To be more precise, let a , b , c , d , e , f ∈ [ 3 ] a,b,c,d,e,f\in[3] a , b , c , d , e , f ∈ [ 3 ] and let Q 1 : Y ( a ) × Y ( b ) → Y ( c ) Q_1\colon\mathbf{Y}^{(a)}\times\mathbf{Y}^{(b)}\to\mathbf{Y}^{(c)} Q 1 : Y ( a ) × Y ( b ) → Y ( c ) and Q 2 : Y ( d ) × Y ( e ) → Y ( f ) Q_2\colon\mathbf{Y}^{(d)}\times\mathbf{Y}^{(e)}\to\mathbf{Y}^{(f)} Q 2 : Y ( d ) × Y ( e ) → Y ( f ) be G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant bilinear maps. Then,
∥ Q 2 ( D u h Y , B , ⋆ F , d c ( Q 1 ( W ∘ a ⊗ D ε , ∘ k ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ℓ ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ℓ − 1 4 δ d c δ b e δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) K ~ ( W ∘ a ) ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 1 − λ 2 ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ∥ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ∥ 2 . (518) \left\lVert Q_2\left(\mathrm{Duh}^{F,dc}_{\mathbf{Y},B,\star}\left(Q_1(W^a_\circ\otimes D^{k}_{\varepsilon,\circ})\otimes D^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)\otimes D^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,\star}-\frac{1}{4}\delta^{dc}\delta^{be}\delta^{k\ell}(\sigma^2_{\rho,\varepsilon}+C_\rho)\widetilde{\mathcal{K}}(W^a_\circ)\right)\right\rVert_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1-\lambda}{2}}\lVert W_\star\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-1+\delta_1-\kappa}}\lVert\!\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert\!\rVert^2. \tag*{(518)} Q 2 ( Duh Y , B , ⋆ F , d c ( Q 1 ( W ∘ a ⊗ D ε , ∘ k ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ℓ ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ℓ − 4 1 δ d c δ b e δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) K ( W ∘ a ) ) nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T 2 1 − λ ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ∥ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ∥ 2 . (518)
Here, D u h Y , B , ⋆ F , d c \mathrm{Duh}^{F,dc}_{\mathbf{Y},B,\star} Duh Y , B , ⋆ F , d c denotes the matrix element of D u h Y , B , ⋆ F \mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{\mathbf{Y},B,\star} Duh Y , B , ⋆ F in the d d d -th row and c c c -th column and K ~ : Y ( a ) → Y ( f ) \widetilde{\mathcal{K}}\colon\mathbf{Y}^{(a)}\to\mathbf{Y}^{(f)} K : Y ( a ) → Y ( f ) is defined as
K ~ ( W ) ≔ { Q 2 ( Q 1 ( W , u m ( b ) ) , u ( b ) , m ) if b = e and c = d , 0 else . \widetilde{\mathcal{K}}(W)\coloneqq
\begin{cases}
Q_2(Q_1(W,u_m^{(b)}),u^{(b),m}) & \text{if } b=e\text{ and }c=d,\\
0 & \text{else}.
\end{cases} K ( W ) : = { Q 2 ( Q 1 ( W , u m ( b ) ) , u ( b ) , m ) 0 if b = e and c = d , else .
where ( u m ( b ) ) m (u_m^{(b)})_m ( u m ( b ) ) m is an orthonormal basis of Y ( b ) \mathbf{Y}^{(b)} Y ( b ) . Indeed, this estimate can be derived by using Proposition 8.24 and using the canonical embeddings and projections between Y \mathbf{Y} Y and its components. The formulation (8.47) above is somewhat cleaner, but the formulation (8.48) is closer to the estimates in Corollary 8.33.
Remark 8.27. The level of generality in Proposition 8.24, which allows for different G \mathbf{G} G -equivariant bilinear maps, is needed to address the four different terms in Corollary 8.33. For the sake of concreteness, we encourage the reader to simply think of
4 B ( D u h B , ⋆ ( W ε , ∘ j ⊗ D ε , ∘ j ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ k ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov ϑ k ( W ε k ) . 4\mathbf{B}\left(\mathrm{Duh}_{B,\star}(W^j_{\varepsilon,\circ}\otimes D^j_{\varepsilon,\circ})\otimes D^k_{\varepsilon,\star}\right)+(\sigma^2_{\rho,\varepsilon}+C_\rho)\operatorname{Cov}^{k}_{\vartheta}(W^k_\varepsilon). 4 B ( Duh B , ⋆ ( W ε , ∘ j ⊗ D ε , ∘ j ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ k ) + ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov ϑ k ( W ε k ) .
The proof of Proposition 8.24 will be postponed until the end of the subsection. In the next lemma, we first prove an approximate version of the Littlewood–Paley trichotomy, which will be used to better understand the structure of the paracontrolled term X X X .
Lemma 8.28 (Approximate Littlewood–Paley trichotomy). Let Assumption 8.1 be satisfied. In addition, let L : Y → Y \mathcal{L}: Y \to Y L : Y → Y be a G G G -equivariant linear map, and let Q : Y × Y → Y Q: Y \times Y \to Y Q : Y × Y → Y be a G G G -equivariant bilinear map. Furthermore, let K , M , N ≥ N l o K, M, N \ge N_{\mathrm{lo}} K , M , N ≥ N lo satisfy M ≪ θ N M \ll_{\theta} N M ≪ θ N and K ̸ ∼ θ ′ N K \not\sim_{\theta'} N K ∼ θ ′ N , where θ ′ \theta' θ ′ is as in (3.3). Finally, let W M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y W_M : [0,T] \times\mathbb{T}^{2} \to Y W M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y be supported on times t ≳ M − 2 t \gtrsim M^{-2} t ≳ M − 2 and let − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≤ η 1 ≤ 0 -1+\delta_1-\kappa\le\eta_1 \le0 − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≤ η 1 ≤ 0 . Then, it holds that
∥ Duh Y , B , K F ( L ( D B ε ℓ , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ m s o l N − κ . (519) \left\| \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(D_B \varepsilon_{\ell,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} \lesssim K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\|\varepsilon_{\ell,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}_N}. \tag*{(519)} Duh Y , B , K F ( L ( D B ε ℓ , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ msol N − κ . (519) ∥ t − η 1 2 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B ε ℓ , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 2 − λ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ m s o l N − κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 . (520) \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(Q(W_M,D_B\varepsilon_{\ell,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} \lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\lambda}K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\|\varepsilon_{\ell,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}_N}\|W_M\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}_M}. \tag*{(520)} t − 2 η 1 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B ε ℓ , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − λ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ msol N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 . (520) The estimates (8.49) and (8.50) also hold if Duh Y , B , K F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K F is replaced with simply Duh Y , B , K \operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K . Furthermore, it also holds that
∥ D B Duh Y , B , K ( L ( ε ℓ , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ m s o l N − κ . (521) \left\|D_B\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(\varepsilon_{\ell,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} \lesssim K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\|\varepsilon_{\ell,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}_N}. \tag*{(521)} ∥ D B Duh Y , B , K ( L ( ε ℓ , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ msol N − κ . (521)
Remark 8.29. In our proof of Proposition 8.24, we will only need the case η 1 = − 1 + δ 1 − κ \eta_1=-1+\delta_1-\kappa η 1 = − 1 + δ 1 − κ in Lemma 8.28 . However, in the proof of Proposition 9.25 below, the case η 1 = 0 \eta_1=0 η 1 = 0 will be useful. We note that (8.51) has been stated only for Duh Y , B , K \operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K and not for Duh Y , B , K F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K F . The technical reason for this is that our commutator estimate (Lemma 7.20 ) is only available for Duh Y , B , K \operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K . While we believe that (8.51) can be extended to Duh Y , B , K F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K F , this extension will not be needed in this article, and we therefore do not pursue it here.
We emphasise that the N − κ N^{-\kappa} N − κ -factors in (8.49) and (8.50) are not too important, and are only needed to later sum (8.49) and (8.50) over all N N N . We also note that, due to the constraint M ≪ θ N M \ll_{\theta} N M ≪ θ N , (8.50) can easily be summed in M M M .
Proof of Lemma 8.28. Since Duh Y , B , K \operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K obeys the same Schauder estimates as Duh Y , B , K F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K F , we only treat the latter operator in (8.49) and (8.50). We now first prove the estimate (8.49). For this, it is sufficient to prove that
∥ Duh Y , B , K F ( L ( D B ε ℓ , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K − 1 N 3 κ min ( N K , K N ) ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ m s o l N − κ . (522) \left\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(D_B\varepsilon_{\ell,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} \lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{-1}N^{3\kappa}\min\left(\frac{N}{K},\frac{K}{N}\right)\|\varepsilon_{\ell,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}_N}. \tag*{(522)} Duh Y , B , K F ( L ( D B ε ℓ , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K − 1 N 3 κ min ( K N , N K ) ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ msol N − κ . (522)
Indeed, once (8.52) has been proven, the assumption K ̸ ∼ θ ′ N K \not\sim_{\theta'} N K ∼ θ ′ N allows us to use the min-factor in (8.52) to obtain the desired estimate (8.49). To see that (8.52) holds, we first use our Schauder estimate (7.12), which yields
∥ Duh Y , B , K F ( L ( D B ε ℓ , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K − 2 ∥ D B ε ℓ , N ∥ L t , x ∞ \left\|\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(D_B\varepsilon_{\ell,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} \lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{-2}\|D_B\varepsilon_{\ell,N}\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} Duh Y , B , K F ( L ( D B ε ℓ , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K − 2 ∥ D B ε ℓ , N ∥ L t , x ∞
≲ T − δ K − 2 N 1 + κ ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ m s o l N − κ = T − δ K − 1 N κ × N K × ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ m s o l N − κ . (523) \lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{-2}N^{1+\kappa}\|\varepsilon_{\ell,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}_N}=T^{-\delta}K^{-1}N^\kappa\times\frac{N}{K}\times\|\varepsilon_{\ell,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}_N}. \tag*{(523)} ≲ T − δ K − 2 N 1 + κ ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ msol N − κ = T − δ K − 1 N κ × K N × ∥ ε ℓ , N ∥ msol N − κ . (523)
Second, we use the G G G -equivariance of L \mathcal{L} L and our Schauder estimate (7.13) with the choice of parameters ( α , β , m ) = ( − 2 , − 1 + 2 κ , 1 ) (\alpha,\beta,m)=(-2,-1+2\kappa,1) ( α , β , m ) = ( − 2 , − 1 + 2 κ , 1 ) , which yield
∥ D u h Y , B , K F ( L ( D B φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ = ∥ D u h Y , B , K F ( D B L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K 2 r − 2 κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ C t − 1 2 + κ L x r ≲ T − δ K 2 r − 2 κ N − 1 + 3 κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ = T − δ K − 1 K 2 r − 2 κ N 3 κ × K N ∥ φ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ . (524) \begin{aligned}
\left\|\mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(\mathrm{D}_{B}\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
&=\left\|\mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathrm{D}_{B}\mathcal{L}(\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\\
&\lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{\frac{2}{r}-2\kappa}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{C_t^{-\frac{1}{2}+\kappa}L_x^r}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{\frac{2}{r}-2\kappa}N^{-1+3\kappa}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}\\
&=T^{-\delta}K^{-1}K^{\frac{2}{r}-2\kappa}N^{3\kappa}\times\frac{K}{N}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}. \tag*{(524)}
\end{aligned} Duh Y , B , K F ( L ( D B φ ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ = Duh Y , B , K F ( D B L ( φ ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K r 2 − 2 κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ C t − 2 1 + κ L x r ≲ T − δ K r 2 − 2 κ N − 1 + 3 κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ = T − δ K − 1 K r 2 − 2 κ N 3 κ × N K ∥ φ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ . (524)
Since 1 r \frac{1}{r} r 1 is much smaller than κ \kappa κ , this completes the proof of (522) , and hence the proof of (519) .
Next, we prove the estimate (521) . For this, it is sufficient to prove that
∥ D B D u h Y , B , K ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K − 1 N 3 κ min ( N K ′ , K N ) 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ . (525) \left\|\mathrm{D}_{B}\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{-1}N^{3\kappa}\min\left(\frac{N}{K'},\frac{K}{N}\right)^{1-2\kappa}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}. \tag*{(525)} ∥ D B Duh Y , B , K ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K − 1 N 3 κ min ( K ′ N , N K ) 1 − 2 κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ . (525)
In the case K ≫ θ ′ N K\gg_{\theta'}N K ≫ θ ′ N , we estimate
∥ D B D u h Y , B , K ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≤ ∥ ( D B D u h Y , B , K − D u h Y , B , K D B ) ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ (526) \left\|\mathrm{D}_{B}\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\leq\left\|(\mathrm{D}_{B}\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}-\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\mathrm{D}_{B})\left(\mathcal{L}(\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} \tag*{(526)} ∥ D B Duh Y , B , K ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≤ ∥ ( D B Duh Y , B , K − Duh Y , B , K D B ) ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ (526)
+ ∥ D u h Y , B , K ( D B L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ . (527) +\left\|\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathrm{D}_{B}\mathcal{L}(\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. \tag*{(527)} + ∥ Duh Y , B , K ( D B L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ . (527)
Using our commutator estimate (Lemma 7.20) and N ≥ N l o ∼ T − 1 2 N\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}\sim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} N ≥ N lo ∼ T − 2 1 , (526) can be bounded by
( 8.56 ) ≲ T − δ T − 1 − 2 κ 2 K − ( 2 − 2 κ ) ∥ φ ε , N ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ N 1 − 2 κ K − ( 2 − 2 κ ) N κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ . {(8.56)}\lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{-\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}}K^{-(2-2\kappa)}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}N^{1-2\kappa}K^{-(2-2\kappa)}N^\kappa\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}. ( 8.56 ) ≲ T − δ T − 2 1 − 2 κ K − ( 2 − 2 κ ) ∥ φ ε , N ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ N 1 − 2 κ K − ( 2 − 2 κ ) N κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ .
Using our earlier estimate (523) , except that D u h Y , B , K F \mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K F is replaced by D u h Y , B , K \mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K , we can also bound (527) by T − δ K − 2 N 1 + κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ T^{-\delta}K^{-2}N^{1+\kappa}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_N^{-\kappa}} T − δ K − 2 N 1 + κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ . By combining the two estimates of (526) and (527) , we obtain (525) .
In the case K ≪ θ ′ N K\ll_{\theta'}N K ≪ θ ′ N , we use our covariant Schauder estimate (424) with ( α , β , m ) = ( − 1 , − 1 + 2 κ , 0 ) (\alpha,\beta,m)=(-1,-1+2\kappa,0) ( α , β , m ) = ( − 1 , − 1 + 2 κ , 0 ) and Remark 7.12, which imply that
∥ D B D u h Y , B , K ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≤ ∥ D u h Y , B , K ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ s o l K 1 ≲ T − δ K 2 r − 2 κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ C t − 1 2 + κ L x r . \left\|\mathrm{D}_{B}\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\leq\left\|\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{L}(\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{K}^{1}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{\frac{2}{r}-2\kappa}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{C_t^{-\frac{1}{2}+\kappa}L_x^r}. ∥ D B Duh Y , B , K ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≤ ∥ Duh Y , B , K ( L ( φ ε , N ) ) ∥ sol K 1 ≲ T − δ K r 2 − 2 κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ C t − 2 1 + κ L x r .
After proceeding exactly as in (524) , we then obtain (525) .
Finally, we prove the estimate (520) . For this, we first use a dyadic decomposition to reduce to the case η 1 = − 1 + δ 1 − κ \eta_1=-1+\delta_1-\kappa η 1 = − 1 + δ 1 − κ . Indeed, assuming that (520) holds for η 1 = − 1 + δ 1 − κ \eta_1=-1+\delta_1-\kappa η 1 = − 1 + δ 1 − κ , we obtain for all η 1 ′ ∈ [ η 1 , 0 ] \eta'_1\in[\eta_1,0] η 1 ′ ∈ [ η 1 , 0 ] that
∥ t − η 1 ′ 2 D u h Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) = sup k ≥ 0 ∥ t − η 1 ′ 2 D u h Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 2 − ( k + 1 ) T , 2 − k T ] ) \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta'_1}{2}}\mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\mathrm{D}_{B}\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}
=\sup_{k\geq0}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta'_1}{2}}\mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\mathrm{D}_{B}\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([2^{-(k+1)}T,2^{-k}T])} t − 2 η 1 ′ Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B φ ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) = k ≥ 0 sup t − 2 η 1 ′ Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B φ ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ([ 2 − ( k + 1 ) T , 2 − k T ])
≲ sup k ≥ 0 ( 2 − k T ) η 1 − η 1 ′ 2 ∥ t − η 1 2 D u h Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B φ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , 2 − k T ] ) \lesssim\sup_{k\geq0}(2^{-k}T)^{\frac{\eta_1-\eta'_1}{2}}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\mathrm{D}_{B}\varphi_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,2^{-k}T])} ≲ k ≥ 0 sup ( 2 − k T ) 2 η 1 − η 1 ′ t − 2 η 1 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B φ ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , 2 − k T ])
≲ sup k ≥ 0 ( ( 2 − k T ) η 1 − η 1 ′ 2 × T 1 2 − λ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ( [ 0 , 2 − k T ] ) ) \lesssim\sup_{k\geq0}\left((2^{-k}T)^{\frac{\eta_1-\eta'_1}{2}}\times T^{\frac{1}{2}-\lambda}K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}\left\|W_M\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}([0,2^{-k}T])}\right) ≲ k ≥ 0 sup ( ( 2 − k T ) 2 η 1 − η 1 ′ × T 2 1 − λ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ([ 0 , 2 − k T ]) )
≲ T 1 2 − λ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ′ ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\lambda}K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\left\|\varphi_{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}\left\|W_M\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_1,\eta'_1}([0,T])}. ≲ T 2 1 − λ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ φ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ′ ([ 0 , T ]) .
In the last line, we used that η 1 ′ ≥ η 1 \eta'_1\geq\eta_1 η 1 ′ ≥ η 1 implies that
∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ( [ 0 , 2 − k T ] ) ≲ ( 2 − k T ) η 1 ′ − η 1 2 ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ′ ( [ 0 , T ] ) . \left\|W_M\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}([0,2^{-k}T])}
\lesssim(2^{-k}T)^{\frac{\eta'_1-\eta_1}{2}}\left\|W_M\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_1,\eta'_1}([0,T])}. ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ([ 0 , 2 − k T ]) ≲ ( 2 − k T ) 2 η 1 ′ − η 1 ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ′ ([ 0 , T ]) .
For the rest of this proof, we now take η 1 = − 1 + δ 1 − κ \eta_1=-1+\delta_1-\kappa η 1 = − 1 + δ 1 − κ . Similarly to the argument for (519) , (520) can be reduced to the dyadic estimate
∥ t − η 1 2 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B ∘ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 2 − λ K − 1 N − κ min ( N 2 κ N K , ( K N ) 2 κ ( K N ) λ ) + K − λ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 . (528) \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(W_M,D_B\circ\varepsilon_{,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\lambda}K^{-1}N^{-\kappa}\min\left(N^{2\kappa}\frac{N}{K},(KN)^{2\kappa}\left(\frac{K}{N}\right)^\lambda\right)+K^{-\lambda}\left\|\varepsilon_{,N}\right\|_{\operatorname{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}\left\|W_M\right\|_{\operatorname{sol}_M^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}}. \tag*{(528)} t − 2 η 1 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B ∘ ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − λ K − 1 N − κ min ( N 2 κ K N , ( K N ) 2 κ ( N K ) λ ) + K − λ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 . (528)
Indeed, if N ≪ θ ′ K N\ll_{\theta'}K N ≪ θ ′ K , we can use the first argument in the min-factor in (528) and, if K ≪ θ ′ N K\ll_{\theta'}N K ≪ θ ′ N , we can use the second argument. In the latter case, it is important that λ θ ′ \lambda\theta' λ θ ′ is much larger than θ \theta θ . To obtain (528) , we first use our weighted Schauder estimate (436) , which yields
∥ t − η 1 2 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B ∘ ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K − 2 ∥ t − η 1 2 Q ( W M , D B ∘ ε , N ) ∥ L t , x ∞ \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(W_M,D_B\circ\varepsilon_{,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{-2}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\mathcal{Q}(W_M,D_B\circ\varepsilon_{,N})\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} t − 2 η 1 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B ∘ ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ K − 2 t − 2 η 1 Q ( W M , D B ∘ ε , N ) L t , x ∞
≲ T − δ K − 2 M − 1 + δ 1 N 1 + κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 . \lesssim T^{-\delta}K^{-2}M^{-1+\delta_1}N^{1+\kappa}\left\|\varepsilon_{,N}\right\|_{\operatorname{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}\left\|W_M\right\|_{\operatorname{sol}_M^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}}. ≲ T − δ K − 2 M − 1 + δ 1 N 1 + κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 .
Since M ≥ N l o ∼ T − 1 2 M\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}\sim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} M ≥ N lo ∼ T − 2 1 , this yields the first bound in (528) . In order to get the second bound, we split
Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B ∘ ε , N ) ) = Duh Y , B , K F ( D B Q ( W M , ε , N ) ) − Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( D B W M , ε , N ) ) . (529) \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(W_M,D_B\circ\varepsilon_{,N})\right)
=\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(D_B\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\varepsilon_{,N})\right)-\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(D_BW_M,\varepsilon_{,N})\right). \tag*{(529)} Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D B ∘ ε , N ) ) = Duh Y , B , K F ( D B Q ( W M , ε , N ) ) − Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( D B W M , ε , N ) ) . (529)
To estimate the first summand in (529) , we let α ≤ − κ \alpha\leq-\kappa α ≤ − κ remain to be chosen. Provided that α ≥ η 1 + 2 κ \alpha\geq\eta_1+2\kappa α ≥ η 1 + 2 κ , we can first estimate
∥ t − η 1 2 Duh Y , B , K F ( D B Q ( W M , ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T α − 2 κ − η 1 2 ∥ t − α − 2 κ 2 Duh Y , B , K F ( D B Q ( W M , ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ . \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(D_B\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\varepsilon_{,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{\alpha-2\kappa-\eta_1}{2}}\left\|t^{-\frac{\alpha-2\kappa}{2}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(D_B\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\varepsilon_{,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. t − 2 η 1 Duh Y , B , K F ( D B Q ( W M , ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 α − 2 κ − η 1 t − 2 α − 2 κ Duh Y , B , K F ( D B Q ( W M , ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ .
Provided that ( α − 2 κ ) + α > − 1 (\alpha-2\kappa)+\alpha>-1 ( α − 2 κ ) + α > − 1 , which is the reason for not working directly with the weight t − η 1 2 t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}} t − 2 η 1 , it then follows from our weighted Schauder estimate (437) that
T α − 2 κ − η 1 2 ∥ t − α − 2 κ 2 Duh Y , B , K F ( D B Q ( W M , ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T α − 2 κ − η 1 2 T − δ K − 1 − α + δ 2 ∥ t − α − 2 κ 2 Q ( W M , ε , N ) ∥ L t 2 L x r . T^{\frac{\alpha-2\kappa-\eta_1}{2}}\left\|t^{-\frac{\alpha-2\kappa}{2}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(D_B\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\varepsilon_{,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{\alpha-2\kappa-\eta_1}{2}}T^{-\delta}K^{-1-\alpha+\frac{\delta}{2}}\left\|t^{-\frac{\alpha-2\kappa}{2}}\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\varepsilon_{,N})\right\|_{L^2_tL^r_x}. T 2 α − 2 κ − η 1 t − 2 α − 2 κ Duh Y , B , K F ( D B Q ( W M , ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 α − 2 κ − η 1 T − δ K − 1 − α + 2 δ t − 2 α − 2 κ Q ( W M , ε , N ) L t 2 L x r .
From Lemma 3.53, Lemma 7.6, and Lemma 7.7, it then follows that
∥ t − α − 2 κ 2 Q ( W M , ε , N ) ∥ L t 2 L x r ≲ ∥ t − α − 2 κ 2 W M ∥ L t ∞ L − α + κ 2 x ∥ ε , N ∥ L t 2 L x r \left\|t^{-\frac{\alpha-2\kappa}{2}}\mathcal{Q}(W_M,\varepsilon_{,N})\right\|_{L^2_tL^r_x}
\lesssim\left\|t^{-\frac{\alpha-2\kappa}{2}}W_M\right\|_{L^\infty_tL^x_{-\frac{\alpha+\kappa}{2}}}\left\|\varepsilon_{,N}\right\|_{L^2_tL^r_x} t − 2 α − 2 κ Q ( W M , ε , N ) L t 2 L x r ≲ t − 2 α − 2 κ W M L t ∞ L − 2 α + κ x ∥ ε , N ∥ L t 2 L x r
≲ N α + κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M − α + κ , α − 2 κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ≲ N α + κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ . \lesssim N^{\alpha+\kappa}\left\|W_M\right\|_{\operatorname{sol}_M^{-\alpha+\kappa,\alpha-2\kappa}}\left\|\varepsilon_{,N}\right\|_{\operatorname{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}
\lesssim N^{\alpha+\kappa}\left\|W_M\right\|_{\operatorname{sol}_M^{1-\delta_1,-1+\delta_1-\kappa}}\left\|\varepsilon_{,N}\right\|_{\operatorname{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}. ≲ N α + κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M − α + κ , α − 2 κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ≲ N α + κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ .
In total, using the definition of η 1 \eta_1 η 1 , we obtain an upper bound of the form
T − δ T 1 + α − δ 1 − κ 2 K − 1 N − κ × K δ 2 N 2 κ ( K N ) − α × ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ . T^{-\delta}T^{\frac{1+\alpha-\delta_1-\kappa}{2}}K^{-1}N^{-\kappa}\times K^{\frac{\delta}{2}}N^{2\kappa}\left(\frac{K}{N}\right)^{-\alpha}\times\left\|W_M\right\|_{\operatorname{sol}_M^{1-\delta_1,-1+\delta_1-\kappa}}\left\|\varepsilon_{,N}\right\|_{\operatorname{msol}_N^{-\kappa}}. T − δ T 2 1 + α − δ 1 − κ K − 1 N − κ × K 2 δ N 2 κ ( N K ) − α × ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ .
By choosing α = − λ \alpha=-\lambda α = − λ , which satisfies all the above conditions, we then obtain the contribution corresponding to the first summand in the second argument of the min-factor in (528) . To estimate the second summand in (529) , we use Lemma 7.29 with ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) = ( − 2 κ , 1 − δ 1 , − 2 δ 1 θ , η 1 , η 1 ) (\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\nu,\eta)=(-2\kappa,1-\delta_1,-\frac{2\delta_1}{\theta},\eta_1,\eta_1) ( α , β , γ , ν , η ) = ( − 2 κ , 1 − δ 1 , − θ 2 δ 1 , η 1 , η 1 ) .
From this, it follows that30
∥ t − η 2 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( D B W M , ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ K − 2 + 2 δ 1 θ ∥ Q ( D B W M , ε , N ) ∥ N K − 2 δ 1 / θ , η 1 \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(Q(D_{B}W_{M},\varepsilon_{,N})\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim K^{-2+\frac{2\delta_{1}}{\theta}}\left\|Q(D_{B}W_{M},\varepsilon_{,N})\right\|_{\mathcal{N}_{K}^{-2\delta_{1}/\theta,\eta_{1}}} t − 2 η Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( D B W M , ε , N ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ K − 2 + θ 2 δ 1 ∥ Q ( D B W M , ε , N ) ∥ N K − 2 δ 1 / θ , η 1
≲ T − δ K δ 1 θ − 1 − θ 2 θ ( δ 1 + 2 κ ) T − 1 / r − 2 κ K − 2 + 2 δ 1 θ ∥ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − 2 κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 \lesssim T^{-\delta K^{\frac{\delta_{1}}{\theta}-\frac{1-\theta}{2\theta}(\delta_{1}+2\kappa)}T^{-1/r-2\kappa}K^{-2+\frac{2\delta_{1}}{\theta}}\|\varepsilon_{,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-2\kappa}_{N}}\|W_{M}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},\eta_{1}}_{M}}} ≲ T − δ K θ δ 1 − 2 θ 1 − θ ( δ 1 + 2 κ ) T − 1/ r − 2 κ K − 2 + θ 2 δ 1 ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − 2 κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1
≲ T − O ( δ 1 / θ ) K − 2 + 2 δ 1 θ N − κ ∥ ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 . \lesssim T^{-O(\delta_{1}/\theta)}K^{-2+\frac{2\delta_{1}}{\theta}}N^{-\kappa}\|\varepsilon_{,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}_{N}}\|W_{M}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},\eta_{1}}_{M}}. ≲ T − O ( δ 1 / θ ) K − 2 + θ 2 δ 1 N − κ ∥ ε , N ∥ msol N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 .
Since K ≥ N l o ∼ T − 1 2 K\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}\sim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} K ≥ N lo ∼ T − 2 1 , we can further estimate
K − 2 + 2 δ 1 θ = K − 1 − λ K − 1 + λ + 2 δ 1 θ ≲ K − 1 − λ T 1 − λ 2 − δ 1 θ . K^{-2+\frac{2\delta_{1}}{\theta}}=K^{-1-\lambda}K^{-1+\lambda+\frac{2\delta_{1}}{\theta}}\lesssim K^{-1-\lambda}T^{\frac{1-\lambda}{2}-\frac{\delta_{1}}{\theta}}. K − 2 + θ 2 δ 1 = K − 1 − λ K − 1 + λ + θ 2 δ 1 ≲ K − 1 − λ T 2 1 − λ − θ δ 1 .
Thus, since λ \lambda λ is much larger than δ 1 / θ \delta_{1}/\theta δ 1 / θ , we obtain the contribution corresponding to the second summand in the second argument of the min-factor in (528) .
In our next lemma, we show that for large values of K K K , Duh Y , B , K F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K F can be approximated using Duh Y , B , K \operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K} Duh Y , B , K . This will be needed later in order to use our bounds on Ξ B , ε p a r a \Xi^{\mathrm{para}}_{B,\varepsilon} Ξ B , ε para , which was defined in (481) .
Lemma 8.30. Let Assumption 8.1 be satisfied, let K ≥ N l o K\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}} K ≥ N lo , and let − 2 < η ≤ 0 -2<\eta\leq0 − 2 < η ≤ 0 . Then, one has for all ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y \phi:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to Y ϕ : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y that
∥ t − η 2 ( Duh Y , B , K F − Duh Y , B , K ) ( ϕ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − 1 − 2 κ 2 − δ K − 3 + 2 κ ∥ t − η 2 ϕ ∥ L t , x ∞ . (530) \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\left(\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}-\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\right)(\phi)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{-\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}-\delta}K^{-3+2\kappa}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}\phi\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. \tag*{(530)} t − 2 η ( Duh Y , B , K F − Duh Y , B , K ) ( ϕ ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T − 2 1 − 2 κ − δ K − 3 + 2 κ t − 2 η ϕ L t , x ∞ . (530)
Proof. Let 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ T 0\leq s\leq t\leq T 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ T . By using Proposition 4.18, Remark 4.15, and the definition of L T s ( F ) L^{s}_{T}(F) L T s ( F ) from (422) , we obtain
∣ q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) − p Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 0 p e r t ( t − s ) − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) \left|q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)-p_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)\right|
\lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{T}(C_{0}F)\|F\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[s,t],0}(t-s)^{-1}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^{2}}{t-s}\right) ∣ q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) − p Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ∣ ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ∥ F ∥ [ s , t ] , 0 pert ( t − s ) − 1 exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 )
≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( T 1 − 2 κ 2 ∥ u − 1 − 2 κ 2 F ( u ) ∥ [ 0 , T ] , 1 p e r t ) ( T − 1 ( t − s ) ) 1 − 2 κ 2 ( t − s ) − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) \lesssim\operatorname{Gr}_{T}(C_{0}F)\left(T^{\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}}\|u^{-\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}}F(u)\|^{\mathrm{pert}}_{[0,T],1}\right)(T^{-1}(t-s))^{\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}}(t-s)^{-1}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^{2}}{t-s}\right) ≲ Gr T ( C 0 F ) ( T 2 1 − 2 κ ∥ u − 2 1 − 2 κ F ( u ) ∥ [ 0 , T ] , 1 pert ) ( T − 1 ( t − s ) ) 2 1 − 2 κ ( t − s ) − 1 exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 )
≲ L T s ( F ) ( T − 1 ( t − s ) ) 1 − 2 κ 2 ( t − s ) − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) . \lesssim L^{s}_{T}(F)\left(T^{-1}(t-s)\right)^{\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}}(t-s)^{-1}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^{2}}{t-s}\right). ≲ L T s ( F ) ( T − 1 ( t − s ) ) 2 1 − 2 κ ( t − s ) − 1 exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) .
By distinguishing the cases t ≫ K − 2 t\gg K^{-2} t ≫ K − 2 and t ≲ K − 2 t\lesssim K^{-2} t ≲ K − 2 , one then easily obtains that
∥ 1 { ∣ t − s ∣ ∼ K − 2 } t − η 2 s η 2 ( q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) − p Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) ∥ L s 1 ≲ L T s ( F ) T − 1 − 2 κ 2 K − 3 + 2 κ . \left\|\mathbf{1}_{\{|t-s|\sim K^{-2}\}}t^{-\frac{\eta}{2}}s^{\frac{\eta}{2}}\left(q_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)-p_{Y,B}(s,y;t,x)\right)\right\|_{L^{1}_{s}}
\lesssim L^{s}_{T}(F)T^{-\frac{1-2\kappa}{2}}K^{-3+2\kappa}. 1 { ∣ t − s ∣ ∼ K − 2 } t − 2 η s 2 η ( q Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) − p Y , B ( s , y ; t , x ) ) L s 1 ≲ L T s ( F ) T − 2 1 − 2 κ K − 3 + 2 κ .
Together with the bound from Assumption 8.1, this implies the desired result.
Equipped with Lemma 8.28 and Lemma 8.30, we now prove the following lemma, which yields information on the structure of the paracontrolled term X X X .
Lemma 8.31 (Structure of the paracontrolled term). Let Assumption 8.1 be satisfied. Furthermore, let Q : Y × Y → Y Q:Y\times Y\to Y Q : Y × Y → Y be a G-equivariant bilinear map, let k ∈ [ 2 ] k\in[2] k ∈ [ 2 ] , and let K ≥ N l o K\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}} K ≥ N lo . Finally, let W ⋆ = ( W M ) M ≥ N l o W_{\star}=(W_{M})_{M\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}} W ⋆ = ( W M ) M ≥ N lo , where W M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y W_{M}:[0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^{2}\to Y W M : [ 0 , T ] × T 2 → Y is supported on times t ≳ M − 2 t\gtrsim M^{-2} t ≳ M − 2 , and let − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≤ η 1 ≤ 0 -1+\delta_{1}-\kappa\leq\eta_{1}\leq0 − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≤ η 1 ≤ 0 . Then, it holds that
∥ t − η 1 2 ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W ⋆ ⊗ D k ε ⋆ ) ) − Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε ⋆ ) ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 − λ 1 2 K − 1 − 2 θ ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ ε ⋆ ∥ m s o l − κ . (531) \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}\left(\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(Q(W_{\star}\otimes D^{k}\varepsilon_{\star})\right)-Q\left(W,D^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\varepsilon_{\star})\right)\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1-\lambda_{1}}{2}}K^{-1-2\theta}\|W_{\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},\eta_{1}}}\|\varepsilon_{\star}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}}. \tag*{(531)} t − 2 η 1 ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W ⋆ ⊗ D k ε ⋆ ) ) − Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε ⋆ ) ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − λ 1 K − 1 − 2 θ ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ ε ⋆ ∥ msol − κ . (531)
In addition, for all M , N ≥ N 0 M,N\geq N_{0} M , N ≥ N 0 satisfying M ≪ θ N M\ll_{\theta}N M ≪ θ N , it holds that
∥ t − η 1 2 ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) − Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε , N ˚ ) ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 − λ 1 2 K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ ε , N ˚ ∥ m s o l N − κ . (532) \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}\left(\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},D^{k}\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right)-\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},D^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right)\right)\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1-\lambda_{1}}{2}}K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\left\|W_{M}\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_{1},\eta_{1}}}\left\|\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_{N}^{-\kappa}}. \tag*{(532)} t − 2 η 1 ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) − Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε , N ˚ ) ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − λ 1 K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ε , N ˚ msol N − κ . (532)
Remark 8.32. In this subsection, we will only need the estimate (531) . However, the frequency-localised estimate (532) will be useful in the proof of Lemma 9.35 below.
Proof. Throughout the proof, when using estimates involving the loss-factor L T ( F ) L_{T}(F) L T ( F ) , we always make use of our assumption L T ( F ) ≤ T − δ L_{T}(F)\leq T^{-\delta} L T ( F ) ≤ T − δ . We first prove the frequency-localised estimate (532) , for which we distinguish the cases K ∼ θ ′ N K\sim_{\theta'}N K ∼ θ ′ N and K ̸ ∼ θ ′ N K\not\sim_{\theta'}N K ∼ θ ′ N . Afterwards, we will use (532) , as well as some easier estimates, to prove (531) .
The case K ∼ θ ′ N K\sim_{\theta'}N K ∼ θ ′ N in (532) : In this case, we split
Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) − Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε , N ˚ ) ) = ( Duh Y , B , K F − Duh Y , B , K ) ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) + Duh Y , B , K ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) − Q ( W M , Duh Y , B , K ( D k ε , N ˚ ) ) + Q ( W M , Duh Y , B , K ( D k ε , N ˚ ) ) − Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε , N ˚ ) ) . (533) \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},D^{k}\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right)-\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},D^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right)
={}&\left(\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}-\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\right)\left(\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},D^{k}\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right) \\
&+\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},D^{k}\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right)-\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(D^{k}\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right) \\
&+\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(D^{k}\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right)-\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},D^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right). \tag*{(533)}
\end{aligned} Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) − Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε , N ˚ ) ) = ( Duh Y , B , K F − Duh Y , B , K ) ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) + Duh Y , B , K ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) − Q ( W M , Duh Y , B , K ( D k ε , N ˚ ) ) + Q ( W M , Duh Y , B , K ( D k ε , N ˚ ) ) − Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε , N ˚ ) ) . (533)
∥ t − η 1 2 (8.63) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ T − 1 2 K − 3 + O ( κ ) ∥ t − η 1 2 W M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ D ε , N ˚ ∥ L t , x ∞ \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}\text{(8.63)}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{-\frac{1}{2}}K^{-3+O(\kappa)}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}W_{M}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}\left\|D\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}} t − 2 η 1 (8.63) L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ T − 2 1 K − 3 + O ( κ ) t − 2 η 1 W M L t , x ∞ D ε , N ˚ L t , x ∞
≲ T − 1 2 − δ K − 3 M − 1 N ( K M N ) O ( δ 1 ) ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ ε , N ˚ ∥ m s o l N − κ . \lesssim T^{-\frac{1}{2}-\delta}K^{-3}M^{-1}N(KMN)^{O(\delta_{1})}\left\|W_{M}\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_{1},\eta_{1}}}\left\|\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_{N}^{-\kappa}}. ≲ T − 2 1 − δ K − 3 M − 1 N ( K M N ) O ( δ 1 ) ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ε , N ˚ msol N − κ .
Using Lemma 8.30, the first term can be estimated by
Since M ≳ T − 1 2 M\gtrsim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} M ≳ T − 2 1 and K ∼ θ ′ N K\sim_{\theta'}N K ∼ θ ′ N , the prefactor can be bounded by K − 2 + O ( θ ′ ) N − κ K^{-2+O(\theta')}N^{-\kappa} K − 2 + O ( θ ′ ) N − κ . Since θ ′ ≪ λ 1 \theta'\ll\lambda_{1} θ ′ ≪ λ 1 and K ≳ T − 1 2 K\gtrsim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} K ≳ T − 2 1 , this clearly yields an acceptable contribution. Using Lemma 7.19 and Definition 7.2, the second term can be estimated by
∥ t − η 1 2 (8.64) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ ( K − 4 ∥ t − η 1 2 ( ∂ t − Δ B ) W M ∥ L t , x ∞ + K − 3 ∥ t − η 1 2 D W M ∥ L t , x ∞ ) ∥ D ε , N ˚ ∥ L t , x ∞ \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}\text{(8.64)}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}\left(K^{-4}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}(\partial_{t}-\Delta_{B})W_{M}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}+K^{-3}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}DW_{M}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}\right)\left\|D\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}} t − 2 η 1 (8.64) L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ ( K − 4 t − 2 η 1 ( ∂ t − Δ B ) W M L t , x ∞ + K − 3 t − 2 η 1 D W M L t , x ∞ ) D ε , N ˚ L t , x ∞
≲ T − δ ( K − 4 M 1 + δ 1 + K − 3 M δ 1 ) N 1 + κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ ε , N ˚ ∥ m s o l N − κ . \lesssim T^{-\delta}\left(K^{-4}M^{1+\delta_{1}}+K^{-3}M^{\delta_{1}}\right)N^{1+\kappa}\left\|W_{M}\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_{1},\eta_{1}}}\left\|\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_{N}^{-\kappa}}. ≲ T − δ ( K − 4 M 1 + δ 1 + K − 3 M δ 1 ) N 1 + κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ε , N ˚ msol N − κ .
Due to our assumptions M ≪ θ N M\ll_{\theta}N M ≪ θ N and K ∼ θ ′ N K\sim_{\theta'}N K ∼ θ ′ N , it holds that M ≤ N ≲ K 1 + O ( θ ′ ) M\leq N\lesssim K^{1+O(\theta')} M ≤ N ≲ K 1 + O ( θ ′ ) . The prefactor can therefore again be estimated by K − 2 + O ( θ ′ ) N − κ K^{-2+O(\theta')}N^{-\kappa} K − 2 + O ( θ ′ ) N − κ , which is acceptable. Using Lemma 7.20, the third term can be estimated by
∥ t − η 1 2 (8.65) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∥ t − η 1 2 W M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ Duh Y , B , K ( D k ε , N ˚ ) − D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε , N ˚ ) ∥ L t , x ∞ \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}\text{(8.65)}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}
\lesssim\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}W_{M}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}\left\|\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(D^{k}\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)-D^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}} t − 2 η 1 (8.65) L t , x ∞ ≲ t − 2 η 1 W M L t , x ∞ Duh Y , B , K ( D k ε , N ˚ ) − D k Duh Y , B , K ( ε , N ˚ ) L t , x ∞
≲ T − δ T − 1 2 K − 2 + 2 κ ∥ t − η 1 2 W M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ ε , N ˚ ∥ L t , x ∞ \lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{-\frac{1}{2}}K^{-2+2\kappa}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}W_{M}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}\left\|\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}} ≲ T − δ T − 2 1 K − 2 + 2 κ t − 2 η 1 W M L t , x ∞ ε , N ˚ L t , x ∞
≲ T − δ T − 1 2 K − 2 + 2 κ M − 1 + δ 1 N κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ ε , N ˚ ∥ m s o l N − κ . \lesssim T^{-\delta}T^{-\frac{1}{2}}K^{-2+2\kappa}M^{-1+\delta_{1}}N^{\kappa}\left\|W_{M}\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_{1},\eta_{1}}}\left\|\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_{N}^{-\kappa}}. ≲ T − δ T − 2 1 K − 2 + 2 κ M − 1 + δ 1 N κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ε , N ˚ msol N − κ .
Since, as before, M ≤ N ≤ K 1 + O ( θ ′ ) M\leq N\leq K^{1+O(\theta')} M ≤ N ≤ K 1 + O ( θ ′ ) and M ≳ T − 1 2 M\gtrsim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} M ≳ T − 2 1 , the prefactor can be estimated once more by K − 2 + O ( θ ′ ) N − κ K^{-2+O(\theta')}N^{-\kappa} K − 2 + O ( θ ′ ) N − κ , which is acceptable.
The case K ̸ ∼ θ ′ N K\not\sim_{\theta'}N K ∼ θ ′ N in (532) : In this case, we primarily rely on Lemma 8.28. It implies that
∥ t − η 1 2 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T 1 2 − λ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ ε , N ˚ ∥ m s o l N − κ . \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_{1}}{2}}\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}\left(W_{M},D^{k}\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right)\right)\right\|_{L^{\infty}_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\lambda}K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\left\|W_{M}\right\|_{\mathrm{sol}_{M}^{1-\delta_{1},\eta_{1}}}\left\|\mathring{\varepsilon,N}\right\|_{\mathrm{msol}_{N}^{-\kappa}}. t − 2 η 1 Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D k ε , N ˚ ) ) L t , x ∞ ≲ T 2 1 − λ K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ε , N ˚ msol N − κ .
as well as
∥ t − η 1 2 Q ( W M , D k D u h Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∥ t − η 1 2 W M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ D k D u h Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ∥ L t , x ∞ (534) \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\mathcal{Q}(W_M,D^k\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N}))\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}W_M\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\left\|D^k\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N})\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} \tag*{(534)} t − 2 η 1 Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε , N )) L t , x ∞ ≲ t − 2 η 1 W M L t , x ∞ D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) L t , x ∞ (534)
≲ M − ( 1 − δ 1 ) K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ I ε , N ∥ m s o l N − κ . \lesssim M^{-(1-\delta_1)}K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\|W_M\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}_M}\|\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}_N}. ≲ M − ( 1 − δ 1 ) K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol M 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ I ε , N ∥ msol N − κ .
Since M ≥ N l o ∼ T − 1 2 M\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}\sim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} M ≥ N lo ∼ T − 2 1 , both contributions are acceptable.
The estimate (531) : In order to prove (531) , we decompose
D u h Y , B , K F ( Q ( W ⋆ D k I ε , ⋆ ) ) − Q ( W , D k D u h Y , B , K ( I ε ) ) = ∑ M , N : M ≪ θ N ( D u h Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D k I ε , N ) ) − Q ( W M , D k D u h Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ) ) (535) \begin{aligned}
\mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(W\star D^k\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,\star})\right)-\mathcal{Q}\left(W,D^k\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon})\right) \\
&= \sum_{\substack{M,N:\\ M\ll_{\theta}N}}\left(\mathrm{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}(W_M,D^k\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N})\right)-\mathcal{Q}\left(W_M,D^k\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N})\right)\right) \tag*{(535)}
\end{aligned} Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W ⋆ D k I ε , ⋆ ) ) − Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ) = M , N : M ≪ θ N ∑ ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W M , D k I ε , N ) ) − Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ) ) (535)
− ∑ M , N : M ≳ θ N , K ∼ θ ′ N Q ( W M , D k D u h Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ) (536) -\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\ M\gtrsim_{\theta}N,\\ K\sim_{\theta'}N}}\mathcal{Q}\left(W_M,D^k\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N})\right) \tag*{(536)} − M , N : M ≳ θ N , K ∼ θ ′ N ∑ Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ) (536)
− ∑ M , N : M ≳ θ N , K ̸ ∼ θ ′ N Q ( W M , D k D u h Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ) . (537) -\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\ M\gtrsim_{\theta}N,\\ K\not\sim_{\theta'}N}}\mathcal{Q}\left(W_M,D^k\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N})\right). \tag*{(537)} − M , N : M ≳ θ N , K ∼ θ ′ N ∑ Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ) . (537)
We remark that M ≳ θ N M\gtrsim_{\theta}N M ≳ θ N , which was not defined in or around (383) , simply means that M ≫ θ N M\gg_{\theta}N M ≫ θ N or M ∼ θ N M\sim_{\theta}N M ∼ θ N . The first term (535) can easily be bounded using our frequency-localised estimate (532) . Using our Schauder estimate (423) , the summands in the second term (536) can be bounded by
∥ t − η 1 2 Q ( W M , D k D u h Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∥ t − η 1 2 W M ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ D k D u h Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) ∥ L t , x ∞ \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\mathcal{Q}(W_M,D^k\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N}))\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}W_M\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\left\|D^k\mathrm{Duh}_{Y,B,K}(\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N})\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}} t − 2 η 1 Q ( W M , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε , N )) L t , x ∞ ≲ t − 2 η 1 W M L t , x ∞ D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε , N ) L t , x ∞
≲ ∥ t − η 1 2 W M ∥ L t , x ∞ T − δ K − 1 ∥ I ε , N ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ M − ( 1 − δ 1 ) K − 1 N κ ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ m s o l − κ . \lesssim\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}W_M\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}T^{-\delta}K^{-1}\|\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N}\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim T^{-\delta}M^{-(1-\delta_1)}K^{-1}N^\kappa\|W_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}}\|\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}}. ≲ t − 2 η 1 W M L t , x ∞ T − δ K − 1 ∥ I ε , N ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ T − δ M − ( 1 − δ 1 ) K − 1 N κ ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ .
Since K ≥ N l o ∼ T − 1 2 K\ge N_{\mathrm{lo}}\sim T^{-\frac{1}{2}} K ≥ N lo ∼ T − 2 1 and
∑ M , N : M ≳ θ N , K ∼ θ ′ N M − ( 1 − δ 1 ) K − 1 N κ ≲ ∑ K ∼ θ ′ N N − ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − δ 1 ) + κ K − 1 ≲ K − ( 1 − θ ′ ) ( ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − δ 1 ) − κ ) K − 1 , \sum_{\substack{M,N:\\ M\gtrsim_{\theta}N,\\ K\sim_{\theta'}N}}M^{-(1-\delta_1)}K^{-1}N^\kappa
\lesssim\sum_{K\sim_{\theta'}N}N^{-(1-\theta)(1-\delta_1)+\kappa}K^{-1}
\lesssim K^{-(1-\theta')((1-\theta)(1-\delta_1)-\kappa)}K^{-1}, M , N : M ≳ θ N , K ∼ θ ′ N ∑ M − ( 1 − δ 1 ) K − 1 N κ ≲ K ∼ θ ′ N ∑ N − ( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − δ 1 ) + κ K − 1 ≲ K − ( 1 − θ ′ ) (( 1 − θ ) ( 1 − δ 1 ) − κ ) K − 1 ,
this shows that the contribution of (536) is of size ∼ K − 2 + O ( θ ′ ) \sim K^{-2+O(\theta')} ∼ K − 2 + O ( θ ′ ) , which is acceptable. Finally, using a similar argument as in (534) , the third summand (537) can be bounded by
∥ t − η 1 2 ( 8.69 ) ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∑ M , N : M ≳ θ N , K ̸ ∼ θ ′ N M − ( 1 − δ 1 ) K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ W M ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ I ε , N ∥ m s o l − κ \left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}(8.69)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}
\lesssim\sum_{\substack{M,N:\\ M\gtrsim_{\theta}N,\\ K\not\sim_{\theta'}N}}M^{-(1-\delta_1)}K^{-1-2\theta}N^{-\kappa}\|W_M\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}}\|\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,N}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}} t − 2 η 1 ( 8.69 ) L t , x ∞ ≲ M , N : M ≳ θ N , K ∼ θ ′ N ∑ M − ( 1 − δ 1 ) K − 1 − 2 θ N − κ ∥ W M ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ I ε , N ∥ msol − κ
≲ T 1 − δ 1 2 K − 1 − 2 θ ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ m s o l − κ , \lesssim T^{\frac{1-\delta_1}{2}}K^{-1-2\theta}\|W_\star\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}}\|\mathfrak{I}_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{msol}^{-\kappa}}, ≲ T 2 1 − δ 1 K − 1 − 2 θ ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ I ε , ⋆ ∥ msol − κ ,
which is clearly acceptable.
Equipped with Lemma 8.31, we are now ready to prove the main estimates of this subsection.
Proof of Proposition 8.24. To simplify the notation, we set η 1 : = − 1 + δ 1 − κ \eta_1 := -1 + \delta_1 - \kappa η 1 := − 1 + δ 1 − κ . By using the definition of the high× \times × high-product and by inserting a term of the same form as in Lemma 8.31 , we can rewrite the argument in (517) as
Duh Y , B , ⋆ F ( Q ( W ⊗ D ε , ⋄ k ) ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ℓ − 1 4 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) K ( W ) = ∑ K , L : K ∼ θ L ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W ⊗ D ε , ⋄ k ) ) − Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ) ) ⊗ D ε , L ℓ (538) \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,\star}\left(\mathcal{Q}\left(W\otimes\mathbb{D}^{k}_{\varepsilon,\diamond}\right)\right)\otimes\mathbb{D}^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,\star}
-\frac{1}{4}\delta^{k\ell}\left(\sigma^{2}_{\rho,\varepsilon}+C_{\rho}\right)\mathcal{K}(W)
={}&\sum_{\substack{K,L:\\K\sim_{\theta}L}}\left(\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}\left(W\otimes\mathbb{D}^{k}_{\varepsilon,\diamond}\right)\right)-\mathcal{Q}\left(W,\mathbb{D}^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{I}_{\varepsilon}\right)\right)\right)\otimes\mathbb{D}^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,L} \tag*{(538)}
\end{aligned} Duh Y , B , ⋆ F ( Q ( W ⊗ D ε , ⋄ k ) ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ ℓ − 4 1 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) K ( W ) = K , L : K ∼ θ L ∑ ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W ⊗ D ε , ⋄ k ) ) − Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ) ) ⊗ D ε , L ℓ (538)
+ ∑ K , L : K ∼ θ L Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ) ⊗ D ε , L ℓ − 1 4 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) K ( W ) . (539) +\sum_{\substack{K,L:\\K\sim_{\theta}L}}\mathcal{Q}\left(W,\mathbb{D}^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{I}_{\varepsilon}\right)\right)\otimes\mathbb{D}^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,L}
-\frac{1}{4}\delta^{k\ell}\left(\sigma^{2}_{\rho,\varepsilon}+C_{\rho}\right)\mathcal{K}(W). \tag*{(539)} + K , L : K ∼ θ L ∑ Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ) ⊗ D ε , L ℓ − 4 1 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) K ( W ) . (539)
Using Lemma 7.7 and our weighted Schauder estimate (436) , as well as the parameter identity δ 1 = δ 2 \delta_1=\delta_2 δ 1 = δ 2 , we obtain that
∥ ( 8.70 ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ ∥ ( 8.70 ) ∥ n l 0 , − 1 + δ 1 − λ ≲ T λ − κ 2 − δ ∥ ( 8.70 ) ∥ n l 0 , η 1 \left\|(8.70)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\lesssim\left\|(8.70)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{0,-1+\delta_1-\lambda}}\lesssim T^{\frac{\lambda-\kappa}{2}-\delta}\left\|(8.70)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{0,\eta_1}} ∥ ( 8.70 ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ ∥ ( 8.70 ) ∥ nl 0 , − 1 + δ 1 − λ ≲ T 2 λ − κ − δ ∥ ( 8.70 ) ∥ nl 0 , η 1
≲ T λ − κ 2 − δ ∑ K , L : K ∼ θ L ∥ D ε , L ℓ ∥ L t , x ∞ ∥ t − η 1 2 ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W ⊗ D ε , ⋄ k ) ) − Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ) ) ∥ L t , x ∞ . \lesssim T^{\frac{\lambda-\kappa}{2}-\delta}\sum_{\substack{K,L:\\K\sim_{\theta}L}}\left\|\mathbb{D}^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,L}\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}\left(\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{Q}\left(W\otimes\mathbb{D}^{k}_{\varepsilon,\diamond}\right)\right)-\mathcal{Q}\left(W,\mathbb{D}^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{I}_{\varepsilon}\right)\right)\right)\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}. ≲ T 2 λ − κ − δ K , L : K ∼ θ L ∑ D ε , L ℓ L t , x ∞ t − 2 η 1 ( Duh Y , B , K F ( Q ( W ⊗ D ε , ⋄ k ) ) − Q ( W , D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ) ) L t , x ∞ .
We can now estimate the commutator term using Lemma 8.31 which, together with the definition of ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ \lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ , allows us to control the above expression by
T λ − κ 2 − δ T 1 − λ 2 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ 2 ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∑ K , L : K ∼ θ L K − 1 − 2 θ L 1 + κ . T^{\frac{\lambda-\kappa}{2}-\delta}T^{\frac{1-\lambda}{2}}\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert^{2}\lVert W_{\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}}\sum_{\substack{K,L:\\K\sim_{\theta}L}}K^{-1-2\theta}L^{1+\kappa}. T 2 λ − κ − δ T 2 1 − λ ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ 2 ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , η 1 K , L : K ∼ θ L ∑ K − 1 − 2 θ L 1 + κ .
Since the exponent of K K K is − 1 − 2 θ -1-2\theta − 1 − 2 θ , and not just − 1 − θ -1-\theta − 1 − θ , the dyadic sum can easily be bounded by a constant depending on κ \kappa κ and θ \theta θ . To treat the second term, we first write (539) as
L ( W ⊗ ( ∑ K , L : K ∼ θ L D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ⊗ D ε , L ℓ − 1 4 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov Y ) ) . \mathcal{L}\left(W\otimes\left(\sum_{\substack{K,L:\\K\sim_{\theta}L}}\mathbb{D}^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{I}_{\varepsilon}\right)\otimes\mathbb{D}^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,L}-\frac{1}{4}\delta^{k\ell}\left(\sigma^{2}_{\rho,\varepsilon}+C_{\rho}\right)\operatorname{Cov}_{Y}\right)\right). L W ⊗ K , L : K ∼ θ L ∑ D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ⊗ D ε , L ℓ − 4 1 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov Y .
Here, L : Y ⊗ Y ⊗ Y → Y ⊗ Y \mathcal{L}:Y\otimes Y\otimes Y\to Y\otimes Y L : Y ⊗ Y ⊗ Y → Y ⊗ Y is the linear map defined by L ( X ⊗ Y ⊗ Z ) : = Q ( X , Y ) ⊗ Z \mathcal{L}(X\otimes Y\otimes Z):=\mathcal{Q}(X,Y)\otimes Z L ( X ⊗ Y ⊗ Z ) := Q ( X , Y ) ⊗ Z . In order to estimate (539) , we first use Lemma 7.7 and then use our weighted covariant Schauder estimate (437) with
( α , β , ν , η ) : = ( − 3 θ , − 2 θ , − 1 + δ 2 + 3 θ − λ , η 1 ) . (\alpha,\beta,\nu,\eta):=(-3\theta,-2\theta,-1+\delta_2+3\theta-\lambda,\eta_1). ( α , β , ν , η ) := ( − 3 θ , − 2 θ , − 1 + δ 2 + 3 θ − λ , η 1 ) .
Since θ \theta θ is much larger than 1 r \frac{1}{r} r 1 , the N α − β + 2 r N^{\alpha-\beta+\frac{2}{r}} N α − β + r 2 -factor resulting from (437) is then N − 3 θ + 2 θ + 2 r ≲ 1 N^{-3\theta+2\theta+\frac{2}{r}}\lesssim1 N − 3 θ + 2 θ + r 2 ≲ 1 . Furthermore, since λ \lambda λ is much larger than δ 2 \delta_2 δ 2 , κ \kappa κ , and θ \theta θ , our choice of ν \nu ν is smaller than η \eta η . Hence, the max ( N l o ν − η , N ν − η ) \max(N_{\mathrm{lo}}^{\nu-\eta},N^{\nu-\eta}) max ( N lo ν − η , N ν − η ) -factor in (437) contributes T ν − η 2 = T λ 2 − O ( θ ) T^{\frac{\nu-\eta}{2}}=T^{\frac{\lambda}{2}-O(\theta)} T 2 ν − η = T 2 λ − O ( θ ) . All in all, we therefore obtain
∥ ( 8.71 ) ∥ n l − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ ∥ ( 8.71 ) ∥ n l − 3 θ , − 1 + δ 2 + 3 θ − λ ≲ T λ 2 − O ( θ ) ∥ t − η 1 2 ( 8.71 ) ∥ C θ − θ L x r . \left\|(8.71)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{-1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\lesssim\left\|(8.71)\right\|_{\mathrm{nl}^{-3\theta,-1+\delta_2+3\theta-\lambda}}\lesssim T^{\frac{\lambda}{2}-O(\theta)}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}(8.71)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\theta-\theta}L^r_x}. ∥ ( 8.71 ) ∥ nl − 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ ∥ ( 8.71 ) ∥ nl − 3 θ , − 1 + δ 2 + 3 θ − λ ≲ T 2 λ − O ( θ ) t − 2 η 1 ( 8.71 ) C θ − θ L x r .
Using product estimates (Lemma 3.53), our Hölder estimate (Lemma 7.6), and our bounds on Ξ B , ε \Xi_{B,\varepsilon} Ξ B , ε , we then obtain that
T λ 2 − O ( θ ) ∥ t − η 1 2 ( 8.71 ) ∥ C θ − θ L x r T^{\frac{\lambda}{2}-O(\theta)}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}(8.71)\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\theta-\theta}L^r_x} T 2 λ − O ( θ ) t − 2 η 1 ( 8.71 ) C θ − θ L x r
≲ T λ 2 − O ( θ ) ∥ t − η 1 2 W ∥ C t 2 θ L x ∞ ∥ ∑ K , L : K ∼ θ L D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ⊗ D ε , L ℓ − 1 4 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov Y ∥ C θ − θ L x r \lesssim T^{\frac{\lambda}{2}-O(\theta)}\left\|t^{-\frac{\eta_1}{2}}W\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{2\theta}_{t}L^\infty_x}
\left\|\sum_{\substack{K,L:\\K\sim_{\theta}L}}\mathbb{D}^{k}\operatorname{Duh}_{Y,B,K}\left(\mathcal{I}_{\varepsilon}\right)\otimes\mathbb{D}^{\ell}_{\varepsilon,L}
-\frac{1}{4}\delta^{k\ell}\left(\sigma^{2}_{\rho,\varepsilon}+C_{\rho}\right)\operatorname{Cov}_{Y}\right\|_{\mathcal{C}^{\theta-\theta}L^r_x} ≲ T 2 λ − O ( θ ) t − 2 η 1 W C t 2 θ L x ∞ K , L : K ∼ θ L ∑ D k Duh Y , B , K ( I ε ) ⊗ D ε , L ℓ − 4 1 δ k ℓ ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov Y C θ − θ L x r
≲ T λ 2 − O ( θ ) ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 5 θ , η 1 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ 2 ≲ T 1 + λ 2 − O ( θ ) ∥ W ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ 2 . \lesssim T^{\frac{\lambda}{2}-O(\theta)}\lVert W_{\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{5\theta,\eta_1}}\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert^{2}
\lesssim T^{\frac{1+\lambda}{2}-O(\theta)}\lVert W_{\star}\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,\eta_1}}\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert^{2}. ≲ T 2 λ − O ( θ ) ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 5 θ , η 1 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ 2 ≲ T 2 1 + λ − O ( θ ) ∥ W ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , η 1 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ 2 .
Thus, the contributions of both (538) and (539) to (517) are acceptable.
In the following corollary, we use Proposition 8.24 to control the specific terms appearing in our evolution equations for Y ε , ⋆ Y_{\varepsilon,\star} Y ε , ⋆ and y ε , ⋆ y_{\varepsilon,\star} y ε , ⋆ .
Corollary 8.33. Let Assumptions 8.1, 8.2, and 8.9 be satisfied. Then, it holds that
\begin{aligned}
&\left\lVert\operatorname{Lb}(X_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond},w_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star})+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}^{\mathsf{g}}_{g}(W_{\varepsilon})\right\rVert_{n\ell-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\quad+\left\lVert2\mathsf{B}(x_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star})+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}^{\mathsf{V}}_{g}(W_{\varepsilon})\right\rVert_{n\ell-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\quad+\left\lVert2X^j_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond},w_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}D^\circ_{j\mid\varepsilon,\star}+(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}^{\mathsf{V}}_{g}(w_{\varepsilon})\right\rVert_{n\ell-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\quad+\left\lVert-2(D^\circ_{j\mid\varepsilon,\star}^{\,j})\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}x_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\right\rVert_{n\ell-1+\delta_{2},-\lambda}\\
&\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}-\lambda_{1}}\left(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{\circ}\rVert_{L^{r}_{x}}+\lVert\varphi_{0}^{\circ}\rVert_{C^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}\right)\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\rVert^{2}. \tag*{(540)}
\end{aligned}
Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) = Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) + Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( w ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) . \begin{aligned}
&\operatorname{Lb}(X_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond},w_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star})\\
&\qquad=\operatorname{Lb}(X^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star})+\operatorname{Lb}(X^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star}(w_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star}).
\end{aligned} Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) = Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) + Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( w ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) . Proof. We first observe that the terms in (540) –(8.75) are all of the same form as the abstract term in Proposition 8.24. Using Lemma 7.7 and Proposition 8.8 , we have that
∥ ( W ε , ⋆ , w ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ( ∥ φ 0 ∘ ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 ∘ ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . \lVert(W_{\varepsilon,\star},w_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-1+\delta_{1}-\kappa}}\lesssim T^{-O(\lambda)}\left(\lVert\varphi_{0}^{\circ}\rVert_{L^{r}_{x}}+\lVert\varphi_{0}^{\circ}\rVert_{C^{-\kappa}_{B(0),T}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\lVert(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star})\rVert_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_{1},-\lambda}}\right). ∥( W ε , ⋆ , w ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − 1 + δ 1 − κ ≲ T − O ( λ ) ( ∥ φ 0 ∘ ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 ∘ ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . Thus, due to Proposition 8.24, it only remains to verify that the renormalisation terms in (540) –(8.75) agree with the renormalisation terms resulting from the corresponding applications of (517) . For this, we discuss each term separately.
The term in (540) : We first split
Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) = Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) + Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( w ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) . \operatorname{Lb}(X_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond},w_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star})=\operatorname{Lb}(X^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star})+\operatorname{Lb}(X^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star}(w_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star}). Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) = Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) + Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( w ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) . Since X ε , ⋆ ∙ X^\bullet_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ ∙ is paracontrolled using ϕ ε , ⋆ \boldsymbol{\phi}_{\varepsilon,\star} ϕ ε , ⋆ , the second summand above does not produce a renormalisation term. Using (398) and (403) , we write the first summand above as
Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) = 2 [ X ε , ⋆ , j ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ ( D ε , ⋆ j − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] + 2 [ X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ , j ∘ j ] = 2 [ Duh B , ⋆ , j k F [ W ε , ⋄ , ℓ ⊗ ( 2 D ε , ⋄ ℓ k − D ε , ⋄ ∘ ℓ k ) ] ⊗ ( D ε , ⋆ ∘ j − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] + 2 [ Duh B , ⋆ F , i k [ W ε , ⋄ , ℓ ⊗ ( 2 D ε , ⋄ ℓ k − D ε , ⋄ ∘ ℓ k ) ] ⊗ D ε , ⋆ , j ∘ j ] . \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{Lb}(X^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond}),D^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star})&=2[X^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star,j}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}(D^j_{\varepsilon,\star}-D^{\circ j}_{\varepsilon,\star})]+2[X^\circ_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}D^{\circ j}_{\varepsilon,\star,j}]\\
&=2\left[\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,\star,jk}\left[W_{\varepsilon,\diamond,\ell}\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}(2D^{\ell k}_{\varepsilon,\diamond}-D^{\circ\ell k}_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\right]\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}(D^{\circ j}_{\varepsilon,\star}-D^{\circ j}_{\varepsilon,\star})\right]\\
&\quad+2\left[\operatorname{Duh}^{F,i k}_{B,\star}\left[W_{\varepsilon,\diamond,\ell}\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}(2D^{\ell k}_{\varepsilon,\diamond}-D^{\circ\ell k}_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\right]\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}D^{\circ j}_{\varepsilon,\star,j}\right].
\end{aligned} Lb ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) , D ε , ⋆ ∘ ) = 2 [ X ε , ⋆ , j ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ ( D ε , ⋆ j − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j )] + 2 [ X ε , ⋆ ∘ ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ , j ∘ j ] = 2 [ Duh B , ⋆ , j k F [ W ε , ⋄ , ℓ ⊗ ( 2 D ε , ⋄ ℓ k − D ε , ⋄ ∘ ℓ k ) ] ⊗ ( D ε , ⋆ ∘ j − D ε , ⋆ ∘ j ) ] + 2 [ Duh B , ⋆ F , ik [ W ε , ⋄ , ℓ ⊗ ( 2 D ε , ⋄ ℓ k − D ε , ⋄ ∘ ℓ k ) ] ⊗ D ε , ⋆ , j ∘ j ] . Here, as in Remark 8.26, we are using Duh B , ⋆ , j k F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,\star,jk} Duh B , ⋆ , j k F to denote the matrix element of Duh B , ⋆ F \operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{B,\star} Duh B , ⋆ F in the j j j -th row and k k k -th column. According to Proposition 8.24, we need to subtract the renormalisation term
2 × 1 4 ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) ( δ j k ( 2 δ j ℓ δ i k − 2 δ ℓ i δ k j − δ k j δ ℓ i + δ i k δ j ℓ ) + δ i k ( 2 δ ℓ j δ k j − δ k j δ j ℓ ) ) Cov g g ( W ε , ℓ ) 2\times\frac{1}{4}(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\left(\delta_{jk}(2\delta^{j\ell}\delta^{ik}-2\delta^{\ell i}\delta^{kj}-\delta^{kj}\delta^{\ell i}+\delta^{ik}\delta^{j\ell})+\delta^{ik}(2\delta^{\ell j}\delta_{kj}-\delta^{j}_{k}\delta^{\ell}_{j})\right)\operatorname{Cov}^{\mathsf{g}}_{g}(W_{\varepsilon,\ell}) 2 × 4 1 ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) ( δ j k ( 2 δ j ℓ δ ik − 2 δ ℓ i δ k j − δ k j δ ℓ i + δ ik δ j ℓ ) + δ ik ( 2 δ ℓ j δ k j − δ k j δ j ℓ ) ) Cov g g ( W ε , ℓ ) = − ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g g ( W ε ∘ ) , =-(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\operatorname{Cov}^{\mathsf{g}}_{g}(W^\circ_{\varepsilon}), = − ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) Cov g g ( W ε ∘ ) , which is consistent with (540) .
The term in (8.73): Using (405) , we have that
2 B ( x ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ k ) = 4 B ( Duh B , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ℓ ⊗ D ℓ ∣ ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ k ) . 2\mathsf{B}(x_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}D^k_{\varepsilon,\star})=4\mathsf{B}\left(\operatorname{Duh}_{B,\star}(W^\ell_{\varepsilon,\diamond}\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}D_{\ell\mid\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}D^k_{\varepsilon,\star}\right). 2 B ( x ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ k ) = 4 B ( Duh B , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ℓ ⊗ D ℓ ∣ ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D ε , ⋆ k ) . Due to Proposition 8.24, we need to subtract the renormalisation term
4 × 1 4 δ ℓ k ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) B ( W ε ℓ ⊗ v m ⊗ v m ) , 4\times\frac{1}{4}\delta^{k}_{\ell}(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\mathsf{B}(W^\ell_{\varepsilon}\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}v_{m}\mathbin{\mathop{\otimes}}v^{m}), 4 × 4 1 δ ℓ k ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) B ( W ε ℓ ⊗ v m ⊗ v m ) ,
where ( v m ) m (v_m)_m ( v m ) m is an orthonormal basis of V \mathbf{V} V . Due to the skew-symmetry of B \mathbf{B} B and the definition of Cov V g \operatorname{Cov}^{g}_{\mathbf{V}} Cov V g , this is consistent with (8.73).
The term in (541) : We first decompose
2 X ε , ⋆ ∘ , j ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D j e ε , ⋆ = 2 X ε , ⋆ ∘ , j ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D j e ε , ⋆ + 2 X ε , ⋆ ∘ , j ( w ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D j e ε , ⋆ . (541) 2X^{\circ,j}_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond},w_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\otimes}D_j\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}=2X^{\circ,j}_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\otimes}D_j\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}+2X^{\circ,j}_{\varepsilon,\star}(w_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\mathbin{\otimes}D_j\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}. \tag*{(541)} 2 X ε , ⋆ ∘ , j ( W ε , ⋄ , w ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D j e ε , ⋆ = 2 X ε , ⋆ ∘ , j ( W ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D j e ε , ⋆ + 2 X ε , ⋆ ∘ , j ( w ε , ⋄ ) ⊗ D j e ε , ⋆ . (541)
Since X ε , ⋆ ∘ X^{\circ}_{\varepsilon,\star} X ε , ⋆ ∘ is paracontrolled using e ε , ⋆ \mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star} e ε , ⋆ , the first summand above does not produce a renormalisation term. Using (404) , the second summand above can be written as
2 ( Duh B , ⋆ F ( B ( w ε , ⋄ ⊗ D e ε , ⋄ ) ) ) j ⊗ D j e ε , ⋆ . 2\left(\operatorname{Duh}^{F}_{\mathbf{B},\star}\left(\mathbf{B}(w_{\varepsilon,\diamond}\mathbin{\otimes}D\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\diamond})\right)\right)^{j}\mathbin{\otimes}D_j\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}. 2 ( Duh B , ⋆ F ( B ( w ε , ⋄ ⊗ D e ε , ⋄ ) ) ) j ⊗ D j e ε , ⋆ .
Due to Proposition 8.24 (see also Remark 8.26), we need to subtract the renormalisation term
2 × 1 4 δ i j ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) B ( w ε ⊗ v m ) v m . 2\times\frac{1}{4}\delta^{ij}(\sigma_{\rho,\varepsilon}^{2}+C_{\rho})\mathbf{B}(w_{\varepsilon}\otimes v_m)v^m. 2 × 4 1 δ ij ( σ ρ , ε 2 + C ρ ) B ( w ε ⊗ v m ) v m .
After using Lemma 3.44, we see that this is consistent with (541) .
The term in (8.75): Since x ε , ⋆ x_{\varepsilon,\star} x ε , ⋆ is paracontrolled using only e ε , ⋆ \mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star} e ε , ⋆ , the term − 2 ( D j e ε , ⋆ φ ) ⊗ x ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ) -2(D_j\mathfrak{e}^{\varphi}_{\varepsilon,\star})\mathbin{\otimes}x_{\varepsilon,\star}(W_{\varepsilon,\diamond}) − 2 ( D j e ε , ⋆ φ ) ⊗ x ε , ⋆ ( W ε , ⋄ ) does not produce a renormalisation term.
Proof of covariant local well-posedness
Equipped with the estimates from Sections 8.2–8.4, we are now ready to first prove the main result of this section (Proposition 8.3), and then our covariant local well-posedness theorem (Theorem 2.19).
Proof of Proposition 8.3. The proof is based on a contraction-mapping argument. For this, we first define
B : = { ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ , X ε , ⋆ ∙ , x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) : max ( ∥ X ε , ⋆ ∘ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , 0 , ∥ X ε , ⋆ ∙ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , 0 , \mathbb{B}:=\{(X^{\circ}_{\varepsilon,\star},X^{\bullet}_{\varepsilon,\star},x_{\varepsilon,\star},Y_{\varepsilon,\star},y_{\varepsilon,\star}):\max(\|X^{\circ}_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,0}},\|X^{\bullet}_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,0}}, B := {( X ε , ⋆ ∘ , X ε , ⋆ ∙ , x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) : max ( ∥ X ε , ⋆ ∘ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 , ∥ X ε , ⋆ ∙ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 ,
∥ x ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , 0 , ∥ Y ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ , ∥ y ε , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) ≤ T − 1 γ 0 − λ 2 \left.
\|x_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,0}},\|Y_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}},\|y_{\varepsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\right)\leq T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}-\lambda_2} ∥ x ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 , ∥ Y ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ , ∥ y ε , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) ≤ T − γ 0 1 − λ 2
and ( X ε , N ∘ , X ε , N ∙ , x ε , N , Y ε , N , y ε , N ) ( t ) = 0 for all N ≥ N l o and 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 16 N − 2 } . (542) \text{and }(X^{\circ}_{\varepsilon,N},X^{\bullet}_{\varepsilon,N},x_{\varepsilon,N},Y_{\varepsilon,N},y_{\varepsilon,N})(t)=0\text{ for all }N\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}\text{ and }0\leq t\leq\frac{1}{16}N^{-2}\}. \tag*{(542)} and ( X ε , N ∘ , X ε , N ∙ , x ε , N , Y ε , N , y ε , N ) ( t ) = 0 for all N ≥ N lo and 0 ≤ t ≤ 16 1 N − 2 } . (542)
For notational convenience, we also write X ε , ⋆ : = ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ , X ε , ⋆ ∙ , x ε , ⋆ ) \mathcal{X}_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathrel{\mathop:}= (X^{\circ}_{\varepsilon,\star},X^{\bullet}_{\varepsilon,\star},x_{\varepsilon,\star}) X ε , ⋆ : = ( X ε , ⋆ ∘ , X ε , ⋆ ∙ , x ε , ⋆ ) and Y ε , ⋆ : = ( Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) \mathcal{Y}_{\varepsilon,\star}\mathrel{\mathop:}= (Y_{\varepsilon,\star},y_{\varepsilon,\star}) Y ε , ⋆ : = ( Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) .
We further define a map Γ ε ( X ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ ) = ( Γ ε , X , Γ ε , Y ) ( X ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ ) \Gamma_{\varepsilon}(\mathcal{X}_{\varepsilon,\star},\mathcal{Y}_{\varepsilon,\star})=(\Gamma_{\varepsilon,X},\Gamma_{\varepsilon,Y})(\mathcal{X}_{\varepsilon,\star},\mathcal{Y}_{\varepsilon,\star}) Γ ε ( X ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ ) = ( Γ ε , X , Γ ε , Y ) ( X ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ ) by
Γ ε , X : = ( ( 6.69 ) , ( 6.70 ) , ( 6.71 ) ) and Γ ε , Y : = ( ( 6.72 ) − – ( 6.82 ) , ( 6.83 ) − – ( 6.90 ) ) . \Gamma_{\varepsilon,X}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\left((6.69),(6.70),(6.71)\right)
\quad\text{and}\quad
\Gamma_{\varepsilon,Y}\mathrel{\mathop:}=\left((6.72)-\text{--}(6.82),(6.83)-\text{--}(6.90)\right). Γ ε , X : = ( ( 6.69 ) , ( 6.70 ) , ( 6.71 ) ) and Γ ε , Y : = ( ( 6.72 ) − – ( 6.82 ) , ( 6.83 ) − – ( 6.90 ) ) .
In the individual terms in (406) –(6.90) and the estimates from Sections 8.2–8.4, which will be used momentarily, we use that
W ε , ⋆ = S ⋆ + e ε , ⋆ ∘ + e ε , ⋆ ∙ + X ε , ⋆ ∘ + X ε , ⋆ ∙ + Y ε , ⋆ , w ε , ⋆ = φ ⋆ + e ε , ⋆ ∘ + x ε , ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ , W_{\varepsilon,\star}=S_{\star}+\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ}+\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\bullet}+X^{\circ}_{\varepsilon,\star}+X^{\bullet}_{\varepsilon,\star}+Y_{\varepsilon,\star},
\qquad
w_{\varepsilon,\star}=\varphi_{\star}+\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ}+x_{\varepsilon,\star}+y_{\varepsilon,\star}, W ε , ⋆ = S ⋆ + e ε , ⋆ ∘ + e ε , ⋆ ∙ + X ε , ⋆ ∘ + X ε , ⋆ ∙ + Y ε , ⋆ , w ε , ⋆ = φ ⋆ + e ε , ⋆ ∘ + x ε , ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ ,
R ε , ⋆ = e ε , ⋆ ∘ + e ε , ⋆ ∙ + X ε , ⋆ ∘ + X ε , ⋆ ∙ + Y ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ = e ε , ⋆ ∘ + x ε , ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ . R_{\varepsilon,\star}=\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ}+\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\bullet}+X^{\circ}_{\varepsilon,\star}+X^{\bullet}_{\varepsilon,\star}+Y_{\varepsilon,\star},
\qquad
r_{\varepsilon,\star}=\mathfrak{e}_{\varepsilon,\star}^{\circ}+x_{\varepsilon,\star}+y_{\varepsilon,\star}. R ε , ⋆ = e ε , ⋆ ∘ + e ε , ⋆ ∙ + X ε , ⋆ ∘ + X ε , ⋆ ∙ + Y ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ = e ε , ⋆ ∘ + x ε , ⋆ + y ε , ⋆ .
That is, we view every term as a map depending on the given objects S S S , φ \varphi φ , and Ξ B , ε \Xi_{\mathbf{B},\varepsilon} Ξ B , ε as well as the five unknowns from (542) . As above, we write R ε , ⋆ = ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) R_{\varepsilon,\star}=(R_{\varepsilon,\star},r_{\varepsilon,\star}) R ε , ⋆ = ( R ε , ⋆ , r ε , ⋆ ) . In the following, we only prove that Γ ε \Gamma_{\varepsilon} Γ ε is a self-map, i.e., that Γ ε \Gamma_{\varepsilon} Γ ε maps B \mathbb{B} B into B \mathbb{B} B . Using standard (but tedious) modifications of our arguments, it is possible to show that Γ ε \Gamma_{\varepsilon} Γ ε is a contraction and that, as long as the constraint ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≤ T − λ 1 \|\Xi_{\mathbf{B},\varepsilon}\|\leq T^{-\lambda_1} ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≤ T − λ 1 from (473) is satisfied, Γ ϵ \Gamma_{\epsilon} Γ ϵ depends Lipschitz-continuously on Ξ ‾ B , ϵ \overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon} Ξ B , ϵ (with respect to the distance from Definition Definition 8.7). To see that Γ ϵ \Gamma_{\epsilon} Γ ϵ is a self-map, it suffices to prove that
max ( ∥ Γ ϵ , X ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , 0 , ∥ Γ ϵ , Y ∥ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) ≲ T 1 2 λ 1 ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ 3 + T − λ 1 ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ + T 1 2 ∥ Y ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) + T 1 2 λ 2 − λ 1 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) + T 1 2 λ 2 − λ 1 ( ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ + T 1 2 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ + T 1 2 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) 2 + T 1 2 λ 2 − λ 1 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ + T 1 2 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) + T 1 2 λ 2 − λ 1 ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ 2 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 1 2 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (543) \begin{aligned}
\max\bigl(&\|\Gamma_{\epsilon,X}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,0}},\|\Gamma_{\epsilon,Y}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\bigr) \\
&\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}\lambda_1}\|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|^3 \\
&\quad+T^{-\lambda_1}\|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|\bigl(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\mathcal{Y}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\bigr) \\
&\quad+T^{\frac{1}{2}\lambda_2-\lambda_1}\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\bigl(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\bigr) \\
&\quad+T^{\frac{1}{2}\lambda_2-\lambda_1}\bigl(\|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\bigr)\bigl(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+\|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\bigr)^2 \\
&\quad+T^{\frac{1}{2}\lambda_2-\lambda_1}\bigl(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+\|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\bigr) \\
&\quad+T^{\frac{1}{2}\lambda_2-\lambda_1}\|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|^2\bigl(\|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r}+\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}+T^{\frac{1}{2}}\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\bigr). \tag*{(543)}
\end{aligned} max ( ∥ Γ ϵ , X ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 , ∥ Γ ϵ , Y ∥ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) ≲ T 2 1 λ 1 ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ 3 + T − λ 1 ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ + T 2 1 ∥ Y ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ) + T 2 1 λ 2 − λ 1 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) + T 2 1 λ 2 − λ 1 ( ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ + T 2 1 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ + T 2 1 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) 2 + T 2 1 λ 2 − λ 1 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ + T 2 1 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) + T 2 1 λ 2 − λ 1 ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ 2 ( ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r + ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ + T 2 1 ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ) . (543)
Indeed, once (543) has been proven, the fact that Γ ϵ \Gamma_{\epsilon} Γ ϵ maps B \mathbf{B} B into B \mathbf{B} B follows from the fact that γ 0 − 2 \gamma_0-2 γ 0 − 2 is much larger than λ 2 \lambda_2 λ 2 together with the estimates ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≤ T − 1 γ 0 \|\varphi_0^+\|_{L_x^r},\|\varphi_0^-\|_{C_{B(0),T}^{-\kappa}}\leq T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}} ∥ φ 0 + ∥ L x r , ∥ φ 0 − ∥ C B ( 0 ) , T − κ ≤ T − γ 0 1 , ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ ≤ T − λ 1 \|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|\leq T^{-\lambda_1} ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ ≤ T − λ 1 , and
∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , − λ ≲ ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ 2 + ∥ X ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , 0 + ∥ Y ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − 2 λ 1 + T − 1 γ 0 − λ 2 ∼ T − 1 γ 0 − λ 2 . \|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,-\lambda}}\lesssim\|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|^2+\|\mathcal{X}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,0}}+\|\mathcal{Y}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}}\lesssim T^{-2\lambda_1}+T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}-\lambda_2}\sim T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}-\lambda_2}. ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , − λ ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ 2 + ∥ X ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 + ∥ Y ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ T − 2 λ 1 + T − γ 0 1 − λ 2 ∼ T − γ 0 1 − λ 2 .
Note that, in each bracket in (543) involving the L x r L_x^r L x r -norm of φ 0 + \varphi_0^+ φ 0 + , it is the worst term (by approximately a factor of T 1 2 T^{\frac{1}{2}} T 2 1 ). In order to obtain (543) , we estimate the terms in (406) –(6.90) as follows:
(406) , (407) , and (408) are estimated using Lemma 8.10.
(409) , (410) , and (411) are estimated using our weighted Schauder estimate (437) and ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ \|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\| ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ .
(6.74) and (6.84) are estimated using Corollary 8.33.
(6.75) and (6.85) are estimated using Lemma 8.14.
(6.76) and the first term in (6.86) are estimated using Lemma 8.16.
(6.77) and the second term in (6.86) are estimated using Lemma 8.17.
(6.78) and the third term in (6.86) are estimated using Lemma 8.18.
(6.79) and (6.87) are estimated using Lemma 8.19.
(6.80), (6.81), (6.88), and (6.89) are estimated using Lemma 8.21.
(6.82) and (6.90) are estimated using Lemma 8.23.
Thus, all terms in the definition of Γ ϵ \Gamma_{\epsilon} Γ ϵ make acceptable contributions to (543) . It now only remains to prove the estimates in (474) . Using the support properties of our time-localised Duhamel integral operators together with Lemma 7.7, as well as the definition of ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ \|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\| ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ , we have that
∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − λ , 0 ≲ ∥ ( Q ϵ , ⋆ ∘ , X ϵ , ⋆ ∘ , Y ϵ , ⋆ ∘ ) ∥ s o l 1 − λ , 0 + ∥ X ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − λ , 0 + ∥ Y ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − λ , 0 ≲ ∥ Ξ ‾ B , ϵ ∥ 2 + ∥ X ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 − δ 1 , 0 + ∥ Y ϵ , ⋆ ∥ s o l 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ ( T − λ 1 ) 2 + T − 1 γ 0 − λ 2 ≲ T − 1 γ 0 − λ 2 . \begin{aligned}
\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\lambda,0}}
&\lesssim\|(\mathcal{Q}_{\epsilon,\star}^{\circ},\mathcal{X}_{\epsilon,\star}^{\circ},\mathcal{Y}_{\epsilon,\star}^{\circ})\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\lambda,0}}+\|\mathcal{X}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\lambda,0}}+\|\mathcal{Y}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\lambda,0}} \\
&\lesssim\|\overline{\Xi}_{B,\epsilon}\|^2+\|\mathcal{X}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\delta_1,0}}+\|\mathcal{Y}_{\epsilon,\star}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1+\delta_2,-\lambda}} \\
&\lesssim(T^{-\lambda_1})^2+T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}-\lambda_2}\lesssim T^{-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}-\lambda_2}.
\end{aligned} ∥ R ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − λ , 0 ≲ ∥ ( Q ϵ , ⋆ ∘ , X ϵ , ⋆ ∘ , Y ϵ , ⋆ ∘ ) ∥ sol 1 − λ , 0 + ∥ X ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − λ , 0 + ∥ Y ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − λ , 0 ≲ ∥ Ξ B , ϵ ∥ 2 + ∥ X ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 − δ 1 , 0 + ∥ Y ϵ , ⋆ ∥ sol 1 + δ 2 , − λ ≲ ( T − λ 1 ) 2 + T − γ 0 1 − λ 2 ≲ T − γ 0 1 − λ 2 .
Furthermore, using the definition of the s o l 1 − λ , 0 \mathrm{sol}^{1-\lambda,0} sol 1 − λ , 0 -norm, we also have that
∥ R ϵ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ ∑ N ≥ N l o N − ( 1 − λ ) ∥ R ϵ , N ∥ s o l 1 − λ , 0 ≲ T 1 2 λ 1 − 1 γ 0 − λ 2 . \|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon}\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}}\lesssim\sum_{N\geq N_{\mathrm{lo}}}N^{-(1-\lambda)}\|\mathcal{R}_{\epsilon,N}\|_{\mathrm{sol}^{1-\lambda,0}}\lesssim T^{\frac{1}{2}\lambda_1-\frac{1}{\gamma_0}-\lambda_2}. ∥ R ϵ ∥ L t , x ∞ ≲ N ≥ N lo ∑ N − ( 1 − λ ) ∥ R ϵ , N ∥ sol 1 − λ , 0 ≲ T 2 1 λ 1 − γ 0 1 − λ 2 .
By taking the limit ϵ → 0 \epsilon\to0 ϵ → 0 , we then obtain the desired estimates (474) .
Proof of Theorem 2.19 . Let ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) (A_0,\Phi_0) ( A 0 , Φ 0 ) be as in the theorem statement and let B B B be the Yang–Mills gradient flow with initial data A 0 A_0 A 0 . We also let φ 0 + : = 0 \varphi_0^+ := 0 φ 0 + := 0 and φ 0 − : = Φ 0 \varphi_0^- := \Phi_0 φ 0 − := Φ 0 . From our conditions in {(2.21)–(2.22)}(2.21)–(2.22), it directly follows that Assumptions 8.1 and 8.2 are satisfied. Furthermore, from the definition of J T \mathcal{J}_T J T in (2.12), it follows that B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) ∩ C t , x ∞ ( ( 0 , T ] ) B \in C_t^0\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]) \cap C_{t,x}^{\infty}((0,T]) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) ∩ C t , x ∞ (( 0 , T ]) and that31
∥ t 1 + κ 2 F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) , ∥ t 1 + κ 2 D B F B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) < ∞ , (544) \left\|t^{\frac{1+\kappa}{2}}F_B\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])},\left\|t^{1+\frac{\kappa}{2}}D_BF_B\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}<\infty, \tag*{(544)} t 2 1 + κ F B L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) , t 1 + 2 κ D B F B L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) < ∞ , (544)
where we also used the equivalence of norms of D B F B D_BF_B D B F B and D B ∗ F B D_B^*F_B D B ∗ F B in two dimensions. From Lemma 5.1, we then obtain the non-covariant, soft estimate
∥ t κ 2 B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) , ∥ t κ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ( [ 0 , T ] ) < ∞ , (545) \left\|t^{\frac{\kappa}{2}}B\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])},\left\|t^\kappa\partial_tB\right\|_{L^\infty_{t,x}([0,T])}<\infty, \tag*{(545)} t 2 κ B L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) , ∥ t κ ∂ t B ∥ L t , x ∞ ([ 0 , T ]) < ∞ , (545)
which will be needed momentarily. We now define the event appearing in Theorem 2.19 as
E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) ≔ { sup ε ∈ 2 − N 0 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≤ T − λ 1 / 2 } ∩ { lim ε , ε ′ → 0 ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ = 0 } E(T,A_0,\Phi_0)\coloneqq\left\{\sup_{\varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0}}\|\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\|\leq T^{-\lambda_1/2}\right\}\cap\left\{\lim_{\varepsilon,\varepsilon'\to0}\|\Xi_{B,\varepsilon};\Xi_{B,\varepsilon'}\|=0\right\} E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) : = { ε ∈ 2 − N 0 sup ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≤ T − λ 1 /2 } ∩ { ε , ε ′ → 0 lim ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ = 0 }
∩ { lim ε , ε ′ → 0 ∥ φ B , ε − φ B , ε ′ ∥ C t 0 C x − κ = 0 } . \cap\left\{\lim_{\varepsilon,\varepsilon'\to0}\|\varphi_{B,\varepsilon}-\varphi_{B,\varepsilon'}\|_{C_t^0\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa}}=0\right\}. ∩ { ε , ε ′ → 0 lim ∥ φ B , ε − φ B , ε ′ ∥ C t 0 C x − κ = 0 } .
From Proposition 9.1 with R = T − λ 1 / 2 R=T^{-\lambda_1/2} R = T − λ 1 /2 and Lemma 9.21 below, it then follows that there exists a constant c > 0 c>0 c > 0 such that
P ( E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) ) ≥ 1 − c − 1 exp ( − c T − λ 1 ) . \mathbb{P}(E(T,A_0,\Phi_0))\geq1-c^{-1}\exp(-cT^{-\lambda_1}). P ( E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 )) ≥ 1 − c − 1 exp ( − c T − λ 1 ) .
After further decreasing the value of c c c , if necessary, this implies the desired probabilistic estimate of E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) E(T,A_0,\Phi_0) E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) . For the remainder of this proof, we restrict ourselves to the event E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) E(T,A_0,\Phi_0) E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) . After using the trivial embedding L ∞ ↪ C − κ L^\infty\hookrightarrow\mathcal{C}^{-\kappa} L ∞ ↪ C − κ and Lemma 7.6, the desired convergence of ( A ε , Φ ε ) (A_\varepsilon,\Phi_\varepsilon) ( A ε , Φ ε ) can be deduced from the following six properties:
(a) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) B\in C_t^0\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]) B ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) , which follows from the definition of J T \mathcal{J}_T J T in (2.12).
(b) S ⋆ ∈ sol 1 − 2 κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) S_\star\in\operatorname{sol}^{1-2\kappa}([0,T]) S ⋆ ∈ sol 1 − 2 κ ([ 0 , T ]) , which follows from Proposition 8.8.
(c) φ ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) \varphi\in C_t^0\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]) φ ∈ C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) , which follows from Lemma 5.25. The assumptions φ 0 − ∈ C x − κ \varphi_0^-\in\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa} φ 0 − ∈ C x − κ and (5.66) in Lemma 5.25 are satisfied due to the definition of J T \mathcal{J}_T J T in (2.12) and our soft estimate (8.80), respectively.
(d) The convergence of φ B , ε \varphi_{B,\varepsilon} φ B , ε and ϕ B , ε \phi_{B,\varepsilon} ϕ B , ε in C t 0 C x − κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) C_t^0\mathcal{C}_x^{-\kappa}([0,T]) C t 0 C x − κ ([ 0 , T ]) , which is part of the definition of E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) E(T,A_0,\Phi_0) E ( T , A 0 , Φ 0 ) .
(e) The convergence of ∘ ∘ B , ε , ⋆ \mathord{\circ\!\!\circ}_{B,\varepsilon,\star} ∘ ∘ B , ε , ⋆ , ∙ ∙ B , ε , ⋆ \mathord{\bullet\!\!\bullet}_{B,\varepsilon,\star} ∙ ∙ B , ε , ⋆ , and ∘ ∙ B , ε , ⋆ \mathord{\circ\!\!\bullet}_{B,\varepsilon,\star} ∘ ∙ B , ε , ⋆ in sol 1 − 2 κ ( [ 0 , T ] ) \operatorname{sol}^{1-2\kappa}([0,T]) sol 1 − 2 κ ([ 0 , T ]) , which follows from the convergence of the covariant enhanced data set.
(f) The convergence of ( X ε , ⋆ , x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) (X_{\varepsilon,\star},x_{\varepsilon,\star},Y_{\varepsilon,\star},y_{\varepsilon,\star}) ( X ε , ⋆ , x ε , ⋆ , Y ε , ⋆ , y ε , ⋆ ) in sol 1 − δ 1 − λ 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) \operatorname{sol}^{1-\delta_1-\lambda_1}([0,T]) sol 1 − δ 1 − λ 1 ([ 0 , T ]) , which follows from Lemma 7.7 and Proposition 8.3.
Stochastic estimates
In this section, we prove that the covariant enhanced data set (see Definition 8.6) satisfies the estimates needed in our local theory (see Proposition 8.3) with high probability. The main ingredients in the proof will be the covariant heat kernel estimates from Section 4 and Wiener-chaos decompositions. In Section 10 below, we will also prove more refined stochastic estimates, which will later be needed in our global theory (see Section 11). Roughly speaking, the difference between the “unrefined” and “refined” stochastic estimates is that log-losses are tolerated in the unrefined estimates, but not in the refined estimates.
In the following proposition, we collect the main result of this section.
Proposition 9.1 (Control of covariant enhanced data set). Let Assumption 8.1 be satisfied and let c > 0 c > 0 c > 0 be a sufficiently small constant. For all R ≥ 1 R \ge1 R ≥ 1 , it then holds that
P ( sup ε ∈ 2 − N 0 ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≥ T − λ 1 / 2 R ) ≤ c − 1 exp ( − c R 2 ) . \mathbb{P}\left(\sup_{\varepsilon\in2^{-\mathbb{N}_0}}\left\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon}\right\rVert\ge T^{-\lambda_1/2}R\right) \le c^{-1}\exp(-cR^2). P ( ε ∈ 2 − N 0 sup ∥ Ξ B , ε ∥ ≥ T − λ 1 /2 R ) ≤ c − 1 exp ( − c R 2 ) . Furthermore, it holds that
lim ε , ε ′ → 0 ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ = 0 P -a.s. \lim_{\varepsilon,\varepsilon'\to0}\left\lVert\Xi_{B,\varepsilon};\Xi_{B,\varepsilon'}\right\rVert= 0 \quad\mathbb{P}\text{-a.s.} ε , ε ′ → 0 lim ∥ Ξ B , ε ; Ξ B , ε ′ ∥ = 0 P -a.s.
As in § 7 and § 9 , all covariant stochastic objects will depend on the same connection one-form B B B . We therefore follow Notation 6.5 again and drop the dependence of the covariant stochastic objects on B B B from our notation.
Non-resonant estimates
In this subsection, we estimate moments of the non-resonant parts of the objects in the covariant enhanced data set (Definition 8.6). (We also estimate an object which does not appear in the data set—see Lemma 9.9.) As usual, due to various standard reductions (which we defer to Section 9.3), the estimates of the stochastic objects in the appropriate spaces essentially reduce to these moment estimates. We begin with an abstract lemma which will be used for many of the moment estimates.
Lemma 9.2. Let C 0 > 1 C_0 > 1 C 0 > 1 . There exists a constant C 1 C_1 C 1 depending on C 0 C_0 C 0 such that the following holds. Let T ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] T \in[0,1] T ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] , let m ∈ N m \in\mathbb{N} m ∈ N , let N 1 , … , N m ∈ 2 N 0 N_1,\ldots,N_m \in2^{\mathbb{N}_0} N 1 , … , N m ∈ 2 N 0 , and let k : ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) m + 1 → [ 0 , ∞ ) \mathfrak{k}: ([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)^{m+1}\to[0,\infty) k : ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) m + 1 → [ 0 , ∞ ) be a kernel. Furthermore, assume that k \mathfrak{k} k is supported on the set
{ ( s 1 , y 1 , … , s m , y m , t , x ) ∈ ( [ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) m + 1 : ∣ t − s j ∣ ∈ [ C 0 − 1 N j − 2 , C 0 N j − 2 ] for all j = 1 , … , m } . \left\{(s_1,y_1,\ldots,s_m,y_m,t,x)\in([0,T]\times\mathbb{T}^2)^{m+1}: |t-s_j|\in[C_0^{-1}N_j^{-2},C_0N_j^{-2}]\ \text{for all }j=1,\ldots,m\right\}. { ( s 1 , y 1 , … , s m , y m , t , x ) ∈ ([ 0 , T ] × T 2 ) m + 1 : ∣ t − s j ∣ ∈ [ C 0 − 1 N j − 2 , C 0 N j − 2 ] for all j = 1 , … , m } . Let N max = max ( N 1 , … , N m ) N_{\max}=\max(N_1,\ldots,N_m) N m a x = max ( N 1 , … , N m ) . Then, it holds for all t a , t b ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_a,t_b\in[0,T] t a , t b ∈ [ 0 , T ] satisfying t a < t b t_a<t_b t a < t b and x ∈ T 2 x\in\mathbb{T}^2 x ∈ T 2 that
∫ d s 1 d y 1 ⋯ d s m d y m ( ∫ t a t b d t k ( s 1 , y 1 , … , s m , y m , t , x ) ) 2 ≤ C 1 ∣ t b − t a ∣ min ( ∣ t b − t a ∣ , N max − 2 ) sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∫ d s 1 d y 1 ⋯ d s m d y m k ( s 1 , y 1 , … , s m , y m , t , x ) 2 . \int\mathrm{d}s_1\mathrm{d}y_1\cdots\mathrm{d}s_m\mathrm{d}y_m\left(\int_{t_a}^{t_b}\mathrm{d}t\,\mathfrak{k}(s_1,y_1,\ldots,s_m,y_m,t,x)\right)^2
\le C_1|t_b-t_a|\min\left(|t_b-t_a|,N_{\max}^{-2}\right)\sup_{t\in[0,T]}\int\mathrm{d}s_1\mathrm{d}y_1\cdots\mathrm{d}s_m\mathrm{d}y_m\,\mathfrak{k}(s_1,y_1,\ldots,s_m,y_m,t,x)^2. ∫ d s 1 d y 1 ⋯ d s m d y m ( ∫ t a t b d t k ( s 1 , y 1 , … , s m , y m , t , x ) ) 2 ≤ C 1 ∣ t b − t a ∣ min ( ∣ t b − t a ∣ , N m a x − 2 ) t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∫ d s 1 d y 1 ⋯ d s m d y m k ( s 1 , y 1 , … , s m , y m , t , x ) 2 .
Proof. This follows directly from the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and Tonelli’s theorem. □
Next, we introduce some convenient notation that will appear in intermediate steps of many of the estimates.
Notation 9.3. In the following, let r ( s , y ; t , x ) r(s,y;t,x) r ( s , y ; t , x ) be some non-negative function which satisfies the bound
r ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ ( t − s ) − 1 exp ( − c ∣ x − y ∣ 2 t − s ) , r(s,y;t,x)\lesssim(t-s)^{-1}\exp\left(-c\frac{|x-y|^2}{t-s}\right), r ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ ( t − s ) − 1 exp ( − c t − s ∣ x − y ∣ 2 ) ,
for some constant c c c . When r r r appears in successive lines, the constant c c c may change from line to line. Similarly, we write r N ( s , y ; t , x ) r_N(s,y;t,x) r N ( s , y ; t , x ) for a time-localised version of r r r , i.e. some non-negative function which satisfies a bound like r N ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ 1 ∣ t − s ∣ ∼ N − 2 r ( s , y ; t , x ) r_N(s,y;t,x)\lesssim\mathbf{1}_{|t-s|\sim N^{-2}}r(s,y;t,x) r N ( s , y ; t , x ) ≲ 1 ∣ t − s ∣ ∼ N − 2 r ( s , y ; t , x ) .